LIST

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References lo the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

Apams, Henry, F.L.S.

Descriptions of a New Genus and Fourteen New Species of

Marne Shells. (Plate XIX.)rstc see sss Saleen sche a l= ee

Auutrort, Morton, F.Z.S.

Letter from, on the Introduction of Salmon into Tasmania. 473

Anversoy, Dr. Joun, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to his travels in Yunan and Upper

Bupiiahy. 5. tevin cvane ene oe wie cies ae 5 aie 0'ele 111

Letter from, concerning his recent Expedition to Yunan,

and Animals destined for the Society’s Menagerie ........ 277

Letter from, relating to living Specimens of Ailurus fulgens 278

Letter from, relating to Indian Animals (Porcula salvania

and Budorcas tawicolor) 2... 600i eee e cece cece eeees ee 470

Aneas, Georce Frencu, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., &c.

Descriptions of Twelve New Species of Land and Marine

Shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. (Plate II.) 45

Descriptions of Eight New Species of Helicide from the

Western Pacific Islands. (Plate XLVIII.).............. 624

Page

Barrp, Wriu1AM, M.D., F.R.S.

Description of a new Species of Earthworm (Megascoler

diffringens) found in North Wales .................-.. 40

Descriptions of some New Suctorial Annelides in the Col-

rection of the British Museum |. =....2..8- 5.2. eee

Additional Remarks on the Megascoles: diffringens...... 387

Barsoza pu Bocace, Prof. Jost Vicente, F.M.Z.S8.

Oiseaux Nouveaux del’ Afrique occidentale. (Plate XXIX.) 436

Bartuiett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Remarks upon the Habits of the Hornbills (Buceros) .. 142

Bennett, GrorGe, M.D., F.Z.S.

Letter from, concerning the Tuatera Lizard............ 227

Letter from, relating to the Zoology of Lord Howe’s Island. 471

BuLAnrorp, Wiiu1AMm T., C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of Heads of Rhinoceros keitloa and Phacocharus

@liani, and of some Skins of Hyraces ......-...-....... 432

Exhibition of some rare Indian Birds ................ 482

Descriptions of New Land and Freshwater Molluscan Spe-

cies collected by Dr. John Anderson in Upper Burma and

Yunapt./.20 See cit Sey a Pe mar

On the Species of Hyrax inhabiting Abyssinia and the

Neighbouring ‘Countries: - r= Autos et eh ee eee

Buiytry, Epwarp, C.M.Z.S.

Notice of two overlooked Species of Antelope .......... 51

Exhibition of a Pair of Horns of Strepsiceros imberbis .. 58

On the Hybrid between the Chamois and the Domestic

Goat... . .cnemuntonithes terre a aetna. note Ce ERReaae ee

Bowersank, James Scort, LL.D., F.R.S. &c.

A Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.—Part I.

(Plates 1—-VL). .). ek tee eel Wee eee

Page

A Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.—Part II. :

(Inter Ree. Vide als SSK Y Chon REA ohh Satintiele of 52S

On Dr..Gray’s.Genus -Theowella: ....... 02... ..55 20a) B89

Brazier, Joun, €.M.Z.S8.

Observations on the Distribution of Bulimus miltocheilus

in the) Soloman’a ‘Archipelago oytimd.. wornlsk 2 see! ewe at) 162

Notes on an Egg of a Species of Megapodius .......... 528

Notes on the Localities of two Species of Land-Shelis and

tree Species of Volutes.s c/o. inspite syst yess, OOO

List of Species of Cones found in Port Jackson, New South

Wales, with Notes on their Habitats and Distribution...... 561

Butcer, Major Grorce Ernest, C.M.Z.S.

Note on. Corvus splendens .... 2.5. ied. 22-2-+~---» 608

Notes on the Habits of Myrmecocichla formicivora, as

observed near Windvogelberg, 8. Africa ................ 637

Busx, Greores, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S8.

Notice of the Discovery at Sarawak, in Borneo, of the

Fossilized Teeth of Rhinoceros and of a Cervine Ruminant.. 409

Butter, Artuur G., F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum.

Description of a New Genus of Heterocerous Lepidoptera,

founded upon the Papilio charmione of Fabricius ........ 43

CAMBRIDGE, Rey. O. Pickarp.

Notes on some Spiders and Scorpions from St. Helena,

with Descriptions of New Species. (Plate XLII.) ...... 53]

CampBELL, Dr. A., late Superintendent of Darjeeling.

Notes on the Mode of Capture of Elephants in Assam .. 136

Ciark, Georcr, C.M.Z.S.

On the Squill of Mauritius (Squilla stylifera) ......... 3

Page

Cuark, Joun W., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of Skeletons of Didus ineptus and Pezophaps

ROULOTIGs eaters no alee tia teas Patio cey cit an oD ane ic aed tt 473

Cox, James C., M.D., C.M.Z.S.

On a New Species of Haliotis from New South Wales .. 49

On Three New Species of Australian Marine Shells. (Plate

Day, Surgeon Francis, F.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.

On the Fishes of Orissa.—Part I. .................. 296

On the Fishes of Orissa.—Part II. .................. 369

Remarks on some of the Fishes in the Calcutta Mu-

Seta — Part We bP ako te ccs, ce ee Pee deen ace LLL

Remarks on some of the Fishes in the Calcutta Mu-

sewn == Part Le eerste ae ste te ce: eS

On some of the Fishes in the Calcutta Museum.—Part IIT. 611

On the Freshwater Fishes of Burma.—Part I........... 614

Dr Crespieny, Lieut. C. C.

Notes on the Friendship existing between the Malacoptery-

gian Fish Premnas biaculeatus and the Actinia crassicornis 248

Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some eggs of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) 530

Exuiot, Dante G., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

A Monograph of the Genus Pelecanus. (Plate XLIV.).. 571

Exiwes, Henry Joun, F.Z.8.

Exhibition of a pair of Horns of the Sinaitic Ibex (Capra

ania RT eG) AI Ome ta ee RN ce aes i aS

Finscu, Dr. Orro, C.M.Z.S.

On avery rare Parrot from the Solomon Islands. (Plate XI.) 126

Notice of a Memoir on the Collection of Birds formed by

Mr OW .desse-in JA byssinia \ts:;,.~ hn dens cob betes Mast eae

vii

Finscu, Dr. Orro, C.M.Z.S., and Hartiavs, Dr.G., F.M.Z.8.

On a small Collection of Birds from the Tonga Islands ..

FLower, W1Lu1AM Henry,F.R.S.,F.L.S., F.Z.S., Conservator

of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

On the Value of the Characters of the Base of the Cranium

in the Classification of the Order Carnivora, and on the Sys-

tematic Position of Bassaris and other disputed Forms ....

Note on a Substance alae from the Stomach of a Horn-

bill (Buceros corrugatus) .

Notice of a Memoir on the White Dolphin adds si-

nensis)

On the Anatomy of the Proteles, Proteles cristatus (Sparr-

inanye (Plate EX WD.) JS eee Bone Bee,

Exhibition of the Skull of a Zyraz with abnormal dentition,

Sbeancd by Mrs Blanton. ons. pth. cud aod «60%

Notes on four Specimens of the Common Fin-whale

(Physalus antiquorum, Gray ; Balenoptera musculus, auct.)

stranded on the South Coast of England. (Plate XLVII.). .

Fraser, Coaruess, M.A., F.G.S.

Letter from, relating to a Species of Seal (Stenorhynchus)

captured in New Zealand............

Fraser, WiuuiaM T., C.M.Z.S.

Letter regarding the existence of the Rhinoceros in Borneo .

Goutp, Joun, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Description of a new Genus and Species of the Family

Trochilide.....

Description of a new Species of Dacelo from North-western

STUN Ca ore ee ee

Gray, Dr. Joun Epwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Note on Janthella, a new Genus of Keratose Sponges

Page

544

474

603

604

529

viii

Page

Notes on the Families and Genera of Tortoises (Z'estudi-

nata), and on the Characters afforded by the study of their

Sknlts,. (Plate XV.) 03 Mee esse 1g ph eee chic cae

On the Incisor Teeth of the African Rhinoceros........ 225

On the Bony Dorsal Shield of the Male Tragulus kanchil 226

Note on the Young of the Spotted Hyzena (Crocuta ma-

CULE) Ed siaiie bi gid nattns Weal w onl teinral ede Btkse a0 Woh ANNES ON a are

On the Guemul or Roebuck of Southern Peru.......... 496

Description of Mauremys laniaria, a new Freshwater —

Tortotse; "(Plate MAA VIE) ton TO es cent ae

Description of Emys flavipes. (Plate L.) ............ 643

GULLIVER, GrorGr, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Muscular Sheath of the Cardiac End of the Ciso-

phagus of the Aye-Aye (Chiromys madagascariensis) .... 249

GuntuerR, Dr. ALBERT, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Report of a Second Collection of Fishes made at St. He-

lena by J. C. Melliss, Esq. (Plate XVI.) ............ .. 238

Note on the Ichthyology of Zanzibar ............++.. 241

Descriptions of some Species of Fishes from the Peruvian

WAZ ONS 5 ooo ae ao sakes ote Ae tiv oleenn <9 oo atau tabi ody gee ee

Contribution to the Ichthyology of Tasmania...... . 429

Report on two Collections of Indian Reptiles. (Plates

RANVIER, Ries) OR Ee pick, PRR fete eee

apex, Dr. (of New York).

Exhibition of some Birds from the Galapagos Islands.... 433

Hamitton, Dr. Epwarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S8.

On a Variety of the Canis vulpes (Vulpes vulgaris, Bris-

son) found in the Forest of the Ardennes, Belgium ...... 247

Harrine, James Epmunp, F.Z.S.

Remarks upon the Protection of Sea-fowl during the Breed-

ANS-REASGN 5g. 1/s2e p-'e5 « SETS cle pre eaeeaeti gehen ale aa NS Beha 2 ee

Page

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a rare Wading-Bird

(Anarhynchus frontalis) from New Zealand ...........- 360

Hartiavs, Dr. Gustav, F.M.Z.S.

CIDRANDPUUNORUS” ianalaapah oy aio grh soem, ohana Moles he, AOS

Harriavus, Dr. G., and Finscu, Dr. O. (See Finscu and

HartTLavs.)

Horne, Cuartes, F.Z.S.

Notes on the Common Grey Hornbill of India (Meniceros

1) ae 241

Notes on Ploceus baya and its Nest. (Plate XVII.) .. 243

Notice of a Memoir on the Hymenopterous Insects of the

North-western Provinces of India...................... 430

Hupson, Wituiam H.

Extract of Letter from, respecting Lichenops perspicillatus 432

Hurron, Capt. Tuomas, C.M.ZS.

Notes upon certain Indian Mammals ................ 58

Huxtuey, Prof. Tuomas Henry, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

On the Representative of the Malleus and the Incus of the.

Mammalia in the other Vertebrata ................ 391

Jesse, WiiuraM, C.M.Z. 8S.

Report of Proceedings in connexion with the Abyssinian

SPOON oe hee emt all ta ote «ip lie ac’) da gobs 111

Kent, Wituir1AM S., F.Z.S.

On a new British Nudibranch (EHmbletonia grayi). (Plate

WD) aisesians ioe ha CR Ae 8G) Mba. ALI 109

Krerrr, Gerarp, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator and Secretary of

the Australian Museum at Sydney, N.S.W.

Descriptions of new Australian Snakes................ 818

Page

Layarp, Evcar LEopotp, F.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to a Ribbonfish lately cast ashore

Ei STMION GDA e-. vn ons <3 oh Pope pe ee Rete ene

Letter from, satis to the habits Leen Nidification of

EhetElomnbills (Bueeras)’ Godhind peer weeds. hee mney Rear eee

Leeeer, W. VINCENT, F.Z.S.

Notes on the Habits of the Collared Plain- Wanderer

(Pedionomus torquatus, Gould) .... ci.i.55-2+--sen--- oon

MacatisterR, ALEXANDER, Demonstrator of Anatomy, Royal

College of Surgeons, Ireland.

Note on Gyropus dicotylis, a new Species of Parasite...... 420

Macponatp, Joun Dents, M.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Staff

Surgeon, R.N.

On the Characters of a Type of a proposed new Genus of

of Mugilide inhabiting the Fresh Waters of Viti Levu,

Feejee Group; with a brief Account of the Native Mode of

eapturinestt\ (Plate td) 2s... pore cyuctiy sce aoe ane 38

On an apparently new Genus of minute Parasitic Cirripeds,

between Lepas and Dichelaspis. (Plates XXXIII., XXXIV.). 440

Mitne-Epwarps, ALpuonse, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to M. Grandidier’s discoveries in Ma-

CRPASES un 7M CRe ER ete cae ahs scien eos we eRateiaee tines ae ]

Mrvart, St. GeorGes, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Note on Pachybatrachus robustus .................. 227

Notes on the Myology of Menopoma enaaeae pares 254

On the Classification of the Anurous Batrachians ...... 280

Notes on the Myology of Menobranchus lateralis .. ... 450

Monterro, J.J. (See Suarrr, R.B.)

Muvetter, Dr. Ferpinanp von, F.R.S., C.M.ZS.

Communication from, containing a List of Birds occurring

in the Botanic Gardens, Melbourne.................... 279

Page

Morir, James, M.D., F.G.S., &c., Prosector to the Society.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Malformed Hoofs of

PURO. Crerasciaie 92 oe es Oo

Report on the Eared Seals collected by the Society’s Keeper

Francois Lecomte in the Falkland Islands. (Plate VIL.) .. 100

Note on the Sublingual Aperture and Spincter of the

Cran Pouch te ees, aed a. ood so eens hss ke es 140

Murray, AnpRrew, F.L.S.

Exhibition of some articles sold as food in the market of

Old Calahar’ 4s eG oe sa ee ee Os oes ck 530

Nation, Professor Winu1Am, of Lima, C.M.Z.8.

On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.

ScuaTer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. With Notes on their Habits,

by Prof. W. Nation.—Part III. (Plate XII.)............ 146

NEvILL, Grorrrey, C.M.Z.S.

Additional Notes on the Land-Shells of the Seychelles

TST ENG RNS EAs tees cote tS tcl ooh Bers eee ae 61

Owen, Prof. Ricuarp, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

Notice of the Fourteenth Part of his series of Memoirs on

OTIS tat MASPe es a ae EE ERTS hci ass et + FOO

Pascor, Francis P., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of Taphroderes distortus from Natal........ 429

Pease, Harper, C.M.ZS.

Descriptions of the Animals of certain Genera of Auriculide. 59

On the Classification of the Helicterine .............. 644

Puayrarr, Lieut.-Colonel, R. L., H.B.M. Consul-General in

Algeria, F.Z.S.

Further Contributions to the Ichthyology of Zanzibar.... 239

Ponton, Tuomas Grauam, F.Z.S.

Communication from, concerning the arrangement of the

Shells of the Genus Mangelia ............ 0002. eee e ve 249

xii

Que tcg, T. J.

Exhibition of a supposed hybrid fish of the Genus Rhombus

Ramsay, Epwarop P., C.M.Z.S.

Some further Remarks on the Cuckoos found in the

Neighbourhood of Sydney, and their Foster-parents. (Plate

2S .G 18 Ue ean

REINHARDT, Prof. J., F.M.Z.S.

Letter from, relating to Potamocherus porcus and Pte-

PO PTE RUNDE: Nereis. Raiek as Oa Salas Ste le ng aw

Row.ey, GeorGce Dawson, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, a rare Asiatic Thrush

(Turdus atrigularis) shot near Lewes. .

Exhibition of, and Observations on, some British-killed

Pipitsowcte. sees

Satvin, Ospert, F.Z.S. (See Scuatrer and Savin.)

SaunpeErRsS, Howarp, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some Flamingo’s Eggs

Scuater, Puiuipe Lutzey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Exhibition of a Skin of Spizaétus from Japan..........

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, some Specimens of the

Potto (Perodicticus potto) . spaerans

On a Collection of Birds from the Solomon Islands. “(Plates

Exhibition of some Reptiles transmitted to the Society an

Mr. G. Wilks, of Buenos Ayres, C.M.Z.S.. eases

On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. With Notes on

their Habits, by Prof. W. Nation.—Part III. (Plate XII.)

Exhibition of some New Australian Birds lately described

by Airs tes POR aineAy ss. SPC We es te Soe ee

Notices of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during

the months of January and February ..................

Page

473

3959

249

432

118

135

146

149

xiii

Page

Exhibition of a Hybrid Pheasant.................... 149

Notice of Additions to the se sna (Plate

SO Jk dk pl Nek de SARERD. ep AOA ae cee 276

Exhibition of ~eDieen nada illustrative of awcihings sit So. 277

Notices of recent Additions to the Menagerie.......... 407

Notices of recent Additions to the Menagerie.......... 430

Exhibition of Snakes from Buenos Ayres.............. 432

Exhibition of some Drawings of Hippocampi .......... 432

Notices of recent Additions to the Menagerie... . 467

Characters of a new Species of Ocydromus. (Plate XXXV. +) 472

Remarks on Animals observed in various ae Gar-

dens on the Continent ......... 527

Exhibition of and Remarks upon the aes, of a sthactens of

Messnade h.0:.c sume Ie aoe Gas poo. act oad, O28

Description of a new Species of Mexican Wren. (Plate

Remarks on two Species of Mammals described from Speci-

mens recently living in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate XLVI.) 592

Remarks on the recent Additions to the Society’s Menagerie 602

On the Breeding of Birds in the Gardens of the mibea a,

Society of London during the past Twenty Years ........ 626

On some new Species of Synallavine. (Plate XLIX.).. 636

Scuater, P. L., F.R.S., and Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.Z.S.

Notes on the Species of the Genus Asturinag ..... . £29

On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely.—Part IV.

(Plate XIII.).. PTE Le é sasuke

Second List of Birds collected at « Gonentane weet

Republic, by Mr. William H. Hudson; together with some

Notes upon another Collection from the same locality...... 158

On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. cas: pape

III. (Plate XVIII.) . Batti ye , ot eG

On a Collection of Birds made Bs Mr. H. S. le Seis

PRS CR UY Al WRAL ta aoa ln soci nf nina Ain Ss 2.0 any OL

Notes on the Species of the Genus Micrastur.........- 364

xiv

Page

- Descriptions of six new Species of American Birds of the

Families Tanagride, Dendrocolaptide, Formicartide, Tyran-

nide@, and Scolopacide. (Plate XXVITI.).............. 416

On two new Birds collected by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern

Perus. (Plate XKX) 34.545 ot Pee A eee ee ee 437

Descriptions of three new S ae of Tanagers from Veragua.

(Plates XXXI., XXXII.). . ois spated aot Ney ee abil eek Oo

On Peruvian Birds collected te Mr. Whitely. —Part V... 596

Third List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine ae

public, by Mr. William H. Hudson, <2. 3 osc n ss uo. peor

Saarpg, R. B.

On the Genus Chetops. (Plate XIV.) .............. 163

On the Genus Alcyone . erisccbs: Tishc Oh. PARA OO

Additional Notes on the Genus ae ae daremnet . 507

Exhibition of a rare Indian Kingfisher (A/cedo wraaity 530

On the Birds of Angola.—Part I. With Notes by the

Collector, J. J. Monteiro. (Plate XLIII.) ............ 563

Ona New Kingfisher, belonging to the Genus Tanysiptera . 630

Simpson, B., M.D.

Note on dilurus fulgens. (Plate XLI.).............. 507

Swinuog, Rosert, F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consul, Amoy.

On the Cervine Animals of the Island of Hainan (China) 652

TEGETMEIER, WILLIAM BERNHARD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some Horns of the Cape Buffalo ( Bos caffer)

and of the Domestic Goat... <3... ....-..siexo neon eee se ee

Warp, Epwin, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a Variety of Scolopax rusticula.......... 473

We cu, Francis H., Assistant-Surgeon 22nd Regiment.

Observations on Lepus americanus, especially with re-

ference to the Modifications in the Fur consequent on the

rotation of the Seasons, and the Change of Colour on the

advent of Winter ; based on Specimens obtained in the pro-

vince of New Brunswick, North America................ 228

LIST OF =PLATES:

Plate Page

I. Gonostomyxus lod-lod.... 1... cc cece ee cece nets 38

II. New Shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands.. 45

100

me steep Abreu SONS CH his aa a cn eli ord smut oa pers 66

VIL)

WIL, (Ofariaqubata ws oato ne. © siete crete 5. «ns fale SD REROO 100

VALET. ii Bletonaad Graayets en teiere are ate reteievelahele ip teleralehs @ aiele, «rie 109

DS CREE U ET THI bees GOD BOP INN B.C LIOR bD OC OOO NODC

De) WATT ETAL ATS OCC ISOC COG OORT OCOD! SOIC 118

XI. Domicella cardinalis ......0.cecceeccsececcscvecs 126

XII. Neorhynchus nasesus* ......c.cceecescceveescece 146

XIIT. Poospiza cesar 1.1... cece cece ccc c eee ee ce cecens 151

XIV. Chetops Graytt 2.0 .cccc ce vee ccc ccse se teescreces 163

Fig. 1. Trionya formosus .. 6.0.0 cece eens eens

XV. { rie. ian dipcmel see Mees oe Cais ashe: } 165

XVI. Chetodon dichrous ........ccecccsrescccevesseees 238

XVII. Nests of Ploceus baya .......+5. Hides Gucaanaie ce 243

XVIII. Brachygalba goeringt.. 1.1... 6. seve eee cee renee 250

XIX. New Marine Shells.........0 cs eee e eee eee ee eee 272

XX. Phacocherus eliani, Q ...... cece c cece reer esoes 276

XXI.4

XXII. | 3

XXIII. +Siliceo-fibrous Sponges .. 6.6... eee e cece eee eee eee 323

XXIV. (

XXV.

XXVI. New Australian Shells .........---eseeeceeee ... 358

XXVII. Eggs of Australian Cuckoos and their Foster-parents . 359

XXVIII. Calliste florida ........ cece cece rece cece ne eennee 416

XXIX. Buccanodon [email protected] 436

os Fies. 1, 2. Euphonia chrysopasta, 3 et 2 ..+++++- 2

AX, { Fie. 3. Neopipo rubicunda ......seeeeveeeeeees } aac

- XXXI. Buthraupis arc@i oo... eee cece cee eee eeees } 439

XXXII. Tachyphonus chrysomelas ......+++++ ictal over ape ete Oh

* Err. maseus on Plate.

Xvi

Plate Page

Racy | Paradolepas Nepeuns %o)<:..<.5.00.1) eteloiieleislevelledsieretelelare -. 440

XOXO OCH ALOMUS Si] INCSTIIS . ~ alii hoielere tetaeveteleeeiatete oinieiet ste 472

DOO VIL. SProtelesicristatus ise «4 spe eso fehel sete vie tate 474

KOXGK VILL. | Mauremys Tantarid : «aso, sue s/evele sera teraiateleisiclevere eesti 499

ROKK VILLE Bins GRAY Waters boas oe Dopo oe eee ele aisles ng y

RONEN PSammop his Letthit «trois etonqtore cele toate antennae

Fig. 1. Dendrophis caudolineolata ...........+5 f -_

oe Fe 2. AD ipSGS) DATNESIL a \eisi veto teeter

KL Atlan usifulgens: Me Gas on cke ois etele ei aatatel heres hn lasers 507

MM Newsspiders/of St..Helenas. py aaeein aren 531

MLM weerundoangolensis™ |... .)n1-j eke etar ri enteh nthe 563

MMUV:. Pelecanus moline. . vs aie aici ae oak «i ine 571

MEV ier OL OTS MISONIUS M aia\ev=tha eit Pelee es 591

MVE, ‘Cephalopiius dorsalis <hr.) <\enorertelie eievelele sala terials erate 592

NOVEL Physalusantiquonum soe -vaterelseesete tate tatetaerca it) tele 604

XLVIII. New Helices from the Western Pacific Islands ...... 624

Fig. 1. Synallamis curtata.... sae sae one eee se c

oe Fig 2. Leptasthenura andicold,.....+..++eeeeees os

DLA BONY S PlAUUPCS' cots arse cele anes Plots eis Parana are ey ae 643

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 14, 1869.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a skin of a Spizaétus, which had been for-

warded to him by Mr. Charles Rivington of Hong Kong, and which

Mr. Rivington had had two years in captivity. The specimen ap-

peared to be identical with that figured in Temminck and Schlegel’s

‘Fauna Japonica’ as Spizaétus orientalis, but was considered by

Mr. J. H. Gurney, to whom Mr. Sclater had shown it, to be merely

one of the numerous stages of plumage of Spizaétus nipalensis.

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by

M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, C.M.Z.S., relating to some interesting

discoveries made by M. Grandidier, C.M.Z.S., in Madagascar :—

“In digging in a little marsh in Amboulitsate (Ranou-bé) M.

Grandidier had found a great number of bones belonging to a species

of Hippopotamus much smaller than H. amphibius, He had found

also bones of AZpyornis and of new species of Crocodiles and Tor-

toises.””

Mr. Sclater exhibited specimens in spirits of a female and young

Potto (Perodicticus potto), which Mr, Frederick M, Skues had ob-

tained living on the west coast of Africa, and had endeavoured to

bring home for the Society’s Menagerie. Mr. Sclater read the fol-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. I.

2 LETTER FROM MR. C. FRASER. [Jan. 14,

lowing extract from a letter addressed to him by Mr. Skues relating

to this animal :—

‘The large Potto (the mother) was offered to me for sale, at Cape

Coast, by a native, about the commencement of this year; but I

declined it. On the 31st March he brought it again to me, with a

young one which it had given birth to on the 8th February ; and I

bought them, and they remained in my rooms till the end of April,

when I went to Accra. All the time at Cape-Coast Castle they kept

in excellent condition, but I could not succeed in taming either of

them. They used to sleep all day, the mother usually perched on

the top of a door, with the young one hanging in front of her belly,

clasping her with both fore and hind extremities. As soon as it was

dusk they came down, and wandered about the room all night.

For some time the mother carried the young one about at night

hanging to her belly, but afterwards it used to travel about by itself.

I fed them on pine-apples and bananas, with water; milk and bread

they would not eat. ‘Though there were insects about the room, as

is the case always in tropical climates, I never detected them eating

them ; but one day I found the large Potto busily munching at a tray

of beetles I had drying, and before I detected her she had eaten a

good many. At Accra I was unable to afford them the same liberty

as at Cape-Coast Castle, and, moreover, being constantly ill with

fever, was unable to pay them as much attention as formerly. On

the 9th July the young one died, aged 212 weeks, with all the

symptoms of intermittent fever, of which it had experienced several

previous attacks. The mother I took on board the steamer on the

7th August in tolerable condition ; but being an invalid I was unable

to look properly after her, and she died on the 20th, a little before

we reached Teneriffe. The natives call the Potto “Aposoro,” and

seem much afraid of it.”’

A note was read from Mr. Charles Fraser, M.A., F.G.S., Christ-

church, Canterbury, New Zealand, dated Sept. 5, 1868, relating to

a female Seal (Stenorhynchus ’) caught in the harbour of Lyt-

telton, Canterbury, New Zealand, in the month of August 1868.

The worn state of the teeth indicated that it was an aged animal.

Incisors i canines = molars —, in all 32. The total length was

11 feet 8 inches, and the girth at the thickest part of the body

6 feet. The nails were very small on the fore paws, and very small,

‘but still present, on the hinder extremities. The whole body was

covered with thin, sparse, longish hairs lying close to the skin. In

colour the animal was grey above, with black flakes, and a brownish

tinge all over the central part. On the sides the black spots were

replaced by white flakes or spots; while the underpart of the body

was light grey. The fore paws were white, with light grey flakes ;

the hinder extremities black, with light grey flakes. There was no

tail, nor rudiment of one; the vertebral column terminated in a

round compressed manner under the skin, which extended about

3 inches beyond it, so as to form the curve uniting the hinder extre-

mities.

1869.] LETTER FROM MR. G. CLARK. 3

A communication was read from Mr. George Clark, of Mahéburg,

Mauritius, Corr. Memb., on the Squill of Mauritius (Squilla styli-

fera). After a detailed account of the external characters of this

group, Mr. Clark proceeded to observe as follows :—

* The Squills are mostly nocturnal animals, living in holes ; hence

it is not surprising that they are little known. It is evident at a

glance that the position of their branchial apparatus renders it im-

possible for them to carry their eggs as Lobsters and Shrimps do ;

such an arrangement would stop their breathing. Cuvier states

that he never saw one bearing eggs; and it was with no small satis-

faction that, while making researches on the history and habits of

these creatures, I learnt from Dr. Power he had seen this; and a few

days after I had the satisfaction of witnessing it myself. The roe

of the Squill is very curious, and occupies the whole length of the

body. The eggs when first extruded form a compact mass, which

the female holds between the three pairs of jaw-feet. As this mass

expands it forms a loose kind of tissue, somewhat similar to a fleece

of wool. Little by little, as the eggs enlarge, the texture of the

mass becomes looser, until the larvee are hatched and swim off to

shift for themselves. In the first period of incubation, if I may so

call it, the female will hold her eggs even when caught; but the

further advanced they are the more readily does she drop them,

possibly on account of their cohering less firmly. I believe the

female must fast while carrying her eggs; for I have found the sto-

machs of those taken at that period quite empty, but generally full

at other times. When first hatched the larvee are of a delicate yel-

lowish green, and are very active. As they grow they assume a

mottled grey, and the swimmerets and legs become pea-green. The

green gradually increases in brightness; but it is not till they have

reached a length of three inches that the colours of the adult appear.

The male is then of a beautiful bluish green, with the jaw-feet, the

swimmerets, and the branchiz, as well as the antenne and the fim-

brie which border the different organs, of a cherry-red. The female

is clouded with brown and grey, presenting much the appearance of

tortoisesnell, and the red about her is much less vivid than in the

male. ‘The young Squills inhabit holes in the sand, near low-water

mark, ‘The old ones are never found here, but reside in the patches

of coral which are scattered over the shallows. Both old and young

have invariably two entrances to their holes; and the adults always

stop these with a plug of fine seaweed. They do not swim swiftly ;

and in places where the water is not deep enough for them to swim

their principal organs of progression are their large jaw-feet, which

they thrust forward as a man would do striving to get along on the

points of his elbows. I believe these limbs also serve them to make

their holes, as they are often considerably worn on the joints. The

motions of the Squill are very different from those of a Shrimp or a

Lobster, being much more like those of a caterpillar; hence the

little Creoles call the young ones ‘Chenilles de mer.’ The extensor

muscles seem to act much more powerfully than the flexors; and it

is by the former that the vigorous motion is produced which inflicts

4 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

such terrible wounds with the tail. I have seen one literally split

the end of a person’s finger, and another wound the hand through

a thick leather glove. I believe the Squills to be, as Cuvier sup-

posed, carnivorous. I have carefully examined the stomachs of

some, and have always found them to contain the remains of small

crustaceans, but no vegetable matter. Their flesh is excellent; but

the great strength of their integument renders it difficult to detach

it. The most extraordinary circumstance in the distribution of the

branches of the heart is that it has no apparent connexion with the

antennz or the eyes.

«This beautiful creature would be a great ornament to an aqua-

rium; but, unfortunately, I have never been able to keep an adult

specimen alive more than a few hours after it was caught, though

using every precaution—placing it in a vessel as soon as it was taken

from the sea, and renewing the water at short intervals. When

young I have preserved them for days, and might, perhaps, have

preserved them indefinitely had I persevered in the attempt. I have

known them exist in full vitality for twelve or fifteen hours without

water.”

Mr. George Dawson Rowley, F.Z.S., exhibited, and read the fol-

lowing remarks upon, a specimen of a rare Asiatic Thrush (Turdus

atrogularis, Temminck) recently killed in this country, this being

its first recorded appearance in the British islands :—

“The specimen of Turdus atrogularis was shot near Lewes,

Sussex, on December 23rd, 1868. It is a young male, as shown by

its plumage; dissection also confirmed the fact. I saw the bird in

the flesh, and took particular care to ascertain its history, because

it belongs to the fauna of Central Asia, and is only an accidental

visitor to Europe. To find such a species on the south coast of

England appears to me a matter of considerable interest. It is now

in the collection of T. J. Monk, Esq., of Mountfield House, near

Lewes, who purchased it for a trifle of a working-man.”’

The following papers were read :-—

1. On the Value of the Characters of the Base of the

Cranium in the Classification of the Order Carnivora,

and on the Systematic Position of Bassaris and other

disputed Forms. By Witiiam Henry Fiower, F.R.S.,

F.Z.8., &c., Conservator of the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons.

The Order Carnivora has always been an attractive one to zoolo-

gists; and consequently nearly all the important structural modifi-

cations which occur among its members are so well known that it

is surprising that there is not yet a more universal accord of opinion

upon their arrangement and mutual affinities.

1869.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 5)

Too exclusive attention has been paid to the characters of the teeth

in defining the family divisions of the order. The difficulty in the

taxonomic use of these organs arises from the fact that the teeth

of all the members of such a limited and well-defined group as the

terrestrial or fissipedal Carnivora are formed on the same general

type, but with infinite modifications of this type. And as these mo-

difications are mainly adaptive and not essentially indicative of affi-

nity, they reappear in various degrees and combinations in many of

the great natural divisions of the order. Thus, as will be shown

further on, teeth alone afford us no satisfuctory means of diagnosis

between the very distinct groups of the Procyonide and the Viverride.

The teeth of Proteles, though demonstrating undeniably its right

to a place in the order, are so rudimentary or generalized that they

afford no help whatever to determine its special position. Again the

teeth of Gulo are so similar to those of Hyena, that if this character

alone were used, these two otherwise widely differentiated forms would

be placed in the closest proximity. Enhydris, among the Mustelide,

and Cynogale, among the Viverridz, might also be cited as examples

of strangely modified dentition, with comparatively little correspond-

ing change in other parts.

Rather more than twenty years ago the late Mr. H. N. Turner*,

in a paper read before this Society, pointed out the importance of

certain structural peculiarities of the base of the cranium in the

classification of the Mammalia, and especially demonstrated the con-

stancy of these characters in the various members of the natural

divisions of the order Carnivorat+. Very few subsequent zoological

writers, however, have followed out the indications suggested in that

communication ; and Mr. Turner’s views as to the position of certain

disputed forms, and the general relationship of the groups one to

another, have not by any means met with universal acceptance.

It seems desirable therefore to test whether the characters chiefly

relied upon by Mr. Turner really have the value which he attributed

to them. In endeavouring to do this I shall find it necessary to

give a more detailed description than the limits of his paper allowed,

to supply a larger number of illustrative examples, and, while fully

recognizing the great merit of his observations, may find myself

occasionally obliged to differ from the conclusions which he deduced

from them.

It may be objected at the outset that such an investigation cannot

be worth the pains bestowed upon it, as any classification founded

solely or even mainly on one limited portion of the organization

must necessarily be an artificial one. But if it can be proved that

the modifications of any one part are always correlated with impor-

tant variations in several other and quite unconnected portions of the

organization, it is obvious that its study will become of great practical

* This original and accurate observer fell a victim to his zeal for his favourite

science, having died in 1851 from the effects of a dissection-wound.

+ “Observations relating to some of the Foramina in the Base of the Skull in

Mammalia, and on the Classification of the Order Carnivora,” by H. N. Turner,

jun. (P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 63).

6 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [ Jan. 14,

utility to the zoologist ; and this will be more especially the case when

the part in question is one so imperishable, so easy of examination,

and affording indications so clear and capable of ready definition and

description, as the base of the skull.

In order not to extend this communication to too great length, or

over too great a variety of subjects, I propose to limit my observa-

tions on the present occasion mainly to the terrestrial or fissipedal

Carnivora, and only to those genera now existing. My reason for

this last restriction is, that itis only in these that we have the oppor-

tunity of thoroughly working out all the important points of struc-

tural modification throughout the system, and thus definitely assign-

ing their position; and “from these only can we hope to establish

any correlation between the structure of the hard and imperishable

parts and the viscera. When such a correlation has been established,

then the examination of the fragmentary remains of the extinct forms

can be made with much greater advantage, and the work of tracing

the stages by which the present condition of the order has come into

being can be approached with more probability of a satisfactory

result.

The region to which attention will now be especially directed is the

posterior ‘part of the base of the cranium, the most conspicuous fea-

ture in which, in all Carnivora, is the auditory bulla ; and it is mainly

the characters of this bulla, and the structures immediately surround-

ing it, which will be described in the principal genera of the order.

Following Mr. Turner’s example, I will first take one of the ex-

treme forms of existing terrestrial Cariivores, the Bear.

Figures | and 2 (pp. 7 & 8) are taken from the skull of a not quite

adult Ursus ferox in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

(No. 4016).

The auditory bulla is comparatively little inflated. It consists of

a single bone, readily detached from the cranium in skulls of young

animals. Its form is more or less triangular, being broad and nearly

straight at the inner edge, and prolonged outwards into the much

produced floor of the external auditory meatus (m.a). Its greatest

prominence is along the inner border; from this it gradually slopes

away towards the meatus. Near the hinder part of the inner edge

is a considerable circular foramen (ear), which pierces the bone

obliquely, leading to a canal which runs forwards in an arched direc-

tion, in its inner wall. This is the carotid canal. In old Bears the

entrance is partly concealed by the prominent lip of the basiocci-

pital, which abuts against the inner edge of the bulla; and by the

growth of this and of the paroccipital process it becomes almost in-

cluded in the deep fossa leading to the foramen lacerum posticum (/).

Anteriorly the carotid canal of the bulla ends close to the inner side

of the groove for the eustachian tube; and the artery quitting it

takes a sudden turn upwards and backwards and enters the cranium

through the foramen lacerum medium.

When a section is made through the auditory bulla (see fig. 2, p. 8)

it is seen to be a simple thin-walled bony capsule, imperfect above,

where it fits on to the petrosal and squamosal bones, and prolonged

1869. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 7

externally into the much thickened spout-like floor of the meatus

externus. At the inner extremity of this floor is a freely projecting

oval lip (¢), which gives attachment to the membrana tympani, and

Fie. b.

| il if it

Part of the base of the skull of the Grizzly Bear (Ursus ferox).

. The condyloid foramen. 7. The foramen lacerum posticum. ca. The carotid

canal. e. The eustachian canal. o. The foramen ovale. @, the posterior,

and a’ the anterior, opening of the alisphenoid canal. p. The paroccipital

process. mm. The mastoid process. s. The stylo-mastoid foramen. m.a. The

external auditory meatus. g. The glenoid foramen*.

* This and all the figures, except figs. 9, 10, and 14, are taken from specimens

in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons. All are of the natural size,

except fig. 4, which is enlarged.

8 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE (Jan. 14,

which is the original and first ossified ring-like portion of the tym-

panic bone. In the front of the floor of the bulla is the groove for the

eustachian canal (e) ; between this and the anterior part of the tym-

panic ring, a low and thin ridge of bone with a concave free margin

rises from the floor of the eavity. This is the only indication of any

septum or division of the cavity of the bulla. Whether the whole

of this bone is developed from the original tympanic, or whether the

bullate inner portion 1s (as will be shown to be the case in some other

Carnivora) ossified from a distinct cartilage of its own, I am not at

present able to determine. In the youngest Bears’ skulls that I have

examined, the ossification of the whole bulla is continuous with that

of the tympanic ring and floor of the meatus.

Fig. 2.

Section through the auditory bulla of Ursus ferox.

Sq. Squamosal bone. ZT. Tympanic bone. BO. Basioccipital. g. Glenoid

canal. a.m. External auditory meatus. ¢. Tympanicring. e. Eustachian

canal. car. Carotid canal.

Behind the bulla (fig. 1, p. 7) the prominent and tuberous paroc-

cipital process (p) projects downwards, outwards and backwards,

standing quite off from the bulla, and only connected with it by a low

laterally compressed ridge. Between the paroccipital process and

the occipital condyle is a smooth concave surface, the front of which

is excavated into a deep notch, the posterior boundary of the foramen

lacerum posticum (1), between which and the condyle is the distinct

subcircular foramen condyloideum (¢), which transmits the hypo-

glossal nerve.

At the outer side of the bulla, just behind the meatus auditorius

externus, the mastoid process (m) is distinct and prominent, and

widely separated from the paroccipital. At the bottom of a deep

1869. | OLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 9

hollow between these processes and the bulla is placed the stylo-

mastoid foramen (s), through which the facial nerve makes its exit

from the cranium*.

Immediately in front of the commencement of the meatal prolon-

gation of the tympanic, at the base of the postglenoid process of the

squamosal is a conspicuous opening called foramen glenoideum (g),

which leads to a venous canal which runs upwards and backwards

into the lateral sinus.

Still more forward, immediately to the inner side of the glenoid

fossa, is the foramen ovale of the alisphenoid (0), transmitting the

third branch of the fifth nerve, and bounded and partly covered on

the inner side by a strong ridge of bone. Close in front of this is

the hinder aperture of the large canal (a), bridged over by a lamina

of bone from the alisphenoid, to which Mr. Turner has particularly

directed attention under the name of “alisphenoid canal.”” Through

this the ectocarotid artery runs for a part of its course. It opens in

front by a common aperture with the foramen rotundum (a’).

With this the list of the parts to which it is necessary to refer at

present concludes. The description just given will apply, with

trifling modifications, to all known species of the genus Ursus, in-

cluding the subgenera Thalassarctos, Helarctos, and Prochilus.

Passing to the animals usually considered most nearly allied to

the Bears, Procyon (fig. 3, p. 10) has the auditory bulla more dilated

and prominent, it is true, than in Ursus, but with the same general

form, 7. e. rising abruptly on the inner side, most prominent near the

middle of the inner edge, sloping off behind and before this point, and

flattened at the outer side, where it is continued into the prolonged

under lip of the auditory meatus. Moreover it is simple within,

undivided by any distinct septum; on looking into the meatus the

opposite wall can be distinctly seen, or a probe can be passed to it

without meeting with any impediment.

The aperture of the carotid canal (car) is large, and rather more

advanced and more distinct from the foramen lacerum posticum (/)

than in the Bears. The paroccipital process (p) stands away from

the bulla; the mastoid (m) is very distinct. The condyloid foramen

foramen lacerum posticum. The glenoid foramen (g) is large and

conspicuous, though somewhat overlapped by the margin of the

tympanic bone. ‘The alisphenoid canal is completely wanting ; this

is the most important distinction from the true Bears.

In Nasua the bulla is still more rounded and prominent ; indeed

its resemblance to that of the Bear is chiefly in its simplicity, and in

the prolongation of the auditory meatus. The carotid foramen is

advanced to the middle of the bulla. The paroccipital and mastoid

processes, and condyloid foramina, are as in Procyon. The glenoid

foramen is more conspicuous. There is no alisphenoid canal.

Cercoleptes presents a great difference from Nasua and Procyon

* The modifications of this foramen in situation will not be noticed hereafter,

as they depend simply on the amount of inflation of the external portion of the

bulla.

10 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

in the form of the auditory bulla—it being more like that of Ursus,

except that it is rather longer from before backwards, and slightly

more bullate. The carotid foramen, however, differs widely in its

position from that of the Bear, being placed very conspicuously

rather in front of the middle of the inner edge of the bulla. The

paroccipital and mastoid processes are not much developed, partaking

of the general flattening that the base of the cranium seems to have

undergone, but they occupy the same relative position as in the

Fig. 3.

Fig. 3. Under surface of the skull of the Raccoon (Procyon lotor).

3a. Under surface of the skull of Bassaris astuta.

(The letters as in fig. 1.)

foregoing genera. The first-named is much compressed and turned

backwards. The condyloid foramen is conspicuous ; but the glenoid

foramen, though present, is reduced to a mere slit by the overlapping

of the tympanic bone and shortness of the postglenoid process.

The alisphenoid canal is absent.

1869. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 11

In the singular genus dilurus the auditory bulla is very small and

simple, prominent and rounded on the inner side, with a very pro-

longed bony floor to the external auditory meatus. The carotid canal

is large and distinct, rather behind the middle of the inner edge of the

bulla. Paroccipital process long and trigonal, standing backwards

and outwards, quite unconnected with the bulla, curved inwards at

the extremity in old animals. The condyloid foramen is distinct in

a flat exposed surface between the paroccipital and condyle. There

is a well-developed rounded mastoid process, quite distinct from the

paroccipital. The glenoid foramen is large, situated between the

inner end of the tympanic meatus and the most prominent part of

the large postglenoid process. There is a distinct alisphenoid canal.

To pass to the Mustelide :—Lutra is extremely Ursine in the base

of its skull, although all the bones (including the auditory bulla) are

remarkably thinned-out and flattened. The meatus is much pro-

longed. The carotid foramen is placed rather nearer the anterior

than the posterior part of the inner edge of the bulla. The glenoid

foramen is very distinct. The cavity of the auditory bulla (as is the

case with many of the Mustelide) is divided into several freely in-

terecommunicating cells by thin incomplete bony septa placed trans-

versely across the floor of the bulla, and connected at their outer

end with the tympanic ring. The paroccipital process is greatly

compressed from before backwards. The mastoids are prominent

laterally. The foramen lacerum posticum very large. There is no

alisphenoid canal.

Enhydris differs from Lutra chiefly in the large size and more

posterior position of the carotid foramen, and the yery small size of

the glenoid foramen.

Meles presents, in the most characteristic manner, the form of

auditory bulla assigned by Mr. Turner to this group, “rising sud-

denly on its inner side, and flattened off towards the meatus.” In-

ternally it has two transverse imperfect septa rising from the floor.

The meatus is considerably prolonged. The paroccipital and mastoid

processes are very well developed and far apart, the former rather

compressed and pointed, the latter tuberous. The carotid foramen

is placed rather behind the middle of the bulla, The condyloid

foramen is small, its hinder border partially overlapped by a slight

ridge of bone passing from the paroccipital process to the condyle ;

but it is quite superficial and distinct from the foramen lacerum pos-

‘ticum. The glenoid foramen is distinct, though not very large. There

is no alisphenoid canal.

Taxidea differs from Meles in the remarkably inflated condition of

the auditory bulla. Essentially, however, its characters are much

the same; the bulla is not so dilated at its hinder part as to come into

contact with the paroccipital process, though in front it reaches to

such an extent as to overlap and obscure the glenoid foramen. It

has several partial transverse septa.

In Mephitis, on the other hand, this region of the skull is nearly

as much expanded and flattened as in the Otters. The bulla forms a

very small prominence. The paroccipital process is widely separated

12 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE {Jan. 14,

from it; and the mastoid projects directly outwards. The bony

meatus is of considerable length. The carotid foramen is large,

placed at the middle of the inner border of the bulla. The condyloid

foramen is large and quite exposed. The glenoid foramen is repre-

sented by a small hole just above the superior anterior angle of the

meatus externus.

In Helictis the auditory bulla is elongated from before backwards,

the hinder part, near the paroccipital process, being more inflated

than usual; consequently this process, which is but feebly developed,

does not stand so far off from the bulla as is usual in the group. The

meatus is moderately produced. ‘The carotid foramen is conspicuous

at the middle of the inner border of the bulla. The condyloid foramen

is partially concealed and thrown forwards by the ridge extending

inwards from the paroccipital process. The glenoid foramen is

placed above the auditory meatus. On the whole these parts exhibit

a more generalized and less characteristic form than in most other

members of the group.

Arctonyx has the base of the skull very flat and expanded late-

rally. The bulla small, but elevated and rounded near the inner

edge. Floor of meatus very long, wide, and flat. Canal of meatus

large, directed somewhat downwards and forwards as well as outwards.

Carotid foramen large, placed near the hinder part of the bulla.

Paroccipital process well developed, quite distinct from the bulla,

flattened from before backwards, curving forwards at the extremity.

Mastoid very large, flattened and rough behind, rounded and smooth

in front, projecting outwards, downwards, and forwards. Glenoid

foramen distinct. Postglenoid process rather small. No alisphenoid

canal. Great peculiarities in the base of the skull are the remark-

able extension of the bony palate backwards, reaching as far as the

glenoid fossze, and the lateral bullate expansion of the palate-bones

behind the last molar tooth.

Mydaus presents the same general characters as Arctonya; but,

as might be expected in a smaller animal, the bulla is rather more

inflated, the paroccipital and mastoid processes less developed, and

the meatus less elongated. The palate also does not extend so far

backwards, and wants the peculiar lateral dilatation.

In Gulo the auditory bulla is like that of the Bear, but rather more

dilated. It contains several partial transverse septa. The meatus

is much prolonged. The carotid canal is rather behind the middle,

and almost completely concealed by the thickened edge of the basi-

occipital. The condyloid foramen has a strong ridge behind it, and

approaches very near to the foramen lacerum. The paroccipital pro-

cess is compressed and triangular. The mastoid is very strong, and

directed laterally, though turned downwards at the extremity. The

glenoid foramen is conspicuous. There is no alisphenoid canal.

All the remaining genera have the auditory bulla rather large, and

the floor of the meatus, though forming a distinct prolongation from

the bulla, comparatively short.

In Mellivora the bulla is very prominent, oval, thick-walled, and

rough on the surface. The paroccipital process is stout and trian-

1869. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 13

gular, the mastoid process strong and rounded. The carotid foramen

conspicuous, near the middle of the inner border of the bulla. The

condyloid foramen not bounded posteriorly by a ridge. The glenoid

foramen large, close to the anterior edge of the meatus externus.

In Galera the bulla is less prominent, the carotid foramen partly

concealed by the basioccipital. The glenoid foramen large, and

rather more internally placed than in the last.

In Martes the bulla is elongated from before backwards. The

paroccipital and mastoid processes are small. The carotid foramen is

partly concealed by the basioccipital. The condyloid foramen par-

tially overhung posteriorly by the ridge from the paroccipital. The

glenoid foramen large, situated at the upper anterior angle of the

auditory meatus.

In Mustela the dilatation and elongation of the bulla is carried to

a great extent. The meatus is directed much forwards, and appears

externally to be very short; but this is occasioned (as shown in the

transverse section, fig. 4) by its inferior lip being covered up by a

thick layer of cancellous tissue, of which the whole parietes of the

bulla are to a great extent composed, and which adds much to its

external bulk. But for this peculiarity, the general form of the

cavity is not unlike that of Ursus. In addition to this cancellous

structure in the wall, a considerable portion of the interior, especially

of the inner and lower parts, is pervaded by numerous fine osseous

septa and trabeculz. The paroccipital and mastoid -processes are

very feebly developed, especially in the smallest members of the

group, where they are flattened and lost on the expanded posterior

end of the bulla. The carotid foramen is placed conspicuously at,

or rather in€front of, the middle of the long straight inner wall of

the bulla. The condyloid foramen is quite exposed, and distinct

from the foramen lacerum. The glenoid foramen is tolerably large,

and situated just in front of the external auditory meatus. As in

the preceding genera, there is no alisphenoid canal.

Fig. 4.

Section through the auditory bulla of the Polecat (Mustela putorius). Twice

the size of nature.

(The letters as in fig. 2.) P¢. The petrosal.

In Rhabdogale the form of the auditory bulla externally much

resembles that of Mustela, though rather less inflated ; but a section

shows that its walls want the peculiar cancellous structure noticed in

14 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

that genus. There are only a few partial septal bands across the

floor, as in the Badgers. The anterior inferior extremity of the

bulla is pointed, and commonly united to the prolonged hamular

process of the pterygoid.

The whole of the genera above described are united by Mr. Turner

into one family, Urside; and that they constitute a natural group,

T think no one should doubt, even on grounds independent of their

cranial characters. They all agree in having the intestinal canal

without a cecum, all other known Carnivora possessing this appen-

dage. Moreover they all agree together, and differ from all other

Carnivora, in the structure of the generative organs of the male,

parts of considerable value in determining affinities. They ali have

a large penis, with a very considerable bone, which is usually more

or less curved, somewhat compressed, not grooved, dilated posteriorly,

and often bifurcated, or rather bilobed, in front. They are all desti-

tute of Cowper’s glands. All have the prostate rudimentary, or con-

sisting only of a thickening of the wall of the urethra and forming

no distinct prominence.

Among all the diversity that has been shown to exist in the cha-

racters of the base of the cranium, especially in the form of the

auditory bulla, the following points of general agreement are to be

found :-—

1. The cavity of the bulla is simple (as compared with another

form to be described presently). That 1s, althongh there are fre-

quently trabeculze or partial septa passing mostly transversely across

the lower part, and generally connected with the tympanic ring,

there is no distinct and definite septum dividing it into a separate

outer and inner character. In all cases, on looking into the external

auditory meatus (in the dried skull when the membrana tympani is

removed) the opposite wall of the bulla can be seen; or if a probe

is passed into the meatus, no obstacle will prevent its touching the

inner wall. Whatever the diversity of development of the bulla, it

always has its greatest prominence near the middle of the inner

border, and slopes away from that point, not only externally, but

also forwards and backwards.

2. The inferior lip of the external auditory meatus is always con-

siderably prolonged. ;

3. The paroccipital process is more or less triangular, and directed

backwards, outwards, and downwards, standing quite aloof from the

bulla. This relation depends chiefly on the want of development of

the posterior portion of the bulla; and is absent, or obscure, in

Mustela alone.

4, The mastoid process is widely separated from the paroccipital,

and generally very prominent. °

5. The carotid foramen is always large, and placed usually near

the middle, but sometimes more posteriorly, on the inner margin of

the bulla. It is generally very conspicuous, but sometimes partially

concealed by the projecting lip of the basioccipital.

6. The condyloid foramen is distinct and exposed ; and although

sometimes partially overlapped posteriorly by a ridge of bone passing

1869. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA, 15

from the paroccipital to the condyle, it is never sunk into a common

opening with the foramen lacerum posticum.

7. The glenoid foramen is always present, and generally very con-

spicuous. In Enhydris it is least so.

8. The alisphenoid canal is present in the true Bears and Aiélurus,

absent in all the others. Hence it cannot be used to characterize the

entire group, though useful in aiding its subdivision.

The group thus defined is, I think, too extensive, and presents too

great variation among its members, in dentition and external cha-

racters, to constitute a Family, as proposed by Mr. Turner. I

would rather regard it as a primary section of the fissipedal Carni-

vora, to which the name of ARcrorDEA might be given.

I perfectly agree with Mr. Turner that it is further divisible into

four chief sections, or families, as 1 should call them—the Urside,

Ailuride, Procyonide, and the Mustelide. The further considera-

tion of these divisions must be reserved for the present, my purpose

now being to establish the group drctocdea upon a perfectly secure

basis.

I will now pass to a genus as far removed from the Bear in its

general structure as it will be seen to be in the construction of the

base of its skull, Felis. Figs. 5 and 6 (pp. 16 & 17) are taken from

the Tiger (J’. tigris).

The auditory bulla is very prominent, rounded and smooth on the

surface, rather longer from before backwards than transversely, its

greatest prominence being rather to the inner side of the centre. The

lower lip of the external auditory meatus (a.m) is extremely short ;

the meatus, in fact, looks like a large hole opening directly into the

side of the bulla. On looking into this hole, at a very short distance

(in fact, just beyond the tympanic ring) a wall of bone is seen, quite

impeding the view or the passage of any instrument into the greater

part of the bulla. On making a section (fig. 6), it will be seen that

this wall is a septum (s) which rises from the floor of the bulla, along

its outer side, and divides it almost completely into two distinct cham-

bers ; one (0.c), outer and anterior, is the true tympanic chamber, and

contains the tympanic ring, membrane, and ossicula, and has at its

anterior extremity the opening of the Eustachian tube (¢) ; while the

other (z.c), internal and posterior, is a simple but much larger cavity,

having no aperture except a long but very narrow fissure (*) left

between the hinder part of the top of the septum and the promon-

tory of the petrosal, which fissure expands posteriorly, or rather at

its outer end, into a triangular space, placed just over the fenestra

rotunda or cochlearea (7), so that the opening of this fenestra is partly

in the outer and partly in the inner chamber of the bulla. This

chamber is formed by a simple capsule of very thin but dense bone,

deficient only at a small oval space in the roof, where the petrosal

projects into and fills up the gap, except such portion of it as is left

to form the aperture of communication with the outer chamber.

Not only are these two chambers thus distinct, but they are

originally developed in a totally different manner. At birth the only

ossification in the whole structure is the incomplete ring of bone sup-

16 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

porting the membrana tympani, and developed originally in mem-

brane. Ossification extends from this, so as to complete the outer

chamber and the very limited lip of the meatus auditorius externus.

The inner chamber is formed from a distinct piece of hyaline carti-

lage, which at birth is a narrow slip, pointed at each end, lying be-

tween the tympanic ring and the basioccipital, applied closely to

Fig. 5.

Part of the base of the skull of the Tiger (Felis tigris). A portion of the audi-

tory bulla has been removed to show its interior. The cavity of the inner

or posterior chamber is exposed.

ry. The fenestra rotunda in the petrosal. s. The septum between the chambers.

x The aperture of communication. The other letters as in the preceding

figures.

1369. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. I,

the surface of the already ossified petrosal, and forming no distinct

prominence on the under surface of the skull*. Soon after birth this

increases in size, and gradually assumes the bullate form of the wall

of the inner chamber. In young animals, even some time after the

ossification of the bulla is complete, the distinction between the two

parts is clearly seen externally ; not only are they marked off by a

groove, but the tympanic portion has a more opaque appearance than

the other.

Fig. 6.

Section of the auditory bulla of the Tiger.

oc. The outer chamber. 7c. The inner chamber. s. The septum. * The aper-

ture of communication between the chambers. The other letters as in the

preceding figures.

The septum is formed by an inversion of the walls of both, applied

together and ultimately perfectly fused in Fe/is, although, as will be

seen, permanently distinct in some other allied formst.

No indication of a carotid foramen can be seen anywhere on the

* The cartilage from which the auditory bulla of the Felide is developed evi-

dently corresponds with that lamella of the ‘‘ opisthotic” of Man which “ gra-

dually wraps itself round the carotid, and so converts the primitive groove for the

vessel into a complete tube, at the same time furnishing the inner part of its floor

to the tympanum ” (Huxley, Elements Comp. Anatomy (1864), p. 155).

+ These parts are all described in great detail in Straus-Durckheim’s ‘ Ana-

tomie du Chat’ (1845), vol.i. pp. 409 e¢ seg. He calls the outer chamber the

‘“‘caisse du tympan, the inner one the ‘“‘cavité mastoidienne,’ or “ seconde

chambre de la timbale,” regarding it as the ‘‘ analogue” of the mastoid cells of

man. This part, he says, ‘ne commence que par un seul point d’ossification qui

ne parait méme que quinze jours aprés la naissance ; et a six semaines il est en-

tiérement formé, et a articulé avec tous les os voisins.” The septum, or “ cloison,”

is “ commune aux deux os, formée par deux lames adossées et soudées entre elles.”’

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. II.

18 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE (Jan. 14,

inner side of the bulla, where it was so conspicuous in most of the

Arctoidea, but it is represented by a minute groove (car) deep in

the recess of the foramen lacerum posticum. In the smaller members

of the genus this groove is more superficial, but always very minute,

and apparently never converted into an actual foramen except by the

contiguous wall of the basioccipital. _

The paroccipital process (p) is flattened out over the back of the

bulla, being applied closely to the whole of its prominent rounded

hinder end, and projecting, as a rough tubercle, slightly beyond it.

From the inner side of this process a strong sharp ridge runs towards

the occipital condyle. This forms the posterior boundary of a deep

fossa, at the bottom of which is the foramen lacerum posticum (J),

and in the hinder part of which, under cover of the aforesaid ridge,

the foramen condyloideum (ec) opens.

The mastoid process (m) is a moderately conspicuous rough pro-

minenee, not very widely separated from the paroccipital.

There is no distinct glenoid fossa, nor is there an alisphenoid canal.

This description applies equally well to all the true cats (genus

Felis), including the slightly aberrant Cheetah, but not to any other

members of the Order.

I pass next to the Viverride.

In the African Civet (Viverra civetta) (fig. 7, p. 19) the auditory

bulla is very prominent, smooth and oval, broader behind than before.

The meatus has scarcely any inferior lip, its orifice (am) being close

to the tympanic ring. The part of the bulla immediately surround-

ing the meatus is separated by a distinct groove from the much larger,

more inflated, and more transparent imner, or, rather, posterior part,

as it isin this animal. There is a septum within, disposed exactly

as in Felis, but very short, owing to the small space it has to fill

up, occasioned by the slight dilatation of the outer chamber. It is

applied closely to the petrosal above, leaving a mere linear fissure,

probably closed in the living animal, expanded at one end into a

small triangular space, situated just over the fenestra rotunda,

Instead of a carotid canal, there is a groove (car) on the inner

side of the bulla, near its anterior end.

The paroccipital (p) is triangular, spread very evenly over the

hinder part of the bulla, applied to it “like the capsule of the acorn

to the seed”’*, and projecting slightly beyond it, as a rough pointed

process. The ridge running from its inner side bounds the common

fossa into which the condyloid foramen (c) and the foramen lacerum

posticum (2) open.

The mastoid process can be scarcely said to exist. An extremely

minute aperture near the hinder end of the postglenoid process

may represent the glenoid foramen. There is a distinct alisphenoid

- canal (a).

In the Rasse (Viverra malaccensis) the bulla is large, as wide in

front as behind, much elongated, narrow, and compressed laterally,

corresponding, in fact, with the proportions of the entire cranium.

Otherwise its structure is essentially the same as that of the Civet.

* Owen, Cat. Osteological Series in Mus. Roy. Coll. Surg. vol. ii. p. 680.

1869. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 19

The anterior chamber is rather more developed, and less distinctly

marked off externally from the posterior. The orifice of the meatus

is very large, and opens directly into the tympanic cavity. The

carotid enters by a distinct groove near the middle of the inner wall

of the bulla, partially concealed and converted into a canal by the lip

of the basioccipital.

The paroccipital process is smoothly expanded over the posterior

part of the bulla, but does not project beyond it. The mastoid pro-

cess is not very distinct. The condyloid foramen is much overhung

by the ridge from the paroccipital. The glenoid foramen is very

minute.

Fig. 8.

Fig. 7. Civet (Viverra civetta).

8. Paradoxure (Paradoxurus bondar).

(The letters as in the preceding figures.)

Mr. Turner remarked that in this species the alisphenoid canal is

not developed ; but I find, on examining a series of seven skulls in

the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, that in one this canal

exists on both sides, and in another on one side only ; in the remainder

it is absent.

In the true Genettes, which otherwise closely correspond to the

Rasse in cranial characters, the alisphenoid canal appears to be always

present.

In the Paradoxures (fig. 8) the external form of the bulla is more

like that of the Civet than the Genette; but the inner or posterior

chamber presents, in some species at least, the peculiarity of being

20 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [ Jan. 14,

permanently distinct and moveable, not only from the other cranial

bones, but also from the tympanic portion of the bulla. In form it

is conical, broad and truncated behind, pointed in front, and rather

compressed at the sides, which meet in a ridge. The orifice between

the two cavities of the bulla is very minute, and the septum perma-

nently double, receiving a stratum from the wall of each cavity. The

carotid canal is distinct, situated near the anterior end of the inner

wall of the posterior chamber of the bulla; but it appears to be

never completely closed on the inner side, except by the contiguous

basioccipital. The paroccipital and mastoid processes are as in the

Civet. The condyloid foramen is even more concealed. The glenoid

foramen is very minute. The alisphenoid canal is distinct.

In a specimen of Nandinia binotata in the College Museum, which

otherwise agrees generally with Paradoxurus, the posterior chamber

is entirely cartilaginous, although the cranium appears to be adult or

nearly so, and the tympanic portion of the bulla is completely ossified.

Cynogale, which has a singularly modified dentition, closely resem-

bles the Paradoxures in its cranial characters, even to the permanent

want of union of the two portions of the bulla. The anterior cham-

ber is very small and flat; the posterior rather more inflated and

conical than in Paradoxurus, being more like that of Viverra. The

carotid canal forms a deep groove, converted into a foramen by the

lip of the basioccipital, placed rather in front of the middle of the

posterior chamber. The paroccipital process projects beyond the

bulla. ‘There is no alisphenoid canal.

All the Herpestine members of the Viverride@ (Cynopoda, Gray)

present certain common characters of this region by which they can

be readily recognized. The bulla (fig. 9, p. 21) is very prominent and

somewhat pear-shaped, the larger, rounded end being turned back-

wards and somewhat outwards; a well-marked transverse constriction

separates the chambers, which are now directly anterior and posterior.

In front of the constriction the anterior (true tympanic) chamber is

somewhat dilated again, much more than in the Civet-like Viverrines.

The aperture of communication between the two chambers is rather

larger. The carotid canal (car) is very distinct, situated quite at the

front of the posterior chamber. The paroccipital process (p) does

not project beyond the bulla, but is spread out and lost (in adult

animals) on its posterior surface. The condyloid foramen (ce) is

concealed; the glenoid foramen is very minute or absent. The ali-

sphenoid canal appears to be always present.

The Suricate (hyzena zenik) presents the same essential charac-

ters in a very modified form, caused by the general lateral expansion

of the posterior part of the cranium. Here, and here alone among

the Viverride, there is a prolonged auditory meatus ; but it presents

the peculiarity of being fissured along the whole extent of the middle

of its floor*. The anterior chamber is remarkably prominent, even

more than the posterior. Externally these parts have some resem-

blanee to those of the Arctoidea, but show their adherence to the

Viverroid type in the two distinct chambers of the bulla, the ex-

* The slightly produced floor of the meatus of Urva is also fissured.

1869. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA, 21

panded and applied paroccipital process, the concealed condyloid,

and absent glenoid foramen. The carotid foramen is distinct, situated

at the anterior extremity of the posterior chamber; and, as in th

other Herpestines, the alisphenoid canal is present.

Fig. 9.

Herpestes ichneumon. From a specimen in the British Museum.

(The letters as in the preceding figures.)

The Felide and the Viverride have thus the auditory bulla and

surrounding portions of the cranium formed upon a common plan dis-

tinct from that of the Arctoidea, the essential features of which are: —

1. The bulla is greatly dilated, rounded, smooth, thin-walled, and

divided by a septum into two distinct portions, communicating only by

a narrow aperture—an outer or true tympanic portion, into which

the meatus externus and the eustachian tube open, and a simple vesi-

cular inner chamber.

2. The bony meatus is extremely short; or when prolonged (as

in Rhyzena), the inferior wall is imperfect.

3. The paroccipital process is closely applied to, and, as it were,

spread over the hinder part of the bulla.

4. The mastoid process is never very salient, and often obsolete.

5. The carotid canal is small, sometimes very inconspicuous, and

rarely, if ever, a true canal excavated in the substance of the wall of

the bulla, but a groove converted into a canal by the basioccipital

bone applied to its inner side.

6. A ridge from the paroccipital process to the condyle encloses

the condyloid foramen in a common fossa with the opening of the

foramen lacerum posticum.

7. The glenoid foramen is extremely minute, or absent.

The animals which possess these characters show their affinity to

22 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

each other in other parts of their organization, especially in those

which were made use of in defining the Arctoidea. They all havea

short simple ceecum. They all have a comparatively small penis,

with a more or less conical termination, and of which the bone is

small, irregular in shape, or not unfrequently altogether wanting.

They all possess Cowper’s glands, and a distinct lobed prostate.

The Felide and Viverride may therefore be united into another

primary group, for which I would propose the name LUROIDEA.

The two families have been chiefly distinguished by the well-known

differences in their dentition ; but they also show characteristic cra-

nial distinctions. In the Felid@ the auditory bulla is more globular,

and the inner chamber is placed really to the inner side, as well as

somewhat posterior to the tympanic. The carotid canal is repre-

sented by a very minute groove placed far back on the inner side of

the bulla, often quite concealed in the foramen lacerum posticum.

There is no alisphenoid canal.

In the Viverride the bulla is more elongated, and the inner cham-

ber is placed more posteriorly, usually entirely behind the tympanic.

The distinction between the two parts of the bulla is better marked

externally. The carotid canal is larger and placed more conspicu-

ously and nearer the anterior part-of the bulla. The alisphenoid

canal is almost always present.

Cryptoprocta is a member of the Mluroid group, which, as long

as it was known only by a single immature individual, was placed

among the Viverride. The recent examination of a complete ske-

leton of an adult animal has led MM. A. Milne-Edwards and Gran-

didier to remove it completely from that group, and to ally it closely

to the Cats—not indeed in the same family; for they form a tribe

containing Felis and Cryptoprocta alone, each genus constituting a

family by itself, the first digitigrade, the second plantigrade. The

teeth are certainly more Feline than Viverrine, and so is the general

appearance of the upper surface of the skull; but I cannot alto-

gether agree in the remarks that “la conformation de la téte osseuse

du Cryptoprocta rappelle le type félin, plus que le type viverrien,”’

and “en effet, sil y avait 4 chaque machoire une prémolaire de

moins, son crane ne différerait en rien de celui des Chats ”’ *.

On examining the base of the cranium of the adult Cryptoprocta

lately received at the British Museum (fig. 10, p. 23), I find that it

possesses all the characters above shown to be common to the Felide

and Viverride, but that it has a distinet alisphenoid canal (a a’), a

distinct carotid foramen (car) near the front part of the inner side of

the bulla, and the bulla itself constructed more on the viverrine than

the feline type. The inner chamber is quite behind the other ; it is

flattened at the sides, ridged and very prominent posteriorly, and low

in front. The paroccipital process does not extend beyond the bulla.

As the dentition and the general osteological characters pointed

out by the authors just quoted+ forbid us to place it among the V7-

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1867.

+ The form of the scapula of the specimen at the British Museum appears to

me decidedly more viverrine than feline.

1869.} CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 23

Fig. 10.

Cryptoprocta ferox. From a specimen in the British Museum. The foramen

between c and the occipital condyle is an accidental vacuity, existing only

on one side of the skull, (The letters as in the preceding figures. )

verride as crdinarily constituted, I think, with them, that it must

form a family by itself; but I look upon it as a perfectly annectent

form, as nearly allied to the Viverride on the one hand as to the

Felide on the other.

The visceral anatomy of Cryptoprocta is at present almost entirely

unknown ; but the little information we possess shows that in one re-

spect it departs widely from both the families with which it otherwise

appears so nearly connected—that is, in the possession of a large os

penis. In the British-Museum skeleton this bone is 2,3,” long, slen-

der, compressed, slightly curved, not grooved or divided anteriorly,

rounded and slightly dilated at each end, but thickest posteriorly.

Passing over for the present the consideration of several somewhat

doubtful forms, it will be convenient to examine Mr. Turner’s third

type of Carnivorous cranium, that of the Dog. In the genus Canis

(figs. 11 & 12, p. 25) the auditory bulla is externally simple, smooth,

and evenly rounded. The meatus has a rather prominent under lip,

though less so than in the Bears. Interiorly a very incomplete

septum (s) springs from its anterior wall in exactly the same situation

as in the Felide, and divides the front part of the chamber into an

24 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

outer division, in which is the opening of the eustachian tube (e), and

an inner one, of which the anterior end is a cul-de-sac, as in Felis ;

but this septum only extends through about one-fourth or one-third

of the entire cavity, so that the two chambers communicate most

freely. In the hinder part of the inner chamber are a few irregular

projecting bony ridges. The bulla is developed as in the Cats, from

two parts, an outer true tympanic, and an inner cartilaginous portion.

At birth ossification has not commenced in the latter, and appears

in the former only as the horseshoe-shaped tympanic ring.

The carotid canal (car) is complete, and of tolerable dimensions ;

but its external opening is not visible on the surface of the bulla, being

deep in the foramen lacerum posticum (/); the course of the artery

is similar to that which it takes in the Bears. The paroccipital pro-

cess (p) is long and prominent; and its anterior surface is applied

closely to the back part of the bulla, but to a less extent than in the

Cats, as the process is more compressed. The mastoid (m) is dis-

tinct, but slightly developed. The condyloid foramen (c) is con-

spicuously situated on the ridge passing from the paroccipital to the

condyle, and is quite distinct from the foramen lacerum posticum

(1). The glenoid foramen (g) is very large. The alisphenoid

canal (a a’) is present.

It is clear that, with these cranial characters, which are found dis-

tinctly developed (with some modifications to be noticed hereafter)

in all the members of the family Canidae, the Dogs cannot be placed

in either of the great primary groups as above defined. They are in

fact as nearly as possible intermediate between the two. The general

form of the bulla and the presence of a septum, though imperfect,

incline to the Aluroid type; while the position and development of

the carotid canal, of the condyloid foramen, and of the glenoid fora-

men are Arctoid characters. The form of the paroccipital and

mastoid-processes, and the length of the meatal lip, are intermediate.

Though I agree with Mr. Turner in making the Dogs a distinct

primary group, which might be termed Cynorpea, I differ from him

in placing them at one end of the series and the Bears at the other.

The Dog appears to me to be the most central or generalized form of

the whole order as at present existing, at least as far as the structure

of the cranium is concerned. The comparative length of the folded

czecum is a special peculiarity*. The reproductive organs belong

neither to the Arctoid nor to the Ailuroid type, but partake of some

of the characters of each. In the absence of Cowper’s glands, and

* The length of the caecum in the Dogs, among other characters, induced

De Blainville to place them at the end of the series of which the Bears were at the

head, the Cats, with moderate cecum, intervening. But may not the long cecum

be rather a retention of general mammalian structure, which has been completely

or partially deviated from in the Bears on the one hand, and the Cats on the other,

both more specialized groups ?

It should be remarked that the Dogs retain more nearly the typical number of

teeth than any other Carnivores, and that some of the earliest known forms of the

order appear, as far as can be gathered from their fragmentary remains, to belong

to the group. Thus the Early Miocene Amphicyon had the teeth of a modern

Dog, with an additional upper molar, completing the typical mammalian dentition.

1869. |

CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA,

Fig. 11.

Wolf (Canis lupus).

(The letters as in the preceding figures. )

Section of auditory bulla of Dog.

(‘The letters as in the preceding figures.

26 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

the large size of the os penis, they resemble the former, though the

os is of a different form, being straight, wide, depressed, and grooved.

In the distinctness of the prostate gland they approach the Ailuroids.

The bulbous dilatation of the penis during erection is a special Cynoid

peculiarity.

The above-described cranial characters are very constant in all the

known forms of dogs, even the most aberrant*. The principal modi-

fications are in the size of the meatus and amount of inflation of the

bulla, which appear to be in direct relation to the development of

the external ear, as they reach their maximum in the Fennec. The

only deviation presenting any approximation to any other family

that I have observed is in Lycaon, in which the condyloid foramen is

partly concealed by the ridge from the paroccipital as in the Mlu-

roids and the Hyzena, an animal with which it bas been supposed

to have some affinity. But for this slight peculiarity, it presents

no other deviation from the true Cynoid type.

Such being the three principal types of Carnivora as indicated by

the modifications of the base of the cranium, I will next consider

the position of certain genera about the affinities of which there has

been some real or supposed difficulty.

First the Hyzenas, which are placed by Mr. Turner without

hesitation in his family Felide, equivalent, it must be remembered,

to the group here called Aluroidea, as they present, he says, “‘ the

same cranial characters as the cats.” But he appears not to have

noticed the peculiar septum, which forms such a marked character

in the Feline or Viverride, and which is completely wanting in the

Hycenast.

The cranial characters of this genus (fig. 13, p. 27) are as follows :

—Auditory bulla inflated, smooth, oval, most prominent posteriorly,

and rather pointed in front, slightly compressed laterally. Bony

meatus short, but its anterior lip slightly produced. Bulla perfectly

simple within, without trace of division into compartments. Carotid

foramen (car) distinct, near the middle of the inner side of the bulla.

Paroccipital process (p) spread out over the posterior surface of the

bulla, and forming a nodular protuberance beyond it, as in the larger

Felide. Mastoid process (m) slightly developed. Condyloid foramen

Glenoid foramen very minute or absent. No alisphenoid canal.

These characters all agree with the Aluroid type, with the ex-

ception of the absence of septum to the bulla, and when taken toge-

ther are perhaps rather more feline than viverrine. ‘The other parts

of the system which have previously been made use of in the former

* IT should mention that I have not had an opportunity of examining the skull

of Icticyon vendaticus; but Burmeister’s figure shows its true cynoid character.

t Mr. Turner says of the Viverride, ‘The auditory bulla has very distinctly

the appearance of being divided into two portions, of which the posterior is much

the larger, and elongated in form: the more anterior division, which encloses the

meatus auditorius externus, is much smaller, and partly overlapped by the other.”

—Eoe. cit.p.78. This only refers to the external appearance of the bulla, and is

given as diagnostic of the bulla of the Viverride as opposed to that of the Felide.

1869.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA, 27

cases lead to similar conclusions. In the presence of a short cecum,

and of Cowper’s glands, and a distinct prostate, Hyzena confurms

with the Ailuroids. The penis is of a form unlike that characteristic

of that group, being large and pendulous under the abdomen; but

in the entire absence of a bone it agrees with some of the Viverride,

and differs essentially from all the Arctoid and Cynoid Carnivora.

The large number of rib-bearing vertebree (fifteen or sixteen) of the

Hyeenas is a special peculiarity, as thirteen is the most usual number

in the #luroids.

Hyzna (Hyena striata).

(The letters as in the preceding figures.)

The Hyznas must then form either a fourth primary division of

the Carnivora, or be added, as rather aberrant members, to the lu-

roid section. On the whole I am inclined to the latter arrangement,

especially as it will be seen to gain support from the examination of

the singular genus next to be spoken of.

Proteles was considered by Cuvier a ‘“ Genette hyénoide.” It is

28 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Jan. 14,

placed by Dr. Gray, in his “ Revision of the Viverride” (P. Z. 8.

1864), close to the genus Viverra. De Blainville included it in the

genus Canis, where it is also placed, in the Catalogue of the Osteo-

logical Series in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, by Professor

Owen. Many other authors have placed it in the Hyenide, as Dr.

Gray in 1868 (P. Z.S. p. 525). The visceral anatomy of this

animal appears at present to be quite unknown ; and the rudimentary

molar teeth afford no indication of its affinities. Both in external

appearance and in the general characters of the skeleton it closely

resembles the Hyzenas*.

The examination of the base of the cranium in this genus is there-

fore of great interest, as it affords in the present state of our

knowledge the only true guide to its position.

Its characters (see fig. 14) are as follows :—

The auditory bulla is very large, pyriform, and everted posteriorly,

almost exactly as in the larger forms of Herpestes. A septum divides

it into two chambers, the meatal or true tympanic chamber being

quite in front of the other ; externally the two are completely fused.

Fig. 14.

Proteles lalandit. From a specimen in the British Museum.

(The letters as in the preceding figures.)

* The Skeleton of Proéedes in the Leyden Museum has 15 rib-bearing vertebra :

Wagner gives 14.

1869.} - CLASSIFICATFON OF THE CARNIVORA. 29

The anterior lip of the meatus is considerably prolonged and thickened,

asin the Hyeenas. Its floor is not split asin Rhyzena and Urva. The

carotid foramen (car) is very minute, placed near the middle of the

inner side of the bulla. The paroccipital (p) and mastoid (m) pro-

cesses are smoothly spread over the posterior dilated end of the bulla,

and form no projection beyond it. The condyloid foramen (c) is

concealed. There is no glenoid foramen ; nor is there an alisphenoid

canal.

I need scarcely comment upon the value of these characters as

affording a satisfactory solution to the guesses that have hitherto

been made as to the affinities of Proteles. In the first place they

are thoroughly Aluroid, but they do not exactly agree with either of

the families of that group as hitherto defined. On the whole they

approach nearest to the Herpestine section of the Viverride, but

deviate from this, and approximate to the Hyenida, in two points—

the development of the anterior rather than the lower portion of the

lip cf the meatus, and the absence of the alisphenoid canal. These,

in conjunction with the general characters of the skeleton and exterior,

appear to be sufficient, as in the case of Cryptoprocta, to warrant the

formation of a distinct family, intermediate between the Viverride

and the Hyenide, approaching nearest to the former. If Cuvier

had called Prote/es a Hyznoid Ichneumon, instead of a Hyznoid

Genette, exception could scarcely have been taken to the description.

Another genus, whose characters were omitted in their proper place,

on account of the great difference of opinion that has existed upon

its true position, is Arctictis, the Binturong of the East Indies.

Ever since its discovery this animal has oscillated between the V-

verride and the Urside without any conclusive reasons having been

given for either position. F. Cuvier, Mr. Turner, and Dr. Gray

assign it a place among the former group, while De Blainville,

Wagner, Van der Hoeven, Giebel, Gervais, Carus, and Owen include

it in the Ursine or “‘Subursine” group. Dr. Cantor has published

some details of its anatomy, including the statement that it possesses

a short cecum; but no mention is made of the structure of the

generative organs*.

The pattern of the teeth when closely examined is clearly that of

the Paradoxures—modified, it is true, but forming, as it were, a third

term of a series of which a Civet and an ordinary Paradoxure are the

first and second terms. Their resemblance to the teeth of Cerco-

leptes, so often insisted on by zoologists, appears to me only super-

ficial or adaptive, and affords an instance of the difficulty of dia-

gnosing the family characters of the Carnivora by teeth alone, which

I mentioned at the commencement of this paper.

Fortunately an examination of the base of the cranium (fig. 15,

p- 30) gives no uncertain indication of the animal’s position. Th

auditory bulla and all its surrounding parts are decidedly and essen=~

tially Viverrine, most resembling in form those of Paradoxurus,

though the walls of the tympanic and inner chambers of the bulla are

completely fused together as in nearly all the other members of the

* Journal of the Asiatic Society, 1846, p. 192.

30 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [ Jan. 14,

family. The posterior chamber of the bulla is much inflated, espe-

cially the anterior part, which overlaps the very small tympanic por-

tion. The meatus externus (am) is very contracted. The carotid

canal (car) is a deep groove near the middle of the inner wall of the

bulla. The paroccipital (p) is closely applied to the bulla. The

alisphenoid canal (a) is distinct. There is not the slightest ap-

proximation in any particular to the arctoid type. I feel, therefore,

no hesitation in placing the Binturong among the Viverride, even

without waiting for the confirmation which the examination of the

structure of the organs of generation will doubtless afford.

Fig. 15.

Binturong (Arctictis binturong).

(The letters as in the preceding figures.)

A comparison of Arctictis with Cercoleptes supplies a good illus- |

tration of superficial and adaptive resemblance masking absence of

real aftinity—closer, that is to say, than ordinal affinity. They belong

to two different types of the Carnivora, both modified in the same

direction. One is an arboreal, prehensile-tailed, omnivorous, Viver-

rine #luroid, the other an arboreal, prehensile-tailed, omnivorous,

Procyonine Arctoid. Geographically, each is confined to near the

headquarters of the family to which it belongs; and_in a functional

sense only can they be regarded as representatives of each other in

these different regions of the globe.

If the study of the cranial characters of the Binturong has com-

pletely removed it from all suspicion of relationship with the Bears,

1869.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 31

and established its true position among the Viverride, the same

method of observation has resulted in affording a full compensation

to the former group by assigning to it the interesting little American

Carnivore the Bassaris, frequently placed among the Viverride.

When this animal was first subjected to scientific examination, the

distinctions between the different families of the Carnivora were less

understood than at present ; and Lichtenstein, who named it*, and

Wagler, who gave a description of its external characters +, were con-

tent with pointing out that it showed resemblances on the one hand

to the Raccoons and Coatis, and on the other hand to the Genettes.

The first and hitherto only published details of its anatomy were

given by M. Paul Gervais, in his description of the mammals collected

by MM. Eydoux and Souleyet in the voyage of the ‘‘ Bonite”’ (1841).

He gives a figure of the skeleton, and a brief description of the prin-

cipal viscera, including the important statement, apparently since

overlooked, of the absence of a caecum to the intestine. He also

describes the very large os penis, from which and certain other minor

characters he concludes that Bassaris is allied to the Mustelide,

although, on the whole, belonging to the Viverride, and most nearly

approaching the ‘‘ Mangoustes,”’ more especially the genera Galictes

and Galidia.

In his more recent ‘ Histoire naturelle des Mammiféres’ (1855),

Prof. Gervais places Bassaris in the Tribe of ‘‘ Viverrines,’’ between

which and the ‘‘ Mangustins”’ it is said to establish a transition.

De Blainville, giving a figure of the same skeleton, places it among

the Mustelide, it being evidently, he says, a “‘ Mustela viverrin, dont

en effet le systéme dentaire est Viverrin et le reste Mustela”

Mr. Waterhouse, as early as 1839, indicated its true position in a

note to his paper ‘On the skulls and the dentition of the Car-

nivora’’§, saying, “‘ From an examination of the external characters

of Bassaris astuta, it appears to me that it belongs to this group,”

z. e. that division of the Urside which includes Procyon, Nasua, &c.

Mr. Blyth in his translation of Cuvier’s ‘Animal Kingdom’

(1840), introduces it provisionally after Cercoleptes, saying, in a note,

‘Strong presumptive evidence that the Basset (Bassaris astuta)

does not appertain to the Viverrine group, is afforded by the restric-

tion of the geographical range of the latter to the Eastern Hemi-

sphere in every other instance. The presence or absence of a cecum

would decide the question.”

Mr. Turner'||, after quoting Mr. Blyth’s observation, says, “ I am

not aware whether this last-mentioned point has ever been ascertained ;

but, from the characters presented by the cranium, I do not feel the

slightest hesitation in referring this animal to the Subursine group.”

He, however, gives no description of these characters; and his de-

* “Erlauterungen der Nachrichten des Fran. Hernandez von den vierfiissigen

Thieren Neuspaniens,” Abh. Berlin Akad. 1827, p. 89. The animal was mentioned

by Hernandez under the name of Tepe-Maxtlaton or Cacamitztli, meaning, ac-

cording to Lichtenstein, the ‘“‘ Rush-Cat.”

+ Isis, 1831, p. 512. t Ostéographie, tom. ii. p. 65.

§ P. Z. S. 1829, p. 137. || Loc. cit. p. 81.

32 : MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE (Jan. 14,

cision does not appear to have affected the judgment of any subse-

quent author. On the contrary, of late years, Bassaris seems to have

completely subsided into a settled position among the Viverride, as

all the undermentioned systematic authors place it there, with scarcely

a qualifying remark, further than that in its American habitat it

forms an exception to the remainder of the group :—

Wagner, in Schreber’s ‘ Saugethiere’ (1841); Giebel, ‘ Dic SAnge-

thiere’ (1859); Van der Hoeven, ‘ Handbuch der Zoologie’ (1856) ;

Baird, ‘Mammals of North America’ (1859); Gray, “ Revision of

the Viverride” (P. Z. 8. 1864); Carus, ‘ Handbuch der Zoologie’

(1868).

The external characters of Bassaris are too well known to require

further description*. They really afford no satisfactory solution of

its affinities, simply because in each of the great families of the Car-

nivora there is considerable variation in such characters. Either

Viverride, Mustelide, or Procyonide allow of sufficient latitude

in structure of feet, ears, fur, and tail, to admit of this genus being

ranged among them. If coloration counts for anything, except in

closely affined forms, it may be noted that it approaches Procyon as

much as any other known Carnivore, certainly more than Galidia,

with which Gervais compared it in this respect.

In placing Bassaris among the Viverride zoologists have chiefly

relied upon the characters of the teeth. The dental formula is pre-

cisely identical with the prevalent one in that group, viz. I. , C. ,

PB. ra M. 5: total 40. The presence of a second upper molar dis-

tinguishes it from all the known Mustelide. But on the other hand

the dental formula of Procyon and Nasua is exactly the same. Indeed

it is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to find any substantial

character which would exclude these two genera, and at the same

time comprehend all the range of modifications among the Viverride,

from the slender sharply cusped teeth of the Genettes and smaller Ich-

neumons to the massive teeth of the African Civet, the blunt rounded

molars of the Paradoxures and Binturong, or the square tubercular

hinder teeth of Cynogale. In the sole distinctive character that I

have been able to find (the presence of a second cusp on the inner

lobe of the upper sectorial) Bassaris agrees with the Procyonide.

The Procyonide as hitherto established, being a very limited group

as to numbers, offer less range of dental characters; Bassaris, how-

ever, if included among them, will hold precisely the same relation to

Procyon and Nasua as the smaller Genettes and Ichneumons do to

the Civets and Paradoxures, the teeth, though formed on the same

type, having a slenderer form and sharper cusps, being, in fact, merely

adapted to more strictly carnivorous habits (see figs. 3 & 3a, p. 10).

Cercoleptes deviates in its dentition from the more typical members

of the group far more than Bassaris, though ii a precisely opposite

direction.

Gervais gives the number of vertebree of his specimen as C. 7,

* A good figure from life is given in Wolf and Sclater’s ‘ Zoological Sketches,’

vol. i. pl. 14.

1869. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 33

D. 12, L. 6, 8. 3, C. 22. Such a formula is perfectly exceptional,

as no known Carnivore has so few dorso-lumbar vertebrz as 18.

The skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons has

C. 7, D. 13, L. 7, S. 3, C. 23 or more, the dorso-lumbar vertebrze

being 20, the most usual number in the order. Although the pre-

vailing number of the rib-bearing vertebrae of the Arctoid group

is 14 or 15, and of the #luroid and Cynoid 13, there are so many

exceptions that this character cannot have much weight in deter-

mining the position of any doubtful form *.

The skull of Bassaris (fig. 3a, p. 10) in its general form presents

a nearer approach to that of Procyon than to any other known

Carnivore, allowing for the considerable difference of size and conse-

quent alteration in proportion of brain-case to surrounding parts.

The general form of the brain-case, and the direction and develop-

ment of the zygomatic arches, are exceedingly similar. The prin-

cipal differences are, that in Bassaris the muzzle is narrower and

more pointed in front, the orbits larger and more sharply defined

from the temporal fossee by the larger postorbital processes, and

especially that the bony palate is very much shorter, as it terminates

at the level of the hinder border of the last molar tooth, while in the

Raccoon it is continued as far as the anterior end of the pterygoid

bones, or very nearly to the level of the anterior edge of the glenoid

fossa. This distinction is of no more than generic importance, as

similar variations in the extension of the palate backwards in the

middle line are met with among different, and otherwise closely

allied, members of the Viverride and of the Mustelide. The form

of the lateral margins of the palate bones, of the pterygoids, and of

the hinder margin of the palate itself is precisely the same in both

Procyon and Bassaris.

The mandible of Bassaris differs from that of Procyon only in

having the coronoid process less recurved—a very common character

in the mandibles of smaller species both of the Viverride and Mus-

telide. In the special part of the skull which affords the most

strongly marked distinctive characters between Procyon and the Vi-

verride, Bassaris agrees in every point with the former. The audi-

tory bulla is almost a miniature representation of that of Procyon ;

it is quite simple, without any septum, prominent at the middle

part, but falling away before and behind, and prolonged externally

into a well-developed bony meatus (am). The carotid foramen

(car) is large, situated rather behind the middle of the inner border

of the bulla. The paroccipital (p) and mastoid (m) processes,

though more feebly developed than in Procyon (as is usually the

case with smaller animals), have the same general characters, the

former especially projecting outwards and backwards, quite free from

the bulla. The condyloid foramen (c) is exposed on a flat surface,

quite distinct from the foramen lacerum posticum (J). The glenoid

* Among the other Procyonide, Cercoleptes has 15, Procyon 14, and Nasua

13 pairs of ribs, though in each instance the numbers seem occasionally to vary

in the same species, to judge by the discrepancy in the statements of different

authors.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. EIT.

34 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE (Jan. 14,

foramen (g) is large, and occupies precisely the same position as in

Procyon; and, lastly, there is no alisphenoid canal.

- There is therefore nothing questionable in the characters of this

region, nothing showing even the slightest indication of an aberrant

or transitional form.

Such other parts of the animal’s anatomy as are known, fully con-

firm the cranial evidences as to its position.

Some of the viscera of the specimen which died at the Gardens of

the Society in 1854, are fortunately preserved in the Museum of the

Royal College of Surgeons ; and among others a special preparation

has been made of the junction of the ileum with the colon, confirming

Gervais’s observation of the total absence of caecum. Unfortunately

I have not been able to find the organs of generation, if they are

preserved ; but this important link of evidence is not entirely wanting.

Gervais and De Blainville have described and figured the os penis of

the Paris specimen, showing that it conforms to the Arctoid type.

The former says, “ La verge est soutenue par un os considérable,

et qui a 0050 en longueur. II offre 4 sa base une espéce de téte ; en-

suite il est comprimé dans une partie de sa longueur et courbé légére-

ment, puis courbé en sens inverse, et déprimé a mesure qu’il approche

de son extrémité libre, dont le bout est élargi et trés-deprimé.”’

It will be very interesting, when opportunity offers, to complete the

description of these parts, because the presence of a large os penis in

Cryptoprocta shows that this character cannot be absolutely relied

on as distinctive between the two great #luroid and Arctoid groups.

The absence of Cowper’s glands, or of a prominent prostate would

be more decisive.

Mr. Gulliver, in reference to the size of the blood-corpuscules, says

“ Bassaris has been alternately associated with the Bears and Viverras;

as far as regards its corpuscles it agrees best with the Bears’’*.

On the whole I think there can be little question that evidence

enough has been adduced to prove that Bassaris is a member of the

Arctoid subdivision of the Carnivora, and among these approaches

most nearly to Procyon and Nasua.

With regard to the group of Seals, which I look upon as essentially

belonging to the same ordinal division of the Mammalia as the ani-

mals hitherto treated of, the differences of the cranial characters of

the three natural families into which they are divisible, Otariide,

Trichechide, and Phocide, are so well described by Mr. Turner that

I need only refer to his paper for them. But I must add that I can-

not agree with him when he says, ‘‘I have not seen in the Seals any-

thing which, in my opinion, warrants their approximation to any of the

other families, more than another,”’ or in his placing them and the

three divisions of the terrestrial Carnivora as primary groups of equal

value. The differences between the Seals and the terrestrial Car-

nivora both in teeth and limbs are much greater than any found

between different members of the latter group. They should there-

fore constitute in my opinion a distinct suborder, the Mluroid, Cy-

noid, and Arctoid Carnivora being united to form the other suborder.

* P.Z. S. 1862, p.96. See also P. Z. S. 1841, p. 43.

1869. | CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA. 35

I think moreover that there is not the slightest question that

their cranial characters indicate most strongly their approximation

to the Arctoid type, as has often been noticed before on other

grounds*, Indeed their skulls seem to be simply a further modi-

fication of this type, showing resemblances to the true Bears on

the one hand, and the Otters on the other ; but I hope to take some

other opportunity of examining more fully into these relationships. ,

The presence of a ceecum in this group is a cireumstance not easy to

be accounted for.

Conclusion—Mr. Turner was strongly impressed with certain re-

semblances, which appear to me rather superficial or accidental, be-

tween the Ichneumons and the Weasels; and it was in order to bring

these groups in juxtaposition, in his synoptical table of the Carni-

vora, that he commenced with the Bears and ended with the Dogs,

placing the Felide in the central position; in this arrangement I

cannot, as I have said before, concur. The Dogs, for reasons given

above, should be placed in the central position, while the Ailuroids

occupy one flank and the Arctoids the other.

Of the former, the Felide are perhaps the most specialized, and

the Hyenide the least so. The Viverride are closely connected with

the Felide on the one hand, especially by the intervention of Cryp-

toprocta, and, though less closely, with the Hyenide on the other,

the gap being partially closed by the annectent Proteles. The }7-

verride show a great tendency to break into two groups, of which

Viverra, Paradoxurus, Arctictis, Cynogale, and Genetta belong to

one, and Herpestes and its various modifications to the other, Rhy-

zena being an aberrant member of the last. The distinction between

the five families of #luroidea is founded mainly on the characters of

the teeth, too well known to need recapitulation here ; but, as shown

above, the cranial characters alone would suffice to distinguish them.

Africa and Southern Asia are the head quarters of the group, all the

families being restricted absolutely or very nearly (two of the Viver-

ride alone passing into Southern Europe) to these regions, except

the Felide, which are almost cosmopolitan.

The Cynoidea admit of no subdivision into families ; and, although

there is a considerable tendency to variation in external characters,

they are remarkably “ true”’ in cranial conformation. They are per-

haps the most universally diffused of any of the groups.

Of the Arctoidea the true Bears are the most specialized or aber-

rant ; they form a very compact group, distinguished by their very

characteristic dentition and their completely plantigrade mode of

progression. They have a very wide geographical range. On the

other hand the Procyonide, though few in numbers and restricted

to the warmer and temperate parts of the American continent, are

structurally less closely connected, at least if the singular Cercoleptes

is truly a member of this group. Except for the increased number

of the molar teeth, which is the only definite character by which

they can be separated from the Mustelide, I see no reason for con-

sidering the Procyonide more nearly allied to the Urside than are

* De Blainvyille says “ Tes Ours, dont les rapports avec les Phoques ont été

sentis de tout temps et méme par Aristote”’ (op. cif. tome ii. p. 49).

36 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE (Jan. 14,

the other families of. the group, or of speaking of them as specially

** subursine.”’

Ailurus (an unfortunate name for an animal so essentially Arctoid)

appears to me to be an isolated form ; but until more is known of its

anatomy, a very definite position cannot be assigned to it. Its den-

tition, though remarkably modified in character, is numerically that

_ of the Procyonide ; but certain cranial peculiarities already pointed

out, and its Asiatic habitat, lead me to concur with Mr. Turner in

placing it in a distinct family.

The Mustelide constitute a large, widely diffused, and somewhat

disjointed group, but exceedingly difficult to reduce into natural sub-

fainilies. The most aberrant or specialized are the Otters, which, end-

ing with Enhydris, run parallel to the Bears towards the Pinnipedia.

In order to exhibit at one glance the general result of this exami-

nation, I have arranged the various groups of the Carnivora in a dia-

grammatic plan (see p. 37), which has obviously a great advantage

over a linear series 1n showing cross relationships, especially as it

attempts to indicate, by the distances the groups are placed apart,

the amount of affinity between them*.

A tree has long been a favourite image by which to illustrate

genealogical descent ; and we are generally accustomed to have side-

views of such trees presented to us, with the stem, main boughs, and

smaller branches growing from them, all in perfect order. But the

ancestral records of our existing fauna are so imperfect that it would

be hopeless, from our scattered fragments of knowledge of them, to

attempt at present to construct such a view of the descent of any

zoological group. What we may, however, do with tolerable cer-

tainty is to take a careful survey of the top of the tree (to keep up

the simile) as far as it has now grown, the only part that is completely

exposed to our view, and make out the mode in which the compo-

nent branches are now arranged. The diagram is intended to indi-

cate the general outline of what may be called the Carnivora tree at

its present stage of growth, seen from above; or it may be said to

represent a transverse section of all the diverging genetic lines, showing

the amount of differentiation of the groups, and the directions they

have respectively taken at this particular epoch. Similar sections,

taken at different geological periods, would probably present very dif-

ferent appearances. Groups now sharply separated might in other

times have been united by intermediate forms; and other highly spe-

cialized groups would be seen which have now entirely disappeared.

The value of this plan all depends upon whether that great zoolo-

gical problem, interpretation of true affinity, has been rightly solved.

It is probable that a longer and more minute study of the details of

the organization of different members of the order than has yet

been given will introduce many modifications in this rough sketch ;

il is not too presumptuous, however, to hope that ultimately it may

be so perfected that every genus and even species will have its ap-

propriate place assigned to it.

* Prof. Milne-Edwards in 1844 (Annales des Sciences Naturelles), and on se-

veral subsequent occasions, has made use of similar plans to illustrate his views

of classification.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE CARNIVORA.

1869.]

{LLoT,

FISSIPEDIA PINNIPEDIA

TO! D (ovanuis) ae

re C =o E A oi ae mnuchsema:

ee nga (cnsins a

cnxfromkocTmnE ryoreiins

mocos )

paces

ris es

Gah”

res eS

x E Stanford, bith Charmg Cross

DIAGRAM OF THE RELATIONS OF EXISTING CARNIVORA.

38 DR. MACDONALD ON A NEW GENUS OF MUGILID. (Jan. 14,

2. On the Characters of a Type of a Proposed new Genus of

Mugilide inhabiting the Fresh Waters of Viti Levu,

Feejee Group; with a brief Account of the Native Mode

of capturing it. By Jonn Denis Macponatp, M.D.,

F.R.S., Staff-Surgeon, R.N.

(Plate I.)

The fish forming the subject of the present paper is found in

abundance in the deeper parts of the Wai Manu, one of the tribu-

taries of the Rewa River, Na Viti Levu (Large Feejee). An ordinary

specimen would measure eighteen or twenty inches from the tip of

the snout to the emargination of the tail, and five inches vertically

at its deepest part. ‘The native name, Ika loa (black fish), is de-

rived from its colour, the head and upper part of the body being of

a rich black, which gradually softens on the sides into a warm brown,

growing paler and more silvery towards the white belly. My friend

the Rev. Samuel Waterhouse, Wesleyan Missionary, who was with

me when the first specimens were obtained, at once recognized the

famous “ Black Mullet’’; but, in the absence of all works of reference,

I was obliged to content myself with drawings and notes carefully

taken on the spot. The more important characters of Ika loa are

the following :—

Head thick, convex, and rounded above, but flattened and sucker-

like beneath, where the lower jaw is circumscribed by a thin promi-

nent border, angularly produced in front so as to occupy a corre-

sponding median notch in the upper lip. The eye is of moderate

size, with a yellowish-brown iris, the snout short and bluntly pointed,

and the mouth protrusible to a considerable extent, with the cleft on

cach side reaching a line drawn perpendicularly through the centre of

the orbit. The teeth of the upper jaw are minute, recurved, and

disposed in a single series, interrupted, however, in front, where the

lip presents the angular grooved space already noticed. Within the

dental margin a crescentic palate-like membrane, with a transverse

oval thickening in the middle, extends across the roof of the mouth.

Behind this valvular membrane, and to the right and left of the

mesial line, the vomer bears a small transverse zigzag row of teeth.

In the lower jaw the teeth are arranged in a gently curved, villiform

cluster on either side, with a wide median interval. A horseshoe-

shaped series of delicate transverse sucker-like folds or plice corre-

sponds with the contour of the mandible inferiorly, the fore part

being very narrow, like an isthmus connecting the lateral portions,

which gradually increase in breadth towards their posterior end. A

similar structure is present in dgonostoma plicatile ; but the lateral

portions are not united anteriorly as in Ika loa. This difference evi-

dently arises, in one case, from the angular projection of the man-

dible anteriorly, and, in the other, from its roundness at the corre-

sponding part.

Operculum, inter-, and preeoperculum scaly ; gill-rays six on each

N Hanhar. imp

Moe

load

GONOSTOMYXUS LOA-LOA.

1869.| DR. MACDONALD ON A NEW GENUS OF MUGILID&. 39

side, the left apparently overlapping the right. Dorsal fins two,

distinct, the anterior consisting of four rigid spines, and the posterior

of eight soft rays and one rigid in front. Pectoral fins small and

scaly to the tip. Abdominal fins with five soft rays, fronted by one

spinous. Anal with ten rays, the first alone of which is spinous.

No lateral line visible as in the Mullets generally. Scales large,

both the longitudinal and transverse measurements reaching 5, of

an inch, with a mucus-groove on the inner surface of each, fulfilling

the office restricted to those that form the lateral line in other fishes.

On reviewing Dr. Giinther’s Synopsis of the characters of the three

genera of Mugilidee, viz. Mugil, Agonostoma, and Myzus, I find that

fka loa is not strictly conformable to any of them, but apparently takes

up an intermediate place between Agonostoma and Myxus. Thus the

cleft of the mouth extends on the side of the snout to the orbit as in

Agonostoma, dissociating it from Myzus ; the teeth of the upper jaw,

however, are in a single series, the anterior margin of the lower

jaw is sharp, as in Myzus, and the upper lip is notched to receive

the mesial prolongation of the lower, still further distinguishing it

from Agonostoma. I therefore conceive that Ida loa deserves a

place in a new genus, for which I propose the name of Gonostomyzcus,

retaining the native word, Joa loa (black), for the species. The fol-

lowing diagnosis of the genera of Mugilidz may be given to illus-

trate the view here expressed, adopting Dr. Giinther’s characters :—

I. Cleft of the mouth extending on the sides of the snout, but

not to the orbit.

a Nowrue teeth im the JAWS © Js...0..0dttes one en sees oees ese Mugil.

6. Small teeth in a single series in the upper jaw, and

sometimes in the lower and on the palate. Anterior

margin of the mandible sharp ...............400..-.0:05- Myxus.

II. Cleft of the mouth extending on the sides of the snout, beyond,

to, or nearly to, the orbit.

a. Small teeth in a single series in the upper jaw, in two

lateral crescentic clusters in the lower jaw, and in

a short irregular transverse row on either side of the

yomer. Anterior margin of the mandible sharp ... Gonostomycus.

6. Small teeth at least in one of the jaws, and sometimes

on the palate. The lower lip with the margin

rounded not shar pil Mne-cevus »: atten eveseeoes sabes Agonostoma.

Of course the further discovery of species referable to Gonosto-

myxus may suggest some modification of the characters above given.

I shall now give a brief description of Z/a-loa-fishing on the Wai

Manu.

The Maroons of Jamaica capture the freshwater Mullet with a

pronged spear, pursuing it under water; but the Feejeeans take the

Ika loa very skilfully in a small net, assisted by outlying divers who

decoy the fish into the net, cutting off their escape. The men of

Soloira, under the Vuni Chief of Vun Mbua, are famous for their

knowledge of the habits of the ‘‘ Black Mullet”’ and their success

in fishing for it.

It will be necessary here to give an idea of the construction of the

net. It is very simple, consisting merely of a piece of net once

40 DR. W. BAIRD ON A NEW EARTH-WORM. [Jan. 14,

doubled upon itself so as to make a perfect square, and sewn up so

that two contiguous sides are closed, and two open, the closed sides

being behind and below, and the open sides above and in front.

The two upper free borders are connected with strong rods,

moving upon one another at the angle when the net is opened or

closed. At the lower and anterior angle a weight, generally consisting

of a perforated stone, is appended, and the apparatus is complete.

With this net one or two men dive into a deep part of the river, near

a bold shore; immediately also some others disappear, and, having

remained a considerable time under water, pop their heads up one

by one, after which the net is drawn up on a shingly bank with the

Ika loa floundering within it.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE TI.

Fig. 1. Lateral view of Gonostomyxus loa loa (the type specimen is contained

in the Haslar Museum). About one-third of the natural size.

2. Inferior aspect of the head, with the mouth open to show the cresentic

palatal membrane and the sucker-like plicated band within the border

of the lower lip.

3. A scale from the shoulder, magnified about 8 diameters to show its

ctenoid character and the mucus-grooyve on its deep surface.

3. Description of a new Species of Earth-worm (Megascolex

diffringens) found in North Wales. By W. Bairp, M.D.,

F.R.S., &c.

The genus Perichata was formed by Schmarda to include a number

of species of earth-worms differing from the more common genera

in having each segment of the body marked in the centre by a narrow,

raised rim, which is beset, for the whole circumference of the body,

by a row of spines or setze. He describes, in his ‘ Neue wirbellose

Thiere,’ four species, all natives of Ceylon. In 1845 Dr. Templeton

characterized a new genus of earth-worms, natives also of Ceylon,

which he called Megascolex. This genus consisted at that time of

only one species, a native of the alpine regions of that island, and is

distinguished, like Pericheta, by a row of small spines or sete sur-

rounding each segment. This row, however, according to Dr.

Templeton’s description (see Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. xv. p.

60) is not completely circular, the setze being deficient in the mesial

line of the back for about the tenth of an inch. Schmarda, who

considers the two genera distinct, does not quote Templeton’s de-

scription accurately ; for he seems to think that that naturalist de-

scribes the ridges on each ring as occurring only on the back;

whereas he distinctly says they surround the body, only that the

rows of bristles are not continued round the whole circumference,

but are deficient for a short space on the back.

In describing the genus Pericheta, Schmarda says that the species

he describes possess no cincture or girdle, whereas in P. cingulata

1869. | DR. W. BAIRD ON A NEW EARTH-WORM. 41

(plate 18. fig. 162) he figures very distinctly a cincture after the

thirteenth segment. I thought that perhaps a better distinctive

character might consist in the form of the setee themselves. Tem-

pleton describes them (in Megascolex) as about 100 in number, and

as being in the form of small mamille, each surmounted by a minute

bristle arched backwards. In Pericheta these bristles are bluntly

lanceolate in form, slightly curved, and nearly equal in size at each

extremity. Upon examining Megascolex ceruleus, of which we

possess several specimens in the Collection of Annelids in the British

Museum, I found that the setee or spines in it were neatly exactly

the same in form, only much smaller; so that in my opinion, these

characters fail to constitute a distinct genus. I have now, therefore,

little hesitation in referring the species of Pericheta described by

Schmarda to the genus Megascolex of Templeton. The chief differ-

ence appears to me to consist of size, the species described by this

latter author, M. ceruleus, being from 20 to 40 inches in length,

and 1 or 14 inch in breadth, while the species of Pericheta de-

scribed by Schmarda are only about six inches long.

Very lately my attention has been called to a species of Earth-worm

found in North Wales, which evidently belongs to the same group as

the Pericheta of Schmarda. It is about 4 or 5 inches in length,

3 lines in circumference, and is very lively in its movements—when

touched by the hand, or laid upon it, twisting itself into a variety of

violent contortions which render it very difficult to hold; or, as my

correspondents correctly say, the motions are ‘‘ like those of an eel.”’

After the thirteenth ring there is a short cincture or girdle, which

completely conceals from view the segments of the body underneath.

Beyond this the worm consists of about ninety-one or ninety-two

segments, making in all about 104 or 105 distinct rings. Near the

‘extremities, both superior and inferior, the rings are very distinct ;

the ridges which run round them are very prominent, and the sete

are considerably, even positively, longer than those in Megascolex,

notwithstanding the difference in size of the worms; they are of

a linear lanceolate form, blunt at the apex and slightly bent, and are

about 60 in number in each segment. Towards the middle of the

body, these rings become nearly flat, and the sete are not so dis-

tinctly seen, except with the lens. The back of the worm is of a brown

colour, and the belly of a very pale yellow, agreeing in this respect

with the Megascolex ceruleus. The mouth is also like that organ

in Megascolex ; and the anus is terminal, round in shape and central

in position.

These worms lived for some time after being sent to me; but they

appear to be very drittle, many of them breaking off a portion of

of their body and then dying.

I have named it Megascoler (Pericheta) diffringens, from this

habit of breaking into pieces.

In the beginning of last December, a few of those interesting Worms

were sent by Mr. Johnstone, gardener at Plas Machynlleth, in Mont-

gomeryshire, North Wales, to Mr. Draper, at Seaham Hall, near

Sunderland. They were brought before the Tyneside Naturalists’

42 DR. W. BAIRD ON A NEW EARTH-WORM. [Jan. 14,

Field Club, in order to ascertain their name and history ; and two of

these were afterwards sent to me by Mr. Dinning, Secretary to the

Club, for identification. They evidently did not belong to any de-

scribed British species ; nor had I ever seen such before, as occurring

in this country. Unfortunately the two individuals first sent to me

escaped during the night from the box in which they were confined,

before I could ascertain or identify the species. A request, however,

to Mr. Draper brought me two more alive; and since that time I

have had several others sent to me by Mr. Johnstone direct. They

Fig. 1. Megascolex diffringens, natural size.

2. Portion of body, magnified.

3. Spinet of M. diffringens, magnified.

4, Spinet of MW. ceruleus, magnified.

are found, he informs me, in a bed of tan and leaves in the plant-

stove, mixed up and living with others of the common sort.

Upon reference to the description of Annelids by Schmarda, I

1869.] MR.A.G. BUTLER ON A NEW GENUS OF LEPIDOPTERA. 43

found they would properly belong to his genus Pericheta, which,

however, upon more mature examination, I believe, as I have stated

above, to be synonymous with the genus Megascolex of Templeton.

The species hitherto described are all natives of Ceylon; but in the

National Collection we have a specimen from the Dukhun (Deccan),

in India, and two or three from New Zealand, undescribed ; and I

wrote to Mr. Johnstone to ask if there was anything in the dung-bed

which came from that island or from India, through which the

Worms could have been introduced into this country. In answer he

tells me that ‘‘ he does not know of any matter, in the bed, from the

East Indies.’ There are, he adds, a few Orchids amongst the plants ;

and the bed has been partially emptied annually for five years, the

same kind of worms being always found there. Mixed with these

worms, in the same bed, are numbers of a common British species,

some of which Mr. Johnstone kindly sent me, and which upon exa-

mination I found to be the Lumbricus fetidus of Duges.

Perhaps upon attention being called to these Earth-worms of Indian

form, they may be found in other parts of the country in similar

situations.

4. Description of a new Genus of Heterocerous Lepidoptera,

founded upon the Papilio charmione of Fabricius. By

Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8S., &e.

At page 205 of his ‘ Entomologia Systematica’ Fabricius describes

a very remarkable species of Lepidopterous insect under the name

of Papilio (Danais) charmione, the characters of the species being

probably taken from a figure by Mr. Jones, whose ‘ Icones’ furnished

Fabricius with many of his new species. This figure was copied by

Donovan in 1827, forming the subject of the 171st plate of his

‘Naturalist’s Repository,’ vol. v.

Fabricius gives the Island of Johanna as the locality from which

charmione was obtained. But Donovan remarks, ‘‘ We, however,

perceive in our copy of the ‘Entomologia Systematica’ that this

habitat is erased, a correction made by ourselves many years ago

upon the authority of Mr. Jones himself.”

In his ‘Species Général des Lépidoptéres’ (published 1836) M.

Boisduval referred this species to the genus Terias (Pierine), with

the following observation :—‘‘ Ne l’ayant jamais vue, nous n’affirmons

pas qu'elle appartienne au genre Terias.”’ But in the margin of the

page I find a note in pencil by Mr. E. Doubleday—“ Not even a

Butterfly.”

The supposition that charmione was a Rhopalocerous insect seems

to have arisen from the fact that it is represented as such by Dono-

van. Whether the antenne really are clubbed or not, is a question

that can only be decided when we see a perfect example of the spe-

cies ; at present the only point that can be settled is that the species

certainly is not a Butterfly ; for an old and well-worn specimen in

44 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON A NEW GENUS OF LEPIDOPTERA. [{Jan. 14,

the national collection testifies to the contrary. This individual was

obtained in the year 1841; and on turning to the old Register I find

it entered as Erycina charmione (ex Mus. Milne), and in pencil a

note—‘‘ Not a Rhopalocére at all!’ No locality is given. It is not

impossible that this is actually the type specimen formerly existing

in the collection of Mr. Drury ; for it seems certain that at least one

species formerly in that collection, and pinned in the same manner,

now exists in the British Museum*.

Mr. F. Walker has kindly referred me to the genus Nyctemera,

Hibn., which he considered the nearest approach to the charmione

type of coloration and general form ; and amongst the species of that

group I detected one (NV. expandens, Walker) agreeing with the

latter in every structural particular, and differing from the remaining

species in its narrow elongated wings and different neuration. These

two species will therefore form a new genus allied to Nyctemera.

Fig. = ee ee expandens, Walker.

charmione, Fabric.

AMNEMOPSYCHE, gen. nov.

Typical species A. charmione, Fabr.

Corpus sat gracile, subcylindricum, capite perparvo, thorace brevi,

abdomine alas non superante, ano conico ; pedes graciles, antict

simplices, medii calcari uno tibiali, postici tribus uno sub-

apicali duobusque terminalibus: ale elongate, tenues, antice

costa vix arcuata, margine externo distincte arcuato, margine

interiore subrecto; cella discoidalis perlonga, vena prima di-

scoidali bifurcata, vena superiore disco-cellulari obliqua cum

vena secunda discoidali fere continua, vena inferiore disco-

eellulart transversa: postice subpyriformes, area apicali lon-

gore; cella discoidalis perlonga, venis omnibus distincte sepa-

ratis, vena superiore disco-cellulari obliqua, inferiore angulari

transversa : ale plerumque nigro alboque colorate.

Sp. 1. AMNEMOPSYCHE CHARMIONE.

Papilio charmione, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. p. 205, nu. 641 (1793) ;

Donovan, Nat. Rep. v. pl. 171 (1827).

* Namely Strymon titus, Fabr. ( Thecline), still bearing the old ticket “ Titus

130,” the number being a reference to the ‘ Ent. Syst.’

P Z. 5S. 1869 PLIL

Leb tt M #NHanhart imp

RTT? —

IEW SHELLS FROM AUSTRALIA & SOLOMONS ISLANDS.

1869.] | MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 45

Terias charmione, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. p. 677, n. 40 (1836).

Hab. —-—? B.M.

From the collection of Mr. Milne.

Sp. 2. AMNEMOPSYCHE EXPANDENS.

Nyctemera expandens, Walker, Lep. Het. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 398.

n. 17 (1854).

Hab. ? B.M.

Presented by E. Doubleday, Esq.

5. Descriptions of twelve new Species of Land and Marine

Shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. By

GerorGE Frencu Aneoas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., &e.

(Plate II.)

Haxioris (PADOLLUS) BRAZIERI, n. 8. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Shell oblong-ovate, body-whorl nearly flat above, whorls marked

with an obscure single central rib ; perforations peculiarly tubiferous,

standing erect, six open; spire somewhat elevated; sculptured

throughout with striz radiating from the sutures, with a few spiral

ridges on the first and second whorls, which lose themselves on the

body-whorl and again appear on the outer margin of the lip; beau-

tifully marbled with blotches of red and green interrupted here and

there with a few white zigzag markings ; base of body-whorl some-

what flattened ; interior brilliantly nacreous.

Diam. maj. 13 inch, min. 1 in., alt. 5 lines.

Hab. Lake Macquarie, New South Wales ( Brazier).

A beautiful species, remarkable for its radiate sculpture and large

erect elevated perforations.

TRITON Bassi, n. s. (Plate II. fig. 2.)

Shell ovately fusiform, with five or six rounded varices ; spire

moderately raised, one-third the length of the shell, apex obtuse ;

whorls rounded, closely encircled throughout with irregular narrow

flattened ridges beaded alternately here and there and especially

towards the base with small inconspicuous nodules, the interstices

very finely longitudinally crisped, last whorl slightly angled at the

upper part, and furnished at the angle with a few rude tubercles ;

pale purplish brown, the nodules here and there whitish occasionally

interrupted on the wider ridges with small chestnut spots ; columella

white, arcuate, furnished with a small callosity at the upper part, and

tooth-ridged below ; canal short, recurved ; interior of the aperture

violet ; outer lip thickened, white, closely and strongly denticulated

within.

Length 13, diam. 73 lines.

Hab. Corner Inlet, Bass’s Straits (Brazier).

46 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Jan. 14,

A very interesting new species, which I have dedicated to the in-

trepid voyager who, in an open whale-boat, first explored the straits

that bear his name.

Triton (EPIDROMUS) BRAZIERI, n.s. (Plate II. fig. 3.)

Shell elongately turreted, thick, with about twelve rather pro-

minent rounded varices ; spire very slightly twisted; whorls nine,

sculptured with regular close-set longitudinal ridges and reticulated

with irregular impressed stricze; light brown, paler on the varices,

with a broad slightly darker fascia on the middle of each whorl, and

a series of small spots at the lower edge of the fascia of the last whorl,

the fascia darker where it crosses the varices ; columella excavated,

smooth, orange-coloured ; canal very short, recurved; outer lip orange,

denticulated within.

Length 2 in., breadth 73 lin.

Hab. Lake Macquarie; and Cape Solander, Botany Bay, New

South Wales.

Named after its discoverer, Mr. John Brazier, an enthusiastic and

intelligent conchologist, who has contributed much to our knowledge

of the Australian mollusca.

Hexix (TROCHOMORPHA) DEIOPEIA, n. s. (Plate II. fig. 4.)

Shell deeply umbilicated, depressedly and convexly conical, mode-

rately thin, finely obliquely irregularly striated, upper whorls brown,

last whorl black, ornamented with numerous pale diaphanous oblique

stripe-like spots ; spire convexly depressedly conical, apex obtuse,

suture narrowly margined ; whorls six, rather convex, the last not

descending, keeled, somewhat flattened at the base ; umbilicus co-

nical, moderate, partly surrounded by a faint horn-coloured band

passing into the interior of the shell; aperture oblique, truncately

oval; peristome non-continuous, pale horn-colour, margins converging,

the right thin, slightly expanded, the basal a little thickened, sinuous,

and somewhat reflexed.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 43 lines.

Hab. Marau Sound, Guadaleanar, Solomon Islands.

This beautiful species is somewhat intermediate between H. me-

leagris, Pfr., and H. merziana Pfr. Five specimens were obtained

by my friend Mr. John Brazier, on the trunks of trees, during the

visit of H.M.S. ‘ Curacgoa’ to Marau Sound.

Hetrix (CorastA) ROSSITERI, n. s. (Plate II. fig. 5.)

Shell imperforate, globosely conical, very thin, obliquely irregu-

larly plicately striated, with the interstices very finely transversely

striated, pale straw-colour encircled with numerous narrow white

diaphanous bands, the one nearest the sutures the broadest ; spire

obtusely conoidal, somewhat flattened at the apex; whorls four,

convex, the last descending, acutely keeled at the periphery, rounded

at the base; columellar margin arcuate, narrowly excavated, sharp

within ; aperture oblique, rhomboidal ; peristome not continuous,

1869.| | MR. G. F, ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 47

white, with a purplish rose-coloured spot at the periphery, and

another at the junction of the right margin with the body-whorl.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 8, alt. 73 lines.

Hab. Ysabel Island, Solomon group.

This species belongs to the same group as H. ¢ricolor, Pfr., and

H. purchasi, Pfr. ; I have named it after Mr. Rossiter, of Sydney, to

the kindness of whose friend Mr. John Brazier I am indebted for a

specimen of this singularly beautiful shell.

Heix (GEOTROCHUS) DAMPIERI, n. 8. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Shell imperforate, trochiform, rather solid, obliquely faintly irre-

gularly striated, white, with a narrow pale yellowish-brown band

just below the suture, a broader one above the periphery darker

below and becoming nearly black as it approaches the margin of

the peristome, and a still broader band of the same character at

the base; spire conoidal; whorls 43, slightly convex, the last de-

scending, rounded at the periphery, flatly convex at the base;

columella sloping, aperture oblique, truncately oval; peristome

expanded and slightly reflexed, the right margin a little sinuous,

the columellar margin triangularly dilated and furnished within

with a prominent rounded callus terminating abruptly within the

aperture.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 10, alt. 9 lines.

Hab. Louisiade archipelago. 7

Hewix (GEOTROCHUS) DONNA-ISABELL&, n. 8. (Plate II. fig. 7.)

Shell perforate, somewhat depressedly conical, moderately solid,

very finely malleated by two sets of oblique striz crossing each other

at right angles above the periphery, whilst below it the malleations

become more irregular and flowing, pale yellowish brown ornamented

with a narrow white band below the sutures and one or two dark

brown bands on each whorl, the upper one being the narrowest ;

spire conical, apex rather obtuse ; whorls 53, rather convex, the last

not descending, angled at the periphery, a little convex at the base,

which has a single broader band of dark brown just below the peri-

phery ; aperture diagonal, truncately ovate ; peristome white, the

upper margin narrow, expanded, the lower margin arcuate and re-

flexed, almost covering the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 103, alt. 10 lines.

Hab. Eddystone Island, Solomon Group.

Herx (TRocHoMoRPHA) EUDORA, n.s. (Plate II. fig. 8.)

Shell widely and profoundly umbilicated, depressedly conoidal,

moderately solid, obliquely sculptured with sharp close-set somewhat

irregular raised striz, pale chestnut-brown ; spire convexly conoidal,

apex obtuse ; whorls 63, slightly convex, the last carinated at the

periphery, not descending, convex at the base ; umbilicus one-fifth the

diameter of the shell; aperture oblique, subangular, interior violet ;

48 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. ([Jan. 14,

peristome white, margins converging and united by a slight callus,

the right margin thin, the basal arcuate and thickened.

Diam. maj. 113, min. 103, alt. 53 lines.

Hab. New Georgia, on trees.

Heuix (? PLecrorropis) HOWARDI, n. s. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

Shell deeply umbilicated, lenticular, moderately solid, obliquely

irregularly striated, and, beneath the lens, very finely granulated,

yellowish horn-colour with two indistinct chestnut bands ; spire de-

pressed, apex obtuse ; whorls 43, rather convex, the last a little de-

scending, acutely keeled, slightly convex at the base, which is with-

out bands; aperture narrowly ovate; peristome white tinged with

brown at the junction of the margins with the body-whorl, margins

converging and united by a callus, the right margin slightly expanded,

the basal one expanded and reflexed.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 4 lines.

Hab. Arrowie, 450 miles north of Adelaide, South Australia.

MINOLIA PULCHERRIMA, n. 8s. (Plate II. fig. 10.)

Shell depressedly conical, rather solid, transversely finely ridged

with two or three broader ridges forming keels, the interstices crossed

everywhere with very fine close-set oblique striz, pinkish or yellowish

white stained on the body-whorl with bright rose, and spotted on the

keels with deep purple lake ; whorls six, angularly convex, sutures

broadly and flatly channelled, last whorl tricarinate, white, and

rounded beneath ; umbilicus wide, perspective, crenate within ; aper-

ture circular, pearly inside; peristome continuous, margins thin,

simple.

Diam. maj. 4, min. 31, alt. 23 lines.

Hab. Brisbane Water, New South Wales (Brazier).

MINOLIA BELLULA, n. s. (Plate II. fig. 11.)

Shell somewhat globosely conical, rather solid, polished, obscurely

obliquely striated, and very finely spirally ridged, pale straw-colour, or-

namented with a seriesof close-set serpentine descending rose-coloured

flames on each whorl, ceasing on the last whorl at the periphery ;

whorls 63, flatly convex, sutures flatly excavated, channelled, and

narrowly margined, last whorl obtusely angled at the periphery,

somewhat rounded at the base, which is silvery white; umbilicus

deep, profound, and perspective, surrounded by a crenulated keel,

from which faint striz radiate towards the periphery ; aperture cir-

cular, pearly within ; peristome simple, margins not continuous, but

strongly converging.

Diam. maj. 5, min. 4, alt. 4 lines.

Hab. Brisbane Water, New South Wales (Brazier).

THRACIA SPECIOSA, n. s. (Plate II. fig. 12.)

Shell elongately ovate, thin, white, rather compressed, very inequi-

lateral, beaks posterior, irregularly concentrically striated, beyond the

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON IANTHELLA. 49

umbonal ridges closely and strongly granulated ; anterior side semi-

ovate ; posterior side obliquely truncate ; dorsal margin posteriorly

sloping, anteriorly slightly convex ; umbonal ridge raised, obtusely

angulate and slightly curved ; ventral margin a little arcuated ; hinge

with the cartilage-processes small ; pallial sinus deep, extending be-

yond the umbones and nearly to the middle of the shell.

Long. 113, alt. 6, lat. 3 lines.

Hab. Port Jackson, dredged off the ‘Sow and Pigs” reef, in

four fathoms water (Brazier).

6. On a new Species of Haliotis from New South Wales.

By J. C. Cox, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

HALiotis HARGRAVESI, Cox.

Shell orbicularly ovate, spire much raised, rather thin, flatly de-

pressed in the centre between the spire and the perforations, longi-

tudinally strongly ribbed, with nine to ten ribs, which are flat and

coarsely lamellose on the surface, intercostal spaces scarcely sca-

brous, perforations long and tubular, five open; internal surface

longitudinally grooved, the depressions corresponding with the raised

ribs without; exterior variegated with red and olive-green, within

silvery.

Length 1,7; inch, breadth ;%, inch.

Hab. Broken-Bay Heads, north coast of New South Wales.

7. Note on Janthella, a new Genus of Keratose Sponges.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Several of the older naturalists, as Rumphius (Amb. Rar. t. 80.

f. 1), Seba (Thesaurus, ill. t. 95. f. 2-4), and perhaps Petiver

(Gazoph. il. t. 32. f. 1), figure a horny netted marine sponge, for

which Pallas (Zoophytes, 320) adopted the name of Spongia flabel-

liformis, given by Seba ‘to his first figure (t. 95. f. 2). Under this

name a good specimen of it is figured by Esper in his ‘ Zoophytes,’

t. 13.

The frond looks much more like the very slender netted axis of a

species of Venus’s Fan (Rhipidogorgia) stripped of its bark than

a sponge.

Carefully collected and well-preserved specimens of this sponge

are more or less covered with a quantity of dried mucilaginous sar-

code, that fills up the spaces between the horny network, and covers

the frond with a black polished coat.

It is doubtless a peculiar form of keratose sponges, most likely

the type of a separate family.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. IV.

50 DR. J. E. GRAY ON IANTHELLA. [Jan. 14,

This genus and the sponges which I described at a preceding

Meeting under the name of Ceratella, &c., are peculiar in that the

skeleton, though formed of a horny substance, is so dense that it

does not, as in the generality of horny sponges, become softened and

more flexible by being soaked in water; and, unlike the common

sponges of commerce, they do not imbibe the water. But I suspect

that many of the sponges with a hard, thick, black, horny network

will be found to be unchanged by being soaked.

There is no appearance of any pores for inhaling or oscules for

emitting the water in the dry specimen.

Being desirous of having it more carefully examined than the

state of my eyes allows me to undertake, I sent a fragment of the

specimen received from Capt. Sir Everard Home to Mr. M. C. Cooke,

of the India-House Museum. He reports to me as follows :—

1, That he has not been able to discover any trace of siliceous or

calcareous spicules.

2. It is dissolved away by acid.

3. In liquor potass@ it gives a bright violet-colour, like that of

Roccella and other orchil-lichens.

TANTHELLA.

Sponge frondose, expanded on a plane, flat, fan-like or funnel-

shaped ; black, when dry more or Jess covered with dry, black, mu-

cilaginous sareode, that often fills up the spaces between the horny

network, and gives it a black polished appearance. Root expanded ;

stem very thick, compressed, formed of interlaced filaments, ex-

panded above into a broad flat frond entirely composed of rather

thick, compressed, parallel ribs or branches, slightly diverging from

the base towards the margin ; some of these are once or twice forked

in their length. These ribs or branches are united into a network

with a square mesh by very short, subcylindrical, thinner, equal-

sized, diverging, compressed branchlets.

* Frond flat, expanded. Janthella.

1, IANTHELLA FLABELLIFORMIS. B.M.

Sponge flabellate, expanded, oblong, fan-shaped, with a single

thick stem; fibres of the network slender.

Flabellum marinum, Rumphius, Herb. Amb. vi. 208, t. 80. f. 1

(good),

Spongia flabelliformis, Seba, Thes. ili. 183, t. 95. f. 2; Pallas,

Zooph. 320; Lamk. Ann. Mus. xx. 380. n. 35; Esper, t. 13.

Var. Network much finer.

Spongia erecta subtilior, Seba, Thes. iil. t. 95. f. 4.

Hab. Australia.

The figure of Petiver (Gaz. ii. t. 32. f. 1) has been referred to

this sponge ; but it is not a recognizable figure of it.

1869. ] MR. E. BLYTH ON TWO NEW ANTELOPES. 51

** Frond broad, folded together, more or less completely funnel-

shaped. Basta.

2. IANTHELLA BASTA. B.M.

Sponge broad, the sides folded together, leaving an open space

below near the root, forming an incomplete funnel, which is more or

less distorted and divided; the network slender.

Basta marina, Rumph. Herb. Amb. vi. t. 89. f. 1.

Spongia basta, Pallas, Zoop. 309; Esper, Zooph. t. 25; Lamk.

Ann. Mus, xx. 442; Lamx. 11, f. 57.

Spongia flabelliformis, EK. W. Gray, B. M. 1804, from spec. in

Mus. Sloane, no. 996.

Hab. Indian Ocean, Quail Island; found dead attached to con-

glomerate ironstone (Rayner).

3. IANTHELLA HOMEI. B.M.

Sponge fan-shaped, expanded laterally, the sides bent up, with a

thick single stem; fibres of the network thick, strong.

Hab. Australia (Capt. Sir Everard Home).

This chiefly differs from J. basta in the network appearing to be

thicker and stronger. It is only a young, partly developed specimen,

and may become more funnel-shaped when it grows older.

8. Notice of two overlooked Species of Antelope.

By Epwarp Brytu. _

In or about the year 1840 the Society possessed a fine male spe- /

cimen of the true Antilope bubalis of Pallas, of which individual I

still possess a series of sketches or studies from life. The skin of it

is now mounted in the British Museum. I have lately seen one

exactly like it in the Antwerp Zoological Gardens; and there is an

admirable portrait of one of the same kind in the picture-gallery at

The Hague, in the same apartment (or rather landing-place in the

Museum) in which is exhibited the celebrated life-size portrait of a

young bull by Paul Potter. Again, the same species is figured and

described by Buffon as /a Bubale (Hist. Nat. tome xiii. p. 294,

t. 37), and its skull, together with that of the Hartbeest (Bos-

elaphus caama), showing the considerable difference of size of the

two, in the following plate. It is also figured and described by MM.

Cuvier and Geoffroy St.-Hilaire. This animal is much smaller than

the Hartbeest, and it is of a uniform bright chestnut-colour, without

any markings on the feet. It is the particular species figured and

described as the Budalis of North Africa in every work that I have

seen which treats of the animal.

At the same time that the Society possessed the living example

before referred to, I saw with Mr. Warwick, of the Surrey Zoological

Gardens, the perfect skin of what I at once recognized to be that of

a distinct though closely allied species, differing from the true B.

a2 MR. E. BLYTH ON TWO NEW ANTELOPES. [Jan. 14,

bubalis in being fully as large as the Hartbeest, and in having

black markings in front of all four feet above the hoofs. In the

Museums of Amsterdam and of Leyden there are mounted specimens

of this animal, which have hitherto been supposed to exemplify the

true B. bubalis (which those Museums do not contain), and of

which I repeat that I lately saw a living adult at Antwerp of the

usual very inferior size. I have also recently seen several frontlets

of the larger race, some of which were received (together with front-

lets of Oreas derbianus) from the west coast of Africa; but the

Boselaphus bubalis, var. 1, of Dr. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 139), which

I take to refer to the same animal, is stated by him to have been

brought by Mr. Louis Fraser from Tunis. I suspect that it is chiefly a

western race, though more or less diffused also in the region tenanted

by the smaller and more familiarly known B. budalis ; while a third

and eastern representative of the same form exists in the Antilope

lichtensteini of Dr. Peters, which I only know from his figures and

description of it (Naturwissenschaftliche Reise nach Mossambique,

p. 190, tt. 43, 44).

By the kind permission of Mr. H. Ward, taxidermist, of Vere

Street, I am enabled to exhibit a pair of frontlets (evidently male and

female) of what I shall now designate as Boselaphus major, received

from the west coast of Africa, and also a frontlet of B. bubalis (male)

for comparison ; and at the same time I exhibit a characteristic skull

of the Hartbeest. There is a good pair of frontlets of B. major in

the collection of Alfred Denison, Esq., which I refer to because that

of the male retains the skin of the forehead with its hair on, the

latter being of a bright chestnut hue where it is black in the Hart-

beest. So far as I can perceive, the horns of the three North-African

species are similar in shape, those of B. major being only distin-

cuishable by their superior size; and all may be readily told from

those of the Hartbeest by the difference at the base when viewed in

front, the horns of the latter diverging in the form of the letter V,

those of the others in the form of the letter U. The specimen (such

as it is) of B. major in the national collection is only a skin without

horns or hoofs,

Another animal to which I would call the attention of the Meet-

ing is the Kudu, figured by Sir Andrew Smith, in his ‘ Zoology of

South Africa,’ under the name Damalis kudu (both sexes of it), as

distinguished from the ordinary large and familiarly known Kudu, the

best figure of which, to my knowledge, is that by Sir W. Cornwallis

Harris in his ‘ Portraits of the Game and Wild Animals of South

Africa,’ pl. 20. The one is described to measure 4 feet in height

at the shoulders, the other 5 feet. ‘The male of the large species is

adorned with a copious fringe of long hair down the front of the neck,

of which the mature male of the other shows not a trace. There is

also a difference in the character of the markings of the body, which

is more recognizable to the eye than capable of satisfactory descrip-

tion. The large species is the Condoma of Buffon (Hist. Nat.

tome xii. p. 30], and t. xxxix.) and of authors in general. Dr.

Riippell, however, informs us that the Abyssinian Kudu is one-third

1869.]

MR. E. BLYTH ON TWO NEW ANTELOPES.

Figs. 1, 1a. Boselaphus major, 8. Fig. 2. Ditto, 9.

3, 38, -—— bubalis, 8.

4, 4a, —— caama, 8. Fig. 5. Ditto, 9.

54 MR. E. BLYTH ON TWO NEW ANTELOPES. [Jan. 14,

smaller than the South-African one, but does not notice the absence

of long hair in front of the neck*. There is, however, an Abyssi-

nian specimen of an adult male in the British Museum, which was

presented by the Hon. East-India Company ; and it agrees in every

respect with the animal figured by Sir Andrew Smith. On the

other hand, the young Abyssinian Kudu which was lately living in the

Society’s Gardens was of the large kind, as indicated not only by its

size, but by the incipient appearance of the fringe of hair along the

Fig. 1. Strepsiceros kudu.

2. Ditto, half-grown.

3. S. imberbis, two-thirds grown.

3a, Ditto, showing the straight axial line, a 4.

* In a presentation copy of the ‘Systematische Uebersicht der Vogel Nord-

Ost-Africas,’ in the library of the Asiatic Society, Calcutta, there is bound up a

Synopsis of the Mammalia of the same region, wherein the above statement

occurs ; but in the ‘ Neue Wirbelthiere’ &c. (p. 20), the large Koodoo is evidently

the species referred to, as the fringe of hair in front of the neck is mentioned.

1569. ] LETTER FROM PROF. J. REINHARDT. 55

front of its neck. It follows that both species are alike met with in

Eastern and in Southern Africa.

By the kindness of Mr. Knight and other gentlemen connected

with the Ipswich Museum, I am enabled to exhibit a pair of loose

horns of the smaller Kudu, which are about two-thirds grown; that

they belong to a different species from the other is at once percep-

tible upon comparison. Those upon the stuffed specimen in the

British Museum had long been full-grown; and their much abraded

appearance indicates the individual to have been aged; yet from

base to tip they measure only 193 inches in a straight line, and fol-

lowing the curve 24 inches; greatest width apart (at the tips)

12 inches. They are thus only two-fifths of the size of the horns

of the other species, which commonly attain to 4 feet or more in a

straight line from base to tip, and 53 feet round the curvature ;

from anterior base of horn to nostril (in the stuffed specimen)

74 inches, and ears 8 inches. In the smaller of these two species of

Kudu the horns are more prominently angulated, and their spirature

is considerably more tense than in the other; indeed what consti-

tutes the posterior angle of the horn at base, and appears to the

front about the middle of its length, hardly deviates from a straight

axial chord (fig. 3°, a 6), round which the horn twirls; while in

S. kudu the spirature is invariably much more apart—and not

varying, as it does so remarkably in the horn of the Markhore Goat

(Capra megaceros). The horns of the smaller Kudu are extremely

rare in collections, the reason probably being that, as horns of this

kind are chiefly brought as trophies of the chase, the smaller have

been neglected on the supposition that they were inferior specimens ;

and the only pair which I know of in any English museum (besides

those upon the head of the stuffed example in the national collection)

consists of the two loose horns now exhibited from the museum of

Ipswich. Dr. Gray, in his ‘ List of Specimens of Mammalia in the

British Museum’ (1850, p. 143), under Strepticeros kudu, notices

“*Var. smaller. Inhabits Abyssinia ; Mus. E.I.C.; Mus. Frankfort,

adult and young.” I consider this small Kudu, of which adults of

both sexes are figured and described by Sir Andrew Smith, to be

decidedly a well-marked species ; and therefore I now propose for it

the name of Strepticeros imberbis.

January 28, 1869.

J. Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Prof. J. Reinhardt, F.M.Z.S., dated Universitetets

Zoologiske Museum, Copenhagen, January 15th, 1869 :—

** Among the different interesting contributions which my excel-

56 LETTER FROM PROF. J. REINHARDT. [Jan. 28,

lent friend Dr. Gray has communicated to the ‘ Proceedings’ of the

Society for 1868 there are two on which I beg leave to write a few

observations, which I should wish you to communicate to the

Zoological Society.

“In his ‘Synopsis of the Species of Pigs,’ Dr. Gray remarks

that, according to Marcgrave’s statement, Potamocherus porcus was

in his time imported by the negroes, and naturalized in Brazil; and

then adds that having on all his inquiries received the answer (which,

by the way, was perfectly correct) that this Pig is at present kept

nowhere in Brazil, he must suppose that it ‘has not been found

profitable, or was not fitted for the American climate, as the breed-

ing of it has been discontinued’ *. As far as I have been able to

learn, the Potamocherus porcus has not been domesticated anywhere

in its native country, West Africa. If this Pig, accordingly, can be

considered identical with the one described by Marcgrave by the

name of Porcus guineensis (and in that point Dr. Gray is certainly

right), and if further it really was the case that the Pig of Mare-

grave at his time was domesticated in Brazil, we should here have

an instance of an animal having been brought in a wild state from

one part of the world to another, and of its having been made a

domestic animal there. Now this would certainly be an interesting

case, which would deserve considerable attention; but on that ac-

count there is also so much reason to examine accurately whether such

is really the meaning of Maregrave’s words; and when we do so I

think it will appear that a misunderstanding has taken place. For

Maregrave does not state at all in plain terms that his Porcus gui-

neensis is kept as a domesticated animal anywhere in Brazil. He

begins his description of it in the following way :—‘ Poreus guineensis

Sc. e Guinea Braziliam translatus.’ But in these words he has cer-

tainly never thought of saying that his Pig was a domestic animal,

but only that in Brazil he had seen such a Pig, brought thither

from Africa and being quite tame—that is to say, doing no harm,

but being of a placid, inoffensive nature. He might, indeed, have

occasion to point out these qualities distinctly, especially as con-

trasting with the well-known fierce and headstrong character of the

European Wild Boars. And that Maregrave’s words really may be

justly applied to the said African Pig, we have a further proof in

a description of the establishments (formerly Danish) on the Gold

Coast, in which it is especially remarked that the hunting of the

Red and Black Boars of this place is without danger, that these

Pigs do not show the least inclination to attack their pursuers

—nay, that they do not turn upon them when wounded. That

Marcgrave should have had an opportunity of seeing such a Pota-

mockerus porcus in Brazil, even though it has never been domes-

ticated there, ought not to surprise us; and more especially it is

no more startling than that he also had an opportunity of seeing

there, and of sketching, several African Monkeys. It is easily ex-

plained when we remember that Prince Maurice of Nassau, in whose

* P..Z. S868, p./37-

t Mourad, H. C., ‘ Bidrag til en Skildring af Gninea-Kysten.’ Kjobenhavn.

1869. ] LETTER FROM PROF. J. REINHARDT. 57

service he was, caused animals to be fetched from many countries

to keep them alive in the park of his country-seat, Freiburg, near

Recife (Pernambuco); and that some of these animals had come

from Africa is so much more probable, as a lively intercourse, called

forth by the slave-trade, took place between the then Dutch North

Brazil and the western coast of Africa, where an expedition, sent

out by the Prince Maurice in the year 1641, had conquered the

possessions of the Portuguese in Angola. I have still to add that

if the said Pig had really been a domestic animal generally found in

Brazil in Marcgrave’s time, it would most probably have also been

mentioned by the not much older author Gabriel Soares de Souza,

who has left us a very detailed and, for his time, excellent descrip-

tion of the condition and appearance of Brazil at the close of the

sixteenth century. But it is not mentioned at all in his work

among the domestic animals then kept in that country. As for the

rest, Dr. Gray is not the first who has supposed Marcgrave’s Sus

porcus to be not a breed of the common Pig, but a peculiar species,

and yet a domestic animal in Brazil. Already in Erxleben we find

the same view; and he does not even hesitate to state that it was

found there in great numbers even at the time when he wrote (‘ ubi

hodie copiosissimus,’ Erxleben, Syst. Regni Anim. p. 184).

*« My other observation relates to Dr. Gray’s notice about Ptero-

nura sandbachi. He concludes the welcome information about this

rare Otter with the remark that Natterer’s Lutra solitaria from

South Brazil (Ypanema, in San Paulo) probably forms a second spe-

cies of the genus Pferonura. This supposition, however, is scarcely

well founded ; for in the short original description given by A. Wag-

ner of this Otter he calls our particular attention to the naked

muzzle (‘die nackte Nasenkuppe’) as one of the most essential cha-

racters of this species; whereas the muzzle of Pteronura, as we

know, is entirely covered with hair. But even though Lutra soli-

taria, Natt., according to all that we know about it, cannot be a

Pteronura, yet I consider it not improbable that a species of this

genus (or, perhaps, rather subgenus) is living in Brazil, to which it

may be useful to direct the attention of travelling naturalists, though

it is only very insufficient information I can impart about it. I have

sometimes in the province of Minas Geraes seen the stretched and

tanned skins of a large Otter, and also myself brought home such

a one, which, though the point of the tail is wanting, has never-

theless the very considerable length of 6 feet. I do not consider

this mutilated and damaged specimen sufficient for definitively de-

ciding the question ; but so much may at any rate be stated, that

this Otter has a muzzle entirely covered with hair, the very narrow

edges of the nostrils only excepted; and on the tail of the skin we

see still distinct traces of a lateral ridge (not very prominent, to be

sure) which has formed the limit between the upper and the under

side, and which it has been impossible to efface completely, though’

the skin has been stretched and tanned. Thus it is at least very

likely that this skin really belongs to a Pteronura; and as for the

colour and the spots on the throat, it seems even to agree so well

58 LETTER FROM CAPT. T. HUTTON. [Jan. 28,

with Dr. Gray’s description, especially of Mr. Bartlett’s specimen of

Pteronura sandbachii, that I do not even consider it impossible that

my Brazilian Otter may be of that species. At all events, I con-

sider it certain that it is different from the considerably smaller Luéra

brasiliensis; and I may add that the more experienced hunters of

the province Minas Geraes distinguish clearly between two Otters

indigenous there: the smaller one they call ‘ Lontra ;’ to the larger

one they give the name ‘Ariranha.’ Prof. Burmeister is not accu-

rate when, in his ‘ Uebersicht der Thiere Brasiliens,’ he states that

these denominations are used indiscriminately for the same animal,

Lutra brasiliensis.”

Mr. Blyth exhibited and made some remarks upon a pair of horns

of one of the new Antelopes (Strepsiceros imberbis) described by

him at the last Meeting.

A communication was read from Capt. Thomas Hutton, C.M.Z.S.,

containing notes upon certain Indian Mammals, principally regard-

ing their habits and distribution in India. The species alluded to

were the following :—

1. Tue Inp1An Buatoo (Ursus labiatus of Jerdon’s ‘ Indian

Mammals’).

Capt. Hutton gave a full description of the variety of this animal,

met with in the north-western provinces, which appeared to present

some points of difference, and gave copious notes upon its habits,

stating in particular that, although it can climb trees readily enough

in search of fruits, it finds difficulty in doing so unless the trunk of

the tree is gnarled and rough.

2. Toe Snow-Bear or THE Himataya (Ursus isabellinus).

This species of Bear was stated to be entirely confined to the

snowy region of the northern Himalaya and Tibet, where it subsists

upon roots, berries gleaned from the neighbouring cultivated spots,

fruits both wild and cultivated, and such small animals as it may

occasionally surprise. Capt. Hutton was of opinion that this spe-

cies was essentially distinct from the Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus),

to which it had been united by some authors.

3. THe Ounce, or SNow-LeEoparp (Felis uncia).

This species was stated to be resident among the snows in the

treeless region of the higher Himalaya, occurring occasionally on the

Indian slope of the snowy range, where a fine living female, which

had come into Capt. Hutton’s possession in 1864 when about five

months old, had been captured by Mr. Frederick Wilson and

brought into Mussooree. In the following year two other cubs were

seen about the same place, but were not captured. Capt. Hutton

gave a full description of the first-mentioned animal when about six

months old; its length at that time was about 2 feet 33 inches, and

1869.] MR. HARPER PEASE ON THE AURICULID®. 59

its tail about 2 feet 10 inches. Full particulars about this animal in

a state of captivity were also given.

Dr. Murie exhibited two malformed hoofs from a specimen of the

feral cattle of the Falkland Islands. The owner, Capt. Henry

Payne, stated that he shot the animal himself, and remarked that

such an instance had rarely, if ever, been seen by the Falkland-

Island residents*. The hoofs were a left fore and a right hind one.

The outer half or segment of the fore hoof was considerably length-

ened and expanded; the inner half, on the contrary, was narrow,

elongated, and very convex on its upper surface. This latter, inner,

enormously overgrown portion of the hoof formed a complete semi-

circle, and crossed above and round to the outside of the outer half.

It lay like a section of a quoit over its neighbour. The outer half

of the hind hoof was lengthened, but not so much flattened as the

corresponding fore one; its point had a tendency to turn upwards.

The inner half of the hind hoof curved outwards and over its neigh-

bour, but somewhat differently from the front one. Instead of being

quoit-shape, it twisted like a Ram’s horn, the plantar surface turn-

ing forwards and outwards.

As to the cause of this peculiar growth of the hoof, Mr. Darwin

remarks of the Falkland-Island Horses:—‘‘ From the softness of

the ground their hoofs often grow irregularly to a great length, and

this causes lameness” (Voy. of Beagle, p. 192).

A communication was read from Prof. Owen, F.R.S., on Dinornis,

forming the fourteenth part of his series of memoirs on this subject.

The present paper related chiefly to the craniology of the genus, but

contained also the description of a fossil cranium from the London

clay of Sheppey, in the collection of the Earl of Enniskillen, F.R.S.,

which Prof. Owen considered to present combinations of Dinornithic

and modern Struthious characters, and characterized under the name

Dasornis londinensis.

This paper will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following papers were read :-—

1. Descriptions of the Animals of certain Genera of Auri-

culide. By Harper Prass, C.M.ZS.

Genus Piecorrema (H. & A. Ad.).

The animal of the above genus appears to have been unknown to

Messrs. H. and A. Adams; and I find no description of it published

elsewhere. That of P. striata (Phil.) presents the following cha-

racters :—Proboscis short, very broad, slightly emarginate in front,

produced laterally, neck long, more so than that of Melampus. Foot

* See another case recorded by Mr, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 4.

60 MR. HARPER PEASE ON THE AURICULIDEH. — [Jan. 28,

entire, short, extending but a short distance beyond the aperture,

bluntly rounded behind. Tentacles short, stout, cylindrical, obtuse

at their ends; eyes immersed at their posterior inner bases.

Genus BLaunerta (Shuttl.).

The animal of B. gracilis, Pease, inhabiting the Sandwich Islands,

differs so widely from that of B. pellucida, as described by Gund-

lach and Binney*, that I am disposed to regard it as a distinct

genus, although the shells can scarcely be distinguished. Mr.

Binney appears to have been acquainted with but one species. Four

have been described, three of which are in my collection. That in-

habiting the Sandwich Islands is the largest, attaming to 8 mill. in

length.

The animal of B. gracilis is small in proportion to the size of

the shell, the head projecting but slightly from the shell, and the

foot extending just beyond the aperture. It is pellucid, colourless,

excepting a yellowish tinge around the mouth. Tentacles short,

stout, approximating at their bases. Head narrow above, and much

dilated below; mouth a simple longitudinal slit. Foot small, short,

bluntly rounded behind, truncate in front, divided by a transverse

groove, the posterior segment being slightly the longer. Eyes con-

spicuous, black, immersed at the posterior bases of the tentacles.

B. pellucida is reported to have been found at Washington city

in gardens. The above species is marine, or at least amphibious.

Its station is similar to that of Pedipes, which is found in the cre-

vices of stones overflown at high water. I have never found B.

gracilis on the sides or tops of stones when the tide was out, but

around their bases where the water stood in little pools.

Genus Trai (Gray).

The animals of the two species of this genus inhabiting the Sand-

wich Islands are those of true Melampi; their shells are strictly

Tralie, being furnished with three internal elevated ridges on the

outer lip, not dentate or plicate near the edge.

Mexampus (Traut) semrpiicata, Pease, P. Z. 8.1860, p. 146.

Animal: proboscis rather narrow, emarginate in front, finely

wrinkled transversely, blackish on its upperside. Tentacles when

extended elongate, cylindrical, somewhat enlarged near the base,

obtuse, terminating in a slight round knob, transversely grooved,

black at the tips, shading off into cimereous at their bases. Foot

divided by a transverse groove at about one-third of its length ;

anterior segment bluntly rounded in front, concave behind ; poste-

rior segment bifid at its termination by a short slit. It moves by

advancing the anterior portion of the foot, and then drawing up

over it the hinder part. Its motion is regular, similar to that of the

Helices—giiding along, when on a smooth surface, rather quickly.

* Land and Freshwater Shells of North America (Smiths. Institution), 1865,

part 2, p. 20.

1869. } ON THE LAND-SHELLS OF THE SEYCHELLES. 61

The animal of Me/ampus parvulus (Nutt.) agrees with the above

in all respects. excepting its tentacles, which are shorter and more

stout in proportion.

I will take this opportunity of correcting an error in the habitat

of Melampus pusillus (Gm.). It does not occur at the Sandwich

Islands.

The above observations show that Dr. Gray’s opinion, that the

shells are not always a guide to the generic relations of the animal,

is correct.

2. Additional Notes on the Land-Shells of the Seychelles

Islands. By Grorrrey Nevitt, C.M.Z.S,.

The land-shells of the Seychelles are not only remarkably few in

number, but are also, generally speaking, local. This probably

arises from the nearly complete destruction at some period or an-

other of the original flora; for at Mahé, and at most of the other

islands we visited, it was only on the extreme summit of one of the

highest passes in the former, and on the top of the mountain at

Silhouette, that I could perceive anything like a peculiar or ancient

flora. Praslin, it is true, has a vast number of the Coco-de-mer trees

and many shrubs, some of which may possibly prove peculiar and

of interest to the botanist ; but vegetation seems to thrive little better

under them than under the ordinary Cocoa-nut or Vacoa Palm. It

seemed to me evident that the flora at Mahé must originally have

been very different. Large fires haye probably been the chief cause

of the destruction; and the cutting down the timber, whether for

firewood or to plant Cocoa-nuts, must also have had considerable effect,

and have enabled the Pine-apple, Cinnamon, Bamboo, &c., and even

possibly some of the common Mauritian ferns (Gleichenia &c.) to

obtain a firm footing. These introduced plants now cover large

tracts of country, killig all the more delicate indigenous flowers

and ferns. The first mentioned, more especially, is abundant in most

of the islands, and grows almost up to the tops of the highest moun-

tains. Where the large timber has been thus destroyed, the water,

almost as soon as it falls, forms for itself channels, and, running off

from the soil, causes it in a short time to become dry and more or

less arid. This is clearly perceptible both at Mauritius and Bour-

bon. In such situations there are no shells to be found, excepting,

indeed, some two or three species, such as Achatina fulica &e.

By searching, however, where the trees have been recently cut down,

one finds quantities of dead shells, evidently killed by want of

moisture and by exposure to the tropical sun.

Out of the meagre list of the land-shells I found at the Seychelles,

I believe a considerable number to have been introduced. It does

not appear difficult to account for this whén one considers that such

has been the case with a large number of the commonest trees and

62 MR. GEOFFREY NEVILL ON THE (Jan. 28,

plants, amongst the roots &c. of which they could easily have been

brought. I have always noticed that the species having the sup-

posed widest ranges are principally found close to the coast, or near

some town, where, generally, the chief part of the vegetation has

been introduced. In these places one rarely finds a species which

can confidently be pronounced to be indigenous, about the only

exception that I have met with being Gibbus mauritianus, which

abounds everywhere in the sugar plantations near Port Louis. The

commonest shell in the Mascarene Islands, as well as at Mahé and

Praslin, is Helix similaris, which I believe has been thus introduced

into all of them, either from India or Ceylon. At the great abun-

dance of most of these species one cannot be surprised when one

considers the vast numbers now to be found of Achatina panthera

at Mauritius, and Achatina fulica at Calcutta, both of which have

been introduced within the memory of many of the present inha-

bitants of those places. The others, of course, on account of their

small size, have not been noticed, and consequently their introduc-

tion cannot be so easily traced.

The following are species which I believe, from the localities in

which I found them, to have been introduced into the Seychelles :—

Helix similaris, Ennea bicolor, Subulina clavulus, Carychium mauri-

tianum, Acicula mauritiana, Succinea striata, and Achatina fulica.

I should draw a very different deduction from the apparent affi-

nities of the Seychelles Pulmonata to that which my friend and

companion Mr. E. Newton, in his admirable paper in ‘The Ibis’ of

1867, arrived at from his careful study of the ornithology of these

islands, where he states, “As regards the Ornis of the Seychelles,

its Malagash tendency is evident.’? Now the land-shells seem to

me to have far more affinity with the Indian fauna than with the

Malagash or African. Perhaps it would be more correct to say

that the Seychelles fauna forms an intermediate and connecting

link between the two, rather approximating to the former than to

the latter.

Five genera are common to the Indian region which are not found

in the Malagash, viz. Streptaxis, Cyathopoma, Onchidium, Helicina,

and Paludomus, the reverse being the case with only two, Tropi-

dophora and Gibbus. ‘The only other species known of Stylodonta,

as restricted, is from the Philippines (S. cepotdes, Lea). The spe-

cies of Discus and Conulus are also common Indian forms.

The only land-shells I can find recorded from the Seychelles

which I did not myself meet with, are Helix militaris, Ptr., pro-

bably a variety of Stylodonta unidentata, and Bulimus ornatus, Duf.,

probably the species of which I have seen two specimens in the fine

local collection of Mr. Caldwell, of Mauritius; and if the same, it is

a very handsome distinct species of the section Leptomerus, and

must be extremely rare.

1, Hevrx (Dorcasta) srmivaris, Fér,

From Mahé and Praslin, where it abounds, but always near cul-

tivated land, and never at any considerable height. The shells are

1869. | LAND-SHELLS OF THE SEYCHELLES. 63

a smaller thinner variety than the ordinary Mascarene ones, very

seldom having a brown band on the last whorl.

2. Hexitx (Conuxus), n. sp.?

From Mahé, Félicité, and Silhouette. Rare; amongst dead leaves,

&c., in damp places.

3. Hexix (Discus) serratus, H. Ad., n. sp.

From Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette. Uncommon; on the ground

in moist places.

4. Hexrx (Discus), n. sp.

From Silhouette. Very rare.

5. Hexix (Stytoponra) unrpEentata, Chemn.

From Mahé, Félicité, Silhouette, and Curieuse. On the ground,

amongst decaying leaves of the ordinary Cocoa-nut tree, &e, This

species is not found at all at Praslin. ‘The variety from the three

latter localities, as given above, differs from the Mahé typical form

in being thicker, more produced, with a strongly marked brown

band round the last whorl, and in often being deformed. This spe-

cies, even in its youngest stages, can be readily distinguished from

Styl. studeriana, the spiral strize on the first few whorls not being

cancellated, as is the case with the latter species ; it is also far more

globose, &c. &c. The animal is a uniform brown, varying in shade ;

the foot underneath is greenish, and the tentacles a purplish grey,

6. Hexrx (Srytoponta) sruperrana, Feér.

From Praslin only. This species is remarkable from its being

restricted to one island, like the extraordinary tree the Coco-de-mer,

on whose leaves and trunk it lives; unlike the preceding species, I

never found any live specimens of it on the ground. ‘There are two

varieties, one a rich brown colour, the other a decided yellow. In

shape it always appeared to be perfectly constant; and the reflexed

outer lip is always white, whilst in Styl. unidentata it is violet-—

although I procured one specimen of the latter in which it also was

white,

7. STREPTAXIS SOULEYETIANA, Petit.

From Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette. In damp places, on the

ground. Animal ash-colour, the posterior part greenish yellow,

stained on the neck with mauve (varying in shade), foot (underneath)

yellow, tentacles black.

8. Ennea (ExmA) neviiut, H. Ad., n. sp.

From Mahé and Silhouette. Extremely rare at the first-men-

tioned locality, more plentiful at the latter; on the ground, amongst

dead leaves &e.

64 MR. GEOFFREY NEVILL ON THE [Jan. 28,

9. SUBULINA MAURITIANA, Pfr.

From Mahé and Silhouette. Amongst the husks of Cocoa-nuts,

under stones, &c. This shell, as well as the following, belongs to a

most perplexing group; though I have examined a great many spe-

cimens, from every place where I have been, I have been unable to

come to any satisfactory conclusion concerning them. The present

species I take to be the same as one from Mauritius, but which |

did not find at Bourbon; it is, if not the same, very closely allied to

the common S. gracilis, Hutt., of Ceylon and India, although I

have never seen the latter at all approaching it in size; the strize

also are a shade stronger, and the last whorl is a little less rounded

and more angular in the present species. It is very variable in size,

my largest specimen having ten whorls and being 16 mill. long,

while usually they have eight whorls and are about 12-14 mill. in

length. :

10. SusuLina, n. sp.?

From Mahé, Praslin, Silhouette, and Félicité. In the same loca-

lities as the preceding. Certainly distinct from S. clavulus and

S. mauritiana, also from S. gracilis, being more nearly allied to

S. clavulina, P. & M., from which, however, it seems to constantly

differ in several respects. This Seychelles species I also found at

Bourbon and Mauritius; S. clavulina, on the other hand, only at

Mauritius.

11. AcHaTina FULICA, Fer.

From Mahé, Praslin, and (I believe) Silhouette. A smaller,

thinner variety than the Mauritian type; never very far from culti-

vated land.

12. ActcuLa MAURITIANA, H. Ad., n. sp.

From Mahé. Rare; under stones &c.

13. SuccineA ?striaTA, Kr.

From Mahé, Praslin, Silhouette, and Félicité. Amongst decayed

leaves &c., on the ground. This is certainly the same as the Mas-

carene species.

14. Gissus moreteti, H. Ad., n. sp.

From Silhouette. Extremely scarce; I only found one specimen,

at a great height.

15. ENNEA BIcoLor, Hutt.

From Mahé, near Port Victoria, in the cinnamon groves. After

a very careful examination of a large number of specimens from

Mauritius, Seychelles, Ceylon, and India, I am convinced they are

all one and the same species, in which case Pfeiffer’s 2. ceylanica

must become a synonym. I have examined the animals both at

Mauritius and Ceylon, which are perfectly similar. The shell varies

1869.] LAND-SHELLS OF THE SEYCHELLES. 65

slightly as regards the convexity of the whorls, the striation, and

the spiral angle; these varieties I possess from all the above locali-

ties, occurring in all instances with others of the typical form. If

E. ceylanica is to remain as a good species, I have three or four

others possessing equal, or greater, claims to be distinguished.

16. Hexicrna ye

From Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette. Amongst decayed leaves

&c., on the ground. The shell varies somewhat in colour, sometimes

being a bright red, at others an orange-yellow.

17. OncHipIUM 2

From Mahé. Under stones &e., in damp places; common.

18. OnNcH1IDIUM 2

From Praslin. On the stems and leaves of the ‘‘ Coco-de-mer.”

The differences between this and the preceding species afford a cu-

rious parallel to those between Sty/. wnidentata and Styl. studeriana.

In each instance the Praslin species are far more finely developed

than their Mahé representatives: whilst the latter appear to live

always on the ground, the former seem to prefer a different habitat.

Sometimes one sees the sea-cocoanut-trees covered with shells, not

only the two above mentioned, but also Bulimus fulvicans, Cyclosto-

mus pulcher, and others. On the common cocoa-nut tree I never at

any place found any shell except Bulimus fulvicans. This species

differs from the preceding in being considerably larger, in not pos-

sessing the oblong blackish spots, but in being covered with regular,

small, roughish pustules, of the same colour as the rest of the animal,

which is extremely variable. I found black, brown, and pure-white

varieties; the underneath part also, instead of being a pinkish cho-

colate colour, is darkish yellow (varying in shade, sometimes quite

white).

19. CycLostomus (TRopIpOPHORA) PULCHER, Gray.

From Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette. On the Coco-de-mer,

shrubs, &c. The shell varies in colour, but not, apparently, in form.

20. CyaATHOPOMA BLANFORDI, H. Ad., n. sp.

From Mahé. Extremely rare; amongst decayed leaves &c., on

the ground, near a stream, rather high up.

21. CARYCHIUM, n. sp.?

From Praslin, near the Protestant church, at the foot of a common

cocoa-nut tree. I unfortunately only found a single specimen,

which I hardly like to describe as new, though it differs from C. mau-

ritianum 10 very many respects.

22. MELAMPUS Livipus, Desh.

From Mahé and Praslin.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. V.

66 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES, [Jan. 28,

23. Mretampus Fascratus, Desh.

From the same islands as the preceding.

24. Mevampus Carrer, Kiist.

From Mahé.

25. MELAMPUS BRIDGESII, Carp.

From Mahé. Under damp stones, close to the sea; extremely

local, I only found it at one spot.

26. PLECOTREMA, Nn. sp.?

From Mahé. Under the stones of an old jetty at Port Victoria ;

rare.

27. NERITINA GAGATES, Récl.

From Praslin. Ina very small rapid stream, close to where one

crosses to go to Curieuse; very local.

28. Mevanta (MELANorpEs) TuBERCULATA, Mill.

From Mahé, Praslin, and Silhouette.

29. Pyrazus PALusTRIS, Linn.

From a creek at Mahé, near Port Victoria.

30. Patupomus asanensis, Morl.

From a rapid stream, rather high up, at Mahé; rarely collected.

31. Patupomus, n. sp. ?

From Silhouette. Very rare; in a small stream, very high up.

3. A Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.

By J. S. Bowersanng, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.—Part I.

(Plates IIL, IV.,.V.,:& Vis)

In my observations on Dr. Gray’s ‘‘ Notes on the Arrangement

of Sponges,” published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1868

(pp. 124 & 125), I have stated my objection to his arrangement of

the siliceo-fibrous sponges, several species of which he has named

and described in the volumes of the ‘ Proceedings.’ His descriptions

are very brief, and are mainly dependent on the characters of

external form and the peculiarities of their surface; but although

describing them as sponges, he appears to be still in a state of un-

certainty regarding their real nature. In his descriptions of his

genera MacAndrewia and Myliusia (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 437),

throughout the whole of the paper, he expresses doubts of their

spongeous nature, and inclines to the belief, in p. 440, that they,

with Dactylocalyx, might “all prove to be a peculiar family of

BP ZS. 1669- PLE.

ens Aldous del etlith.

W. West imp

Diliceo — fibrous Sponges.

eee

a ee

ie enate Prag fol ove loos BA

‘W. West imp.

Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.

Tens.Aldous del. et lith.

FP Z3 2S L6bo ce: Wis

Siliceo - ices Sp onge ie

ens Aldous del. et lith. -

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 67

zoophytes rather than sponges.” In his ‘ Notes on the Arrangement

of Sponges (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 492) he arranges them as

sponges; but in his description of his genus Macdndrewia he com-

mences thus :—“ The coral expanded, cyathiform,” &c. This con-

fusion of ideas can only be accounted for on the supposition that

Dr. Gray has really never taken the trouble to ascertain the struc-

tural characters of the specimens that have been so many years in

his possession.

Although differing to a considerable extent from the general mass

of the Spongiadae, the primary design of sponge-life in the siliceo-

fibrous species is in perfect accordance with the great mass of the

sponges. The external and internal defensive systems are as those

of other sponges, and their minute organs, as in other species, are

exceedingly various in form and strikingly demonstrative of their

specific characters ; in truth they possess in perfection every essen-

tial organ of the Spongiade.

Dr. Gray, in his ‘‘ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges”’ (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 505), has formed an order to receive the siliceo-

fibrous sponges, which he has designated Coralliospongia, and he

thus defines the members of his order :—‘‘ Sponge hard, coral-like.

Skeleton entirely formed of siliceous spicules, anchylosed together

by siliceous matter, forming a netted mass covered with sarcode.”

Prof. Wyville Thomson, in the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for February

1868, p. 120, in describing the siliceo-fibrous sponges, under the

head of the “ siliceous skeleton,” says :—“ In Habrodictyon | Aleyon-

cellum speciosum, Quoy et Gaimard| and Hyalonema the skeleton is

composed entirely of separate siliceous spicules of various forms, in-

terwoven in fascicles and connected by the thin sarcode layer, or

scattered irregularly among the fascicles of spicules. In Luplec-

tella, Aphrocallistes, Dactylocalyx, and Farrea, certain kinds of

these spicules are more or less completely fused together, forming a

continuous anastomosing network.”

In my observations on Dr. Gray’s ‘‘ Notes on the Arrangement of

Sponges’’ (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 118), I have already pointed

out the error the author has fallen into in describing Dacty/ocalyz as

“entirely composed of siliceous spicules anchylosed together by sili-

ceous matter into a network ;’”’ and I have there stated, and have not

since seen reason to alter my conviction, that the description of Dr.

Gray is eminently incorrect, as no one, “I believe, ever saw the termi-

nations of spicula united into a network through the morbid action of

anchylosis by means of siliceous matter ;’’ and I may add that I have

never yet seen a case of the anastomosis of spicula. The normal

condition of these organs is never to anastomose, however closely they

may be packed together, while that of siliceo-fibrous structure is always

to anastomose when they touch each other; and this law is abun-

dantly illustrated in the fibrous structure of the skeleton of Huplec-

tella aspergillum, Owen, now so common a specimen in the cabinets

of collectors. This error of Dr. Gray, regarding the spicular structure

of Dactylocalyz and other siliceo-fibrous sponges, seems to have been

unhesitatingly adopted by Prof. Wyville Thomson, and without any

68 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

effort to test its accuracy, as it appears to me to be impossible that

the fibres of Dactylocalyx pumiceus should be seen beneath a micro-

scopical power of about one or two hundred linear without the con-

viction being immediately arrived at that the tissue was purely

fibrous; and sections at right angles to their axes at once exhibit

their concentric structure, and prove that they are not compound

structures formed of “separate siliceous spicules of various forms, in-

terwoven in fascicles.’’ This description, quoted from Prof. W.

Thomson’s paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1868, p. 120), will

apply correctly enough to Hyalonema, but certainly not to “ Bw-

plectella, Owen, Aphrocallistes, Dactylocalyx, and Farrea,’”’ the

latter four genera having purely siliceo-fibrous skeletons, while

Hyalonema is as purely a spiculo-reticulate structure.

Prof. Wyville Thomson, in his paper in the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist.’ for Feb. 1868, has proposed a new name for the siliceo-

fibrous sponges; but a new name, unless it be more significant

than the old one, is a detriment rather than an advantage to science.

He designates them as vitreous sponges; this is an erroneous idea,

inasmuch as the fibres are not inorganic and amorphous in their

structure like fibres of glass, but, on the contrary, they are highly

organized, consisting of concentric layers of silex and keratode com-

bined, and thus are totally different in their origin and structure from

an artificial amorphous structure like glass. The term vitreous

naturally supposes an origin and a transparency through the agency

of fire; but if we submit the fibres of Dactylocalyx pumiceus to the

action of that element by making a small portion of the rigid ske-

leton red-hot two or three times in the flame of a spirit-lamp, it

comes forth from the trial as black as charcoal, and perfectly opaque.

If the term vitreous is meant to represent the general character

and appearance of these sponges in their natural condition, it is then

still more inappropriate, as in the living state their external ap-

pearance is that of an ordinary sponge entirely enveloped in a more

or less fleshy dermal envelope; if at all applicable, it can only be so

when the animal is in a deteriorated and partially decomposed condi-

tion; while siliceo-fibrous is correctly expressive of the nature of their

structure, and contrasts well with the terms kerato-fibrous and

spiculo-fibrous. For these reasons, therefore, I feel under the neces-

sity of rejecting the new designation proposed by the learned Pro-

fessor.

Prof. Wyville Thomson, in his proposed arrangement of the

Spongiade “ Order I. (P. silicea) Vitrea,’’ gives the following as the

characters of his proposed new order :—“ Sarcode in small quantity,

very soft; never containing formed horny matter, either fibrous,

membranous, or granular. The skeleton consists entirely of sili-

ceous spicules, either separate (in fascicles or scattered) or anasto-

mosing, and combined into a siliceous network. The sarcode con-

tains small spicula of a different character from the general spicules

of the skeletons, and of complicated forms. The spicules, whether

of the skeleton, or of the sarcode, may all be referred to the hex-

radiate stellate type. Ex. Hyalonema, Dactylocalyx.”

1869.] DR.J.S, BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 69

Dr. Wyville Thomson’s endeavour, by the institution of his pro-

posed new order Vitrea, and his description of its characters, has,

instead of elucidating the subject, still further complicated it. All

the members of his new order should certainly agree in a series of

definite structural characters; but this is not the case. Thus he

gives, as examples of his order, Hyalonema and Dactylocalyz, the

sponge of the first having a skeleton composed of spicula cemented

together by keratode, as in the great mass of Halichondroid sponges,

the mass of the skeleton being eminently elastic and entirely desti-

tute of siliceo-fibrous structure, while in the latter genus the skeleton

is perfectly rigid, being composed entirely of inelastic siliceo-fibrous

tissue.

But this is not the only error in the descriptions of the characters

of his proposed new order Vitrea; thus he states (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. p. 120) of the sarcode :—“ It is small in quantity, very soft,

probably semifluid, extending in a thin layer over the fascicles of

siliceous needles and over the siliceous framework.”

Dr. Thomson’s description of the sarcode in this tribe of sponges

is correctiy applicable as regards quantity, if, as appears to have

been the case, he has derived his conclusions from an examination of

the prepared skeletons of the sponges in the Museum of the Jardin

des Plantes and the British Museum ; but it is a mistake to imagine

that the sarcode is deficient in quantity when in their natural condi-

tion. In Dactylocalyx heteroformis, D. M°Andrewia, D. Prattii,

and D. Masoni which are in the same condition as when taken alive

from the sea, there is quite as much of that vital substance in their

interstitial cavities as we find in the greater portion of siliceo-reticular

sponges, and frequently more in proportion than we find in many of

them. It is also an error to conclude that there are no membranous

tissues within them. The usual delicate interstitial membranes exist

in their cavities to about the same extent as in other sponges.

The author also says, in his character of Vitrea, “never con-

taining formed horny matter, either fibrous, membranous, or gra-

nular.”’ Now Hyalonema contains an abundance of horny matter,

cementing the spicula together in the basal mass of the sponge, and

also in the coriaceous envelope of the so-called “ glass rope”’ of the

sponge, and Dactylocalyx has plenty of membranes in the interstices

of the skeleton, and an extensive and elastic dermal membrane en-

veloping the whole of the sponge.

Prof. Thomson’s description of the characters of his proposed new

order embraces very many more genera than he could possibly have

contemplated when he wrote it. He says, ‘‘ The skeleton consists

entirely of siliceous spicules, either separate (in fascicles or scattered)

or anastomosing and combined into a siliceous network.” Let us

now see what the effect of this very sweeping character will be :—

Ist, under the head of spicules ‘‘ separate,” it will include the genera

Hymeniacidon and Hymeraphia; 2nd, “ spicula in fascicles,” it

will embrace ten other genera, viz. Geodia, Pachymatisma, Ecio-

nemia, Dictyocylindrus, Polymastia, Ciocalypta, Tethea, Phakellia,

Microciona, and Hymedesmia ; 3rd, “ combined into a siliceous net<

70 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON S!LICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

work,”’ it will include six other genera, Halichondria, Hyalonema,

Isodictya, Spongilla, Diplodemia, and Desmacidon. We have thus

no less than eighteen genera, not one of which has a particle of true

siliceo-fibrous structure in their skeletons, incorporated with Dactylo-

calyx and the other truly siliceo-fibrous species. Such a character,

instead of facilitating the discrimination of species, is calculated to

lead us unto a perfect maze of doubt and uncertainty ; and all this

while he entirely ignores the existence of solid siliceous fibre.

The author’s application of negative characters in his description

of his order Vitrea is certainly bad: it is positive characters that

lead us to correct discrimination of orders, genera, and species ;

it is what they are that must be our guides, not what they are not.

If Prof. Wyville Thomson had a more extensive and intimate know-

ledge of the species of siliceo-fibrous sponges than he appears to

possess, I can readily imagine that he would not have fallen into the

errors that I have pointed out.

Dr. Thomson, in his highly imaginative paper ‘‘ On the Vitreous

Sponges,” has not only proposed a new and very impracticable

order for their reception, but he has also, contrary to all the esta-

blished canons of nomenclature, proposed to abrogate the established

generic names of the working naturalists who have preceded him in

writing on the siliceo-fibrous sponges; and, after criticising their

differences of opinion very freely, he at once proposes that they

shall all be abolished, and his newly concocted name Habrodictyon

be established in their stead. If the new name were illustrative of

new ideas, or of new facts, it might be entitled to consideration ;

but as we find neither the one nor the other in the learned pro-

fessor’s paper, I do not think he can reasonably expect that it will

be adopted.

Before we commence the descriptions of the genera and species of

the siliceo-fibrous sponges, it will be as well to ask, what is a

siliceo-fibrous sponge? and in what important points of structure

does it differ from the general mass of the Spongiade? In the ex-

tensive order Silicea we find by far the greater number of genera are

characterized by the existence of siliceous spicula in their skeletons,

and that they are separated from each other by peculiar modes of

their arrangement in the structures. Inall the genera comprised in

the siliceo-reticulate and spiculo-fibrous sponges nature has provided

in their structure for their capability of expanding and contract-

ing their skeletons to a certain limited extent; and this power

appears to be inherent in all parts of the animal mass. We there-

fore find the dermal integuments closely adherent to the surface of

the animal, expanding and contracting in unison with the general

mass. ‘Thisis not the case witha siliceo-fibrous sponge. The whole

mass of the skeleton is formed of a continuous reticulation of solid

siliceous fibre, which renders the skeleton perfectly inexpansible ; but

to compensate for this apparent defect in its economy, these sponges

are provided with a peculiar expansile dermal system, the dermal

membrane being furnished abundantly with connecting spicula, the

distal surfaces of which are closely cemented to the inner surface of

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 71

the membrane, while their shafts are freely suspended in the interval

existing between the dermal membrane and the surface of the rigid

skeleton ; so that when the animal is actively inhaling or exhaling,

the expansile dermal system expands or contracts in accordance with

necessities of its vital actions; but when in a state of inaction or re-

pose, it subsides on to the rigid surface of the skeleton, and the long

shafts of its connecting spicula are immersed in its interstices. This

singular and beautiful provision of nature prevails in all the known

siliceo-fibrous sponges which are in the condition they were when

alive in their native element ; it also readily accounts for the naked

skeleton-like structure of many of the specimens of Dactylo-

calyx and Iphiteon which are preserved in the museums of London

and Paris. The whole of this beautiful dermal structure is held to-

gether in life by the tough and elastic dermal membrane; but as

soon as this is removed, either by decomposition or maceration in

water, the remainder is the skeleton only of the animal, with pro-

bably a few of the retentive and interstitial spicula entangled in the

interstices of the skeleton. I have not seen one of these sponges

taken from the sea; but in two specimens in my possession, which

were dried in the living condition, Dactylocalyx Prattii and Masoni,

their external appearance is that of being enveloped in a thin brown

leathery or parchment-like skin, and not the slightest indication of

the beautiful rigid siliceo-fibrous skeleton is visible. In D. Prattii

the expansile dermal membrane in its present condition is contracted

into folds and ridges at the margin of the sponge, strongly indica-

ting its lax and expansile nature when in the living state. I im-

mersed one end of my specimen of D. Masoni in water for about half

an hour; on removing it from the water, the dermal surface pre-

sented a smooth and slightly glazed appearance, and the membrane

was readily removeable by the point of a penknife from the mass of

the skeleton. When thus removed, I submitted it, immersed in

water, to a power of 108 linear; I found that the sarcode lining it

was so abundant and so much expanded by the water it had imbibed,

that I could not see the apices of the numerous connecting spicula

imbedded in it, their long shafts only being visible on its inner sur-

face projecting through the stratum of sarcode. A thin slice of the

rigid skeleton prepared under the same circumstances presented si-

milar difficulties ; the siliceous fibres were completely obscured by the

abundance of the sarcode present, which filled all the interstitial

cavities, appearing like a firm gelatinous matter of a deep-brown

colour ; and it was not until the specimens under consideration were

dried, the sarcode again contracted into comparatively a thin film,

and the specimens mounted in Canada balsam, that any of the sili-

ceous structures of the sponge could be rendered distinctly visible.

This abundance of the sarcode and its capability when in the dried

state of imbibing water with great avidity are not peculiar to the

siliceo-fibrous sponges; a great number of the Halichondroid

sponges, under similar circumstances, present precisely the same

phenomena.

If we make sections in the dried state of either of the sponges

72 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

of which I have been treating at right angles to their surfaces and

then mount them in Canada balsam without previously immersing

them in water, we frequently find portions of their surfaces in which

the expansile dermal membrane has dried without having come into

close contact with the rigid skeleton beneath it, and we see the shafts

of the connecting spicula pendent from the inner surface of the der-

mal membrane and freely suspended in the intervening space; and

under these circumstances we also frequently see a secondary thin

brown dermal membrane closely adhering to the surface of the rigid

skeleton. Fig. 6, Plate V., represents such a section from Dacty-

localyx Prattii.

When the expansile dermal system in Dactylocalyx Prattii has

been removed, we find the surface of the rigid skeleton closely co-

vered by this continuous enveloping membrane, which in its present

condition is closely adherent to the external surface of the rigid ske-

leton : while this membrane is in its natural state and position, no

orifices whatever are observable in it; but when it is removed, we

find immediately beneath it, on the surface of the rigid skeleton, a

vast number of incurrent orifices of about the average diameter of

one-third of a line. They are very evenly dispersed at about three

or four times their own diameter from each other. That the enve-

loping membrane above them should appear imperforate is perfectly

natural while the sponge is in a quiescent state; and there is no

doubt that when requiring nutriment, imbibing-pores would be

opened above each of the incurrent canals of the skeleton, in the

same manner as in Geodia and numerous other similarly constructed

sponges.

From the lengths of the shafts of the connecting spicula, which

vary in some species from ;}, to z4, inch, we may estimate tole-

rably closely the range of the contractile and expansile capabilities

of the dermal system; and it is exceedingly probable that this space

contains the aérating organs of the animal, and is truly the homo-

logue of the large intermarginal cavities that are so numerous in the

dermal crust of Geodia Barrettii and other closely allied sponges (see

Phil. Trans. for 1862, pl. 32. fig. 2, a a, p. 788; and ‘ Monograph

of British Spongiadee,’ vol. i. pl. 28. fig. 354, aa, p. 171). And this

idea is rendered more probable by the existence of the innumerable

spherical vesicles on the corresponding membrane of [phiteon Ingalli,

which have every appearance of being the basal cells bearing the

vibratory cilia during the life of the animal.

The most decisive and valuable specific characters are those de-

rived from the connecting spicula. They vary to a very consider-

able extent in different species in both size and form ; but whatever

may be the shape of their apical radii, their mutual connexion is

always so ordered that not only is there abundant means for their

combined mass to expand at right angles to the surface of the

rigid skeleton, but there is always ample room for a great amount of

expansion and contraction in a lateral direction ; and however com-

plicated or eccentric may be the radii of their apices when seen

separately, when za situ they always form a compact reticula-

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 73

tion, each ray being so adapted to the structure of its neighbour as

to render its eccentricity of form, when separate, no longer appa-

rent when in combination (Plate V. fig. 8). The apices of the con-

necting spicula are exceedingly various in their forms, but they are

all modifications of the triradiate one, even in the peltate forms ; the

triradiate canals passing from the distal termination of the central

canal of the shaft at once indicate the connexion with the normal

structure, as represented Plate V. figs. 9, 10, 11.

The general mass of the fibro-siliceous skeleton in the genera Dac-

tylocalyx and Iphiteon varies considerably in the different species.

In some it is quite smooth, in others tuberculated or spinous ; but

it is constant in its characters in each separate species ; and besides

its generic value, it very frequently affords valuable specific charac-

ters. Amidst the tissues of these sponges we find a secondary series

of skeleton-fibres which are auxiliary to the primary ones, from which

they differ in form and character to a very considerable extent.

In the young condition they assume very much the aspect of the

rectangulated hexradiate spicula; but they differ from the latter in

always being based upon the skeleton-structure. In their progres-

sive development they also unite readily with other fibres of a like

description with which they may come in contact, a habit never as-

sumed by true spicula of a similar form; and if in the course of

their projection they do not meet with other similar fibres, they oc-

casionally produce a second crop of rectangulating radii, a habit

which has never yet been observed to occur in rectangulated hexra-

diate spicula ; and although the latter are frequently intermixed

with the auxiliary fibres, the spicula and the fibres are always dis-

tinctly separate from each other.

The especial office of the auxiliary fibres is evidently that of afford-

ing support to the interstitial membranes: they are rarely found in

the compact portions of the rigid skeleton; but wherever there has

been a large vacant space in those structures, there we find them

projected into the space, anastomosing freely with each other, sup-

porting thin films of interstitial membrane, and ultimately filling

up spaces in the skeleton with solid fibrous structure, as represented

in the large interstitial spaces (Plate III. fig. 1, a,a,a). Auxiliary

fibres are frequently found in the interstitial spaces of keratose

sponges ; but in this elass they always assume the character of the

common skeleton-structure of the sponge in which they occur, the

only difference being that they are very much more slender than the

surrounding skeleton-structures.

The simple rectangulated hexradiate spicula occur, either singly or

in fasciculi, in some species of siliceo-fibrous sponges in considerable

numbers ; in others they are of rare occurrence, or entirely absent.

Their office is evidently purely that of affording support and exten-

sion to the interstitial membranes. They never anastomose with

each other, or unite with any portion of the rigid skeleton. They

are generally very slender, and when loosely fasciculated they accord

in position, Their radii are frequently incipiently spinous at their

apices, apparently for the purpose of affording a secure attachment

74 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

to the membranes they are destined to support, and which, in well-

preserved specimens, may be seen stretching from point to point of

the radii. Fig. 2, Plate ILI., represents a spiculum of this form

x 108 linear.

In some species of siliceo-fibrous sponges there is a paucity or a

total absence of the rectangulated auxiliary fibres and of the simple

rectangulated hexradiate spicula; in such cases we frequently find

their places supplied by numerous long acerate interstitial spicula

dispersed in the interstitial spaces of the rigid skeleton, their office

appearing to be to increase the surfaces of the nutrimental mem-

branes. In specimens in which the animal matter is well preserved,

the membranes are seen stretching from point to point of each spi-

culum, and from the points of one of these spicula to those of other

similar ones in its neighbourhood ; and as these spicula occur grouped

together frequently in considerable numbers, it may be readily con-

ceived that they perform an important office in thus increasing the

amount of the nutrimental surfaces within the animal. The inci-

pient spination of the radii, so prevalent in this form of spiculum,

admirably fits them to maintain their hold of the delicate interstitial

membranes which are attached to them.

The spinulo-trifurcated hexradiate stellate (Plate III. fig. 4) and

other forms of those spicula appear to be peculiar to the siliceo-

fibrous sponges. In the well-washed specimens they do not seem

to be very numerous ; but in cases where the interstitial membranes

are in a good state of preservation, they are occasionally found to be

so abundant and so closely packed together as to completely cover

and obscure the membrane beneath them. Occasionally the hexra-

diate stellate forms occur with the radii attenuated and acutely ter-

minated (Plate III. fig. 5).

This form of spiculum is abundant in the type specimen of

Dactylocalyx pumiceus, and is probably either an abortive or an im-

mature development of the spinulate form of spiculum. In my exami-

nation of the corresponding forms of spicula in Iphiteon Ingalli I

found two of this attenuating form of spiculum which, under a

power of 108 linear, appeared to have their radii acutely terminated ;

but on the application of a power of 666 linear I found that their

apices exhibited incipient spinulation ; and these spicula were the

only two that I could find, although I searched for other specimens

in a similar condition amidst a crowd of spinulate ones which com-

pletely covered a fragment of membrane that I obtamed from the

sponge while in the possession of my late friend Mr. Ingall.

The situation and peculiarities of the oscula and pores afford im-

portant characters in the determination of the species in all sponges.

In the cup-shaped siliceo-fibrous sponges the oscula are situated on

the surface of the inside of the cup, and the pores on the outer sar-

face. ‘The same law obtains in the cup-shaped kerato-fibrous

sponges of commerce and in numerous cup-shaped Halichondraceous

species. In coating or amorphously massive sponges the oscula and

pores occupy the same surface, and the incurrent and excurrent sys-

tems of canals are intermingled. The circulation of the nutrient

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 75

and effete fluids of the animal are on the same principle as artery and

vein in the higher animals, the excurrent canals having their minute

origins near the terminations of the incurrent canals. But this dis-

tribution of the two systems does not obtain in all massive sponges.

In some species of symmetrically oval or nearly spherical forms we

find a modification of the system that obtains in the cup-shaped

sponges, the inner portion of the cup being replaced by a large cen-

tral cloacal tube into which the effete streams from the sponge are

poured, and from the mouth of which they are projected, in many

cases with a considerable degree of force.

This system is well exemplified in the genus Grantia.

Among the siliceo-fibrous sponges, we recognize the same principle

in Iphiteon beatriz (Aphrocallistes beatriz, Gray), which in every

other peculiarity of its skeleton is truly an Iphiteon. This variation

in its habit from the cup-shaped siliceo-fibrous sponges is not sufficient

to constitute it a separate genus, as we frequently find in the same

species of sponges (as in Halichondria panicea) that one individual is

massive with simple surface-oscula, while larger specimens, in addi-

tion to the surface-oscula, have several large cloacal appendages, re-

ceiving the excurrent streams in their cavities and discharging them

from a common orifice. Such modifications of the excurrent sys-

tem prevail to a very considerable extent in many other sponges ;

but the typeof the skeleton-structure, which should always form

the basis of generic characters, is never found to vary under any

circumstances.

The descrimination of the genera and species of the siliceo-fibrous

sponges is by no means a difficult task if we address ourselves to the

operation with a sufficient degree of care and attention.

In our determination of genera it is necessary that the skeleton-

structures should be examined in sections parallel to the surface of

sponge, as well as in those at right angles to it, as the general aspects

of these two sections are essentially different. Thus in Iphiteon

callocyathes a section of the skeleton at right angles to the confluent

radial strata presents no appearance of the rotulate arrangements of

the fibre that are so characteristic of the genus; and in Myliusia

the crypt-like form of the skeleton is only distinctly visible in a sec-

tion at right angles to its surface.

The most efficient and striking specific characters are to be found

in the expansile dermal system, in the spicula of the dermal mem-

brane, and in the peculiarities of the structure of the connecting

spicula, The characters derivable from the skeleton-fibre are often

very effective ; but in several of the species they so closely resemble

each other as to be relatively of very little value as distinctive cha-

racters, while in no two of the known species of siliceo-fibrous sponge

have we ever seen the same forms of connecting spicula and spicula

of the dermal membrane occurring together. In the discrimination

of species we should especially note the peculiarities of this interest-

ing and beautiful dermal organism; and a portion of it should be

boiled in nitric acid to obtain the spicula contained in it in a sepa-

rate state.

76 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

When the expansile dermal system is present wholly or in part

in specimens under examination, we are enabled to establish specific

characters of external form and structural peculiarities of the most

satisfactory description ; but when that important portion of the

organic structure of the sponge is absent, the characters derived from

the form and surface of the rigid skeleton are necessarily provisional,

and can maintain their places in its description only until a specimen

in a natural and perfect state can be procured. When in the denuded

state, the form and surface of the sponge should be stated as those

of the rigid skeleton, not as that of the sponge.

Genera.

DactyLocatyx, Stutchbury.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibres solid, cylindrical. Reticulations

unsymmetrical.

Type Dactylocalyx pumiceus, Stutchbury, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 86.

IpnHirEoNn, Valenciennes.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibres solid, cylindrical. Reticulations

symmetrical. Areas rotulate, confluent.

Type Iphiteon panicea, Museum Jardin des Plantes, Paris, from

Porto Rico, 1799.

Myuivsia, Gray.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibres solid, cylindrical. Rete sym-

metrical, disposed in a series of crypt-like layers parallel with the

external surface, with intervening planes of perforated siliceous

tissue.

Type Myliusia callocyathes, Gray, from the Island of St. Vin-

cent, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 439, and 1867, p. 506.

Katiapvsis, Bowerbank.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Basal fibres cylindrical and canalicu-

lated ; distal fibres non-canaliculated, compressed. Basal reticula-

tions symmetrical and reversedly arcuate; distal reticulations un-

symmetrical and continuously ramifying.

Type Kaliapsis cidaris, Bowerbank.

Farrea, Bowerbank.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibres canaliculated, canals continuous.

Rete symmetrical ; interstices rectangulated.

Type Farrea occa, Bowerbank.

PuristpHonia, Bowerbank.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibres canaliculated, canals continuous.

Rete unsymmetrical.

Type Purisiphonia Clarkei, Bowerbank.

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 77

ALCYONCELLUM, Quoy et Gaimard.

Sponge fistulate ; fistula single, without a massive base. Skeleton

siliceo-fibrous ; primary lines radiating from the base in parallel

straight or slightly spiral lines; secondary lines at right angles to

the primary ones. Oscula congregated, with or without a marginal

boundary to their area.

Type Alcyoncellum speciosum, Museum Jardin des Plantes, Paris.

DactTyLocaLyx Pumiceus, Stutchbury.

Sponge cyathiform, slightly pedicelled. Surface even. Oscula

and pores unknown. Expansile dermal system—connecting spi-

cula furcated, attenuato-patento-ternate, and dichotomo-patento-

ternate. Dermal membrane—tension-spicula small acerate and

subequiangular triradiate spicula; retentive and defensive spicula

acerate or cylindrical verticillately spinous, whorls of spines nume-

rous and very large; and also attenuato-stellate, very minute, and

numerous. Skeleton :—rete irregular; fibre stout, irregularly and

abundantly tuberculated, apices of the tubercles minutely papillous.

Auxiliary skeleton-fibres more or less rectangular hexradiate, pro-

fusely spinous, distal terminations clavate, large and numerous.

Tension-spicula rectangular hexradiate, smooth, long and slender,

radii subclavate. Retentive spicula trifurcated attenuato-hexra-

diate stellate ; and spinulo-trifurcated hexradiate stellate, minute and

very numerous. Gemmules membranous, aspiculous.

Colour unknown in the living state.

Hab. Barbadoes (Dr. Cutting), “ Martinique par M. Plée, 1829.”

Examined in the state of skeleton.

Stutchbury’s paper descriptive of this sponge was read at the

Zoological Society, Oct. 26, 1841, and was published in vol. ix. p. 86

of their Proceedings. A full account of the paper is also published

in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. ix. p. 504.

The author describes the sponge as being “formed entirely of silex,

the reticulate structure of the mass being composed of transparent

vitreous tubuli without any admixture of keratose or calcareous mat-

ter.” This is a mistake, as the adult fibres are solid in every por-

tion of them from the type specimen that I have submitted to micro-

scopical examination.

Stutchbury has characterized the species as follows :—

‘« Sponge fixed, rigid, siliceotis; incurrent canals uniform in size ;

excurrent canals large, forming deep sinuosities on the outer surface,

radiating from the root to the outer circumference.”

In this description the author has reversed the positions of the

inhalant and exhalant organs, the former being placed on the outer

surface and the latter on the inner one.

The whole of these characters appertain only to its outward appear-

ance ; and the description would serve equally well for several other

species beside the one to which he has applied it. I have therefore

thought it necessary to characterize the sponge from its internal

78 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ Jan. 28,

structure as well as from its external aspect, in the preceding manner.

The type specimen was a widely expanded cup 163 inches in dia-

meter. It was divided into about equal parts; one half remains in

the Bristol Museum, and the other is in the British Museum ; the

sides rather exceeded an inch in thickness.

The expansile dermal system, which usually contains the most

strikingly characteristic parts of such sponges, is entirely absext from

the general mass of the animal. The nature of the dermal mem-

brane, the pores, and the oscula are therefore unknown to us ; but

without the aid of these organs there still remain sufficient perma-

nent specific characters to enable us to readily separate this species

from its nearly allied congeners, in their present denuded state. Of

the two species in the British Museum, Dactylocalyx pumiceus and

Iphiteon Ingalli, the latter has been figured by Dr. Gray in the

‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1867 (plate 27. fig. 2), and has

been erroneously designated Dactylocalyx pumicea; and this error

is the more remarkable as the surface-characters of the two spe-

cimens differ very materially from each other. The outer surface

of D. pumiceus is furnished with deep channel-like depressions, dis-

posed in irregular lines radiating from the basal portion towards the

margin of the sponge. These channels or large interstitial spaces

penetrate deeply into its substance, so as to convey within it the

newly imbibed streams from the inhalant pores. On the upper

surface of the sponge these channels do not exist ; but 7m iew of them

there are numerous large round or oval orifices, varying in diameter

from about two lines to nearly half an inch. There is a slight ten-

dency to an arrangement in lines radiating from the centre to the cir-

cumference. There can be little doubt of these orifices being the

terminations of the great excurrent system of the sponge, and that

above each of them in the living state there would be the true oscula

of the dermal system of the sponge, JI. Ingalli differs materially in its

surface-characters from D. pumiceus. The inner surface of the cup

is furnished with numerous deep channels or depressions with sharp

margins, while in D. pumiceus the corresponding part of the sponge

is occupied with numerous circular or oval orifices with rounded

margins; the outer surface of I. Ingalli is furnished with deep

more or less sinuous channels with rounded margins, while the si-

milar channels in D. pumiceus are decidedly arranged in nearly

straight lines. Beside these differences in external appearance, the

characters of their respective skeletons at once separate them not

only as species, but as genera. The irregular structure of D. pu-

miceus is readily to be distinguished from the characteristic symme-

trical configuration of the circular confluent areas of [phiteon.

There is alsa in the British Museum a piece of D. pumiceus, about

2 inches long by 13 inch broad and about 3 inch thick, on a tablet,

said to be from Barbadoes; this is probably a fragment off the large

specimen from the Bristol collection, as its microscopical characters

agree precisely with those of the large portions which I have exa-

mined.

There is also a small specimen of the species in the Belfast Mu-

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWRRBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 79

seum in about the same degree of preservation as the type one; but

in consequence, probably, of not having been so much washed to

make it look pretty, it abounds in the beautiful and characteristic

spinulo-trifurcate hexradiate stellate retentive spicula.

The fibre in the skeleton is abundantly but irregularly tuber-

culated, as represented in fig. 1, Plate III., from a section of

the type specimen from Barbadves in the British Museum, x 108

linear.

The tuberculation of the fibre is remarkable and very character-

istic ; when viewed with a power of about 700 linear, their apices are

always more or less papillous ; in some the papillee are numerous and

well produced, while in others they are in an incipient condition.

Fig. 13, Plate III., represents two of the tubercles on the side of a

portion of skeleton-fibre with their terminal papillee, x 666 linear.

Beside the large primary fibres, there is a secondary series of

skeleton-fibres, which are evidently auxiliary to the larger system.

They occur especially in the large interstitial spaces of the sponge,

their office being apparently that of filling up those vacant spaces

when no longer necessary in the economy of the animal, and to sus-

tain therein the multiplied folds of the interstitial membrane ; their

office in this respect is the same as that of the large rectangulated

hexradiate spicula (Pl. III. fig. 2) which occur so frequently in the

interspaces of the skeletons of the siliceo-fibrous sponges, and their

mode of development very closely resembles that of those spicula.

In an early stage of their growth they very closely simulate the form

of the spicula; but instead of being freely developed amidst the

membranous tissues, they are always based on the primary skeleton-

fibres. A single small fibre pullulates from some part of one of the

larger skeleton-ones, and is projected in a straight line into the vacant

space: if it meets with none other in its progress, at some distance

from its origin four lateral branches are thrown out at right angles

to the axial fibre and to each other, and the axial fibre conti-

nues its progress in a straight line. If it meets no other fibre in

its progress, the distal ends of the axial fibre and of the lateral

ones become clavated, and all parts of the shaft and radii profusely

spinous, and the whole constitutes a perfect simulation, in form,

of a rectangulated hexradiate spiculum. But, on the contrary,

should the axial or the radial branches meet with other such fibres,

they immediately inosculate, and the previously straight radii are

contorted in various directions to meet the necessities of the situa-

tion; and, as is frequently the case, where many of these fibres

are projected from different bases into the same space, they unite

and form one mass of small contorted fibres, while there is good

reason, from the gradual increase in size of the basal porticns of

some of them, to believe that they are ultimately developed into

the size and form of the primary skeleton-ones.

The primary skeleton-fibre averages =, inch in diameter; the

auxiliary fibres vary from 5755 to => inch in diameter. How

ever closely they may simulate the form of true hexradiate spi-

cula, they may always be distinguished from them by their attach-

80 pR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ Jan. 28,

ment to the primary skeleton-fibres and by their habit of inos-

culation.

Beside the auxiliary fibres, there are in some parts of the

sponge an abundance of true rectangular hexradiate spicula (Plate

III. fig. 2); but they are rarely found mixed with the auxiliary

fibres or in the same spaces with them. Although occurring in

closely packed groups, they never unite with each other, nor are

they even attached to any parts of the surrounding skeleten-fibre,

and they always preserve their normal form. They are slender,

smooth, and their radii are very slightly inclined to become clavate.

The termination of the elongated basal portion of the spiculum is

frequently incipiently spinous. Their length is 3'; inch, the expan-

sion of the lateral radii +4, inch, and the diameter of the axial shaft

varies from zj5q to today inch.

The trifurcated attenuato-hexradiate stellate (Plate III. fig. 5) and

the trifurcated spinulo-hexradiate stellate spicula (Plate III. fig. 4)

are both very abundant, and in some small masses of sarcode they

are so numerous and so closely packed together as to render it quite

impossible to count them. ‘The sarcode appears to have been very

abundant, as in some parts it completely fills up the reticulations

of the skeleton; it is of a full amber-yellow colour.

Thus far we have positive characters by which to discriminate

this beautiful species of sponge from its nearly allied congeners ;

but I have been fortunate in finding other characters, which, from

the mode in which they have been obtained, although not so deci-

sive in their nature, are yet of such importance that their descrip-

tion cannot be omitted in treating of this species.

I carefully examined the half of the type specimen of D. pumi-

ceus that is in the British Museum in the hope of finding a small

fragment of the dermal portion of the sponge, but I did not suc-

ceed in detecting any remains of it on the cup-shaped portion of

the specimen; but on the basal surface of the pedicel there were

remains of what appears to have been the basal membrane. It

consists of a dense yellow incrustation, closely intermingled with

the basal skeleton-structure, and agreeing in colour and appearance

with a few very minute specks of the animal matter of the external

surface of the sponge. I mounted a small portion of this basal mat-

ter in Canada balsam ; but this material did not render the fragments

transparent ; yet there were at some portions of their margins unmis-

takable evidences of their containing spicula. There were also

fragments of the skeleton-structure of the base of the sponge, the

reticulations of which were, as might be expected from their situa-

tion, very close and dense (Plate III. figs. 14 and 15); and along

with these fragments there was a group of three large and very

remarkable verticillately spined cylindrical spicula, very closely re-

sembling in their structure the one represented by fig. 69, plate 3,

vol. i., ‘ Monograph of British Sponges,’ and also by fig. 23, plate 36,

Phil. Trans. for 1862, but differing from those figures in being much

longer in their proportions, and in having a greater number of circles

of spines (Plate III. fig. 6). Having seen thus much of the dermal

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 81]

structures, I treated the remaining portion of the specimen by boil-

ing it in nitric acid, and obtained not only numerous specimens of

the spicula I have described above, but others of an exceedingly in-

teresting description, which I shall now proceed to describe.

The large verticillately spined spicula are very numerous, and ex-

ceedingly various in their proportions. They are usually more or

less curved, and vary greatly in size and in the mode of their spina-

tion: some of the larger ones are acerate; that is, each end termi-

nates in a well-produced point; others have at one end an irregular

aggregation of stout spines, while the other is acutely terminated ;

and in some both ends are crowded with stout spines; and the general

character of the shaft is that of a cylindrical spiculum. They occur

in every imaginable stage of development, from extremely delicate

diameters with the whorls of spines in quite an incipient condition

(Plate III. fig. 6a) up to the fully developed spiculum (fig. 6 6).

The number of whorls of spines vary from 9 to 16; one with the

latter number measured =, inch in length, and the diameter of the

shaft was ;1, inch. The spines are large, acutely conical, and there

are seldom more than five or six in each whorl. These spicula must

have been very numerous and closely disposed in the membrane.

The two small pieces acted upon by the acid would not have exceeded

the space of a quarter of a superficial square inch, while the results

of their dissolution by the acid would cover more than a superficial

square inch, and in a microscopic field of view ~!; inch in diameter

I counted as many as twenty-one of them. Under all these circum-

stances there can be no reasonable doubt of these spicula being those

of the defensive system of the dermal membrane of the sponge; and

such spicula are usually found as abundant in the basal membrane

as in other parts of the dermal system.

I found also a considerable number of small equiangular or sub-

inequiangular triradiate spicula with smooth attenuated radii, varying

in size, from point to point of the rays, from 51, to =45 inch (Plate

III. fig. 7). Such spicula are usually comparatively few in number,

and are dispersed irregularly on the surfaces of the dermal or inter-

stitial membranes of sponges. At the margin of a fragment of the

sponge from very near the basal attachment, which was mounted in

Canada balsam in its natural condition, I found the small equiangular

spicula and little acerate ones (Plate III. fig. 8) imbedded in the mem-

brane amidst minute attenuato-stellate ones. In this position they

may therefore be regarded as tension-spicula of the dermal membrane.

Amidst the other spicula resulting from the dissolution of the

fragments from the base of the sponge by nitric acid there were

several fureated attenuato-patento-ternate (Plate III. fig. 9) and

dichotomo-patento-ternate (fig. 10) connecting spicula. One large

one of the last-named form measured across its ternate termination

sy inch; and all of them had large central canals in their radii.

These spicula appear to vary considerably in size; a smaller one

measured +1, inch in greatest expansion. There can be no doubt

that they belonged to the expansile dermal system of the sponge ;

and the small number of them found may be accounted for by their

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1869, No. VI.

82 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

forming no part of the economy of the basal membrane, although

usually abounding in the dermal one; and their presence may be

accounted for by the fact that the material operated on was princi-

pally taken from the margin of the base of the sporige, at the junc-

tion of the membrane of the pedicel with that of the base.

Imbedded in the remains of the membranous structures operated

upon by nitric acid, there were a few very minute attenuato-stellate

spicula ; and I subsequently found at the margin of a fragment of

the basal portion of the sponge, mounted in Canada balsam in its

natural condition, several dichotomo-patento-ternate connecting

spicula in situ, and along with them a crowd of the minute attenuato-

stellate ones. They were so numerous as to entirely obscure the

small portion of dermal membrane on which they reposed. The

regular mode of their disposition on the membrane, and the contact

of the latter with the expanded outer surface of the heads of the

dichotomo-patento-ternate connecting spicula, unmistakably indi-

cates their especial office and true position in the sponge as reten-

tive and defensive spicula of the dermal membrane.

I measured several of these minute spicula. The largest was

rais7 inch from the opposite points of their radii; the smallest was

xzyz inch in extreme diameter ; but by far the greater number were

about ;;1;; inch in diameter, and the largest measurement was of rare

occurrence. Occasionally, but very rarely, the radii were cylindrical,

instead of attenuating to an acute point.

From the indications afforded by the spicula I have described

above we may reasonably predict that, when a specimen of D. pumi-

ceus shall have been found in a living state and perfectly preserved,

we shall find it to be furnished with a beautiful expansile dermal

system similar in character to those of the siliceo-fibrous sponges

which are well known to us in a perfect state of preservation, such

as D. Prattii and D. Masoni. But our evidence regarding the

structure of the sponge is not yet exhausted; for by a careful exa-

mination of a series of minute fragments which I subsequently ob-

tained from the margin of the base of the type specimen in the

British Museum and mounted in Canada balsam in their natural

conditions, I strengthened the evidence obtained from the spicula

operated on by nitric acid. In several cases these spicula were seen

imbedded together in the same membrane at the transparent edges

of the fragments under examination. In one such case the membrane

was thickly studded with the minute attenuato-stellate spicula, and

amidst them was imbedded one of the subequiangular triradiate and

several of the small acerate tension-spicula; from the edges of an-

other fragment the ternate heads of two connecting spicula, covered

by dermal membrane containing innumerable minute attenuato-stel-

late spicula, were projected, thus confirming the inferences raised

by the spicula arising from the dissolution of the fragments in nitric

acid.

The evidence derived from the dissolution of portions of the basal

part of the sponge in nitric acid might reasonably be questioned ;

but when we are able to confirm it by detecting the spicula separated

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 83

by the acid imbedded together in their natural conditions in the

membranes of the animal, this at once removes all doubts respecting

their really appertaining to the animal under consideration.

In a small fragment of the skeleton from the inner surface of the

sponge near the base I found portions of the interstitial membranes

filling the areas of the network of the skeleton in a good state of

preservation ; they were coated with dense yellow sarcode, in which

were a considerable number of trifurcated hexradiate stellate spicula

completely imbedded; but I could not detect any of the minute

attenuato-stellate, the equiangular triradiate, or the small acerate

spicula; it may therefore be fairly inferred, from their absence in the

interstitial membranes, that the latter three forms appertain more

especially to the dermal one, in which they occur in such abundance.

In the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes at Paris there are two

very interesting specimens of Dactylocalyx pumiceus; one is a

small and apparently young specimen, the other a tall ewer-shaped

specimen in a well-developed adult condition. The first of these

two specimens, I was informed, had not been in the possession of

Dr. Lacaze-Duthiers more than a few weeks previously to my seeing

it. It was labelled “Iphiteon panicea, Valenciennes. La Marti-

nique.’ It is 2? inches in height, and the same in diameter at the

top of the cup. It is based on the edge of a flat piece of what is

apparently tufa. In form, it isa symmetrical cup without a pe-

dicel ; the base is about 14 inch by | inch in diameter. The thick-

ness of the cup at the margin varies from a quarter to rather exceed-

ing half an inch. Onthe outer surface there are deep channels run-

ning most frequently in a longitudinal direction, varying in width

from about 1 to 2 lines, and in length from 3 inch to 2 inches; and

where they are not present, their places are supplied by round or

oval deep apertures. On the interior surface there are also 9 or 10

lines of large round or oval apertures radiating from the base of the

cup to the margin. Many of these deep interstitial cavities pass

entirely through the sides of the cup, so that they are common to

both internal and external surfaces. In some of these cavities on

the inside of the cup there were one or two long slender spicula, the

whole lengths of which could not be seen.

The structural peculiarities of the skeleton agree perfectly with

those of the type specimen of Stutchbury’s genus Daciylecalyx, and

the specific characters, as far as they were present, with the species

pumiceus. The specimen has been too well washed, to make it look

beautiful; but notwithstanding this injudicious treatment, I found,

in the minute section of the skeleton, made at right angles to its sur-

face, several little groups of spinulo-trifurcated hexradiate spicula

imbedded in the remains of the animal matter.

The second or ewer-shaped specimen is 14 inches in height ; its

upper margin is not circular, but has one portion of its cireumfe-

rence bent outward and downward like the lip of a large water-ewer.

At this depressed part it is 12? inches across; and at right angles to

this line the measurement is 10 inches. It is labelled ‘ Zphiteon

panicea”’ from “ Martinique par M. Plée 1829.” It has no part

84 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

remaining of the basal membrane or true surface of attachment, and

has in the centre of its present base a hole through it big enough to

receive my first finger; and it is probable that the true base was an

inch or more below the present one. On its external surface it has

numerous wide and deep channels, radiating irregularly from the base

towards the margin of the cup. The ridges between these channels

have rounded edges, and they have frequently round or oval aper-

tures irregularly dispersed upon them. Both channels and round

orifices penetrate deeply into the substance of the sponge. The in-

terior surface has very few of these interstitial channels; but there

are an abundance of large cavities of a somewhat funnel-shaped form,

their lower orifices being small compared with their surface ones,

many of which are } inch in diameter. There is a very slight

tendency towards a radial arrangement of these large orifices.

The results of the microscopical examinations of fragments of

the tissues of this sponge from various parts were exceedingly satis-

factory. From the part of the base of the sponge, where it is stained

yellow by the remains of the animal matter, I obtained portions of

membranous structure containing numerous specimens of dichotomo-

patento-ternate spicula, like those in the basal membrane of the type

specimen in the British Museum. Dense patches of small acerate

spicula with numerous minute simple attenuato-stellate ones inter-

mixed with them, precisely similar to those in the type specimen,

were also abundant and in situ, completely covering and concealing

comparatively large fragments of the skeleton-tissues. A few frag-

ments of a basal siliceous reticulation similar to that in the type spe-

cimen were also observed.

From a part of the external surface of the sponge near its upper

margin, which was stained of a brown colour by the animal matter, I

obtain fragments containing numerous patches of dark amber-

coloured sarcode and a considerable number of gemmules in situ.

They are globose and variable in size (Plate III. fig. 12); they

are membranous and aspiculous, and are very like those figured in

plate 25. fig. 340, ‘Monograph of British Spongiadee,’ vol. i., from

Iphiteon panicea in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes. Im-

bedded in the patches of sarcode there were trifurcated attenuate

and spinulo-trifurcated hexradiate stellate spicula in considerable

quantities ; and in some dust shaken out of the inside of the sponge

numerous fine specimens of the large fusiformi-acerate spicula, like

those of the type specimens, were obtained. The discovery in the

French specimen of the dichotomo-patento-ternate spicula, and the

patches of the small acerate and simple attenuato-stellate spicula in-

termingled, is highly satisfactory, as it places beyond a reasonable

doubt their true positions in the sponge, and that they were not ad-

ventitious in the type specimen, but were really characteristic of the

species; and at the same time it marks the specific identity of the

French specimen with the type one of Stutchbury’s genus.

None of the large acerate or cylindrical verticillately spinous spi-

cula which abound in the basal membrane of the type specimen,

or of the subequiangular triradiate spicula of the dermal membrane,

1869,] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 85

were observed ; but their absence may be readily accounted for by

the condition of the basal portion of the French specimen and the

apparently total destruction of its dermal membrane. In every

other specific character there is a complete agreement between the

two specimens under consideration.

Among the spicula resulting from the dissolution of a portion of

the basal structures of the type specimen of D. pumiceus, I found two

trifurcated expando-ternate spicula, which are represented by fig. 14,

Plate III., x 666 linear. They are very minute, and probably

belong to an unknown species of the genus, and were adherent to the

basal membrane of D. pumiceus. I have never met with this form

of spiculum before ; I have therefore thought it advisable to record

its occurrence.

DactTyLocaLyX HETEROFORMIS, Bowerbank.

Coscinospongia heteroformis, Valenciennes.

Sponge sessile, fan-shaped, plicated sinuously. Surface slightly

undulating, minutely hispid. Oscula on the upper surface slightly

elevated and marginated, margins rounded; uniform in size and

very numerous, irregularly dispersed, rarely exceeding one-third of a

line in diameter. Pores congregated on the under or inhalaut

surface ; porous areas scarcely visible to the unassisted eye, slightly

depressed, very numerous, dispersed, rarely more than once their

own diameter from each other. Expansile dermal system exceed-

ingly ramified and complicated ; inhalant surface furnished abun-

dantly with long, slender, flexuous spicula, irregularly dispersed amid

the dermal fibres. Dermal membrane pellucid, furnished with a fine

but very irregular network of apparently siliceous fibres. Skeleton

—reticulations close, irregular, and very much ramified ; fibre smooth,

slightly compressed ; frequently terminating in dense short tufts of

minutely ramified fibres.

Colour in the dried state, dark brown.

Hab. Shanghai (M. Montigny, 1854).

Examined in the dried condition.

The sponge is composed of numerous sinuous plications or folds

from 3 to 4 lines in thickness near the margin. It is 5 inches in

height, 43 inches in breadth, and, including the plications, from 3 to

4 inches from back to front. The membranous and sarcodous tis-

sues are apparently in the same state of preservation as when taken

from the sea in a living condition. The surface of the plications is

slightly undulated. The hispidation of the surface is not visible to

the unassisted eye; but, in a section at right angles to the surface,

beneath the microscope it is distinctly apparent. The integral parts

of the expansile dermal system appear to be inextricably locked to-

gether; but this external layer of tissue is distinctly separated from

the solid mass of the skeleton beneath it. The porous system on

the under or inhalant surface of the sponge is a very beautiful mi-

croscopical object. The inhalant areas are exceedingly numerous

and closely adjoining each other ; they vary to some extent in their

86 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

form from circular to oval, and occasionally they are nearly oblong.

They are protected from the incursions of minute annelids and other

enemies by the projection into their areas of the fureated termina-

tions of the skeleton-fibres of the surface-tissues (Plate IV. fig. 2).

This beautiful mode of defence is very characteristic of the species,

and is an excellent substitute for the usual defensive spicula in such

organs. Beside this mode of defence, the dermal surface is fur-

nished rather abundantly with long slender flexuous spicula, which

pass over the inhalant areas in various directions.

The oscular surface of the sponge is not furnished with the same

minute slender acerate spicula that abound on the inhalant one, but

the whole of the former surface is protected by a modification of the

style of defence that is so beautifully exhibited on the margins of

the inhalant areas. The oscular membrane which closes that organ

and the slightly elevated ring whence it proceeds have not the same

furcated defences that are so abundant at the margins of the inha-

lant areas; but as we focus downward through the orifice towards

the surface of the rigid skeleton of the sponge, we occasionally ob-

serve some of the furcated defences projecting from the parietes of

the cavities. The oscular membranes at several of these orifices

were ina semicontracted state; numerous minute grains of sand

were scattered on their external surfaces, but no spicula were appa-

rent in any of the membranes. In one of them the margin was in a

very perfect condition, slightly thickened ; and the membrane exhi-

bited faint concentric lines of contraction (Plate IV. fig. 3).

The dermal membrane is pellucid, and is furnished with a fine but

very irregular network or stratum of slender siliceous fibres, their sili-

ceous structure being well characterized by the frequency of their frac-

tures at right angles to their axes ; they do not appear to anastomose,

but to overlie each other without any approach to symmetry in the

mode of their disposition. Plate IV. fig. 4 represents a small por-

tion of this tissue beneath a power of 308 linear.

The skeleton-tissue is exceedingly irregular and intricate. The

fibres of which it is composed are more or less compressed ; they

are quite smooth, but frequently throw off short branches which

terminate with crowded masses of minute ramifications of siliceous

structure.

In July 1861, when I first saw this sponge in the collection of the

Jardin des Plantes at Paris, the late Professor Valenciennes told me

that he had not yet described it; and on the occasion of my last

visit to Paris, in May 1868, I could not learn that he had subsequently

done so. I am therefore quite ignorant of the characters he would

have assigned to his genus Coscinospongia ; but as it agrees in the

structure of its skeleton with Stutchbury’s previously established

Dactylocalyx, I have assigned it to that genus accordingly.

DactyLtocaLtyx M*‘AnprRewu, Bowerbank.

MacAndrewia azorica, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 438, plate xv.

Sponge pedicelled, sinuously cup-shaped. Surface even or

slightly undulating. Oscula small, evenly dispersed on the inner or

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 87

exhalant surface; simple or slightly elevated and marginated. Pores

inconspicuous, evenly dispersed on the outer or inhalant surface,

furnished with a protective fringe of minute short acerate spicula.

Expansile dermal system—dermal membrane abundantly furnished

with minute, short, stout, acerate spicula, evenly matted together.

Connecting spicula foliato-expando-ternate ; foliations of the apex

depressed, very elaborate and irregular, shaft rather long. Skeleton-

surface covered by a secondary dermal membrane ; abundantly fur-

nished with minute, short, acerate spicula, same as those of the pri-

mary dermal membrane. Skeleton-fibres somewhat compressed,

smooth, furnished at intervals with groups of large spicular attenu-

ated spines. Sarcode in the dried state amber-coloured.

Colour, in the dried state, nut-brown.

Hab. St. Michael’s, Azores (Robert M*Andrew, Esq.).

Examined in the dried state.

This sponge was described by Dr. J. E. Gray in the ‘ Proceedings’

of this Society for 1859, p. 438, plate xv. Radiata, under the

name of Macdndrewia azorica. In its external appearance it very

closely resembles Dactylocalyx heteroformis of the Museum of the

Jardin des Plantes, Paris, and Dactyloealyx Prattit; but in its

structural characters it differs in many important respects from

either of them.

The structure of the skeleton is truly that of a Dactylocalyz, and

I have therefore referred it to that genus.

The description of the genus in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society

for 1859 refers only to its external characters, and is so vague that

it might be equally well applied to several other species of this

tribe of sponges. In the ‘ Proceedings’ for May 1867 Dr. Gray

gives another version of its generic characters, in which he designates

the sponge as a coral, thus:—‘‘ The coral expanded, cyathiform ;

the upper and lower surface smooth, the upper surface with small

oscules; the fibres of skeleton small, with stellate spicules on the

dermal surface. The stellate spicules three-rayed ; the rays forked

and reforked. Bowerbank, British Sponges, fig. 53.’? This de-

scription is not only quite as vague as the original one, but, in addi-

tion, is very incorrect. In the first place, the specimen is undoubt-

edly not a coral; and, secondly, there are no stellate spicula on the

dermal surface, nor have the connecting spicula ‘‘ the rays forked and

reforked.’? And the reference made to ‘ British Sponges,’ fig. 53,

is a mistake, as a reference to that work will prove, the spiculum

there represented by the figure quoted being ‘“‘a spiculated dichotomo-

patento-ternate ” one ‘‘from an unknown sponge.” And, moreover,

no such form of spiculum is to be found in Dr. Gray’s Mac Andrewia

azorica. The specimen is in the British Museum.

The sponge is elevated on a short stout pedicel, from the top of

which it expands into an irregular sinuously shaped cup with rounded

margin. The external or inhalant surface is smooth, but slightly

-undulating. The internal or exhalant surface is slightly roughened

by the presence of the oscula, which are evenly distributed over the

88 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

whole of its surface; they rarely exceed a line in diameter; the

smaller ones are frequently simple orifices, the larger ones are slightly

elevated and marginated. The pores are not visible without the aid

of considerable microscopical power; with about 100 linear their

structure exhibits an exceedingly beautiful appearance. They each

occupy an area formed by the intermingling of the elegant foliations

of the ternate connecting spicula ; and each little porous area is fur-

nished with a regular fringe composed of a single series of the small

dermal tension-spicula, which, projected from its margin inwards,

meet at about the centre of the space, forming a complete defence

against the incursions of any minute enemy ; in the dermal mem-

brane around, the minute tension-spicula are closely and irregularly

matted together (Plate IV. fig. 5). :

When we view a section of the sponge made at right angles to its

surface, the structural peculiarities of the expansile dermal system

of this tribe of sponges are very beautifully displayed. The outer

surface is densely covered with the terminations of the ternate spi-

cula of that organ, and again with the dermal membrane and its

closely matted tension-spicula. Immediately beneath we see the

pendent shafts of the ternate spicula, more or less clothed with minute

acerate spicula, and with the proximal terminations of the shafts

cemented by keratode to projecting portions of the fibre of the rigid

skeleton, the surface of which is covered by a stratum of membra-

nous structure, abundantly furnished with minute acerate spicula ;

the space between this surface-membrane of the rigid skeleton and

the under surface of the expansile dermal system forms a large ca-

vernous or crypt-like cavity supported by innumerable pillars at

about equal distances from each other.

The arrangement of the fibres of the rigid skeleton have all the

complete irregularity of a Dactylocalgz, and there is not the

slightest approach in any part to the confluent radial structure of an

Iphiteon. ‘There are a few comparatively large acerate spicula dis-

persed amid the reticulations of the rigid skeleton ; they are about

four or five times the length of the dermal ones, and they are not

frequently to be seen iz situ. The connecting spicula are exceedingly

beautiful objects. They are very variable in size and structure ; and

no two of them are alike in the mode of the foliations of their ternate

radii, which are evidently modified to meet the necessities of the in-

termingling of their terminations, so as to secure a strong and elastic

covering to the interstitial cavity beneath, and at the same time to

produce abundant spaces for the porous areas of the dermis of the

inhalant system. The structural aspect beneath the exhalant sur-

face is very different from that of the inhalant one: here we find, as

might be expected, large cavernous spaces for the reception of the

effete streams from the rigid skeleton beneath, and, instead of the

regular crypt-like form with its numerous minute pillars, we have

elongated extensive spaces, the sides of which are, to a great extent,

composed of irregularly disposed large acerate spicula imbedded in

membranous structure; the shafts of the connecting spicula above

are some of them connected with the parietes of the cavernous spaces,

1869.) DR. 5.5. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 8)

while others appear to have no connexion with the tissues beneath

them.

Dacty.Locatyx Pratti, Bowerbank.

Sponge irregularly cup-shaped, pedicelled ; surface even, slightly

undulating. Oscula simple, small, dispersed, numerous. Pores

congregated in areas formed by the distal terminations of the ex-

pando-ternate connecting spicula, numerous and large. Expansile

dermal system—dermal membrane pellucid, furnished abundantly

with minute entirely spined fusiformi-cylindrical spicula, short,

frequently semilunate or angulated, irregularly dispersed. Con-

necting spicula irregularly fureated patento-ternate; radii slightly

depressed, apices thin and expanded; ternate heads combining to

form a dermal network. Enveloping membrane of the rigid skeleton

abounding with the same minute spicula as those of the dermal

membrane, and also with numerous separate flat fasciculi of long

and slender acerate tension-spicula. Skeleton—rete compact ;

fibres smooth, or irregularly and slightly spinous ; free terminations

of fibres ramose, or abundantly tuberculated. Interstitial spicula

acerate, long, slender, and frequently flexuous, mostly disposed in

lines at right angles to the dermal surface. Interstitial membranes

pellucid, furnished with the same form of retentive spicula as the

dermal membrane.

Colour in the dried state, light brown.

Hab. East-Indies (8. P. Pratt, Esq.) ; off the island of Formosa

(Mr. Swinhoe).

Examined in the dried state.

I am indebted to my late friend Mr. S. P. Pratt for the very in-

teresting specimen under consideration. He stated that he was not

quite certain of its locality, but he believed he had received it from

his son, who was then in India, along with many other interesting

marine specimens. The form of the sponge is that of an irregularly

shaped cup, the rim of which is nearly an oblong, 44 inches long and

33 inches wide ; and at one corner there is a depression of the mar-

gin, so as to form a lip to the cup of rather more than an inch in

depth. The height of the cup in its present state is 4 inches. It

has been broken away from its natural base ; but, from the indications

remaining, it is probable that it was elevated on a short pedestal.

The margin of the cup is unequal in its thickness, varying from half

an inch to a thin sharp edge. The specimen was evidently in a living

state when taken from the sea, and it is still in an excellent state of

preservation.

The oscula are simple orifices, without any especial defensive or-

gans ; they have the usual contractile membrane to Open and close

them in accordance with the necessities of the amimal, The greater

portion of them were closed, while others were more or less open.

Through one in the latter condition, in a slice from the surface

mounted in Canada balsam, the surface of the rigid skeleton was

seen, covered by the enveloping membrane, which was closely adhe-

90 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

rent to the outer portion of the rigid skeleton. When the back of this

specimen was presented to the eye, this membrane was seen to be

abundantly supplied with large, long, flat fasciculi of slender acerate

tension-spicula. The minute short fusiformi-cylindrical spicula were

as profusely scattered over the surface of this membrane as on the

external dermal one.

The porous system, especially when we view its inner surface, isa

most beautiful object for the microscope. The interlacing radii of

the large patento-ternate connecting spicula form a beautiful series

of round or oval areas, each containing from one to four or five large

pores, the greater portion of which were open ; and the dermal mem-

brane on which they exist is beautifully freckled with innumerable

minute, entirely spined fusiformi-cylindrical spicula, so clesely packed

together as to completely obscure the surface of the membrane, while

the acutely conical shafts of the connecting spicula are seen at re-

gular intervals projected towards the eye. A portion of this beau-

tiful membrane is represented by fig. 8, Plate V.

The expansile dermal system is admirably displayed in this sponge

by a section at right angles to the surface from almost any part of

it. In some portions of such a section the dermal surface is closely

pressed on to the surface of the rigid skeleton, while in others it is

seen more or less separated from it, forming a cavity above it, into

which the shafts of the connecting spicula are projected towards the

surface beneath, as represented by fig. 6, Plate V.

The irregularly furcated patento-ternate connecting spicula are

singular in their structure, and very characteristic of the species.

No two of them are precisely alike, either in size or form ; the ec-

centricity with which the radii are projected from the head of the

shaft and the exceedingly variable mode of their ramifications are

not a matter of chance, but they are evidently influenced by the ne-

cessities of their combinations with each other in forming the dermal

network and porous areas; for if we view them in situ, we observe

no points straying from the lines of combination, but the whole of

their radii are locked together so as to form a compact but expansile

network for the support of the dermal membrane and the formation

of the porous areas.

The interstitial membranes filling the areas of the network of the

skeleton are very translucent, and would scarcely be visible when

immersed in Canada balsam, if it were not for the minute, short fusi-

formi-cylindrical spicula which are dispersed over their surfaces.

These spicula, though exceedingly minute, afford very decisive spe-

cific characters. They are dispersed, more or less, over every part

of the membranous structures, but more especially on the dermal

membrane and the enveloping membrane of the rigid skeleton, which

tissues they completely cover. They require a power of from 700

to 1000 linear to define their structural characters in a satisfactory

manner. They vary considerably in size; one of the largest that

I measured was 5); inch in length, and ;;4,, inch in diameter ;

one of the smallest measured ;2.; inch in length, and z5);5 inch

in diameter.

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 91

The continuous reticulating fibre of the skeleton is smooth and

slightly compressed; but there are numerous stout branches pro-

jected from it that are full of large tuberculations, so that they very

closely resemble the young budding antlers of a stag which are being

renewed after the old ones have beenshed. There are also occasion-

ally small short groups of tubercles on the angles of the reticulating

skeleton ; but these are probably an incipient state of the large

tuberculated branches which are projected in such great numbers

into the interstitial cavities of the sponge. These organs apparently

supply the place of auxiliary fibres and the rectangulated hexradiate

spicula so plentiful in other species of Dactylocalyx, but which

appear to be totally absent in this one. The numerous fasciculi of

long slender acerate spicula also appear to replace the rectangulated

hexradiate ones in their office of supplying support to the interstitial

membranes of the sponge in the larger spaces within the skeleton ;

a few single ones are frequently seen passing amid the reticulations

of the skeleton in directions either horizontal or diagonal to the

surface.

During a visit to the British Museum on the 23rd of October,

1868, I was fortunate enough to find a second specimen of this spe-

cies, from Formosa by Mr. Swinhoe. It differs materially in form

from the type one that I received from my late friend Mr. Pratt.

It is a much less developed sponge; but what there is of it is on a

larger scale; and fortunately the basal attachment, wanting in the

type specimen, is in a perfect condition. It is seated on one end of

a small mass of what appears to be sandstone, the under surface of

which is covered by serpule. On the sandstone at the base of the

sponge there is a cream-coloured patch of a compound tunicated

animal, about 14 inch in length and ? inch in breadth. The base of the

sponge is 2 inches by 14 inch in diameter ; half an inch above the at-

tachment the specimen is contracted (and at that part the development

of the cup commences), and it expands slightly upward; the height

of the specimen is about 3 inches. The sponge is fortunately in

very nearly as fine a state of preservation as when taken from the

sea; and every organ that is found in the type specimen appears

in abundance in the one from Formosa. In truth, portions of the

structures taken from the one specimen cannot, by microscopical

examination, be distinguished from those mounted from the other.

There are some points in the state of the two specimens that are

very instructive. ‘Thus in the type specimen the porous system is

in a beautiful condition, and the numerous pores in the areas are all

open, while in the corresponding portions of the dermal membrane

in the specimen from Formosa they are entirely closed; so that the

important character of the congregation of the pores in areas could

not have been determined from the latter specimen alone.

The acquisition of this specimen from Formosa is in favour of Mr.

Pratt’s belief that the type one was really an East-Indian specimen.

DactryLocatyx Masont, Bowerbank.

Sponge sessile, sinuously fan-shaped; surface even, margin

92 DR, J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

rounded. Oscula small, slightly elevated, dispersed, very numerous.

Pores inconspicuous, dispersed. Expansile dermal system—dermal

membrane abundantly spiculous. Connecting spicula furcated, at-

tenuato-patento-ternate, large and numerous; heads combining to

form an irregular dermal network. Retentive spicula elongo-at-

tenuato-stellate ; radii long and slender, rather numerous. En-

veloping membrane of rigid skeleton—retentive spicula same as

those of the dermal membrane, rather numerous. Skeleton—areas

of reticulation round or oval, nearly equable in size ; fibre smooth,

but umbonated at intervals; umbones cylindrical, smooth, short ;

apices very nearly flat. Gemmules membranous, smooth, sub-

globular.

Colour, in the dried state, nut-brown.

Hab. Madeira (H. N. Mason, Esq.).

Examined in the dried state.

The form of this sponge is that of a broad, irregularly sinuous, fan-

shaped plate about 5 or 6 lines in thickness ; it is 73 inches high,

123 inches wide, and 37? inches from back to front. On the latter, or

inhalant surface, at about the middle of its width, there are three

sinuously fan-shaped plates given off, the largest one from about

midway between the base and top of the sponge, and two smaller

ones from near the base; the upper one has grown on a plane about

parallel to that of the parent sponge, and its inhalant and exhalant

surfaces aecord with those of that portion of the specimen. The two

lower ones are projected from the large sponge at nearly right angles

to its inhalant surface; and they have their inhalant surfaces on

their upper sides, and their exhalant ones within the folds of their

under ones.

The sponge has evidently been sessile: there are no remains of an

expanded base, but the attachment has apparently been near the

middle of the basal portion of the specimen; and it appears to have

grown on a somewhat elevated piece of rock, as both of the extreme

ends of the sponge project below the apparent plane of attachment.

It is evidently an old and well-matured specimen, as it has numerous

parasites attached to its inhalant surface, among which are several

specimens of Vermetus, and three of what is apparently Caryophyllia

Smithii, two of which are full-grown, and one of them has numerous

parasites on its external surface.

The condition of the sponge is excellent: all its organs are evi-

dently in the state they were when it was taken alive from the sea ;

and it has apparently never undergone the deterioration of immersion

in fresh water, as a quantity of salt remains in crystals on its surface.

This specimen is therefore especially valuable as leading to a

natural elucidation of the general characters of the singular and

beautiful class of sponges to which it belongs.

The oscula present no very striking characters ; the margins are

slightly elevated and rounded ; many of them are completely closed,

while others are only partially so ; and through the central orifice on

these the enveloping membrane of the rigid skeleton, thickly studded

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 93

with elongo-attenuato-stellate spicula, may frequently be seen in situ.

The connecting spicula are very numerous beneath the dermal mem-

brane of this surface, and their closely intermingled ternate heads

form a strong and very complicated dermal network. Occasionally

the oscula run from two or three to six or seven in a line, ona

slightly elevated ridge ; but in other respects there is no approxima-

tion to a definite arrangement. The pores are situated each in a single

area, the margin of which is slightly thickened and elevated; the

areas are visible by the aid of a lens of 2 inches focus; they are

very numerous, and about equidistant from each other; the greater

portion of them were in a closed condition.

The expansile dermal system of this sponge affords excellent

specific characters: the furcated attenuato-patento-ternate connect-

ing spicula are large and strong, and their shafts comparatively

long, and the central canals in both the shaft and the radii are large

and well defined ; the fureations of their ternate heads are closely in-

termingled, forming a fine but very irregular and complex dermal

network. They vary very considerably in size and proportions:

one of the largest measured {4 inch in length, and zs inch in the

extreme expansion of its ternate head; one of the smallest measured

zy inch in length, and in extreme expansion of its ternate head

th inch.

The elongo-attenuato-stellate retentive spicula of the dermal mem-

brane are very minute ; two of the largest measured ;7,, inch and

zosv inch in length. Their shafts are rarely straight ; they have

usually two or three angular bends. The radii are long, slender,

and exceedingly acutely terminated. Their structure and profuse

dispersion on the surface of the membrane renders them a most

effective protection against the insidious attacks of voracious enemies

on that organ. Those on the oscular surface are larger than those

of the inhalant one.

The skeleton is also strikingly characteristic. The fibre is some-

what compressed; it is perfectly smooth excepting the umbones

with which it is studded at intervals; they project from half to once

their own diameter from its surface, are nearly cylindrical in form,

and have either a flat or a hemispherical apex. In the dried con-

dition of the sponge, when closely adherent to the inner surface of

the dermal membrane, they may at first sight be readily mistaken

for pores ; their form and general appearance is unlike any cor-

responding organs of a similar description in any other known species

of this tribe of sponges.

A few gemmules were observed; they were somewhat globular,

with a broad attachment; with a power of 308 linear they appeared

to be filled with minute semitransparent molecules. Their general

character is very much that of the similar organs in Iphiteon panicea

of the Porto-Rico specimen in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes.

When portions of the interior of the skeleton of this sponge are

immersed in water, and examined beneath the microscope, the sar-

code is found to be abundant in the interstices of the skeleton, some-

times completely filling the interstitial spaces, and quite ignoring

94 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

the idea that it occurs in but very small quantities in the siliceo-

fibrous sponges. In truth, if we compare the abundance of its pre-

sence in this species, as well as in D. M*Andrewii and other such

sponges which have been preserved in their natural condition, we

cannot come to any other conclusion than that this vital substance

is as abundant in the siliceo-fibrous sponges as it is in the Hali-

chondroid species, and even in the true Spongie.

DacryLocaLtyx BowERBANKII, Johnson.

Sponge sinuously and expansively cup-shaped, sessile. Surface

even; margin flat and angulated. Oscula simple, dispersed, nu-

merous. Pores inconspicuous, dispersed. Expansile dermal system

—dermal membrane abundantly spiculous ; connecting spicula fur-

cated patento-ternate, and rarely dichotomo-patento-ternate, large

and long; tension-spicula fusiformi-acerate, small and short, few in

number ; retentive spicula elongo-cylindro-stellate, with very short

radii, minute, exceedingly numerous; and elongo-attenuato stellate

few in number. Skeleton—areas round or oval, irregular; fibre

cylindrical, smooth, but irregularly nodulous at intervals ; nodules

cylindrical, short, terminating hemispherically. Interstitial mem-

brane—interstitial spicula fusiformi-acerate, long, slender, and flexu-

ous, and same form rather short and stout; retentive spicula

elongo-cylindro-stellate, and elongo-attenuato-stellate, the same as

those of the dermal membrane, few in number.

Colour, alive, white (J. Y. Johnson, Esq.), in the dried state light

brown.

Hab. Deep water off Madeira (J. Y. Johnson, Esq.).

Examined in the dried state.

The only specimen of this species known was obtained from “ deep

water off the coast of Madeira,” by James Yate Johnson, Esq., and

was described and named by him in P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 259. The

general description he has there given is very correct as far as it

goes; but he has not given a definite specific description of its cha-

racters. The specimen is now in the British Museum.

Dr. Gray, in his “Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges”

(P. Z. S. 1867, p. 507), notices the specimen as a synonym of his

genus and species MacAndrewia azorica, in the following terms :—

«The specimen which Mr. J. Yate Johnson has described under

the name of D. Bowerbankii is larger, more orbicular and expanded

than I described years before as Macdndrewia azorica; but I cannot

see any other difference.” But as the learned author has nowhere, that

I can find, given any particulars of the structural peculiarities of the

specimen as compared with those of his species Mac Andrewia azorica,

his hasty assignment of it to that species is in reality devoid of any

authority. Half an hour’s microscopical investigation of the two

specimens which are in his possession would have completely satisfied

him that they were very distinct species of animals, as the reader

may readily satisfy himself by comparing the figures illustrating the

species under consideration in Plate V. figs. 2, 3, 4, & 5, from D.

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 95

M°Andrewii, with those representing the organization of D. Bower-

bankit in Plate VI. figs. 6, 7, 8.

The form of the sponge under consideration is that of a shallow

cup with expansively undulating margin. The diameter varies

from twelve to fourteen inches, and its thickness from half to very

nearly one inch. It has six large sinuous doublings of its margin,

which extend as much beyond the general plane of the sponge at its

under as at its upper surface ; two of these foldings of its substance

have met at its under surface, and have become cemented together.

The greater portion of the sinuous margin of the sponge is flat, the

outer and inner edges in some parts being quite sharply defined.

The dermal system in this sponge presents very important specific

characters. In some sections made at right angles to the surface it

was evidently in a state of complete collapse; the under surfaces of

the connecting spicula were closely in contact with the surface of the

rigid skeleton, and their shafts were deeply immersed in its sub-

stance. ‘This position of the expansile dermai system of the sponge

is probably its natural one while the animal is in a state of repose.

The connecting spicula vary considerably in their size, form, and

degree of development. The primary ternate rays are usually short ;

and the secondary fureating ones are fiveor six times the length of

the primary ones, and without any secondary fureations, while at

other times one or more of the furcating rays have a second terminal

fureation ; these terminal radii are short, and are frequently pro-

jected on a plane at right angles to the other furcations; these

terminal furcations are sometimes very irregular, their apices,

instead of two only, having three or four small branches projected in

different directions, as represented by fig. 7, Plate VI. The mode

of the disposition of the ternate heads of these spicula in the dermis

is remarkable: they are not arranged so that their ternate radii

form definite inhalant areas; but the rays cross each other in every

imaginable direction, and the pores are found in the little irre-

gular areas, one, or rarely two together, and they therefore appear

indiscriminately seattered over the whole of the porous surface.

They are simple orifices without any defensive spicula such as we

observe in Dactylocalye M°*Andrewii. The dermal membrane is

abundantly supplied with retentive spicula; they are so numerous

and closely packed as to completely obscure it. ‘They are very

minute, and no two are alike in size or form; they require a micro-

scopical power of about 700 linear to render them distinct to the

the eye. Under these circumstances they present remarkably thick

and obtuse proportions, and are distinctly different from any others

of this class of spicula that I have ever seen. Sometimes the shaft

is multiangulated, each angle producing a single short cylindrical

ray, while in other cases the shaft is quite straight, and the radii are

projected from it in a perfectly irregular manner. Besides these

two prevailing forms, they assume every imaginable variation of

shape that such spicula can be subjected to. One of the largest

and most regular of the multiangulated forms that I measured pre-

sented the following proportions :—length of spiculum 55 inch;

96 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

greatest lateral expansion ;g;7 inch; diameter of shaft g3'g3 inch ;

length of projection of a ray zh inch; diameter of a ray 7350

inch. The greatest disparity existing between them is not in the

size of the shaft, or in the length of tie projection of the radii, but

in the length of the spiculum and in the various modes of its struc-

ture. I have been thus particular in its description because it is a

new form of spiculum, and is especially characteristic of the species

of the sponge in which it occurs (Plate VI. fig. 82).

The elongo-attenuato-stellate spicula are comparatively few in

number, and very different in their general aspect to the elongo-

cylindrical ones. They vary exceedingly in their forms: sometimes

they assume the shape of spiculated biternate ones; but generally

their long, slender and attenuated radii are projected without any

approximation to regularity. An average-sized one measured, length

gtd inch, length of a ray rise inch, diameter of shaft z75q inch

(Plate VI. fig. 84).

There are also a few short cylindrical spicula, with an irregular

inflation near the middle ; but this form is probably an undeveloped

state of the elongo-cylindro-stellate spiculum.

From the collapsed state of the expansile dermal system, no very

clear view could be obtained of the investing membrane of the

rigid skeleton ; but in sections parallel to the surface, mounted in

Canada balsam, small portions of it were occasionally visible; and

these appeared to be rather sparingly supplied with the elongo-

cylindro-stellate and elongo-attenuato-stellate spicula that are so

abundant in the dermal membrane. A few of both these forms of

spicula are also found dispersed on the interstitial membranes.

The long, slender and flexuous interstitial spicula occur either

singly or in bundles of four or five together, and are usually disposed

at nearly right angles to the surface, immediately beneath the in-

vesting membrane of the rigid skeleton. They are very long and

slender, and attenuate to extremely acute terminations.

Short, stout fusiformi-acerate spicula in considerable quantities

are sometimes found intermixed with the skeleton-fibre, immediately

beneath the enveloping membrane of the rigid skeleton; but they

are not found in such quantities in all parts of the sponge ; amid the

deeper portions of the skeleton a few single ones only are occasionally

found. A few short, stout cylindrical spicula were found among

the spicula obtained by the dissolution of portions of the sponge in

nitric acid ; but these are probably cases of immature development.

The sarcode is as abundant in this as in other species of the same

genus. Its quantity cannot be correctly appreciated in its dried

condition, or when mounted in Canada balsam ; but in wet prepara-

tions of portions of the skeleton, when fully expanded by moisture,

it is in many cases to be seen completely enveloping the skeleton-

fibre, and filling the interstices of its reticulations.

DacTyLocALyx PoLypiscus, Bowerbank.

Sponge irregularly cup-shaped, pedicel short. Surface even;

sides of cup thick; margin rounded. Surface even. Oscula slightly

1869.] DR. J.s. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 97

elevated and margined, dispersed. Pores inconspicuous. Expansile

dermal system—dermal membrane pellucid, furnished abundantly

with small fusiformi-acerate spicula irregularly dispersed. Retentive

spicula fusiformi-cylindrical, short and variable in size. Connecting

spicula—apices discoid, irregularly cireular or oval, smooth and

thin; margins entire; shafts short and conical. Skeleton—fibres

cylindrical, smooth, their free terminations abundantly tuberculated ;

tubercles cylindrical, short, terminations hemispherical. Interstitial

membranes—tension-spicula fusiformi-acerate, short, rather nume-

rous, dispersed. Gemmules membranous, spherical.

Colour light fawn-brown in the dried state.

Hab. Island of St. Vincent, West Indies (Rev. Lansdowne

Guilding).

Examined in the dried condition.

This interesting little specimen is in the collection of the British

Museum. It was obtained by the Rev. Lansdowne Guilding at the

Island of St. Vincent, West Indies.

The specimen is a small, unequally developed, cup-shaped sponge ;

the margin is nearly oval, with an average diameter of seven-eighths

of an inch, and it is about five-eighths of an inch high; the thick-

ness of the sponge near the margin is about three lines. From its

general aspect it would seem that the specimen was a young one in

an early stage of development. The oscula are slightly elevated,

have a thin margin, and are about one-third of a line in diameter ;

they are equally distributed, and are about five or six lines apart,

just as they might be expected to appear on a sponge of very much

larger dimensions.

The pores are dispersed on the outer surface of the cup; they are

not readily detected even in a piece of the dermis when mounted in

Canada balsam; they are found in intervals between the discoid

plates, which frequently have semilunar notches to afford space for

the passage of the inhalant streams.

The dermal membrane is very translucent ; but the fusiformi-

acerate spicula with which it is furnished are so exceedingly nume-

rous that they render the discoid heads of the connecting spicula

immediately beneath them perfectly undistinguishable. An average-

sized one measured ;1, inch in length (Plate VI. fig. 12). The

retentive spicula are comparatively few in number; they are very

much smaller than the tension ones, and although mixed with them

are readily distinguished by their fusiformi-cylindrical shape (Plate

VI. figs. 13 & 14).

The connecting spicula are singular in their form, and very cha-

racteristic of the species; the normal form of their discoid heads

appears to be nearly circular, but they vary to a very considerable

extent to suit the circumstances of their situation. ‘Their margins

lap over each other to frequently the extent of one-third or one-half

of their diameters, so that they not only form a secure and con-

tinuous platform for the support of the dermal membrane, but they

also admit of a very considerable extent of lateral expansion and

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1869, No. VII.

98 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [Jan. 28,

contraction. Their margins are entire, and their surfaces perfectly

smooth and even.

In a section made at right angles to the surface of the sponge, a

portion of the expansile dermal tissue remained in situ, and the

sharply conieal shafts of the connecting spicula were seen projecting

into the space between the dermal membrane and the surface of the

rigid skeleton of the sponge. The spaces of the rete of the skeleton

are tolerably equable, but without any approximation to order in

their arrangement. The fibres of the skeleton are cylindrical and

quite smooth, excepting at their free terminations, which are fre-

quently abundantly tuberculated. The tubercles are cylindrical,

with hemispherical terminations, and are usually about once their

own diameter in height. .

The interstitial membranes are very pellucid, and-are rather abun-

dantly supplied with the same description of tension-spicula that are

so abundant in the dermal membrane ; and they may also frequently

be seen imbedded in the sarcode that surrounds the skeleton-fibres.

A few gemmules were observed ; they were globular, membranous,

and very like those of Iphiteon panicea ; they were adherent to the

inner surface of the dermal system.

When sections of the sponge were examined in water, there were

numerous moniliform series of spherical molecules, varying from

three or four to six or eight in number, on the inner surfaces of the

discoid heads of the connecting spicula, and also on the surfaces of

the interstitial membranes. Such molecules in moniliform series are

not uncommon in the sarcode of the interstitial membranes of many

species of Halichondroid sponges; and this arrangement apparently

arises from axial attraction. It is the first case of their occurrence

that I have observed in the siliceo-fibrous sponges.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Puate IIT.

Fig. 1. Surface of the rigid skeleton of the type specimen of Dactylocalyx pu-

miceus, Stutchbury, exhibiting the irregularity of the skeleton-struc-

ture and the auxiliary skeleton-fibres in the large interstitial cavities

opposite, a, a, a, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 2. A rectangulated hexradiate tension-spiculum, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 3. A portion of one of the large fusiformi-acerate spicula from amidst

the rigid skeleton of the type specimen of D. pwmiceus, magnified 108

linear.

Fig. 4. A trifureated spinulo-hexradiate stellate retentive spiculum, magnified

666 linear.

. A trifureated attenuato-hexradiate stellate retentive spiculum, magnified

666 linear.

Fig. 6. A large and a small yerticillately spined spiculum from the basal portion

of the type specimen of D. pwmiceus in the British Museum, mag-

nified 108 linear.

Fig. 7. Subequiangular triradiate tension-spiculum from the type specimen,

magnified 108 linear,

Fig. 8. Acerate tension-spiculum from the type specimen, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 9. A furcated attenuato-patento-ternate connecting spiculum from the type

specimen, magnified 108 linear.

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 99

Fig. 10. A dichotomo-patento-ternate connecting spiculum from the type spe-

cimen, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 11. Minute attenuato-stellate retentive and defensive spicula from the type

specimen, magnified 666 linear.

Fig. 12. A gemmule adhering to auxiliary fibres of the skeleton from the large

specimen of D. pwmiceus (Iphiteon panicea, Valenciennes) in the col-

lection of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 13. A profile view of two of the tubercles on the skeleton-fibre of the type

specimen of D. pumiceus, exhibiting the papillation of their summits,

magnified 666 linear.

Figs. 14 & 15. Portions of the densely reticulated basal skeleton-structure from

the type specimen, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 16. Trifurcated expando-ternate connecting spicula, probably belonging to

an unknown species of Dactylocalyx, magnified 666 linear.

Puate IV.

Fig. 1. A portion of the rigid skeleton of Dactylocalyx heteroformis (Coscino-

spongia heteroformis, Valenciennes), exhibiting the complicated reticu-

lations of the structure, and the ramified free terminations of the

fibres, magnified 175 linear.

Fig. 2. One of the large incurrent areas of the inhalant surface of the same

sponge, exhibiting the protective furcated terminations of the marginal

fibres, magnified 308 linear.

Fig. 3. One of the oscula from the exhalant surface of the same sponge, exhibiting

the oscular membrane in a half-open condition, magnified 183 linear.

Fig. 4, A portion of the dermal membrane of D. heteroformis, with its fine but

very irregular network of siliceous fibre, magnified 308 linear.

Fig. 5. A portion of the dermal membrane of Dactylocalya MeAndrewii (Mac-

: Andrewia azorica, Gray), exhibiting the ramifications of the foliato-

expando-ternate connecting spicula beneath, and one of the inhalant

pores with its defensive system of minute acerate dermal spicula,

magnified 183 linear,

Puare VY.

Fig. 1. A portion of the rigid skeleton of Dactylocalyx MeAndrewii, magnified

175 linear.

Fig. 2. A foliato-expando-ternate connecting spiculum from the expansile

dermal system of D. MeAndrewii, with the inner surface towards the

eye exhibiting the short acutely conical shaft of the spiculum, magni-

fied 175 linear.

3. An elongated and’ more ramose variety of the ternate head of the same

sort of spiculum as that represented by fig. 2, magnified 175 linear.

Fig. 4. A view in profile of a spiculum of the same form as those that are re-

presented by figs. 2 & 3, magnified 175 linear.

5. One of the minute fusiformi-acerate tension-spicula of the dermal

membrane of D. M¢Andrewii, magnified 666 linear.

6. A section at right angles to the surface of D. Prattii, exhibiting a portion

of the expansile system (a) in a state of separation from the rigid

siliceo-fibrous skeleton beneath, with the shafts of the connecting

spicula pendent in the space between them, and also the primary

dermal membrane, and the secondary membrane covering the external

surface of the rigid skeleton filled with the innumerable retentive

spicula of those organs, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 7. Two of the retentive spicula of the dermal membrane and the investing

membrane of the rigid skeleton, magnified 1250 linear.

Fig. 8. A view of the inner surface of a portion of the expansile dermal system,

exhibiting the interlacing of the radii of the irregularly furcated

patento-ternate connecting spicula to form the inhalant areas, in

which are situated the pores of imbibition, magnified 108 linear.

Figs. 9, 10, & 11. Three of the irregularly furcated patento-ternate connecting spi-

cula, exhibiting their extreme diversity of form, magnified 108 linear.

100 DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDs. [Jan. 28,

Puate VI.

Fig. 1. A piece of the fibre of the rigid skeleton of Dactylocalyx Masoni, mag-

nified 108 linear.

Fig. 2. A view of the inner surface of part of the expansile dermal system of

D. Masoni, with a portion of the rigid skeleton in situ, magnified

108 linear.

3. One of the furcated attenuato-patento-ternate connecting spicula of

D. Masoni, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 4. A minute elongo-stellate retentive spiculum from the dermal membrane

of D. Masoni, magnified 666 linear.

Fig. 5. A piece of the fibre of the rigid skeleton of D. Bowerbankii, magnified

108 linear.

Fig. 6. One of the furcated attenuato-patento-ternate connecting spicula of the

normal form from the expansile dermal system of D. Bowerbankii,

magnified 175 linear.

Fig. 7. A furcated attenuato-patento-ternate connecting spiculum with ramified

terminations to the fureations of the radii. This form, with more or

less ramified terminations, is frequently found in this species. Mag-

nified 175 linear.

Fig. 8. Retentive spicula from the dermal membrane of D. Bowerbankii: a, a,

the elongo-cylindro-stellate form, variable in size, and very numerous ;

: the elongo-attenuato-stellate form, few in number: magnified 666

inear.

Fig. 9. A fragment of the fibre of the rigid skeleton of D. polydiscus, magnified

108 linear.

Fig. 10. A portion of the expansile dermal system of D. polydiscus, with the dis-

. _ coid expando-ternate connecting spicula in situ, magnified 108 linear.

Fig. 11. Two varieties in form of the connecting spicula of D. polydiscus, mag-

nified 108 linear.

Fig. 12. A fusiformi-acerate tension-spiculum from the dermal membrane of

D. polydiscus, magnified 666 linear.

Figs. 13 & 14. Two of the retentive spicula of the dermal membrane of D. poly-

discus, magnified 666 linear.

4. Report on the Eared Seals collected by the Society’s Keeper

Francois Lecomte in the Falkland Islands. By James

Morisz, M.D., F.L.S., Prosector to the Society.

(Plate VIL.)

An account of the Society’s keeper Lecomte’s expedition to the

Falkland Islands for the purpose of collecting live specimens of

Eared Seals, Penguins, &c., has already, in November last, been

laid before the Scientific Meeting by our Secretary, Mr. Sclater (see

P. Z, 8. 1868, p. 527). It devolves upon me to add to that report

memoranda concerning the skins and skeletons of the Phocide ob-

tained during Lecomte’s sojourn at the above islands. The speci-

mens in question, owing to difficulties and mishaps in the way of

transport, did not arrive in England until some time after the live

stock, brought home by Lecomte himself. Furthermore, I regret to

mention that, from a variety of causes, the condition of the objects

is not so perfect as could be wished ; but, under the adverse circum-

ctances incident to the voyage, this is not to be wondered at. I am

happy to add, though, that some points in connexion with the

’

sony amen e fot

1869.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. 101

Otariide, which hitherto have been indefinite, receive elucidation,

even from the imperfect supply now furnished.

The skins were preserved in a salted condition, the bones roughly

dried. They have been compared and identified with those in the

British Museum.

The total number of animals to which the specimens belong is

sixteen: they comprise but two species, namely, the Otaria jubata,

Foster, and Otaria nigrescens (Arctocephalus nigrescens, Gray).

Of these, fifteen belong to the first, and but one to the second

species.

I. OTARIA JUBATA.

1. Skin and cranium (tolerably perfect) of an adult male, but not

aged, Sea-lion, technically called by the traders a ‘“ Bull;’’ shot at

Kelp Island, one of the eastern islets of the group of the Falkland

Islands.

Lecomte states that there were altogether about 40 Seals com-

posing the herd of which this male was a member. Another, much

larger and maned male was wounded by a shot at the same time,

but it managed to escape.

The above skin, in its present moist condition, measures 96 inches

from the muzzle to the posterior end of the hind flippers as they

are thrown backwards ; fromthe muzzle to the tip of tail 73 inches ;

from point to point of the outstretched fore flippers 763 inches.

The pelage on the back and belly is worn and rubbed off, the ani-

mal evidently having been just shedding its coat when slain. There

is a very slight tendency to development of a mane, the longish hairs

here being of a brindled yellow-and-brown shade. The throat is

lighter-coloured and with shorter hairs; but towards the mandible

they are longer, darker, and beard-like. The upper surface of

the head, almost as far as the nose, is of a light or yellowish-.

brown shade; the two cheeks dark brown; the muzzle black.

The fresh undercoat of shorter hairs (not the underwool) all along

the back inclines to a yellowish grey. The long and partially abraded

hairs in scattered patches are dull brown, which becomes slightly

redder and richer in tint at the buttocks and posterior tibial regions.

This same hue is apparently the original one previous to the shedding

of the outer coat ; it is well seen in the axille. The belly, with very

short and finely set hair, is of a brownish yellow. The flippers are

black where bare of hair.

The skull is a good representative of the species during middle

life—that is, before the extraordinary high occipito-parietal and longi-

tudinal parieto-frontal crests peculiar to very old age are developed.

These elevations have just commenced to show themselves in a raised

narrow plate of bone. The surface of the cranium is altogether rough.

The palate is broad, and but moderately deep (see fig. 1, p. 103).

The teeth exhibit a most remarkable condition, and such as I have

only witnessed (and that but slight in comparison) in one other spe-

cimen of the genus. Not only the whole of the smaller-sized molars

and premolars, but also the great canines of both upper and lower

102 DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. [Jan. 28,

jaws, in the specimen under consideration, are worn in a circular

grooved manner, as if compassed by a ring in their middles. The

canines are not so grooved round about, but rather deeply excavated

behind. The crowns of the canines and the grinding-teeth are like-

wise ground down and flattened; but this is of less moment than

the way in which the dentine is grooved. The worn surface is black-

ened, but smooth.

Three reasons may be given for the wearing of the teeth in thi

uncommon way :—

(a) It is possible for the dental apparatus of the upper and lower

jaws to effect a wearing away of the softer dentine by their unequally

fitting and rubbing against each other. Examination, however, of

the maxillze when approximated proves this to have been unlikely—

in fact, impossible.

(6) Again it may be suggested that granules of sand and pebbles,

which these animals swallow, as I shall afterwards mention, may have

ground down the teeth at the gums. This also is a most unlikely

circumstance, if we attentively consider the nature of the polished

surfaces and the apparent mode in which they are eroded. Besides,

it would be too good a joke to admit that the Sea-lion possessed a

bad dentifrice and tooth-brush.

circular abrasion occurs such as we have here. This has been proved

beyond doubt to be effected by an altered condition of the glandular

fluids ejected into the mouth. The tongue, laving the surfaces of

the teeth with the changed secretion, by degrees abrades the den-

tinal surface, wears irregular grooves, and leaves the harder enamel

comparatively unchanged. Such may likewise happen even to an

Eared Seal for aught I know to the contrary.

2. Skin and skeleton (the cranium considerably injured) of a preg-

nant female Eared Seal (termed ‘‘ Clapmatch”’). This was killed

by the stroke of a baton at Kelp Island on the 8th June 1868. The

sex is well authenticated, inasmuch as Lecomte extracted a foctus of

about a foot long from the womb. This fcetus, curious to say, was

pounced upon and carried off by a Chimango (?), which had been ho-

vering overhead watching the operation.

Greatest length of skin, including hind extremities, 803 inches ;

from muzzle to end of. tail 663 inches; tip to tip of fore limbs out-

spread 58 inches.

Teats well developed, 4 in number ; front ones 2 inches from the

middle line of abdomen, and distant 5 inches behind the axille ;

hinder ones 1 inch outside the median line, and 9 inches distant from

the pectoral ones.

From the forehead, along the whole line of the back and the upper

sides of the body to as far as the tail, the colour is blackish mingled

with grey, the tips of the hairs being grey, their bases black. There

is a black streak from the muzzle to the forehead, on either side of

which and above the eye is aight grey patch, the cheeks outside of

that being of the same shade as the back. A light and longer-haired

beard is partially developed ; behind is a moderate-sized darker patch ;

1869.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. 103

and then the throat and the whole of the abdomen posteriorly is of a

yellowish-grey or light drab tint. Around each eye is a narrow circlet

of brown. The hair on this skin, as well as on those of the next three

females, is much shorter than the outer coat of the male No. 1; indeed

it resembles, both in colour and texture, the inner coat of the said male.

The skull of this female being considerably injured in the maxil-

lary and premaxillary regions, I shall make no comments on it

further than to mention the size—namely, greatest length 10°3 inches.

The skeleton agrees with that of specimens of Otaria jubata.

Under views of male and female skulls of Ofarta jubata.

Fig. 1. Adult male, that described in text as No. 1.

2. Adult female, the specimen referred to as No. 3.

(Both reduced to one-third of nat. size.)

104 DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. (Jan. 28,

3. Another skin and skeleton (in better condition) of an adult

and pregnant female, killed at the same time and place as the fore-

going (No. 2). The foetus found in this specimen corresponded in

size to the other.

The colour of this skin corresponds in every particular with that

described as No. 2, only it is not quite so dark.

The maxillary and premaxillary bones of this skull are also partly

broken by the fatal blow with the baton. The palate, however, a

good character of the species, is entire. This demonstrates, as does

the whole inferior region (compare figs. 1 and 2), ‘that the cranium

of the female is much narrower and shallower than that of males of

the same age and size. Especially is this the case in the maxillary

region of the palate. The teeth altogether are much weaker and

more sharply pointed than in the male. So marked is this that the

skull of a female can at a glance, and by this character alone, be

distinguished from that of a male. In some respects the female

skull approaches that of Arctocephalus hookeri; but the posterior

nares and great length of the palatines of both male and female

Otaria jubata readily separate them. The greatest length of this

cranium is 10°5 inches, the greatest breadth (at the zygoma) 6 inches.

The crests of the roof are but feebly developed.

4. Skin and skeleton (not perfectly complete) of a female Otaria,

young but nearly adult. This was captured alive on the 4th June

1868, at North-Point Island, situate at the south-east corner of the

Falklands.

In markings and colour this younger female is hardly to be dis-

tinguished from the older pregnant animals. There is perhaps a

more marbled aspect, produced by a greater and more irregular dis-

tribution of the light upper hairs.

5. Skin, disarticulated fragmentary skull, and leg-bones of another

female, about the same age as No. 4. This specimen also was taken

alive at North-Point Island, 4th June 1868.

No difference in colour and hairy covering is appreciable between

this and No. 4.

6. Skin, leg-bones, and cranium, with imperfect dentition of a

young but considerable-sized male Sea-lion. This animal was taken

alive at Kelp Island on the 8th June 1868, and said to have been

about eighteen months old at date of capture.

The entire head, neck, and body of this skin is clothed with short,

fine, smooth, closely set hairs of a nearly uniform chocolate tint. The

nape of the neck and the belly are a trifle lighter than the other parts.

7. Skin only of a very young male O¢aria, technically called a

“pup.” Caught alive, 16th February 1868, on one of the islets

near Kelp Island. This and the three succeeding specimens (Nos. 8,

9, and 10) were seized at one raid. They shall be described and

commented on together.

8. Another skin, closely resembling the last.

9. A skin, vertebral column, leg-bones, and feet of a similar very

young but female Seal.

10. Similar skin of another young female.

1869.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS, 105

One of the females died on the 3rd of March 1868, the other

three days after, namely, on the 6th. One of the males lived a month

longer, to the 9th April; the last of the four specimens died on Good

Friday (April 10th).

The accompanying admeasurements of three of their bodies were

taken in centimetres by Lecomte immediately after their death. I

have reduced these to inches and decimals.

? 3

Length from the muzzle to the tip of the tail......... 340 | 33:2 | 37:71

Length from the muzzie to the furthest point of 47-7 | 41-3 | 46-7

the backwardly stretched hind flipper............ } a .

Greatest length of the pectoral extremity ... ........ 11:3 | 11°7 | 12:9

Greatest length of the pelvic limb ..................04. 90; 90] 11:0

The hair on these skins is short, firm, and thick in the pile.

Beneath is a reddish underwool, but very sparsely scattered. The

colour of one and all is a very rich dark brown, approaching black

on the upper parts, and appearing quite so under certain lights when

the skin is moist. The flippers are black only where bare. Scarcely

any appreciable difference exists between the males and the females ;

if any, the males are darkest.

By way of comparison with the adult male and female of the same

species (Nos. | and 2), I shall here give the diameters of the soft

skins of the young ones (Nos. 7 and 10)—all four, adult and young,

having been pickled in the same manner. No. 7. Greatest length

(from the muzzle to hinder flipper) 50 inches, to the end of the tail

403 inches; breadth between the furthest point of the extended

pectoral members 32 inches. No. 10 gives these consecutive mea-

surements as 47, 39, and 303 inches.

11. Large and much worn skull of a very old Sea-lion.

12. Large and much worn skull, alsoold. This specimen has the

left ramus of the lower jaw attached.

13. Another aged cranium, but without mandible.

14. Another aged cranium, but without mandible.

15. Another aged cranium, but without mandible.

The respective proportions of the above venerable cranial remnants

of the once plentiful race of Falkland-Island Sea-lions may be

tabulated thus :—

No. 11. Length 14-8 inches. Greatest (zygomatic) breadth 10:0 inches.

41 10:

ae ” 1 ” ” ” ” ”

13. he LO. 3 a » ” ene

PETA cacy ))73 i ds ithe. aes

15. ” 135 ” ” ” ” 9-0 ”

The occipito-parietal crests of all are enormously developed, and the

extra processes in No. 12 are peculiarly prominent. The mandible

of the latter specimen measures 11°5 inches long, and it is 6°5 inches

in vertical height at the coronoid process.

These five skulls, evidently much worn by being rolled on the

106 DR.J. MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. |[Jan. 28,

shingle, were picked up on the beach at Elephant Island, on the east

side of the Falklands. Lecomte and his companions believed these

large old skulls of Otaria jubata to be those of the Elephant-Seal

(Morunga elephantina), as it was stated by some of the party that

these animals formerly did exist on this island. One of the pilots

(Louis Despreaux by name) had resided thirty-two years on the

Falkland Islands, and he distinctly remembered shooting many

Elephant-Seals in the neighbourhood in bygone years ; but about

twelve years ago they began to get scarce and disappear. While

Lecomte was absent on one of his excursions, a report was current

on the islands that a young Elephant-Seal, about 8 feet long, had

been killed with a baton by the lighthouse-keeper at Cape Pembroke.

On his return Lecomte endeavoured to obtain the skeleton, but it

had in the meantime been destroyed.

II. OrariA NIGRESCENS.

16. Bones of the two pectoral extremities of an adult male Fur-

Seal. Specimen shot by Mr. Cobb (the Manager of the Falkland-

Island Company) on the Volunteer Rocks, north-east of the Falkland-

Island group.

Habits and Economy of the Eared Seals.—Under this heading I

append chiefly such observations as I. have received verbally from

Lecomte upon interrogating him respecting what he had witnessed

of the daily life of these creatures.

He corroborates the statements of the older voyagers as regards

the gregarious habits of the Eared Seals. At various times he has

seen families of six, a dozen, and even up to twenty; but, generally

speaking, he supposes from ten to fifteen to be the average number

of a family group. Several families, again, congregate near each

other in the same creek or islet, but, notwithstanding, they do not

intermingle. In one instance he calculated there would be about

forty individuals, old and young, in the herd. This was when the

old male was shot and the four youngsters captured alive. On an-

other occasion, that on which the two adult pregnant females were

killed, he reckoned there would be as many as 100 in the herd, dis-

tributed, of course, hither and thither in clusters.

They seem to prefer {it may be through a wise precaution on their

part) headlands or isthmuses, and choose the most southern locality

thereon as a resting-place. One of the old males guards as a sen-

tinel. Usually he is seen perched on an eminence, and invariably,

as Lecomte affirms, with outstretched neck and upraised head, as if

sniffing around for the slightest ominous warning. ‘The signal of a

grunt or growl sets the others on the alert ; and on any real approach

of danger they rush all helter-skelter towards the water, which they

never wander far from.

Their daily occupation seems divided between sleeping and pro-

curing food. They lie huddled together in a drowsy condition, or

slumber, for a great part of their time, and this both during the day

and night. At high tides, day and night, they take to fishing near

1869.] DR.J.MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. 107

the entrance of the freshwater rivulets into the sea. At such times

they will remain a whole tide dabbling about singly after food. This

consists of fish and crustaceans. In capturing their prey they

swallow it either above or below the water. Our live Sea-lion in

the Gardens, as a rule, comes to the surface during the process of

deglutition ; the other Seals swallow underneath the water. Lecomte

says the Eared Seals never drink water ; and he substantiates the fact

that he kept the first animal he brought to this country for a year

without fluid, except such as adhered to the fish he fed it with.

He tells me, moreover, he has noticed the common Seals in our own

collection occasionally suck in water as a horse would, but the Otaria

never. Another curious circumstance he assures me of is, that in

the stomach of every one he has examined, with the single exception

of a young animal, there existed a quantity of pebbles. The amount

varied in individuals from a few to many. Indeed one of the Falk-

land-Island pilots told Lecomte in good faith that he himself had

removed 28 lb. of stones from the digestive cavity of an Elephant-

Seal, an old Otaria jubata(?). The common notion among the

traders and hunters is that these Seals swallow the stones as a kind

of ballast to enable them to dive quickly after their prey. For my

own part I cannot at all accept this reason on the evidence.

The voices of the old and young animals differ in tone. The adult,

and more particularly the old ones either growl in an undertone, or,

when excited during the breeding-season, heighten this to a volu-

minous interrupted roar. The young cries with a kind of bleat like

a sheep. In the first Sea-lion possessed by the Society the pupils

of the eyes contracted and dilated to an enormous extent ; and when

enlarged, which took place towards sunset, they became of an opaline

hue. The live Otaria jubata at present in the Gardens also mani-

fests considerable dilatability of the pupils, but not quite the same

change of colour. At night the eye of Phoca vitulina appears iri-

descent, as in some Carnivora. As regards this frequent change in

the diameter of the pupil in Otaria, this may have relation to its

nocturnal habits as much as to the difference of medium in which

the animal lives.

The sexual season lasts for about a month, namely, between the

latter end of February and that of March. As has been described

by other observers, Lecomte remarks there are then regular pitched

battles, the females looking on but not interfering. The males at

such times are savage, and if attacked do not run away ; but the

females are rather timid and shy.. After these matches are adjusted,

a good deal of playing and gambolling in the water occurs, but the

act of coupling takes place on the land. When a male, through age

or otherwise, is driven away, he leads a solitary life, and then often

goes further inland.

The females go with young about ten months, giving birth to a

single one about Christmas or the end of the year, equivalent to our

midsummer in this country. Lecomte says there is no great interval

between parturition in the females of a herd, as the young range

much of a size. They rear their offspring at a short distance from

108 DR.J.MURIE ON THE SEALS OF THE FALKLANDS. (Jan. 28,

the water’s edge; the young, however, does not enter the water for

some time. At the earliest stage the baby Seals are like so many

puppy dogs, fat, plump, and shapeless. They play, fight, and frisk

about in twos and threes, at times dabbling and floundering in the

shallow pools left by the receding tide. Suckling continues until

they are about three months old, at which period the mother entices

them by degrees towards and into the water. From that time the

young begin to cater for themselves. In youth, as has been shown,

the skin is of a dark brown hue. This changes very gradually, and

lightens after they are a year old; it then seems sensibly to alter

annually by a partial shedding of the coat. The males remain

darkest, and have always the longest hair throughout life.

No lean animals are ever observed.

There appears to be a periodical migration towards the south. In

November the Sea-lions come to the Falkland Islands, where they

remain till June or July, when the greater number depart ; but some

remain at the islands the whole year round.

With respect to certain doubtful specific forms of the genus

Otaria which Dr. Peters and Dr. Gray have named, I must say I

do not entirely agree with their determination.

I differ from Dr. Gray in ranking the skin described by him in the

‘Annals of Natural History,’ 1868, i. p. 219, as a distinct species—

his Arctocephalus nivosus. This I believe to be but a variety,

seasonal, sexual, or of a different age from those specimens hitherto

obtained.

Also I do not acquiesce in his critical remark that Dr. Peters’s

figured skull of Otaria philippii is most nearly allied to O. stellert

from California, inasmuch as I consider it to be nothing else than

O. hookeri. As in Dr. Gray’s case, I have not seen the skull,

but base my judgment on a careful comparison of Dr. Peters’s

figure with the British-Museum specimens of skulls named O.

hookeri.

On the other hand, I unhesitatingly agree and support Dr. Gray’s

criticisms on Dr. Peters as regards the species of Sea-lions termed

respectively O. byronia, O. leonina, O. godeffroyi, and O. ulloe, as

I am perfectly convinced they are but differently aged specimens of

Foster’s Otaria jubata. From the manner in which Dr. Peters

ranges these in his tabular view, I have no doubt that he has arrived

at the same determination, although still clinging somewhat to his

own nomenclature.

P.S.—The fresh information gained, and the clearing of dubious

points, in connexion with the Otariide, which the preceding report

conveys, may be summed up as follows :—

1. The young of both sexes of Otaria jubata are alike of a dark

brown or very deep chocolate colour.

2. The males of a year old or thereabout retain somewhat of the

chocolate tint of youth, which, however, is paler, and subsequently

changes annually as the coat is shed.

3. The females of equal age assume a dark grey hue dorsally,

P Zs. 1869: Pas

W.8.Kentdel. E.T Smith hth W.West imp.

Embletonia er ayil.

1869.] MR. W. S. KENT ON A NEW NUDIBRANCH. 109

while the abdominal parts are light yellowish. As they grow older

they alter little.

4. Males a couple of years old or more become of a rich brown

shade on the back and sides, and lighter or yellowish beneath. Old

males alone are maned.

5. There is a sparse underwool on the young, which sensibly di-

minishes with age.

6. The skulls of the adult male and female differ considerably, the

latter being comparatively the narrower of the two—the former pos-

sessing a somewhat different form of teeth, besides proportionally

immense canines.

7. The teeth of Otaria jubata are occasionally subject to a pecu-

liar wearing, of a median constricted character.

8. The sexes differ in size, the males attaining far the largest growth.

9. Between the female and male of this species there is a wide

difference as regards the stretch of the pectoral flippers. In the skin

of the male the breadth from tip to tip of the fore flippers is equal

to or greater than the length of the body; in the female the reverse

obtains. This fact points to greater strength and swimming-power

in the former.

10. It appears that the Elephant-Seal (Morunga elephantina) is

now only rarely met with in the Falklands.

11. The bones of the pectoral limb of the Fur-Seal of commerce

(Otaria nigrescens, Gray) differ from those of the Sea-lion (Otaria

jubata).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Adult male Ofaria jubata, from the skin No. 1. The abraded surfaces

have not, however, been delineated.

2. Adult female of the same species, from the skin described as No. 2.

3. Young O¢aria jubata, about four months old, referred to as No. 10 in

the preceding list.

5. On a new British Nudibranch (Hmbdletonia gray).

By W.S. Kent, F.R.M.S.

(Plate VIII.)

The last October excursion to the Victoria Docks of the Quekett

Microscopical Club afforded me the pleasure of capturing, in some

quantity, a minute representative of the Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

It belongs to Alder and Hancock’s genus Eméletonia, which is

characterized as follows :—‘‘ Head terminal, furnished with two flat-

tened lobes, broadly expanded laterally. Tentacles two in number,

linear. Branchiz papillose, placed in a single or double row down

each side of the back, alternating posteriorly.” Three species are

described by the authors above quoted, viz. 2. pulchra, EF. minuta,

and E. pallida. Of these, Embletonia pallida is the most closely allied

110 MR. W.S. KENT ON A NEW NUDIBRANCH. [Jan. 28,

to the species I here introduce, it being the only one possessing a

double row of branchial papillze down each side of the back.

In the species recently obtained from the docks, and for which I

here propose the name of Embletonia grayi, the branchial papille

are developed to a still further extent, three, in the adult specimens,

entering on each side into the formation of the second anterior fas-

ciculus*. The oral lobes, moreover, are highly developed, while in

Embletonia pallida they are described as being small and indistinct.

The lingual membrane, or odontophore, again, furnishes points of

distinction, the median denticles surpassing the lateral ones in size

more considerably than in £. pallida; and the odontophore in this

respect more closely approximates to that of Holis nana. The number

of lingual plates also exceeds that possessed by Hmbletonia pallida,

being not fewer than thirty-five, while in the latter there are said to

be but twenty-one.

The colour of the little Mollusk is a semitransparent white, having

the integument of the antero-dorsal region usually more or less

sprinkled with minute ramifying pigment-cells of a blackish hue,

these occasionally extending over the papillee. The eyes are deeply

sunk beneath the integument, and situated, some distance apart,

immediately behind the tentacula; in many instances these organs

are scarcely discernible, more especially in those specimens wherein

the superficial pigment-cells are greatly developed.

It is particularly remarkable that this Nudibranch is a denizen of

water containing but about one-third of the saline constituents of

pure sea-water. Its habits are gregarious; and its tastes appear to

be eminently carnivorous, the luxuriant masses of Cordylophora

lacustris clothing the submerged timber-balks in the docks proving

a special attraction, and serving not only for the purpose of food,

but also as a suitable nidus whereon to deposit its spawn. ‘The ova,

or spawn, on being extruded are enveloped in a gelatinous mucus,

adherent at first to any object wherewith it may be brought into

contact ; this property, however, disappears after a brief exposure

to the surrounding medium. The spawn masses are of an irregular

oval form, each mass containing from five or six to as many as forty

or fifty ova.

On first leaving the egg the young are, in common with other

Nudibranchiata, furnished with a delicate nautiloid shell, and propel

themselves through the water with great activity by means of their

ciliated lobes, or epipodia. Figs. 12 and 13 represent the animal

about one month after quitting the egg; but further stages of deve-

lopment remain to be traced. The length of the adult animal varies

from one to as much as three tenths of an inch, though the majority

of the specimens examined have not exceeded that of two tenths of

an inch.

* One or two specimens have been met with having three papille in the first

anterior fasciculus also.

The arrangement of the papille also holds good in distinguishing this spe-

cies from the Calliopea bellula of D’Orbigny, figured and described in the ‘ Mag.

de Zoologie’ for 1837.

1869. ] LETTER FROM DR. J, ANDERSON. 111

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Embletonia grayi, natural size.

The same, magnified.

The same, viewed dorsally when in a state of repose.

. The head, seen from above, showing the expanded oral lobes.

A portion of the odontophore, viewed laterally.

The same, from above.

. A single lingual plate detached and magnified 300 diameters.

A mass of ova.

. First condition of the embryo on quitting the egg.

10, The same having lost its ciliated lobes, or epipodia.

11. The cast nautiloid shell.

12 &13. The embryo about a month old, showing at a the eyes, at 4 the

auditory vesicles, and at c the heart.

Fig.

$2 OI. OTB G9 Or

February 11th, 1869.

Osbert Salvin, Esq., M.A., in the Chair.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Dr. John Anderson, C.M.Z.S., dated Calcutta, Janu-

ary 5th :—

X I have brought back a tolerably large collection from Yunan and

Upper Burmah; but I had great difficulties to contend with, and it

is not so large as I expected it would be. Once across the Kak-

hyen Hills, our road lay through paddy-fields in elevated valleys

(4000 to 5000 feet), defined by long ranges of high mountains, It

was unsafe to venture on the hills; so that my spoils are almost

entirely derived from a cultivated country. di/urus abounds; and

two, if not three, species of Manis are very common. Pheasants

are plentiful ; and Western Yunan, on the very confines of Burmah,

is apparently rich in Thaumalea amherstie.. If I could have ven-

tured on the hills, I believe I could have made good bags of this

splendid bird. On our way through the Shan states we saw its

handsome tail-feathers very frequently in the hands of the natives,

who use them as ornamental fly-switches. But all the information

gained in the journey will be given in the Report which will be sub-

mitted to Government.”

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier exhibited a pair of remarkably Jarge horns

of the Cape-Buffalo (Bos caffer), and two remarkable pairs of horns

of the Domestic Goat.

Mr. William Jesse read the following Report to the Council of the

Society upon his proceedings in connexion with the Abyssinian

Expedition ;—

GenTLEMEN.—It is with pleasure that I find myself in a position

112 REPORT OF MR. W. JESSE. [Feb. 11,

to lay before you a sketch of my proceedings during my recent

journey with the late expedition in Abyssinia.

I should first like to state that, my late arrival on the scene of

action having prevented me from accomplishing anything like the

work I wished to carry out, I eagerly seized upon an opportunity

which presented itself, after the close of the campaign, of supplying

the deficiencies thus occasioned.

I heard from Mr. W. T. Blanford, Geographer to the Expedition,

that he, Capt. Mokeler (political officer), and Mr. Munzinger

(1.B.M. Consul at Massowah) contemplated an excursion into the

Bogos country ; and I therefore wrote to the Consul begging his per-

mission to make one of the party. This permission I subsequently

received, and under these auspices found means to fulfil my mission

more completely than I had anticipated.

On the 27th of January, 1868, I left England, and on the 24th

of February we cast anchor in Annesley Bay. My arrangements on

shore not being completed, I obtained a boat and crew from the

Captain and started with a party to the head of the bay. I spent a

couple of days here, examining the surrounding country and shooting.

I procured specimens of the Naked-necked Francolin of the plains,

one species of Hornbill, and a variety of other birds, the most im-

portant of which were eight specimens of the Dromas ardeola. These

latter I especially wished to bring home, both as skeletons and in

spirits. Unfortunately I could not carry out this intention, as, instead

of returning safely in about two hours’ trip to the ‘ Great Victoria,’

we were nearly wrecked on the opposite shore; and the energies of

our crew and selves were so severely tried by wind and rain that we

with difficulty, and utterly exhausted, reached the fleet at the end

of twenty-four hours. My specimens being spoiled, this was rather

a discouraging commencement of my duties. I may here remark

that I did not again obtain specimens of this bird until on my voyage

home, at Suakim.

On the 27th I landed at Zoulla, and reported myself to General

Stuart, there awaiting orders from the Commander-in-Chief. Ina

few days I received an intimation from his Excellency that I should

find ample scope for my researches in the neighbourhood of Zoulla ;

it was, however, at that time impossible to prosecute them with any

result, on account of the country being utterly devastated of wood

and grass, offering but small opportunities for the zoologist. I ob-

tained a few specimens, when an attack of sickness put an end to my

endeavours, and compelled me to go on board the hospital ship,

After some days I returned ashore ; but in the course of a few hours

I had a relapse, which induced me to leave the plain and move up

towards the highlands. I was also disappointed in not meeting at

Zoulla with the taxidermists Lieut. R. C. Beavan had given me

reason to expect would be there; but before quitting the place I

was fortunate enough to find a man who eventually proved of use to

me in this department.

The country lying between the sea and the foot of the hills at

Koomayli was of the most barren description—to the seaward sandy,

1869. ] REPORT OF MR. W. JESSE. 113

and nearer the hills broken ground, bearing, at the period of which

I speak, but few traces of vegetation beyond those of low thorny

mimosas and a stunted species of cypress. The plain is intersected

by dry watercourses, running from the hills towards the sea. The

presence of salt in the soil is to be detected from the sea even up to

Koomayli. Along the seashore are belts of mangroves, affording

shelter for many species of waterfowl. About an hour’s ride from

Zoulla towards the head of the bay are some hot springs, near a

large grove of tamarisks. It was at this place I found spoor and

dung of Elephants, three species of Antelope, and one of Bustard.

The tenants of these barren districts, as far as I could ascertain, are

Elephants (during the wet season), three species of Antelope, Wart-

Hogs, a small Hare, one species of Hyena (probably the spotted),

one of Jackal (probably Canis anthus), a Jungle-Cat (supposed to

be identical with the Syrian Cat, of which I obtained a female and

cubs), also a Jerboa-like Rodent. Scorpions are here numerous and

large. For further details I shall refer to my collections at a later

date. The character of the fauna of the plains is migratory, chan-

ging almost monthly from the hills to the plains, and vice versd.

Proceeding up the passes, the only object worthy of special notice

was the curious Rodent named by Mr. Blyth Pectinator spekii, the

existence of which was made known to me by Mr. Blanford, and of

which I obtained specimens. I should have procured more speci-

mens had not my taxidermist fallen ill with fever, and my own

health continued far from good.

On arriving at Senafe I made that place my headquarters; and

health rapidly improving, I set to work in the surrounding neigh-

bourhood. Here, on one of my excursions, a companion who had

separated from me was robbed of one of my rifles, and returned to

camp stripped. Unfortunately, this happening out of my reach, I

lost the opportunity of procuring a skeleton of one of the inhabitants

for our investigation in England. From Senafe I made a short trip

to Addigerat, adding somewhat to my collection.

The rapid and successful termination of the Abyssinian campaign

brought my labours to an unexpected close; but i continued work-

ing until Lord Napier’s return to Senafe obliged me to return.

I here found the list of birds numerically increased. About

Senafe and Rareguddi the “ Koodoo,” or ‘‘ Aggazin’’ (Strepsiceros

kudu), was found in small herds, and a fine young buck came into

my possession alive—a present to the Society from Dr. Knapp,

surgeon to the 25th Bengal Native Infantry. Unfortunately, two

consecutive attacks of dysentery reduced the animal to such a state

of weakness that it was impossible to save it—a fact which I much

regretted, as I believe at that time the Society did not possess a

specimen alive in their gardens. The “ Klipp-springer’” Antelope

existed in these regions ; and the “ Beni-e-Israel’’ Antelope I found

in the valleys at the back of Senafe, as also the ‘‘ Wart-Hog.”

Two species of “ Ground-Squirrel,” one striated, the other not,

and one species of Ichneumon, came under my notice up the passes.

On the hills in the neighbourhood of Senafe I found another

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. VIII.

114 REPORT OF MR. W. JESSE. [Feb. 1],

species of Hare, about equal in size to a threequarter-grown English

Leveret, and of the same colour. A small sandy, strong-haired Rat

I also procured a specimen of, which was unavoidably lost.

On the return journey I spent a few days at Undel Wells, with a

view of obtaining a more specific knowledge of the fauna of that

elevation, having reason to believe it differed materially from that of

the higher and lower zones. I did not, however, obtain much satis-

factory information until my subsequent trip, at a later date, into

Northern Abyssinia.

I arrived with the rearguard at Zoulla, where, after having made

some additions to my collection, I prepared seven cases to be sent

to England. AsI have before stated, I obtained permission from -

H.B.M. Consul at Massowah to join him, Capt. Mokeler, and Mr.

Blanford in an expedition into the Bogos country, which, although

already explored by Brehm and Heuglin, I thought worthy of atten-

tion. Had opportunity offered, I should, in accordance with my in-

structions and my own wishes, have visited the country towards

lake Assal. During the third week in June we were occupied in

preparing for our proposed trip. We sent our baggage and pro-

visions round to Massowah by buggalow, and our animals by land.

We ourselves started on board the ‘General Havelock’ for Mas-

sowah, where we had to remain a few days arranging our affairs.

On the 22nd of June we left Massowah for the mainland, assem-

bling our caravan at about four miles distance, at Monkooloo, and

started the next morning with 38 camels, 8 horses, and about 30 men.

We halted at Sahati, en zoute for Ailet, and heard there of Lions, but

found no traces of them, so proceeded to Ailet the following day.

Our camp here was situated on the banks of a wild nullah, watered by

a hot spring at no great distance. This place is noted but too truly

for its man-eating Lions and Panthers. It is a legend in the village

‘that no man dies in his bed.’ During one or two days I accompa-

nied Capt. Mokeler (Mr, Blanford being lame) in pursuit of a lioness,

tracks of which we had seen close to our tent, but with no success,

Capt. Mokeler only obtaining one shot, which was without effect.

On the 27th of June, after some premonitory symptoms, I received

a sunstroke, which completely put an end to my researches. My

friend Mr. Blanford was more fortunate, and laid the good founda-

tion of his subsequent collection. On the 29th, at about 12 o’clock

at night, I was awoke from a sick bed, along with my companions,

by shrieks of the most fearful kind. It was pitch dark; and we

rushed out of our tents with our arms in our hands, to find our fol-

lowers in a state of most dire terror and confusion, filling the air

with cries of “the Lion, the Lion;” and then a dusky form was

seen to bound away over the thorn fence and disappear in the dark-

ness. After having in some degree quieted the fears of our people,

we called the roll, and fuund that one of my gun-bearers, a Shunk-

galla of huge proportions, lay dead in the midst of us, his throat

bearing but too terrible marks of the manner in which the poor fel-

low had perished. I may add that, only the night before, Mr.

Blanford’s butler had been severely wounded in the head by the claws

1869. | REPORT OF MR. W. JESSE. 115

of what we supposed to be a Panther. These brutes had passed by

our camels, horses, milch-goats, and fires without harming anything.

In the morning, after a useless search for the brute of the preceding

night, on which we naturally desired to wreak our vengeance, we

buried the poor victim, covered him with a pile of stones, and left for

Asoos. From here we started the same day, and halted at Kooserit.

On the 31st we left Kooserit, and, halting at Anagully, arrived in

the evening at Kanzal, where I managed to stroll out, but I was

still very ill. I fired at two Panthers without effect. At 6 p.m. on

the 4th of July we started across the desert to Ain, on the’ river

Lebka, which rises in the hills and flows across the plains to the sea.

I stopped to look at a Bedouin village, consisting of about 100 mat

huts. The inhabitants were a portion of nomad tribes which pas-

ture their flocks, during the wet season, on the coast, moving up

towards the highlands as the pasturage fails. We passed through

the Ostrich-country, but we did not see any. During the night, the

moon being up, we saw several herds of Antelopes.

We arrived at Ain at about 10 o’clock. In the afternoon I went

out, and succeeded in procuring some specimens. This place is very

prettily situated, forming quite an oasis in the desert. A bright

stream runs through grass and high reed jungle, bordered with

tamarisks and other trees; a background of rugged barren hills,

rising tier above tier, enhances the beauty of the scene.

On the 7th of July we left Ain for Mahabar; and when there I

began to regain my health. Between Ain and Mahabar we found

spoor of Elephants, evidently in a state of migration from the low-

lands to the highlands. At Mahabar I added considerably to my

collection, particularly by specimens of a small hawk, which I take to

be the Misus sphenurus of Riippell. Mr. Blanford obtained several.

The night before our arrival a native had been killed by a Lion. The

animal left his track by the waterside, and it was taken up by Mr.

Blanford and Capt. Mokeler without effect. I took up the track

of a solitary Elephant with a like result. At 5 o’clock a.m. the

next day we continued our march, halting at Gelamet for lunch, and

arrived at 6 p.m. at Kokai, or the City of the Lions. Between

Gelamet and Kokai the scenery improved greatly, exchanging rather

stunted tamarinds and barren mimosas for the baba tree, or 4dan-

sonia, the cactus-like Euphorbia, and a dense jungle, with a strong

undergrowth of rank grass and aloes.

Here the climate was truly European, and, indeed, at night in-

tensely cold. The fauna began to show the peculiarities which I had

expected at Undel Wells, and in which I was disappointed; the

transition was so sudden that on the first day I procured three

species of “ Roller,” a Parrot, and several other birds.

The next morning we found on inquiry that Elephants were in

the neighbourhood ; so, having supplied my taxidermist with ma-

terials for his day’s work, I joined Capt. Mokeler and Mr, Blanford

in an excursion in search of thein.

I remained two days longer in this neighbourhood collecting with

success, and then proceeded over the pass to Bejook on the river

116 REPORT OF MR. W. JESSE. [Feb. 11,

Anseba. Here I had a good week, securing many specimens I had

hitherto failed to obtain. On the 14th of July we went out in pur-

suit of a Rhinoceros we had heard of the day before, and which Mr.

Blanford and I had the good fortune to shoot. The next morning

I went out with my attendants and posse comitatus of natives, to

bring in the skeleton, and on arriving at the place I witnessed a

scene precisely similar to that described by Sir Samuel Baker as

taking place over the carcass of a Hippopotamus :—women, old and

young, the former hideous, scratching, screaming, and fighting over

the entrails, pulling furiously at these or at one another’s hair, it

mattered not which so that possession of the prey was secured ; the

men jabbering like jackals, fighting with sticks and knives, one and

all knee-deep in filth and blood ; so that between them, in about four

hours, the skeleton was utterly bared of meat and skin, leaving not

an atom for the Vultures.

On the 18th we had the first earnest of the rainy season, which

was ushered in by a terrific storm of rain and hail, some of the hail-

stones being as large as small walnuts. The Anseba, an affluent of

the Barca, from a dry bed with an occasional waterhole became a

splendid river, varying from 50 to 100 yards in width, and flowing

between banks of dense jungle and fine forest trees. The spoor of

Elephants, Black Rhinoceros, and Lions were plentiful along the

banks, so much so as to give the appearance of a place frequented by

giant rabbits. The valley here varied from 15 to 20 miles in width,

the jungle and forest limiting itself to about a couple of miles on

each side. The remainder of the ground was stony and barren,

rising gradually towards the hills, and intersected by numerous

nullahs running into the Anseba. Here we came in for a glimpse,

on two occasions, of another species of Antelope, slightly larger

than the “ Beni-e-Israel.’’ Unfortunately I had but a momentary

view of it, and never succeeded in obtaining a specimen. On the

19th we left Bejook for Waliko, seeing on the road plenty of spoor

of Elephants and Rhinoceros ; from the dung of the latter I collected

a few Coleoptera. While at Waliko, finding a great scarcity of

birds, I followed up more closely the tracks of the Rhinoceros, pass-

ing through very dense jungle that is never penetrated by sun or

air, by means of their paths, which are from 2 to 3 feet broad,

and formed like galleries in a mine, about four feet high—and so

entering their dens, which are very curious, having the appearance

of immense arbours; they vary in size from 13 to 20 feet square,

and have in some cases a smaller retreat adjoining.

On the 24th, Mr. Blanford and I went out birding, and came

upon fresh tracks of two Lions; they had followed Elephants’ spoor

for over two miles. The herd consisted of three old ones and a

young one. The next day we left for Maraguay, where Capt.

Mokeler shot a doe Koodoo, and I procured a few birds, one species

of “Indicator.” Mr. Blantord obtained a new Kingfisher, of which

I also secured a specimen the next day. I also shot a pair of fine

Ground-Hornbills (Bucorax abyssinicus), which I prepared as ske-

letons. The rains having set in, and the term of our excursion

1869. | REPORT OF MR. W. JESSE. 117

drawing to a close, we left Maraguay on the 3lst of July on our

return journey. When I arrived at Waliko, to which place Capt.

Mokeler had preceded us, I found that he had been charged by

a herd of some twenty Elephants, and had been forced to make

good his escape into a tree, after hard running, and having left a

bullet in the head of a large bull. At a later date I found myself

in the same disagreeable predicament, and under a like disagreeable

necessity. At Waliko I found two species of crested Cuckoo and

the English Cuckoo. I also obtained a Bateleur Eagle, two species

of Tortoise, and a small Squirrel. I must here state that Waliko

is not, as represented in the map, on the right side of the river, but

on the left, running down stream. From here we crossed over to

Gabena Weld Gonfallon, or the River-plain, where Mr. Blanford

and Capt. Mokeler killed a Rhinoceros. We returned by the old

route to Kokai and Gelamet, and then branched off to Rairo; here

we stopped two days collecting. On the 15th of August we moved

on again to Mombarharattby, where we killed a Lioness, one out of

four, the others running away,—from this place to Ain (where we

reentered our former route), which we quitted on the 17th of Au-

gust for Amba and Mai Wallet. Mr. Blanford and I stayed in Amba

from the 19th to the 21st, trying to obtain specimens of the “ Oryx

beisa.”” I unfortunately did not even see one; Mr. Blanford pro-

cured four specimens. We went from Amba to Massowah, which I

left on the 27th for England.

I append a list of my collections, full information relative to

which will appear at a later date :—

Aaococomwrwre sh

Skins of mammals, about ..........

Skull of an aboriginal ............

Skull of African Elephant..........

Skeleton of Rhinoceros . desis

Heads of Antelope................

Skeletons of other mammals, about ..

Skins of birds, about..............

Birds and Mammals in spirit, about. .

Reptiles in spirit, about ...........

Tortoises and Lizards, about........

Mish vabouts.O0, 2.938 Ma fo egeLio 2 30

Crastacea; about. 32). Petcare ood. Os 50

Lepidoptera, about................ 150

Coleoptera,abouty si afagssicd oiers:e's os 200

“NI

boo

Total number of specimens, about.. 1250

The following living specimens were also forwarded to the Zoolo-

gical Society from Zoulla :—

Noung Wild Cats #1) 6i)45 0 .cesion 2

Jerboa-like Land-Rats .......... 2

Guincastowlsts cee ee. 2

* These were the only specimens forwarded by Mr. Jesse that reached the

Society alive. They were the young of Felis maniculata, Riippell—P. L. 8.

118 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS [Feb. 11,

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Collection of Birds from the Solomon Islands. By

P. L. Scrater, M.A,, Ph.D.; E.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

(Plates IX. & X.)

Our Corresponding Member Mr. Gerard Krefft, the active Curator

and Secretary of the Australian Museum, has most kindly presented

to me a collection of birds in spirits, made by the captain of the

(former) yacht ‘Chance,’ owned by Mr. J. A. Buttray of Bristol,

during a voyage to the Solomon Islands*.

The collection contains thirty specimens, belonging to twenty-one

species, many of them of great interest. But before speaking of

them I will say a few words upon what has hitherto been recorded

concerning the ornithology of this group of islands.

Our present authorities upon this subject are few in number,

namely :—

(1) The “ Zoologie” of the voyage of the French ships ‘ L’As-

trolabe’ and ‘La Zélée,’ under the command of Dumont-d’ Urville,

in 1837-1840, commonly known as the ‘ Voyage au Péle Sud.’

The “Atlas” to this voyage contains figures of ten species of

birds from the Solomon Islands, concerning which ‘some further

details are given in the letterpress of the same work, subsequently

written by Dr. Pucheran and published in 1853. These ten species,

which are all described as new to science, are :—

Zool. vol. iii. Atlas. ex ins.

Athene teniota .........60.045 p- 50, pl. 3. fig. 1. 8. George.

Pachycephala orioloides ... p. 57, pil. 5. fig. 3. S. George.

Lamprotornis fulvipennis... p. 81, pl. 14. fig. 2. Isabel.

Dic@um Eneum ..... cc. ceceeee p- 97, pl. 22. fig. 4. 8. George.

Myzomela lafarget ......... p. 98, pl. 22. fig. 5.

WMS SOUGOIO Sones eke. Ronit oe p. 99, pl. 22. fig. 6.

Lorius cardinalis ..........4. p- 103, pl. 24 dis. fig. 2.

Pionus heteroclitus ......04. p- 103, pl. 25 dis. fig. 1. 8. George and Isabel.

SEE CY OLCETIS wick ciaeistafia\s% sea ses p- 105, pl. 25 dis. fig. 2.

Cacatua ducorpsié ........... p- 109, pl. 26. fig. 1.

(2) Mr. Gould’s notices of new birds collected during the voyage

of the ‘ Rattlesnake’ (P. Z. S. 1856, p. 136 et seqgqg.). The species

here described from the Solomons are :—

1. Centropus milo, from Guadalcanar.

2. Turaceena crassirostris, from Guadalcanar.

3. Lorius chlorocercus, from San Cristoval.

4. Iotreron eugenie, from “the Solomons.”

* The name of these islands is variously spelt “Salomon” and ‘‘Solomon”

Islands. But we learn from Hakluyt (iii. p. 802) that the discoverer (Mendana)

“named them the Isles of Salomon to the end that the Spaniards, supposing

them to be those isles from whence Solomon fetched gold to adorn the Temple,

might be the more desirous to go and inhabit the same.’’ It would appear,

therefore, to be better to call them in English “Solomon” Islands, according to

the ordinary English orthography of Solomon’s name.

J.SMIT LITH

RALLUS

INTACTUS

‘

M&W HANHART

IMP

1869. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 119

(3) Mr. G. R, Gray’s ‘Catalogue of the Birds of the Tropical

Islands of the Pacific Ocean’ (London, 1859), which mentions seven

species as occurring in the Solomon Islands, besides those given by

the two already quoted authorities, namely :—

Halcyon cinnamomina, Sw. Carpophaga pistrinaria, Bp.

sancta, Vig. & Horsf. rubracera, Bp.

leucopygia (Verr.). Nycticorax manillensis.

Trichoglossus massene, Bp.

Mr. Gray has not stated his authority for the occurrence of these

species in the Solomon Islands, and there is probably some error

as regards the first two of them. H. lewcopygia is described by

Verreaux from the Solomons, and the type is in the British Mu-

seum. Of Trichoglossus massene and the two Carpophage there

are examples from San Cristoval (collected by M°Gillivray) in

the British Museum. The Nycticorax is probably given on the

authority of Bonaparte’s ‘Conspectus’ (ii. p. 140), but must be

regarded as a very doubtful denizen of the Solomon Islands until

the statement is confirmed.

(4) My description of the new Nasiterna from the Solomon

Islands, published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1865 (p. 620).

For this interesting representative of the V. pygma@a of New Guinea

I was likewise indebted to Mr. Krefft’s kindness. When I described

it I was not certain from what island it came; but a subsequent

communication from Mr. Krefft informed me that it was obtained

in New Georgia, or St. George* Island.

The present collection from the Solomon Islands contains the fol-

lowing species :—

1. SAULOPROCTA MELALEUCA.

Muscipeta melaleuca, Q. et G. Voy. Astr. Zool. i. p. 180, Atlas,

t. 4. £. 4.

Rhipidura melanoleuca, Bp. Consp. i. p. 322.

Sauloprocta melanoleuca, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 57.

Originally discovered by the naturalists of the ‘Astrolabe’ expe-

dition in New Ireland. A specimen from the same island (with

which my example agrees), in the British Museum, was obtained in

New Ireland during the voyage of the ‘ Sulphur.’

A fine series of this species is in Mr. Wallace’s collection, from

Bouru and other Moluccan and Papuan islands. Rhipidura atri-

pennis, G. R. Gray, from the Aru Islands, appears to be scarcely

distinguishable.

2. DicRURUS MEGARHYNCHUS.

Edolius megarhynchus, Q. et G. Voy. Astrol. Zool. is p. 184,

Atl. t. 6.

My single specimen of this Dicrurus seems to agree with a mounted

specimen in the British Museum, received from ‘‘ New Ireland”

* Cf. Finsch, Papag. 1. p. 328.

120 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS [Feb. 11,

through the late Sir Charles Lemon, F.R.S. Messrs. Quoy and

Gaimard give Havre Dorey, New Guinea, as the habitat of this

Drongo. But this is probably an error, as Mr. Wallace and other

collectors who have since visited that locality have never met with

it, and Drongoes are mostly abundant individually, and not easily

missed if present. The species is probably restricted to the group

of New Ireland and the Solomon Islands.

3. PHILEMON VULTURINUS*.

Tropidorhynchus vulturinus, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au P. 8. Zool.

iy py G9; AG t2182 ¢. 1.

A single imperfect skin of a Honey-eater, which seems to agree

generally with the figure above referred to. Pucheran gives the

locality as Raffles Bay, New Holland; but the species is not known

to the Australian fauna, and it is more than probable that there has

been some error in M. Jacquinot’s notes as to the locality.

The present bird is generally darker above than is represented in

the figure, and has the apical portion of the bill light yellow. It is

more like the so-called Tropidorhynchus diemenensis, Lesson, than

any other species I am acquainted with, but has not the bluish

wing-patch which distinguishes that species.

4, CALORNIS METALLICA (Temm.).

Lamprotornis metallica, Temm. Pl. Col. 266.

Aplonis metallica, Gould, B. Austr. Suppl. pt. 1.

Calornis metallica, Gould, Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 477.

Three skins (two ¢ and one 2) agree with marked specimens

in the British Museum. The species was originally described by

Temminck from Amboina, but seems to extend over the whole of

the Moluccan and Papuan Islands, including the northern promon-

tory of New Holland. Mr. Wallace has a fine series from many

localities, which vary but little inter se.

5. GRACULA KREFFTI, sp. nov. (Plate IX.)

4Eneo-nigra: regione oculari late denudata flava: caude tectri-

cibus superioribus et inferioribus, speculo alari et ventre imo

albis, hoc fiavescente tincto: rostro et pedibus aurantiacis :

long. tota 11:0 poll. Angl., ale 6°3, rostri a rictu lin. dir. 1°5,

caude 4:2, tarsi 1°45.

Hab. Inss. Salomonenses.

Obs. Proxima Gracule dumonti, sed valde major, cauda longiore,

et ventre medio non flavo differt.

* Tt is always a misfortune to be obliged to change well-established names ;

but there seems to be no doubt that Zropidorhynchus of Vigors and Horsfield

(1826) must give place to Philemon of Vieillot (1816). The first type given by

Vieillot (Analyse, p. 47) is Le Polochion of Buffon = Merops moluccensis, Latham.

This species is stated to inhabit Bouru, and is clearly the same as that subse-

quently described by Mr. Wallace (P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 31) as Tropidorhynchus

bouruensis. It is a typical species of the genus, and should be called Philemon

moluccensis.

1869. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 121

This fine new Gracula is, as might have been expected from its

patria, nearest to Gracula dumonti of New Guinea and the Aru

Islands, of which I exhibit a fine skin from Mr. Wallace’s collection

for comparison. The naked space round the eye is nearly, though

not quite, of the same form. There is also a narrow naked line

along the lower edge of the mandible ; but this is not nearly so broad

as in G. dumonti, and is almost hidden by the feathers on each side.

The primaries have a broad white bar across them, about halfway

up on the outer primary, but descending gradually towards the apex

on the inner primaries. This forms a white speculum, as in G. du-

monti. All the dimensions of the new species exceed those of its

ally ; but this is particularly the case in the tail, which in @. dumonti

is rather stumpy, measuring only 2:6 inches from the insertion of the

feathers in the coccyx, instead of 4:2.

I have great pleasure in naming this new Grackle after our active

Corresponding Member Mr. Gerard Krefft, to whose kindness I am

indebted for the whole of the very interesting series of which it

forms a part.

The stomach of the single specimen in the collection contained

seeds and stones of semidigested fruit.

There is a single skin of this Gracula in the British Museum,

received from ‘ New Ireland”? through the late Sir Charles Lemon,

F.R.S. It agrees very well with the present specimen, except in

having the lower belly rather more deeply tinged with yellow.

6. EURYSTOMUS CRASSIROSTRIS, sp. NOV.

Similis E. pacifico, sed major, rostro latiore, crassiore, robustiore ;

capite supra nigricante nec fuscescente; dorso toto viridescenti-

ceruleo: ventre magis ceruleo: cauda valde longiore : long.

tota 11°5, ale 7°2, caude 5:0, rostri ab ang. oris lin. dir. 1:6,

ejusdem lat. 12.

fab. Inss. Salomonenses.

There is a single specimen of this Roller in the collection. I have

compared it with Mr. Wallace’s series of Z. pacificus, from which it

presents readily appreciable differences, and with other Australian

specimens. The strong thick bill and longer tail seem to render it

impossible to leave it as a variety of E. pacificus. In Mr. Wallace’s

collection, however, is a single skin from Waigiou which is generally

very similar to the present example, differing principally in having

the wing-coverts of a more bluish tinge. The wing-coverts of EF.

erassirostris are more like those of E. pacificus.

7. ToDIRHAMPHUS CHLORIS (Bodd.).

Alcedo chloris, Bodd. ex Buff, Pl. Enl. 783. f. 2.

A. chlorocephala, Gm.

One specimen apparently referable to this widely distributed spe-

cies, which is diffused from the north-east coast of Africa over India,

the Malayan archipelago, and the Moluccan and Papuan Islands.

In Australia it appears to be represented by 7’. sordidus.

122 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS [Feb. 11,

8. BuCEROS RUFICOLLIS.

Buceros ruficollis, Vieill. Temm. Pl. Col. 557.

A young male of this species, which is the only one of the family

found in the Papuan subregion.

9. CENTROPUS ATERALBUS.

Centropus ateralbus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 620, Atlas, t. 33 ;

Bp. Consp. i. p. 108.

One example of this Coucal, which was originally discovered by

Lesson, during the voyage of the ‘ Coquille,’ at Port Praslin, New

Ireland,

10. CacaTUA GOFFINI.

Plictolophus goffini, Finsch, Papag. i. p. 308.

A single skin of a white Cockatoo, is apparently referable to this

species, of which the exact habitat was previously unknown.

11. GEOFFROIUS HETEROCLITUS.

Pionus heteroclitus, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au P. S. t. 25; Puch.

ibid. Zool. ii. p. 105.

Pionias heteroclitus, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 390.

Two skins apparently referable to the female or young of this

species as represented in the second figure of the Atlas of the ‘Voyage

au Péle Sud.’ Dr. Pucheran has recognized in this form a distinct

species, which he has proposed to call Pionus ecyaniceps, but Dr.

Finsch believes him to be in error on this point.

Dr. Finsch has examined the two specimens in the present col-

lection. One of them has had its wings cut, having been apparently

in captivity.

12. Loxrus CHLOROCERCUS.

Lorius chlorocercus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1856, p. 137; G. R. Gray,

List of Psitt. p. 49; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 183, pl. xvr.

Domicella chlorocerca, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 767.

Three skins of this splendid species are in the collection.

13. Lorrus HYPH@NOCHROUS.

Lorius hypoinochrous, G. R. Gray, List of Psitt. p. 49 (1859).

Domicella hypoinochroa, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 768.

One skin of this fine Lory is in the collection. I have compared

it with the typical example in the British Museum, which is, as far

as I know, unique.

14. Eos CARDINALIS.

Lorius cardinalis, Homb. et Jacq. Voy. au P.S. Zool. iii. p. 101,

t. 24 bis. f. 2.

Domicella cardinalis, Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 785.

Dr. Finsch has kindly undertaken the examination of this rare

1869. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 123

Parrot, and his notes upon it will be read to the Meeting ; so I need

say no more*.

15. TRICHOGLOSSUS MASSEN#.

Trichoglossus massene, Bp.; Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 834.

One skin agreeing with the specimen so named in the British

Museum (cf. Finsch, /. c. p. 826).

16. ATHENE VARIEGATA.

Noctua variegata, Quoy et Gaim. Voy. Astr. Zool. i. p. 166, Atl.

fe Yet 2.

Athene variegata, Bp. Consp. i. p. 41.

One example which seems to agree well enough with Quoy and

Gaimard’s figure and description. These naturalists met with the

species in New Ireland.

17. CARPOPHAGA RUBRICERA.

Globicera rubricera, Bp. Consp. i. p. 31.

Carpophaga rubricera, G. R. Gray, List of Columbe, p. 18.

C. lepida, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Phil. 1854, p. 230.

I have compared this with the type specimen in the British Mu-

seum. Bonaparte states that an example in the Paris collection is

from New Ireland. A second example in the British Museum is

from San Cristoval (M‘Gillivray).

18. Rauius rnractus, sp. nov. (Plate X.)

Supra olivaceo-brunneus ; capite colloque toto et remigibus pri-

mariis externis rufis: uropygio et cauda nigricanti-cinereis :

subtus gula albicante; pectore toto rufo, capite concolori ;

ventre plumbeo, crisso nigricante: hypochondriis et tectricibus

subalaribus nigricantibus, albo guttatis: long. tota 10°5, ale

6°8, caude@ 1:8, rostri a rictu 1:9, tarsi 2:5, dig. med. c. u. 2°0.

Hab. Inss. Salomonenses.

Obs. Similis R. plumbeiventri (G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8.1861, p. 432),

sed rostro breviore, capitis et pectoris colore rufo obscuriore, ventris

autem dilutiore plumbeo distinguendus.

The collection contains only a single skin of this Rail, which is

more nearly allied to Rallus plumbewentris of Mysol and Morty

Island than to any other species known to me.

19. ARDEA SACRA (Gm.).

Two skins of this wide-spread and variable species :—one in uni-

form nearly black plumage (as represented by Buffon, Pl. Enl. 926),

with faint indications of a narrow gular stripe; the other white, but

showing traces of the black plumage gradually making its appear-

ance. Upon this species consult Hartlaub and Pelzeln (Fauna

Central-Polynesiens, p. 201).

* See below, p. 126.

124 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS [Feb. 11,

20. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (Linn.).

Three skins of this species, or of the Australian form of it, Actitis

empusa (Gould, B. Austr. vi. pl. 35).

21. SreRNA LuNATA, Peale; Finsch et Hartl. Fauna Centr. Pol.

p. 231.

A skin of a Tern in transition plumage, which Dr. Finsch has

kindly determined for me.

After inserting in their places such of these twenty-one species as

have not been previously recorded by the before-named authorities

upon this subject, we shall have the following list of well-authenti-

cated species of birds from the Solomon Islands :—

I. Passeres.

Distribution.

1. Sauloprocta melaleucd ......ce0eeersecernes Papuan subregion.

2. Pachycephala oriolotdes ........ 00000000000 Peculiar to Solomons.

3. Dicrurus megarhynchus .......cseeceeeeee New Ireland.

4. Philemon vUlturinus ......cceccevccnecneees Probably peculiar.

5. DiC@uitt CNCUM ..20.0200c00soesseceessoseces Peculiar.

6. Myzomela lafarget..........cc.cccceveceeeees Peculiar.

ile SOUTATEO (ants sjuanacesnanaztesss sth sp Peculiar.

8. Calornis Metaied ....c.6.coscscaesserseces Papuan subregion.

Q. ——= fulipennts. .....ecoccevceescnesconceocee Peculiar.

10. <Gracula Krefftt .. 20.02. stse.seeeceasnestennns New Ireland.

II. Picarrz.

11. Eurystomus crassir0stris 1... .6cceeeeeeeee Probably peculiar.

12. Todirhamphus chloris .....cecccccseceeeees Papuan subregion and India.

13. LEUCOPY GUUS Wa Naticcrsscesbaesacdeones Peculiar.

WA: BUCEPOS TUCOWS) oiius se nasa ae ciatnacaulen Jeno Papuan subregion.

15. Centropus ateralbus ........-.0-.sceeceecees New Ireland.

16. MUD oaue etes caster as ceo aceanves es nett Peculiar.

III. Psrrract.

WTC OCU GOYTNE easone. cos dond-nons ceesboe Probably peculiar.

18. QYCORDSI aoa a cee nee tclacinse cet oeiee Peculiar.

WQS NGSILERNE DUSUT wa xse~san0<c0stsiecrus noses es Peculiar.

20. Geoffroius heteroclitus .......0.cecsececeees Peculiar.

21. Lorius chlorocercus ......0.ccccsesedeseoees Peculiar.

22 Bype@nochrous .....c2ccoeceesenseasees Lousiade Islands.

23. HOS COPCUNGUES. pisienes sacs ins s0susveneseeapises Peculiar.

24. Trichoglossus MASSen€ .........00eeveeeees New Caledonia and New Hebrides.

IV, Accrpirres.

25. Athene VArtegata 6200s caceteceaveavscces: New Ireland.

26 5 = GONATLSs deras coagae sels staves =vaaeueoes Peculiar.

V. CotumsBa.

27. Carpophaga rubricerd ......ceceeceececeuee New Ireland.

28 GUSUPUNGNUD Medak cigs Josten esesastect es Peculiar.

29. Macropygia crassirostris ........0..60.0008 Peculiar.

30. Philonopus CUGeNnt@ .....ccscereccnsceevcese Peculiar.

VI. Grawia.

BL. Rallus tntactus .........c3.cceconscossacerees Peculiar.

32. Tringotdes hypoleucus ..........0..0000000- Generally distributed.

1869. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 125

VII. Heroptongs.

Distribution.

Sheet PARED SUETENE Sekpiasecdis leckbadbabe dive baese India, Australia, and Polynesia.

VIII. Gavia.

DES SGCENG TUNALE «54. canenlacssatsaeaesanedes Polynesia.

It thus appears that of the thirty-four authentically determined

species of birds of the Solomon Islands seventeen are certainly, as

far as is hitherto known, and three others probably, peculiar to the

group. Of the remaining fourteen, five have likewise been met with

in New Ireland, which is one of a neighbouring group of islands

probably belonging strictly to the same fauna; one has hitherto only

been found in the Lousiade Islands; and the remainder are of more

or less extended distribution, being, however, mostly restricted to

the Papuan Islands.

But to obtain a better idea of the true nature of the avifauna of

the Solomon Islands we may first consider very shortly what are

the principal divisions of the great region of which it forms a part.

The Australian region (Regio australiana), as I have proposed to

call this*, appears to be most naturally divisible into five subregions,

namely :—

1. The Papuan subregion (Subregio papuana), or Austro-Ma-

layan Subregion of Wallacet.

2. The true Australian subregion (Subregio australis), comprising

continental Australia, with, perhaps, the exception of the northern

promontory of Cape York, which has been overrun by Papuan forms

(such as Cuscus, Casuarius, Manucodia, &e.).

3. The New-Zealandian or Maorian subregion (Subregio mao-

riana), which is characterized by the recently extinct Dinornithes,

as well as by the presence of numerous peculiar ornithic types.

4. The Polynesian subregion (Subregio polynesica), comprising

the numerous groups of Polynesian islands lying between the Equator

and the Tropic of Capricorn.

5. The Sandwich-Island subregion (Subregio sandvicensis), com-

prising only the Sandwich Islands, which are so very peculiar in

their zoology that they must, I think, stand by themselves.

A very short examination of the foregoing list of the birds of the

Solomon Islands will be sufficient to show us to which of these sub-

regions this group of islands properly belongs. One of the principal

features which distinguishes the Papuan subregion from the true

Australian subregion is the occurrence in the former of numerous

Indian types which do not extend into the latter. For example, the

Hornbills (Bucerotide) are entirely foreign to Australia, but are

found in the Papuan and Moluccan Islands. One species (Buceros

ruficollis) only has yet been met with in New Guinea. This bird

also occurs in the present collection from the Solomon Islands.

Again, the genus Gracula is a well-known Indian form, but extends

also over the Papuan subregion of Regio australiana, being, however,

* Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. ii. p. 130.

+ Cf. Wallace, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 273, et Journ. Geogr. Soc. xxxiii. p. 217.

126 DR. O. FINSCH ON A RARE PARROT. [Feb. 11,

non-existent in Australia. Two species of it occur in New Guinea

(G. dumonti and G. anais), Of the former of these we meet with a

beautiful representative in the present collection from the Solomons.

Again, the existence in the Solomons of two species of true Lorius

and one of Geoffroius is quite sufficient to show the Papuan tenden-

cies of the fauna ; and from these facts alone Mr. Wallace has already

included the Solomon Islands in his Austro-Malayan region*.

The subsequent discovery of a second species of the peculiar

Papuan type Nasiterna in the Solomons has materially strengthened

Mr. Wallace’s argument from what was then known of the Psitta-

cine fauna of these islands.

On the whole, therefore, it is manifest that the results derivable

from the study of the present collection serve only to confirm the

views Mr. Wallace has already put forward upon the avifauna of the

Solomons, namely that these islands constitute an eastern outlier of

the Papuan subregion. It need hardly be added that this makes

the further investigation of their fauna still more desirable. Where

such forms as Nasiterna pusio and Gracula-kreffti occur, it is rea-

sonable to expect that other brilliant representatives of Papuan types

likewise remain to be discovered. It would not be surprising if even

new species of Paradisee were yet to be found in some of these

islands, or in the adjacent lands of New Ireland or New Britain, the

latter of which has already produced to us a very remarkable form

of one of the most characteristic of Papuan types (Casuarius

bennettit).

Under these circumstances, I trust that our Corresponding Member

Mr. Krefft and other numerous friends in Sydney will use their best

endeavours to persuade the owners of the vessels which, as I under-

stand, are trading between Sydney and these islands to lose no oppor-

tunity of acquiring specimens of their natural productions. And I

trust that the time may not be far distant when it may be possible

to fit out a regular expedition for the investigation of this rich but

hitherto comparatively neglected district.

2. On a very rare Parrot from the Solomon Islands.

By Dr. O. Finscu, C.M.ZS.

(Plate XI.)

Amongst the species of Parrots which are more or less obscure

there is scarcely one rarer than the Lori cardinal of MM. Hombron

and Jacquinot, which is only known by the figure published in the

Atlas of Dumont-d’Urville’s ‘Voyage au Pole Sud’ (pl. 24 dis.

fig. 2) in the year 1843. This plate represents a Lory belonging

apparently to the subgenus Hos, Bp., being throughout of a brilliant

scarlet, therefore an unmistakable species. The descriptive part of

the zoology of the French voyage, published ten years later, by

* Cf. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 278.

BMI1. 1b!

DOMICELLA CARDINALIS.

M&N.HANHART IME

1869.] DR. O. FINSCH ON A RARE PARROT. 127

M. Jacquinot and Dr. Pucheran, gives no further account of the

Lorius cardinalis (page 103), except the short notice that the

species comes from the Solomon Islands. If I am right, the only

specimen collected by the French naturalists of the expedition was,

unfortunately, lost by the shipwreck of the ‘Astrolabe. When J

was working out my Monograph of Parrots, I therefore was not

able to give more than a description taken from the figure in the

voyage; all my endeavours to get better information were without

success. A new beam of hope arose when I was reading Prof.

Rietmann’s ‘ Wanderungen in Australien und Polynesien’ (St.

Gallen, 1868), and found mentioned in that amusing and, in many

respects, interesting book (page 194) “shining-red Parrots,’ which

were offered for sale by the natives of Guadalcanar during the stay of

the traveller on that island. In the belief that these Red Parrots

could be nothing more than Lorius cardinalis, I wrote a letter to

Prof. Reitmann begging for more special information. In his kind

answer the traveller was sorry to say that he was not sure whether

these Parrots were quite red or not, not having brought home spe-

cimens of them; so that our knowledge of the Cardinal Lory re-

mained as imperfect as before.

During my recent visit to London Dr, Sclater kindly showed me

a very interesting collection of birds from the Solomon Islands, for-

warded to him by Mr. Gerard Krefft of Sydney. This collection

contained, besides two or three new species, most of the Parrots

known from that group of islands, namely Plictolophus ducorpsi,

Hombr. et Jacq., Pionias heteroclitus, Hombr. et Jacq., Domicella

hypeenochroa, Gray (new to the Solomon Islands), and Domicella

chlorocerca, Gould. Amongst them was a species of Lorius, which

I, to my greatest pleasure and surprise, recognized immediately as

the Lorius cardinalis, Hombr. et Jacq. A comparison with the

plate shows some differences, in the specimen not being throughout

of a brilliant scarlet, but having the upper parts decidedly brownish

red and the feathers of the body beneath margined with pale

orange-yellow. The latter peculiarity may be perhaps a sign of the

Specimen not being in mature state. The brillianecy of the colours

in general has probably lost somewhat by the specimen having been

preserved in spirits; but in any case one may say that the coloration

of the plate in the ‘ Voyage au Péle Sud’ is too bright and a little

exaggerated.

Concerning the generic position of this Parrot, it may be remarked

that it belongs, according to coloration, along with Domicella rubra,

Gm., D. rubiginosa, Bp., and the allied species, to the subgene ic

division Hos of Prince Bonaparte. The shape of the bill, and the

structure of the quills and tail-feathers, show a greater affinity to the

so-called genus Chalcopsitta, Bp. (based upon D. scintillata and D.

atra, Scop.), which is chiefly distinguished by a narrow, naked, black

ring round the mandible, and more extended naked orbits.

Before describing this scarce specimen, I must remark that there

are a few more Parrots of a more or less uniform red plumage, all

being nearly, or entirely, unknown.

128 DR. O. FINSCH ON A RARE PARROT. [Feb. 11,

The first is the beautiful Eelectus cornelie, Bp. (Finsch, Parrots,

ii. p. 348), well described and figured in P. Z. S. 1849, pl. x1., and

seen once or twice living in the Zoological Gardens at London and

Amsterdam, but without any information about the dwelling-place

—probably from one of the islands of the Malayan archipelago.

Another uniform red one is the Psittacus unicolor of Shaw

(Finsch, Parrots, ii. p. 924), a very doubtful species, and known

only from the descriptions of the older authors. It is not quite im-

possible that the P. wnicolor may be related to the Eclectus cornelia,

being evidently a short-tailed Eelectus or Pionias, and not an Eos,

as Mr. G. R. Gray suggests (List Psitt. p. 20); but it differs in

having all the quills and the bill red. Levaillant mentions having

seen two specimens in the collection of M. Temminck; but that 1

believe is one of his mystifications, and his figure (pl. 125) is only

copied from Shaw’s; for there is no reference to the Lori unicolor

in Temminck’s ‘ Catalogue Systématique du Cabinet d’Ornithologie,’

of the year 1807. If that species really exists, I believe it will-be

found also in the Moluccan region; but I consider it to be more

probable that the P. unicolor was based upon a manufactured speci-

men, and never will be found again.

A third thoroughly red Parrot isan drara, mentioned by Alexander

von Humboldt (Reise in die Aeguinoctial-Gegenden des neuen Con-

tinents, iv. 1860, p. 6; Finsch, Parrots, ii. p. 935) in the following

short note :—‘“ In one of the huts of the Pacimonales we bought an

Ara, being a species of Aras, about 17" long, and of an entirely

purple plumage, like the Psittacus macao.” The celebrated tra-

veller made this notice at the missionary station San Francisco So-

lano, on the left side of the Casiquiare, a country not yet explored

by zoological collectors. If the information is correct, there can be

no doubt that the 47a might be certainly new, and one of the most

wonderful species in the whole tribe. It must be recollected, how-

ever, that Von Humboldt was not at all an ornithologist ; and there

may have happened a mistake, as in the case of the celebrated Ca-

perote of Madeira, which was nothing more than our well-known

Sylvia atricapilla, Lath.

About all those questionable points we must wait for further ex-

planations. These will come, perhaps, as unexpected as in the case

of Domicella rubiginosa, Bp. (Finsch, Parrots, i. p. 781), also a

red-coloured species, which was for a long time said to be a native

of New Guinea, but was found by the Novara expedition on the

small island Puynipet, of the Senjawin group, in a region where

nobody would have expected Parrots at all.

Now we will give for the first time a full description of the excellent

DoMICELLA CARDINALIS. (Plate XI.)

Lori cardinal, Hombr. et Jacq. Voy. au Pole Sud, Atlas, pl. 24 dis.

f. 2 (1843).

Lorius cardinalis, Jacq. et Pucher. Voy. au Pole Sud, Zoologie, iii.

(1853) p. 103; Hartl. Journ. f, Ornith. (1854) p. 165; G. R. Gray,

Gen. of B. App. p. 20.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE ASTURINE. 129

Eos cardinalis, Bonap. Compt. Rend. 1857; G. R. Gray, List

Spec. Brit. Mus. Psittac. (1859) p. 63.

Eos unicolor, part., Wall. P. Z. 8S. 1864, p. 291.

Eos cardinalis, G. R. Gray, B. of Trop. Isl. p. 31.

Domicella cardinalis, Finsch, Papageien, ii. (1868) p. 785.

Head and nape deep crimson, the under parts of the same colour

but lighter, and each feather pale orange-yellow-margined at the end,

giving a somewhat undulated appearance; the under tail-coverts

uniform crimson; back and other upper parts purplish brownish

red, darkest on the shoulders and quill-coverts, lighter and more

crimson on the rump and upper tail-coverts; on the mantle some

feathers with narrow obsolete yellow margins; primaries on the

outer web reddish brown, with olive-yellow lustre in certain lights ;

on the inner web dark reddish brown; secondaries brownish red,

like the back, the tail-feathers also; quills and tail-feathers beneath

brownish red, in some light shining red.

Bill orange ; cere, a naked ring round the mandible, and the con-

siderably extended naked orbits black ; legs and claws blackish.

Long. corp. 113", al. 6! 4!", rectr. intern. 5" 5', rectr. ext. 3”,

culm. 9!", alt. rost. ad basin 9", tars. 9! (French meas.).

Hab. Solomon Islands.

3. Notes on the Species of the Genus Asturina. By P. L.

SciaterR, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osperr Satvin,

M.A., F.L.S.

Recent investigations having convinced us that there is still much

confusion amongst the American species of Hawks of the genus

Asturina, we beg leave to submit to the Society the following notes

upon the subject.

The genus Asturina, founded by Vieillot in 1816 upon his Astu-

rina cinerea (Falco nitidus, Lath.), embraces a small series of Ame-

rican birds closely resembling Buteo in structure, but in habits more

nearly approaching deccipiter. The most noticeable difference be-

tween Asturina and Buteo consists in the shorter wings of the

former; but in this respect Butevu pennsylvanicus (which has the

habits of Asturina) is nearly intermediate between the two genera.

Putting this bird aside for the present, we have left seven species of

true Asturina, which may be separated into three groups, as fol-

lows :—

(1) The species allied to A. nitida, of which there appear to be

two representative forms,—one occupying Central America and

Mexico, which has been named A. plagiata; the other the true A.

nitida, which, commencing its range at Panama, extends itself over

the greater part of tropical South America.

(2) The species allied to A. magnirostris, which is the type of

the genus Rupornis of Kaup. These are four in number, each

Proc, Zaou. Soc.—1869, No. IX.

130 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE ASTURINE. [Feb. 11,

occupying a distinct area, as will be seen by reference to our notes

below. .

(3) The isolated species 4. /eucorrhoa, which appears to be a true

Asturina in structure, but in plumage forcibly calls to mind the Buteo

brachyurus, Vieill. The latter bird has likewise been referred by

some authors to Asturina—but, from its lengthened wings, should, we

think, be either placed with Buéeo or stand by itself under the desig-

nation Buteola, proposed for it by Bonaparte from Du Bus’s MS.

The subjoined table may, perhaps, assist in distinguishing the

seven species in their adult dress :—

A. Supra cinerez aut fuscz : subtus plus minusve transtasciate.

@. rem. prim. pogoniis internis albis nigro transfasciatis :

{ supra transfasciata .......ces.seeseseseseceeenees 1. nitida,

SPUN UU COLON feces ot eceecataepena ieee gees bec 2. plagiata.

&. rem. prim. pogon. int. rufis nigro transfasciatis :

a’. caud fasciis cinereis :

tibiis albis, cinereo transfasciatis............... 3. magnirostris.

{ fbi fulvis rufo transfasciatis.................. 4. nattereri.

2’. caudze fasciis rufis :

gula et pectore CINereiS.........00-.ecsceesenenees 5 ruficauda.

gula obscure fusca, pect. albicante ............ 6. gularis.

B. Supra et subtus unicolor nigra ................cceeeeeee nese scenes 7. leucorrhoa.

1. AsTURINA NITIDA.

Falco nitidus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 40.

Asturina cinerea, Vieill. Analyse, p. 68; N. D. iii. p. 41; E. M.

p- 1260, et Gal. Ois. t. 20.

Falco striolatus, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 209; Temm. PI. Col. 87 (ad.)

et 294 (jr.).

Astur nitidus, D’ Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 95; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 68 ;

Leotaud, Ois. Trin. p. 46.

Asturina nitida, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 737; Pelz. Orn.

Bras. p. 3; Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 369, 1867, p. 589, 1868,

p- 173; Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. vii. p. 316; Scl. P. Z. S. 1860,

p: 288.

Supra in fundo alba, dorso toto et alis extus grisescentioribus ;

schistaceo frequenter transfasciata: gula alba. Junior, tibiis

rufescentibus immaculatis.

Hab. Panama (M‘Cleannan); Western Ecuador (Fraser); Bogota

(Mus. S.-G.); Venezuela (Goering); Trinidad (Leotaud); Cayenne

(Buff.); British Guiana (Sehomb.); Lower Amazons (Wallace) ;

Barra, Borba, Cuyaba et Araguay (Natterer); Wood-region of S.E.

Brazil (Maz. et Burm.).

This well-known species is, as will be seen from our list of loca-

lities, widely distributed in South America. The most northern point

from which we have seen examples is the isthmus of Panama, where

many specimens have been procured by M‘Cleannan and Arcé. In

Costa Rica the next species replaces it.

2. ASTURINA PLAGIATA.

Asturina nitida, Cassin, in Baird’s Birds of N. Am. p. 35; Sel.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE ASTURINE. 131

et Saly. Ibis, 1859, p. 217; Salvin, Ibis, 1861, p. 68; Scl. P. Z.S.

1857, pp. 201 et 227, 1859, pp. 368 et 389, 1864, p.178; Lawr.

A. N.Y. Lye. ix. p. 133.

Asturina plagiata, Schl. Mus. d. P.-B. Asturine, p.1; Sel. et

Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 173.

Supra schistacea fere unicolor: gula cinerea. Junior, tibus albi-

cantibus fusco transfasciatis.

Hab. Mexico, New Leon (Couch); Jalapa (Sal/é); Vera Cruz

(Mus. Berol.) ; Guatemala (Salvin) ; Costa Rica (Arcé).

This northern representative of A. nitida is easily distinguishable

by the darker and uniform slaty plumage above in the adult bird.

In A. nitida the feathers of the head and upper neck are white,

with numerous narrow transverse bars of slaty grey. On the back

and wings externally the ground-colour is ashy, but the darker

transverse bars, though wider, are numerous and very conspicuous.

In the present bird the transverse barring is wholly absent, leaving

the upper surface nearly uniform, though traces of transverse mark-

ings are apparent in some places beneath on raising the feathers, and

are also faintly visible on the wing-coverts in some specimens. The

lower of the two white tail-bands is narrower in the present bird

than in A. nitida, but the upper appears to be usually more strongly

shown in A. plagiata.

The young plumage of the northern bird generally resembles that

of the southern, but, as appears from the specimens we have met

with, presents a constant difference in having the tibie distinctly

marked by numerous cross bands. In the young of A. nitida the

thighs are of a uniform ferruginous, more or less deep.

The most southern locality we have yet met with for this species

is Costa Rica, whence Arcé transmitted a single immature specimen

in 1864.

Dr. Peters having most kindly lent to us the type of Buteo pla-

giatus, Licht., upon which Schlegel established his Asturina plagiata,

we have been enabled to ascertain without doubt that it is the young

of the present species.

3. ASTURINA MAGNIROSTRIS.

DL’ épervier a gros bec de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 464.

Falco magnirostris, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 282.

Nisus magnirostris, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 104.

Rupornis magnirostris, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 737.

Asturina magnirostris, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 261, 1858, p. 451,

1859, p. 147, 1860, p. 288; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 198,

1867, pp. 589, 753.

Astur macrorhynchus, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 6.

Falco insectivorus, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 17, t. 8" (partim).

Supra clare cinerea: subtus gula et pectore cinereis ; ventre toto

cum tibiis albo et rufescente cinereo frequenter transfasciatis.

Hab. Cayenne (Buffon) ; Brit. Guiana (Schomb.); Rio Negro,

Rio Brancho, and Rio Madeira (Natterer); Venezuela (Goering) ;

132 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYIN ON THE ASTURIN2. [ Feb. 11,

Mexiana (Wallace); Eastern Peru (Bartlett et Tschudi); New

Granada, Bogota (Mus. 8.-G.); Western Ecuador (Fraser).

The first and, indeed, only author who has appreciated the dis-

tinction between the present species and its Brazilian representative

is von Pelzeln, who, in his ‘Ornithologie Brasiliens,’ considers the

latter the true dAstur magnirostris, and calls the present bird

Astur macrorhynchus from Natterer’s MS. Of this being the case

we are enabled to speak with some confidence, as one of Natterer’s

marked specimens from San Carlos on the Rio Negro, in the col-

lection of Salvin and Godman, is undoubtedly referable to this species.

But Gmelin’s Falco magnirostris is based entirely upon Buffon’s

Epervier a gros bec de Cayenne (Pl. Enul, 464). This figure, leaving

the locality out of the question, clearly represents the northern spe-

cies, which must therefore retain the name Asturina magnirostris.

Comparing a considerable series of specimens of these two allies

together, we cannot but fully agree to von Pelzeln’s separation of

them. The present bird may be readily distinguished from the next

species by the cinereous colour below, slight indications of rufescent

tinge being only seen upon the darker bands of the belly and thighs.

In A. natterert the throat is darker cinereous and distinctly striped

with white longitudinally ; the breast is rich rufous in very adult

birds, almost without cross markings; the belly is very pale fulvous

or almost cream-colour, with numerous cross bands of deep ferrugi-

nous; the thighs are covered by minute cross bands of the same

colour. In A. magnirostris the thighs are pure white, cross-banded

with pale cinereous with merely a slight rufescent tinge.

4. ASTURINA NATTERERI.

Falco magnirostris, Max. Beitr. iii. p. 102; Temm. Pl. Col. 86

(avis jr.).

Astur magnirostris, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 6.

Nisus magnirostris, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 76.

Falco magnirostris, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 18 (partim).

Supra brunnescenti-cinerea ; subtus gula cinerea albo striata:

pectore ferrugineo: ventre toto cum tibiis ferrugineo-rufis pal-

lido fulvo transfasciatis : cauda nigricante, cinereo trivittata

et terminatu,

Hab. South-eastern Brazil (Max. et Burmeister); Bahia (Wu-

cherer) ; S. Paolo et Mattogrosso (Natterer).

As will be seen from von Pelzeln’s list, Natterer collected a large

number of this species in various parts of Southern and Inner Brazil ;

but the specimens referred to as obtained by him at Barra do Rio

Negro are more probably referable to the true 4. magnirostris. An

excellent series of examples of this Hawk, collected in the vicinity

of Bahia, has lately been received by Salvin from Dr. Wucherer.

We have also to thank the authorities of the Norfolk and Norwich

Museum for the loan of many specimens of this and the preceding

species from their fine collection of Rapacious birds.

Having already explained why the name magnirostris, which has

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE ASTURINE, 133

always been applied to this bird, must be restricted to the preceding

species, we propose to call it after the naturalist who first appreciated

the differences between them.

5. ASTURINA RUFICAUDA, Sp. n.

Asturina magnirostris, Sclater, P. Z.8. 1856, p. 285, 1859, p. 368,

1864, p. 178.

Asturina magnirostris, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 217; Lawr.

Ann. L. N. Y. vii. p. 316, viii. p. 178; Moore, P. Z. S. 1859,

p- 92.

Supra obscure cinerea: subtus gula et pectore obscure cinereis :

ventre toto cum tibiis ferrugineo et pallido fulvo frequenter

transfasciatis : cauda nigra, ferrugineo trivittata et terminata.

Hab. Cordova (Sallé); Jalapa (De Oca); Mexico city (White) ;

Omoa (Leyland); Guatemala (Salvin); Veragua (Arcé); David

(Hicks).

As in the case of A. nitida, the northern representative of the

present group of Asturine appears in its adult dress to be readily

distinguishable from the southern forms, and to require specific

separation. From A. magnirostris and A. nattereri it differs in the

deep-red tail-bands, the corresponding colour in the two last-men-

tioned species being pale cinereous. In younger specimens of 4.

ruficauda these bands are likewise cinereous, but in nearly every case

show traces of rufescent colouring beginning to appear. In the

general colour of its under plumage 4. ruficauda more nearly resem-

bles A. nattereri than A. magnirostris, having the belly, flanks, and

thighs of the same rich ferruginous tinge which distinguishes 4.

nattereri; but in the present bird the throat and chest are usually

of a pale cinereous, thus more resembling A. magnirostris.

We have examined a great number of specimens of this bird from

various parts of Southern Mexico and Central America. In Guate-

mala, where it is one of the commonest species of Hawk, Salvin

obtained examples from the plains of Zacapa, the Pacific coast-

region, the valley of the river Polochic, Choctum in the forest-region

of Vera Paz, and the savannas of the district of Peten. We have

also received specimens from Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama,

besides the Mexican series obtained by Sallé and his coadjutors.

Asturina ruficauda, though thus widely distributed, is not found

in the elevated mountain districts, but frequents the lowland plains

up to an elevation of about 2500 feet above the sea-level. Its food

in Guatemala consists almost entirely of small snakes and lizards.

6. ASTURINA PUCHERANI.

Esparvero indayé, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 131. no. 30.

Astur magnirostris, Hartl. Ind. Azara, p. 2; D’Orb. Voy. Ois.

pawl.

Nisus magnirostris, Burm. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 623.

Asturina pucherani, J. et E. Verreaux, R. Z. 18595, p. 350.

Falco gularis, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

134 MR. E. BLYTH ON A HYBRID CHAMOIS. [Feb. 11,

Rupornis gularis, Licht. Nomencl. p. 3.

Asturina gularis, Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Asturine, p. 4 (1862).

Supra obscure fusca: capite toto cum gutture obscurioribus :

pectore et ventre toto cum tibiis pallide fulvis, lineis angustis

ferrugineis parce transfasciatis : cauda nigricante, rufo late

trivittata et terminata.

Hab. Buenos Ayres (Schlegel) ; Corrientes (D’ Orb.) ; Paraguay

(Azara) ; Bolivia (Bridges) ; prov. Yungas (D’Ord.).

In speaking of his so-called Astur magnirostris, D’Orbigny (J. s. ¢.)

calls especial attention to the differences between his series of this

bird from Corrientes and Bolivia and that in the Paris Museum from

Brazil, and concludes that they form “two distinct and constant

varieties.” We have little doubt that it is to this so-called variety

that Lichtenstein applied the name gularis, afterwards adopted by

Schlegel in his ‘ Musée des Pays-Bas.’

But this term must, we think, give way to that of pucherani,

under which the MM. Verreaux described a species of Asturina in

1855. A mounted specimen belonging to the Norwich Museum is

marked as the original of this description in the handwriting of M.

Jules Verreaux, and perfectly accords with the characters given.

We believe we are correct in referring it to the immature dress of

the present species. A nearly similar specimen is in the British

Museum, also received from Verreaux, under the name Asturina

pucherani, but with ‘ Guatemala” attached as a locality. This is

probably an error, as it does not correspond with any one of our ex-

tensive series of the Central-American form, which is 4. ruficauda.

The only adult example we have yet seen of this bird is in the

British Museum. It was obtained in Bolivia by Bridges.

7. ASTURINA LEUCORRHOA.

Falco leucorrhous, Q. et G. Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 91, t. 13.

Nisus leucorrhous, Tsch. F. P. Aves, pp. 15, 103.

Asturina leucorrhoa, Bp. Consp. p. 50; Kaup, Isis, 1847, p. 199 ;

Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Asturine, p. 5.

Astur leucorrhous, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 7.

Nigra: tectricibus caudalibus supra et subtus albis: tibtis rufis :

cauda ad basin alba, inde nigra albo bifasciata.

Hab. Brazil, vic. of Rio (Mus. Vindob. et S.-G.); Venezuela

(Dyson in Mus. Brit., et Levraud in Mus. Paris.) ; New Granada,

Bogota (Mus. S.-G.); Peru (Mus. Berol.).

4. On the Hybrid between the Chamois and the Domestic

Goat. By Epwarp Bryra.

Upon a recent occasion (cf. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 623) I exhibited

four pairs of horns which puzzled me exceedingly at first, but which

I learn from Mr. Joseph Wolf are those of hybrids raised from the

1869.] LETTER FROM MR. E. L. LAYARD. 135

Horns of hybrid Chamois.

a. Horn of pure Chamois, for comparison.

Chamois and the Domestic Goat. It appears that it is not unusual

for a tame buck Chamois to interbreed with domestic she-Goats ;

and as the horns of the hybrid so produced are so remarkable that

they might well be suspected to indicate some undescribed species,

intermediate to the Chamois and the Himalayan Thar (Hemitragus

Jjemlaicus), I now submit a photograph of the series, considering the

figures to be quite worthy of publication, in order to prevent, if

possible, any mistake of the kind. For comparison, the horn of a

pure Chamois (a) is placed along with them.

February 25, 1869.

W. H. Flower, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

A letter was read from E. L. Layard, Esq., F.Z.S., dated Cape

Town, December 31st, 1868, enclosing a drawing of another species

of Ribbonfish (Gymnetrus), which had come ashore in rather a bad

state at Simon’s Bay on: the 23rd of December, 1865, and been

drawn on the spot by P. D. Martin, Esq. Mr. Layard believed it

to be perfectly distinct from the species mentioned in a former com-

munication to the Society (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 319), and could not

find any description that answered to it.

The Secretary exhibited specimens of some Reptiles which had

been collected for the Society’s Menagerie by Mr. George Wilks, of

Buenos Ayres, C.M.Z.S., but had, unfortunately, died before reach-

ing their destination. They consisted of two Snakes taken iz copuld,

which had heen determined by Dr. Giinther to be Coronella anomala,

Giinth. (Cat. of Snakes, p. 57), and some specimens of a small

Cayman (Jacare ocellata, Gray).

Mr. J. E. Harting called the attention of the Meeting to the steps

136 DR. A. CAMPBELL ON THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. [Feb. 25,

now being taken to protect Sea-fowl during the breeding-season,

and stated that it was proposed to bring in an Act of Parliament on

the subject during the present session.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the mode of Capture of Elephants in Assam.

By Dr. A. Campsett, late Superintendent of Darjeeling.

By far the greater number of the Elephants for the supply of the

Bengal markets are now caught in Assam; the Dooars of Bootan

are so iniquitously misgoverned that the Elephant-catchers nearly

shun them altogether.

The Nipal Tarai furnishes Elephants for the marts of the central

and western provinces; Mymunsingh and Sylhet for lower Bengal,

&e. &e.

The people who are principally engaged in catching Elephants for

upper Bengal live in the northern parts of the Purneah and Rung-

poor districts. Titalya is the most central position for the col-

lection of Elephants by these people, and it is close to all the routes

from the Elephant-catching districts *.

The Elephant-merchants who conduct the trade between the

eastern districts and other parts of India come from the central and

western provinces; some even from the Punjab, Cashmere, and

Cabool.

The men who keep koonkis and supply the funds for catching

Elephants are known as ‘“ Keda Walas.’”’ They often take their own

Elephants for sale to the Hajipoor Fair, or further west; but

usually look to the merchants, zemindars, baboos, &c. of their own

districts as purchasers. At the Nek Mured Fair, in the Dinajpoor

district, annually held in April, there is a good deal of business done

in Elephants.

An Elephant-catcher (or keda wala)’s establishment consists—

Ist, of “ Koonkis,” 7. e. tame Elephants trained to hunting and

catching wild ones; 2nd, ‘ Phanaits,’”’ or noosemen ; 3rd, Lohattias,

or Elephant-drivers, who sit ‘on the croup and urge on the koonkis

with an iron-spiked mallet; 4th, mates, or under drivers; and

oth, an abundant supply of ropes and cables for catching and tying

up their gigantic quarry.

The old system of decoying or driving wild Elephants on pits dug

for them is altogether exploded ; and the lassoo, or ‘‘ phan,’’ is the

only mode now employed to catch them.

The process is described as sufficiently simple, although it is

attended with some danger. It is very extraordinary to hear a thin

miserable-looking fellow (as many of the “ phanaits” are) describing

in the quietest way possible how he has caught very large and fierce

Elephants.

The usual mode seems to be to form the “ keda,’’ or encampment,

* See Hooker’s Himalayan Journals, vol. i. p. 181.

1869.] DR. A. CAMPBELL ON THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. ° 137

at a likely place outside the forest and near water, generally selected

on intelligence of its being the haunt of wild Elephants, or by finding

their fresh trail.

From this you take out the koonkis, three or four together, and

reconnoitre in all directions in the open places at early morning or

in the afternoon; for the wild Elephants always keep to the heavy

forest during the heat of the day, coming into the more open spots

morning and evening only. When any of your parties have found

a “khanja,”’ or herd, it singles out one and gives immediate chase,

sometimes even with one koonki only, if you have no more in your

“‘keda,” and when the quarry is a small one; but it is better to do

so with two, and three are requisite to catch and master a large

animal. The chase is kept up until one of the koonkis gets along-

side the wild Elephant, the great object being to lay a koonki on

either side of the wild one, as fast as possible. When alongside and

he sees his opportunity, the ‘‘ phanait’’ (nooseman), who drives his

Elephant and holds the open noose with both hands above his head,

lets it fall over the wild one’s head and on the trunk, which in running

is pendent tothe ground. Immediately the noose touches the trunk,

the animal by an instinct which is fatal to its liberty coils it in-

wards, and by this movement it passes at once under the neck.

The lohattia who holds the coil of the lassoo immediately pulls upon

it, and the koonki is kept close upon the wild one and pressing

against it until another koonki comes on the opposite side and a

second noose is delivered. When this is done both koonkis move off

in opposite directions, and thus in a short time the wild Elephant is

suffocated and stretched on the ground between them. This takes

some time, however, when the noosed animal is a powerful one, as it

sets off at speed and struggles long and violently before it is choked

and down. As soon as it is, the running nooses are loosed to give

the animal breath, and a stopper put on each to prevent their run-

ning. The two koonkis again press on each side ; and by this means

and one or two more pushing from behind, the captured animal is

forcibly dragged away to the keda, where it is strongly picketed

and starved into tameness. After a month or two it is quiet and

tractable enough to be marched homewards, being in the mean-

time led out frequently with koonkis, and gradually accustomed to

a rider.

During the first six months fresh Elephants become thin and

weak-looking, and then begin to pick up again. During the first

rainy season (or, rather, during August, September, and October of

the first year) they are most liable to illness and death. The risk

decreases the second season, and is not great in the third, after which

they are considered “pucka,”’ 7. e. safe and acclimatized.

There is no procuring any data by which to arrive at the rates of

mortality of fresh Elephants. It seems to depend on circumstances

quite unknown to the catchers (who suffer most from it), and is

therefore always attributed to “kismut,” chance. Sometimes all

the catchings of a season will die in one man’s hands; at other

times he will have a succession of seasons without any losses. The

138 DR. A. CAMPBELL ON THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. [Feb. 25,

“‘ keda wala’”’ is emphatically described as always being in the way

of wealth or ruin. He is an ‘“‘Ameer”’ or “ Fugeer,”’ 7. e. a “ prince

or a beggar ;” so proverbially uncertain are his gains, and his trade

so full of risks.

The proportion of adult females caught is probably as eight to

one. ‘This arises from two causes. They are less violent and more

easily subdued ; and it is rare to find more than one male with a

whole herd of females, and he is always an immense one and rarely

to be mastered.

The catchers and dealers give numerous divisions or varieties of

the Elephant, such as Muringi, Kumulia, Kooji, &e. They also

notice the peculiarities of arched and straight backs; but it is suffi-

cient to attend to the following for practical purposes. The males

are tusked or tuskless, 7. e. “‘ Dantal’’ or ‘‘Mukuna;”’ one-tusked

ones are prized by Hindoos. One with the left tusk is a ‘‘ Ganess,”’

God of Wisdom ; with the right a ‘“ Manik dunta.”’ The females

are maiden or mothers, the terms being “‘Sareen”’ and ‘“ Dohi;”’ a

barren one is also a “ Sareen,’? and the Dohi is not reckoned of

equal value. The Sareen is distinguished from the Dohi by the

small teats and undeveloped mamme. A male is 20 per cent., at

least, more prized than a female, on account of his greater strength

and powers of endurance. It seems difficult to ascertain the period

required for the full growth of the Elephant. After comparing

many opinions and statements, I make it twenty-five years, and the

known age eighty-five in the same manner. The female goes eighteen

months with young, and gives suck for two years. In addition to

the smaller size, youth is indicated by a general smoothness and

roundness of the face and trunk, with an almost unmistakable

expression of simplicity and innocence as you examine the face

standing right in front. The central depression on the top of the

head is but faintly developed in youth, while in an aged animal the

coronal protuberances stand up prominently. The ears in youth

and middle age are thin, light, and unbroken along the outer margin ;

in age they are large, flapping, thick, and jagged.

There is no particular breeding-season. ‘Elephants, like cows

in India, have young all the year round.’’? The mother shows great

affection for her young, and even when chased by the catchers will

not leave it, if it gets into trouble or is too young to follow. The

mothers frequently fall an easy prey on this account, allowing them-

selves 1o be noosed while they are helping on the young one. A

young one of six months will fly off when the mother is taken;

under that age it will stick to the captive mother. Twins are

unknown.

The catching-season is from November to July; June is the

month in which the greatest number are taken. The fresh grass

and reeds, after the annual burning, is then greatly relished by

these animals, who come far out of the forest to seek it. The

Elephant is gregarious in the highest degree: herds of more than a

hundred are sometimes seen ; fifty, thirty, and twenty are common.

Sullen males, which have been driven out of the herd by hard fight-

1869.] DR. A. CAMPBELL ON THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. 139

ing, are the only solitary ones to be met with. Large males with a

herd are rarely ventured on by the catchers; they are bold and

ferocious. The females and young males take instant alarm at the

approach of the koonkis; and sometimes a whole herd becomes

bewildered with fright on seeing them, and breaks up in all directions.

This is the harvest of the catchers, and a bold and expert ‘ phanait”’

will sometimes nocse three wild ones out of one herd. So soon as

he can get his “phan” off the neck of a prostrate one, he sets

upon another, and similarly on a third. This prowess and luck are

rare, but they happen occasionally. Mr. P. had a phanait who did

this two seasons. He was a “ Koch,” and the quietest, most un-

pretending fellow in the world out of the keda. In the field he was

a perfect Nimrod, full of energy and life, and for six or seven years

he brought eight to twelve Elephants home annually of his own

noosing. His pay was 10 rs. per mensem at home, 12 when in the

field, and an annual present of a pair of silver bangles weighing

20 rupees, and a pair of gold earrings worth 20 rs. more. ‘These

‘honorary distinctions”’ gained, he used to take a short leave to his

home, when he bestowed them on his wife, and again took to the

forest in search of fresh laurels.

““How many Elephants have you caught in your time?” I one

day asked Mr. P. “I cannot tell you how many,” he replied;

“but I was seven years engaged in the business ; one year I caught

180, some years 1 got 100, some 80, some 60.’ We may safely

put down 1000 to his name, I think; and this gives a pretty good

idea of the supply and demand in this business. Mr. P.’s “keda”’

was always a strong one, ranging from ten to tweuty koonkis.

Although I have set down eighteen months as the most generally

adopted period of the Elephant’s going with young, I must state

that it is not universal in this part of the country. Rambullub Sah

of Choora Bundur, on the Bootan frontier, who has been an Ele-

phant-catcher for many years, says the period of gestation is twenty-

two lunar months; and this is supported by a case of gestation

which originated in his own stables, and in which the union of the

sexes was known and recorded—a very rare case in the tame state ;

but this one is quite authentic, 7. e. the conception, gestation, and

birth. The record of the period of gestation I have not seen, but

all the people of Choora Bundur are familiar with the facts, and

many of them corroborate the twenty-two months’ period.

In 1849 I saw an infant Elephant that had been born in the Octo-

ber of 1848. He was with his mother. She had been caught in

June 1847; and although then pregnant, there were no signs of un-

usual size until the January following. This case does not help to

fix the limit of gestation ; but it proves that sixteen months is under

that period. This female had immensely large breasts ; and I tried

to procure some of the milk to taste, but in vain. She lay down on

her side at the command of the Mohout, but swung her trunk about

and roared when we commenced pulling her teats. The young one

applied himself to the breasts every five minutes, and for a minute

or so only. The trunk appears quite in the way of a sucking Ele-

140 DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS TARDA. [ Feb. 25,

phant; but it is dexterously turned upwards and to one side when

he is at the breast ; and the usual position is standing at right angles

with the mother. The young one generally sleeps under the

mother’s belly, lying on his side, his legs stretched out straight.

He not unfrequently lies down under other Elephants, and is quite

fearless among them, they always treating him kindly, never hurt-

ing him. ‘‘ The smallest Bucha may go up to the largest male,

even when he is Musth*, and he will be kindly treated.” The large

one will welcome him with his trunk, laying it over him and smell-

ing him.

2. Note on the Sublingual Aperture and Sphincter of the

Gular Pouch in Otis tarda. By James Morin, M.D.,

F.L.S., Prosector to the Society.

The following memoranda may be regarded as addenda to the

paper on the gular pouch of Otis kori and O. australis, previously

communicated by me to the Society (see P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 471).

Since then an opportunity has been afforded me of examining a male

specimen of the Great Bustard at least six years old, judging from

the time the bird had been in the Society’s possession. A gular

pouch was present, as described underneath.

On looking into the mouth of the bird while the tongue lies

between the rami of the lower mandible, no opening into the gular

pouch is seen; but when the tongue is raised and the parts held as

in the act of gaping an aperture easily admitting one’s finger is ob-

served. This is situated beneath, and almost an inch behind, the

tongue itself; in fact it lies underneath the upper larynx, occupy-

ing the space between it and the submandibular deep and cutaneous

tissues. In the stretched condition of the parts above spoken of

(displayed in the figure, p. 141), the said aperture (a) is oval in form,

assuming almost an elliptical figure if its raised whitish marginal

membrane is followed. This marginal fold of membrane or lip (() is,

indeed, the true boundary of the aperture itself; but as it is partly

adherent to the tissue beneath the uro-hyal and to the subcutaneous

textures between the rami of the lower mandible, it causes the open-

ing to appear almost arched instead of an acute ellipse, as it truly is

when the tongue is pulled out and the skin near the “beard”’ is

held tense. A second short raised membranous fold (f/) proceeds at

an acute angle outwards from the middle of each outer side of the

former one and goes to the tissues covering the muscles lying beneath

the thyro-hyals. These two latter duplications of the faucial mem-

brane permit of stretching of the parts when the thyro-hyals are by

any means thrown outwards; and they may also influence the toni-

city of the membrane of the aperture itself when its marginal lips

* The tame males, and males driven out of a herd, are subject to fits of tem-

porary fury, or madness. In this state they are said to be ‘‘ Musth.”

1869.] DR. J. MURIE ON THE GULAR POUCH OF OTIS TARDA. 14]

approach. The lips of the opening into the gular pouch, then, may

be said in strict language to be composed of a fold of the sub-

laryngeal membrane stretching between the uro-hyal and the skin

of throat.

Fore-shortened and reduced view of Bustard’s head, to show the gular aperture

under the upper larynx.

T. Tongue dragged upwards and outwards. a. Aperture of gular pouch. /. Lip

or marginal fold. f Fold of membrane. s.g. Sublingual gland.

The glandule sublinguales (s. g.) are elongated flat bodies of

considerable size lying just within each dentary portion of the man-

dible. Between these, and occupying the middle third, is the skin of

the throat, the roots of the feathers being barely hidden, when look-

ing into the mouth, by the thin almost transparent subcutaneous

tissue.

n the present instance the gular pouch was 4 inches long, and

held 2 ounces of water, as it remained in position in the neck of the

bird. The thin walls seemed but a continuation or duplicature

inwards of the sublaryngeal fibro-mucous tissue or membrane; the

same as that constituting its free marginal aperture.

As regards the thin muscular strata around the pouch, these, I

apprehend, are slightly different from what I found and figured in

Otis kori (see P. Z. S. 1868, p. 472). A film of platysma undoubt-

edly covers the lower part of the sac; a considerable number of

small vessels pass beneath and on the surface of the platysma, and

as they proceed to the base of the skull run between its internal

border and part of the muscle next to be described. What appears

142 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE [Feb. 25,

to represent the so-called stylo-hyoideus is here, as in many other

birds, divisible into three portions. The posterior is a broad but

thin layer; this as it diverges from the common cranial origin pro-

ceeds backwards and downwards, and intermingling along with the

platysma they both pass round and in front of the gular pouch.

The middle one, also broad and thin, passes over the upper or deep

surface of the pouch. The third division, long, narrow, and round-

ish, runs forwards to the tongue. This triparte but singly named

muscle may, indeed, be representative of the stylo-hyoid, stylo-

pharyngeus, and stylo-glossus. Besides these, a broadish band of

very delicate but transversely striped fibres mingling with the tissue

of the neck of the pouch itself surrounds it; this I take to be part

of the superior constrictor of the pharynx, which encircles the in-

vaginated duplicature of the sublingual or sublaryngeal membrane

differentiated into gular pouch during later life in the male Bustards.

The gular pouch, in fact, appears to me but an infolding of the

membrane below the upper larynx, developed to a large size in male

Bustards only after they attain ripe or old age. ‘This view, there-

fore, accounts for its absence in the young, {its moderate size in

adult, and its increased capaciousness in old birds.

The present note serves to show:—1. That the gular aperture is

rather sublaryngeal than sublingual. 2. That in a bird six years

old it has only reached a very moderate size, compared with what it

ultimately attains, according to several observers. 3. That there is

good reason for believing in the so-called sphincter of the pouch, but

that this is merely a lesser or greater development of the fibres of

the superior constrictor of the pharynx and stylo-pharyngeus, and not

a specialized structure alone adapted for the office it here subserves.

3. Remarks upon the Habits of the Hornbills ( Buceros).

By A. D. Bartiertr, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

A few weeks after the Wrinkled Hornbill (Buceros corrugatus)

was received in the Society's Gardens*, the keeper called my atten-

tion to a queer-looking fig-like substance he had picked up in the

aviary. Struck with its appearance, I took it home and endeavoured

to examine it carefully, and opened its closely folded mouth. I

found this fig-like bag contained plums or grapes well packed toge-

ther, the wrapper or envelope looking much like the inner lining of

a gizzard, somewhat tough, elastic, and gelatinous. Almost alarmed

for the safety of the bird that had thrown it up, and at the same

time having some doubt as to its real nature, I at once sought the

assistance of our Prosector, Dr. Murie, handing him the specimen

and telling him its history.

Dr. Murie’s report was as follows :—

“On examination of the specimen I found, as was at first sug-

gested in joke, that the bag did absolutely consist of nothing else

* The specimen was purchased March 27, 1868.

1869. ] HABITS OF THE HORNBILLS. 143

than the thickened semichondrified lining membrane of the gizzard.

All the puckerings and indentations were more or less exactly repre-

sented, though less sharp in outline than is ordinarily the case.

The mucous surface of the inner wall of the bag was slimy, other-

wise perfectly identical with the same structure in a healthy bird.

The surface outside, on that which might be said to be the sub-

mucous tissue, was moist, comparatively uninjured, and free from any

effusion or disease. The rim of the mouth of the bag was irregular

and shreddy, and thinned away at its free edge.

‘« The soft egg-like bodies contained within this (so to speak) cast-

up sac proved to be seven or eight discoloured grapes; or they

might be, so far as appearance went, raisins. None of these had

undergone the process of digestion, but, from their sodden aspect, I

believe had been slightly acted on by the gastric juice.

* Positive of the nature of this queer rejected pellet, there follows

the still more extraordinary circumstance that the Hornbill should

live and feed afterwards, seemingly not much affected by the loss of

the inner coat of its stomach. Had I not myself seen and examined

the objects, I would scarcely have credited the facts.”

Having placed the specimen in what I believed to be safe cus-

tody, I kept a strict watch over my suspected Hornbill, and a day or

two afterwards was rewarded by a second and very perfect specimen

of this extraordinary package of fruit. This I at once, after carefully

examining the outside only, placed in spirits, and am now able to

bring before the Meeting. Since I obtained these two specimens

I have seen others, all from the same individual bird; but as the

Lyre-bird and others were in the same aviary, these were mutilated

and destroyed before I could save them.

Now, notwithstanding all that has been advanced by my friend

Dr. Murie, I beg leave to differ from him entirely ; and instead of

this most wonderful body being the result of indigestion, disease, or

derangement of any kind, I have no doubt it is the natural secretion

that is provided for this bird during the breeding-season, and that

it is the means by which the male Hornbill supplies the female

bird with food during the time she is imprisoned by him while

sitting upon the eggs in the hollow tree, in which, according to the

most trustworthy authorities, the male builds up the entrance to the

nest with clay. Dr. Livingstone was the first person, I believe, who

called attention to this singular habit in the Hornbills; since then

many other observers have confirmed the fact, both in Africa and

India. Capt. Tickell speaks of it, saying that he “saw with his

own eyes,” although he previously ‘‘ thought it was a fable.” The

Rey. J. Mason, in his work on Burmah, says of the Concave Horn-

bills, ‘‘ their nests are constructed in a superior manner of clay in the

stumps or hollows of old trees. After the female has laid five or six

eggs, the male bird shuts her entirely in with mud except a small

hole, where she can only put out her head. Here she must sit

during her incubation, for if she breaks through the inclosure her

life pays the forfeit; but to compensate for the loss of freedom, her

spirited mate is ever on the alert to gratify his dainty mistress, who

144 MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE [Feb. 25,

compels him to bring all her viands unbroken, for if a fig or any

fruit be injured she will not touch it.”

This remarkable passage at once arrested my attention ; for doubt-

less it is the result of careful observation. The point to be noticed

is the fig-like appearance of the pellet of food that the male bird

offers to the female, as it would be impossible at the distance the

observer must be from the birds that he could distinguish the little

yellow-skinned bag from a fig or other fruit of about that size.

Mr. Wallace says the entrance of the nest is stopped up with mud

and gummy substances. Referring to Dr. Livingstone, I find that

on page 613, ‘ Missionary Travels in South Africa,’ he says :—‘ The

first time I saw this bird was at Kolobeng, where I had gone to the

forest for some timber. Standing by a tree, a native looked behind

me and exclaimed, ‘There is the nest of a Korwe.’ I saw a slit

only, about half an inch wide and three or four inches long, in a

slight hollow of the tree. Thinking the word Korwe denoted some

small animal, I waited with interest to see what he would extract ;

he broke the clay which surrounded the slit, put his arm into the

hole and brought out a Tockus, or Red-beaked Hornbill, which he

killed. He informed me that when the female enters her nest she

submits to a real confinement. The male plasters up the entrance,

leaving only a narrow slit by which to feed his mate, and which

exactly suits the form of his beak. The female makes a nest of

her own feathers, lays her eggs, hatches them, and remains with the

young till they are fully fledged. During all this time, which is

stated to he two or three months, the male continues to feed her

and the young family. The prisoner generally becomes quite fat,

and is esteemed a very dainty morsel by the natives, while the poor

slave of a husband gets so lean that on the sudden lowering of the

temperature, which sometimes happens after a fall of rain, he is

benumbed, falls down, and dies.”

It will be seen by this statement that the male dies from ex-

haustion, doubtless produced by the constant and continual repro-

ducing not only of the actual food taken by the male, but of the

supply of nutritive secretion in which the same is enveloped*.

Without, however, allowing this strange statement and supposed

discovery to remain simply, as many may think, an unlikely story,

let us consider whether there are any other known facts bearing

upon the point that will assist us in arriving at a fair conclusion

upon this extremely interesting subject.

That Parrots, Pigeons, and many other birds reproduce their par-

tially digested food during the pairing and breeding-season for the

support of the female and young is well known. The tame male

Hornbill is particularly distinguished at all seasons by this habit of

throwing up its food, which he not only offers to the female but to

* The Rey. T. Phillips, in his MS. notes (see Moore’s Catalogue of Birds in

East-India House), speaking of the common Grey Indian Hornbills, says:—‘“‘A

specimen killed at Hasanpur, on the Ganges, had in its belly when opened a hard

lump about the size of a Pigeon’s egg, which on being cut open was found filled

with the fruit of the Peepul and other trees,”

1869.] HABITS OF THE HORNBILLS. 145

the keepers and others who are known to him. The male Concave

Hornbill (Buceros cavatus) now in the Gardens will frequently throw

up grapes and, holding them in the point of the bill, thrust them

into the mouth of the keeper if he is not on the alert to prevent or

avoid this distinguished mark of his kinduess.

We have now to consider the facts brought forward; and in no

class of animals do we find so many instances of the frequent and

easy mode of casting up or reproducing the food, or in other cases

the indigestible substances taken with the food, asin Birds. But

there is more than this to be noticed; for instance, im the Esculent

Swallows. We know the so-called edible Swallow’s-nest consists

of a gelatinous secretion from the glands of a kind of Swift; and

doubtless a portion only is used to form the nest; the secretion is,

in all probability, continued to feed the female and young, probably

mixed with the insects captured during flight. There is also a

similar secretion from the Woodpecker, but in this case made to

assist in the capture of their food; and many other instances can,

no doubt, be brought forward, showing the power that birds have

of ridding their stomachs of that part of their food not required for

their nourishment. One very remarkable instance I well remember.

A year or two ago I found in my garden, in a small heap, about a

handful of the most beautiful blue pills, about the size of peas and

studded all over with brilliant and shining blue fragments. I soon

discovered that they were the castings of the Flycatchers that had

a nest immediately above the spot upon which I found them; the

charming colour was due to the outer skins of the Bluebottle flies

upon which the birds had fed. All the insect-feeding birds throw

up pellets consisting of the refuse or indigestible parts of the insects

they swallow, just in the same way as the Raptorial birds (as Hawks,

Owls, &c.) cast up the feathers, bones, hair, and food of grain-

eating animals in the form known as castings or pellets.

In conclusion, I think I may fairly reason that it is much more

likely that these food-pellets of the male Hornbill are intended for

the support of the female and young, and belong to the natural and

healthy condition of the birds which produce them, than that they are

the result of indigestion or disease. For we see that the power and

habit of casting up from the stomach is one of frequent and common

occurrence among birds, and also find that the secretions of the

cesophagus are used as food for the young of many species of birds :

in the Parrots and Pigeons I think this is universal.

Another strong argument in favour ef my belief is to be found in

Dr. Livingstone’s statement that ‘the male bird by his constant

attention upon the female becomes so prostrate and exhausted that

a slight change in the temperature causes him to fall down and die.”

It cannot be supposed that the mere collecting food for the female

is the cause of this fatality ; it is doubtless the overtaxing the system

by the constant secretion of this nutritive matter, reminding one of

the blood in the nests of the Esculent Swifts after the birds have been

robbed of the first and second nests. But the most positive proof

of finding this package of food is given, without, however, under-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. X.

“>

ofy

146 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. [Feb. 25,

standing its use, in the extract from the Rev. T. Phillips’s MS.,

before referred to.

P.S. A singular habit of the Flamingoes has been observed, which

induces me to believe that something analogous to the secreting-

power already alluded to exists in these birds. During the time the

Flamingoes were kept in the same aviary with the Cariamas, the

latter birds, as is their habit, frequently turned their bills upwards

and uttered their harsh and loud notes. The Flamingoes, appa-

rently under the impression of their want of food, advanced to their

assistance, and holding their heads over the gaping mouths of the

Cariamas ejected a glutinous fluid (nearly resembling blood in colour),

which fell sometimes into the mouths of the Cariamas, but more

frequently on to their backs, and rendered their feathers glutinous

and, when dry, very dirty.

Since writing the foregoing, I have obtained some of the coloured

fluid from the Flamingoes, ejected this day (March 22, 1869), and,

having submitted it to the examination of Dr. Murie, find by view-

ing it under the microscope that it contains a vast proportion of

blood-corpuscles, and is little else than blood. Have we here an

explanation of the old story of the Pelican feeding its young with

its own blood? I think we have; for the Flamingo was, and is still,

found plentifully in the country alluded to; and it may be that in

the translation the habit of the one bird has been transferred to the

other. At any rate, I have no doubt that the Flamingo feeds its

young by disgorging its food, as is shown by the bloody secretion

that I find ejected by these birds in their endeavour to feed the

craving Cariamas. This habit has been observed and remarked

upon, and has doubtless led to what we have so long considered a

fable. I have yet to learn if the same power may not exist in the

Pelicans, and perhaps in other birds, of supplying nutriment to

their young by these means.

4, On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima, Peru. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. With Notes on their

Habits; by Professor W. Nation, of Lima, C.M.Z.S.

(Part ITI.*)

(Plate XII.)

A third small collection of birdskins from Professor Nation has

lately reached me, together with notes upon some of the species,

which I have now the pleasure of submitting to the Society.

1. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 103.

C. zonatoides, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 272.

C. pallescens, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 16.

* Continued from P. Z. S. 1867, p. 344.

TIX ZAI OT wi

| UO WERT UO

PINUS

1869.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. 147

Professor Baird is probably right in recognizing in the species I

have hitherto called Camp. megalopterus the true C. pallescens of

Lafresnaye. I therefore adopt his suggested name for the present

species, which I had at one time supposed to be Lafresnaye’s C.

pallescens, and at another time to be his C. zonatoides. Mr. Nation

sends one young specimen, agreeing with a skin of Fraser’s from

Babahoyo in my collection.

2. PHructicus CHRYSOGASTER (Less.).

An adult male of this species. Itisaclose ally of P. aureiventris

(Lafr. et D’Orb.), but easily separable in the adult, although I am

not yet prepared to say this is always the case in immaturity.

3. NeorHYNCHUS NAsEsuS. (Plate XII.)

Callirhynchus masesus, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 822.

*‘This rare and singular Finch is a summer visitor; it arrives

about the end of November, and leaves about the beginning of May.

Its favourite haunts are clumps of tall willow trees, in the vicinity

of water. Rarely more than one or two individuals frequent the

same clump. During the day it conceals itself in the densest foliage

of the trees, utters at intervals a whistling note, not unlike the call-

note of Cardinalis virginialis ; when disturbed, it glides from branch

to branch and from tree to tree; and it is so shy and recluse that it

requires great caution and perseverance to procure even a glimpse of

it. It feeds on the seeds of grasses that grow in wet shady places ;

in the stomach of one example I found unripe Indian corn and bits

of a substance that resembled egg-shells.

“The upper mandible of this species, when perfect, greatly curves

over the lower, as in some of the Psittacide ; but the tip, being weak,

is very often broken or worn away.

“In March 1867 I picked up a young bird that had escaped from

the nest before it could fly; it is now living in a cage along with

some Spermophili.’—W. N.

Mr. Nation has forwarded a single skin of this bird, which is the

first specimen that has come under my notice of this rare species.

It agrees with the late Prince Bonaparte’s short description of his

Callirhynchus nasesus* sufficiently well to prevent my describing it

as a new species.

Lesson’s term Callirhynchus having been previously employed for

a well-known genus of fishes, I propose Neorhynchus in its place.

4, SPERMOPHILA TELASCO, Lesson; Sclater, P. Z. 8.1867, p. 341.

A young pair of this Finch, of which Mr. Nation had previously

sent specimens.

5. SruRNELLA BELLICOSA, De Filippi; Sclater, C. A. B. p. 128.

Examples of both sexes of this species.

* This name is printed in the C. R. masesus. I suppose this may be a misprint

for nasesus—in allusion to the worn tip of the upper mandible.—P. L. S.

148 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BIRDS OF LIMA. [Feb. 25,

6. MoLtoTHRUS PURPURASCENS, Cassin, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1866,

p- 20.

No doubt the species spoken of by Cassin under this name (J. ¢.),

hut probably not the bird intended by Hahn. Specimens of both

sexes.

7. CERYLE CABANISI, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 253; Sharpe, Alced.

pt. 2. t. 16.

A single skin of this Kingfisher.

8. Ruovorts vesrerA (Lesson).

“This is one of our rarest Humming-birds, visiting us at long

and uncertain intervals. I have seen a single individual in imma-

ture plumage occasionally in spring, and once or twice I have seen

one in adult plumage in summer. Like Thawmastura cora, it fre-

quents low bushes and flowering plants near the ground. At a

distance it resembles the Cora Humming-bird ; but its note is louder

and its flight stronger.’—W. N.

9. THAUMASTURA FRANCESC&, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 299.

Ornismya fanny, Less.

«This is the rarest of Lima birds. I saw it for the first time in

the winter of 1865; in the spring of 1867 I saw it again. In habits

it resembles the Cora Humming-bird.”—W. N.

-Mr. Nation sends one young male of this species, the only one

he has ever obtained.

10. CroropHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Sw.

Crotophaga casasii, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 256.

11. CurysopriLus ATRICOLLIS (Malh.).

Chrysopicus atricollis, Malh. R. Z. 1850, p. 156; Mon. Pic. ii.

p- 178, t. 88. f. 4.

A male of this distinct species, which I had not previously met

with.

12. THINOCORUS RUMICIVORUS, Eschsch.

A single skin of a Thinocorus sent by Prof. Nation agrees very

nearly in plumage with skins of 7’. rumicivorus from Chili, but is

very much smaller in dimensions. Before separating it specifically

I should like to have an opportunity of examining more specimens.

(See remarks, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 989.)

13. Porzana ERyTHROPS, Sclat. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 343, t. xx. ;

Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 457.

A second example of this curious species of Crake.

1869. ] EXHIBITION OF A HYBRID PHEASANT. 149

March 11, 1869.

St. George Mivart, Esq., F.Z.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. E. P. Ramsay, of

Dobroyde, C.M.Z.S., specimens of some of the new birds described

in Mr. Ramsay’s paper read before the Society on the 11th of June,

1868. Amongst these were examples of both sexes of Orthonyx

spaldingi (P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 386), Glyciphila subfasciata (1. c.

p- 385), and of a supposed new species of Podargus. These skins

were to be placed in Mr. Gould’s hands to be figured in the Supple-

ment to his work on the ‘ Birds of Australia.’

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the follow-

ing remarkable additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

months of January and February :—

1. A Black Ape (Cynopithecus niger), purchased January Ist,

being an example of a form of Monkey that had long been unrepre-

sented in the Society’s collection.

2. A young specimen of the Two-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius

bicarunculatus), purchased January 13th from the Zoological Society

of Rotterdam. This Cassowary had been originally described in

1860* from a specimen living in the Society’s collection. The

original specimen had subsequently died, and was now in the British

Museum. As in the former example, the present bird was in the

immature brown plumage, but was nevertheless of great interest as

serving to confirm the validity of this species.

3. An American Badger (V'axidea americana), purchased January

23rd, and believed to be the first living example of this species ex-

hibited in the Society’s Menagerie.

4. A Fennec Fox, captured at Mount Sinai by the members of

the Sinai Survey Expedition, and presented to the Society on the

19th of February. This animal was obviously distinct from the true

Fennec (Canis cerdo, Gm.), and appeared to be referable to the

species described and figured by Riippell as Canis famelicus (Atlas,

p. 15, t. 5).

The Secretary exhibited, on the part of Mr. G. F, Westermann,

For. Memb., a stuffed specimen of a hybrid Pheasant, which had

been transmitted living from Japan to the Zoclogical Gardens, Am-

sterdam. The bird appeared to be due to hybridism between a

Silver Pheasant (Huplocamus nycthemerus) and a Gold Pheasant

(Thaumalia picta), but was remarkable for a curious tuft of feathers

on the back of the head.

* See Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 358, and P. Z. S. 1860, pp. 211, 248.

150 MR, W. H. FLOWER ON BUCEROS CoRRUGATUS. [Mar. 11,

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on a Substance ejected from the Stomach of a Horn-

bill (Buceros corrugatus). By W. H. Furower, F.R.S. &e.

The body described by Mr. Bartlett and Dr. Murie at the last

Meeting of the Society*, and placed in my hands for further exami-

nation, consists of a sac of somewhat globular form, and averaging

an inch and three-quarters in diameter. On one side it has a large

ragged aperture, the margins of which are folded inwards so as to

close the orifice. Its walls are thin, slightly plicated, moderately

tough and consistent, though torn without difficulty, translucent,

and of a dark brown colour. The margins of the aperture are softer

and of a paler colour.

The contents of this sac are perfectly non-adherent to it and

readily removed. They consist of sixteen raisins in an undigested

condition, mostly with their skins broken, packed pretty closely

together and somewhat softened; but as the specimen had become

partially dry before it was procured, and has been for several months

in spirit, their exact condition at the time of ejection cannot now be

ascertained. Among the raisins were a few flakes of the same ma-

terial as that of which the sac was composed.

A superficial examination led at once to the belief that it consisted

of the entire epithelial lining of the gizzard; and a closer investiga-

tion, aided by comparison with the gizzard of the bird which ejected

it, removed after death and preserved by Dr. Murie, corroborated

this view.

The muscular coat of this gizzard is thin, almost membranous ;

and the epithelial lining forms a layer of nearly uniform thickness,

having no specially thickened lateral triturating disks as in gra-

nivorous birds. It, moreover, peels off from the subjacent fibro-

vascular coat (from the follicles in which it is secreted) with great

facility. In this instance numerous small nematode worms had

lodged themselves beneath it.

Making allowance for the drying and subsequent hardening in

spirit that the former has undergone, the microscopic structure of

the ejected sac and of the epithelial layer which lined the stomach

of the bird at the time of its death are identical. Both swell up and

become more transparent when treated with liquor potasse ; both

turn a bright yellow colour with nitric acid. Sections of both pre-

sent a matrix slightly laminated, with scattered nuclei and granules.

I was not able to detect in either the definite structure ascribed to

the epithelial stratum of the gizzard of granivorous birdst; only

near the attached surface, where the secretion is most recent, a

parallel striation was observed in vertical sections of both.

The specimens have, through the kindness of Dr. Murie and

Mr. Bartlett, been placed in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons.

* See P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 142. T See P. Z. S. 1860, p. 330.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 151

2. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely. By P. L.

Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osserr SALvIn,

M.A., F.L.S.—Part IV.*

(Plate XIIL.)

The present collection of Mr. Whitely contains 131 specimens of

birds, obtained in May, June, July, and August last, at Tinta on the

Vilcamayo, south-east of Cuzco, and at Tungasuca and Pitumarea,

two villages in the immediate vicinity of Tinta. Tinta is about

11,000 feet above the sea-level, and therefore belongs to the upper

part of Tschudi’s Eastern Sierra regiont. Tungasuca and Pitumarea

are both higher on the hills, the former on the right bank, and the

latter on the left bank of the Vileamayo, and may probably come

into Tschudi’s Puna region (11,000-14,000 feet).

The total number of species contained in the collection is forty-six,

of which four appear to be undescribed, namely Saltator laticlavius,

Poospiza cesar, Agriornis insolens, and Centrites oreas. The others

are mostly known to us from the researches of D’Orbigny in Bolivia,

and Tschudi in higher Peru.

We have added some field-notes, taken from Mr. Whitely’s MS.

catalogue.

1, Hirunpo anpicota, Lafr. et D’Orb.

Tinta, May 22, 1868.

2. DiGLossA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Lafr.

Tinta, May 1868.

“Shot in a garden. Its habits closely resemble those of a Blue

Tit (Parus); it frequently clings beneath the branches of trees.”

3. TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.

Tinta, May 10th.

4, SALTATOR LATICLAVIUS, sp. nov.

Saltator aurantiirostris, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. i. p. 35, et D’Orb.

Voy. Ois. p. 288 (partim).

Supra cinereus, fulvescente tinctus : superciliis postocularibus

albis : capitis lateribus cum torque collari antico lato conjunctis

migris: gula alba; abdomine medio fulvo, lateraliter cinereo

perfuso; cauda nigricante, rectricibus duabus utrinque extimis

albo terminatis: rostro aurantiaco, pedibus nigris: long. tota

9°5, ale 4:2, caude 4:2 poll. Angl.

Hab. Peruvia alta (Whitely).

Obs. Similis S. aurantiorostri ex rep. Argentina, sed torque col-

lari lato, et rectricum apicibus albis angustioribus dignoscendus.

* See Part I., P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 982; Part IL, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 173; and

Part ITT, ibid. p. 568.

t Faun. Per. Vorrede, p. xxv.

152 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. I],

In Sclater’s “Synopsis of Tanagers” (P. Z. S. 1856, p. 75) he

speaks of certain specimens of S. aurantiirostris in which the

“front, sides of the head, throat, and breast are all deep black, a

postsuperciliary stripe and middle of the throat only being white.”

These specimens (collected by D’Orbigny in Bolivia, and MM. Cas-

telnau and Deville in high Peru) were no doubt identical with the

present example, which, however, we believe to be specifically dis-

tinct from the true S. aurantiirostris, and propose to call laticlavius

from its broad-bordered throat.

Mr. Whitely’s skins of this Sa/tator were obtained at Tinta. One

was shot in a garden, the others off cactus plants on the hills above

Tinta, in May and June. “Eyes dark hazel; bill orange; legs,

toes, and claws black.” The sexes, as marked, are coloured alike.

5. CATAMENIA ANALIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Tinta.

“Shot off cactus plants. It frequents lanes, appearing to have

the habits of a Finch. Bill bright yellow; legs and feet brownish

black ; eye dark hazel.”—H. W.

6. Poospizs C#sar, sp. nov. (Plate XIII.)

Supra plumbea: remigibus et rectricibus obscurioribus, unicolo-

ribus : superciliis albis: capitis lateribus nigricantibus : sub-

tus alba, pectore lato et crisso castaneis: ventre lateraliter

plumbeo, medialiter albicante : rostro nigricanti-plumbeo, man-

dibula subtus albicante: pedibus corylinis: long. tota 7°7,

ale 3°2, caude 3'1, tarsi 1:1.

Hab. Peruvia alta (Whitely).

Two skins of this Poospiza are in Mr. Whitely’s collection. One

is a young male; of the other the sex is not marked, but we should

suppose it to be an adult of the same sex. They were both obtained

at Tinta in May last.

The species is larger than any other member of the genus known

tous. In colour it is something like P. thoracica, but has distinct

white superciliaries, and no chestnut-colour on the flanks,

“Shot in a ‘hedge. Length 77 inches, ditto of wing 33. Bill

slate-colour ; eye dark hazel; legs and toes brownish flesh-colour.”

7. PHRYGILUS PLEBEIUS, Tsch.; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8.1868, p. 568.

Tinta, May 1868.

‘« Shot in a cactus hedge.”

8. PHryGILUs FRUTICETI, Kittl,

Tinta, May 1868.

“Shot off cactus plants, Eye dark hazel; bill, legs, and toes

brownish flesh-colour.”

9. CHRyYSOMITRIS ATRATA (Lafr. et D’Orb.); Scl. Cat. A. B.

p. 125.

Pitumarca, August 1868.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 153

10. Sycanis caxoris, Cab.; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 568.

Two adult males of this bird in full plumage, both obtained at

Tinta in June last.

“Shot on the banks of the river. Appears to be common, fre-

quenting also the houses of the village.”

11. Acrxasticus THILIus (Mol.); Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 136.

Agelaius xanthocarpus, Bp. Consp. p. 430 (av. jr.).

One adult male of this species from Tungasuca, May 1868.

“Shot on the margins of the lake, where it frequents the reed-

beds. Eye dark hazel; bill, legs, toes, and claws black. Total

length 77 inches, ditto of wing 33. Stomach contained the remains

of small beetles.”

12. Grosirra TeNvurIRosTRIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Certhilauda tenuirostris, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av. p. 72; D’Orb.

Voy. Ois. p. 359, t. 43. f. 2.

Four skins from Tinta and Tungasuca; sexes alike.

“* Found near the lake, and also near the banks of the river. Eye

dark hazel; bill sepia; legs, toes, and claws black.”

13. CrncLopzs Fuscus (Vieill.); Sel. et Salv. P. Z. $.1867, p- 985.

Tungasuca.

14. AGRIORNIS INSOLENS, sp. nov,

Supra fuscescenti-cinerea unicolor; alis nigricantioribus, colore

pallidiore marginatis: loris et superciliis indistincte fulvis :

subtus pallide fulvescenti-cinerea, gutture albicantiore et nigro

striata: ventre dilutiore: subalaribus, crisso et cauda Sere

tota albis; rectricibus autem duabus mediis cinereo-nigrican-

tibus et his duarum proximarum pogoniis internis cinereo

marginatis : rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 10-0, ale 5-3,

caude 4:1, rostri a rictu 1°4, tarsi 1°35.

Fem. Mari similis.

Hab. Peruvia, Tinta (Whitely).

Four specimens of this Ayriornis were collected at Tinta in May

and June. It approaches nearest to 4. solitaria of Ecuador, being

nearly of the same build, and having, like that species, the three

pairs of external tail-feathers wholly white. But it may be imme-

diately distinguished by its much paler colour below, and by the

distinct black markings on the white throat.

A. pollens, Sclater* (A. andicola, Sclater, nec D’Orb.), has also

the external rectrices wholly white, and is very like the present bird

in general colour, but is much larger and stronger in form, resem-

bling in these respects 4. livida, the type of the genus.

“Shot off the roof of a house. Quite solitary in its habits; I

have never seen two birds together.”

* The name andicola having been used by Lafresnaye and D’Orbigny for a

species of this genus, I have altered my former name (given P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 78)

into pollens.—P. L. 8.

154 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 11,

15. OctrHorca Leucorurys (Lafr. et D’Orb.); Scl. et Salv.

P. Z. S. 1867, p. 986.

Tinta, May.

“Shot off cactus plants. Bill black; eye dark hazel; legs and

toes black.”

16. MuscisaxICOLA RUFIVERTEX, Lafr. et D’Orb.; D’Orb. Voy.

Ois. p. 354, t. 40. f. 2.

One example from Tinta (marked 9), May. Rather larger than

Chilian specimens, and varying otherwise, but very slightly.

“‘ Shot off the top of a rock. Eye dark hazel; bill, legs, and toes

black.”

17. MuscisaxicoLa MACULIROSTRIS, Lafr. et D’Orb.; Scl. et

Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 568.

Tinta.

“‘ Shot on a bank.”’

18. CENTRITES OREAS, Sp. nov.

Centrites niger, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 987, et 1868, p. 569.

Niger: dorso castaneo: remigum primariorum pogoniis internis

albicantibus : long. tota 5°5, ale 3°2, caude 20.

Fem. Fusea: dorso luride castaneo: primariis, sicut in mari albi-

cantibus sed cinnamomeo tinctis.

Hab. Peruvia alta (Whitely).

Obs. Centrites niger remiges intus nigros unicolores ostendit.

Two pairs of this Centrites were collected at Tinta. D’Orbigny

does not appear to have recognized its distinctness from the common

species of the Argentine Republic, of which we have examined many

specimens. Besides the difference in the wing-feathers, the present

species is larger, and has the back of a rather lighter chestnut. Mr.

Whitely’s former specimen from Salinas belongs also to the present

species.

«© Shot on the river bank ; common.’’—H. W.

19. Paracona e1Gas (Vieill.).

Tinta.

20. Coxtapres rupicoLaA, Lafr. et D’Orb.; D’Orb. Voy. Ois.

p- 377, t. 62. f.1; Sundev. Consp. Pic. p. 78.

Tungasuca and Tinta.

“Appears rather common, frequenting holes in banks, there being

no timber in the neighbourhood. Some specimens were shot off a

mud wall. Eye greenish yellow; legs and toes greenish brown ;

bill black.”

21. BoLBORHYNCHUS ORBIGNESIUS (Bp.); Finsch, Papag. i.

p- 129; Sel. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 569.

Tinta. Sexes, as marked, are alike.

«Found frequenting the top of a church.”

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 155

22. MitvaGo MEGALOPTERUS, Meyen; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S.

1867, p. 988.

Adult and young from Tinta.

23. Burro eryTHRONoTUS (King); nob. J. c. p. 988.

One skin, marked female, in the plumage figured by D’Orbigny

(Voy. t. 3. f. 2), from Tinta.

* Legs and toes bright chrome-yellow ; claws black.”

24. GERANOAETUS MELANOLEUCUS (Vieill.).

Tungasuca.

* Bill black at the tip, yellowish green at the base; eye light

hazel; legs and toes chrome-yellow; claws black. Total length

183 inches.”

25. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.).

Tinta.

26. HyporTriorcHIs FEMORALIS (Temm.).

Tinta.

“Shot by a native off the top of a cactus plant. Bill slate-colour

at the point, yellow at the base; eye dark hazel; eyelid, legs, and

toes bright yellow ; claws black.”

27. CrRCUS CINEREUS (Vieill.).

One skin, apparently an immature male, of this species from

Tinta.

“Bill slate-colour; eye yellow; legs and toes chrome-yellow;

claws black.”’

28. Strix PERLATA, Vieill.

Tinta.

29. Buso virGiniaAnus (Gm.).

Tinta. Smaller, as is usually the case, than northern specimens.

“Shot by a native, in the daytime, off a cactus plant. Eye bright

yellow.”

30. PHoLeoprynx CunrcuLARIA (Mol.).

Tinta.

31. MerriopeLIA MELANOPTERA (Gm.); Bp. Consp. ii. p. 75.

Tinta.

32. CHAMMPELIA ERYTHROTHORAX (Meyen); Sel. et Salv.

P. Z. S. 1867, p. 989.

Tinta.

“Shot off the top of a mud wall.”

156 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Mar. 11,

33. VANELLUS RESPLENDENS (Tsch.); Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1858,

p- 956.

Four examples from Tinta, obtained at an elevation of 12,000 feet.

Sexes alike.

«Shot on marsh land. Has the habits of a Plover. Bill pink at

the base, reddish brown at the tip; eye, eyelid, legs, and toes pink.”

34, GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA (Gm.).

Tinta and Tungasuca.

‘* Shot on marshy lands in the vicinity of the lake of Tinta; quite

alone. Bill horn-colour; eye dark hazel; legs and toes yellow

ochre; claws black.”

35. GALLINAGO FRENATA.

Scolopax frenata, Max. Beitr.iv. p. 712; Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 299.

One skin from Tungasuca, with the tarsus shorter than usual.

‘Found in pairs on the borders of the lake, but not common.

Bill reddish slate; eye dark hazel; legs and toes brownish flesh-

colour; claws black.”

36. Funica arpestaca (Tsch.) ; Scl. et Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 113,

tos

Two specimens from the lagoon of Tungasuca.

“Appears to be common. Bill white, marked with orange at the

base ; crown of the head chocolate-colour ; legs and toes light green.”

37. ARDEA EGRETTA (Gm.).

A. leuce, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 416.

Tungasuca.

« Bill yellow-ochre ; eye cream-colour ; legs, toes, and claws black.”’

38. Nycricorax osscurus, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 141.

Adult and young from Tinta.

“Upper mandible of bill black, marked with olive-green at the

base ; lower mandible olive-green, marked with streaks of black ;

eye crimson lake ; legs and toes greenish yellow; claws black.”

39. Isis FALCINELLUS (Linn.); Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Ibis, p. 2.

Ibis ordii, Tsch. F. P. p. 298.

Tungasuca.

“‘Frequents the neighbourhood of the lake in flocks of from

twenty to thirty. Bill reddish slate-colour ; eye crimson lake ; legs,

toes, and claws black. ‘Total length 247 inches.”

40. BerRNICLA MELANOPTERA (Eyton).

Anser melanopterus, Eyton, Anatide, p. 93; Tsch. F. P. dves,

p. 308 ; Darwin, Voy. Beagle, Zool. iii. p. 134, t. 50 ; Phil. et Landb.

Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 185.

Anser andicola et A. montanus, 'T'sch.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 157

Two examples from Pitumarca, in the plumage figured in the

‘ Voyage of the Beagle.’

“Common on all the large swamps near Tinta. Bill, legs, and

toes Indian-red ; eye dark hazel.”

41. Dariua sprnicaupa (Vieill.).

Anas spinicauda, Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Ans. p. 39.

Two skins from the lagoon of Tungasuca and a river near Tinta,

which we believe to belong to this species, although they do not

quite agree with Burmeister’s description (La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 515).

But they are identical with a skin from Buenos Ayres, obtained by

Mr. Hudson (cf. P. Z. 8S. 1868, p. 146); and we think Burmeister

must have made some error in separating the Peruvian bird (4.

oxyura, Meyen) from the eastern form.

“Total length 244 inches. Upper mandible yellow, marked with

a streak of black down the centre; lower mandible yellow at the

base, black at the point; eye dark hazel; legs and toes lead-colour.”’

42. QUERQUEDULA OXYPTERA (Meyen) ; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S.

1867, p. 990.

Specimens of both sexes of this Duck from the lagoon of Tunga-

suca and a river near Tinta. The males and females are alike.

* Found in the river.”

43. QUERQUEDULA PUNA.

Anas puna, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 309.

Two skins, both of females, from the lagoon of Tungasuca. This

species seems most nearly allied to Q. versicolor, but is readily dis-

tinguishable by its larger black bill, blacker head, whiter throat, and

finer markings above.

We have previously seen this species only in the gallery of the

Jardin des Plantes, where there is a specimen from Cochabamba

(D’Orbigny), and a second said to be from Chili (Gay).

“Found in pairs; rare. Bill light blue, with a streak of black

down the centre of the upper mandible; eye dark hazel; legs and

toes bluish slate-colour.”’

44, MEeRGANETTA LEUCOGENYS.

Anas leucogenys, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. 1843, p. 390.

Erismatura leucogenys, e}. l. ce. 1844, p. 316.

Merganetta leucogenys, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 310.

Mr. Whitely has sent a pair of this Merganetta, which is cer-

tainly distinct from both the Chilian and New-Granadan species.

The male was obtained by his friend Mr. Turner; the female was

shot by himself at Tinta in July last.

The male has a black neck, like M. chilensis, but a pure white

neck and throat, with only a small black line round the base of the

bill, as in M. columbiana, 'schudi’s description appears to have

been taken from a bird uot quite adult. The female appears to

158 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Mar. 1],

resemble the female of M. armata, as figured by Des Murs (Icon.

Orn. pl. 48).

« Bill, legs, and toes Indian red.”

45. Larus serRaAnvs, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 307.

L. personatus, Schlegel, Mus. des P.-B. Lari, p. 35.

Several skins from Tinta, obtained in July, in winter dress or im-

mature plumage, with the head almost white. One of them, appa-

rently most immature, shows traces of a black subterminal tail-band.

46. Popicers catiparevs, Lesson; Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 315.

Lagoon of Tungasuca.

‘« Bill lead-colour ; eye red; legs and toes lead-colour.”

47, PopIcErs ROLLANDI, Q. et G.

Lagoon of Tungasuca.

“ Bill black ; eye red; legs and toes slate-colour.”

3. Second List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine

Republic, by Mr. William H. Hudson; together with

some Notes upon another Collection from the same

locality. By P. L. Scratzr, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and

Ossert Satvin, M.A., F.Z.S.

A second collection of birdskins made by Mr. Hudson having

been transmitted to us for inspection by the authorities of the

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, we beg leave to offer to the

Society a list of the species therein contained which were not enu-

merated in our former paper on this subject *, with occasional remarks

upon them.

The collection consists of 105 specimens, referable to fifty different

species. The following fourteen were not in the first collection.

Two only of these, namely Cyanotis azare and Elanus leucurus, are

not mentioned in Burmeister’s work on the zoology of La Plata.

1. TROGLODYTES FURVUS (Gm.)

Tr. platensis, Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 476.

Basacaraguay, Azara, Apunt. ii. p. 19.

Several examples of this widely diffused species. It has been

already pointed out (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 321) that the true Sylvia

platensis of Latham (founded on Buffon’s Pl. Enl. 730. f. 2) is

Burmeister’s Cistothorus fasciolatus, which should be called Cisto-

thorus platensis. Azara’s Todo voz, Apunt. il. p. 29. no. 151

(Thryothorus polyglottus, Vieill.), is, no doubt, the same species.

Mr. Hudson gives Ratoncito as the vernacular name of the pre-

sent bird.

* See P. Z. S. 1868, p. 137.

1869.] BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 159

2. PROGNE pomMEsTICA (Vieill.).

Hirundo domestica, Vieill. N. D. xiv. p. 521, et E. M. p. 527; ex

Golondrina domestica, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 502.

Progne domestica, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 282; Burm. La Plata-

Reise, ii. p. 477.

One skin of this species, which seems to us very nearly allied to

. the Central-American P. Jeucogastra, though larger. Burmeister

describes the adult as being steel-blue all over, having, we suppose,

confounded it with the southern representative of P. purpurea (i. e.

P. elegans, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 751).

3. Arricora CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. c. p. 479.

Golondrina timoneles negros, Azar. Apunt. ii. p. 508. no. 303.

Two examples of this widely spread species.

4, CycLoruis virgins (Vieill.); Burm. J. c. p. 472.

Habia verde, Azara, 1. c. i. p. 361. no. 89.

Sclater’s Bolivian specimen (C. A. B. p. 46) has a rather stronger

bill, and the base of the lower mandible black. The chestnut eye-

brows are also deeper in colour. It approaches C. flavipectus. The

present species comes nearer the Brazilian C. ochrocephala, and has

no black spot on the lower mandible.

5. AGELASTICUS THILIUS (Mol.).

Ageluius thilius, Burm. J. c. p. 492.

Tordo negro cobyas amarillas, Azara, 1. ¢. i. p. 301.

Agelasticus chrysopterus, Cab. M. H. i. p. 188.

Agelaius canthocarpus, Cassin, P. Acad. Phil. 1866, p. 12.

Two males and a female of this species, which we agree with

Burmeister in regarding as hardly distinct from the Chilian bird.

It only differs in its smaller size. The single Peruvian skin we have

seen is most like the Chilian in size ; so that Bonaparte’s 4. zantho-

carpus (ex Peruvia) is probably a mere synonym of ZA. thilius. Ca-

banis wishes to call the Argentine form chrysopterus, from Vieillot’s

Agelaius chrysopterus, which name, however, has no reference to

Azara’s species, and is a mere synonym of Icterus cayanensis.

6. XANTHOSOMUS RUFICAPILLUS (Vieill.).

Tordo corona de canela, Azara, 1. c. i. p. 315.

Agelaius ruficapillus, Vieill.

Chrysomus frontalis, Burm. l. ec. p. 492.

Dolichonyx ruficapillus, Cassin, Pr. Acad. Phil. 1866, p. 17.

Cassin is quite right in separating this bird from the Brazilian Y.

frontalis, with which it has been generally confounded.

7. CYANOTIS AzAR#& (Licht.); Scl. C. A. B. p. 212.

Tachuri rey, Azara, Apunt. ii. p. 72. no. 161.

Two pairs of this species, which Mr. Hudson marks as a “ summer

bird frequenting swamps.”’ Not mentioned by Burmeister.

160 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [Mar. 11,

8. HAPALOCERCUS FLAVIVENTRIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.); Burm. La

Plata-Reise, ii. p. 456.

Tachuri vientre amarillo, Azara, Apunt. ii. p. 89. no. 171.

One example obtained in November 1867 and marked as a

“summer bird.” On comparing this with other specimens in Scla-

ter’s collection, including a typical Chilian example of Arundinicola

citreola, Landbeck (Wiegm. Arch. 1864, p. 58), we find them all

identical*. The latter name may therefore be regarded as a synonym

of Hapalocercus flaviventris.

9. CERYLE AMERICANA (Linn.); Burm. l.c. p. 447.

One skin of a female of this Kingfisher.

10. Evanus Levucurus (Vieill.); Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 113.

Alcon blanco, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 165.

Two specimens. Not included in Burmeistet’s list.

11. RostrHaAmus socraBitts (Viceill.).

Gavilan de estero sociable, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 84. no. 16.

R. hamatus, Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 435.

One example of this species.

12. ARAmus scoLopaceus (Vieill.); Burm. /. ¢. p. 504.

Cardu, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 202. no. 366.

“Cardu”’ or “ Viuda loca.”,—W. H. H.

13. QUERQUEDULA CYANOPTERA (Vieill.) ; Burm. J. ¢. p. 516.

Pato alas azulas, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 437. no. 434.

‘© Pato chocolate.”—W. H. H.

14. DENDRocyGNA vipvaTA (Linn.); Burm. J. c. p. 515.

Pato cara blanca, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 440. no. 435.

We have likewise lately examined a small collection of birds made

near Buenos Ayres by Mr. Haslehust of that city. Out of forty-five

species represented in it, the following ten have not been yet sent by

Mr. Hudson :—

1. VIREOSYLVIA CHIVI.

Sylvia chivi, Vieill. N. D. xi. p.174, et E. M. 437, ex Azara, no. 152.

Contramaestre gaviero, Apunt. ii. p. 34.

V. chivi, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 337.

A single skin, which we are not able to separate from V. agilis

of Brazil (V. virescens of Sclater’s American Catalogue). But put-

ting aside virescens, which Prof. Baird, perhaps rightly, considers

to be a synonym of V. olivacea, chivi is the oldest name for this

bird. This species is not mentioned by Burmeister.

* Of. Sclater’s remarks, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 326.

1869. ] BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 161

2. STEPHANOPHORUS LEUCOCEPHALUS (Vieill.).

Lindo azul cabeza blanca, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 375. no. 93.

Tanagra leucocephala, Vieill. N. D. xxxii. p. 408, et E. M. 774.

Several skins of this Tanager.

3. Donacospiza ALBIFRONS (Vieill.); Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p.136.

Poospiza albifrons, Burm. 1. c. p. 484.

Cola aguda vientre de eanela, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 263. no. 234.

Poospiza oxyrhyncha, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 168, ex MS. Natt.

On comparing the present specimen with Sclater’s type of Poospiza

oryrhyncha, there remains no doubt of their identity. Natterer’s

specimen in Sclater’s collection, which was obtained at Curytiba in

Brazil, has the tail-feathers rather worn. The species is well figured

in the ‘ Voyage of the Beagle’ (t. 29) as Ammodramus longicaudatus.

4. SYCALIS CHLOROPSIS.

Crithagra chloropsis, Bp. Consp. i. p. 521.

Sycalis chloropis, Burm. Journ. f. O. 1860, p. 257, et La Plata-

Reise, ii. p. 489.

A pair of what we suppose to be this Sycalis, which has not been

very sufficiently described either by Bonaparte or Burmeister. It

is most nearly allied to S. brasiliensis, but rather smaller, with the

front less deeply orange, and the back strongly striated with fuscous.

5. STURNELLA DEFILIPPII, Bp.; Sclater, Cat. A. B. p- 138.

Trupialis militaris, Burm. 1. ce. p. 490.

Tordo degollado primero, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 304, no. 68.

Easily known from the true S. militaris (which is found near

Mendoza and along the Cordilleras) by its black under wing-coverts.

6. AMBLYRHAMPHUS HOLOSERICEUS (Scop.); Sclater, Cat.

A. B. p. 137.

A. ruber, Burm. l. c. p. 491.

Tordo negro cabeza roxa, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 316. no. 72.

7. Picotapres aNnGustrrostris (Vieill.); Lafr. Rev. Zool.

1850, p. 151.

Trepador comun, Azara, Apunt. ii. p- 279, no. 242.

Nearest to P. bivittatus, as pointed out by Lafresnaye, but re-

cognizable by the well-marked striz below and the longer beak. Not

mentioned by Burmeister.

8. Myrarcuus swarnsont, Cab. et Heine, Mus. Hein. ii. p. 72.

Suiriri pardo amarillo menor, Azara, Apunt, ii. p. 138. no. 193.

We are inclined to think this form may be really distinguishable

from M. ferox, although in some cases it is exceedingly difficult to

say to which of the two species a particular skin should be referred.

A Nattererian specimen of Myiarchus cantans (Pelzeln, Orn. Bras.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1869, No. XI.

162 MR, J. BRAZIER ON BULIMUS MILTOCHEILUS. [Mar. 11,

p. 117) in Selater’s collection agrees very well with the Buenos-

Ayrean bird. Pelzeln unites M. swainsoni with M. ferox, and may

thus have fallen into the error of describing his M. cantans as new.

This species is not included in Burmeister’s list.

9. PHyTOTOMA RUTILA (Vieill.); Burm. l. c. p. 452.

Dentudo, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 361. no. 91.

10. VANELLUS CAYANENSIS (Gm.); Burm. J. c. p. 502.

Terutéro 6 Tetéu, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 264. no. 386.

4. Observations on the Distribution of Bulimus miltocheilus

in the Solomon’s* Archipelago. By Joun Brazier, of

Sydney, New South Wales. (Communicated by the.

Secretary.)

BuLIMUS MILTOCHEILUS.

Bulimus miltocheilus, Reeve, Conch. Icon. . pl. 49. fig. 322 ;

Deshayes in Fér. yol. ii. p. 105, pl. 154. figs. 3&4; Pfeiffer, Mon.

Helic. vol. iii. p. 372, and vol. iv. p. 440; Chenu, Manuel de

Conch. part. 1. fig. 3216.

Aspastus miltocheilus, Albers, Heliceen, first edition, p. 149.

Otostomus miltocheilus, H. & A. Adams, Recent Mollusca, vol. ii.

p. 151.

During my visit to the Solomon’s archipelago in H.M.S.

‘Curagoa,’ under the command of my esteemed friend Commodore

Sir William Wiseman, C.B., in the months of August and Septem-

ber 1865, I found that Bulimus miltocheilus is not only met with

at Port Makera, San Christoval Island, but also on two other islands

in the archipelago. On the Island of Sesarga or Contraictés

(situated 9° 48! S. lat., 162° 8’ 10” E. long.) I believe I was the

first that ever landed in search of conchological specimens; and I

was well rewarded by finding B. miltocheilus on a species of palm

tree about twenty feet from the ground. The next island that we

visited is one known by the name of Golfe Island; the native name

is Ugi; here B. miltocheilus is found in thousands on the palm

trees. ‘Ihe third place that we visited was Wanga Bay, San Chris-

toval Island; here we found this Bu/imus rather scarce, not getting

more than thirty specimens. At this spot they are found on leaves

of bushes and other small plants, quite vigorous and crawling about,

where the land is very low and damp. ‘The next place that we

visited was Recherche Bay, San Christoval Island, where the land is

very high on the coast. To obtain B. miltocheilus you must go three

or four miles inland; here it is found on a broad-leaved tree, but

* Recent writers on the Mollusca of this archipelago (such as Pfeiffer and

others) make use of the term “‘ Salomon” Islands; it should be Solomon's Archi-

pelago or Islands.

aN LYVHNVH WN

AIX Id 6981

ALIT SNVADTOAN

1869. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CHETOPS. 163

is rather rare. At Port Achard it is found in abundance, and is

used by the natives to make necklaces of, or strung in clusters round

their waist in their war-dances. It is always found in company with

Helix merziana and H, eleryi. The most northern limit of it is

Sesarga or Contraietés, the southern limit is San Christoval. Spe-

cimens vary much both in colour and in size.

5. On the Genus Chetops. By R. B. Suarpr.

(Plate XIV.)

The genus Chetops was founded by Swainson in 1831, and up to

the present time contains only two species, viz. C. frenatus and

C. aurantius. In a collection of birds formed in Damara-land by

the late Mr. C. J. Andersson, I met with a species of Chetops which

I have every reason to believe is new to science. On taking my

specimen to the British Museum I discovered another in the na-

tional collection; and my friend Mr. George Robert Gray coin-

cided in my opinion as to its novelty. He had, indeed, noted it as

new, and intended to describe it himself shortly, I have therefore

very great pleasure in naming this species

CHZTOPS GRAYI, sp. n. (Plate XIV.)

C. valde minor: gutture et pectore superiore albidis: pectoris la-

teribus nigro guttatis : long. tot. 6°8 unc., rostri 0°7, ale 2°8,

caudeé 3-0), tarsi 0°85, dig. med. 0°7.

Had. in terra Damarensi, in Afr. merid.

The above short diagnosis is quite sufficient to distinguish it from

either of the species hitherto known; and the following diagnostic

Table indicates the specific characters of the three species :—

A. Majores: gutture nigerrimo.

a’. Abdomine intense castaneo .............ccceccseccseceeeceecees C. frenatus.

bPAAOMING SUP ANtIACOM lae eck aaceaes set occe eho ai as vlads oo dhs cwas's C. aurantius.

ram VINEON OUCMITE ALDIGCO. caassayoveacnce fonasccsttassasascbatobasccovsaes C. gray?.

1. CH&TOPS FRENATUS.

Malurus frenatus, Temm. Pl. Col. 385 (1826).

Chetops frenatus, Gray, Gen. of Birds, i. p. 217 (c. 1844); Bonap.

Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 278 (1850); Layard, Birds of S. Afr. p. 125

(1867).

poh burchelli, Swains. Fauna Bor.-Am. p. 486 (1831);

Classif. of Birds, ii. p. 233 (1837).

The following account of the habits of this rare bird is taken from

Mr. Layard’s work (oc. cit.) :—

“This bird is, as far as I yet know, peculiar to the mountain-

ranges between Caledon and Swellendam. It frequents the tops of

the hills and high elevations on their stony sides, and seeks its food,

consisting of insects, about stones and rocks. In habits it much

resembles the Rock-Thrush, and, like it, is fond of perching upon the

164 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CH&£TOPS. [Mar. 11,

summit of some conspicuous stone or ant-hill, from which it surveys

the surrounding prospect, and seeks for safety by immediate flight

on perceiving the approach of a foe. It progresses by a series of

enormous hops, its powerful legs being well suited to this end ; while

its strong pointed claws enable it to traverse with ease the inclined

surfaces of slippery rocks. It conceals itself readily in holes, and,

if wounded, seeks such a retreat in which to die. Generally found

in small families of three or four individuals.”

2. CHETOPS AURANTIUS.

Chetops aurantius, Layard, Birds of S. Afr. p. 126 (1867).

This species was first recognized by my friend Mr. Layard; a

single specimen is in the British Museum ; and I agree with him in

considering it to be distinct from C. frenatus. The following ex-

tract from his work sufficiently explains the reasons that induced

him to separate the two birds.

«“This handsome species was obtained by Mr. J. O’ Reilly in some

abundance in the mountains near Graaff-Reinet. He describes it as

very wary and difficult of approach, and feeding on insects, for

which it seeks among the low brushwood. It has also been received

from Captain Bulger at Windvogelberg, and from Mrs. Barber.”

Mr. J. O'Reilly writes as follows :—‘“ Graaff-Reinet, January 2nd,

1863. Inhabits rocks in high mountain-ranges. Scarce ; very shy

and cunning, usually frequenting places assimilating to its plu-

mage. Continually on the hop, and seldom takes wing; when it

does so, flies but a short distance. Always on the watch, seldom

showing much more than its head above the stones. Found about

Graaff-Reinet all the year round, and in pairs. Food consists of

small insects of any sort; drinks in the evening. Note, a sharp

chirp, particularly when surprised. Breeds in December. Nest

built of grass and rock-mosses, in crevices among rocks. Eggs three

to four ; green, with brown speckles.”

«‘ When this bird was sent home, Dr. Hartlaub and Mr. Sclater

identified it as C. frenatus, Temm. Since then, specimens have

been obtained corresponding entirely with Temminck’s figure of that

bird, and I am convinced that this species is distinct. I have male,

female, and young birds of each; and Mr. O'Reilly describes the

nest and eggs of the orange-bodied species which Dr. Hartlaub sup-

poses to be the young of C. frenatus. C. frenatus breeds about

Caledon; and our C. aurantius never appears there by any chance.”

3. CH&TOPS GRAYI.

The specimen in the British Museum is labelled as coming from

South Africa. My bird was obtained by Mr. C. J. Andersson on the

Omaruru River, Damara-land, October 30th, 1866. The present

species cannot be mistaken for either of the others mentioned above,

its much smaller size and white throat distinguishing it at a glance.

I should add that the British-Museum specimen has more black

spots on the sides of the breast than my bird.

AX Td 6981S Zd

ONVOTIE VALIIVE 2 SASOWHOT XANOMHILT

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 165

6. Notes on the Families and Genera of Tortoises (Testudi-

nata), and on the Characters afforded by the study of their

Skulls. By Dr. Jonn Epwarp Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.,

F.L.S.

(Plate XV.)

Papers on the skulls of Chelydide and on the skulls of the Asiatic

and African species of Trionychide were read at meetings of this

Society in 1867, and I was enabled to found on the study of their

skulls what appeared to me tu be more natural arrangements of the

Species into genera and larger groups. I wished to follow the same

plan with regard to the other families of Testudinata, but I was

stopped by want of material.

The British Museum has since then received some additional skulls

and skeletons ; and I hope that, with these and with the examination

of the heads and mouths of the specimens in spirits and stuffed, I

have been able to place the characters of the genera and to group

the genera into sections on a firmer basis than that hitherto used,

and thus to add to our knowledge of these neglected animals.

Anatomists have been content to study the osteology of the three

or four larger groups of the Tortoises, and have paid very little atten-

tion to the skulls, much less to the skeletons, of the genera or other

smaller groups ; and very few skeletons or skulls have been figured.

To give some idea of the little attention hitherto paid to the sub-

ject and of the difficulty that existed of examining the skeletons and

skulls of them, the Museum of the College of Surgeons, when Pro-

fessor Owen printed his Catalogue of the osteological series in that

collection, only contained the skulls or skeletons of five species of

Testudinide, of one of the Cistudinide, of two Emydide, and of one

of the Chelydrade. Iam glad to say that the collection has been

lately increased by the addition of several other skeletons and skulls.

To remedy this evil, 1 have exerted myself to bring together the

skeletons and skulls of as many specimens of Tortoises as I could

procure for the British Museum collection; and there are now in

that collection 78 complete skeletons, and 59 skulls, besides bones of

parts of the body, belonging to 67 species, as follows :—

Species. Skeletons. Skulls.

Testudinide ........ 13 22 10

Cistudinide ........ 3 5 =

Mingeides! Si el. 22 24 5

Chelydrade ........ 6 8 _

“Ghelydide .. 5... .... 7 6 6

Trionychide ........ 12 6 17

Ghelaniads. | CS 6 15

Sh 0 1 1 6

In my paper on the skulls of Chelydide (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 128)

I divided them into two groups—one having the temporal muscles

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XII.

166 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

almost entir ely covered with a bony case formed of the dilated zygo-

matic arch, as in the Sea-Turtles (Cheloniade), and the other with

those muscles only covered with skin, and protected externally by a

broad band-like zygomatic arch, as in the Tortoises (Testudinide

and Trionychide); and I observed that the same difference in the

form of the skull was to be observed in the genera of the Emydide ;

but some genera, as Geoemyda and Cistudo, like several genera of

Chelydide, are even without any zygomatic arch, the ‘temporal

muscles being only covered with skin between the orbit and the

tympanic bone as on the temple and crown.

The families may be divided, according to the state of the temple,

thus :—

Temple bony. Temple fleshy.

Ie pFect clavate, (ernestniel vey ce acs oeey asks si Mee eee. oeaar Testudinide.

1]. Feet palmate. Fluviatile.

A. Thorax covered with bony plates.

a. Pelvis free below ; sternal shields

BLOF U2 rss. seas pemeanes ae gees Platysternide. Cistudinide.

Emydide.

Chelydrade.

b. Pelvis attached to the sternum ;

sternal shields 13 ............... Podocephalide. Chelydide.

bse Piorax(COVErea with skims 1)2.-s0- a8 Meese otenerees eo ss Trionuchide.

WD: Reetiintshapedys:. tac. cntee ce ecisnarscresses Cheloniada.

Sphargidide.

The horny beak of these animals not only forms a cutting instru-

ment for the separation of the food from the mass, but it also covers

the chewing surface on the sides of the jaws, there being a more or

less extended plate on the inside of the jaws for this purpose. In

some the surface of the bone and the horny covering is smooth, as in

Malaclemys and Chelydra. In general there are one or more ridges

on the upper jaw fitting into grooves in the lower jaw. In the Tor-

toises and some of the more terrestrial Hmydide, the ridge and groove

are simple; in the more aquatic Terrapims (as Pseudemys and Ba-

tagur) they are more numerous and wider. Unfortunately, the

form of the masticating surface is not to be usually seen in stuffed

specimens; so that it is only known in a limited number of species.

It must have great influence, or, rather, it shows that there is great

variation in the habits of the animals, and ought to be studied for

the natural arrangement of the groups. Indeed I can only regard

the notes I am now making asthe breaking of the sod, and consider

that much has to be done before one can arrive at a satisfactory

history of the habits and structure of these creatures, and form an

arrangement of them consistent with their habits and manners and

peculiarities.

I. LAND-TORTOISES—TESTUDINIDZ.

Skull solid. Orbit complete, lateral, large, hinder edge moderate.

Zygomatie arch strong, well developed, united to the ear-bone be-

hind, with a large cavity for the temporal muscle above. Temporal

muscles covered with skin or horny plates.

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. : 167

They may be divided into sections thus :—

Section I. Sternal shields 12, regularly arranged in pairs on each

side of the central line. Pectoral plates large, like the others.

A. The inguinal plates moderate ; the nostrils in a square fleshy

nose, between the upper edge of the beak and the frontal plates ;

thorax solid. TEsTuDININA.

. Testupo. Gular plates separate. Claws4.5. Alveolar plate

with two ridges.

2. Petrastes, Gular plates separate. Claws4.5. Alveolar plate

with an indistinct ridge.

—

3. Homorus. Gular plates separate. Claws 4.4.

4, Pyxis. Gular plates separate. The front lobe of the sternum

mobile.

. Cuersina. Gular plates united and produced.

B. The inguinal plates very large; the nostrils in a notch on each

side of the upper edge of the beak; thorax, hinder part mo-

bile. KinixyiNna. ‘

6. Kinrxys.

Section II. Sternal shields 10, arranged in five pairs. The two

pectoral shields small, short, triangular, far apart, on the sides

at the hinder edge of the axilla. Manourina.

7. Manourta. This genus, before the animal was known, was

erroneously arranged in Hmydide.

1. Testupo.

The skull has a well-developed zygomatic arch. The palate is

deeply concave, especially in front ; and there are three more or less

distant, narrow, elevated, parallel longitudinal ribs onit behind tie

internal nostrils, which are placed in front of the palate. The alveo-

lar margin of the upper jaw broad, with two ridges parallel to and

as long as the outer margin of the beak. The central ridge is divided

into conical teeth ; the inner marginal ridge higher and with a more

even edge. The nostrils are placed in a more or less square fleshy

muffle, which is situated on the upper edge of the horny beak.

The genus may be divided into two sections by the form of the

alveolar surface of the lower jaw :-—

a. Lower jaw narrow, with a deep groove extending the whole

length of the edge; front of upper jaw with a central notch

and two slight prominences. ‘TEstuDoO.

Testudo indica, T. planiceps, T. tabulata, T. radiata.

6. Lower jaw narrow in front, with a short deep groove as long

as the hinder half of the outer margin. Scapra.

T. (Scapia) falconeri.

168 7 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

The hinder part of the skull over and near the ethmoid bones

varies considerably, and affords very good characters for the distinc-

tion of the species.

1. Tesrupo rnpica, Gray.

Testudo indica, (skull figured) Cuvier Oss. Foss. v. t. f. ;

copied, Wagler, N. Syst. Amph. t. 6. f. 51, 52, 53; Gray, Cat.

Shield Reptiles in B. M. t. 35. fig. 1.

T. elephantopus, Owen, Cat. Osteol. Mus. Col. Surg. p. 194. no.

1011 (skeleton), 1058 (skull).

Skull—length 53 inches, width at zygomatic condyles 43; the

alveolar plate in the upper jaw broad, with a central and marginal

ridge, and a groove in the lower jaw, the whole length of the margin.

There is a skeleton of a small adult specimen of this species in the

British Museum.

2. TESTUDO PLANICEPS.

T. planiceps, (skull figured) Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles in B. M.

t. 34.

Skull—length 53 inches, width over zygomatic arches 4}; the

alveolar plate in the upper jaw narrower, with a central and marginal

ridge, and a groove in the lower jaw, the whole length of the margin.

3. TresTUDO TABULATA.

T’. tabulata, (skeleton) Wiedemann, Arch. Zool. ii. 181; Wagler,

N. Syst. Amph. t. 6. f. 1-6; Owen, Cat. Osteol. Mus. Coll. Surg.

p. 200. no. 1044 (skeleton with mutilated skull), 1046 (skull ?).

Var. Testudo boiei, Wagler, N. Syst. Amph. t. 6. f. 7-13.

Junior? 7°. denticulata, Owen, Cat. Osteol. Mus. Coll. Surg.

p. 201. no. 1045 (skull); not Green.

The upper jaw with a high triangular ridge, and the lower with a

deep triangular groove with a very high inner edge, parallel to and

nearly as long as the short-edged outer margin, only represented in

the front of the upper jaw by the broad, deep, central, anterior pit.

The upper jaw with a notch on each side of the centre, and the

lower with a broad, compressed, conical projection. Palate very

deep nearly the whole length, deeper on each side in front, with

three laminar ridges, the middle one being the most distinct. The

ethmoid bones smooth, without any distinctly raised ridge on each

side.

There are a skeleton and two skulls appearing to belong to this

species in the British Museum. Length of the skull of the skeleton,

from nose to condyle, 2} inches ; width at zygomatic arches 12 inch.

Length of largest separate skull 2 inches 5 lines, width 12 inch.

There is also in the Museum the skeleton of a small but adult spe-

cimen of the variety, with very deeply sulcated shields. ‘They differ

from each other somewhat in the depth, and slightly in the form of

the concavity in the palate, and in the strength of the margin on

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 169

the side of the hinder part of the palate within the temporal muscles.

They all three vary in the form of the ethmoid bone: in one it is

nearly square, with evenly truncated front edge; in the other two it

is more elongated, and the middle of the front edge is more or less

projecting in front.

Of the skeleton of a young specimen in the British Museum the

skull is well formed; it has the symphysis between the two bones

very narrow; the beak has the three anterior notches, and the

alveolar ridges or grooves, as in the adult.

A half-grown specimen from Xeberos, obtained from Mr. Hig-

gins, in spirit, has the head black, the crown and cheeks yellow-

varied, the two oblong longitudinal shields on the nose and the small

shield edging the upper part of the orbit pure white; a small spot

on each temple and a large shield between the orbit and the upper

edge of the tympanic cavity yellow.

4. TESTUDO RADIATA.

Testudo radiata, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. 193, t. 12, 13; Wagler, N.

Syst. Amph. t. 10. f. 37, 40, t. 11 (skeleton).

The skull of the skeleton in the British Museum is solid, heavy,

rather longer than wide in the widest part; crown rather convex ;

nose erect ; sides of face concave ; orbit large ; zygomatic arch strong,

broad, convex, about as wide as the small oblong tympanic cavity.

Palate very deeply concave in front, gradually shelving off to the

ethmoid, with three narrow laminar longitudinal ridges near together

in the centre of the concavity. Ethmoid bone narrow, with a narrow,

linear, rather arched ridge on each side. Lower jaw with a deep

narrow groove parallel to and as long as the short outer margin, and

with a prominence in front. The skull is 2 inches long from the

nose to the condyle, and 12 inch wide over the zygomatic arches,

which is the widest part. The mastoid bone, in the different species

of Tortoises, differs greatly in shape; in this species it is short,

with a shelving outer surface ; it is always hollow, forming a tym-

panic cavity.

5. Testupo (Scapia) FALCONERI. B.M.

Skull solid, oblong ; face broad, rounded in front. The groove on

the palate very deep and wide. The upper jaw with three narrow

ridges—one on each edge of the margin, and a short oue interme-

diate between them ; the outer margin high and without any teeth.

Lower jaw with a sharp edge, a rather acute sharp edge in the front

part, and with a sharp inner ridge rather more than half the length

of the side, separated from the outer edge by a deep groove.

Hab. India?

Length of skull from nose to condyle 3} inches ; width 2 inches

5 lines, of forehead between orbits 24 inches; length of outer edge

of upper jaw 1 inch 8 lines.

The skull above described was received in Dr. Falconer’s collection,

which was presented to the British Museum by his brother on his

170 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

Figs.

Testudo falconeri.

Note.—The figures are all of the natural size, except when otherwise stated.

death. It is most probably from India, and perhaps from the

mountain-regions. It is evidently the skull of a very large species

of the genus and very distinct from Testudo indica, the skull of

which was figured in the ‘ Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the British

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 171

Museum,’ t. 35. f. 1, and the larger Testudo planiceps, figured in

the same work, t. 34, and only known from a skull in the Museum

collection. From its size, it is most probably the skull of one of the

Black Tortoises of Asia that have been called Testudo indica, which

are found spread over all parts of the Asiatic region, also on the

islands off the east coast of Africa, and in California and the Gala-

pagos, and of which certain variations in form were regarded by the

older writers as denoting distinct species. Modern writers on the

subject have united these into a single species under the name of

Testudo indica.

Testudo falconeri and T. planiceps having been described from

skulls in museums, without any knowledge of the thoraces of the

animals to which they belonged, I am not able to say if they are

identical with any of the Tortoises which have been described from

thoraces only, under the names of Testudo elephantopus, T. nigra, T.

dussumieri, T. gigantea, T. vosmaeri, T. nigrita, T. daudini, T. ele-

phantina, T. perraultit, and T. peltastes. This is one of those in-

stances which ought to teach naturalists caution in determining

species without the examination of all the parts of the animal, the

skull as well as the thorax.

The Tortoises that have been called 7. indica are found in India,

Africa, and America, or rather on the islands of these two latter

continents; and it has been supposed that they have been intro-

duced to these places by ships, as they are sometimes collected and

used as food aboard ship. Some say they were introduced into India,

and the original habitat of the species is unknown. Perhaps the

discovery that there are several species confounded under the name

of T'. indica may solve this problem. :

There is a large species of Tortoise from India named Manouria

Susea, the skull of which has somewhat the general form of that of

Testudo falconeri; but the latter differs in having a broad, well-

developed zygomatic arch, the arch in Manouria fusca being slender

and weak.

2. PELTASTES.

The alveolar margin of the upper jaw rather broad in the hinder

part, interrupted in front by a broad concavity over the anterior in-

ternal nostril; the broad hinder part with a slightly raised ridge and

a similar raised inner edge nearly parallel to the margin of the jaw ;

the front of the jaws has two slight prominences, separated by a

slight notch. Lower jaw slender, with a short edge in front, and

with a rather deep rounded groove with a very thin inner edge oc-

cupying the inner surface of the hinder half of the margin.

'], PELTASTES ELONGATUS.

Testudo elongata, Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 139.

Hab. India.

There are two skulls of this kind in the British Museum, the

smaller sent by Professor Oldham with the thorax, which proves it

to be the skull of 7. elongata; the larger one was presented by the

172 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

brother of Dr. Falconer on the death of the Doctor. The larger

skull (from Dr. Falconer) is 24 inches long, 14 inch wide; the

other (from Professor Oldham) is 1 inch 11 lines long, and 123 inch

wide.

Peltastes elongatus.

The thorax has all the characters of Testudo. Claws5.4. The

nostrils in a fleshy disk, with a slight notch in the upper edge of the

beak, directly under and partly enclosing them. Palate deeply con-

cave nearly the whole length, with three laminar longitudinal ridges

in the centre of it. Ethmoid bone flat, with a more or less distinct

raised marginal edge.

Young specimen in spirit, from Pegu, obtained from Mr. Theo-

bald :—Thorax oblong, hemispherical, rather convex, dull brown ;

centre of dorsal shield blackish; sternum yellow, biack in the cen-

tre; nuchal shield short, square ; the four lateral hinder marginal

shields produced into an acute point behind; the caudal shield

broad, with a straight denticulated hinder edge, with a longer acute

point at each end ; legs and feet very dark olive.

Hab. Pegu (Theobald).

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 173

2. PELTASTES? SULCATUS.

Testudo sulcata, Miller, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. B. M. p. 9.

Hab. Africa.

Skeleton in the British Museum. Skull imperfect, the nose and

lower jaw having been crushed; but from what remains I suspect

that it belongs to the genus Peltastes.

The skull is high and short, rather like the skull of Testudo in-

dica. The central ridge on the palate is very high and laminar,

much higher than the ridge on each side of it. Zygomatic arch

broad and short and convex. Tympanic cavity imperfect behind ;

the mastoid bone is large and entirely hollow, forming a tympanic

cavity. Length of skull from nose to condyle 2? inches, width at

zygomatic arches 2 inches.

3. PELTASTES GRECUS.

Skeleton in the British Museum. Skull thin; the upper alveolar

edge with a regular groove parallel to the margin, with a sharp ridge

on the inner margin; the lower jaw with a regular triangular groove

parallel to the whole of the lateral margin.

There is a very pretty specimen (young) of P. grecus, in spirit,

in the British Museum, from the valley of the Minder, Asia Minor,

presented by Mr. R. MacAndrew.

There are two skulls in the British Museum received from Mr.

Yarrell as the skulls of Testudo greca. They are evidently of a

very distinct species ; they both belong to the genus Peltastes.

4. PELTASTES GEOGRAPHICUS?

Skull of a smaller species in the Museum of the College of Sur-

geons, without any number. From the size, probably the skull of

Testudo geographica.

Skull short, broad, crown flat, broad, truncated in front; nose-

hole very large, square ; orbit large, lateral ; zygomatic arch slender,

rather convex ; tympanic cavity oblong, erect; mastoid bone half-

oval, hollow, labial edge even, with three slight teeth in front; the

palate very concave ; the alveolar surface very narrow in front,

wider behind, with a very slight submarginal ridge on the hinder

part of it. Lower jaw weaker ; alveolar edge narrow, with a swollen

dentary groove behind, about two-thirds of the length of the

outer side of the bone, and with a very slightly raised point in

front.

5. Peirastes? MARGINATUS.

Skull figured as the Caret, Spix, Cephal. t. 4. f, 12-15.

4. Pyxis.

Pyxis ARACHNOIDEA, var. oblonga.

Skeleton in the British Museum, received from Leyden. It is

exactly like the oblong specimens figured by Duméril and Bibron,

Erp. Gén. t. 13. f. 2.

174 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

Skull small, thin; crown convex, arched ; nose-hole very large,

with a deep oblong notch in the upper edge ; orbit very large ; side

of face shelving ; the hinder edge of the orbit very thin ; zygomatic

arch very slender, short; tympanic cavity small, oblong, erect.

Lower jaw slender. Beak of upper jaw with a smooth edge, and

entire in front. The alveolar edges narrow, parallel, linear, simple ;

internal nostril like exterior. The thorax is very like that of some

of the varieties of Testudo stellata, which is a very variable species

both in size and surfaces ; so that one might almost regard it as only

a variety of it. The sternum is divided by a straight suture between

the second and third pairs of plates; the second pair large, with a

straight posterior edge. The abdominal or the fourth pair of plates

very large; the first or gular plate small, narrower than the small

anal ones.

5. CHERSINA.

CHERSINA ANGULATA.

Testudo angulata, Owen, Cat. Osteol. M. C. 8S. p. 201. n. 1050

(skeleton), 1051 (skeleton of trunk and extremities).

Skeleton in the British Museum.

Back edge of the orbit thin; zygomatic arch short, rather slender

from the middle part of the back edge of the orbit ; tympanic cavity

small; nose-hole large, square; nostril in a small granular disk ;

orbit large, lateral; upper beak with three anterior teeth, with a deep

notch in the upper edge for the nose-disk. Lower jaw weak, the

beak with a short central hook. The alveolar surface of the upper

jaw linear, rather wider behind, with a very short central ridge.

Lower jaw sharp-edged in front, rather wider on the hinder half of

the margin, with a middle groove for the ridge on the upper jaw.

6. Kinrxys.

KINIXYS BELLIANA.

Sheath of the upper jaw very high, with the nostril in a notch in

its upper edge, between it and the front edge of the frontal shields ;

of lower jaw high, convex in front. Zygomatic arch (as seen through

the skin in the stuffed specimen) convex, narrow from the back of

the orbit to the upper front part of the oblong tympanic cavity.

7. Manouria.

MANOURIA FUSCA.

The stuffed specimen shows that the skullis oblong, forehead flat,

face short ; orbit large, lateral, rounded; zygomatic arch weak and

thin, compared with the same bone in Testudo ; the tympanic bone

surrounding the ear is deep-seated ; the mastoid is not prominent as

is usually the case in Land-Tortoises.

II. The TERRAPINS or FRESHWATER TORTOISES.

After a patient examination of the skulls and skeletons and a re-

vision of the specimens of the Freshwater Tortoises, or Terrapins,

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 175

in the British Museum, which have hitherto been referred to the

family Emydide as defined in the ‘ Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in

the British Museum,’ published in 1855, I think they may be more

conveniently divided into four very natural groups, which may be

called families. These groups may be thus characterized :-—

1. The temporal muscle covered with skin, and generally protected

by a narrow band-like zygomatic arch.

1. Cistupinip#. The sternum united to the thorax by a cartila-

ginous lateral suture, and divided transversely into two move-

able portions.

2. CueLyprRApD#&. The sternum united to the thorax by a bony

symphysis, covered with from 7 to 11 shields; the middle por-

tion fixed to the thorax; the front and hinder portions often

separated from it by a transverse suture and moveable.

3. Emypip#. The sternum united to the thorax by a bony sym-

physis, solid, and covered with 12 shields.

11. The temporal muscle covered with a bony hood formed by the ex-

tension of the zygomatic arch. Head very large. Sternal

shields 11.

4, PLATYSTERNID&. Asiatic.

Fam. I. Cisrup1n1p or Box-Torro!sss.

Head moderate, covered with a hard thin skin. Eyes lateral or

subsuperior ; pupil annular. Temporal muscle covered with the

skin and (except in Cistudo) protected by a band-like zygomatic

arch. Thorax covered with horny plates. Sternum very broad,

attached to the thorax by a ligamentous suture, covered at the sides

by the pectoral and abdominal shields, and divided across into two

parts by a suture between the pectoral and abdominal plates. Sternal

shields 12; the axillary and inguinal plates very small or wanting.

The mastoid bone is excavated to form a tympanic cell.

I have little to add to my monograph of the species of the family

printed in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1863, p. 173, except

that the temporal muscle of the North-American genus Cistudo is

only covered with skin, and the skull is destitute of any zygomatic

arch between the orbit and the tympanic bone. In this respect, as

well as in the position of the suture between the sternum and the

thorax, this genus differs from the Lutremys of Europe and the

genera found in Asia, all of which have a well-developed zygomatic

arch for the protection of the temporal muscle.

The skull of Lutremys of Europe is figured by Cuvier, Bojanus,

and Wagler. Iam not aware that the skull of the very common

Cistudo clausa has been figured or described. I have not seen any

specimen of the Californian Cistudo blondinsia ; but, judging from

the figure of the animal in Holbrook’s ‘ North-American Herpeto-

176 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

logy,’ p. 39, t. 3, it appears to agree with the other American spe-

cies. If it does, this is another reason why it should not be referred

to the genus Lutremys, in which Agassiz has placed it in his ‘ Con-

tributions.’

Tribe I. Cistupini1na or North-American Box-Tortoises.

The temporal muscle only covered with skin. The skull without

any zygomatic arch between the orbit and the ear-bones. Lobes of

the sternum moveable at all ages, unequal; front shorter, almost

free from the symphysis; the hind fixed, narrow, elongate.

1. Cistupo.

CISTUDO CLAUSA.

Skeleton in the British Museum.

Cistudo clausa, Owen, Cat. Mus. R. C. 8S. p. 192. n. 998 (skele-

ton), 1009 (skull of young).

Professor Owen describes a peculiarity in the neural arch of the

atlas and the other vertebrze, and in the bones of the feet; but he

does not notice the absence of the zygomatic arch in the skull.

Fig. 3.

Cistudo clausa.

Skull in College-of-Surgeons Museum, No. 999 :—Nose-hole

square, moderate ; orbit excessively large ; tympanic cavity oblong,

erect ; upper jaw with a straight lateral edge and a broad central

part ; palate flat, internal nasal apertures anterior, with a broad tri-

angular concavity behind them with a central ridge ; alveolar plate

_ smooth, narrow mm front, rather wider behind ; alveolar surface of the

lower jaw rather wide, concave.

“NI

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 17

Tribe IT. Lurremyrna or Old-World Cistudinide.

The temporal muscle protected by a well-developed band-like zy-

gomatic arch. Sternal lobes more or less moveable, subequal ; both

lobes forming part of the lateral symphysis.

* Lobes of the sternum moveable at all ages.

2. Pyxipea, Gray, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 175.

PyxIDIA MOUHOTII.

The skull (as seen through the skin in the preserved specimen)

is trigonal, flat on the sides; the crown flat, triangular, short,

scarcely produced behind the hinder edge of the orbit ; truncate

behind, rather more produced in the centre ; zygomatic arch flat,

weak, narrowed in the centre, much narrower than the orbit in front,

and gradually dilating so as to be almost half as broad as the front

edge of the tympanic cavity behind; orbit rather large, lateral ;

beak of the upper jaw entire, with a strong central hook.

3. CistocLemmys, Gray, P. Z.S. 1863, p. 175.

4. Cuora, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 198; 1863, p. 176.

Fig. 4.

Cuora amboinensis,

CuORA AMBOINENSIS.

Skeleton in the British Museum.

Skull rather elongate, rhombic, ovate ; crown flat; nose erect ;

nose-cavity square, moderate ; orbit large, oblong, transverse, lateral ;

178 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

zygomatic arch complete, broad in front, narrowed behind and at-

tached to the upper front part of the tympanic cavity ; mastoid bone

acute behind, keeled on the outer upper side, hollow; palate flat ;

internal nostrils anterior, with a short, oblong, slightly sunken con-

cavity behind, each separated from the other by a blunt ridge;

alveolar plate very narrow, linear, with a slight ridge on the inner

margin; upper beak with a smooth edge and an entire, recurved,

sharp tip. Lower jaw moderately strong, rounded below in front ;

lower beak with a simple sharp edge, rather produced and acute in

front, with a slightly concave linear inner margin.

5. Pyxictemmys, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1863.

6. Lurremys, Gray, P. Z.8. 1855 & 1863.

The anatomy of the animal is well described by Bojanus. The

skull is figured by Cuvier (Oss. Foss. v. t. 11. f. 13-16) and Wagler

(in N. Syst. Amph. t. 5. f. xv.-xvii.). There is a skeleton in the

British Museum ; it has a well-developed zygomatic arch.

7. Norocuetys, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1863.

** Lobes of the sternum moveable in the young state, often

becoming anchylosed.

8. CycLtemys, Gray, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 198, 1863, p. 177.

The thorax convex or depressed. The sternum flat or slightly

convex, with the lateral symphyses well marked, truncated before

and notched behind; the cross suture indistinctly marked and nar-

row, more or less obliterated in the adult, covered with the produced

front edge of the ventral shields. The legs covered with large, band-

like thin plates in front. The toes banded above, the front one

short, webbed. The hind feet flattened, with the toes broadly

webbed ; the hinder edge keeled and angularly produced.

CYCLEMYS ORBICULATA.

Skeleton in the British Museum, from Java.

Skull elongate; zygomatic arch rather narrow, distinct. The

alveolar surface of the upper jaw is narrow, with a well-marked lon-

gitudinal groove the whole leugth of the outer edge, and with a raised

internal margin. Edge of the upper jaw rather arched on the side,

with a small central tooth. The lower jaw with a simple, short

edge shelving inwards in the centre, and with a rather concave sur-

face on the inner side, and a sharp, produced central anterior

process.

Fam. I]. CueLtyprRapD&.

Head large, covered with a thin, hard skin, or hard bony plates ;

temporal muscle large, covered with the skin, and protected on the

edge by a well-developed band-like zygomatic arch. Eyes lateral or

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 179

superior, often rather close together. Thorax covered with horny

plates. Sternum attached to the thorax by a bony symphysis,

generally small (compared with the size of the thorax) and cross-like,

sometimes large (nearly as big as the thorax); sternal shields vari-

able in number from 7 to 11, never 12. Toes short, spreading,

webbed to the claws, shielded above.

Skull with a well-developed zygomatic arch, extending from the

orbit to the tympanic cavity, leaving a large wide space for the tem-

poral muscles. Palate flat; internal nostrils anterior. Alveolar

plate narrow, simple. Iris annular, without any spot on the sides.

Section I. CrucisterwNA. The sternum small, cross-like, narrow

at the ends. Head and tail large.

Tribe I. CuorLtyprarna. Sternum solid, cross-like, acute before ;

sternal plates 10, with a broad one (the displaced abdominal

plate) on each side over the produced sides of the sternum.

Palate flat; internal nostrils anterior. Alveolar plate flat,

rather broad.

1. MacrocuE ys, Gray, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 200= Gypsochelys, Agas-

siz; (skull figured) Gray, Catalogue of Shield Reptiles, t. 38,

39, 40. The alveolar plate very broad. Eyes lateral, distant.

2. Cuxetypra, (skull figured) Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles, t. 38 &

40. f. 2. Alveolar plate moderate. Eyes superior, rather close

together.

Staurotypus salvini’.

180 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

Tribe II. Sravroryprna. Sternum cross-like, middle portion

narrow, covered by the abdominal plates, and extended to

the thorax; the front and hinder lobes often moveable on the

central fixed one. Axillary and inguinal plates large; sternal

plates 7; the gular, humeral, and pectoral plates of each side

united ; the femoral and anal small, united into one large ventral

shield.

3. Sraurotypus, Wagler; Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 127.

Sraurotypus saLvini. (Fig. 5, p. 179.)

4, Sraurrmys, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 127.

Tribe II]. ARoMocHELYINA. Sternum truncated in front, nicked

behind; sternal shields 11; gular pair united into a narrow

linear shield. Head large ; zygomatic arch very broad, strong,

arched.

5. AromocuE ys, Gray, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 199,==Goniochelys and

Omotheca, Agassiz, 1857.

Section II. KinosreRrNa or Double-flapped Box-Tortoises. Ster-

num broad; sternal shields 8 or 11; the short process that

unites the sternum to the thorax covered with the elongated

axillary and inguinal plates; front and hinder lobes of the

sternum generally moveable on the fixed central portion. In-

ternal nostrils anterior. Alveolar plate flat.

Tribe 1V. KinosTERNINA.

7. Swanka, Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles.

8. Kinosrernon, Fitzinger; Gray, P.Z.S. 1855, p. 398, = Thy-

rosternon aud Platythyra, Agassiz, 1857.

CHELYDRA SERPENTINA, Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles, t. 40. f. 2.

B.M.

Skull depressed, very broad behind, crown rhombic, sides of the

face shelving outwards; orbit very large, anterior, subsuperior on

the shelving side of the face; the cavity for the temporal muscle

very wide ; the zygomatic arch very broad, broader than the orbit

and much broader than the oblong erect tympanic cavity. ‘The

palate flat, internal nostrils in the front of the palate, the outer edge

sharp, with a central anterior bony hook, and with a broad, flat,

smooth alveolar plate parallel to the outer edges. The lower jaw

moderately strong, narrow in front, with a conical central bony pro-

cess, and with a smooth, shelving, rather concave band inside the

sharp margin.

A young specimen in spirits, which was brought from North

America, and presented by Mr. Arthur Russell, F.Z.S., is very beau-

tifully painted on the sternum and underside of the margin of the

1869. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 181

thorax. The sternum is black, with symmetrical variously shaped

white spots, most abundant near the outer edge; the underside of

the margin of the thorax is yellow, varied with dark edges to the

shields. The animal is pale brown and more or less yellow-spotted.

There is a series of triangular yellow spots on the lower edge of the

lower beak.

AROMOCHELYS ODORATA.

An adult specimen, in spirits, in the British Museum, from North

America, presented by Odo Russell, Esq.

Head large ; nose produced, conical, acute, shelving to the mouth

below; nostrils surrounded by a very small fleshy margin. Head

dark olive, punctulated, with a narrow white streak from the upper

and the lower edge of the nose, the upper streak edging the crown

over the orbit to the nape; the lower diverging under the eye and

tympanum and crossing the beak. The lower beak with a streak

on each side of the centre in front, diverging to the chin on the lower

edge of the horny sheath. Neck with streak of roundish confluent

spots.

SwaNKA.

The sternal lobes as broad, or nearly as broad, as the opening of

the thorax, rounded in front, and rounded or very slightly truncated

behind.

a. The sterno-costal suture and the abdominal shields as long as the

front sternal lobe ; hinder lobe rounded at the ends. Thorax

three-keeled. Vertebral plate elongate.

1. SwaNnKa SCORPOIDES.

Kinosternon scorpoides, Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles, p. 44.

Cinosternon scorpoides, Wagler, N. Syst. Amphib. t. 5. f. xxxi.-

xxxvii. (skull); Owen, Cat. Osteol. Mus. C. S. p. 191. n. 992

(skeleton).

Skeleton in the College of Surgeons, No. 992. Skull thin, light ;

nose rather produced ; crown rhombic, flat; sides of face flat; orbit

moderate, lateral; zygomatic arch very broad, strong, nearly flat.

Palate flat. The alveolar edge smooth, rather wider behind. In-

ternal nostrils close, anterior between the fronts of the alveolar plates.

Lower jaw rather strong, broad, and convex, in front more slender

than the sides ; the upper edge broad, rather concave, with an acute

central process.

The two small specimens from M. Sallé both with rather rough

and worn dorsal shields. One of them is keeled the whole length of

the back, and the other only keeled over the hinder part of the back.

They both have the front lobe of the sternum very nearly of the

same ‘length as the rather long abdominal shield. I cannot take on

myself to say if they are of two species or only varieties of the same

without having more information respecting them and the develop-

ment of the animals.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XIII.

182 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

b. The sterno-costal suture and the abdominal shields not so long as

the front lobe of the sternum; hinder lobe rounded behind.

Thorax not keeled. Vertebral plate longer than broad.

2. SwWANKA MACULATA.

The sides of the head, neck, and throat grey, with a few indistinct

dark-edged subcylindrical spots, largest on the front of the chin ;

fore legs with three cartilaginous ridges. Thorax dark olive. Ster-

num-ridges and lower side of margin yellow, with dark spots on

areoles of shields. The fore and hinder ends of sternum regularly

rounded. Vertebral shields longer than broad.

Hab. Mexico (Sallé); Vera Paz (Salvin).

A specimen in spirit, collected by M. Sallé in Mexico. The

sternum and underside of the margin pale yellow ; the areola of the

third and fourth pairs of sternal plates, which are situated on the

outer side of the anterior transverse suture, is surrounded by an ir-

regular-shaped brown ring. A more or less obscure indication of

such a ring is to be seen surrounding the areola of the other sternal

plates. The areola is on the outer hinder side of all the sternal

shields, except of the fourth or abdominal pair, where it is on the

front outer angle.

Two large specimens in spirit, from the Lower Forest of Vera

Paz, received from Mr. O. Salvin. They are like those from

Mexico, but darker below. The head is large, very hard, and the

beak and temporal muscles very strong. ‘The two beards are in

front of the chin, quite near the hinder edge of the lower beak. The

zygomatic arch is wide, strong, and rather convex. Toes very strong,

short, with a few bands above near the ends, with narrow webs to

the claws. The fore legs with the skin smooth, and three oblique,

arched, sharp-edged horny cross ridges just above the feet, the

lower one the shortest.

In the band over the orbit this species agrees with Kinosternon

hippocrepis, figured from a young specimen, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept.

t. 20c. f. 3,4; but the sternum is much broader than in that spe-

cies, and more completely closes the cavity of the thorax. Thorax

about 4 inches long.

A large well-grown specimen in spirit in the British Museum,

received from M. Brandt of Hamburg as from North America. The

skull is pale olive, speckled with darker brown ; thorax pale bright

brown, the underside of the margin of the thorax being uniform

blackish brown.

Four specimens in spirit, obtained by M. Sallé at Papaleo Apoia ;

but it is not stated that they were from the same district. If they

were, it will go to prove that the height of the front lobe, as com-

pared with the length of the abdominal shield, is probably a character

of age and not of specific distinction. They each have a speckled

or mottled neck, and are without any head-streak. The two larger

specimens vary in other particulars, but probably from local circum-

stances, as one has a good smooth shield, and of the other the shield

is rugose and covered with mud and alge, and the whole specimen

1869. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 183

looks as if it had lived in dirty water. They both have the front

lobe of the sternum about one-fourth of its length longer than the

abdominal shields, which are short.

c. The sterno-costal suture and the abdominal shields not so lony as

the front lobe of the sternum; the hinder lobe of the sternum

slightly truncated behind. Thorax not keeled. Vertebral

plates as broad as long.

3. SwaNKA FASCIATA.

Head olive, with a dark-edged pale streak from the nostril, over

the eye, to the upper part of the tympanum (it is narrow before, and

wider behind the eyes), and with a streak from the lower edge of the

orbit, over the angle of the jaw on the side of the neck ; occiput

and back of neck white-spotted. The lobes of the sternum are rather

narrower than the opening of the thorax.

Hab. ——? (from M. Brandt).

KINOSTERNON.

1. KiInosTERNON PENNSYLVANICUM.

The skull in the British Museum is depressed, ovate triangular,

crown rhombic, narrow behind, short, only slightly produced behind

the orbits; orbit lateral, large ; zygomatic arch broad, rather convex

and prominent behind, including the whole front edge of the small

tympanic cavity ; palate deeply concave in the centre, with three

longitudinal ridges on each side of the central line, very narrow

behind ; upper jaw with. a broad intermediate ledge edged with a

slightly raised ridge; lower jaw with a shelving edge to the back,

and hooked in front.

2. KINOSTERNON HIRTIPES, Wagler, N. Syst. Amph.

The skull is figured by Wagler in N. Syst. Amph. t. 5. f. xxxi.—

xxxvil. The figure is very like the skull of Chelydra.

Fam. III. Emyp1ip# or True Terrapins.

When my two papers on the skulls of Chelydradee and Trionychidze

were published, I hoped that some of the American zoologists,

who have so many species of one group (Emydidz) living in their

country, and consequently at their command, would take up the sub-

ject. But they have not done so; and as the British Museum has

received a few more specimens, 1 have determined to do the best I

can with the specimens at my command, and the figures of the spe-

cimens that have been published by Wagler and others.

It is to be regretted that Agassiz, in his notes on the American Ter-

rapins in his ‘ Contributions,’ has confined his attention so com pletely

to the external characters, and the development of the young animal.

He does make some observations on the form of the jaws; but they

are so indistinct and general that they afford very little information.

184 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

The family Emydide, as now restricted, may be thus divided :—

Section I. AMpursprociemmys. The alveolar surface of the

upper and lower jaws linear, narrow, with a sharp outer edge.

Internal nostrils in front of the palate. Toes short, strong, erect,

and included in the skin to the claws, or more or less expanded

and united by a narrow scaly webb to the claws. These spe-

cies are amphibious, and some of them more or less terrestrial.

Subsection 1. The temporal muscle only covered with skin, without

being protected by any band-like zygomatic arch in the skull

uniting the orbit to the ear-cavity of the temporal bone. Eyes

lateral. Toes short, strong, conical, free or very slightly

webbed. Legs covered with short triangular scales.

Tribe I. GEOEMYDINA.

1. Geormypa. The alveolar surface of the jaws has not been

examined.

2. MELANOCHELYS.

Subsection 2. The temporal muscle protected on the outer side by

a distinctly band-like zygomatic arch extending between the

orbit and the tympanic cavity.

Tribe Il. GkoctemMMypINA. ‘Toes short, enclosed in the skin to

the claws. Legs covered with thick, hard, triangular scales.

Eyes lateral (or subsuperior) ; pupil annular. Jaws with a

narrow alveolar plate. Internal nostrils in front of the palate.

* Eyes lateral.

3. GrocLtemmys, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 17.

** Byes subsuperior, on the margin of the crown.

4. Nicorta, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 17.

5. Rurnocitemmys, Fitzinger.

Tribe III. Emyp1na. Toes strong, short, spreading, covered above

with bands of transverse shields, united by a narrow web

to the claws. Jaws with a narrow alveolar surface. Internal

nostrils in the front of the palate. Head covered with a thin,

hard skin. Eyes subsuperior, with a dark spot on each side of

the pupil.

6. Emys.

7. CLEMMys.

8. CurysEmys, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 32.

9. Graeremys, Agassiz. Emys §§, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. 29.

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 185

10. CatticHELys, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. H. xii. 1863, p. 176.

1]. DerrocuHEtys, Agassiz.

I have not been able to examine the alveolar edge of the last three

genera; they may belong to the next tribe.

Section II. Hyprocutemmys. The alveolar surface of the upper

and lower jaws broad, expanded, covering more or less of the ~

sides of the front of the palate, so that the internal nostrils

open near the middle of the palate. Lower jaw strong. ‘Toes

webbed.

Tribe IV. Matactemmynina. The alveolar surface smooth. Toes

strong, spreading, covered with a soft skin. Eyes subsuperior ;

pupils annular, without any lateral spot.

1. The upper or alveolar surface of the under jaw broad, concave,

rather narrower on the hinder part of the side. Internal

nostrils subposterior, behind the middle of the alveolar surface.

* Front of the palate, before the internal nostrils, with a broad

central groove. Eyes subsuperior (Estuarian).

12. Matacuemmys, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 37.

** Front of the palate, before the interior nostrils, simple.

Eyes lateral:

13. Damonia.

11. The upper or alveolar surface of the under jaw wide, angular,

concave in front, narrow and sharp-edged on the sides behind.

Internal nostrils subanterior.

14. GuypTemys.

111. The upper or alveolar surface of the lower jaw narrow, sharp-

edged in front, wider and flattened on the hinder part of the

sides. Internal nostrils subanterior.

15. Bexura. Skin of neck and limbs with very minute granular

scales.

Tribe V. Baracurina. Head large, nose rather produced ; angles

of the mouth covered with minute scales. The alveolar surface

of the jaws very broad, with one or two strong ridges or grooves.

Internal nostrils subposterior. Toes elongate, weak, expanded,

covered with small scales, united by broad webs to the claws ;

hind feet fringed. The cavity of the thorax much contracted

on each side at each end by broad, erect, internal, bony lateral

plates. Asia.

186 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

A. Claws 4.4. Head covered with a soft skin, divided into small

shields on the crown and temple. Nose conical, produced.

The chin with a series of distinct shields at the under edge of

the beak. The alveolar surface of the jaws very wide, with

two well-marked subparallel ridges. Gular shield short, band-

like.

16. Terraonyx. Batagur, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 35.

B. Claws 5.4. Head covered with a thin skin. Nose subconical,

more or less produced. Alveolar surface of the jaws with a

single well-marked angular ridge. Gular shields triangular,

moderate.

a. The alveolar surface of the jaws very wide and well-developed,

with a denticulated ridge parallel to the outer edge. The in-

ternal edge of the alveolar surface, which edges the internal

nostrils, is denticulated ; it must not be confounded with the

second ridge in the genus Tetraonyx.

17. Kacuuea, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 35.

b. The alveolar surface narrower, with a single well-marked ucute

ridge. Back of the thorax high, subangular ; keels subnodose.

The sternum high, keeled on each side.

18. PANGSHURA.

Tribe VI. Pseupemyp1na. The alveolar surface of the jaws very

broad, with one or two strong ridges or grooves. Internal

nostrils subposterior. Toes elongate, slender, covered with a

few small bands, united by broad webs to the claws. Hind

feet fringed. The cavity of the thorax simple, not much con-

tracted at the ends. America.

* Sternal costal suture simple, normal.

19. Psrupemys, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 33.

20. Tracuemys, Agassiz.

** Sterno-costal suture with four sterno-lateral shields.

21. DERMATEMYS, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 49.

Tribe I. GrorMyYDINA.

1. GroremMyDA,

Grormypa Granpis. The skull (as seen through the skin) in

a very large old and a younger stuffed specimen, like the skull of

Cistudo, is destitute of any zygomatic arch uniting the orbit to the

ear-cavity of the temporal bone, the temple and temporal muscles’

behind the orbit being only covered with a skin protected by thin,

small, tessellated plates.

1869. ]} DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 187

A second half-grown specimen agrees with the very large old

specimen above noticed in the absence of the zygoma.

2. MELANOCHELYS.

The thorax oblong, three-keeled. Vertebral plates broad, six-

sided. Skull rather depressed ; zygomatic arch imperfect, tapering

behind, and not reaching the tympanic bone ; lower jaw weak ; the

alveolar surface narrow, linear. ‘Toes strong, webbed to the claws.

MELANOCHELYS TRIJUGA.

Emys trijuga, Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles in B.M. t. 37. f. 2

(“E. subtrijuga,” not good, zygomatic arch too broad and extending

to the ear-bone).

Skull (as seen through the skin in the stuffed specimen) ovate,

elongate, triangular in front; sides of the face nearly erect ; orbit

lateral, subsuperior, large; nose rather narrow; crown rather con-

vex, elongate rhombic, narrowed and produced behind; from the

Melanochelys trijuga.

hinder point to the back edge of the orbit more than once and one-

half the distance of the latter from the end of the nose; zygomatic

arch rudimentary, very slender, linear, extending from the middle

of the back edge of the orbit to the upper part of the front edge

of the large tympanic cavity, which has a narrow, rounded edge ;

sheath of the upper jaw with a simple straight edge, without any

188 PR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

eentral hook; the lower jaw moderately strong, covered in front

with a convex horny sheath. Toes strong, included in the skin to

the claws, covered above with band-like shields.

A skull received from Mr. Oldham, which appears to belong to this

species, may be thus described :—Skull depressed, nose nearly erect

from upper lip; crown rather convex, tapering behind ; orbit large,

circular, lateral, subsuperior; zygomatic arch imperfect, rather

broad in front, about half as broad as the back edge of the orbit,

and tapering off behind just before it reaches the upper edge of the

small circular tympanic cavity; palate flat, broad, with a short

shallow concavity behind each internal nostril; the lateral edge of

the upper jaw nearly straight, with a slightly produced broad central

beak, and with a narrow alveolar plate having a slight groove parallel

to the short outer edge for the greater part of its length; lower

jaw weak, erect on the side, shelving in front, with a central conical

prominence in front, and with a straight, thin, sharp edge, without

any dilatation of any kind.

Tribe II. GrocLEMMYDINA.

3. GEOCLEMMYs.

1. GEOCLEMMYS GUTTATA.

A beautiful skeleton is in the British Museum, and a skeleton

without lower jaw in the Museum of the College of Surgeons,

no. 9774.

Skull thin, crown slightly arched, nose erect; orbit lateral, very

large ; zygomatic arch broad, short; palate flat behind; lower jaw

slender; side edges of the upper jaw slightly arched, and with a

notch in front; alveolar groove very narrow, even; mastoid bone

conical, produced, hollow. Toes short, strong.

2, GEOCLEMMYS SEB.

Specimen in spirit in the British Museum. Nose rather pro-

duced, shelving to the lip below, triangular, soft, in a notch on the

upper edge of the upper beak ; alveolar process linear, marginal ;

upper beak with a straight edge and a very slight acute central notch,

lower hooked and acute in front. Toes short, included in the skin

to the base, but slightly separate, conical, with a central series of

narrow six-sided scales above; web very slight, if any.

3. GEOCLEMMYS MUHLENBERGII.

An adult specimen in spirit, from North America, with the

yellow spots on the occiput well-marked. The beaks have an even

lateral edge and an acute notch in the centre in front; the lower

beak convex and rounded below; crown rather convex, dark olive,

with black spots. Toes united in the skin to the claws, with a few

band-shaped shields above. The upper alveolar surfaces rather

broadly linear, with a submarginal internal ridge ; the lower with a

ccntinuous submarginal groove, rather broad, and produced, with a

sharp edge, in front.

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 189

4, GEOCLEMMYS CALLOCEPHALUS, Gray, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 254.

The upper beak with an acute central notch ; the alveolar surface

linear, with a submarginal ridge on the upper, and a narrow groove

in the lower jaw.

4. Nicorta.

NIcoRIA SPENGLERI.

Skull (as seen through the skin in the stuffed specimen) narrow,

rather acute in front, flat on the sides; orbit very large, lateral ;

zygomatic arch broad, flat, as wide as the back edge of the orbit, as

wide behind as the rather small tympanic cavity ; lower jaw rather

weak, with a large inferior space, rather rounded in front. The

sheath of the upper jaw is strongly and acutely hooked at the tip,

and entire on the edge. Palate ? The toes enclosed in the

skin to the claws, covered with band-like shields.

5. Rainociemmys, Fitz.

This genus may be divided thus :—

* The sternum flat longitudinally, and very slightly elevated at the

sides under the sterno-costal symphyses.

1. RHINOCLEMMYS ANNULATA.

=* The sternum slightly arched longitudinally, and much elevated at

the sides under the sterno-costal symphyses.

2. RHINOCLEMMYS SCABRA.

Crown flat, with a spot before each eye, and an oblong band on

the crown, over back part of orbits.

Skeleton in the British Museum received from the Utrecht Mu-

seum. Skull elongate, rather solid; nose erect, shelving beneath ;

crown rather convex ; orbit large, circular, lateral; sides of the face

nearly erect ; zygomatic arch very broad, forming part of the temple

above, slightly convex on sides; mastoid bone rather elongate ;

edge of upper beak straight, with a slight central notch. Palate

flat ; internal nostrils anterior, with a short, rather deep oblong con-

cavity behind each, separated by a strong central ridge. Alveolar

surface narrow, linear, with a slight sunken groove, edged internally

by a slightly raised sharp edge. Lower jaw wider; upper surface

slightly prominent in front, with a sharp edge having a slightly

concave linear depression on the inner side. Toes short, strong.

Specimen in spirit in the British Museum. Skull ovate rhombic,

rather elongate, sides of the face flat, erect ; nose short ; orbit large,

subsuperior, on the outer edge of the crown ; crown rhombic, pro-

duced, and acute behind; rather longer from the hinder edge to the

hinder edge of the orbit than from that part to the end of the nose ;

zygomatic arch thin, flat, dilated, forming part of the crown in front,

narrow and only attached to the upper front part of the small sub-

trigonal tympanic cavity ; upper jaw with a narrow double edge, the

edges parallel and separated by a rather deep narrow groove; lower

190 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

jaw moderate, nearly erect and with a narrow simple edge rather

produced into an acute point in front. Palate flat, broad, with a

triangular flat plate over the interior nostrils in front, and with a

slight central keel with a slight concavity on each side just behind

the openings of the internal nostrils. Toes short, imbedded in the

skin to the base of the claws.

Tribe III. Emypina.

6. Emys.

1. Emys JAPONICA.

An adult specimen from Japan, in spirit. Thorax oblong; dorsal

shields broad, six-sided, with a well-marked large central areola of

the same shape and with a few concentric ridges, and more or less

distinct radiating grooves and some rather nodulose radiating ridges,

dark-brown or black varied with orange rays or lines, the areola of

the marginal plate near the outer hinder edge; sternum and lower

side of the margin uniform black. Legs and tail uniform black.

Head ovate rhombic, longer than broad, crown and sides olive-black.

Neck with longitudinal ridges and conical short spine-like scales,

those on the back of the neck being the largest. Crown flat; eyes

lateral, subsuperior; nose truncated, rounded in front ; edge of the

beak even, without any central notch; lower beak weak. Alveolar

surface narrow, linear, with a submarginal ridge on the upper, and a

groove on the lower jaw ; lower jaw scarcely thick, with the edge pro-

duced into a sharp point in front. Tail conical, elongute, flat above,

with a pale streak on each side of the upper surface. Front legs

covered with rather large scales; the hind legs and feet spinulose.

2. EMYS TRISTRAMI.

Head oblong trigonal, half as long again as wide (to the end of

crown-ridge) ; eyes subsuperior ; temple and jaws with a few dark-

edged pale sinuous lines; temple, between orbit and the wide zy-

gomatic arch, short, flat ; lower jaw strong ; alveolar surface of both

jaws linear, marginal ; internal nostrils subanterior.

Hab. Holy Land.

See also Hmys undetermined, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. in B. M.

t. 35. f. 3 (skull).

7. CLEMMyYs.

CLEMMYS CASPICA.

Clemmys caspica, Wagler, Nat. Syst. Amph. t. 5. f. iv., v. (skull

figured).

A specimen in spirit (from Arabia Petraea?), purchased of the

Rey. H. Tristram. Thorax oblong; nuchal plate broad. The upper

surface of each marginal plate with a subcentral darker-edged cross

streak, sometimes dilated and extended into a streak along the upper

edge of the plate. Back pale olive, with indistinct paler yellowish

reticulated lines edged with black; sternum and underside of the

margin black, with irregular-sized subtriangular yellow spots on the

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 191

outer side of each sternal shield and a pale blotch on the outer edge

of the inguinal shield. Head and neck olive, sides of the neck and

throat with numerous black-edged pale parallel streaks. Legs with

irregular rather broad black-edged pale streaks. Beaks olive, rounded

in front; upper with a slight acute central notch with a slight tooth

on each side of it.

8. CHRYSEMYS.

CHRYSEMYS PICTA.

Emys picta, Owen, Cat. Osteol. Mus. C.S. p. 189. no. 964 (skull

and thorax).

Skull in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, no. 964.

Skull rather solid, crown very flat; orbits large, oblong, forming

part of the crown-edge ; nose-hole moderate, labial edge even, with

two small close teeth quite in front ; zygomatic arch broad, strong,

convex externally; palate flat; internal nostrils quite anterior, with

a concavity in front between, and with a slight oblong concavity

behind each, separated by a slight raised central ridge; lower jaw

depressed, rather broad in front and on the sides, rather convex

externally (the jaws are fastened together).

There is also a skull of a smaller specimen, no. 967. The alveo-

lar surface of the upper jaw linear, with a slight narrow raised

ridge parallel to the outer edge, and occupying the middle, half its

length. Lower jaw depressed ; alveolar surface linear, with a well-

marked groove with a sharp raised edge on each side for the greater

part of its length, except in front, where the jaw is thinner, simple,

and acute.

11. DerrocHetys.

? DEIROCHELYS RETICULATA, Agassiz.

A young specimen in spirits, received from Mr. Arthur Russell,

from North America, under this name. It is most beautifully orna-

mented, both on the back and sternum, with dark-edged rings and

irregular marks; the beaks are most beautifully ornamented with

regular black-edged yellow streaks diverging from the nose across the

lower beak, so as to form the lines on the throat; the underside of

the lower beak is convex. The alveolar surface of the upper and

lower jaw rather wide; the upper with a very slightly raised narrow

submarginal ridge; the lower jaw with a regular well-marked conti-

nuous submarginal groove.

Tribe IV. MaLacLeEMMyYDINA.

12. MALACLEMMYyYsS.

MAaLACLEMMYS CONCENTRICA.

Two skeletons in the British Museum. Skull broad, ovate tri-

gonal, rather depressed, sides of the face rounded; crown flat,

rhombic, hinder end narrow, extended into a crest, as long from the

hinder edge of the orbit as that part is from the end of the nose;

192 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

orbit lateral, superior, on the outer edge of the crown; zygomatic

arch strong, broad, convex, rather wider than the orbit in front, so

much so that the circular tympanic cavity behind is rather con-

tracted in the middle. The palate flat; internal nostrils near the

centre of the palate, from under a rather convex plate in front, and

with a central keel in the wide sunken space behind them. The

alveolar surface of the upper jaw very wide, quite simple, occupying

all the front of the palate but a central triangular space, without any

internal ridge. The lower jaw very strong, flattened out in front

and on the sides of the front, without any gonyx, the upper edge

simple, with a very broad, shelving, concave inner aveolar surface

and an acute central point. Toes rather elongate, webbed to the

claws, with band-like shields above.

Malaclemmys concentrica,

Skull in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, no. 1057, with-

out.horny sheath. The palate flat; the aveclar process very wide,

smooth, rather convex on the front part of the inner edge. The

part of the palate behind the internal nostrils broad, slightly sunken,

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 193

flat, with three rather thick ridges, the central one long, the side

ones short. The lower jaw very strong, thick, bent up in the centre

in front and acute; the alveolar surface very broad, slightly concave

the whole length of the sides. Length 1 inch 73 lines, width 1 inch

5 lines.

13. Damonta.

Head very large, covered with a hard thin skin. Nose high,

truncated ; nostrils in a small disk notched out on the upper edge

of the very high convex upper beak. Eyes lateral, subsuperior.

Sides of the face shelving outwards below. Zygomatic arch strong,

wide. The labial edges of the upper beak slightly arched, bent

inwards. Lower jaw very strong, convex and rounded in front below,

with a strong, sharp-edged, broad central tip. The alveolar disk of

the upper and lower jaws very broad, the upper flat, and the lower

Fig. 8.

Damonia macrocephala.

concave. The internal nostrils subcentral, with a short oblong

sunken space behind each. The thorax oblong, more or less dis-

tinetly three-keeled ; the vertebral shields six-sided, as broad behind

as before; marginal plates dilated over the hinder limbs. Sternal

194 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. {Mar. 11,

plates regular. Toes strong, covered with band-like shields, united,

to the claws, by a very narrow web covered with scales; hind toes

longest. Asiatic.

The skull and palate similar to those of Malaclemmys, but the feet,

shell, and head different.

1. DAMONIA MACROCEPHALA.

Geoclemmys macrocephala, Gray, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 479, t. xx1.,

1861, p. 139.

Emys trijuga, Mus. Utrecht.

Hab. Siam and Cambogia.

The skull (as seen through the skin in the stuffed specimen) has

a very broad, strong, rather convex zygomatic arch between the orbit

and the ear-cavity ; crown broad, flat, trigonal, broader and trun-

cated behind.

Skeleton in the British Museum. Skull large; nose rather pro-

duced, conical ; crown flat, rhombic, short ; orbit lateral, very large ;

zygomatic arch very broad, short ; palate slightly concave ; internal

nostrils near the middle of the palate; alveolar surface of the upper

jaw rather arched, very convex. The lower jaw curved upwards and

acute at the tip, with a very broad, rather concave alveolar surface

the whole of the length, broader and most concave in front.

There is a second skeleton, of a small specimen, of this species,

which, from the bad state of the shell, must have been kept in con-

finement for a long time.

2. DAMONIA REEVESII.

Emys reevesii, Gray, Syn. Rept. 73.

Geoclemys reevesii, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 18.

Skull (as seen through the skin in the stuffed specimen) small,

ovate trigonal; crown rhomboid, rather convex, produced in the

centre behind, about as long from the back edge of the orbit as from

the nose to that part of the skull; orbit rather large, lateral; zygo-

matic arch short, broad, wider than the back of the orbit, and con-

fluent with the crown above, not quite so wide as the front edge of the

tympanic cavity behind. Sheath of the upper jaw simple, without

any central hook. Lower jaw strong, convex in front, and with a

convex horny sheath. Toes enclosed in the skin nearly to the claws,

covered above with band-like shields.

An adult specimen in spirit, obtained from Mr. Blyth, most pro-

bably from India, but received without any habitat. Head large,

strong; crown flat and short, not so long as wide; nose high,

rather shelving to the mouth; eyes lateral; cheek flat; temple and

zygomatic process convex. Upper beak very large and thick, with a

straight edge without any central notch ; the lower curved and acute

in front, convex beneath. The alveolar processes very broad ; upper

rather convex and rugose ; lower rather concave and broad the whole

length of the side of the jaw. Neck and feet lead-coloured, without

any streak. The thorax solid, thick, oblong, with three very ob-

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 195

scure keels, the central one broad, and the lateral ones narrower,

about one-fourth of the width of the shield from the upper edge.

The back dull olive, the chest black, the underside of the margin

pale yellowish. Toes strong, united in the skin to the claws, with a

few shields above; claws acute, black. ‘Tail moderate, conical,

tapering at the end. The 1st vertebral plate rather longer than wide,

narrowed behind, with a concave hinder edge; the 2nd, 3rd, and

4th vertebrals as wide as long, with a rounded front and an arched

hinder edge, the 2nd and 3rd wider behind than in front, and the

4th wider in front than behind.

This specimen chiefly differs from typical D. reevesii in the larger

size, the larger head, and a difference in the form of the dorsal

shield ; but all this may depend on age and nourishment ; and what

were considered adult D. reevesii may have been young animals.

3. DAMONIA HAMILTONII.

Geoclemys hamiltonii, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 17.

Skull (as seen through the skin in the stuffed specimen) ovate

trigonal, sides flattened ; orbit lateral, rather large ; crown rhombic,

rather convex in the middle, concave over the orbits, produced be-

hind, about once and a half as long from the back edge of the orbit

as from that point to the tip of the nose; zygomatic arch very

short, broad, confluent with the crown above, and much wider than

the orbit in front, as wide as the tympanic cavity behind; sheath of

the upper jaw simple, without any central hook ; lower jaw strong,

convex, and covered with a horny sheath in front; toes enclosed in

the skin to the claws, with band-like shields above, claws small.

A specimen in spirits in the British Museum. The head mode-

rate ; nose with each nostril in an oblong soft space; the upper

beak with a simple short edge, rounded in front ; lower beak with

an acute produced centre. Alveolar surface of the upper jaw wide,

linear, convex and rugose on the sides; alveolar surface of the front

of the lower jaw broad, rugose, concave in the upper surface, narrow

on thesides. Toes broadly webbed, crenulated on the edges, with a

series of hexangular larger scales on the upper surface.

This animal has the feet of Batagur; but the cavity of the skull

is not contracted at the ends as in that group.

4. DaMoNIA NIGRICANS.

Emys nigricans, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 20, t. 6.

Skull (as seen through the skin of the stuffed specimen) oblong

triangular, sides of face flattish ; orbit lateral, rather large; crown

nearly flat, with an arched hinder edge, which is about as far behind

the hinder edge of the orbit as that part is from the end of the

nose ; zygomatic arch flat, as wide in front as the back edge of the

orbit, and as the front edge of the tympanic cavity behind; the

sheath of the upper jaw rather notched at the tip, with a simple

edge; lower jaw broad, convex, and covered with a broad horny

sheath in front. ‘Toes slightly webbed to the claws.

196 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

14. GLypTremys.

GLYPTEMYS PULCHELLA, Agassiz.

Geoclemys pulchella, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 18.

The skeleton of a large specimen which had been in confinement,

with the bones separate, in the British Museum, prepared by Dr.

Giinther. The skull with a broad, very flat forehead, and high, square

nose ; the latter granular, the lower half sunk in a deep wide notch

in the upper edge of the upper beak. Upper beak high, with an

acute central notch. Lower jaw strong, thick and convex in front.

Zygomatic arch strong, convex. Orbit large, quite lateral, with a

narrow lower hinder edge. Palate concave in front, flat behind;

internal nostrils large, anterior. The alveolar surface of the upper

jaw rather broad, smooth, with a slight concavity in front; of the

lower jaw broad in front, narrower on the sides, regularly concave.

The broad front of the alveolar surface of the lower jaw separates

these animals from the genus Geoclemmys; and therefore I have

adopted Agassiz’s generic name.

Glyptemys pulchella,

A large specimen in spirit in the British Museum. Skull rather

thin, ovate rhombic, sides flat; orbit very large, subsuperior, in the

upper margin of the crown; crown rhomboid, produced into an

acute point behind, the hinder end as far from the hinder edge of

the orbit as that part is from the end of the nose; zygomatic arch

short, broad, rather broader in front than the back edge of the orbit,

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 197

about as large as the small circular tympanic cavity behind, but

attached to the temple rather below the upper margin of the tym-

panic cavity. ‘The upper jaw (with the sheath on) has a sharp edge

with a broad internal groove edged on the inner side by a slight

ridge. Palate rather concave, especially in front. The sheath of

the upper jaw with a slightly bidentate notch in front, and simple

straight sides. The lower jaw strong, erect on the sides, shelving,

convex, and rounded in front, covered with a horny sheath, and with

a central acute point.

15. Bevuta.

Head very large, short, covered with a thin and hard skin, over

the orbit and other fleshy parts covered with very small granular

scales. Nose high, truncated in front; nostrils in the upper edge

of the horny beak. Beak of the upper jaw high, convex, with

broadly arched dependent sides and a central notch. Lower jaw

strong, convex in front, with a central acute sharp-edged point.

Thorax oblong ; back three-keeled ; vertebral plates elongate sub-

trigonal, areola of discal shields with a narrow longitudinal ridge.

Toes strong, expanded, with transverse band-like shields, united, to

the claws, by a narrow scaly web. Asiatic.

Skull solid. Nose-hole square; the front and sides of the upper

lips shelving inwards. Orbit large, oblong, subquadrangular, lateral.

Palate flat, internal nostrils anterior, with a short oblong concavity

behind each. Alveolar plates moderate, band-like, rather wider

behind, rather concave. Lower jaw short, strong, convex in front,

and wide and thick behind, with a conical central prominence and a

broad flat alveolar edge that is broader behind and with a very

slightly raised outer margin.

Bellia has the large head, with dependent lips, of Damonia; but

the alveolar surface of the upper jaw is not so wide, and the inner

nostrils are anterior.

BELLIA CRASSICOLLIS.

Emys crassicollis, Bell; Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. B. M. p. 20.

Skull (as seen through the skin of the stuffed specimen) broad,

depressed, ovate, sides shelving outwards ; orbit subsuperior, on the

lateral edge of the crown; crown flat, rhomboid, broader in front,

rather produced and narrow in the middle of the hinder edge, which

is almost as far from the back edge of the orbit as that part from

the end of the nose; zygomatic arch short, broad, convex, forming

part of the crown, and wider than the back edge of the orbit in front,

not quite so wide as the front edge of the tympanic cavity behind ;

edge of tympanic cavity rounded; sheath of the upper jaw very

strong, and high in front and on the sides, lower margin truncated

in the middle, and larger and arched on the sides ; the lower jaw

strong, short, broad in front, covered with a broad horny sheath.

Toes strong, short, webbed to the claws, covered with band-like

shields. Feet like those of the American Emydide.

Skeleton of a half-grown specimen in the British Museum, re-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XIV.

198 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

ceived from Holland as ‘‘ Clemmys sprengleri.”” The head of the

younger specimens is rather more slender and thinner than that of

the adult.

A young specimen in spirit, sent with an adult and a half-grown

specimen from Borneo, and presented by Mr. Dillwyn. The head

is black, with an elongated yellowish white spot over each orbit,

extended towards the nostrils, and a large round opake pure-white

spot on each temple over the zygomatic arch, a triangular white spot

on each side of the lower jaw, and a small white spot on the side of

the head under the tympanum.

The head of the adult specimen has not these distinct spots ; but

the region of the orbit and temple is varied with white. Unfor-

tunately, however, the older specimens are not in such a good state

as the young one.

Bellia crassicollis.

Two skulls in the Museum, sent by Prof. Oldham, are very solid ;

nose rather produced, conical ; nose-hole in front large, four-sided ;

cheeks shelving outwards; crown flat, rhombic, narrow and acute

behind ; zygomatic process moderately broad, from back of orbit to

the upper front half of the oblong tympanic cavity; orbit oblong,

large. The labial edge of the upper jaw arched on each side and

overlapping. The palate nearly flat, with a concavity in front be-

hind each internal nostril.. The alveolar plate broad, flat, smooth,

broader behind, and with a slight oblong central pit and a larger

1869.) DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 199

central concavity behind it. Lower jaw very strong, short, with a

narrow erect front edge ending in a central conical prominence ;

broad and flattened out behind, especially just before the condyle.

The tympanic concavity opens into the larger cavity that occupies

the whole of the mastoid bone.

Gis" is

Tetraonyx haska. Two-thirds of nat. size.

200 DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 1],

Tribe V. BATAGURINA.

16. TETRAONYX.

Trerraonyx BASKA. (Fig. 11, p. 199.)

Batagur baska, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 35. Skull B.M.

17. KacuuGa.

* The upper jaw with a short very distinct central longitudinal

dentated ridge behind the deep conical pit in the front of the

jiw, which commences between the ends of the secondary ridges.

The lower jaw with a deep longitudinal groove in front behind

the central conical prominence on the edge.

+ Palate flat, with two very deep oblong concavities, one behind

each of the internal nostrils. The ridges of the upper jaw are

elongate, and the anterior central ridge is broad at the base,

with a deep broad concavity on each side between the sphenoid

and condyle. The inner surface of the front part of the lower

jaw is erect, without any expanded plate. BAaTAGURELLA,

1. KacuuGa PEGuUENSIS. (Fig. 12, p. 201.)

The concavities behind the internal nasals as broad behind as in

front ; orbit large, irregular, oblong, nearly as high as long in front.

Hab. India. Presented by W. Theobald, Esq.

The thorax is unknown.

++ Palate narrow, concave, with a ridge on each side and two mo-

derately deep concavities behind each internal nostril, each

marked with a central longitudinal ridge. The ridges on the

upper jaw short, and the anterior central ridge narrow and

sharp-edged. The front part of the lower surface of the tem-

poral bone, between the condyle and sphenoid, shelves upward,

not forming a broad cavity. The inner surfaces of the front

part of the lower jaw have a shelving plate for the support of

the inner longitudinal ridge on the upper dental surface. The

orbit regular, oblong, moderate. The thorax is unknown.

KacuuGa.

2. KacuuGa TRiInineATa, Theobald. (Fig. 13, p. 202.)

The concavities behind the internal nostrils oblong elongate,

narrow, narrower and deeper behind; orbits very large, regular

oblong, much longer than high.

Hab. India. Skull Brit. Mus.

3. KacnuGa oLpHAMI. (Fig. 14, p. 203.)

Hab. India. Presented by Prof. Oldham.

** The upper jaw with a notch between the two divergent ridges,

and an indistinct broad longitudinal ridge in the centre of the

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 201

Fig. 12.

Kachuga pequensis. Two-thirds nat. size.

plates behind them. The lower jaw with a distinct sharp-

edged short longitudinal central ridge just between the back

edge of the conical marginal prominences and the middle of the

diverging ridges, and a deep ovate longitudinal concavity be-

hind the middle of those ridges: the lower jaw with a slightly

shelving plate for the support of the diverging dental ridges.

The palate narrow, rather concave, with a very deep oblong

202 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

Fig. 13;

Kachuga trilineata. Two-thirds nat: size.

concavity behind each internal nostril. The orbit regular ob-

long, longer than high. DonGoxa.

4. KaCHUGA HARDWICKII.

Batagur dongoka, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. in B, M. t. 36. f. 1

(skull).

Hab. Nepal (B. H. Hodgson, Esq.).

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 203

Fig. 14.

Kachuga oldhami. Nat. size.

5. KACHUGA AFFINIS.

A specimen of the young animal in spirit, from Penang, from the

Cantor Collection, named Tetraonyx junior by Dr. Cantor. It has

five distinct claws on the fore, and five on the hind feet. The shell

is nearly circular, and the sides of the sternum are very sharply and

strongly keeled. The upper beak is straight-edged, with two small

204 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [Mar. 11,

acute teeth in the centre in front. The alveolar surfaces rather

broad, the upper with a single triangular ridge separated by a central

concavity ; the lower with a single ridge parallel to the edge. The

vertebral shield rugulose, with a broad flat-topped keel ; the costal

shields with an indistinct central keel more prominent behind, the

part above the keel rugulose, that below it smooth ; inguinal shields

very wide.

6. KaAcCHUGA BERDMOOREI.

There are two specimens in spirit, purchased of Mr. Theobald, in

the British Museum. The alveolar surfaces of the upper and lower

jaws very wide, as wide behind as before, rugulose, tubercular ; the

upper one with a very strong triangular submarginal ridge ending

short of the centre and in front sharply turned towards the outer

margin; the central part concave in front, and flat behind; the

portion behind the ridge very broad. Lower jaw with a very strong

triangular ridge stopping short of the centre, which is coneave. The

upper beak even on the side, with a broad triangular central nick

with a slight tooth on each side; the lower with a short conical

centre; the whole surface of the upper and the outer surface of the

lower grooved and rugose. The nostrils small, circular, pierced in a

horny plate that edges the nose and with a lower process produced

downwards, on the upper edge of the beak.

Hab. ?

18. PANnGsHuRA, Gray.

Pangshura, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 36.

The beaks of Pangshura tecta, in a specimen in spirit, are unlike

the beaks of Tetraonyx; the gape is scaly, but the lower beak is

broad in front, with a rather curved hinder edge, and there is a

series of more or less distinctly separate long trigonal shields below

the outer margin on the hinder part of the beak. The skin on the

crown is continuous, without any grooves; the skin over the tym-

panum is soft, with some very obscure concentric wrinkles or

grooves.

1. PANGSHURA TECTA.

Emys nomadicus, Theobald.

A specimen in spirit in the British Museum. The alveolar pro-

cess wide on the upper and lower jaws. The upper jaw with a

subcentral acute ridge interrupted in frout by a central longitudinal

ridge, and with an acute ridge on the inner margin which is conti-

nuous in the centre. Alveolar process in the lower jaw broad, with

a strong triangular ridge parallel to the margin, and with a short

central longitudinal ridge. Labial edge of the upper beak simple,

of the lower beak acute and bent up in the middle.

Skull (as seen through the skin in the stuffed specimen) ovate

thombic, rather high in front, nearly erect on the sides; crown

thombic, produced and acute behind, rather longer from the pos-

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 205

terior end to the back edge of the orbit than from that part to the

end of the nose; eyes lateral, eyebrows rather convex ; zygomatic

arch short, narrow, from the middle of the hinder edge of the orbit

to the upper part of the front margin of the tympanic cavity, which

is only furnished with a narrow edge. Sheath of the upper jaw with

straight, closely denticulated edges ; lower jaw strong, very convex,

and covered with a horny sheath in front. Toes slender, with a few

hexangular shields above, very broadly webbed; claws small.

2. PANGSHURA TENTORIUM.

Skull (as seen through the skin of the preserved specimen) very

like that of P. teeta, but the crown is rather more produced behind,

or rather the orbits are more in front of the head; the bony temple

is broader behind the eyes; and the zygomatic arch is broader,

being as wide as the upper half of the front edge of the tympanic

cavity. The horny sheath of the upper jaw is rather sinuous, dis-

tinctly but closely denticulated. Toes slender, very widely webbed

to the claws; claws small.

3. PANGSHURA DURA.

Skull (as seen through the skin of the stuffed specimen) ovate

triangular, sides erect ; orbit very large, subsuperior; crown rhombic,

produced and acute behind, twice as long from the hinder end to

the back edge of the orbit as the length from that part to the

end of the nose; zygomatic arch short, convex, the front end form-

ing part of the crown, and wider than the orbit, and the hinder part

narrower and only attached to the upper part of the edge of the

tympanic cavity. Sheath of the upper jaw broad, high, with a

straight simple edge; lower jaw strong, covered with a convex

horny sheath in front. Toes slender, broadly webbed to the claws.

Tribe VI. Ps—EUDEMYDINA.

19. PSEUDEMYS.

1. PsEUDEMYS SERRATA.

A mounted skeleton in the British Museum, from North America.

Skull solid, crown flat, produced and narrow behind, very broad,

square, high in front, shelving to the mouth below; the labial edge

nearly straight, with a notch in front, and minutely denticulated on

the margin. The zygomatic arch very broad, slightly convex ex-

ternally ; the mastoid bone produced horizontally, flat above exter-

nally, and keeled above, with a moderate-sized internal cavity.

Palate concave behind the internal nostrils. The alveolar surface of

the upper jaw flat, wide, rather produced behind; inner or palatine

edge simple, and armed in front with a large tooth on each side of

the centre, which is produced into a longitudinal sharp-edged irre-

gular ridge parallel to the outer margin and nearer to it than to the

inner edge of the alveolar surface. The lower jaw strong, much

depressed and wide in front, and quite flat on the lower surface ;

206 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

the alveolar surface broad, expanded, nearly as broad behind as in

front, the centre of the outer edge produced and acute, with a large

concavity on each side behind it, and with an irregular sharp-edged

ridge nearer the inner edge than the outer margin, with a conical

compressed prominence in front; the labial margin with a series of

conical teeth.

Pag, 15:

Pseudemys serrata.

A second skull depressed, ovate, sides of the face shelving ; nasal

aperture very large; orbits very large, superior, separated by a very

narrow space; crown rhombic, produced behind; zygomatic arch

very broad, convex, nearly as wide as the back edge of the orbit and

the front edge of the oval tympanic cavity. Upper jaw with a well-

marked irregularly dentated ridge parallel with the outer edge, and

a broad flat space behind it; there is a conical tooth on the front

end of the ridge, and a deep conical pit on the front of the upper

jaw. Hinder nasal opening arched in front, near the middle of the

palate. The lower jaw strong, broad, expanded ; lower surface flat ;

upper surface with a short denticulated marginal edge, and a conical

central prominence in front, with a central longitudinal ridge and a

stronger arched ridge parallel with the outer margin. Toes long,

slender, broadly webbed.

2. PsEUDEMYS DECUSSATA.

Pseudemys decussata, Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 183.

1869. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 207

Emys decussata, Bell; Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. in B. M. t. 36.

f. 2 (skull).

Skull in British Museum. The internal nostrils subanterior, be-

tween the converging alveolar plates; lower jaw with a short

groove.

20. TRACHEMYs.

TRACHEMYS HOLBROOKII.

Trachemys holbrookii, Gray, Aun. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 181.

Limys cumberlandensis, Holbrook.

Trachemys holbrookii.

Skeleton (in separate bones) in the British Museum, prepared by

Dr. Giinther. Skull ovate, solid, crown quite flat, sides of face

shelving outwards; nose rather produced beyond the mouth; orbit

very large, lateral, subsuperior, upper hinder edge narrow; zygo-

matic arch very broad, convex ; tympanic cavity subcircular. The

edge of the jaws swollen, convex, labial edge rather arched, entire

in front. The palate flat; internal nostrils large, subanterior, with

an elongated broad slight concavity behind them. The alveolar

208 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

surface broad, divided just over the internal nostrils by a large,

thick central ridge parallel with the outer side, having a broad

space on each side of it. Lower jaw strong, rather short, front and

sides convex and rounded beneath; alveolar surface broad, with

a short outer edge of an irregular narrow subcentral ridge parallel

with the outer margin.

21. DeRMATEMYS.

Dermatemys, Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles in B. M. p. 49.

Skull figured by M. Aug. Duméril in the ‘ Archives du Muséum,’

vi. p. 223, t. 15. ‘The alveolar surfaces are broad, with distinct

dentated ridges, like those of the genera Pseudemys and Batagur.”

Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864.

This genus was arranged, in the ‘ Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’

in the Chelydradea, near Chelydra, on account of the additional

shield on the suture; but at that time the thorax only was known.

The animal, like the skull, is very like Pseudemys and Batagur.

The specimen in spirit of the animal in the British Museum, re-

ceived from Mr. Salvin, has very small gular shields, for the greater

part of their length united, which gives them much the appearance

of a single shield. This union and their small size give the animal

at first sight the appearance of an Hydraspis, the gular shields being

regarded as the intergular of that genus.

Fam. [V. PLatysTERNID.

Head very large, covered with a thick, hard, bony case; upper

jaw with a strong short-edged central hook. Skull thick, hard ;

zygomatic arch much dilated posteriorly and forming a bony cover-

ing over the temporal muscles. Toes 5.4, short, free at the ends ;

the three middle ones of the fore foot and the two middle ones of

the hind foot longest; claws compressed, acute. Tail cylindrical,

elongated, covered with rings of square shields. ‘Thorax thin. Ster-

num solid, broad, attached to the thorax by a bony extension co-

vered with the ends of the pectoral and abdominal plates; not

transversely divided, separated from the marginal shields by a longi-

tudinal series of small shields.

Emydide, b, Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles, p. 49.

Emydide, § B, Gray, Cat. Tortoises in B. M. p. 13.

PLATYSTERNON.

Platysternon, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 49.

Fam. CHELYDID2.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1864, p. 128, I proposed

an arrangement of the genera of this family founded on the exami-

nation of the skull of the genera which I then knew, and I figured

some of them.

1869 | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 209

I have since obtained the skull of Chelodina colliei. It does not

render necessary any alterations in the system; but I would propose

that the place of the genus (Chelodina) in the series should be

rather altered: instead of following Hydraspis in Hydraspidina, 1

think that it had better be arranged before it in that tribe, as the

skull is more depressed and has a more slender lower jaw, and many

other characters render it intermediate in form between the genera

Hydraspis and Chelys.

Fig. 17.

Chelodina colliez.

Fam. TRIONYCHID.

When my “ Revision of the Species of Trionychide”’ was read,

on the 23rd February, 1864 (see P.Z.S. 1864, p. 76), I was in

doubt whether the alveolar surface of the jaws of these animals did

not change in form as the animal increased in age, this doubt being

caused by receiving from West Africa skulls from the same locality

which chiefly differed in size and in the form of the alveolar surface.

The British Museum has since received other specimens from West

Africa; and after examining them I am satisfied that the skulls re-

ferred to belonged to two species, and that the difference of form and

structure above mentioned is permanent, and found in young speci-

210 DR. J. KF. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. { Mar. 11,

mens as well as old of the two species; and the examination of the

jaws of the young specimens of other species in the Museum collec-

tion has convinced me that very little, if any, change of form occurs

in the alveolar surface of the soft Mud-Turtles of the same species

from youth to old age, and that the various forms of the alveolar

surface afford excellent characters for the distinction of the species

and genera of the group, and are also in conformity with their habits

and food. Extending the examination to the mouth of old and

young specimens of Tortoises of other families, I find that these

characters are equally permanent in them.

When the above-mentioned essay was prepared, as we had only a

limited number of skeletons, I was obliged to leave init a number of

species doubtful as to the genera to which they ought to be referred.

Having discovered that the characters afforded by the alveolar pro-

cess were the same in the young specimens as in the older ones, I

was induced to examine the mouths of all the young specimens which

we had in spirit in the British Musenm; and finding that, by very

careful preparation and manipulation, I could open the mouths of the

stuffed specimens in the same collection without in the least degree

injuring them, I have examined the mouth and alveolar surfaces in

all of them, and thus satisfied myself of the permanence of the

characters that these afford, and have been able to determine with

certainty the systematic position of some species, which was before

doubtful.

This reexamination has also shown me the permanence and the

importance, as a specific character, of the manner in which the odd

bone in front of the bony dorsal disk is developed, and whether it

is in an early or late stage of its development that it becomes pitted

like the rest of the bones of the disk, and when it becomes united to

the front bone of it.

These additions to my knowledge of the structure and develop-

ment of the animals induce me to propose the following amended

arrangement of them. A natural arrangement of the genera can

only be prepared by taking account of all the changes of the animal

during growth, and deriving the characters from it in its perfect

state. The young specimens are required in order to know the

coloration of the species, the adult to know the perfect development

of the sternal callosities, and those of intermediate ages to give the

manner the odd bone in front of the dorsal disk is developed, and

when and how it becomes fitted like the other bones of the back-

shield; but this has rendered it impossible to interpolate in their

proper place in the system those specimens in the Museum which

are only in a young or imperfect state of development, not showing

the sternal callosities or the true form of the dorsal disk.

The Mud-Turtles with depressed head and thin depressed skull

have a very short face, and the eyes only a very short distance from

the end of the nose; all the genera which have a higher, strong,

hard skull have a short face and a convex rounded forehead, except

Tyrse, which has an elongate conical face, and the eyes considerably

further back.

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 211

The genera of the latter group may be arranged according to the

number of the sternal callosities, thus :—

I. Sternal callosities two, lateral: Aspilus, Rafetus, Dogania.

II. Sternal callosities four, lateral and anal: Tvionyx, Potamochelys,

Pelochelys, Chitra, Tetrathyra, Platypeltis.

III. Sternal callosities six, lateral, anal, arid pectoral; the latter

transverse and developed late : Landemania.

IV. Sternal callosities seven: Heptathyra.

V. Sternal callosities nine (or ten): Emyda.

VI. Sternal callosities fifteen, and often some subsidiary ones: Cy-

clanosteus and Baikiea.

The development of the pittings on the surface of the odd bone in

front of the bony dorsal disk affords good generic characters.

1. It is smooth to a comparatively later period, even after the

sternal callosities are developed in Aspilus.

2. It is pitted in the centre in very young, and gradually becomes

more covered with pits in young specimens in Trionyax, Potamochelys,

and Tyrse.

The Mud-Turtles with a depressed thin skull and very short face

have a broad flat palate and scarcely any indication of a central

groove in front of the internal nostrils, and only a slight depression,

if any, behind them; whereas in the more or less oblong, thick,

solid skulls the palate is more or less concave, and almost always

has a central groove in front and two more or less deep concavities

behind the internal nostrils. The extent and form of the depressions

afford very good generic characters.

The skulls of the Trionychide may be arranged in sections thus :—

1. The central groove in front of the internal nostrils narrow and—

a, Deep: Landemania, Sarbieria, Potamochelys, ? Platypeltis,

Callinia, ° Emyda.

6. Very shallow: Aspilus.

2. Centra: groove in front of the internal nostrils short, triangular,

narrow in front: Cyclanosteus, Baikiea, Tetrathyra.

3. Central groove in front of the internal nostrils wide and shallow,

but well marked: Trionyx, Rafetus, Dogania, Tyrse.

The form of and the extent of the development on the edge of

the jaws afford excellent characters, and show the differences in

the habits of these animals. In the Mud-Turtles with depressed,

thin, light skull, and short face, the alveolar edges of the jaws

are thin and linear. In those which have a more or less high,

solid, strong skull, the edge of the lower jaw and the surface of

the upper one that meets it offer several variations. The genera

Se be arranged by the different forms of the alveolar surface,

thus :—

1. The edge of the lower jaw flattened and broad in front and

on the sides: Trionya, Aspilus, Rafetus, Batkiea.

212 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

2. The front edge of the lower jaw narrow; the inner surface

of the front part of the jaw shelving inwards.

a. In some of these the hinder part of the sides of the edge

is more or less expanded and flattened out into an alveolar

disk: Dogania, Potamochelys, Cyclanosteus.

- 6. In others the sides of the edge are as narrow as the front

part: Tyrse, Platypeltis, Callinia.

The genera of the family may be thus arranged :—

Section I. The head ovate or oblong, face moderate. Skull strong,

thick, solid.

. The sternum contracted behind, without any flaps over the hind

legs.

. Nostrils small, far apart, on the sides of the end of the proboscis.

. Amypa. A. mutica.

. Nostrils moderate, circular, close together in the middle of the

end of the proboscis, with a small lobe on the inner side.

Head short, forehead convex. The front and sides of the lower

jaw with a broad, expanded, flat or slightly concave alveolar

surface. Anterior palatine groove deep.

a. Sternal callosities six.

. Lanpemanta. UL. irrorata.

}. Sternal callosities four.

. Trionyx. Head short, forehead convex. Anterior palatine

groove broad, shallow. Alveolar surface of the lower jaw

broad, as wide in front as on the sides, rather concave, with a

central longitudinal ridge in front. Hab. Asia. T' gangetica.

. Forp1a. Head short, forehead convex. Anterior palatine

groove narrow, linear, deep. Alveolar surface of the lower jaw

very broad, as wide in front as on the sides, flat, granular.

Hab. Africa. F. africana.

. SarsprertA. Head rather elongate. Anterior palatine gruove

(in beak) narrow, deep, gradually becoming wider behind (in

skull). Alveolar surface (of beak) in lower jaw regularly con-

cave and smooth in front, and slightly concave on the sides.

Odd anterior bone of dorsal disk free and smooth in the young

specimens. S. frenata.

y. Sternal eallosities two, lateral.

Aspitus. Head oblong, elongate. Alveolar surface of the upper

jaw wider behind ; of the lower jaw broad, rather wider in front

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES, 213

than on the sides, flat, with a slight concavity on the outer and

couvexity on the inner side béhind. Central anterior palatine

groove in the beak narrow, linear, deep, in the skull narrow,

elongate, but very slightly marked ; the front of the palate is

very deeply concave to the front edge of the internal nostrils,

and then bent up on the sides of them. Internal nostrils

oblong. A. cariniferus, P. Z. 8. 1364, p. 83, f. 4-6.

7. Rarerus. Head broad, forehead convex. Skull rather longer

than broad at the ears. Anterior central palatine groove broad

and shallow, rather broader behind than in front. Alveolar

surface of the jaws narrow, linear, in the upper jaw scarcely

wider in front than behind, in the lower jaw rather wider in

front, smooth, slightly concave on the sides, with an oblong

slight concavity on each side; the concavity behind the inter-

nal nostrils deep, and rather narrower behind. Internal nostrils

large, circular. R. euphraticus, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 81.

** The front of the lower jaw with a shelving inner surface and a

narrow sharp alveolar edge, and with a more or less dilated

concave alveolar surface on the sides, rather narrow behind.

a. Face short, rounded ; forehead convex ; anterior central longitu-

dinal palatine groove narrow, deep, short. Sternal callosities

four.

8. PoramocueEtys. The alveolar surface of the upper jaw convex,

shelving outwards, elongate, only slightly wider behind; of

lower jaw rather wide, concave, and shelving inwards in front,

rather dilated on the hinder half of the sides, with a slightly

shelving oblong concave surface. The upper jaw bent down in

front. The palate flat behind ; the central anterior palatine

groove narrow, deep, short; internal nostrils oblong, anterior, in

a deep cavity, partly hooded by the alveolar surfaces of the

upper jaw, and with an elongate deep concavity behind each.

P. stellatus, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 85, f. 7, 8.

B. Face tapering on sides, narrow in front ; forehead shelving. An-

terior central palatine groove broad and shallow; internal nos-

trils oblong, large.

9. Docanta. Head broad; face very short, narrow infront. Skull

depressed, broad ; underside of skull straight, not bent down

in front. Anterior central palatine groove shallow, broad,

rounded in front, very slightly narrowed behind. Alveolar sur-

face of the upper jaw flat, broader behind, of lower jaw mode-

rately broad, with a shelving upper surface, and a sharp, simple

alveolar edge, rather expanded and flattened out behind and

slightly concave on the surface. Internal nostrils oblong, large,

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1869, No. XV.

10.

12.

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES, [ Mar. 11,

obliquely longitudinal, with a short concavity behind each.

Sternal callosities two, lateral, narrow. D. subplana.

PLatype.tis. Head oblong, rather depressed ; face moderate,

rounded in front. Front of the palate with a very wide, shal-

low concavity, which is rather narrowed and rounded in front,

and gradually dilated behind. Alveolar surface of the jaws

flat, rather wider behind, of the upper jaw flat in front, rather

wider on the hinder part of the sides, with a raised longi-

tudinal subeentral ridge; of the lower jaw oroad, flat in

front, with a sharp front edge, narrow in the front part and

rather dilated on the hinder part of the sides, with a deep

central longitudinal groove. Sternal callosities four; the late-

ral ones twice as wide on the inner as on the outer side; the

hinder triangular, front edge sinuous and wider than the length

of the straight inner sides. P. ferox. (From Pennant’s spe-

cimen. )

Tyrsr. Head elongate, face elongate, conical, narrow in front ;

forehead shelving. Skull, underside scarcely bent down in

front. Palate nearly flat ; central longitudinal concavity in front

of the internal nostrils wide, much wider behind ; internal nos-

trils small, rounded, with a short concavity behind each. The

alveolar process of the upper jaw linear, ‘elongate, scarcely wider

behind. Lower jaw rather broad, with a shelving concavity on

the upper surface in front, with a sharp alveolar edge which is

rather wider and has a linear elongate concavity on the upper

surface of the hinder half of the sides. Sternal callosities four,

lateral and anal; anal triangular, rather broader than long.

The hinder costal bones short, forming together a semicircle

which is about two-fifths of the width of the costal pieces before

them. Z. nilatica.

CauuintA. Head small, face short, tapermg in front. Ante-

rior palatine groove (in head with beak) narrow, linear, deep.

Alveolar edge of the beak and upper jaw narrow, linear, taper-

ing behind; of the lower jaw rather wide, shelving inwards,

with a sharp edge in front, and narrow, short, and tapering to

a point behind. Sternal callosities four, lateral and anal. C.

microcephala and C. spicifera.

g. Sternum dilated behind, with a flap on each side covering the

hind legs.

* Margin of dorsal disk cartilaginous, without marginal bones.

13.

Anterior central palatine groove short, triangular, broader be-

hind. African.

CYcLANostEus. Sternal callosities 15. Alvcolar surface thin

in front, broad on the sides. C. senegalensis.

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 215

14. Barxrea. Sternal callosities 15 or more. Alveolar surface

broad in front and on the sides. B. elegans.

** Dorsal disk with marginal bones. Asiatic.

15. Emypa. Sternal callosities 9 or 10. . punetata.

Section II. Head depressed, broad, face very short ; eyes anterior.

Skull depressed, thin and weak. Alveolar edge of the jaws

thin. Palate flat.

a. Sternum dilated behind into flaps on each side covering the hind

legs. Sternal callosities odd.

16. Hepratuyra. Sternal callosities seven. H. frenata.

b. Sternum contracted behind, without any flaps over the hind legs.

Sternal callosities in pairs.

17. Penocue ys. P. cantorii.

18. Cuirra. C. indica.

2. LANDEMANIA.

Head elongate ; the odd bone in front of the dorsal shield in adult

specimens pitted, and united to the first costal by a straight suture.

Fig.-E8.

Landemania irrorata, Sternum.

Sternal callosities six—two sternal, two lateral, and two anal; the

sternal pair narrow, transverse, and not developed until the animal

216 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 1],

is nearly adult. Jaws strong; alveolar surface broad in front and

on the sides, rather broader on the sides behind, that of the lower

jaw shelving inwards. The anterior central palatine groove deep,

narrow in front, and wider behind.

1. LANDEMANIA IRRORATA.

Head and body closely speckled with minute white dois ; the chin

and underside of the throat with rather larger but similar white

spots.

Trionyx peroculatus, Giinther, MS. in B. M.

A specimen (which had been allowed to get dry) now in spirit, from

Shanghai. Head black (face without any diverging lines), with very

small white speckles very close together, and most of the same size

and form, of underside (if any difference) very slightly larger; the

skin of the back similarly and equally minutely white-dotted. Ster-

nal callosities six; the anterior pair narrow, band-like, transverse,

in the centre of the front of the sternum ; lateral callosities narrow

in the middle, very broad at the inner end; the anal broad, sub-

trigonal, united in the middle line by a truly dentated suture.

2. LANDEMANIA! PEROCELLATA.

Head olive, with diverging brown lines from the eyes and across

the forehead ; chin and throat with large white spots. ‘

Trionyx perocellatus, Gray, Cat. Tort. B. M. p. 48; Cat. Shield

Rept. p. 65, t. 31.

Potamochelys? perocellatus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 86.

Hab. China and Chusan.

A specimen in spirit, received from Mr. Swinhoe, from Formosa.

The front of the lower jaw with a flat triangular alveolar surface ;

the central groove in the palate before the internal nostrils narrow,

deep, wider (sublunate) quite in front. Forehead with a narrow in-

terrupted dark line from the front canthus of one eye to the other.

Face with five diverging brown lines from the underside of the eye—

the three front to the lower lip, the two hinder from the hinder ean-

thus of the eye across the temple. Sternal callosities four; the

hinder pair subtrigonal, with the angles rounded, and well sepa-

rated. Sides of lower jaw, chin, and throat with large, symmetrical,

but different-shaped white spots.

A stuffed half-grown specimen in the British Museum, from China.

The bony dorsal disk oblong ; the front odd bone united to the first

costal by a straight edge, and rugose like it, with a very small pit on

each side of the middle of the hind edge; the front edge with a few

tubercles in the centre ; the hinder flap with roundish tubercles.

Sternal callosities four; lateral narrow on-the sides, much wider in

the middle ; the hinder callosities ovate, oblique, with short convex

sides and rounded ends. Head moderate; alveolar surface of the

jaws broad, rather broader behind; the anterior central palatine

groove deep, wide, and rather wider behind.

1869. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 21

3. TRIONYX.

The odd bone of the dorsal disk covered with a pitted coat in the

young animals. The genus may be divided into sections thus :—

* Head short, broad (about as long as broad at the ear-bone), rounded

in front. The alveolar surface of the lower jaw concave, with

sharp raised inner and outer margins, and an indistinct short

central ridge on the inner side of the front. The central pala-

tine groove in front of the internal nostrils very wide, as wide

in front as behind.

1. TRIONYX GANGETICUS.

** The head rather elongate (rather longer than the breadth at the

ears), rather tapering in front. The alveolar surface of the

lower jaw as wide in front as on the sides, slightly concave,

with a central longitudinal ridge across the front, and with a

slight concavity on each side. The central anterior palatine

groove shallow, narrow in front and wide behind.

2. Trionyx JeupI. (Fig. 19, p. 218.)

Hab. Java? From the Museum of Prof. Lidth de Jeude.

This species is described from a fine adult skull received from the

Utrecht Museum, which, no doubt, was obtained from some of the

Dutch colonies. It is most distinct from the Indian species. I have

named it after the Professor who formed the Museum. The front

longitudinal ridge is very distinct in the jawbone, almost more so

than in the horny beak of the jaw. The front of the jaw of the 7’.

gangeticus is simply concave, without any indication of a ridge, but

only a slight prominence on the inner part of the inner edge; and

the alveolar surface on the sides of the lower jaw is flat and with.a

deep oblong concavity on each side.

In the British Museum there is the head of an adult animal in

spirit that was purchased of Mr. Theobald, who obtained it in Pegu.

It has the narrow central anterior palatine groove, and the cylindri-

cal ridge across the front of the lower beak, of this section of the

genus; but the ridge is only slightly raised and very different from

that in the skull from Utrecht.

3. TRIONYX FoRMOSUS. (Plate XV. fig. 1.)

This species is described from a young specimen in spirit, pro-

cured by Mr. Theobald from Pegu.

The back shield olive, with four very large black-eyed spots, the

central spot circular, black, with a narrow white margin, and a dark

brown ring close to it, which is surrounded by a larger pale brown

ring, separated from the inner one by a broad olive space. The

outer ring forms part of a regular series of netted dark lines, which

are symmetrical on the two sides of the keel, forming a large open

space in the middle of the back, and a smaller one near the margin

and on the hinder part of the disk. The underside of the margin

of the disk sooty grey, paler in part, with a white edge on the margin

218 DR. J. E.GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. . [Mar. 11,

Fig. 19.

Trionyx jeudt.

of the shield. The upperside of the limbs olive, with small white

spots. The head and back of the neck olive, varied with black-edged

white spots, which are of various sizes, but symmetrically disposed

on the two sides. There is a small oblong white spot on each temple,

and an irregular larger white spot just before the angle of the mouth,

and a large white spot below on each side, and a larger spot in

centre of the hinder part of the gullet, and a series of small white

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 219

spots on the flap of the upper lip. The hinder part of the head is

encircled by a broad black-edged white band or collar, which is in-

terrupted by a small olive spot in the middle of the back of the neck.

The collar is broader and more diffused on the sides of the throat ;

it gives off a horizontal streak from its hinder side nearly as broad as

itself, which is extended for a short distance on the sides of the neck.

The alveolar surface of the lower jaw broad and slightly concave.

Hab. Pegu.

In its young state this Zrionyx is one of the most ornamental

species, the dorsal shield being decorated with four large eyed spots,

each surrounded by several concentric rings of different width, and

the white interrupted collar on the neck is very striking. It has the

four large spots on the dorsal shield so common with the young

state of Trionyx gangeticus, figured in that state in my ‘ Illustrations

of Indian Zoology’ as Trionyzx ocellatus, which is copied from Dr.

Buchanan Hamilton’s drawing of Testudo ocellatus. But in this

species and in the more advanced state of the young animal figured

in my ‘Indian Zoology’ as Trionyx hurum, from another of Dr.

Buchanan Hamilton’s drawings, there is a yellow spot on each temple

just behind the eyes; while in 7’. ormatus the temples are olive, and

the white collar is much further back—as far from the back edge of

the eyes as the eyes are from the tip of the nose.

The upper part of the head is olive, very closely and minutely

dotted with black ; the underside is uniform greyish white, The

nostrils are very close together, with a slight lobe on the inner side

of each. This may be the species indicated as a T'rionyx phayrei by

Mr. Theobald (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe. vol. x. p. 18), but so indis-

tinctly described as not to be recognizable.

4. Forpia.

. Head short, broad; face short, forehead convex. Anterior pala-

tine groove narrow, linear, deep. Alveolar surface of the beak of

the upper jaw very wide, flat; of the beak of the lower jaw very

broad, as wide in front as on the sides, acute, flat, granular, with a

yery indistinct indication of a longitudinal central ridge. The hinder

pair of costals about half as broad as the pair of costals before them.

Skull ——? Had. Africa.

Known from Trionyzx by the flatness and width of the alveolar

surface of the beaks. I have named this genus after Mr. Ford, who

has illustrated so many of my papers.

ForpDIA AFRICANA.

The head and neck (and most likely the other parts of the body,

limbs, and dorsal shield) olive, minutely and regularly speckled with

small white spots. The hinder sternal callosities triangular, rather

longer than wide, straight in front and on the inner side, very acute

behind.

Hab. Upper Nile, Chartoum (Petherick, adult male and female

in the B. M.).

220 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

These specimens are those referred to as having been sent from

Chartoum by Mr. Petherick in the account of Tyrse nilotica in the

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 88, where they were regarded as being specimens

of the common Nilotic Mud-Tortoise; but the examination of the

alveolar surface of the jaws at once showed that they had no affinity

with that genus, but must be more allied to the Gangetic Trionyz ;

and then I observed that they had the shorter face of that group,

which character had been previously overlooked. The alveolar sur-

face of both jaws is very wide, nearly flat (not concave in front as in

Trionyx gangeticus). The species is, no doubt, peculiar to the

Upper Nile, and had not been before observed.

The examination of the alveolar surface of Du Chaillu’s specimen,

which had been named Aspidonectes aspilus by Mr. Cope, showed

that it was (as [had previously determined it to be) identical with

Tyrse nilotica of the Lower Nile. The head and neck of this large

specimen, when the skin was wet, showed that it was speckled with

white like the true Nilotic Mud-Tortoise Tyrse nilotica. The ster-

nal callosities rather differ in form from those of T’.. nilotica; the

hinder ones are larger, and more acute behind. ‘The last of the

ribs are also wider, compared with the others, than in that species.

A young specimen in spirit, from the Upper Nile, obtained from

Mr. Petherick, probably belongs to this species. ‘Che head, neck,

feet, and dorsal disk covered with close, small, dark-edged, annular

white spots, those on the sides of the head and, especially, on the

chin and throat being rather the largest.

5. SARBIERIA.

Head rather large; eyes lateral, subsuperior. Jaws strong ;

alveolar surface (of beak) broad, broader and more dilated behind,

surface shelving inwards,—of lower jaw deeply concave, smooth,

and with a sharp edge in front, and slightly concave on the sides.

The central anterior palatine groove narrow and deep, with a short

slight dilatation in front and with rather diverging sides behind.

Dorsal disk small. Costal bones separate. Front odd bone in the

young and half-grown specimens separate, broad, transverse, and

with a smooth ‘upper.surface. Sternal callosities four ; lateral nar-

row on the outer side; anal 2

This genus is in many respects allied to Dogania; but it appears

to have four callosities, and the upper surface of the back is concave ;

it is narrow in front, and wider behind. But it is difficult to com-

pare a head with the beak on with a prepared skull without a beak.

SARBIERIA FRENATA.

Trionyx frenatus, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 67.

Potamochelys® frenatus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 87.

Hab. Singapore (Wallace).

A stuffed specimen in the British Museum, “of a young female

with full-sized eggs,” from Mr. Wallace. The odd bone in front

of the dorsal disk entirely covered with the skin, and smooth. The

1869. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. ail |

sternal callosities are scarcely developed, only showing a slight

roughness on the surface. Head olive, with a black central streak

from the snout to between the eyes, which divides behind into three

diverging streaks on the crown and nape; a streak from the nose,

through the eye, and continued on the temple, to the side of the

neck. The alveolar surface of the upper and lower jaws very broad

the whole length of the outer edges; the alveolar surface of the

upper jaw is so large as to cover the greater part of the palate, much

more so than in Trionya gangeticus; in the lower jaw it is very

broad, as broad hehind as before, and slightly concave. The central

palatine groove in front of the internal nostrils narrow, deep. The

bones of the dorsal shield are distinctly marked and separate; the

vertebral plates are very narfow, nearly twice as long as broad; the

costal ones are linear, scarcely broader at the outer ends, the last one

being the least and narrow at the outer end. The odd bone in front

is quite separate from the granular buckler, covered with skin, and

quite smooth. The lateral sternal callosities are scarcely developed,

only showing a slight roughness on the surface. The hinder pair of

sternal bones are broad at the inner end and united together in front

of the inner edges by two broad lobes.

Very like the figure in Cuvier’s ‘ Ossemens Fossiles,’ v. t. 23. f. 5.

6. AspiLus.

The odd bone in front of the dorsal shield in the younger speci-

men is separate, and smooth on the upper surface, and it becomes

pitted and united to the costal by a straight suture in the adult

animal.

8. PoTAMOCHELYS.

The odd anterior bone of the dorsal disk in the young animal is

pitted on the surface and separate, but in the older ones it is united

to the dorsal disk by a straight suture. The skull resembles that

of Cyclanosteus.

12, Caxuinia.

Head small, elongate ; face narrow, tapering ; eyes lateral, superior.

The jaws weak ; the alveolar plates narrow at the hinder part, trian-

gular and broader in front. The lower jaw slender, narrower at the

hinder part of the sides. The central palatal groove in front of the

internal nostrils rather wide and deep. The dorsal disk oblong,

broad. The odd bone in front of the dorsal shield separate, trans-

verse, and pitted in the young animal; in the older one it is united

to the front costal bones by a straight edge with two round perfo-

rations, one on each side of the central part. The vertebral callo-

sities narrow. The costal callosities scarcely broader at the outer

edge, except the fifth and sixth pairs; the hinder pair short, and

narrow at the outer ends. Sternal callosities four ; the lateral pair

broad on the inner side ; the hinder or anal pair oblong triangular,

oblique, with a straight inner edge.

Aspidonectes, sp., Agassiz, not Wagler.

222 Di. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. (Mar. 11,

1. CALLINIA MICROCEPHALA.

Potamochelys? microcephalus, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 87.

Hab. Sarawak (Wallace).

2. CALLINIA SPICIFERA.

Trionyx spiciferus, Lesueur, Mém. Mus. xv. p. 258, t. 15.

Trionyx ferus, Holbrook, Herp. N. A. ii. t. 1.

Tyrse argus, Gray, Knowsley Menag. t.

Hab. North America.

14. BarKIEra.

In the “ Revision of the species of Trionychide,” in the P. Z.8.

1864, p. 95, I figured the skull of an African Trionychid with

a very broadly dilated concave alveolar surface to the jaws, which

[ considered might perhaps be the adult state of the jaws of Cy-

clanosteus senegalensis. In my paper on the genus Tetrathyra,

in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1865, I thought that it might

perhaps be the skull of the Trionychid which I then described

under the name of Tetrathyra. Since that time I have been able

to examine the skull of a young Trionychid from Africa, which has

the broadly expanded alveolar surface of the adult skull that I figured.

This shows that the form of the alveolar surface does not depend

on the age of the specimen, and that it is the character of an ad- -

ditional genus, which I have named after Dr. Balfour Baikie, from

whom we have received so many species from Central and Western

Africa.

Unfortunately there are only skulls of adult and a specimen in

spirit of a young.animal of this species ; so that we do not know the

form and number of the sternal callosities, especially those of the

adult form. TI suspect that the thorax in the British Museum,

received with the jaws, may be that of an adult animal; but

there is no material to show that this is the case. If it is, the ster-

nal callosities are as in Cyclanosteus with some smaller additional

ones in front, as in the specimen figured as Cyclanosteus senega-

lensis, var. callosa, Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 424, f. 1.

Ba1ktEA ELEGANS. (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

The young specimen in spirit has the back of the thorax dark

olive-brown with large yellow spots, which are somewhat similar

but not quite symmetrical on the two sides of the central keel ;

and there is a series of large but smaller square or roundish yellow

spots on the margin. The sternum and under surface of the

margin blackish, with yellow spots, and a narrow yellow edge to the

lobes of the sternum. The underside of the shield is varied with

yellow on the edges. Head grey-brown, white-spotted. Thorax

white.

The young specimens of Cyclanosteus senegalensis in spirit are

known from those of Batkiea elegans by having the white spots on

the crown and sides of the head nearly of the same size; in B. ele-

1869. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. 223

gans the spots on the crown are small and those on the sides of the

head are larger and unequal-sized.

III. THE SEA-TURTLES—CHELONIA.

The common Turtle, covered with horny plates, has a skull as

different from that of the coriaceous Turtle, which has the bones of

the body covered with a soft skin, as the two animals are different

in external appearance. I formerly regarded the coriaceous and the

scale-bearing Turtles as forming two distinct families (Annals of

Philosophy, 1825, vol. x. p. 212); but having received from Mr.

Collie, as stated in the ‘Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’ a skull of

a true Chelonian as that of a coriaceous Turtle (Sphargis), and find-

ing they were so much alike, I was induced to reconsider the ques-

tion and to unite Sphargis and Chelonia in the same family, regard-

ing them as distinct tribes characterized by the nature of the surface.

Such a mistake was excusable, as I am not aware that the skull of

the adult Sphargis is in any European collection, or has ever been

figured, and I had overlooked the figure of the skull of the very

young specimen that is given in Prof. John Wagler’s ‘ New System

of Amphibia,’ t. 5. f. 1. In that work the skulls of the young

Chelonia and young Sphargis are figured side by side; therefore the

distinction can be easily seen. The great peculiarity of the skull of

the genus Sphargis consists of the opening to the nose being in the

upper part of the head, the nose-cavity being carried up by the

elongated erect form of the intermaxillary bone; the orbits are also

exceedingly large.

Fam. I. CHELONIAD.

Cheloniade, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825, x. p. 212.

The thorax covered with distinct horny plates; the sterno-costal

suture covered with a longitudinal series of sterno-lateral plates.

Nose anterior, erect; the nostrils anterior, at the upper edge of

the nose. Upper jaw simple, or rather hooked in front. Eyes

moderate.

Skull oblong, crown flat behind; orbit moderate, nose truncate,

erect ; nostrils anterior, on the upper part of the nose. The inter-

maxillary bone small, narrow, short, erect.

The study of the skulls of these animals first led me to observe

the importance of the alveolar chewing-surface of the jaws for distin-

guishing the genera. The Turtles may be divided into two groups

thus :—

* The alveolar surface of the upper jaw concave, broad, narrower

behind, with a single linear central ridge. Lower concave,

with a rather strong ridge on the inner side. Carnivorous. |

1. CARETTA.

224 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TORTOISES. [ Mar. 11,

** The alveolar surface of the upper jaw with two arched ridges,

the inner one near the inner margin, the outer near the outer

margin, and interrupted by a deep pit in front. Lower one

strongly toothed on the edge, with a subcentral ridge, with a

large conical prominence in the middle, and a deep pit on each

side in front of it. Algivorous.

2. CHELONIA.

3. Mypas.

Cheloniat+, Gray, Cat. Shield Rept. p. 75.

Fam. Il. SpHarcipipz&.

Sphargidide, Gray, Ann. Phil. 1825, x. p. 212.

The thorax covered with a continuous soft skin. Nose blunt and

broad ; nostrils on the upper surface of the nose. Upper jaw with

a deep notch on each side. Eyes very large.

Skull oblong; crown swollen, subglobose behind. Orbits very

large. Nose-cavity superior, carried up by the elongated erect

intermaxillary bone. Maxillary bone with a deep notch in the front

of the lower edge, near the intermaxillary. Lower jaw produced,

acute, bent up in front.

Dermatochelyde, Fitzinger ; Wagler, Amph. p. 20, t. 1. f. 1.

Sphargiide, Agassiz, Contrib.

Spwarcis, Merrem=Coriudo, Fleming; Sytina, Wagler; Der-

matochelys, Fitzinger.

Sphargis mercurialis.

Mr. E. Gerrard has prepared a beautiful skeleton of a very young

specimen of this genus, about 4 inches long. It is a most curious

preparation, with its odd-shaped head with very large nasal cavities

and orbits, extremely large fore fins with extremely slender fingers,

1869.] DR. J. E.GRAY ON THE AFRICAN RHINOCEROS. 225

and ashort hind foot like the skeleton of a human hand, with the

short metatarsi and thumb springing from one side of the base of

them, as if it might be opposable.

The fingers and toes five; the fingers long, slender, the second,

third, and fourth very long, of four joints, lower large, the last joint

small and short; the first and third toes of three joints, the first

strongest, the fifth shortest. The hind feet much like the human

hand. The toes short; the thumb short, strong, from the base of

the metatarsus, the other four toes longer, subequal, the third or

middle toe being rather shorter, the second and fourth subequal,

and the fifth rather the shortest and most slender. Sternal bone

very narrow, only forming a large, oblong, elongated ring.

See also Wagler, N. Syst. Amph. t. 5.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Trionyx formosus, p. 217.

2. Baikiea elegans, p. 222.

7. On the Incisor Teeth of the African Rhinoceros.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

The skull of the nearly adult female specimen of Rhinaster

keitloa in the British Museum killed by Mr. Jesse in Abyssinia

has the small intermaxillary bones well preserved. They are not

united together in front; the dental edge has unfortunately been

injured in the carriage from Abyssinia; but they each exhibit

small cylindrical blunt rudimentary incisor teeth. The intermaxil-

lary of the right side has a large tooth on the hinder part; the

intermaxillary on the left side has a middle-sized tooth in the middle

of the dental surface, and a very small rudimentary tooth behind it

near the hinder edge of the bone. These teeth would induce one to

believe that in the perfect state there are two, or perhaps three, in-

cisors in each intermaxillary ; for close to the symphysis is a small

alveolus in the front part of the dental margin on each intermaxillary ;

but these do not now contain any rudimentary teeth. Professor Vrolik

has described the lower incisor teeth in the skull of the young Afri-

can Rhinoceros (see Ann. d. Sci. 1837, p. 20, t. 1B); but I believe

that they have not before been observed in the adult animal.

If the observations of MM. Lefebvre, Petit, and Dillon, in the

‘Voyage en Abyssinie,’ Paris, are to be relied on, there must be

other Rhinoceroses in Abyssinia than those we have yet seen. They

state, “Il y a plusieurs espéces de Rhinoceros en Abyssinie. I] y en

a qui ont deux, trois et quatre cornes: cela est certain ; il l’est moins

qwil y en ait A cinq et six, mais on l’assure. Sur l’animal vivant

elle est toujours mobile, sans os 4 l’intérieur ” (pp. 26, 27).

226 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE TRAGULUS KANCHIL. [Mar. 11,

8. On the Bony Dorsal Shield of the Male Tragulus kanchil.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Mr. Edward Gerrard the younger has prepared for the British

Museum a beautiful skeleton of the male Tragulus kanchil which

lately died in the Society’s Gardens.

The skeleton is very like that of other ruminants ; but it has the

remarkable peculiarity of the lumbar vertebrae and pelvis being co-

vered with an expanded thin bony plate, or, rather, a series of small

irregular-shaped plates united together by a dentated suture into a

dorsal and lumbar disk, apparently formed by the ossification of the

lumbar fascia. This lies immediately on the upper surface of the

dorsal muscles, and between them and the skin. The plate is attached

by the whole length of the central line, and extends on each side

considerably beyond the sides of the lumbar vertebrz and the pelvis.

Bony dorsal shield of Tragulus kanchil.

Mr. Gerrard informs me that it did not occur in a female T. kan-

chil that he had examined ; so that it may be peculiar to the maie sex.

M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards has figured a somewhat similar ex-

pansion covering the pelvis in the skeleton of Tragulus napu (see

1869.] MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON PACHYBATRACHUS. 227

Aun. des Sci. Nat. 1864, t. 4. f. 2). It appears to be common to

the species of the genus Tragulus, but, I believe, does not occur in

the genus Meminna. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards (loc. cit. t. 10.

f. 7) figures the pelvis of that animal without any bony disk.

April 8, 1869.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

A communication was read from Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.S.,

dated Sydney, January 26th, enclosing a copy of an article upon the

Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatum*) of New Zealand, contri-

buted by him to the ‘Sydney Herald’ of January 19th, which was

read to the Meeting. It appeared from this article that so recently

as December 1851 this Lizard was abundant in one of the islands in

the Bay of Plenty, in New Zealand. The island in question was

stated to be one of four small volcanic islands, distant about eight

miles from the coast and situated opposite to the mouth of the Waka-

tane river. The party of officers who visited it upon the occasion

in question are stated to have collected in half an hour nearly forty

of these Lizards of different sizes, varying from two feet long to

three inches. They stated that the island seemed to be swarming

with them and with another Lizard called the Moko-moko (Tiliqua

zeelandica).’ In the daytime these Lizards are seen basking them-

selves in the sun on the bare rocks. Noon is therefore the best time

to visit the island. It was stated that there were four small islands,

on two of which Tuateras are found. They are called Rurima and

Montoki. The largest is about half a mile in circumference at high

water. They are all of volcanic origin, and are scantily covered

with soil, but it is sufficient to grow a few of the most hardy New-

Zealand shrubs and creepers, among the latter of which was observed

the delicate flower of the Pohne or Panapa (Calystegia sepium), the

long fleshy root of which was formerly a source of food to the New

Zealander. There was no fresh water on the island but what was

contained in the crevices of rocks from rain.

The following papers were read :—

1. Note on Pachybatrachus robustus.

By Sr. Gzorce Mivart, F.Z.8. &e.

I had the honour to read before the Zoological Society on the

12th of November, 1868, a paper which was published in the

* Olim Hatteria punctata. Cf. Gray, Ann: Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. i. p. 167

(1869).—P. L. 8.

228 MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS. [Apr. &,

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for the same year (page 557). In that paper

I described a new Frog, which I proposed to name Pachybatrachus

robustus. I now find that, by a singular coincidence, the very same

generic term was applied about the same time by Professor W.

Keferstein, M.D., of Géttingen, to another new Batrachian. This

appears in the third number of the ‘Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’

for 1868, where, at page 273, Professor Keferstein has published a

description of his Pachybatrachus. 1 therefore beg leave to with-

draw the name which I before gave, and to substitute for it the

more appropriate term Clinotarsus. I propose therefore that my

new Frog should bear the name CLINOTARSUS ROBUSTUS.

2. Observations on Lepus americanus, especially with refer-

ence to the Modifications in the Fur consequent on the

rotation of the Seasons, and the Change of Colour on

the advent of Winter; based on Specimens obtained in

the province of New Brunswick, North America. By

Francis H. Wetcu, Assistant-Surgeon, Ist Battalion,

22nd Regiment*.

This species is the sole representative of the Leporide in the pro-

vince of New Brunswick. In the List of Mammalia of the Portland

Natural-History Society it is called the ‘‘ White Hare,” and in the

‘New York Fauna,’ by De Kay, the “Northern Hare.” It is also

termed the ‘‘American Varying Hare,” and was for a long time con-

founded with the L. variabilis of Europe. Its geographical range

appears as yet undetermined. According to Sir John Richardson it

‘is found as far north as 64° 30', Fort Enterprise, forming the staple

food and clothing of the Hare Indians on the banks of the Mackenzie

River.” Its southerly limits are given by De Kay as “‘ the northern

parts of Pennsylvania and the mountain-tops of the northern part

of Virginia.” Of the many species of Leporide inhabiting the North-

American continent, it appears to be the only one that undergoes a

complete change of colour during the winter+,—the Greenland Hare

remaining white during the whole year, L. nanus becoming of a

lighter hue, and occasionally iron grey, during the winter months,

and L. glacialis assuming occasionally in the adult a greyish tint

during the summer, limited to the points of the hair, the deeper

parts remaining white permanently, the young, however, being born

grey, and changing to white on the advent of wintert. Its weight

varies—in its southernmost limits reaching 63 lbs. ; in New Bruns-

wick averaging 3 lbs. ; in Hudson’s Bay Territory 4 lbs.

* Communicated by Mr. G. Busk, F.R.S.

t i. e. provided the L. campestris be only a variety of L. americanus, as stated

by Sir J. Richardson, but denied by Baird.

+ Fauna Boreali-Americana.

1869. ] MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS. 229

This Rodent is described in the ‘New York Fauna’ by De Kay;

but I believe, up to the present time, no detailed account of the fur-

changes in sequence to the seasons has appeared. Its representative

among the European species is L. variabilis, the process of change

in which is summed up in the ‘ Naturalists’ Library’ (vol vii.) as

follows :—‘‘ From the examination of individuals at different periods

of the year, I have inferred that in this species the hair is almost

always changing; that in April and May there is a general but

gradual shedding, after which the summer colours are seen in per-

fection ; that towards the middle of autumn many new white hairs

have been substituted for coloured ones; and that by degrees all the

hairs and under-fur are shed and renewed before the end of Decem-

ber, when the fur is in the perfection of its winter condition, being

closer, fuller, and longer than in summer.” In the ‘ Edinburgh

Philosophical Journal’ (vol. xi. p. 191) the conclusion arrived at is

that “during the whole of this remarkable change in the fur no hair

falls from the animal; hence it appears that the hair actually

changes its colour, and that there is no renewal of it.” Thus, in

the former article the change is attributed to an autumnal shedding

and new winter growth; in the latter to a change of colour only in

the existent hair. I propose in the following remarks to enter fully

into the details of the process, as illustrated by Lepus americanus.

In order to appreciate fully the cycle of changes in the coat of

this Rodent in séquence to the rotation of the seasons, it seems best

to take the summer dress as our starting-point, and inquire into the

varieties of hair entering into the composition of the fur at this period,

for the better elucidation of the part each individually plays in the

subsequent phases ; for in scientifically inquiring into the change of

colour in the fur-bearing animals, it is essentially necessary to make

a clear distinction between that resulting from alteration of colour in

the already existent coat, and that consequent on a fresh under-

growth, which by gradual increase may eventually obscure the

summer and autumnal hues. Each portion also of the skin must be

separately examined, and individual peculiarities noted. The summer

dress may be described as follows:—Back and sides of a glistening

fawn-colour, interspersed with black, especially over the vertebral

ridge; tail white; face and ears reddish brown, sparsely variegated

by black hairs; edges of ears externally black or dark brown;*in-

creasing towards the tips; internally whitish, especially posteriorly ;

whiskers and eyebrows black ; margin of lids dark brown or black,

pupil the same, iris yellow; underparts white; anterior surface of

feet light brown, the treading surface dirty white with hair very wiry.

On examination, the components of this coat will be found to vary

according to the portion of the animal examined ; consequently it is

necessary to enter somewhat into details.

In the fur are to be distinguished the external firm hairs con-

stituting the pile and determining the colour, and the soft woolly

undergrowth constituting the thickness of the coat and mainly in-

strumental in the retention of the animal heat. On the back the pile

is made up of firm, straight, pointed hairs of diminished thickness

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XVI.

230 MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS, [Apr. 8,

at their insertion into the skin, divisible mto two varieties as to

length and colour,—the one, in the minority, entirely black, average

length 1,2; inch; the other, black at extreme tip, succeeded down-

wards in the shaft by a well-defined tawny band again merging into

black, which bo into light brown at the attached extremity, ave-

rage length ;, inch. The delicate, wavy, flocculent undergrowth i is

of a slaty Ma passing into reddish brown at the free extremity, and

of an average length of 3 inch; the commingling of the hairs in

situ produces five zones of colour in the coat, viz. (proceeding from

within outwards) slaty blue, reddish brown, brownish black, tawny,

black. On the underparts the components of the fur are the same,

of finer texture; the pile being entirely white lightens the hue of

the undergrowth, which is slaty blue. No undergrowth is present

on the ears, except at the base, and is very slight on the head and

feet, especially on the treading-surface ; here the hairs are of the

same length, wavy in outline, and wiry in character. On the head,

ears, and feet the pile is made up only of the shorter coloured hairs ;

at the nape of the neck only the undergrowth is present.

The autumnal coat is characterized by an increase in length of

the outer hairs and undergrowth, generally over the whole body, and

more appreciable as winter approaches.

About the commencement of October the first indications of the

hybernal change are to be detected: the nose and lips assume an

iron-grey aes from the presence of white hairs; many of the

whiskers are white at the tip or some portion of the shaft ; ; a patch

of white hairs, twenty to thirty in number, of the size of a split-pea,

forms on the centre of the forehead* ; white hairs become apparent

on the edges of the ears outside and at their junction with the neck,

while on the inside a crop of downy white fluff springs up; a few

of the longer hairs of the pile of the back, especially towards the tail,

are observed to be blanched wholly, or only at the tips, while the

greater part of the smaller kind are brown at the tip, with the tawny

band of the shaft much lighter in colour or even white ; the anterior

surface of the feet, especially of the hind ones, is mottled with white.

Thus far the most careful examination fails to elicit any addition

to the autumnal coat, the change being superficial and entirely de-

pendent on an alteration of colour in existent hairs; the hind feet

are the most advanced, then the ears and muzzle, lastly the back.

During November this surface-change gradually deepens in intensity,

especially around the tail, and on the feet, ears, and face (on the

latter by a white streak extending from nose to eyes and upwards to

the ears), and is accompanied by a deeper one of a much more potent

character ; for on separating the fur a thick crop of white stiff hairs

(first apparent at the root of the tail) is to be detected springing up

over the back and sides. These hairs, at first extremely minute and

entirely of a new growth, rapidly increase in length, accompanied by

an advance in the superficial changes above mentioned ; soon they are

* “ Fancy Rabbits have often a white star on the forehead, and so has the

young of L. americanus, like the English Hare” (Darwin, Animals and Plants

under Domestication, vol. i. p. 140).

1869.) MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS. 231

on an equality with the pile of the autumnal coat on the sides, form-

ing a mottled whity-brown band from ears to tail, contrasting strongly

with the centre of the back, at present comparatively unchanged; anon

they outstrip this, reducing the mottling on the sides to a pure white,

and, gradually implicating the centre of the back in the same process

(through the varying hue-phases, according as the rapidly advancing

white growth appears through and finally overwhelms the variegated

changing autumnal coat), they clothe the animal in a thick white

outer garment, generally assumed about the first week of December.

As soon as the new growth renders itself superficially evident, the

change of colour in the old hair, which on the back up to this time

has been slow in progress, advances with great rapidity, so that in a

few days only a few coloured hairs, generally remaining unchanged

throughout the whole winter, are to be detected. The feet and ears,

the first to show indications of change, are the last in completing

the winter hue: generally the head and ears have no hybernal fresh

growth; but occasionally it is to be met with. During this period,

and especially when the new hybernal growth of white hair renders

itself conspicuous on the surface of the autumnal coat, an extremely

handsome fur is produced; every degree of variation may be met

with, and each step of the process can be traced with accuracy and

clearness. Modifications of the progressive changes enumerated

above often occur in individuals, from an anticipation or retardation

of change in one part relatively to the whole; these, however, are of

a temporary nature—mere individual peculiarities, and finally merge

into the all but universal midwinter clothing, which may be described

as under. A white, with a leaden tinge, from a few long black hairs

undergoing no change, pervades the entire skin, with the exception

of the edges of the ears, eyelids, and legs; a narrow rim of black

hair, + inch wide, is present at the tip of the ear externally and

14 inch downwards on each side of the cartilage, which is thrown

into strong relief by the thick white woolly coat now existent on the

inside ; a narrow rim, also black, on the free edge of the eyelids ;

the whiskers white entirely, or interspersed with some not changed,

the shaft of hair white only at tip, or with alternating white and

black bands ; the anterior surface of the feet mottled reddish white,—

the colour of the ears and eyelids being the resultant of no change in

these situations, that of the feet and whiskers from a non-completion

of the process. However, although this is the general rule, yet it

is not difficult to find specimens where the length of the hybernal

growth on the ears and around the eyes conceals the normal black,

and the absolute completion of change elsewhere obliterates these

peculiarities, leaving the animal snowy white, broken only by the

glistening dark-brown pupil of the eye and yellowish iris.

Contrasting the winter with the summer and autumnal coat we

find a colour-change with a great increase in the length and thick-

ness of the fur ; let us inquire minutely into the process and its local

modifications. On the back is to be distinguished the pile and

undergrowth. The former is made up of straight pointed hairs,

slightly varying in length, the average 1,5, inch, and white through-

out the entire shaft, mingled with a few isolated black hairs and

232 MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS. (Apr. 8,

reddish-brown ones with white tips: these latter are evidently un-

altered or partially changed summer varieties; but the mass of the

pile, trebly increased in number and at least half an ineh in length,

is the produce of the hybernal growth superadded to the elongated

and blanched autumnal coat. The under-fur has increased ;4, inch

in length, but is unaltered in thickness or colour. A crop of white

hair has sprung up on the inside of the ear, on the outside and on

the face the hairs have increased in length, and the shaft is partially

or wholly whitened from the tip downwards. In most specimens no

new hybernal growth is perceptible in these localities, in some there

is a slight addition, in a very few it is as complete as on the back.

However, where no increase in number ensues, compensation is effected

by an extra augmented growth in the existent fur. On the legs the

change is limited to a lengthening and bleaching of the outer hair ;

often this is limited to the tips of the shaft; and an occasional

absence of change in spots leaves an irregular fawn-coloured mottling

and streaking, especially on the front paws ; the hair on the treading

surface is lengthened and dirty white. On the underparts there is

no addition beyond an increase of length of the fur ; occasionally the

whiskers and eyebrows remain black. Thus the winter hue would

appear to be brought about by a change of colour in the pile of the

autumnal coat combined with a new hybernal white crop, the latter

undoubtedly playing no small part in the colouring process and in

the thickening of the fur. ‘There is no indication of shedding. An

increase in length ensues over the whole body. On the underparts

the change is limited to this, but elsewhere it is associated with a

bleaching of the pile, generally commencing at the tip of the hair

and involving part or the whole of the shaft. On the feet, and gene-

rally on the outside of the ears and face, no additional growth is

perceptible ; but on the inside of the ears, and over the whole back

and sides, a thick crop of white hair springs up as the winter ad

vances, and, blending with the changed surface, materially increases

the thickness of the fur, protects the animal against the clemency

of winter, and assimilates it in colour to external nature. The pro-

cess may be summed up as a combination of colour-change (except

in the underparts) of the lengthened outer hairs of the autumnal

coat, with an additional hybernal growth ; the former universal over

the body, the latter limited to certain portions.

The shaft of the hair of the new growth is invariably white, a cir-

cumstance which renders it easily distinguished from the autumnal

hair in process of change. Careful examination of a great number

of these latter hairs will render it evident that, although the blanch-

ing process commences, perhaps, most frequently at the tip and

proceeds downwards, involving the whole or a part only of the shaft,

yet it is easy to obtain specimens (especially among the shorter

variety of the pile) demonstrating its commencement at the centre,

and occasionally at the attached extremity. The whiskers, which

apparently do not lengthen but merely alter in colour, will demon-

strate each variety.

Microscopically examined, the hair of this Rodent, circular in

outline, is composed of oval or irregular shaped cells placed end to

1869. ] MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS, 233

end and arranged in linear series in the long axis of the shaft, covered

externally by a delicate tissue of elongated flattened epithelium (fig. 2).

The shaft of the under-fur (fig. 1) averages =>, inch in thickness,

has one series of cells in its structure; the pile, ;4, inch in diameter

(fig. 3), four or more, according to the varying thickness of the shaft,

Fig. 1. Microscopic aspect of shaft of under-fur.

2. Epithelial covering of shaft.

3. Shaft of pile.

one series only at the tip, and the number gradually augmenting to

the greatest cireumference—the cells varying in colour according to

the portion examined, but when white to the naked eye then colour-

less microscopically. The increase in the length of the autumnal

hairs has been already noted ; to this must be added that the blanch-

ing shaft, in the majority of cases, has also augmented in thickness,

the average ~4, inch in diameter (corresponding to the new growth),

the increase being consequent upon a more than usual number of

series of cells entering into its composition. In some hairs where the

centre of the shaft has changed, bounded on each side by an unchanged

portion, it will be noted that at the altered segment the shaft bulges

out, increasing in diameter from <4, to <4, of an inch by the addi-

tion of one or more series of colourless cells, and that at the unaltered

portion, both above and below, it is contracted to the former size,

contrasting strongly both in the number of series of cells and in

the absence of colour in the changed parts. If also we examine one

of the long black hairs bleaching at the tip, the addition of the

colourless cells, as contrasted with the same portion of an unchanged

hair, is very marked. Again, a comparison of changed hairs with

unchanged ones of almost equivalent length, from the same vicinity,

gives frequently a double thickness to the former over the latter.

The increase of series to the shaft of the hair in process of change

seems the rule, the absence of colour invariable ; but in the whiskers,

which in their structure approach rather the human hair with its

fibrous cylinder and cellular centre, the former is not so apparent.

234 MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS. [Apr. 8,

What is the rationale of the process in virtue of which to the

naked eye the colour of the hair is changed from black or tawny to

white? Is it dependent on an abstraction of pigment, an alteration,

or new deposition ? and must we regard it in the light of some general

condition of the animal frame modifying the whole capillary pig-

mentary secretion, or, on the other hand, interrogate the hair itself

for the solution of the problem? The gradual character of the pro-

cess, the immunity of some hairs from all change whatever, the irre-

gularity of its course in involving different hairs in the same portion

of the body, the all but invariable commencement of change m any

other part of the shaft than that first to be influenced by altered

secretions, the temporary localization of the process to some one part

of the shaft, entirely limited to this or gradually implicating the rest,

and the freedom from all change in colour in the under-fur, incline the

balance of evidence to the latter opinion, and, moreover, indicate a

capability of action of one portion of the shaft of the hair indepen-

dently of any general change affecting the whole, and derived from

the organism within. It would seem that the rapid development of

new hairs, varying in no appreciable respect except colour from the

pile, called forth by the increasing rigours of climate for the pro-

tection of the animal frame, involves the autumnal outer fur in the

same process, leading to an increased length and thickness in the

shaft of the hair by the superposition of layers of the same colour-

less cells entering into the structure of the new growth—perhaps

combined also with an arrested production of pigmentary matter.

Although, as a general rule, it may be stated that the hybernal

change commences about the first week in October, and is finished the

first week in December, thus occupying two months, yet departures

from it are not at all uncommon, both as regards the comparison of

one individual with another at the same period of time, and as regards

the modifications consequent on yearly climatic variations. For ex-

ample, a specimen shot in December 1866 was only beginning to turn

white. On November 6th, 1867, a skin (before the first fall of snow)

had a head piebald, feet white, back with a scattered white hair, no

undergrowth. On November 18th (after the first fall), two Hares were

shot in the same vicinity, one changing, the other not. On the 22nd,

from a high ground, one was perfectly white on head and feet, and

ov each side and around the tail deeply patched of the same colour ;

the other showed only slight superficial changes, but on separating the

fur the new growth was easily detected, } inch in length, hidden under

the autumnal coat. Again, on the 21st one was in the same state as

the preceding, while another from the same vicinity presented a dark

streak along the centre of the back gradually fading into the white

sides ; change elsewhere accomplished except on centre of forehead,

On the 28th one was pure white. In the first week in December

1868 one was complete in the change; another was still very brown

along the spine. On the 11th December 1868 three were examined,

—one, ears not whitened at all in front, feet very reddish, body

changed ; another, feet changed, side of face mottled, centre of back

not yet implicated; the third, complete except a patch on each side

1869. } MR. F. H. WELCH ON LEPUS AMERICANUS. 235

of the face. Although the examples quoted demonstrate how indi-

vidual peculiarities, apart from age, sex, or habitation, may modity

a general law, there can be no doubt that the change is esseutially

dependent on the season, and is hastened or retarded by its severity or

otherwise. On the seaboard it is postponed in comparison with inland

districts in the same latitudes. Sir J. Richardson remarked the early

change of L. americanus in the Hudson’s Bay Territory, as well as the

carrying of its winter coat until June. He also especially mentions

“the absence of change of dress in the winter time in the southern

parts of the United States’’*. 1am informed that one kept in con-

finement at St. John’s, N. B., in a warm barn, retained the summer

colours. Respecting the popular idea of the white-fur coinciding

with the first tall of snow, careful observation does not corroborate it.

The change is essentially gradual, and spread over some seven weeks ;

but the rapidity with which the new white growth, when it first ren-

ders itself apparent externally, involves the entire surface of the back

may somewhat explain the popular belief on the subject, although

at least seven days must be taken up in this part of the process.

The winter’s coat is generally carried in New Brunswick until the

middle of May, when it is gradually shed, so that in June the animal

may be said to have assumed its summer fur. Thus five months

may be regarded as the period during which in this province L.

americanus is clothed in white—from December to April; two

mouths are occupied by the autumnal change, and one by the vernal.

We have seen how in the Arctic regions the duration of the winter

coat is extended, and its absence in southern latitudes. Considering

the increased duration of the winter coat over the summer one in

proportion to the seasons, as well as its importance to the animal in

assimilating it to the natural features of the country for the greater

part of the year, and as a protection against cold and its numerous

enemies, it would be rational to regard the winter fur as the ordinary

coat of this Hare in New Brunswick and northern climes, and the

summer change its modification; the opposite would hold good in more

southern latitudes, in sequence to the relative length of the seasons.

The dimensions of this Rodent, as met with in New Brunswick,

are as follows :—

Length-from nose to end of tail ...........-....

from ear to end of hind leg stretched

DU CEE Ae Re oe ea

———ofhead ....... x 75

Fore leg, from middle toe to ulna extremity .

—, from wrist-joint to middle claw .

Hind leg, from middle claw to hip-artieulation

-—— foot, from middle toe to calcis ... SEAR

+ breadth posteriorly ...........-...,

—— —, breadth anteriorly ..

=. JDw. aan expanded . .

BH SAWN AWW:

Vo)

eccooscococcon+?

HlooH loo

real weight, 3 |b.

* Appendix to Parry’s Arctic Expedition. L. americanus.

236 MR. W. V. LEGGE ON PEDIONOMUS. [Apr. 8,

Thus the peculiarity of L. americanus consists in the develop-

ment of the feet relatively to the body generally, as contrasted with

other species. Although only weighing 3 Ib. in New Brunswick,

against 62 lb. in southern districts, with a corresponding diminution

in the dimensions of the body, the feet yet retain fully as great deve-

lopment in one as the other. ZL. ¢imidus, with an average weight of

8 lb., and length 26 inches, has a hind foot only 53 inches long ;

whilst L. variabilis, with an average length of body of 23 inches, has

also 54 inches. L. glacialis, found in common with the American,

7 lb. weight, and 22°6 inches long, has dimensions as follows :—from

wrist-joint to end of claw 2 inches 9 lines, heel to point of middle claw

5 inches 9 lines. Not only is the foot of L. americanus proportionately

lengthened, but a remarkable degree of lateral extension is allowed

between the metacarpal and metatarsal bones, with great laxity of

the web membrane. Inhabiting the woody districts, where the snow

remains deep and soft during the greater part of the winter, the

advantage of such a modification in the feet, especially when com-

bined with the lengthened stiff winter hair on the treading-surface,

is apparent, allowing it to pass over the softest snow with the slightest

impress, and thus giving it the power of eluding by swiftness its

numerous enemies. A recent impress of these natural snow-shoes

gave the following shape and dimensions :—Fore feet oval, each

32 inches long by 2 inches broad. Hind feet egg-shaped (large

end anteriorly), each 6 inches long by 3 inches in front and 12 inch

behind.

The average snow-shoes adapted to an ordinary-sized man have a

superficial area 53 inches for each pound in weight, which is extended

in this Rodent to 11°4 inches. In the Hudson’s Bay Territory L.

glacialis and L. americanus exist in the same district, the one inha-

biting the open barrens, the other the soft snowy woodlands.

It appears much to be desired that the modifications in the feet

and winter coat of this Rodent, under different latitudes and varia-

tions of natural conditions, should be accurately traced out, inasmuch

as the indications are that, both in the one and the other, they

fully illustrate the capability of external circumstances to call forth

structural changes, placing the animal frame in harmony with the

surrounding natural features, and allowing it to compete advan-

tageously with its numerous and powerful enemies in the great

struggle for existence.

3. Notes on the Habits of the Collared Plain Wanderer

(Pedionomus torquatus, Gould). By W. Vincent Lecee,

FE.ZS.

Mr. Gould says this bird is not uncommon in South Australia,

where it inhabits the plains of the interior; but I think he does

not record its presence in Victoria. It makes its appearance in

1869.] MR. W. V. LEGGE ON PEDIONOMUS. 237

the vicinity of Melbourne in the summer, coming down from the

interior along with Coturnix pectoralis, probably for the pur-

pose of breeding, and departing northward, I should say, about

April.

Mth of the country round Melbourne, including the district

called the Keilor Plains, is in features suited to the habits of the

“Collared Plain Wanderer ;’’ and one or two individuals fall every

season to the gun of the sportsman, as it is found in the same loca-

lities as the Pectoral Quail. It was in the vicinity of the Keilor

Plains that I met last January with this singular bird; and as the

‘locality I found it in was a field of short English grass, I had, for-

tunately, ample opportunity of observing minutely for some time its

actions and deportment. In these it has every resemblance to a

grallatorial, and, as far as can be seen from short observation, very

little to a rasorial bird. It runs at a medium pace hither and

thither, checking itself and pausing at times, at the same time twist-

ing about its high-carried head like a member of the Plover family.

When in a state of quiescence, it holds itself erect with its head

raised. Its mode of flight, however, is entirely peculiar to the bird

itself; it rises suddenly, and for a little space proceeds with a dip-

ping Finch-like motion, and then settles down into a steady flutter-

ing flight, reminding one somewhat of a young Lark. A ver

peculiar feature was exemplified in a second individual (the mate of

the bird the actions of which I have just described), which, after

I had flushed it several times, flew off and perched on the lower rail

of a “ post-and-rail” fence ; it remained in this position for a couple

of minutes, and then again took flight.

What I would wish here to call particular attention to is the ege

of Pedionomus torquatus, which I took perfect in shape and colora-

tion out of the specimen now before me. It was very large for the

bird-and was Plover-like, being pytiform and of the exact shape and

dimensions of the egg of Oharadrius hiaticula. It was of a green-

ish white ground-colour, blotted and speckled, principally at the

larger end, and faintly streaked throughout, with umber-brown and

lilac-grey. In form, then, the egg resembles that of a Wader, though

the coloration is somewhat peculiar.

As some authors arrange this bird in the family of the Turni-

cide, while Bonaparte regards it as belonging to Coturnix (solely on

account of the presence of the hallux, I suppose), it seems a disputed

point where to place it exactly. To the mind of the inquiring though

inexperienced naturalist the subject presents some difficulties, as the

bird appears intermediate between the rasorial and grallatorial orders,

and to belong to a separate group. Its habits and actions, the shape

of its head and bill (which latter is longer than that of other mem-

bers of the Bustard-quail family ), its length of leg (especially that

of the tibial joint, so much of which is bare), the delicate structure

of the leg, moreover, and its feet, its Bustard-like upper plumage,

and chiefly its egg place it somewhat near the Grallatores ; while

its diminutive size, the contour of its body, and the Quail-like tail

show its affinities to the rasorial birds.

238 DR. A. GUNTHER ON FISHES FROM ST. HELENA. [Apr. 8,

The following are a few of the exact measurements, taken from

the specimen in my collection :—

inch.

Bill, from gape to tip of upper mandible ..........

YA EP en BPA UE i" oe a ae 13

Bare portion of tibia, from tarsal joint .. =

TSO cede Seon Pe eee i, ces eres 1

Middle $06 wn ao ee ig oe

Is it not probable that other members of a group in which this

bird might be placed may in future be found in the unknown north-

western districts of the continent? The fact of representation of

species between the north and south is true with regard to most

forms of the Australian avifauna.

4. Report of a second Collection of Fishes made at St. Helena

by J. C. Melliss, Esq. By Dr. Atserr Ginruer,

F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

(Plate XVI.)

The British Museum received in the month of June of last year

a second collection of fishes made at St. Helena by J. C. Melliss,

Esq. With regard to the preservation and number of the specimens

it proved to be as valuable as the first, of which an account is given in

the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1868, pp. 225-228). I have now

also examined the Eels, which are evidently very well represented in

that part of the ocean. Their descriptions will be found in the eighth

volume of the ‘Catalogue of Fishes ;’ but I may mention that the

new genus Myroconger is of great interest, being a Murena with

pectoral fins. The following list contains twenty-one species, which

raise the total number of fishes collected by Mr. Melliss to fifty-six.

As in my former paper, I have marked the localities from which the

species were previously known, thereby indicating the affinity of

this fauna to that of other parts of the Atlantic :—

1. Polymizxia nobilis, Lowe. Madeira.

2. Myripristis jacobus, C. & V. West Indies, Brazil.

. Chetodon dichrous, sp. n.

. Auxis rochei, Risso. Tropical seas.

Caranxz erumenophthalmus, Bl. Tropical seas.

. Caranx hippos, L. Tropical seas.

. Antennarius pinniceps, C. & V. Tropical seas.

. Antennarius multiocellatus, var. 3, Gthr. Caribbean Sea.

- Acanthurus chirurgus, Bl. Atlantic coasts of Tropical Ame-

rica and Africa.

10. Heliastes marginatus, Castel. Coasts of Brazil and California.

11. Saurus atlanticus, Johnson. Madeira, Zanzibar.

12. Saurus myops, Forst. Tropical seas.

CON] OT Oo

TAX Id 6991 S Bet ©

SQOGHD IG NO ora rie

PTH

1869.] LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON THE FISHES OF ZANZIBAR. 239

13. Exocatus cyanopterus, C. & V. Brazil.

14. Conger vulgaris, Cuv., var. nigra. Europe, South America,

East Ind. archipel., Japan, Tasmania.

15. Congromurena mellissii, sp. n.

16. Ophichthys regius, Shaw. St. Helena.

17. Myroconger compressus, g. et sp. n.

18. Murena flavopicta, Kaup. Tropical Atlantic.

19. Murena sancte helene, sp. n.

20. Murena moringa, Cuv. Tropical Atlantic.

21. Murena unicolor, Dela Roche. Mediterr., Madeira.

The new Chetodon may be described as follows :—

Cu&TODON picHRovuS. (Plate XVI.)

D.5. A.=. L. lat. 53.

Snout rather produced, a little longer than the eye, with the upper

profile concave; preeoperculum slightly serrated. Dorsal spines

strong, the third and fourth the longest, two-thirds of the length of

the head ; the soft portion of the dorsal and anal fins low, rounded.

Body bicoloured—the anterior parts to the fourth dorsal spine and

the lower half of the fish being uniform brown, the remainder (tail

and caudal fins included) pinkish white. The scales of the lateral

line silvery.

There is only one example of this remarkable species in the col-

lection ; it is 5 inches long.

5. Further Contributions to the Ichthyology of Zanzibar.

By Lieut.-Col. R. L. Poayrarr, H.B.M. Consul-General

in Algeria. With a Note by Dr. A. Ginrunr.

A large cask of fishes was lately sent to me by Dr. Kirk from Zan-

zibar ; but, for want of adequate accommodation for examining so

extensive a collection, I was compelled, after a single cursory in-

spection, to close the cask again and send it to the British Museum.

I, however, kept a few small specimens; and amongst these I find

one new species, and two others which I had not before observed on

the east coast of Africa. They are:—

. ANTENNARIUS NIGROMACULATUS, sp. n.

Divs 2s Ant ZeiPs 10;

It is not without considerable reluctance that I venture to describe

a new species of Antennarius with the limited means of identification

at my disposal in Algeria; but this specimen differs so distinctly

from all I have observed at Zanzibar and Seychelles, and from all

that I can find recorded, that I am inclined to regard it as an unde-

scribed species,

Diagnosis.—Cleft of mouth subvertical and ascending in an oblique

line, slightly inclined backwards. Length of maxillary bone one-

240 LIEUT.-COL. PLAYFAIR ON THE FISHES OF ZANZIBAR. [Apr. 8,

sixth that of the body. Anterior dorsal spine filiform, terminating

in a lanceolate trifid (or fringed?) lobe ; its length is more than twice

that of the second spine, which is about one-half that of the third.

The third is remote from the soft dorsal, but connected with it by a low

cutaneous fold. The end of the soft dorsal is remote from the base

of the caudal; it is quite unconnected with it, and the last ray does

not reach so far if laid backwards ; anal not half the length of the soft

dorsal. There are a few very minute tentacles on the lower jaw, but

none on the body. A cutaneous fold runs along the sides a little

distance below and parallel to the base of the soft dorsal, than which

it is somewhat shorter. Skin rough, covered with minute spines.

Colour.—Ground-colour brownish, a large black patch extending

over the whole of the abdominal region; other smaller mass-like

patches below chin, on sides of head, on upper part of body, soft

dorsal, anal, and across the tail; these sometimes anamostose and

enclose spots of the ground-colour ; several round ocelli above base

of pectorals and on base of dorsal; all the patches and ocelli have

light edges, as also have the pectoral and ventral fins.

Length 4 inches.

DIAGRAMMA ORIENTALE.

Anthias orientalis, Bl. t. 326. f. 3.

Serranus orientalis, Cuv. & Val. ii. p. 318.

Diagramma orientale, Cuv. & Val. v. p. 299, pl. 124; Ginth.

Fish. i. p. 326.

D. sibbaldii, Benn. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 182.

Zanzibar. Seas of Ceylon and Bali.

PROSOPODASYS LEUCOGASTER.

Prosopodasys leucogaster, Richardson, Voy. Samarang, Zool. Fish.

pl. 5. f. 1, 2; Ginth. Fish. ii. p. 141.

Height of body less than length of head, and one-fourth of total.

Lower jaw slightly prominent, cleft of mouth oblique; maxillary

reaches slightly beyond centre of eye. Interorbital space much less

than orbit. Preeorbital with two spines, of which the first is rather

small, and the second very long. Infraorbital with bony ridges, but

no distinct spine. Preeoperculum with five spines; the interoper-

culum with one, and the operculum with two bony ridges. The

first dorsal spine is situated before the posterior of orbit ; it and the

two succeeding ones are contiguous with, but rather remote from,

the remainder ; the third is the longest ; the fourth is situated above

the opercular margin. Caudal acutely rounded. Ventrals reach-

ing to the vent, and pectorals much beyond it. Head and body

naked.

Colour brownish, marbled with darker and lighter. Upper part

of head black; a black spot on spinous dorsal between fifth and

eighth spine.

Length 23 inches.

Zanzibar.

1869. ] MR. C. HORNE ON THE GREY HORNBILL. 241

Addendum. By Dr. A. Ginruer.

Col. Playfair has sent to the British Museum, besides the fishes

described in the preceding paper, an example of a small Labroid fish,

which he regarded as a new species of Labrichthys, requesting me

to examine it also. It proves to be identical with Labrichthys cya-

notenia of Bleeker; but it would have been difficult to recognize it

from Bleeker’s description, as he has omitted to say that the ground-

colour of examples preserved in spirits changes into black. Beside

an example sent by Dr. Bleeker as L. eyanotenia, the British Mu-

seum possesses an example of Thysanochilus ornatus of Kner. This

I find is identical with the Zanzibar fish, although it appears really

to be the type of a distinct genus closely allied to Labroides, for

which the name proposed by Kner ought to be retained. The

synonymy is :—

THYSANOCHILUS CYANOTENIA.

Labrichthys cyanotenia, Blkr.

Thysanochilus ornatus, Kner.

Samoa Islands, Flores, Zanzibar.

Specimens in the British Museum :—

a. 63 inches long. Samoa Islands. Type of Th. ornatus.

6. 3; inches long. Flores? (LL. eyanotenia.)

e. 37 inches long. Zanzibar.

6. Notes on the Common Grey Hornbill of India (Meniceros

bicornis). By C. Horne, F.Z.S.

Dr. Jerdon, in his ‘Birds of India’ (vol. i. p- 244), has briefly

sketched the habits of the Homrai, or Great Hornbill, and allusion

is there made to its curious custom of building-up its mate in the

hole of a tree for the purposes of incubation; and I observe that

Mr. Wallace, in an interesting article in the ‘Intellectual Observer’

(June 1863), states that a similar habit has been observed in at least

three species, including that under notice.

Dr. Jerdon also quotes Major S. R. Tickell as having “seen this

with his own eyes.”

The number of observers must of necessity have been very small

who have had the opportunity of watching the process of nidifica-

tion; and as I only last year was so fortunate, I have deemed the

subject worthy of a note.

The beak, neck, and tail of this bird being long, and the wings

comparatively short, its flight is rather undulating, accompanied by

frequent flapping of the wings, as the bird traverses the short dis-

tance from grove to grove in search of its favourite food, the fig of

the Peepul tree (Ficus religiosa). Moreover, as during its flight it

often utters its harsh note, it is a bird which attracts the notice of

the most casual observer. It often flies in threes; and a visit from

242 MR. C. HORNE ON THE GREY HORNBILL. [Apr. 8,

these birds is much to be dreaded in well-stocked fruit-gardens. It

feeds on all kinds of fruit, but more especially on figs, whether cul-

tivated or of the wild varieties. The bird, its beak, and its structure

have been so often described, that I will confine my remarks to what

I have myself observed.

During the year 1867 I was resident at Mainptri, N.W. pro-

vinees, India, and was much troubled with these birds, of which I

shot a dozen. This was an easy matter, as when in search of food

they are very fearless. 1 observed its habit of climbing by the

beak, somewhat as a Parrot does ; and the way in which they cleared

the trees of fruit and jerked the said fruit into their throats, after

seizing it with the points of their beak, was very curious.

I had some very choice, large, loose-skinned oranges ; and I often

found apparently entire skins only still attached to the twig, the

whole of the inside having been extracted, piece by piece, section by

section, by this clever “ Dhanel,” as he is there called.

In April 1868 I received intelligence of two nests, and found that

both had been made in the trunks of “Seemal,” or cotton-trees

(Bombax heptaphyllum), the bird having dug out and enlarged with

his bill holes in this soft wood which had been previously used by

Parrots.

In each case I obtained three eggs; and the hole, at a great height

from the ground, appeared to have been plastered up with cowdung,

or something nearly resembling it. I could not, however, determine

this positively, as in each case I had to go some six or eight miles,

and so had no opportunity of observing the process. The bird

which I took from one nest had lost many of her loosely put-on

feathers, and appeared to be in bad condition. As, however, the

natives wanted her flesh for medicinal purposes, I allowed them to

take her.

I was, however, more fortunate at the close of the same month

(April 1868). Ou my lawn, surrounded by other trees, stood a

noble sissoo-tree (Dahilbergia sissoo) ; and where the first great fork

diverged was a hole, for the possession of which for purposes of in-

cubation the Rollers and Parrots were always noisily contending. I

had often wished the Hornbills to use this ; and I was much pleased

to see that, after great consultation and inspection, and vociferation

by the Rollers, and screeching by the Parrots, they on April 28,

1868, made up their minds to use it. The hole was nearly a foot in

depth, and roomy inside. On the 29th of April the female went

into the hole, and did not again come out.

There was sufficient room in it for the female to draw in her head

altogether when she wished to conceal herself or to bring up the

ordure from below.

The hole being about 10 feet from the ground and opposite my

verandah, I could watch everything perfectly through a glass. The

tree was also very near to the house.

From the time the female went in, the male was most assiduous

in feeding her, bringing generally the small Peepul-fig.

On April 30th I observed the female working hard at closing the

ee 2 7

i * a

nh he i,

A 7

J SMIT LITE

BAYA

OCEKUS

eoiee

1869. ] MR. C. HORNE ON PLOCEUS BAYA. 243

orifice with her own ordure. This she must have brought up from

the bottom of the hole; and she plastered it right and left with the

flat sides of her beak, as witb a trowel.

I never saw the male bring anything but food; and I never found

any fruit which had been rejected under the tree, and but very little

ordure, which latter had apparently been thrown out by the female

when the closing-work was finished.

The male bird would alight near, then fly to the hole, holding on

to the bark by his claws, and knock with his beak. On this the

points of that of the female appeared and received the fruit, when

the male flew off.

I herewith beg to submit some of the substance with which the

hole was closed up, which is manifestly what I suppose it to be,

and when fresh, possesses great viscidity. It contains the remains

of insects, which probably the female had eaten before she entered

the hole—thus confirming Dr. Jerdon’s statement as to their various

diet.

The hole was at first perhaps 6 inches in height, and 3 or 4 wide.

When closed up, the opening at the widest part was a little larger

than would admit the finger. It should, however, be borne in mind

that the bill opened upwards, and thus had 3 or 4 inches play. The

plastering-operation took two or three days, after which the ordure

was thrown out.

The third Hornbill used to hover about, watch proceedings, and

sometimes quarrel with the accepted lord, but he never brought

food to the female.

On May 7, thinking that I had given time enough for the female

to lay her three eggs, which I wanted, I got a ladder, opened out

the nest, and with some difficulty got out the bird, who was fat and

in good condition, with the desired eggs (three). At first she could

scarcely fly, but did so after a little time.

The natives, who know the habits of these birds well, told me

that the female digs herself out directly her newly hatched young

need food; and this is most probably correct.

7. Notes on Ploceus baya and its Nest.

By C. Hornz, F.Z.S.

(Plate XVIL.)

In submitting these notes upon Ploceus baya I do not suppose

that I am narrating anything not previously observed, although 1

have never met with any account of the method in which this inge-

nious bird obtains its material.

I cannot solve the mystery of the lumps of clay found in the

nests, although I have examined many at all seasons for the pur-

pose. I may remark, however, that I have seldom, if ever, found a

finished nest without them.

244 MR. C. HORNE ON PLOCEUS BAYA. [Apr. 8,

Here is an extract from my journal :—‘ This morning (July 7,

1865), as I passed our solitary palm tree (Phenix dactylifera) in

the field, I heard a strange twittering overhead, and looking up saw

such a pretty sight as I shall never forget.

“Tn this tree hung some thirty or forty of the elegantly formed

nests of woven grass of the Baya bird, so well known to all. The

heavy storms of May and June had torn away many and damaged

others, so as to render them, as one would think, past repair. Not

so thought the birds; for a party of about sixty had come to set them

all in order.

“These little birds are about the size of a Sparrow, and have

yellow in their crests, and are darker about the wings, being paler

below, with shortish tails. The scene in the tree almost baffles

description. Each bird and his mate thought only of their own nest.

How they selected it I know not, and I should hke much to have

seen them arrive. I suppose the sharpest took the best nests, for

they varied much in condition. Of some of the nests, two-thirds

remained, whilst others were very nearly all blown away. Some of

the birds attempted to steal grass from other nests, but generally

got pecked away.

**As the wind was blowing freshly, the nests swung about a good

deal; and it was pretty to see a little bird fly up in a great hurry

with a long bit of grass in his beak. He would sit outside the nest

holding on by his claws, with the grass under them. He would

then put the right end into the nest with his beak, and the female

inside would pull it through and put it out for him again; and thus

the plaiting of the nest went on. All this was done amidst tremen-

dous chattering, and the birds seemed to think it great fun. When

a piece was used up one would give the other a peck, and he or she

would fly off for more material, the other sitting quietly till the

worker returned. Nests in every stage of building afforded every

position for the bird, who seemed at home in all of them. The joy,

the life, the activity, and general gaiety of the birds I shall never

forget.

«July 11, 1865.—To-day I noticed that nearly all the nests had

been repaired, and the birds were more scattered, either helping

themselves to my Jowahor (Sorghum vulgare) in the field or collect-

ing insects.

«July 20.—I observed some eight or ten newly built nests on the

ground under the tree, which I believe to have been deliberately cut

off from their supports by the thievish Striped Squirrels (Sccurus

palmarum) for use by them in their nests. Some of these had un-

broken eggs in them.

“August 18.—Noticed to-day how the birds obtain their grass.

The little bird alights at the edge of the high strong Seenta grass

(Andropogon euripeta’) with its head down, and bites through the

edge to the exact thickness which it requires. It then goes higher

up on the same blade of grass, and having considered the length

needed, bites through it again. It then seizes it firmly at the lowest

notch and flies away. Of course, the strip of grass tears off and

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SPOTTED HYENA. 245

stops at the notch. It then flies along, with the grass streaming

behind it. As the edge of the grass is much serrated, the bird

has to consider and pass it through the work the right way. This

serration renders it so difficult to pull a nest to pieces, and makes

the same nest last for years.

In some instances the male continues to build for amusement after

the nest is finished, not only elongating the tubular entrance, but

also making a kind of false nest.

Before the colony ceased building there were more than seventy

nests in the tree, which is represented in the photograph now exhibited

(Plate XVII.). Three great notches may be seen on the trunk. These

were made when the tree was smaller, by baring a side of the crown

and tapping the trunk for toddy to be used in bread-making. This

operation so weakened the tree, that last year in a violent storm the

crown broke off, and thus destroyed the whole settlement.

8. Note on the Young of the Spotted Hyzna (Crocuta macu-

lata). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., V-P.Z.S., &c.

The British Museum has lately acquired a very young female pup

of the Spotted Hyzna (Crocuta maculata), which was born in the

Society’s Gardens.

The animal is covered with a short soft fur of nearly uniform

length, of a nearly uniform rather brownish-black colour, which is

rather paler on the face. It is without any indication of spots. The

tail is slender, tapering. There is a stuffed specimen of a rather

older and larger male in the British Museum, which was preserved

by M. Verreaux at the Cape; it is of the same uniform tint, but is

much paler, and has become paler than it originally was on one side

by exposure in the case.

I may observe that the pups of the Striped Hyzna (Hyena

striata) are pale and streaked like the adult. There are some spe-

cimens of very young pups of this species in the British Museum.

The skull of the very young female pup is svulid; and the bones

are well ossified, and united in all parts by very narrow and often

indistinct sutures. The bulle of the ears are peculiar for having a

large space on the outer side of the under surface only covered with

membrane, which has the opening of the ear in the upper part near

the margin of its outer side. This disk occupies about one-third of

the lower surface of the bony bulla. The cutting-teeth and the

canines are well developed, the cutting-teeth in each of the jaws

being placed in a straight line, the outer tooth in each series being

rather the largest. The grinders are not developed above the-alveoli ;

but their situation is indicated by the dried pulps. There are three

pulps on each side of each jaw: the two front ones on each side of

the upper jaw, belonging to the premolars, are small; the others in

both jaws are rather large.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XVII.

246 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE SPOTTED HYNA, [Apr. 8,

Fig. 1.

Fig. 1. Skull of young Hyzena (lateral view).

2. Lower surface of ditto.

3. Left ramus of lower jaw.

1869.] pR. E. HAMILTON ON A VARIETY OF THE COMMON FOX. 247

The upper jaw, when cut away at the side (as shown in fig. 1,

p- 246), exhibits a very rudimentary canine tooth of the adult series,

and three molars, the middle being the flesh-tooth of the milk-series.

The lower jaw shows three molars of the milk-series in a moderate

state of development, and a cavity in which the large hinder molar

is to be developed, but which is now in a very rudimentary state.

The first tooth indicated on the edge of the jaw is the permanent

canine, and the two other teeth are the anterior molars.

I am not aware that the skull of the young animal of this genus

has been figured; so I have had some drawings, to illustrate this

paper, made by Mr. Ford.

9. On a Variety of the Canis vulpes (Vulpes vulgaris, Brisson)

found in the Forest of the Ardennes, Belgium. By Dr.

Epwarp Hamitron, F.L.S.

The Prince of Musignano, in his ‘ Fauna Italica,’ describes a variety

of the Canis vulpes under the name of melanogaster, and claims

specific characters, in that the colour of the fur on the throat, chest,

and abdomen is black instead of whitish grey; the head and back

dark greyish, and mixed with a quantity of silver hairs; the tail

more bushy, and furnished with a white tip. Mr. Gerrard, in his

‘Catalogue of Bones in the British Museum,’ places the Vulpes mela-

nogaster as a distinct species. Dr. Gray, ‘‘Catalogue of the Canidee”’

(P. Z. S. 1868, p. 515), describes it as a variety only; Had. Italy.

Linnzeus describes a variety, Canis alopex, with a straight tail black

at the tip, and smaller than the Canis vulpes. Bufton’s Renard

charbonnier, or Alopex europeus, is of a silver greyish colour, tail

tipped with white; remarkable black feet and legs, which appear

as if produced by charcoal-dust, hence its name; it is smaller than

the common Fox. Hab. Burgundy.

The variety which I bring before the notice of the Society was

shot last autumn in the Forest of the Ardennes, near Rochefort, in

Belgium. The hunters there know it under the name of “ Le Renard

Noir.” It is comparatively rare ; about five or six are killed during

the season. It is larger than the Common Fox, and a very active

animal. Colour brownish grey, mixed with silver-grey hairs; deep

brownish red stripe extending down the back, lighter towards the tail ;

head, face, and neck brownish red, mixed with silver-grey ; throat,

chest, and abdomen black, merging into blackish grey at the posterior

part ; tail blackish brown on the upper part, blackish yellow beneath,

the tip black ; fore legs blackish grey from shoulder to claws; hind

legs, a blackish grey stripe running from the hip and becoming

black at the feet.

The skin measures from tip of nose to root of tail 3 feet; tail

1 foot 6 inches. Approximate height at shoulders 1 foot 5—6 inches.

In comparing the skin with the figure given by the Prince of

Musignano (/. c.) there is a great similarity, with the exception of

248 LIEUT. DE CRESPIGNY ON THE HABITS OF AN ACTINIA. (Apr. 8,

the white tip to the tail and the size, the Ardennes variety being a

much larger and stronger animal. Nilsson describes a variety very

like the Vulpes melanogaster as inhabiting Scandinavia.

10. Notes on the Friendship existing between the Malacopte-

rygian Fish Premnas biaculeatus and the Actinia crassi-

cornis. By Lieut. C. C. De Cruspicny*.

The Anemone here spoken of is found at Labuan in various ha-

bitats—sometimes domiciled in rows along the horizontal fissures of

sandstone rocks (the positions being chosen so that at low water

they may be just awash), in other cases surrounding and covering

a mass of exposed dead madrepore. It is also found attached to

rocks or dead coral some inches under the surface of the sand, and

from this vantage ground protruding or withdrawing its tentacula at

pleasure, so that when they are withdrawn the animal is no longer

visible. On a calm evening, when the tide is out, one may observe

with advantage the sympathy which appears to exist between this

animal and the little fish called Premnas biaculeatus. The Actinia

is in a state of quiescence, allowing its tentacula to float and move

about freely in obedience to the impulse of each ripple of the water,

they being now supple, pointed at the extremities, and gravitating

downwards. A Premnas now passes over the Anemone, and imme-

diately the tentacula become erect and diverge as if galvanized, while

their extremities become clubby and phosphorescent.

The fish hovers over it, gently rubbing the tentacula with his

pectoral fins, and so will remain for some time. The hand-net is

passed quietly down under the Anemone, and the alarmed fish,

instead of swimming away, dives into the body of its friend, the

tentacles closing over it and thus burying it in a living tomb. The

hand of the captor now disturbs the fish in its hidden retreat, and

upon its again rushing forth from its hiding-place the net is drawn

to the surface of the water and the little fellow captured. The

natural colour of this fish is pale red, having three perpendicular

white stripes on the body. Upon its attaining full growth, however,

when it is from four to five inches long, it becomes almost black,

and the stripes are very nearly obliterated. In captivity I have

known an Anemone live in perfect harmony with a Premnas for

nearly a year. One morning the fish was found dead outside its

tub, from which it had leapt in the night ; the Anemone sickened,

became elongated and flaccid, and died in a few days.

On the other hand, I have known a fish live in a tub for a long

time without the society of its complementary Anemone.

It may be that the fish spawns upon the Anemone, or that by

continually rubbing its fins against the extremities of the tentacles

it rids itself and its friend of disagreeable parasites, or that it causes

a continuous flow of water across the body of its friend, in which

stream are conveyed the animalcula on which it lives.

* Communicated by E. Iliggins, Esq., F.Z.S.

1869.] MR. G. GULLIVER ON THE @SOPHAGUS OF THE AYE-AYE. 249

These points may be determined by future observations. It will

be noticed that the extremities of the fins and tail of the Premnas

are attenuated to what appears to be the utmost degree consistent

with cohesion of their molecules.

April 22, 1869.

The Viscount Walden, President, in the Chair.

Mr. G. Dawson Rowley, F.Z.S., exhibited some specimens of Bri-

tish-killed Pipits, and made the following observations upon them :—

I have the pleasure to exhibit a series of Water-Pipits (Anthus

aquaticus) and Rock-Pipits (Anthus obscurus), all shot or taken near

Brighton, in spring and autumn plumage, male and female respec-

tively, showing the distinction between the two species in the several

states. Only two or three of the former have ever been, I think,

noticed in print as found in the British isles, and considerable con-

fusion has existed in collections respecting them. I have at times

observed each one doing duty for the other. A. aquaticus is not

very common ; but it visits the south coast regularly in the spring,

moves on to breed, and again stops with us a few weeks on its return

in autumn. In spring it has a blue tinge on the back, with a vinous

one on the chest, underparts greenish; in the autumn dress these

are lost, and the underparts turn pure white. The outer tail-feather

also changes from buff to white. Males differ little from females.

A communication was read from Mr. Thomas Graham Ponton,

F.Z.S., containing a criticism of the arrangement of the shells of the

genus Mangelia adopted by Reeve in his ‘ Monograph,’ in which it

was pointed out that the seventy species of this group given in the

‘Conchologia Iconica’ ought to be distributed amongst the genera

Defrancia, Cythara, and Mangelia. Mr. Ponton gave a list of the

species which he considered referable to each of these three genera,

and proposed to assign one to Defrancia, fifty-three to Cythara,

and sixteen to Mangelia.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Muscular Sheath of the Cardiac End of the Cso-

phagus of the Aye-Aye (Chiromys madagascariensis) .

By Grorce Gutuiver, F.R.S.

Among the many inexplicable structural arrangements of animal

organs is that of the comparative distribution of the striped muscular

fibre to the same part in different orders; and the obscurity is not

250 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [Apr. 22,

lessened by the discovery of this fibre on the whole alimentary canal

of the Tench* (Tinca vulgaris), after I had observed that this is not

the case in some other cyprinoid fishes.

Such facts tend to weaken the value in systematic zoology of the

character afforded by the muscular sheath of the cesophagus. But

whatever structure proves constant cannot be devoid of importance,

however difficult the explanation may be; and, so far as my limited

observations have gone, it is always easy to distinguish between

certain orders of Mammalia, and these from birds and reptiles;

simply by the muscular fibre of the cesophagus. For example, in

the Quadrumana the striped muscular fibre stops short of the cardia,

while in the Rodentia this fibre extends quite to that part of the

stomach, as has been more particularly described of these and other

vertebrates in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1842, p. 63 e¢ seq.).

Hence it seems desirable to add this character, for as much as it

may be worth, to the descriptions already known respecting such

Mammalia as may have a questionable position in systematic zoology.

The Aye-Aye is one of these; for it has been alternately placed

among the Rodentia and Quadrumana. And by the courtesy of

Mr. Flower I have examined for striated muscle about an inch of

the cardiac end of the cesophagus of this animal, preserved in spirit

of wine. The results were entirely negative. Not a single striped

muscular fibre appeared, although the whole thickness of the ceso-

phagus was examined, from the outer part of the preparation to the

plaster with which it had been artificially distended ; in short, nothing

of muscular tissue but the smooth variety could be found. And

thus, so far as regards this point, the cesophagus of the Aye-Aye is

as unlike that of Rodentia as it is like that of Quadrumana—a fact

which tends to support the latest and now general conclusion as to

the affinities of this singular animal.

2. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering. By

P. L. Scuatrer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and ean SALVIN,

M.A., F.L.S.—Part Til. t

(Plate XVIII.)

Mr. Anton Goering’s present collection was principally formed in

the vicinity of the Lake of Valencia, into which district he has made

* Since this fact first came to my knowledge, through the last edition of

Professor Beale’s excellent work on the Microscope, in which Weber is quoted

as the observer, I have examined the intestines of the Tench, and found the

striated muscular fibre on the greater part of its alimentary canal. The primi-

tive inuscular wen of the cesophagus, stomach, and intestines presented an

average diameter of =; 5, of an inch, while those of the dorsal and ventral muscles

measured as much as ; Thus the striated fibres of the hollow muscles are

only about one-fourth = thickness of those of the ordinary voluntary muscles ;

and this agrees with my old measurements in fishes and other vertebr. ates, tabu-

lated in the ‘Proe. Zool. Soe.’ (1842, p. 68).

t See Part I., P. Z. S. 1868, p. 165; Part II, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 626,

M & N HANHART IME

J SMIT LITH

SRACHYGALBA GOERINGI

1869. ] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 251

excursions from San Esteban, near Puerto Cabello, where he has

been lately resident.

The collection contains altogether fifty-six species of birds, most

of which are already well known as inhabitants of this part of the

continent of South America. There are, however, several of great

interest among them, and one in particular, a new species of Jacamar,

which appears to have been hitherto undescribed.

The following extracts from a letter recently received from Mr.

Goering will give the Society some information concerning the loca-

lities which he has lately explored, and the route which he is now

intending to follow :—.

«« The Lake of Valencia seems to be a station for birds which come

from the Ilanos and from the river-districts of the south of Vene-

zuela. When the swamps and the llanos are dry, thousands of birds

resort to it. There is, however, great difficulty in obtaining a boat

for the purpose of shooting, nearly all of them having been demo-

lished during the recent revolution. The mountains on the south of

the lake (the Serro Azul of Guiguc) are tenanted by the same birds

as the coast-range ; but the vegetation is not so rank, and the species

of small size appear to be less numerous. San Esteban is situated

about six English miles inland from Puerto Cabello, in a valley,

through which runs a small river. Most of the birds obtained here

are different from those found in eastern Venezuela, where my first

collections were formed. It is singular that Cardinalis pheenicens,

so common near Cartipano, is very rare here. I have never seen

this bird on the hills, but only on the plains near the coast, which

are covered with a simple vegetation of Mimosa, Cactus, &c. .The

Chasmorhynchus variegatus is common here, but only during the

months of April and May. It is also abundant in tlie forests of

Caripé; and this spot seems to be nearly the extreme limit of its

western range.

«« Speaking of Caripé, I may mention that the Steatornis is not

only found in the well-known cave near that city, visited by Hum-

boldt, but also inhabits several other caverns in the forests situated

to the south-east. I visited three of these, and found one of them

much larger than the cave of Caripé. It was eight English miles in

extent, and every part of it seemed to be inhabited by thousands of

this wonderful bird. It is very impressive when, at sunset, they

leave their subterranean abodes, and make the forest resound with

their shrill cries.”

Mr. Goering contemplates moving his quarters into the Sierra

Nevada of Merida, to which district he will proceed by Maracaibo

and Zulier.

The following is a list of the species contained in Mr. Goering’s

present collection, to which are added notes upon such of them as

call for remark :—

Name. Locality.

1. Donacobius atricapillus.........6000+-20000 Lake of Valencia.

2. Henicocichla noveboracensis .......-..++++- Maruria, north of the lake.

3. Dendreca @Sttvd .... ec. sce ec neers ee eneen ees S. side of the Lake of Valencia.

252 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYIN [Apr. 22,

Name. Locality.

4. Geothlypis equinoctialis ........00000.0008 Maruria.

5. Hylophilus acuticaudus,......1.00e0ecceee Plain of Valencia.

%6. Calliste cyaneicollis .....:2..s.ceceeeeeeeees Maruria.

Mf. OTYZO00OTUS TELUS WricecdsNecueeras-seseenat San Esteban.

8. Spermophila Vineola ......02.2.ceececeee eens Maruria.

#9, CCE aly sett. ¥eFs56 sie wilde steee ese ees Plain of Valencia.

10. Coryphospingus piledtus ......00c2ceeeeee Lake of Valencia.

WN, ie tStGS' GULOMENSIS. a ais sldng e weet rbiaesecoos Plain of Valencia.

12. Xanthosomus icterocephatus ..........+.++- Maruria.

1S? \Cassidee OryZvi0Te Ty. necswcwctes~csceteen Plain of Valencia.

*14, Philydor colwmbianus ......02.0.02.0000202 Coast-range of Puerto Cabello.

15. Synallawis albigularis .......0.00cceee eee ee Plain of Valencia.

16. Leptoxyurd CinnamMomed .......2-.2- 00.00 Lake of Valencia.

V7. Dendrornts SUSUPTANS —.-.... 22-15 .---0.-00 Guacara, Lake of Valencia.

18. Myrmotherula menctriest .......020000.0++- San Esteban.

19. Formicarius ertssalis......1..ceccccesseeeees San Esteban.

20, Arundinicola lencocephala.........01-+++++- Marshes in the Plain of Valencia.

21. Platyrhynchus albogularis .....-+.+++++++ Lake of Valencia.

De, COLO PLETUS PULOTES, carexacvecernseaes=-scaacca N. side of the Lake of Valencia.

*23. Huscarthimus tmprger......cecveceeevererees Guacara, Lake of Valencia.

24. Tyranniscus, 8p. iC ........2202cerceseneeee Maruria.

25. Pyrocephalus rubineus ...0.0..02.0000e0000s Plain of Valencia.

26. Milvulus ty1 Annus .........cccnaceesee-ruceer Plain of Valencia.

27. Pachyrhamphus, sp. ine. 9 ....1.s0se0200s Guacara.

Sn RUDTCOMLY OT QIOSIb. Va stance inp sures Ceres Coast-range of Puerto Cabello.

29. Pyroderus Orenocensts .........c0..0.22.00- Puerto Cabello.

*30. Brachygalba goeringi, sp. NOV-...-....-... Maruria.

SIs, Ceryle CMAZONG os -t oiieces--saseeboedees =e Lake of Valencia.

32. Nyctidromus albicollis .......-..s.2sse000: Maruria.

33. Ramphastos ambiguus .......1.00-00-02008 Guataparo.

34. Palco columbaritus, Vu. 7...2.to.ccs.scscess¥s Marnuria and Lake of Valencia.

35. Hypotriorchis femoralis (Temm.) ...... Lake of Valencia.

36. rufigularis (Daud.) ............-..06 San Esteban.

*37. Tinnunculus sparverius (L.).......22+0-++- Plain of Valencia.

38. Elanus leucurus (Vieill.) .........222+0000 Lake of Valencia.

39. Gampsonyx swainsoni, Vi. ......100e0000 Maruria.

40. Accipiter bicolor (Vieill.) .......... Sonosose Maruria.

*41. Micrastur zonothorax secccerssceceeececee Coast-range of Puerto Cabello.

42. Urubitinga meridionalis (Lath.) ......... Plain of Valencia.

43. Circus macropterus, Vieill, ....02secs.ee0 Plain of Valencia.

44, Polyborus tharus (MOl.) .........++-8e00 Maruria.

45. Milvago chimango (Vieill.) .........4066 .. Lake of Valencia.

46. Eupsychortyx sonnini (Temm.) .....+... Plain of Valencia.

*47. Crypturus strigulosus (Temm.) ......... Serro Azul of Guigue.

48. Vanellus cayennensis (Gm.) .......0..0000 Lake of Valencia.

49. Aigialites collaris (Vieill.) .....2......-++ Lake of Valencia.

50. Limosa hudsonica (Lath.).......2.0.000000 Lake of Valencia.

BL. Porzana carouna) (Up) s2-s<dessaeascenceee= Lake of Valencia.

2s Parnd jacana, Wis Views = d-b: ..see--eever Lake of Valencia.

53... Ardea ceruled. Miecc. sive vracests svoteeneess Lake of Valencia.

54. Butorides virescens (L.).........c0.eseeeeees Lake of Valencia.

55. Querquedula discors (i.) .....-.+:4.02-0008 Lake of Valencia.

56. Podilymbus podiceps .....0.seceeeeeceereeees Lake of Valencia.

6. CALLISTE CYANEICOLLIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

One example (, iris dark brown) from the mountains south of

the Lake of Valencia, where it is said to be ‘‘ not common.”

This is evidently the bird described by Mr. Cassin (Pr. Ac. Se.

Phil. 1864, p. 287) as Calliste hannahie ; but we are not convinced

1869.] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 253

that the characters given by him to distinguish it from the true C.

cyaneicollis are sufficient. Of two skins from Bogota in Sclater’s

collection, one has the blue abdomen, and one not. The latter, we

may remark, is the original of Sclater’s figure in his ‘ Monograph of

Calliste’ (pl. 38). The variation would therefore appear not to be

constant in the same locality. We have not, however, yet had an

opportunity of recomparing the Bogota skins with examples of C,

cyaneicollis from its typical country (Bolivia).

7. ORYZOBORUS MELAS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 979.

One example from Esteban (6, bill silvery, legs greyish blue,

above browner), apparently agreeing best with the bird described by

us from Pebas.

9. SPERMOPHILA OCELLATA, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 181.

One example from the plain of Valencia, ‘bill and legs black,”’

agreeing with the birds described by us from Mr. Bartlett’s collection,

except in having the bill and legs élack instead of brown,

14. Partypor coLomsianus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 29;

Sel. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 170.

One example ( d, iris brown, legs yellowish brown) from the coast-

range of Puerto Cabello, at an elevation of 1500 feet.

23. EuscARTHMUS IMPIGER, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 171,

(Pb aiid a ag le

Another specimen of this Tyrant from the plain near Guacara,

on the north side of the Lake of Valencia. ‘‘ Iris yellowish white,

legs bright flesh-colour. A quiet bird, generally found in the Mi-

mosa bushes.”

30. BRACHYGALBA GOERINGI, sp.nov. (Plate XVIII.)

Supra eneo-viridis, capite colloque toto fuscis, superciliis indi-

stinctis et nucha dilutioribus, flavicante tinctis: subtus nigri-

cans; gutture, pectore medio et ventre toto cum crisso pure

albis, plumis in ventre medio ferrugineo tinctis: rostro et

pedibus nigris: long. tota 7:0, ale 2°75, caude 2°3, rostri a

rictu 2°0 poll. Angl.

Fem. Mari similis sed ventre medio fere omnino ferrugineo.

Hab. in vicin. Lacus Valencize, in Venezuela.

Obs. Sim. B. inornate, sed gutture albo facile distinguenda.

Mr. Goering sends us three skins of this fine new Jacamar, which

we have the pleasure of naming after its discoverer. It was obtained

near Maruria, at the foot of the mountain of Guiguc, where the birds

were met with in pairs sitting close together on the branches of trees.

‘Tris red-brown ; bill, legs, and claws black.”

This species makes the fourth of the genus Brachygalba, two of

which have white beaks (B. melanosterna and B. albigularis), and

two have the beak black (8. ixornata and the present bird).

254 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

37. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.).

A single male, from the plain of Valencia, has the body below

wholly without spots, as the bird described by Swainson as Falco

isabellinus (An. in Men. p. 281). See v. Pelzeln’s remarks on this

supposed local race in his List of Falconide in the Imperial Col-

lection (Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. 1863, p. 627).

41. MicrasTUR ZONOTHORAX.

Climacocereus zonothoraz, Cab. Journ. f, O. 1865, p. 406.

A single skin, immature, but no doubt referable to this northern

form of M. rujficollis sive xanthothorax as described by Cabanis.

Whether it is really distinct we have not yet sufficient materials to

give a decided opinion.

47. CRYPTURUS STRIGULOSUS.

Tinamus strigulosus, Temm. Pig. et Gall. ni. p. 594.

Mr. Goering’s skin agrees generally with the specimens in the

British Museum thus marked (cf. Gray, List of Gall. p. 100), but

has the middle of the throat pure white.

3. Notes on the Myology of Menopoma alleghaniense. By

Sr. Gzorce Mivart, F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative

Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

Having been engaged for some months in working at the Urodele

Batrachians, the liberality of the authorities of the Royal College of

Surgeons, and the kindness of my friend Mr. W. H. Flower, have

placed at my disposal certain specimens well preserved in spirit of

wine. One of these is the subject of the following notes.

In describing the muscles I think it better to give each a distinct

name. In doing so, however, I by no means intend to imply that

there is necessarily a real relation of homology between the several

muscles of Menopoma and those of Mammals and Sauropsidans. It

may well be that in many cases the resemblance is merely one of

analogy, resulting from similarity of conditions.

The general form of this species is well known, with its broad and

flat body, its very wide and flat head, and rounded muzzle. The tail

has a rather deep cutaneous fin both above and below ; but while it is

continued along the whole length of the dorsum of the tail, it only

extends along about the hindmost sixth of its inferior border.

The skin is nearly smooth all over, and is destitute of any tubercles

or prominences. It is smoothest on the middle of the crown of the

head and on the middle of the belly. Numerous short transverse

wrinkles, however, extend, at short intervals, across the throat and

along the whole back and belly ; on the tail, on account of the great

lateral compression of that organ, these wrinkles assume a vertical

direction.

1869. | THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA, 255

Two large cutaneous folds (each much convoluted and like a frill)

extend backwards, one along each side of the body, from the arm-pit

to a little behind and above the root of the pelvic limb.

A marked fold on each side of the neck projects round the bran-

chial orifice, and is continued backwards from its upper border

towards or over the root of the pectoral limb.

The antero-posteriorly elongated cloacal aperture is placed just

behind, and not between, the pelvic limbs. Its circumference

(which is of a lighter colour than the rest of the skin) is thrown into

numerous small, sbarp folds.

The proximal and distal divisions of each arm and leg (i. e. the arm

and forearm and the thigh and leg respectively) are subequal in length.

The posterior digits are very broad, through cutaneous expansions.

The pectoral limb when turned forwards does not attain the angle

of the mouth, nor when turned backwards does it even nearly meet

the pelvic limb turned forwards.

A cutaneous fold extending along the margin of each jaw serves

as a lip.

ihe cxtéraal nostrils are very small and simple apertures close to

the end of the muzzle.

The eyes, as is well known, are very small and quite destitute of

eyelids.

The gape of the mouth extends backwards beyond the eye.

The head is very flat, without ridges or any marked concavities or

convexities. A shallow, rather ill-defined, longitudinal depression

runs along the middle of the back. The size and proportions of the

specimen are as follows :—

Dimensions. incl

nenes.

Extreme length, measured along dorsum, from anterior end

of muzzle to posterior end of tail .................... 13°20

Length from mandibular symphysis to middle point between

the arm-pits ...... 3 3°00

From the said middle point to anterior end of cloaca ...... 5°13

Lenpth,of,elonenl apertura: sy). 2: ate bide owind aise sed wears "22

from anterior end of cloacal aperture to end of tail.. 5-07

of head Fabout)yyitets Sane ateckabyal dodiltcto tos2 » (1°60

Breadthyof heady. .7. of tanetaes bette) aah) ke bis eka! wel

Vertical thickness of head and throat .................. 95

Se Ok Mid eadvanboubentih & 28%. ds ood wr °83

Greatest breadth of body, the cutaneous lateral folds not in-

dladed atiecuaae Ideredby SE MeRr ENE slot bios > eceial. bas os 1:70

Transverse thickness of tail at about its mid-length........ 30

Vertical extent of tail at the same place .... ........... 1°40

Distance between.the, eyesh ads saactigloail avis obs ws etown Jere 1-00

— - the pubemwiates wosswad ssrcstit eet «ls “40

Extreme length of pectoral limb (with manus)............ 133

BS DSc i Sa ip den Ur ll dt ace Aa rl “40

Extreme length of pelvic limb (with pes)................ 1-80

Tis angesh eietigarecer tals ab stanseebes « ace svatniersiclolesgiar® « scars "50

256 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

inches.

Distance from mid-point between the eyes to end of muzzle . “56

Extreme width of mouth .... 23 see leoo

Distance from mid-point between the ‘angles of the mouth to

the mandibular symphysis.. ... ae "65

Length from angle of mouth ‘s branchial orifiee, dbontrs 1:22

— branchial orifice to root of pelvic limb, about. . 72

Proportions.

Length of head compared with its breadth at 100 ........ 94°10

Height of head compared with its breadth at 100 ........ 53°88

——— of body compared with its breadth at 100 ........ 48°82

Breadth of mid-tail to its height at 100 .. . 46°66

— of body to its length (without head and tail) at 100 33°13

Height of body to its length TEIOG® ORS? OE AOD area ee 16°17

Length of tail to length of bodycat TOURS los P20r ae, Sis SL Sass

Length of pectoral limb to length of body at 100 ........ 29°82

Length of pelvic limb to length of body at 100 .......... 39°08

Myo.oey.

On removing the skin of my specimen I do not find the fat

which, according to Drs. Schmidt, Goddard, and Van der Hoeven *,

exists in the hollows at the roots of the limbs in Cryptobranchus.

Neither have I found any conspicuous cutaneous muscle or the

contrast in colour which those authors have described as existing in

the last-named genus between some and others of the muscles, but all

are moderately pale in my specimen.

The general muscular investment of the body is, in the tail, di-

visible into an antero-posterior series of segments corresponding to

the division of the vertebral column into vertebree. In the trunk

this divisibility is very obscurely indicated, least so towards the mid-

dle of the abdomen, where there are transverse tendinous inter-

sections.

The muscular envelope consists of four longitudinal portions sepa-

rated by four more or Jess marked linear divisions.

The first of these divisions extends backwards from the mid-cranial

region to the end of the dorsum of the tail. It is deepest by far in

the caudal region of the body, where it is filled up by a very large

accumulation of fat. A fibrous membrane extends down from the

bottom of this dorsal furrow to the spines and neural arches of the

vertebree, and forms a partition between the dorsal muscular mass of

one side and that of the other side.

The second antero-posterior linear division extends similarly along

the ventral surface of the body from the thoracic region backwards.

It is only a deep furrow, however, behind the cloacal aperture ; in

* Aanteekeningen over de Anatomie van den Cryptobranchus japonicus door

Dr. F. J. J. Schmidt, Dr. Q. J. Goddard, en Dr. J. Van der Hoeven. Natuur-

kundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Ma aatschappij der Wetenschappen

te Haarlem. Tweede Verzameling, Negentiende Deel, Eerste stuk, 1862.

1869.] THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA. 257

front of that orifice it is represented by a more or less marked ten-

dinous interval, or linea alba, in the midst of the superficial muscles

of the ventral portion of the abdominal muscular mass.

The third and fourth linear divisions are placed one on each side

of the throat, trunk, and tail. Inthe throat region the anterior end

of this furrow forms the gap out of which the ends of the branchial

arches protrude. In the trunk it is a mere shallow furrow, dividing

the dorsal part of each lateral half of the muscular mass from the

ventral portion of such half.

In the trunk this linear division is situated above the middle (ver-

tically) of the side of the body. In the tail it is situated at about

the middle.

Each dorsal portion of the lateral muscular mass (7. e. the part

Fig. 1.

Superficial muscles of right side of head and of anterior part of trunk.

D.\. Digastric. #8. Erector spine. L.A. Levator arcuum. L. D. Latissi-

mus dorsi. Mf. Masseter. M. H.2. Mylo-hyoideus posterior. P. 8. Del-

toid. Z. Temporalis. 7. Trapezius.

258 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

between the dorsal furrow and the lateral linear division) extends

from the upper surface of the skull to the distal end of the dorsum

of the tail (figs. 1 & 8, #. S), investing the transverse processes,

neural arches, and spines of the vertebrae, and also the ribs, but it

has no direct connexion with either the pectoral or pelvic girdle.

It forms a continuous and very thick fleshy mass, answering to the

erector spine of higher animals, but not differentiated into distinct

muscles. Its fibres are all antero-posteriorly directed.

Each ventral portion of the lateral muscular mass (7. e. the part

between the lateral linear division and the middle of the ventral sur-

face of the body and tail) presents a larger surface than does the

dorsal portion of the lateral muscular mass. It extends from the

basihyal to the distal end of the ventral surface of the tail, inter-

rupted, however, by the pelvis.

As in higher vertebrata, the abdominal portion of this mass is

distinguished into muscular layers with differently directed fibres ;

in the caudal region, however, as might be expected, this distinction

does not obtain.

MuSCLEs oF THE TRUNK.

The external oblique (figs. 2, 3, 5, & 7, Hx. O). This is an

elongated sheet of muscular fibres (with the usual direction down-

wards, backwards, and mesiad) extending from the lateral longi-

tudinal furrow to the outer margin of the rectus. The muscle ex-

tends forwards as far as the scapula (passing beneath the latissimus

dorsi), its anterior extremity being overlapped by the minute and

oppositely directed serratus magnus. Posteriorly it is inserted into

the fascia investing the root of the thigh, also with the ilium and the

pubis. It fuses so gradually with the rectus that I have not suec-

ceeded in defining the line of demarcation between the two. The ex-

ternal oblique appears to be continued on in the caudal region as the

most external portion of its infero-lateral muscular mass. This

caudal continuation, however, takes fresh origin from the hinder side

of the ilium.

The internal oblique (fig. 5, In. O) is the largest muscle of the

body, and extends antero-posteriorly from the basihyal backwards

to the end of the tail (for the pelvis seems only partially to interrupt

it), and inwards from the lateral longitudinal furrow. ‘The fibres are

but very slightly oblique, very many are altogether antero-posterior

in direction, and the fasciculi are very large and coarse. The muscle

is thickest anteriorly and in the tail. In the pelvic region many

fibres are inserted into the ilium and into the rib which articulates

with the ilium, but other fibres appear to continue on altogether

beneath these bones without being interrupted by them.

At its anterior end this muscle becomes indistinguishably fused

with what may be a deeper part of the rectus, and which has here

been called the sterno-hyoid (fig. 2, S¢. H). This is inserted into

the basihyal and into the adjacent root of the first branchial arch.

Transversalis. A very delicate lamella of transversely directed

muscular fibres represents this muscle. It extends in a continuous

1869.] THE MYOLOGY O¥ MENOPOMA. 259

Fig. 2.

Muscles of ventral surface. On the right side superficial muscles. On the left

side deeper muscles, with removal of left pectoral limb.

B. Biceps. C.A. Constrictor arewum. CC. B. Coraco-brachialis. @. F. Con-

strictor faucium. C. H. E. Cerato-hyoideus externus. C. H. I. Cerato-hyoi-

deus internus. £.Z. Extensor longus. Er. O. External oblique. F. LZ.

Flexor longus. G.H. Genio-hyoideus. M. H.1. Mylo-hyoideus anterior.

M. H.2. Mylo-hyoideus posterior. P.1.& P.2. Pectoralis. P. 7. Pronator

teres. S. Subclavius. §.Z. Supinator longus. S.M. Submentalis. S¢. H.

Sterno-hyoideus. 7. Triceps.

260 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

sheet from the region of the heart backwards to the inside of the

pelvis. It does not seem to extend so far inwards towards the

middle line of the body as does the internal oblique.

The abdominal nerves pass along between this muscle and the in-

ternal oblique.

Rectus. This muscle consists, as usual, of antero-posteriorly

directed fibres in the middle of the abdomen, but is very difficult

accurately to define. It seems to be overlapped externally by some

of the fibres of the external oblique, while internally it is closely

adherent to what is either a deeper portion of the rectus or the

median part of the internal oblique, and which runs forwards (with

the scapular arch, except the sternum, altogether superficial to it)

to be inserted, as before said, into the basihyal. ‘The external por-

tion of the rectus is inserted anteriorly into the sternum, posteriorly

into the anterior part of the pelvis.

Retrahens costarum. ‘This elongated muscle passes antero-pos-

teriorly, on each side of the spine, beneath the bodies of all the

trunk-vertebrze, being attached to them and to the ribs down to

their extremities, where it is closely connected with the fascia of the

transversalis. The muscle gets thinner and smaller backwards, and

appears to end at the commencement of the caudal region; but

anteriorly it enlarges and passes, as a fleshy mass, beneath the skull.

Throughout the trunk this muscle is separated from the dorso-lateral

muscular mass by the internal oblique and transversalis ; but where

these diverge from that mass to leave space for the branchial arches,

there the muscle now described becomes applied to the under surface

of the dorso-lateral mass, and more or less closely connected with it.

MuscuLes oF THE HEap.

Temporalis, his (fig. 1, 7.) is the most anterior of all the

muscles on the dorsal aspect of the body, its anterior margin even

extending forwards in front of the eyes. It is not a completely

distinct muscle, as its hinder end is but imperfectly separated from

the innermost part of the dorsal lateral mass of the same side; of

which it, in part, may therefore be considered the extreme anterior

prolongation. It also takes origin, by fascia, from the first three

neural spines and from the anterior part of the upper surface of the

skull—Cuvier’s frontal. The most anterior fibres slope backwards ;

but all converge, and passing behind the eyeball, are ultimately at-

tached, by means of a strong tendon, to the inner side of the summit,

of the mandible just in front of its articulation with the suspensorium,

and behind and somewhat within the insertion of the masseter.

The pterygoid. Dr. Fischer* describes this muscle as arising from

the side of the skull and from the upper surface of the pterygoid,

and with a similar insertion to the temporal, from which it is very

indistinctly separable. In my specimen it seems to be so intimately

united with the temporal that I cannot but doubt its distinctness.

* Anatomische Abhandlungen iiber die Perennibranchiaten und Derotremen.

Hamburgh, 1864, p. 63.

1869. | THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA, 261

Fig. 3,

Superficial muscles of right side.

A, A. Adductor arcuum. JB. Biceps. C.A. Constrictor arcuum. C.F. Con-

strictor faucium. D. Deltoid. D.1. Digastrie. £. Z. Extensor longus.

Ex. O. External oblique. L.A. Levator arcuum. JL. D. Latissimus dorsi.

M. Masseter. M.H.1. Mylo-hyoideus anterior. MM. H.2. Mylo-hyoideus

posterior. _S. Subclavius, S.Z, Supinator longus. TZ. Trapezius. 7.

Triceps. U, Ulnaris.

Masseter (figs. 1, 3, & 5, M). This is an exceedingly thick

muscle, which arises from the anterior surface of the suspensorium

as far as the margin of the parietal. It is inserted into the upper

border and outer surface of the posterior part of the mandible. It

covers externally the descending terminal portion of the temporal,

which runs down in a sort of groove on its inner surface.

The digastric (figs. 1, 3, & 5, D.1 & D.2) is a very large and

powerful muscle, consisting of two parts, which are together inserted

into the posterior extremity of the mandible. The hinder portion of

the muscle arises from the dorsal fascia, closely connected with the

similarly arising part of the posterior mylo-hyoid, and overlapping

the levator areuum. The anterior portion takes origin from the

occiput, the hinder surface of the suspensorium. Both portions

pass over the cornu of the hyoid (without being directly connected

with it) to their before-mentioned insertion.

Levator arcuum (figs. 1 & 3, L.A). This is a small delicate

layer of fibres springing from the dorsal fascia in the angle between

the digastric and the temporal. Passing obliquely downwards and

backwards, and covered, more or less, by the hinder part of the

digastric and the posterior mylo-hyoid, the fibres go to the dorsal

segments of the last three branchial arches as Fischer has described *,

Mylo-hyoideus anterior (figs. 2 & 3, M.H.1). This forms, with

* L.c. p. 83, tab. 4. fig. 2, Za.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XVIII.

262 MR. ST.GEORGE MIVART ON © [Apr. 22,

its fellow of the opposite side, a thin transverse sheet of muscular

fibres immediately beneath the skin. It springs from the inner surface

of the lower margin of the mandible, almost as far backwards as the

articulation of the latter with the suspensorium. Its fibres incline

slightly backwards; and a sort of faint linea alba is interposed

between it and its fellow of the opposite side.

The mylo-hyoideus posterior (figs. 1, 2, & 3, M. H. 2), with its

fellow, forms another thin transverse sheet of muscular fibres placed

immediately beneath the skin, except where the mylo-hyoideus

anterior is superficial to it. It springs from the dorsal fascia and

from that over the cornu of the hyoid, and covers the hinder portion

of the digastric and part of the levator areuum.

Submentalis (fig. 2, S.M). This small, azygos, transverse muscle

connects together the anterior ends of the two mandibular rami. It

is placed immediately above the most anterior portions of the mylo-

hyoidei anteriores, and is much connected with them and with the

genio-hyoidei.

LAS.

Tx. O:

In.

BAe) ‘ Pat. B

Deeper muscles of right side, the mylo-hyotdei, the trapezius, and the

latissimus dorsi being removed or cut short.

A. A, Adductor arcuum. C. A, Constrictor areuum. C.F. Constrictor faucium.-

C. H. E. Cerato-hyoideus externus. (C,H. Z. Cerato-hyoideus internus. D.

Deltoid. D.1& D.2. Digastric. Ex, O. External oblique. G.H. Genio-

hyoideus. Jn. O. Internal oblique. L.A. S. Levator anguli scapule.

L. D. Watissimus dorsi. MM. Masseter. SS. Subclavius. S.M/. Serratus

magnus. 7. Trapezius.

Constrictor faucium* (figs. 2, 3, and 5, C. F). This muscle

springs from the under surface of the dorsal segment of the second

branchial arch (i.e. the second after the hyoidean cornu), and is

inserted into a fascia beneath the throat, into which the genio-hyoid

of the same side is also inserted. As the constrictor faucium passes

downwards it is overlapped (and strapped in, as it were) by the

band-like constrictor arcuum.

The constrictor pharyngis is a delicate muscular sheet arising

* Constrictor faucium internus of Schmidt, &c., see /. c. p. 29, and pl. 6.

fig. xiii. 4,

1869.] THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA. 263

partly from the postero-ventral border of the last branchial arch*,

partly from the fascia of the side of the neck behind the branchial

arches}. Thence it descends to the middle line of the body beneath

the trachea, and above the sterno-hyoid, which latter is superficial

to it.

Genio-hyoideust (figs. 2 & 5, G. H). On removing the mylo-

hyoidei, the two genio-hyoidei are seen running backwards (one on

each side) from the symphysis of the mandible. Each genio-hyoid

arises from the anterior part. of the ramus of the mandible of its own

side (more or less connected with the submentalis), and is inserted

posteriorly into the fascia, which also receives the insertion of the

constrictor faucium.

The cerato hyoideus externus (figs. 2 & 5, C. H. FE) is a con-

siderable muscle which arises from the first branchial arch, and is

inserted into the cornu of the hyoid towards its middle.

The cerato-hyoideus internus (figs. 2 & 5, C. H. I) can hardly

perhaps be reckoned a distinct muscle in Menopoma, in which it

has a common insertion with the muscle last noticed. It arises,

however, from the ventral segment of the second branchial arch.

Constrictor arcuum (figs. 2,3, & 5, C. A). This small band-

like muscle arises from the first branchial arch, and is inserted into

the last two branchial arches. Fischer says§, no doubt correctly,

that the muscle consists of two layers, the superficial one being

inserted into the last branchial arch, and the deeper layer into the

penultimate branchial arch. This muscle overlaps and binds down

the constrictor faucium.

The adductor arcuum (figs. 3 & 5, A. A) is a very small muscle,

arising from the fascia on the ventral surface of the sterno-hyoid.

Passing upwards and outwards, it goes to the last branchial arch.

Sterno-hyoideus (fig. 2, St. H) A considerable muscular mass,

which may conveniently be distinguished by this name], though in

fact it is the anterior termination of that great ventral muscular

mass which consists of the united internal oblique and rectus. Its

insertion is into the posterior part of the under surface of the basi-

hyal and the adjacent parts of the ventral segments of the branchial

arches.

The antero-internal portion of the ventral part of each sterno-

hyoid shows a slight indication of distinctness as a muscular fasci-

culus inserted into the fascia into which the genio-hyoideus is inserted.

This appears to represent, in a rudimentary manner, the distinct

muscle named levator maxille inferioris brevis by the Dutch

authors].

* The hyo-trachealis of Fischer, /. c. p. 92.

+ The dorso-trachealis of Fischer, /. c. p. 92.

+ The levator maxillz inferioris longus of Schmidt, &c., see /. ¢. p. 29, pl. 6.

fig. xii. 5.

§ L.c. p. 75, and tab. 4. fig. 2, ca,

| It is so by Dr. Fischer, see 7. c. p. 104, and tab. 4. fig. 2, sk. It is the

cerato-hyoideus of the Dutch authors, Schmidt &c., see /. c. p. 30, pl. 6.

fig. xiii. 9.

§ See Schmidt &c., p. 50, and pl. 6. fig. xii. 6.

264 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

Omo-hyoideus (fig. 6, O. H). This is a flat band of muscle

which springs from the lower part of the anterior margin of the

scapula, and, passing forwards, downwards, and inwards, loses itself

in the lateral part of the sterno-hyoid, with which it coalesces.

Deepest muscles of outside of right shoulder, the trapezius and subclavius

being cut short to show the omo-hyoid.

D. Deltoid. L.A. S. Levator anguli scapule. 0. H. Omo-hyoideus.

S. Subclavius. TZ. Trapezius.

Genioglossus. I have not succeeded in defining this muscle ; but,

according to Dr. Fischer*, it is represented by some fibres which

pass from the hinder surface of the mandibular symphysis to the

skin of the mouth. This is not the genioglossus of Schmidt &c.,

which is my submentalist.

APPENDICULAR MUSCLES.

Precrorau Lis.

Trapezius (figs. 1, 3,5, & 6, 7). This is a small subtriangular

muscle which arises from the fascia outside the trunk-muscles, and

immediately behind the levator arcuum and mylo-hyoideus externus.

Passing downwards and slightly backwards, it is inserted into the

angle between the scapula and the precoracoid (of Parker), but

mainly into that side of the angle which is formed by the lower end

of the anterior margin of the scapula.

The Jatissimus dorsi (figs. 1, 3, & 5, L. D) is a small triangular

muscle of about the same size as the trapezius. It arises from the

fascia outside the dorsal muscles, and, passing downwards and for-

wards, is partly inserted into the head of the humerns, and, partly

fusing with the triceps, is continued on by that muscle to the proxi-

mal end of the ulna.

The pectoralis (fig. 2, P.1 & P.2) consists of two parts with a

common insertion. The first and larger part springs from the sur-

face of the superficial abdominal muscles ; the second portion from

the sternum. They are inserted into the inner side of the radial

(greater) tuberosity of the humerus.

Serratus magnus (fig. 5, S. M). This very small muscle arises

* Dc. p: 66. + Z.c. tabb. 6, 7.

1869.] THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA, 265

from the lateral muscular mass just at the lateral longitudinal groove,

and is inserted on the inner side of the upper part of the scapula.

The levator anguli scapule (fig. 5, L. A. 8) is the antagonist

of the muscle last described. It is very long and slender, and arises

from the hinder and inferior margin of the exoccipital, and is inserted

into the upper part of the inner side of the scapula.

The omo-hyoid has been already described as the last but one of

the muscles of the head.

The subclavius* (figs. 2, 3, 5, & 6, S.) arises from the outer sur-

face of the precoracoid (of Parker) and, passing backwards beside

the coraco-brachialis, and more or less connected with the latter, is

inserted into the summit of the great tuberosity.

Coraco-brachialis (fig. 2, C. B). This muscle is large, and con-

sists of two parts. The first of these springs from the whole surface

of the coracoid, and is partly covered up by the pectoralis; it is

inserted into the inner side of the radial tuberosity of the humerus.

The second part, thick and long, arises from the posterior margin of

the coracoid, close behind the glenoid cavity; passing down into

the bend of the elbow-joint, it is inserted into the shaft of the

humerus down to the internal condyle.

Deltoid (figs. 3, 5, & 6, D). A muscle which may perhaps

answer to the deltoid of higher forms springs from the outside of

the scapula, and passing down is inserted into the outer side of the

radial tuberosity, near its summit.

Subscapularis. A very small triangular muscle, springing from

the inner side of the scapula close to the glenoid surface, and im-

planted into the humerus. It passes between the two heads of the

triceps, which spring from the scapular arch.

Biceps (figs. 2 & 3, B). This muscle, which appears to answer

both to the biceps and brachialis anticus of higher animals, consists

perhaps of two parts, though one is with difficulty separable from the

long coraco-brachialis. This latter portion springs from the poste-

rior margin of the coracoid, close to the glenoid surface ; and a strong

tendon runs along it. The other part arises from the front of the

shaft of the humerus, immediately below the insertions of the pecto-

ralis and subelavius. The muscle is partly inserted into the shaft of

the radius, and in part fuses with the supinator longus.

Triceps (figs. 2 & 3, 7’). This is a large muscle arising partly,

by a considerable head, from the junction of the scapula and cora-

coid just in front of the glenoid surface, by another and much smaller

head from the inner surface of the coracoid, just behind the glenoid

surface. It also takes origin from the inner and outer surfaces of

the humerus near its summit, and it receives an accession by the

union of the latissimus dorsi, It is implanted into the proximal

end of the ulna.

Supinator longus (figs. 2, 24, 3, & 4, 8. LZ). <A thick muscle

which may be thus named springs from the radial side of the lower

* Prof. Rolleston has shown, I think conclusively, that my epicoraco-humeral

is really the subclavius; and the muscle here described in Menopoma may

probably be the same as my epicoraco-humeral.

266 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

part of the humerus, and is inserted into the same side of the radius

towards and at its distal end, some fibres seeming to run on to the

carpus.

Fig. 2.

Deeper flexor muscles of right forearm, the fleor Jongus cut and reflected.

B. Biceps. F. B. Flexor brevis. F.L. Flexor longus. §S. Z. Supinator longus.

P. T. Pronator teres.

Deeper muscles of extensor surface of right forearm, the extensor longus cut

and reflected.

E. B. Extensor brevis. E. Z. Extensor longus. P. Q. Pronator quadratus.

S.Z. Supinator longus. U. Ulnaris.

Ulnaris. A muscle which extends along the ulnar border of the

forearm (figs. 3 & 4, U), arises from the ulnar side of the lower end

of the humerus, and is inserted along the corresponding border of

the ulna. Some fibres coming from the radial condyle of the

humerus, and fusing with this muscle, doubtless represent the extensor

ulnaris of higher animals.

The pronator teres (figs. 2 & 2a, P. T) is a rather large muscle.

It springs from the lower end of the ulnar border of the humerus,

and is inserted into about the distal half of the radius. Although a

wide muscle, only the narrow edge of it is seen before the removal

of the flexor longus.

Extensor longus (figs. 2, 3, & 4, H. L). This arises from the

radial border of the lower end of the humerus, and, expanding as it

passes downwards, is inserted by fascia into the digits.

Extensor brevis (fig. 4, 2. B). A subtriangular muscle may

perhaps be thus named which arises from the distal part of the radial

side of the ulna and from the carpus, and goes mainly to the radial

digit. It may perhaps represent the extensor pollicis.

Pronator quadratus (?) (fig. 4, P. Q). A small muscle passes

1869.] THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA. 267

downwards, and radiad between the ulnaris, the supinator longus,

and the extensor brevis. It arises from the proximal end of the ulna ;

and some fibres seem to come from the internal condyle. It is in-

serted into the ulnar aspect of the radius.

Flexor longus (figs. 2 & 2a, F. L). This muscle springs from

the ulnar border of the lower end of the humerus, and, passing down-

wards and expanding, goes to the palm of the manus, and is inserted

by delicate tendons into the digits.

Flexor brevis (fig. 24, F. B). A short triangular muscle which

may be thus named arises from the ulna and the palmar surface of

the carpus, and, passing downwards and expanding, goes to the digits.

Pexvic Limes.

Semimembranosus (figs. 7,8, 9, & 10, S. M). This small muscle,

which may perhaps be but a second head of the semitendinosus,

arises from the underside of the caudal vertebre at about the fourth

i ! Mi

Superficial muscles of ventral surface of right side.

Ex. O. External oblique. F.C. Femoro-caudal. G. Gracilis. Z Tliacus. ZC.

Ischio-caudal. Jl. C. Tlio-caudal. S.M. Semimembranosus. S. 7. Semi-

tendinosus. 7. A. Tibialis anticus.

268 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

postsacral. It comes to the surface between the adjacent sides of

the femoro-caudal and ischio-coccygeal muscles, and is inserted into

the posterior edge of the semitendinosus a little after the latter muscle

has left the ischium.

The ischio-caudal (figs. 7 & 10, I. C) passes forwards beside the

cloacal aperture, and therefore forms the most median part of the

subcaudal muscular mass. It springs from the hypapophyses of the

first four caudal vertebree, and is inserted into the postero-external

angle of the ischium.

Femoro-caudal (figs. 7, 8, 9, & 10, F. C). <A rather large muscle

which I thus name comes out of a sort of muscular sheath on each

side of the proximal part of the under half of the tail. The sheath

is formed by the jlio-caudal above, and by the semimembranosus

below ; and the muscle springs from the sides of the hypapophyses of

two or three of the anterior caudal vertebrae. It is inserted by a

strongish tendon into the flexor surface of the femur just below the

great trochanter, just behind and outside of part of the insertion of

the adductor.

Fig. 8.

Superficial muscles of outer side of hinder part of trunk and anterior part of tail,

and of the dorsal (extensor) side of right pelvic limb.

E.S. Erector spine. E.L.D. Extensor longus digitorum. F.C. Femoro-

caudal. G. Ma. Gluteus maximus. J. Iliacus. J/.c. Tlio-caudal. JZ. P.

Ilio-peroneal. 2. F. Rectus femoris. S,M@, Semimembranosus. 8. 7.

Semitendinosus.

Ilio-caudal (figs. 7, 8, 9, & 10, Il. C). This is that part of the

infero-lateral caudal muscular mass which is inserted into the posterior

aspect of the ilium. ‘The insertion is just above the origins of the

gluteus maximus and biceps.

Gracilis (figs. 7 & 10, G). A very large sheet of muscle may

1869. ] | ' THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA, 269

perhaps be thus named. It is thickest posteriorly, and arises from

the whole length of the much prolonged pubo-ischiatic symphysis.

It is inserted into the postero-peroneal surface of the upper half of

the tibia.

The adductor (figs. 10 & 11, A) is a very thick mass of muscle

which arises from the whole ventral surface of the pelvic shield be-

tween the acetabulum and the pubo-ischiatic symphysis, and is

covered by the gracilis. It is inserted into the postero-tibial surface

of the femur down to the intercondyloid space, where its insertion is

widest.

Semitendinosus (figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, & 11, 8S. 7). A muscle I ven-

ture, suggestively, thus to designate, arises from the postero-external

angle of the ischium, just at the insertion of the ischio-caudal. It

is inserted, passing downwards, into the outside of the lower part of

the flexor longus digitorum, on its plantar surface. A little after

leaving the ischium it is joined by the before described semimembra-

nosus.

Deeper muscles of dorsal or extensor surface of right pelvic limb, the gluteus

maximus, rectus femoris, and extensor longus being cut and reflected.

B. Biceps. £. B. Extensor brevis. E. H. Extensor hallucis. 2. L. D, Extensor

longus digitorum. F.C. Femoro-caudal. G. Md. Gluteus medius. G. Mi.

Gluteus minimus. G.Mzx. Gluteus maximus. J, Iliacus. Jv. C. Tlio-

caudal, J.P. Ilio-peroneal. &.F. Rectus femoris. S.M. Semimembra-

nosus. S. 7. Semitendinosus. 7. A. Tibialis anticus.

Iliacus (figs. 7, 8,9 & 10,1). This is a very considerable muscle,

and arises from the anterior part of the internal (abdominal) surface

of the pubic shield. Curving over the anterior margin of that shield,

it is inserted into the lower two-thirds of the femur, down to the tibial

condyle ; but no fibres extend to the tibia itself.

270 _ MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON [Apr. 22,

Gluteus maximus (figs. 8 & 9, G. Mz). An elongated, but

tolerably wide muscle (which I provisionally distinguish by this

name) springs from the outside of the lower part of the ilium, and,

passing downwards, ends in an aponeurosis which invests the knee

anteriorly, and passes to the upper part of the front of the tibia.

' Rectus femoris (fig. 8 & 9, R. F). This is very similar in shape

and size to the preceding. It arises from the pelvis immediately in

front of the gluteus maximus and of the acetabulum, and, passing

downwards on the tibial side of the last-named muscle, is inserted by

aponeurosis into the inner side of the upper part of the tibia.

Gluteus medius (?) (fig. 9, G. Md). A small muscle invests the

outer side of the femur, somewhat as a vastus externus. It arises,

however, from the ilium just above the acetabulum. Passing down-

wards, covered by the gluteus maximus, it is inserted into the front

and peroneal side of the shaft of the femur down to near the external

condyle.

Fig. 10.

Deeper muscles of ventral or flexor surface of right pelvic limb, the gracélés

being cut and reflected.

A, Adductor. B. Biceps. F.C. Femoro-caudal. F.D. Flexor digitorum.

G. Gracilis. J. Thacus. £C. Ischio-caudal. JZ/.C. Ilio-caudal. J. P.

Tlio-peroneal. S.J Semimembranosus. S&S. 7. Semitendinosus. T. A.

Tibialis anticus.

Gluteus minimus (?) (fig. 9, G. 1). This is a still smaller muscle

than the preceding, and arises from the hinder surface of the ilium

and immediately opposite the origin of the gluteus medius, being sepa-

rated from it only by the ilium. Passing downwards it is inserted

beside the last-named muscle, with which it is intimately connected.

Ilio-peroneal (figs. 9 & 10, I. P). A muscle which I propose

thus to designate, and which is very long and slender, arises from

the ilium immediately beneath and closely connected with the glu-

teus maximus. It is inserted into the peroneal side of the fibula

slightly above its middle.

1869.) THE MYOLOGY OF MENOPOMA. 271

The biceps (?) (figs. 9 & 10, B) is slender, like the muscle last

described ; it extends from the insertion of the femoro-caudal to the

fibula, being fixed to that bone immediately below the attachment of

the ilio-peroneal. It expands somewhat just before its insertion.

Tibialis anticus (figs. 7, 8,9, 10, & 11, T. A). This is a large

and prominent muscle. It arises from the front of the distal end ot

the femur and from the proximal parts of the tibia and fibula. It

is inserted into the tarsus on its tibial side.

Peroneus. A portion of muscle, somewhat difficult to define ex-

actly, passes down, in front of the insertions of the ilio-peroneal and

biceps, from the head of the fibula to the peroneal side of the tarsus.

Extensor longus digitorum (figs. 8 & 9, BE. L. D). This large

muscular layer arises, by a strong aponeurosis, from the front of the

distal end of the femur. Passing downwards it goes to the digits.

Extensor hallucis (?) (fig. 9, E. H). A rather delicate muscle,

covered by that last described. It goes from the upper part of the

fibula downwards to the hallux. ;

Extensor brevis digitorum (fig. 9, E. B). A small triangular

muscle, placed on the peroneal side of that last described, passes

down obliquely from the lower end of the fibula to the four peroneal

digits.

Flexor digitorum (figs. 10 & 11, F. D). This considerable muscle

comes into view when the expanded lower part of the semitendinosus

is removed. It arises from the posterior surface of the peroneal

condyle of the femur, and passes downwards to the pedal digits.

Deepest muscles of ventral or flexor surface of right pelvic limb, the semiten-

dinosus and flexor digitorum being cut and reflected.

A, Adductor. F.D. Flexor digitorum. F. H. Flexor hallucis. G. Gracilis.

S. T. Semitendinosus. 7! A. Tibialis anticus.

Flexor hallucis (?) (fig. 11, F. H). Onthe removal or reflection of

the flexor digitorum, a deeper layer of muscle, subtriangular in shape,

comes into view. It arises from the whole length of the fibula, and

passes obliquely downwards to the sole of the foot. It goes mainly,

if not exclusively, to the hallux.

Peroneo-tibial (?). Some muscular fibres connect the lower part

of the tibia and fibula, passing obliquely from the latter bone down-

wards and inwards to the former.

272 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. __[ Apr. 22,

4, Descriptions of a New Genus and Fourteen New Species

of Marine Shells. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XIX.)

Conus (Coronaxis) CeRNICUS, Barcl. MS. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.)

C. testa conica, solida, polita, spiraliter puncto-striata, striis antice

validioribus et propinquioribus ; spira elevata, convexo-conica,

sulura valde impressa; anfr. 9, angulatis, coronatis ; cinereo-

alba, rubido-fulvo fasciata et nebulosa, maculis albis aspersis,

juata suluras rubido-fulvo notata ; apertura angusta, lineari.

Long. 25, lat. 12 mill.

Hab. Barkly Island, Mauritius (Col/. Barclay).

This and several of the following species were procured at Mau-

ritius after a late severe storm, by which large masses of coral were

displaced and formed into a small island on the coast, which has been

named Barkly Island, after the Governor Sir Henry Barkly.

CLATHURELLA ROBILLARDI, Barcel. MS. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.)

C. testa turrita, tenui, alba, costis validis rotundatis ad 10 longitu-

dinaliter ornata, costulis transversis et striis longitudinalibus can-

cellata; anfr. 9, convewis, postice excavatis, ultimo 4 longitudinis

teste; apertura anguste lunata; columella costulis obliquis in-

sculpta; labro incrassato, intus subsulcato; sinu angusto, haud

profundo ; rostro longo, recurvo.

Long. 25, lat. 84 mill.

Hab. Barkly Island, Mauritius (Coll. Barclay).

DRILLIA BARKLIENSI!S, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.)

D. testa elongato-turrita, roseo-fulvida, longitudinaliter striata, ad

basim plicata; spira anfr. 8, prope suturam excavatis, costulis

granulosis (granulis albis) cinctis, interstitiis transversim striatis,

ad medium nodulis albis ornatis ; apertura oblonga, + longitudinis

teste equante ; columella rectiuscula ; sinu mediocri; labro extus

varicoso, macula fulva notato.

Long. 18, lat. 63 mill.

Hab. Barkly Island, Mauritius (Coll. H. Ad.).

I am indebted to Mr. Caldwell, of Mauritius, for an example of

this species.

CoRALLIOPHILA CoRONATA, Barcel. MS. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.)

C. testa imperforata, ovato-fusiformi, plicis longitudinalibus dis-

tantibus, et costis transversis undulatis confertis sculpta, in medio

anfractus ultimi costis duabus validioribus, posteriore spinis cur-

vatis armata; purpureo-fulva, costis transversis pallidioribus ;

anfr. 7, convexis, ultimo dimidiam longitudinis teste superante ;

apertura acuminato-ovata, intus violacea; columella levi, sim-

M&N Hanhart mp.

GB Sowerby. hth.

NEW MARINE SHELLS.

1869.) MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 273

plici ; canali mediocri, antice roseo tincta; labro intus leviter

lirato.

Long. 20, lat. 10 mill.

Hab. Barkly Island, Mauritius (Coll. Barclay).

Genus Mauriria, H. Ad.

Testa fusiformis, spira acuminata ; apertura angusta, lineari, antice

truncata; columella numerose plicata; labro extus incrassato,

antice decurtato.

Mavrirta Barczuayl, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. figs. 5, 5a.)

M. testa oblongo-fusiformi, solida, striis concentricis confertis (an-

tice validioribus) sculpta, lineis rufis distantibus transversis

cincta, callo vitreo tenui fulvo tecta; spira brevi, subacuminata,

apice acutiusculo, sutura leviter impressa; anfr. 8, subplanatis,

ultimo ascendente, 2 longitudinis equante ; apertura angusta, an-

tice latiore ; columella callosa, plicis parvis obliquis ad 10) (supe-

rioribus majoribus) antice instructa, truncata, producta, basi re-

curvata; labro postice angulato, margine recto, extus valde

incrassato.

Long. 50, lat. 15 mill.

Hab. Barkly Island, Mauritius (Coll. M‘ Andrew).

In general appearance Mauritia resembles Dibaphus, but from

that genus the presence of folds on the columella distinguishes it.

From Mitra it differs both in form and in the columellar plaits being

much more numerous and less distinct.

Marcinetia (GLABELLA) MIRABILIS, Barcl. MS. (Plate XIX.

figs. 6, 6a.)

M. testa trigono-ovata, solida, polita, longitudinaliter valde plicata,

plicis subtus obsoletis, albida, lilaceo nebulosa et fasciata, punctis

lividis aspersis, fascia livida angusta interrupta ad suturam et ad

peripheriam ornata; spira parum elevata, apice obtuso, sutura

mediocri; anfr. 6, ultimo ascendente; apertura angusta; colu-

mella plicis 4 validis vie obliquis instructa ; labro extus valde in-

crassato, albido, maculis et liris sanguineis notato, intus crenulato.

Long. 32, lat. 19 mill.

Hab. ? (Coll. Barclay).

Nacetta (CeLLana) cernica, Barcl. MS. (Plate XIX.

figs. 7, 7a.)

N. testa tenui, ovata, depresso-conica, costis obtusis radiantibus

numerosis et liris elevatis concentricis confertis undulatis decus-

sata, albida, radiis rubro-fulvis ornata ; apice subcentrali, obtuso ;

apertura ovata; fascia interna secundum superficiem exteriorem

decussata et picta, micante, submargaritacea ; margine plus mi-

nusve late crenulato.

Long. 39, lat. 29, alt. 10 mill.

Hab. Barkly Island, Mauritius (Coll. Barclay).

274 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. __[Apr. 22,

This beautiful example of the genus Nacella differs from the

typical species in the apex being nearly central, and in the form

being depressedly conical. I therefore propose to separate it as a

subgenus under the name of Cellana.

Navica MARworata, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.)

N. desta subglobosa, solida, subtilissime ae oblique striatula, albida,

pallide fulvo marmorata, juxta suturam strigis fulvis angulatis,

et in medio anfractus ultimi maculis sagittutis seriatim fasciata ;

spira parum elevata, sutura distincta ; anfr. 5, ventricosis ; aper-

tura subsemilunari; columella arcuata, callosa, callo antice cas-

taneo ; umbilico parvo, funiculato ; labro simplici, recto.

Long. 16, lat. 12 mill.

Hab. Canary Islands (Coll. M‘ Andrew).

Scata peticatua, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.)

S. testa viv perforata, elongato-turrita, tenui, albida, lamellis ele-

vatis tenuibus numerosis longitudinalibus, ad suturam productis,

clathrata, inter lamellas spiraliter striata; spira anfr. 11, con-

vexis, contiguis, apicalibus levibus ; apertura subcirculari ; labro

vie incrassato.

Long. 64, lat. 24 mill.

Hab. Lancerote (Coll. M‘ Andrew).

SyRNoLA minuTa, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 10.)

S. testa subulata, in medio tumida, solidula, polita, albida; anfr.

ad 10, planatis, fascia angusta pallide fulvo ad suturas cincta ;

sutura impressa ; apertura ovata; plica parietali conspicua, trans-

versa; labro intus simplici.

Long. 4, lat. $ mill.

Hab. Orotava (Coll. M‘Andrew).

TurBONILLA speciosa, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 11.)

T. testa subulato-turrita, solida, albida vel pallide fulva; anfr. 16,

planiusculis, costis obliquis validis undulatis rotundatis instructis,

interstitiis equantibus levibus ; costis in anfractu ultimo ad peri-

pheriam desinentibus ; apertura ovato-quadrata ; labio recto.

Long. 18-24, lat. 43-53 mill.

Hab. Vigo (Coll. M‘Andrew).

CANCELLARIA PUSILLA, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 12.)

C. testa imperforata, ovato-turrita, albida, longitudinaliter obtuse

nodoso-costata et te remotis cincta; spira elata, sutura leviter

impressa; anfr. 5, convexiusculis, ultimo + longitudinis teste ;

apertura oblonga, antice vie canaliculata ; ‘labio antice sinuato,

plicis duabis validis instructo ; labro simplici, intus valde lirato.

Long. 6, lat. 24 mill.

Hah. Canary Islands (Coll. M‘ Andrew).

1869. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 2795

HamInea suppetiucipa, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 13.)

H. testa tenuissima, albida, subpellucida, ovata, in medio plerumque

gibbosa, longitudinaliter striis undulatis rugosis, et spiraliter

lineis elevatis irregularibus sculpta; vertice excavato, subper-

forato ; apertura antice dilatata; margine columellari simplici, -

arcuato ; labro recto, postice rotundato,

Long. 17, lat. 11 mill.

Hab. Lisbon (Coll. M‘Andrew).

Gouup1a Mopesta, H. Ad. (Plate XIX. fig. 14.)

G. testa subtriangulari, solidula, costis concentricis insculpta, inter-

vallis costis equalibus, pallide fusca, maculis rubris paucis picta ;

extremitate antica versus umbones concava, postica arcuata; um-

bonibus acutis approximatis; margine ventrali convexo, intus

crenulato.

Long. 6}, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. Gulf of Tunis (Coll. M‘dAndrew).

I take this opportunity of correcting a few names given by me to

shells in former papers, which I have since found to be preoccupied :-—

Puanorsis (ADULA) SEPTEMVOLVIS to be altered to PLanorsis

(Ancxus) sepremvotyis (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1861, p. 145).

Herrx (GrorrocHus) BLANFORDI to be altered to Hexix

(Grorrocuus) BLANFoRDIANA (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 415).

Purina prerrFERi to be altered to Purprna PretrFERIANA (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 416).

Stytoponta (Ererra) rurocrncra to be altered to Styo-

conTA (Erepra) Rurozonata (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 303).

Nanina (?Roruxa) conutus to be altered to Nantna (?Ro-

TULA) TURRITELLA (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 307).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Conus ( Coronaxis) cernicus, p. 272.

2. Clathurella robillardi, p. 272.

3. Drillia barkliensis, p. 272.

4. Coralliophila coronata, p. 272.

5, 5a. Mauritia barclayi, p. 273.

6, 6a. Marginella ( Glabella) mirabilis, p. 273.

7, 7a. Nacella (Cellana) cernica, p. 273.

8. Natica marmorata, p. 274.

9. Scala delicatula, p. 274.

10. Syrnola minuta, p. 274.

11. Turbonilla speciosa, p. 274.

12. Cancellaria pusilla, p. 274.

13. Haminea subpellucida, p. 275.

14. Gouldia modesta, p. 275.

270 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ May 13,

May 13, 1869.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the following

remarkable additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months

of March and April :—

1. A Senegal Coucal (Centropus senegalensis) from West Africa,

being the first specimen of this bird exhibited in the Society’s col-

lection. It was purchased March 8th.

2. Three Menopomas (Menopoma alleghaniense) from the Alle-

ghany river, U. S. A., presented by the Trustees of the Smithsonian

Institution, U. S. A. (March 9th), and believed to be the first exam-

ples of this singular Batrachian brought alive to this country.

3. A young Yaguarundi Cat (Felis yaguarundi) from Panama,

presented by Capt. G. E. Bird, of the Royal Mail S. S. Co.’s service.

4. A female Musk (Moschus moschiferus), presented by Major

F. R. Pollock, Commissioner at Peshawur, and most carefully con-

veyed to this country by Lieut. C. H.T. Marshall, F.Z.S., from

whom it was received March 31st. This animal had been captured

in June 1867, in the Hills of Cashmere, by Major Delmé Radcliffe

of the 88th Regiment, who shot both the parents, and brought it

when quite a kid to Peshawur. It was now about two years old,

and was believed to be the only Musk ever brought to Europe alive.

5. A Cape Earéd Owl (Otus capensis, Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr.

t. Ixvii.), captured on the rock of Gibraltar by Major Irby, and

deposited in the Society’s Gardens by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S., April

5th. In reference to this bird, Mr. Sclater remarked that, although

its occasional occurrence upon the southern coast of Spain had been

mentioned by Kjarbolling some years ago*, there was not, as far as

he was aware, any previous authentic record of a specimen of it

having been obtained in Europe.

6. An Alian’s Wart-hog (Phacocherus eliani), which had been

captured near Zoulla, on the coast-district of the Red Sea, and

brought to England in one of the transports engaged on the Abyssi-

nian Expedition, April 15th (see Plate XX.). This animal had been

placed in the Swine-house, next to the fine pair of Athiopian Wart-

hogs from Natal (P. ethiopicus), which had been presented to the

Society by H. R. H. the Duke of Edinburgh on the 6th of May, 1866.

The external differences between the two species were very obvious

on comparison, the sides being much more naked in P. eliani, while

the hairs on the back and nape of the head were much thicker and

longer. In P. eliani the ears were longer, more pointed, and more

naked; in P. ethiopicus these organs were densely clothed with hair.

In P. eliani also the whiskers are very long and well developed.

One other specimen of lian’s Wart-hog had been previously

living in the Menagerie—namely an adult female from Ashantee,

presented to the Society by H.M. the Queen in 1861+.

* Naumannia, ti. p. 10 (1852). + See P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 30.

NY DHOOOVHd

eae

doar ‘qawqrer 079 1 il, SUBWETMLey"<) ‘£

Six aoe

mie

eM eo

+ Pere eat

1869. ] LETTER FROM DR. J. ANDERSON, 277

Phacocherus eliani.

Mr. Sclater exhibited drawings illustrative of the external differ-

ences between these two Wart-hogs, and also made remarks upon

their well-known cranial and dental differences, which had been fully

described by F. Cuvier, Van der Hoeven, and Owen, but which had

not prevented Dr. Gray from uniting the two species in his recent

Catalogue* of these animals.

The following extract was read f: na letter addressed by Dr. J.

Anderson, C.M.Z.S., to Mr. A. Grote, F.Z.S., concerning his recent

expedition to Yunan :—

**T have brought back a large collection of birds, mammals, rep-

tiles, fishes, insects, and land and freshwater mollusks, and believe

I have a number of novelties amongst them. I will send you a copy

of my report when finished, but that will not be for some time yet.

* P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 46, and Cat. Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate

Mamm. p. 352 (1869).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XIX.

278 LETTER FROM DR. J, ANDERSON. [May 13,

Mr. W. T. Blanford has kindly given me the names of the shells,

and Dr. Day of Madras has worked out the fishes. I shall do the

mammals, birds, and reptiles myself, and give an account of the

geology. I have collected vocabularies of the various native tribes,

and shall be able to give you a rather interesting account of the hill

tribes between Burmah and China.

“T have brought two living Monkeys of the Rhesus group from

Yunan, quite different from anything I have ever seen. I also came

across another peculiar form of this genus, and sent the specimen

alive to Bhamaun under the care of a policeman (one of our guards),

with strict orders, if it died, to preserve the skin and skeleton ; this,

however, was not done. The two specimens | have brought with

me are small, and have the red face of Macacus rhesus. I agree

with you that more than one species have been hitherto united under

that name. My specimens are great pets; and after they have been

figured, I will send them to the Zoological Society. They were

obtained in the province of Yunan, at an elevation of from 4000 to

5000 feet. I got Thaumalea amherstie, aud a Francolin which I

am not quite sure about, as also a Pheasant, which is the living

image of the English bird. I have also species of Suthora and Pyc-

nonotus, and other birds which have yet to be determined. The

mammals and reptiles are not yet finished. Day has described a

number of new fishes, and Blanford about twelve new species of land

_and freshwater shells.

“TI am trying hard to get living specimens of the pigmy Hog of

the Terai for the Zoological Society, and hope to succeed. To-day

I have had a letter from Mr. J. C. Haughton, Commissioner of Jul-

pigom, offering me a living Aretonya:, which I have also accepted

for the Society. I do not know the species yet, but it will probably

be A. collaris.”

The Secretary also read the following extract from a letter addressed

to him by the same gentleman, dated Indian Museum, Calcutta,

April 11th, 1869 :—

««] know you will be interested to learn that the three specimens

of Ailurus have arrived. I have taken them under my charge, and

am doing all I can to mitigate their sufferings from the heat, which

has been very great during the last few days, reaching as high as

95° on the cool shaded side of the house. I have a man attending

to them all day; and when the sun goes down I have them carried

out into a cool breezy spot. I have had a new and comfortable airy

cage constructed, as the one they were in was filthy in the extreme.

«The original specimen, which I found at Darjeeling, and which

now belongs to Dr. Simpson, is in capital condition, and may live

through the heat of the Red Sea; but I doubt much if the others

will. I have told Dr. Simpson to preserve their bodies if they die.

They are most interesting animals. In appearance they are wonder-

fully like Raccoons. Every movement is Bear-like; they sit up on

their hind quarters and strike with their paws in the same way as

the Bear, climb like the Bear, and when irritated make the sudden

1869. ] LETTER FROM DR. F. V. MUELLER. 279

rush of that animal and emit a nearly similar ery ; the bushy barred

tail, which is fully as long as the body, is carried straight out, or

nearly so. They are very fond of milk, bamboo-leaves, and grass,

and have a strong penchant for sugar. We cannot get them to eat

any of the plain’s fruits. It will be a splendid success if they reach

Europe alive.”’

A communication was read from Dr. F. von Mueller, F.R.S.,

C.M.Z.S., containing a list of birds permanently occurring, or perio-

dically visiting, the Botanic Gardens, Melbourne :—

1. Falco melanogenys. 40. Sphenceacus gramineus.

2. Ieracidea berigora. 41. Calamanthus fuliginosus.

3. occidentalis. 42. dAnthus australis.

4. Astur nove-hollandia. 43. Sericornis osculans.

5. approximans. 44. Acanthiza chrysorrhoa.

6. Accipiter torquatus. 45 lineata.

7. Circus assimilis. 46. nana.

8. Strix tenebricosus. 47. Ephthianura albifrons.

9. Athene boobook. 48. Petroica phenicea.

10. strenua. 49 multicolor.

11. Aigotheles nove-hollandia. 5). Cincloramphus rufeszens.

12. Hirundo neowrena. 31. Estrelda bella.

13. Atticora leucosternon. 52. temporalis.

14. Dacelo gigantea. 53. Amadina lathami.

15. Alcyone azurea. 94. Oreocincla lunulata.

16. Haleyon sancta. 59. Oriolus viridis.

17. Artamus sordidus. 56. Meliphaga australasiana.

18. superciliosus. 97. ——- longirostris.

19. Diceum hirundinaceum. 98. Glyciphila albifrons.

20. Pardalotus punctatus. 59. Sulvifrons.

21. Graucalus melanopsis. 60. Ptilotis penicillata.

22. Pachycephala melanura. 61. Anthochera lunulata.

23. pectoralis. 62: mellivora.

24. Colluricincla harmonica.

25. Oreoica gutturalis.

26. Falcunculus frontalis.

27. Gymnorhina tibicen.

. Acanthogenys rufogularis.

. Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris.

. Tropidorhynchus corniculatus.

. Melithreptes lunulatus.

28. leuconota. 67. Ciimacteris scandens.

29. Corcorax leucopterus. 68. Sittella chrysoptera.

30. Corvus coronoides. 69. Calyptorhynchus naso.

31. Strepera anaphonensis. 70. Aprosmictus scapulatus.

32. graculina. 71. Platycercus eximius.

33. Rhipidura motacilloides. 72 pennantiz.

34, ——- rufifrons. 73. Nymphicus nove-hollandie.

35 albiscapa. 74. Euphema elegans.

36. Seissura inquieta. 75. Melopsittacus undulatus.

37. Malurus cyaneus. 76. Trichoglossus rubritorques.

38 melanotus. ir pusillus,

39. Stipiturus malacurus. 78. Cuculus cinerascens.

280 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

79. Chrysoccecyx lucidus. 98. Cygnus atratus.

80. Phaps chalcoptera. 99. Cereopsis nove-hollandia.

81. Peristera elegans. 100. Anseranas melanoleuca.

82. Synecus australis. 101. Bernicla jubata.

83 diemenensis. 102. Anas superciliosa.

84. Lobivanellus lobatus. 103. ——- nevosa.

85. Scolopax australis. 104 punctata.

86. Scheniclus australis. 105. Malacorhynchus membrana-

87. subarquatus. ceus.

88. Rhynchea australis. 106. Biziura lobata.

89. Herodias syrmatophorus. 107. Nyroca australis.

90. Nycticorax caledonicus.

. Sternula nereis.

91. Grus australis. 109. Pelicanus conspicillatus.

92. Botaurus australis. 110. Phalacrocorax carboides.

93. Platalea regia. a le leucogaster.

94. Porphyrio melanotus. 112. sulcirostris.

95. Fulica australis. 113. Podiceps australis.

96. Rallus pectoralis. 114. gularis.

97. Gallinula tenebrosa.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Classification of the Anurous Batrachians.

By Sr. Grorecr Mivart.

In June 1858 Dr. Giinther read a very valuable paper before the

Zoological Society *, stating the principles according to which he

was disposed to arrange, systematically, the Anurous Batrachians.

The system therein offered is that adopted by the same author in his

Catalogue of the Frogs and Toads contained in the British Mu-

seum ft.

In 1865 Mr. E. Cope gave to the world another and very different

plan for arranging the same animals tf, a plan which he has amended

and further elaborated in papers published in the ‘Journal of the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia’ §.

Dr. Giinther’s system reposes mainly on external and readily as-

certainable characters.

Mr. Cope’s system is founded on certain points of osteological

detail.

I venture here to propose a classification which is derived from,

and in all the most important points agrees with, that of Dr. Gun-

ther, but which differs from it in certain minor respects (owing to

a different estimate of the value of certain points of structure), while

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 339.

+ ‘Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia in the Collection of the British

Museum,’ by Dr. Albert Giinther. 1858.

+ Natural History Review, vol. v. 1865, p. 97.

§ Vol. vi. of the new series of that Journal, part 1, July 1866, p. 67, and

part 2, September 1867, p. 189.

1869.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 281

it adopts from the labours of Mr. Cope osteological characters noticed

by him, but which are here restricted in their application to the

limitation of more subordinate groups than those tor which he uses

them.

Mr. Cope’s osteological system would divide the Anura into two

great series, the Arciformia and the Raniformia.

The Raniformia are thus characterized * :—*‘ Coracoidei abutting ;

epicoracoidei, when present, continuous, transverse, and abutting on

coracoidei ; not connected with the latter by overlapping longitudinal

cartilages.”

The Arciformia are distinguished as follows + :—‘ Acromials and

coracoids divergent, the former directed forward and connected with

the latter by a longitudinal arched cartilage, which is free from, and

overlapped by, the corresponding cartilaginous arch of the opposite

side.”

This system associates Bombinator, Pelodytes, and Cultripes with

Hyla, Cystignathus, Hylodes, and Bufo, in one division; while

Engystoma, Phryniscus, and Hemisus are altogether separated from

the trne Toads, in order to be classed with Rana, Hylarana, &c.

Such approximations seem to me forced and unnatural, and likely

to lead to the rejection of the system from which they necessarily

result.

Mr. Cope employs other osteological characters for more subor-

dinate groups; thus his Hylidet are characterized, among other

points, as having the ‘‘ fronto-parietalia shortened anteriorly, usually

embracing a fontanelle,’’ and ‘‘superior plate of ethmoid never

covered by fronto-parietals, usually produced anteriorly, between

fronto-nasals.”’

Skeletal characters are, indeed, most valuable ones in leading us to

detect the deepest and truest affinities of vertebrate animals. But

these affinities once found, it is very desirable that zoological classi-

fications should not, if it can possibly be avoided, repose upon them

only, but rather on more externa] and more readily ascertainable

characters. Such external characters will probably be found to

exist in all really natural groups, although they may turn out to

be distinctions so little obvious that they might never have been

noticed, but for the guidance afforded by the previous careful study

of the osteology of such groups.

As to the particular character selected to distinguish Mr. Cope’s

two great primary divisions, I cannot think it of anything like the

importance § he attaches to it. The point is one easily to be studied,

as the Common Frog is the type of the Raniformia, while the Com-

mon Toad exemplifies the Arciform type of structure.

When the two adult shoulder-girdles are compared, a considerable

* Journal Acad. Phil. new series, vol. vi. pt. 2, p. 190.

t Ibid. pt. 1, p. 67.

{ Ibid. p. 83.

§ Lam fortified in this, I rejoice to say, by the valuable opinion of one of the

very first of existing osteologists, I mean my esteemed friend Mr. W. K. Parker,

E.R.S.

282 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

difference certainly appears at first sight to exist; but if a Frog of

a somewhat earlier age is examined, it will be seen to be as “ arcife-

rous”’ asin the Toad. In Mr. Parker’s elaborate Monograph on the

shoulder-girdle, published by the Ray Society, this fact is well shown

at plate 5, where the various stages are represented between the

shoulder-girdle of the Frog-tadpole, ‘‘ with budding limbs but per-

fect tail’? (fig. 1), and that of the “old male Frog” (fig. 11). In

the Frog, a few weeks after metamorphosis (fig. 9), the arched car-

tilages are well shown; and the young Frog with the tail absorbed

(fig. 6) exhibjts a condition, as regards the overlapping cartilaginous

arches, closely resembling that presented by the Toad of the first

summer (fig. 16).

Now the existence of structures in a rudimentary, transitory con-

dition during the development of certain animals, does not necessarily

invalidate the employment of the manifest conspicuous presence of

such structures in the adult condition of other animals as distin-

guishing characters of the latter. But in all such cases a really

marked distinction must be capable of being drawn. This cannot

be said to be the case in the present instance, where two animals (the

common Frog and Toad) closely resemble each other after they have

assumed their final, adult external form.

The Anura, then, can hardly, I think, be divided into two primary

sections on the strength of a character so little distinctive as Mr.

Parker’s observations prove the visible presence of these cartila-

ginous arches to be. I say visible presence, because even in the

old male Frog this arch really persists, though its existence is dis-

guised and hidden by the superficial extension over it of the lower

part of the coracoid. Some of the other characters are also but

little satisfactory. Thus the presence of a fontanelle is sometimes

at least merely a proof of the immaturity of the individual possess-

ing it.

“The Anura form such a remarkably homogeneous group, that

their subdivision is a work of great difficulty, I fully agree with

Mr. Cope that adaptive modifications should be neglected as affording

distinctive characters of groups, in favour of others going deeper

into their essential relations and affinities. But here it is not at all

evident to me which ave the really essential characters; and when

these cannot be clearly distinguished, I think it well to turn to such

others as can easily be observed, though regretting at the same time

the absence of more significant and satisfactory distinctions.

Thus the system proposed by Dr. Giinther should, I think, be

retained as far as possible, being so ‘complete and practically use-

ful,” as Mr. Cope acknowledges*.

That Dr. Giinther’s system admits now of some modification, i

think its author would freely acknowledge. The discovery that some

species of Callula have very large digital disks, while others are

totally devoid of such expansions, cannot but cause grave doubts as

to the propriety of the dividing the Anura into large groups on the

strength of such a character. ‘Then the presence or absence of a

* Natural History Review, vol. v. p. 120.

1869.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 283

web is.sometimes so variable in one and the same genus, that, I snb-

mit, family distinctness can hardly be determined by it. I therefore

propose to treat the presence or absence of disks as a character of

minor importance, and to place in one family all forms not otherwise

distinguishable than by the presence or absence of a web.

The two remarkable and aberrant genera Pipa and Dactylethra

(which agree in having the eustachian tubes so united as to have but

one pharyngeal orifice, and in being destitute of a tongue) I am not

disposed to regard as low forms. The absence of the tongue is a

-defect ; but then the highest of all reptiles (the Crocodilia) differ from

the inferior forms of their class by a similar one. The single eusta-

chian opening is certainly rather an evidence of higher development.

It is with considerable doubt, and mainly out of deference to the

opinion of others, that | make Pipa and Dactylethra types of one

and the same primary subordinal division, It may be that Pipa is

to the edentulous Anura what Dactylethra is to the toothed forms,

and that they are, as Mr. Cope has suggested*, extremes of two

different series. Nevertheless the agreement between these genera

is very remarkable, not only as to the absence of a tongue and the

structure of the tympanum, but also as regards the expanded sacral

vertebra, the absence of parotoids and of teeth on the palate, the

hidden tympanum, and the broadly webbed toes.

In searching for an important character by which to divide pri-

marily the rest of the Anura, I have to choose between that afforded

by the expansion or non-expansion of the transverse process of the

sacral vertebra, and the presence or absence of maxillary teeth, as

(considering the conditions presented by the genus Callula) I de-

cline altogether to adopt as an important distinction the expansion

of the ends of the digits into disks.

The sacral dilatation is certainly a very remarkable structure, and

one probably rather essential than adaptive+. Nevertheless, were

-it to be selected as the primary character, it would lead to the asso-

ciation of Engystoma and Bufo with Hyla and Discoglossus, and the

radical separation of the last-named genus from Rana, and of Poly-

pedates and Hylodes from Hyla. 1 therefore conclude to adopt that

character which Dr. Giinther considers the most important after the

* Natural History Review, 1865, vol. v. p. 98.

+ Dr. Ginther says, ‘‘ What influence the dilated or more cylindrical form of

the’ process of sacral vertebra has upon the mode of life is difficult to explain, as

it does not absolutely correspond with other physiological or anatomical charac-

ters. The pelvis obtains by the dilatation of these processes much more firm-

ness ; and a lateral motion is more or less entirely impeded. We should there-

fore expect to meet with this character in those Batrachians which are provided

with the longest and most: powerful hind legs, according to the physical problem

that the longest lever requires the strongest centre. But, on the contrary, the

Batrachians with the shortest legs exhibit a much-dilated sacral vertebra, whilst

on the other hand the long-legged Hylide show the same peculiarity. In fact,

this osteological form seems to be connected with none of the modifications of loco-

motion; for we find among these Batrachians good swimmers as well as bad,

tree- as well as earth-frogs, those which always hop as well as those which often

crawl ; finally we are unable to refer to it a peculiarity of any part of the propa-

gation.” (P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 340.)

284 MR.ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUKOUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

tongue and digital disks—which latter I decline to select. This

character is the presence of maxillary teeth.

On this subject Dr. Giinther observes *, “‘ When we consider that

the lower jaw of the tailed Batrachians is provided with a series of

teeth, and that these are wanting in all the tailless Batrachians, we

are obliged to acknowledge the importance of this character.’’ Since

this was written, however, two forms have been discovered which ave

provided with mandibular teeth}; and this may perhaps be considered

to strengthen Dr. Giinther’s refusal to consider the possession of teeth

a primary character—a refusal he fortifies by reference to the Eden-

tata and Salmonide.

But the learned Doctor’s refusal was mainly grounded on his “not

being able to consider the character of the dentition among the tail-

less Batrachians as one intimately connected with their mode of life”’ ,

an objection the force of which I am so far from being disposed to

admit that I would select for classificatory purposes the least

adaptive characters I could find, provided they were constant and

easily to be ascertained. It is true that in the Edentata we have

edentulous and many toothed forms, but then these forms are ver

distinct; we have no edentulous Armadillos and no toothed Ant-

eaters, and indeed the order may well be primarily divided according

to the dentition; so that I think that, on the whole, the Edentata

favour my view.

Characters as to dentition serve also to define the primary divisions

of the orders Primates, Chiroptera, Insectivora, Cetacea, and Mar-

supialia, at the least, if not others also ; and the edentulous Chelonia

form the most natural and well-defined primary groups of existing

Reptiles.

Mr. Cope opposes the adoption of dental characters fur important

divisions as follows :—‘‘ The increase of knowledge furnishes us with

cases of rudimental dentition, indicating a less significance for the

character which has been supposed to characterize the Bufoniformia.

Such occurs in the genus Colostethus, Cope, which seems to be quite

identical with Dendrobates, except in the possession of teeth. Miero-

Ayla, a true Engystomatid, is said by Dr. Ginther to possess teeth ;

and minute rugosities on the maxillee of Callula natatrix deceived

me into the belief at one time that teeth actually existed. Among

arciferous genera Eupemphix (Steindachner) is said by him to possess

very minute teeth, which in some adults are entirely wanting”

To this it may be replied that the loss of teeth in certain individuals,

perhaps aged, can hardly be a valid reason to reject this character as

one of weight. Secondly, Microhyla does not possess teeth; the

possession of teeth was attributed to it by Dr. Gunther on the

* Proce. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 340.

+ These are :—Hemiphractus scutatus, described by Peters, in ‘ Berlin. Monats.’

1863, p. 144; and Grypiscus, described by Cope in ‘Journal of Acad. Phila-

delphia,’ 1867, vol. vi. part 2, p. 205.

t Proc. Zool. Soe. 1858, p. 340. .

§ Journal of the Acad. of Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia, new series, vol. vi. part 2,

p. 189.

1869.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 28)

authority of Tschudi* and MM. Duméril and Bibron +. Thirdly,

Mr. Cope admits that he was misled as to the existence of teeth in

Callula natatriz. Perhaps a similar circumstance may have occurred

as regards Colostethus, or perhaps Hylaplesia may be found to have

teeth at some period of life.

Next in importance to the presence or absence of teeth I am dis-

posed to rank the condition of the development of the ear and the

dilatation of the sacral transverse process, I am moreover inclined

to lay additional weight on them from their not being adaptive cha-

racters—the dilatation of the sacral vertebra being, as we have seen,

apparently independent of locomotive habit.

As to the condition of the internal ear, neither Dr. Giinther nor

Mr. Cope are disposed to attach primary importance to it; and I

fully agree with the first-named author in thinking that “the Batra-

chians with imperfectly developed ear would form together an un-

uatural group, and would be separated too far from other allied

forms’’+, if that character were made the main character in Batra-

chian classification. Nevertheless it seems to me a character of such

great importance that I propose to rank it next after the presence or

absence of teeth.

Of the characters that remain the most readily available are the

presence or absence of parotoids and the dilatation or non-dilatation

of the tips of the digits.

That the latter character is, as Mr. Cope considers, not one of

any great real value, seems to me to be demonstrated, as before said,

by the varying condition in which it is found in the single genus

Callula. The presence or absence of parotoids therefore may, I

think, well take precedence of the digital disks as a distinctive cha-

racter. As to the ‘ presence or absence of a web between the toes,”’

that character can only be applied with doubt and uncertainty even

to certain groups ranking as low as genera.

Making use of these characters in the subordination above indi-

cated, we shall have, besides Pipa and Dactylethra, two great series—

(1) a toothed (Frog) series, and (2) an edentulous (Toad) series. As

some of the animals of the latter series seem to offer the lowest

condition found in the order, we may ascend through them to the

Frogs, beginning with a section containing those in which the ear is

imperfect. The first family of these will be the Rhinophrynide,

which have parotoid glands and a tongue free anteriorly. The

second family will be the Phryniscide, in which there are no parotoid

glands, and in which the tongue is fixed in front.- The next eden-

tulous section will consist of such toothless forms as have a perfect

ear. It will contain one family with an undilated sacral vertebra

(the Hylapleside) and three families in which the sacral vertebra is

dilated, the first of the three (Bufonide) having parotoid glands, the

other two being destitute of such structures and distinguished from

* “Classification der Batrachier,’ p. 71, “Dentes masillares et palatinos bre-

visstmos.”

t Erpétologie Générale, vol. viii. p. 614.

| Proce. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 342.

286 MR. 8T. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

each other by the tongue being fixed in front as usual (the Engy-

stomide) or free in front (the Xenorhinide).

The toothed (or Frog) series may also be similarly divided into

two sections :—first, those with an imperfect ear, the Bombinatoride;

secondly, those with a perfect ear. This latter section contains

more families than any other section of the order, there being three

families in which the sacral vertebra is not dilated, and four in which

it is dilated—seven in all. In order, however, to place those families

in juxtaposition which have most affinity for each other (e.g. the

Discoglosside next to the Ranide, &c.) I have thought it desirable,

in the annexed table, to treat the dilatation of the sacral vertebra as

subordinate to the presence or absence of parotoids. I do not, how-

ever, consider, as I have already said, the latter character to be infe-

rior in importance ; but such a way of treating the matter is conve-

nient in this particular instance.

Thus the Plectromantide, with parotoids and non-dilated sacral

vertebra, will come first, then those with parotoids and dilated sacral

vertebra; first, the Alytide, without digital disks, and then the

Pelodryadide, with them.

Of those without parotoids the Hylide have a dilated sacral

vertebra and digital disks; while undilated sacral vertebra is common

to the Polypedatide and Ranide, which differ in the presence or

absence of the disks; after these the Discoglosside, which have the

sacral vertebra dilated, but are devoid of disks.

Finally come Pipa and Dactylethra, which thus form a third

primary division of the Anura, characterized by a highly developed

tympanum, but no tongue.

ANURA,

A. Without mawillary teeth at any time of life, but with a tongue.

I. Ear imperfect.

Tongue free in front .............. Rhinophrynide.

Tongue fixed in front .............. Phryniscide.

Il. Ear perfect.

a. Sacral vertebra not dilated ........ Hylapleside.

3. Sacral vertebra dilated.

|. SPATOCOIGS, steer So, agen as ... Bufonide.

2. No parotoids.

Tongue free in front ...... . Xenorhinide.

Tongue fixed in front........ Engystomide.

B. With mawillary teeth at some time of life and with a tongue.

I.) Har imperfect) i e.0s vedas waeeeee.. Bombinatoide.

II. Ear perfect.

a. Parotoids.

1. Sacral vertebra not dilated .... Plectromantide.

2. Sacral vertebra dilated.

NoidieitalsGisks in ok sje ete Alytide.

Drettalimisks~ 08. 2kG a Seis Pelodryadide.

1869.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 287

{. No parotoids.

1. Sacral vertebra dilated; digital

SGISLSssfsifaie- SARE ving tanta Hylide.

2. Sacral vertebra undilated ; digital

CRSA Es Poth Heh slawiehe “he tte Polypedatide.

3. Sacral vertebra undilated; no

BISON AISI 5 F. ovain. ag heii Nt pos Ranide.

4. Sacral vertebra dilated ; no digital

6 ELC SP ney te Discoglosside.

C. No tongue ; maxillary teeth present or absent.

Fr Maxillary teetin ausent.... Pen sss Pipide.

TT. Wiixillary teeth present +. .: ee Dactylethride.

Section A. No maxillary teeth; a tongue.

Division I. Kar imperfect.

Fam. I. Rurnopurynip2@.

No tympanum ; no cavum tympani; no eustachian tubes; trans-

verse processes of sacral vertebra dilated ; parotoid glands present

but hidden, large, with smooth surface ; tongue free in front, fixed

behind ; fingers webbed at the base, toes half webbed; “no articulated

ribs or opisthoccelian vertebree ;”’ “ ethmoid septal walls ossified to

the end of the muzzle, and separating the prefrontals; its superior

plate covered by the completely ossified fronto-parietale. Fronto-

nasalia well developed, entirely in contact with fronto-parietalia,

separated by a median point of the latter and by the ethmoid sep-

tum.” ‘*Coracoid and epicoracoid divergent, connected by a nar-

row single cartilage; the former not dilated, in contact with, or

slightly separated from, that of the opposite side.’’ Nine vertebrae

and a coceyx attached by two condyles.

Tropical America. .

Rhinophrynus, Dum. & Bibron, viii. p. 748, pl. 91. figs. 2, 2a;

Ginther, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 348; Cope, Nat, Hist. Review, vol. v.

1865, p. 100.

Genus Rhinophrynus, Mexico.

Fam. II. Puryniscip2.

No tympanum ; no cavum tympani; eustachian tubes absent or

rudimentary ; transverse processes of sacral vertebra dilated ; no pa-

rotoid glands; tongue more or less elongate, fixed in front, free

behind, where it is entire; digits free or webbed, but undilated or

only moderately dilated. No arciform cartilages.

Neotropical and Australian, Indian and Ethiopian regions.

This is almost equivalent to the Brachycephalina of Dr. Giinther,

including, as it does, the Phryniscide, Brachycephalide, and adding

to them the Micrhylide (Cat. of Bat. Salientia, pp. 42, 45, & 121,

and Synopsis, p. 8),

288 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. | May 13,

Subfam. 1. PHRryYNISCINA.

« Prefrontals small, widely removed from each other and from the

fronto-parietals ; eustachian tubes rudimentary; no digital disks ;

precoracoidei present and smaller than coracoids’’*.

See Cope, Journal of Acad. of Phil. 1867, p. 195.

Genera :—Phryniscus, Neotropia; Pseudophryne, Australian ;

Brachycephalus, Neotropia.

Subfam. 2. HEMIsSINA.

No eustachian tubes; tongue posteriorly retractile into a sheath;

fronto-parietal and prefrontal bones fully developed, in contact, the

latter separated to end of muzzle by ossified ethmoid septum ; manu- -

brium present ; coracoids more slender than precoracoids ; no digital

disks.

See Cope, /. c. p. 198.

Genus Hemisus, Ethiopia.

Subfam. 3. Micurytina.

Precoracoidei wanting ; no eustachian tubes; ethmoid arch ossi-

fied; prefrontals fully developed, in contact with each other and

fronto-parietals ; latter complete ; moderate digital disks.

Genus Micrhyla, Indian region.

Division II. Ear perfect.

Subsection a. Sacral vertebra not dilated.

Fam. II]. Hynapiesip& (Giinther).

A tympanum and cavum tympani; two eustachian tubes ; pro-

cesses of sacral vertebra not dilated; no parotoid glands; tongue

free behind; digits free and all dilated at their ends; no arciform

cartilages ; precoracoids present ; sacrum distinct from coecygeal

style, three lobes to the liver ; prefrontals widely separated ; ethmoid

broad, ossified to extremity of muzzle; terminal phalanges with two

divaricate limbs.

Tropical America.

Hylapleside, Giinther, Cat. of Bat. Sal. p. 124.

Dendrobatide, Cope, Journal Phil. 1867, p. 197.

Genus Hylaplesia, Neotropia.

Subsection 5. Sacral vertebra dilated,

Fam. IV. Buronrp& (Giinther).

A tympanum and cavum tympani; two eustachian tubes; pro-

* These characters may not apply to Pseudophryne, which does not appear

to be included by Cope in his Phryniscide, though in the paper in the Nat

Hist. Review it is placed beside Phryniscus, 1. c. p. 102.

1869.] MR.ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 289

cesses of sacral vertebra dilated; parotoid glands present ; tongue

free behind ; digits not dilated, toes more or less webbed.

Cosmopolitan, except Australia.

Subfam. 1. KALopHrRyNINA.

No arciform cartilages; precoracoids present ; prefrontals fully

developed, forming suture with each other and fronto-parietals ; skin

of the back forming one large flat parotoid. East-Indian islands.

Genus Kalophrynus, Indian region.

Subfam. 2. Buronina.

Arciform cartilages ; precoracoids present ; parotoids normal, pro-

minent. Cosmopolitan, except Australia.

Genera :—Bufo, cosmopolitan, except Australia ; O¢ilophus, Neo-

tropical region; Peltaphryne, Neotropical region; Pseudobufo, East-

Indian archipelago; Schismaderma, Ethiopian.

Fam. V. XENORHINIDA.

A tympanum and cavum tympani; two eustachian tubes; pro-

cesses of sacral vertebra dilated; no parotoid glands ; tongue en-

tirely attached behind, free in front; digits all free, but only the toes

provided with disks ; tympanum distinct, large ; no tarsal tubercle ;

habit of Hngystoma.

New Guinea.

See Peters, Berlin. Monats. 1863, p. 82.

Bombinator oxycephalus, Schlegel, Handleiding tot de beolfening

der Dierkunde, ii. p. 58, tab. iv. fig. 74.

Genus Xenorhina, Australian region.

Fam. VI. EnGystomip.

A tympanum and cavum tympani; two eustachian tubes ; pro-

cesses of sacral vertebra dilated; no parotoid glands ; tongue fixed

in front; digital disks present or absent.

African, Indian, Neotropical, and Australian regions.

Includes Engystomide, Rhinodermatide, Brachymeride, and

Hyledactylide of Dr. Giinther, Cat. of Bat. Salientia, Synopsis,

pp. 8 & 9.

Subfam 1. ENGysromina.

Coracoidei abutting; no precoracoids; no arciform cartilages.

Engystomide of Cope, /. c. pp. 190 & 191.

Genera :—Engystoma, Neotropical region; Diplopelma, Indian

region; Cacopus (Systoma), Indian; Glyphoglossus, Indian; Callula,

Indian ; Brachymerus, Ethiopian ; Adenomera, Neotropical ; Pachy-

batrachus (?), Australia.

Subfam. 2. BrevicrprtTina.

Coracoidei abutting ; precoracoids present ; no arciform cartilages.

290 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

Genera :—Breviceps, Ethiopian region; Chelydobatrachus, Aus-

tralian; Hypopachus, Neotropical; Rhinoderma, Neotropical ; dte-

lopus, Neotropical; Copea, Neotropical.

Subfam. 3. PALUDICOLINA.

Coracoids and precoracoids present ; also arciform cartilages.

Genus Paludicola, Neotropical region. ;

Section B. With mavillary teeth at some time of life, and with a

tongue.

Division I. Ear imperfect.

Fam. VII. Bomsinatorip (Giinther).

Tympanum and cavum tyampani present or absent; eustachian

tubes always absent, or reduced to a minute foramen with an absent

tympanum (Cacotus); transverse processes of sacral vertebra alinost

always dilated ; no parotoid glands; tongue fixed in front ; toes free

or webbed ; no digital disks; arciform cartilages present.

Palearctic and Neotropical regions, and New Zealand.

Subfam. 1. BOMBINATORINA.

No tympanum ; no cavum tympani ; eustachian tubes rudimentary,

minute, or wanting; tongue entirely adherent; fingers free; toes

webbed ; vomerine teeth; vertebree opisthoccelian ; ribs present; a

fronto-parietal fontanelle; prefrontals in contact anteriorly; one

coccygeal cotylus.

Genus Bombinator, Palearctic region:

Subfam. 2. PELOBATINA.

No tympanum ; no cavum tympani; eustachian tubes, if present,

very narrow; tongue free behind (Didocus?), nearly entire; ver-

tebrz proccelian ; no ribs ; vomerine teeth ; ‘‘ coccygeal style without

condyloid articulation, its axial portion restricting that of the sacrum

and connate with it.”

Genera :—Pelobates, Europe; Didocus, Europe.

Snbfam. 3. ALSODINA.

No tympanum, cavum tympani, or eustachian tubes (T'e/mato-

bius?); toes webbed; sacral vertebra not, or scarcely dilated ; ver-

tebrz proccelian; no ribs; coccyx attached by two condyles ; vome-

rine teeth present or absent.

Genera.:—Alsodes, Neotropia; Telmatobius, Neotropia.

Subfam. 4. Cacorina.

Tympanum absent, but minute eustachian tubes; sacral vertebra

not dilated; toes quite free ; vomerine teeth.

Genus Cacotus, Giinther, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 482, Neotropia.

1869.] MR Sf. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 291

When reading his paper before the Zoological Society, Dr. Giinther

called attention to the interesting and highly remarkable parallelism

between this genus of South America and the European Bombinator.

Subfam. 5. LiopELMATINA.

Tympanum none (or hidden) ; no eustachian tubes; sacral ver-

tebra dilated; no vomerine teeth; toes webbed at the base.

Genus Liopelma, Fitz., and Giinther, B. Mus. Cat. MS., New

Zealand.

Divison II. Ear perfect.

Subsection a. Parotozds.

Fam. VIII. PLecrroMANTID&.

A tympanum and cavum tympani; two eustachian tubes, each

with a considerable aperture; transverse processes of sacral vertebra

not dilated; parotoids present as a large oblong gland behind the

mouth; tongue large, rounded and free behind; toes nearly all

free, but with small disks; no disks to fingers. [Arciform cartilages

present ?]

Genus Plectromantis, Neotropical region.

Fam. IX. ALyTiIp&.

Answers to the Alytide and Uperoliide of Dr. Giinther.

A tympanum, cavum tympani, and eustachian tubes present ;

transverse processes of sacral vertebra dilated; parotoid glands pre-

sent; tongue fixed in front ; digits not dilated at the tips; arciform

cartilages present.

Palearctic, Nearctic, and Neotropical regions.

Subfam. 1. ALyTina.

Vertebrze opisthoceelian ; ribs present ; “‘ first coccygeal vertebra

united as usual with the second or style, but furnished with posteriorly

divergent diapophyses, and attached to the sacral by two eotyloid

cavities ; a fronto-parietal fontanelle ; terminal phalanges continuous,

simple.”’

Genus Alytes, Paleearctic region.

Subfam. 2. ScAPHIOPODINA.

- Vertebrze proceelian ; no ribs; no coccygeal diapophyses ; coccyx

connate with sacrum ; terminal phalanges continuous, conic.

Genus Scaphiopus, North America.

Subfam. 3. Uprroxitna (Uperoliide, Giinther),

Vertebree proccelian ; no ribs; coccyx separate, attached to two

condyles, with no diapophyses ; terminal phalanges simple.

Genera :—Hyperolius, Neotropical region ; Helioporus, Neotro-

pical ; Nattereria, Neotropical.

292 MR.ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

Fam. X. PELopryapip& (Giinther).

A tympanum, cavum tympani, and eustachian tubes present ;

transverse processes of sacral vertebra dilated; parotoid glands pre-

sent ; tongue fixed in front; digits dilated at the tips.

Genera :—Phyllomedusa, Neotropical region; Pelodryas, Aus-

tralian; Chirodryas, Australian.

Subsection 5. No parotoids.

Fam. XI. Hytrp# (Giinther).

A tympanum, cavum tympani, and eustachian tubes present ;

transverse processes of sacral vertebra dilated; no parotoid glands ;

tongue fixed in front; digits dilated into disks at the tips ; arciform

cartilages present; coccyx articulated by two condyles; ‘ fronto-

parietals shortened anteriorly, usually embracing a fontanelle ; ter-

minal phalanges articulated inferiorly on to the extremity of the

penultimate, globular or swollen proximally, and giving rise to the

curved acute distal portion.”

Genera :—Hyla, Cosmopolitan, except Indian and Ethiopian re-

gions; Hylella, Neotropical; Ololygon (Thoropa), Neotropical ;

Pseudacris (Chorophilus), North American; Pohlia, Neotropical ;

Litoria, Australian; Triprion, Neotropical; Opisthodelphys, Neo-

tropical ; Trachycephalus, Neotropical ; Nototrema, Neotropical.

Fam. XII. Potyeepatip# (Ginther).

A. tympanum, cavum tympani, and eustachian tubes present ;

transverse processes of sacral vertebra not dilated; no parotoid

glands ; tongue fixed in front ; arciform cartilages present or absent ;

digits dilated at the tips.

Answers to the Polypedatide and Hylodide of Dr. Giinther.

Cosmopolitan, except Palzearctic region.

Subfam. 1. PotypEDATINA.

Coracoids and precoracoids, but no arciform cartilages; simple

coceyx attached by two cotyloid cavities; manubrium bony. No

fronto-parietal fontanelle ; toes almost always more or less webbed.

Genera :—IJvalus, Indian and Ethiopian regions; Megalixalus*,

——?; Hylarana, Indian and Ethiopian; Leptomantis+, Indian ;

Hylambates, Ethiopian; Platymantis, Indian and _ Polynesia;

Cornufer, Indian and Australian; Hemimantis, Ethiopian; Rhaco-

phorus, Indian; Chiromantis, Ethiopian; Polypedates, Indian and

Ethiopian ; Thelodermat, Indian; Rappia, Indian and Australian

regions and the Seychelles.

Subfam. 2. AcRIDINA.

Arciform cartilages present ; vertebrae proccelian ; simple coccyx

* Skeletal characters unknown, but placed provisionally beside Zra/us.

+ Placed here on the authority of Peters, who says it is so like Zvalus.

+ Placed here on the authority of Cope.

1869.] MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. 293

with two condyles ; terminal phalanges curved, sharp-pointed, swollen

at the base, hyloid; ethmoid never covered by fronto-parietals.

Genera:—Acris, North America; Leiyla? (Keferstein), Costa

Rica.

Subfam. 3. Hynopina.

Arciform cartilages present ; vertebree proccelian ; coccyx separate,

attached to two condyles ; manubrium wanting, or cartilaginous ; ter-

minal phalanges with a transverse limb (Strabomantis?), not hyloid.

Genera :—H/losia, Neotropical region; Zpirhexis, N eotropical ;

Phyllobates, Neotropical; Hylodes, Neotropical; Cropodactylus,

Neotropical ; Strabomantis (?), Neotropical.

Subfam. 4. CaLosTerHIna.

Precoracoids present, but no arciform cartilages; xiphisternum

and manubrium wanting ; terminal phalanges with transverse limb ;

no vomerine teeth.

Calostethide, Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. 2nd ser. vol. vi. pt. 2.

Genus Calostethus, Neotropia.

Fam. XIII. RAnipaz.

A tympanum, cavum tympani, and eustachian tubes present ;

transverse processes of sacral vertebra not dilated; no parotoid

glands; tongue fixed in front ; arciform cartilages present or absent ;

digits not dilated at the tips.

Answers to the Ranide and Cystignathide of Dr. Giinther.

Cosmopolitan.

Subfam. 1. Rania.

No arciform cartilages; manubrium with a strong bony style;

xiphisternum similar; no fronto-parietal fontanelle ; no mandibular

teeth.

Genera :—Rana, all regions except the Australian region; Qdon-

vophrynus, Neotropical ; Dicroglossus, Indian; Oxyglossus, Indian ;

Phrynobatrachus, Ethiopian; Hoplobatrachus, Indian ; Phryno-

glossus (? skeletal characters unknown, but otherwise very like Oxy-

glossus) ; Clinotarsus (skeletal characters unknown), —— ?

Subfam. 2. CysTiGNATHINA.

Arciform cartilages present ; manubrium wanting or cartilaginous

(except Limnocharis) ; a styloid osseous xiphisternum with a carti-

laginous disk ; sometimes a fronto-parietal fontanelle ; no mandibular

teeth.

Genera :—Pseudis, Neotropical region ; Pithecopsis, Neotropical ;

Mixophyes, Australian ; Pywicephalus, Ethiopian and Indian; Cera-

tophrys, Neotropical ; Zachenus, ?; Platyplectrum, Australian ;

Neobatrachus, Australian ; Cyclorhamphus, Neotropical ; Limnody-

nastes, Australian; Crinia, Australian; Husophleus, Neotropical;

Pleurodema, Neotropical; Leiuperus, Neotropical; Hylorhina, Neo-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XX.

294 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON ANUROUS BATRACHIANS. [ May 13,

tropical; Limnocharis, ?; Cystignathus, Neotropical and

Ethiopian.

Subfam. 3. HEMIPHRACTINA.

Mandibnlar teeth.

Genus Hemiphractus, Neotropical.

Fam. XIV. Discocioss1p& (Giinther).

A tympanum, cayum tympani, and eustachian tubes preseut ;

transverse processes of sacral vertebra dilated; no parotoid glands ;

tongue fixed in front; digits not dilated at the tips; arciform carti-

lages present or absent; bony manubrium present or absent; ribs

present or absent; mandibular teeth present or absent.

Answers to both the Discoglosside and the Asterophrydide of

Dr. Giinther.

Cosmopolitan, except Nearctic and Ethiopian regions.

Subfam. 1. CuiroLeprTina.

Vertebree proccelian; no ribs; arciform cartilages present ; ma-

nubrium wanting or cartilaginous; fronto-parietal bones complete,

no fontanelle; xiphisternum a cartilaginous plate; no mandibular

teeth.

Genera :—Chiroleptes, Australian region; Zachenus(?); Calyp-

tocephalus, Neotropical.

Subfam. 2. ASTEROPHRYDINA.

Vertebree opisthoccelian; no ribs; arciform cartilages present ;

no mandibular teeth.

Genera :—Cryptotis, Australian region; Asterophrys, Australian ;

Xenophrys, Indian; Megalophrys, Indian; Nannophrys, Indian.

Subfam. 3. PrLopyTINA.

Vertebree proccelian; no ribs; arciform cartilages present; no

mandibular teeth.

Genera :—Pelodytes, Palearctic region ; Leptobrachium, Indian

region.

Subfam. 4. DiscoG1Lossina.

Vertebre opisthoccelian ; short ribs present; arciform cartilages

present ; no mandibular teeth.

Genera:—Discoglossus, Palearctic region ; Zaphrissa, Palearctic ;

Latonia, Paleearctic.

Subfam. 5. ARTHROLEPTINA.

No arciform cartilages; no ribs; precoracoids present; no man-

dibular teeth ; manubrium and xiphisternum bony ; no fontanelle,

Genus Arthroleptis, Ethiopian region.

1869.] MR. J. GOULD ON A NEW HUMMING-BIRD. 295

Subfam. 6. GryPISCINA.

Arciform cartilages present; no ribs (?); mandibular teeth

developed.

Cope, Journ. Ac. Philad. 1867, vol. vi. pt. 2, p. 205.

Genus Grypiscus, Neotropia.

Section C. No tongue; mazillary teeth present or absent.

Division I. No maxillary teeth.

Fam. XV, Prpip.

A tympanum and an entirely bony cavym tympani; eustachian

tubes united, with a single oral opening; transverse processes of

sacral vertebra dilated ; no parotoids; no tongue; atlas and second

vertebra confluent; vast cartilaginous xiphoid and great arciform

cartilages,

Genus Pipa, Neotropical region.

Division II. Mawillary teeth.

Fam. XVI. DacryLeTHRID&.

A tympanum and an entirely bony cavum tympani; eustachian

tubes united, with a single oral opening; transverse processes of

sacral vertebra dilated; no parotoids; no tongue; atlas and second

vertebra distinct ; coccyx and sacrum confluent; moderate carti-

laginous xiphoid, and no arciform cartilages; yet coracoid and pre-

coracoid very widely diverging.

Genus Dactylethra, Ethiopian region.

2. Description of a New Genus and Species of the Family

Trochilide. By Joun Gouxp, F.R.S, &e.

Genus OREONYMPHA.

Gen. Char.—Bill longer than the head, stout, and with a some-

what downward curvature; wings large and sickle-shaped; tail

ample and forked; tarsi clothed nearly to the toes, which are of

moderate size ; the hinder toe and nail rather shorter than the middle

toe and nail. )

Notwithstanding the length and stoutness of the bill, I consider

this form to be nearly allied both to Oxypogon and Ramphomicron.

It has the same kind of brilliant gular streak, a similar laxity of

plumage, and soft flexible tail-feathers.

OREONYMPHA NOBILIS.

Bill and legs black ; crown blue, with a streak of black down the

centre; on the throat a lengthened streak of brilliant feathers, of

which those nearest the bill are green, those which succeed are red-

296 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 13,

dish purple, and those at the tip purplish blue, the whole being

bordered on each side with black ; sides of the neck and chest greyish

white; abdomen, flanks, and under tail-coverts mottled white, grey,

and light brown; back of the neck and upper surface bronzy brown ;

wings vurplish brown; outer tail-feather on each side white, with a

longitudinal streak of bronzy brown at the tip of the inner web; the

next on each side the same, but the bronzy mark of greater extent ;

the central feathers entirely bronze, as in Oxypogon.

‘Total length 6 inches, bill 1}, wing 33, tail 3, tarsi 7.

Remark.—This remarkably large and handsome species was dis-

covered by Mr. H. Whitely at Tinta in Peru, at an elevation of

11,500 feet.

3. On the Fishes of Orissa.

By Surgeon F. Day, F.Z.8., F.L.S.—Part 1.

Having during the last few months been employed in conducting

an inquiry into the present state of some of the freshwater fisheries

on the eastern coast of India, I propose in the following paper giving

a list of such species of fishes as I obtained in the province of Orissa.

This portion of Bengal is comprised in one Commissionership, com-

mencing in the south at the Chilka lake, and terminating at Jella-

sore in the north. I have also included a few species from the

Cossye at Midnapore.

My investigations occupied December 1868 and the following

month, and were instituted into the condition of every river which

empties itself into the sea, also into the condition of many tanks,

and the fisheries at the mouth of the Balasore river. Although I

was not so fortunate as to obtain many species new to science, I was

much gratified in procuring several of Hamilton Buchanan’s and

M‘Clelland’s fish whose existence has been doubted, or which have

been referred to different species or genera or even renamed.

Before commencing the list I may remark upon the interesting

fact that at last I have been a witness to fish being exhumed alive

from beneath the mud of an Indian tank. On January 18, I was

“out fishing a tank, when I mentioned to an intelligent native official

my wish to see fish exhumed from the mud of tanks. He remarked

that the Labyrinthici, Ophiocephalide, and Rhynchobdellida, be-

sides the Saccobranchus and Clarias, invariably retire into the mud

of tanks when the water dries up, but denied that the Carps ever did

so. Pointing to a neighbouring tank which was almost dry, he ob-

served that we could at once make the examination. I promised

a reward to whoever would let me see him exhume fish, and we ad-

journed to the spot.

The tank was about one acre in extent, and had not above 4 inches

depth of water at its centre, whilst its circumference was sufli-

ciently dried up to walk upon. ‘The soil was a thick, consistent,

bluish clay, and I refused to allow any one to go nearer the water

than 30 paces. Six coolies set to work, and in less than five minutes

1869.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 297

extracted from at least 2 feet below the surface of the mud, two

specimens of the Ophiocephalus punctatus, Bloch, and three of the

Rhynchobdella aculeata, Willughby. All of these fish were very

lively, and not in the slightest degree torpid. They were covered

over with a thickish adherent slime; and on dissecting them at a

subsequent date, none contained ova. ‘The natives stated that if I

returned in about a month, by which time they expected the ground

would be hard and caked, they were confident that we should still

find fish below the surface.

1. LATES CALCARIFER, Bloch,

Bekkut (Ooriah).

This marine Perch ascends the rivers far beyond the influence of

the tides, following those species which migrate to the fresh waters

for the purpose of depositing their ova. In the Mahanuddi it is

frequently taken at Benki, about 76 miles from the sea.

2. MESOPRION CHIRTAH, Cuy. & Val.

Soosta (Ooriah).

Beye: Ds B19. Vee. Avge C1 Lido Metts S

Ceec. pyl. 6.

The form I obtained was the young M. annularis, C. & V., at

Chanderpore, near the mouth of the Balasore river, where I examined

the stake-nets on three different days during the spring tides, and

obtained several species of fish and two sorts of sea-snakes, one of

the latter of which bit my left heel whilst wading in the sea amongst

the fishing-nets. I procured specimens, and I find it to be the

Enhydrina bengaliensis, Gray. As the fangs drew blood, I am in-

clined to think that perhaps the reptile had discharged his venom

on some fish previously to trying his teeth on my heel. I may men-

tion that I found alive on the shore at the same place a very fine

specimen of that handsome Sea-snake the Pelamis bicolor, Schneider.

3. Mesoprion siLuaoo, Cuy. & Val.

Purruwa (Ooriah).

Pee ee ol Va ey On 1g LT a0 Lith, a

i 8

Some fine specimens of this fish were taken in the sea at Chan-

derpore; I likewise saw many which had been dried in the sun.

4, Ampassis ALTA, Cuv. & Val.

Chandee (Ooriah).

Bove Ds 7 [er BAIR Ve igh 0. 17 W..58:

12-15" "13-15"

Several spines about the head ; six directed backwards on the pre-

orbital ; one moderately strong one is placed on the centre of the

anterior margin of the orbit, and five more along its lower edge. On

the centre of the posterior margin of the orbit is a similar spine, with

298 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 13,

five more, decreasing in size, along its superior half. The horizontal

limb of the preoperculum with a double denticulated margin.

Hab. Rivers and tanks of Orissa.

5. AMBASSIS PHULA, H. Buchanan.

Goa chuppi (Ooriah).

Bitiagts.J |aay-Peddass Vaige eAaagy ea ADs

aay

Lower jaw much the longest. Three denticulations along the an-

terior edge of the orbit. Vertical limb of preeoperculum with two

or three small denticulations at its angle in the young, which be-

come blunted by age; its horizontal limb with a double denticulated

margin, which also becomes blunter in the adult. Other opercles

entire. A large canine tooth on either side of symphysis of lower jaw.

Scales very minute.

Lateral line at first curves upwards, and becomes horizontal under

the second dorsal fin.

Hab. Tanks in Orissa.

6. AMBASSIS DUSSUMIERI, Cuy. & Val.

Chandee (Ooriah).

Biss 2 Di7 lea Eee VS

L. tr. .

Lateral line interrupted.

Hab. Mostly in rivers even within the influence of the tides, but

is also found in tanks.

ole

a7 s- Tales

7. AmBAssis NAMA, H. Buch.

Cartcana (Ooriah).

Bagi, D7] Poe, Veg Be Ga, ht dee

Lower jaw much the longest. One denticulation at centre of the

anterior margin of the orbit, and another at its posterior superior

angle. Prezeorbital with three strong denticulations along its margin.

Vertical limb of preeoperculum entire, but two or three denticulations

at its angle becoming blunter with age; its horizontal limb has its

double edge scarcely denticulated. Canine teeth in lower jaw.

Lateral line entirely absent.

Hab, Tanks.

8. Amsassis LALA, H. Buch.

Laal chandee (Ooriah).

B.vii D.7|G. Pell. Viz. Avg C. 17.

Length of head a little above 4, of pectoral 4, of caudal 2 of the

total length. Height of head 4, of body 3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, = of a diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

1869. ] MR, F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 299

Preorbital strongly serrated; horizontal limb of preeoperculum with

a double denticulated margin. No denticulations around the orbit.

Scales minute.

Lateral line entirely absent.

Colours as described by Buchanan. The term Jala is evidently

derived from ‘laal,” ‘ red,” the predominant colour.

Hab. Tanks in northern Orissa, where it grows to 12 inch in

length.

9. THERAPON TRIvITTATUS, H. Buch.

Gahnu (Ooriah).

_ These fish are frequently taken inside large medusie.

Hab. Seas and estuaries in salt or brackish water.

10. Losorres suRINAMENSIS, Bloch.

Chota bekkut (Ooriah).

Not uncommon at Chanderpore in the sea.

11. SrzuaGco s1HAma, Forsk,

Curama (Ooriah).

B. vi. D.10-11| 555.

Cec. pyl. 4. Vert. a

No elongated spine in dorsal fin. Teeth villiform.

This species about Coconada begins to give place to the next,

which is most numerous in the sea at Orissa.

BiGoMes Ayam. C. 175° 1, 74

22-23

12, SILLAGO DOMINA.

Gudji curama (Ooriah).

Be. vite. 0 oe epi Bhan) VagenrAsige 1G 19. (, L. 1.-90.

Cee. pyl. 4.

An elongated spine in the first dorsal fin.

Teeth. An external conical row in both jaws, with the four largest

in the centre of the upper jaw, and several villiform rows posterior to

them. A transverse semicircular band of villiform teeth in the

palate.

13. Mueit corsuua, H. Buch.

Kakunda (Ooriah).

Betws Wee Eds. Wg Mage Oe To 2k 1s. 500 EN GEES,

The eyes of this species of Mullet are considerably elevated, their

superior margin being above the level of the upper profile of the

head.

This fish is very abundant in the rivers of Orissa, ascending far

beyond tidal influence. I took considerable numbers above Cuttack,

or 60 miles from the mouth of the river. It grows to a foot in

length, and is excellent eating.

300 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 13,

It swims with its snout on a level with the water, so that its eyes

are above it ; immediately it perceives any one approaching it rapidly

darts down out of sight.

14. Mueit axiLuaris, Cuy. & Val.

Magi (Ooriah).

B.v. D.4|3. P. 15. V.g. Acgy C.14. L142. L. tr. 14,

Hab. The sea and brackish waters, along with the M. parsia.

15. Mucit parsts, H. Buch.

B. vi. D. 4/2. P.14. Vig. ALS. C. 14. L135. 1, tr. 12.

I took this species in brackish water within tidal influence, but

not in the sea.

Jt grows to 8 inches in length.

16. Mvuart BporneEnsis, Bleeker.

B. vi. D.4|:. P15. Vig. A C.14. 1,34. ZL. tr. 13.

One specimen from Chanderpore in the sea.

17. ScarorHaGus ARGuS, Linn.

Found in the sea at Chanderpore, and also ascending the mouth

of the river. Is not used as food.

18. Corvina MILES, Cuv. & Val.

Hab. Chanderpore, in the sea.

I may here mention that I have satisfied myself that the species I

named C. neilli in my ‘ Fishes of Malabar,’ p. 59, is the C. albida,

Cuv. & Val. I took specimens at Pondicherry and Madras. The

rays &c, were

B. vii. D.9|sp5. A.z L.1. 53. L. tr. 24,

Dr. Giinther gives them as follows from the British Museum speci-

mens:— OD. 10| 5: A. . 1 Pg ees eis a ard

19. Corvina corror, H. Buch.

Botahl, Putteriki (Ooriah).

This species ascends rivers to far beyond tidal influence for breed-

ing-purposes. I took it above Cuttack.

20. OrotirHus MACULATUS, Cuv. & Val.

Birralli (Ooriah).

Biv. D. Way abeeer ve ar Avs. C. 19.

This fish, hitherto recorded from Malaysia, is very common in the

sea at Chanderpore, where specimens were taken up to 13 inches in

length.

1869.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 301

21. Boxa rama, H. Buch.

Botul (Ooriah).

B.vi. D.10\g55- Vig Meg O17. ° LI. 70-80.

L. tr. =. Vert. 24. Cze. pyl. 9.

It ascends rivers for breeding-purposes as far as does the Corvina

coitor. It grows to 5 feet in length; and if cooked directly it is

taken from the water, it is fair eating.

22. PoLYNEMUS PARADISEUS, Linn.

Tupsi (Ooriah).

B. vii, D.7|35 P.1d/vii, Vij. Avg C19. L170.

L. tr. ;. Cee. pyl. 5.

Common in the sea at Chanderpore. I found only five cecal

appendages, and not ten, which is said to be the normal number.

23. PotyNeMvus sEXxTARIUS, Bloch.

Boivin, De Sloan Peddie Meco Magee CZ. oT Leds,

L. tr. =

Grows to 7 inches in length. Common in the sea at Chanderpore.

24, PoLyNEMUS INDICcUs, Shaw

B. vii. D. 8| jj. P.20/v. V.z A. Gigs. C.17. L. 1. 62-65.

Wyte. es, Verts 25:

One 30 lbs. weight taken at Chanderpore in the sea.

25. TRICHIURUS SAVALA, Cuv. & Val.

Droga puttiah (Ooriah).

Hab. Chanderpore, in the sea. -

26. ScomBeR KANAGURTA, Cuv. & Val.

B. vi. D.8-9|7 |v. P. 21. V.5. A. | v-vii. C. 25, Vert. 5.

No preeanal spines.

Hab. Chanderpore in the sea.

27. Cypium Gurratum, Bloch.

Very common at Chanderpore.

Hab, Chanderpore, in the sea.

28. SrROMATEUS ARGENTEUS, Bloch.

Hab, Chanderpore, in the sea.

29. STROMATEUS CINEREUS, Bloch.

Hab, Chanderpore, in the sea.

302 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 13,

30. SrRoMATEUS NIGER, Bloch.

Baal (Ooriah).

Hab. Chanderpore, in the sea.

31. CARANX ARMATUS, Forsk.

Hab. Chanderpore, in the sea.

32. CHoRINEMUS LYSAN, Forsk.

One large specimen taken at Chanderpore, in the sea.

33. EquuLa rucontus, H. Buch.

? Hquula splendens, Cuv. & Val.

_ Tunker chandee (Ooriah).

8 1 3 ;

B.v. D. 16-17" Pao ve 3 ‘is C2195, sls 0s;

This species Dr. Giinther has considered to be the same as the

E. interrupta, Cuv. & Val., of which he observes, “‘ No spines above

the orbit; the cavity on the head is triangular, and twice and a half

as long as broad. ‘The lower preeopercular margin is minutely ser-

rated.”

The following is a description of Hamilton Buchanan’s fish, which

I found common in the rivers of Orissa, far beyond tidal influence :—

Length of head 3, of pectoral fin above 4, of base of first dorsal },

of base of second dorsal 1, of base of anal 3 of the total length.

Height of head 4, of body 4, of first dorsal 3, of second dorsal 7%,

of ventral =},, of anal 4 of the total length.

. Eyes. Diameter nearly + of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout, and 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal profile rises rather abruptly to opposite the anterior third

of the orbit, and the occipital process ascends very abruptly, as shown

in Hamilton Buchanan’s figure.

Lower jaw inferiorly concave. Lips fleshy. Cavity on head

lanceolate, half as wide as long. Lower margin of pracoperculum

with a strongly serrated edge. Two strong sharp spines, one over

the anterior third of the orbit, the other above it and posterior to

the nostril. The upper margin of the orbit serrated in the whole

of its posterior two-thirds.

Fins. Dorsal spines strong, the second being one-third as high

as the body, and slightly longer but not so strong as the second

anal spine. Third anal spine serrated on the lower half of its an-

terior margin. Caudal forked, lower lobe slightly the longest.

Scales minute, but firmly adherent to the fish.

Lateral line in 68 fine tubes, and distinct from the scales. It

first ascends slightly, and opposite to the end of the second dorsal

it proceeds horizontally.

Colours. Silvery, shot with purple, and having dusky greyish

bands descending from the back to the middle of the body. Snout

covered with black spots. Fins yellowish. Eyes with a dark supe-

rior edging. A silver stripe is sometimes apparent along the side of

the body.

1869.] MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 303

34. Goxstus cruris, H. Buch.

Gulah, Bali gulah (Ooriah).

Hab. Tanks and rivers throughout Orissa.

35. APOCRYPTES LANCEOLATUS, Bloch.

Pittalu (Ooriah).

This fish resides in fresh or brackish water, but not beyond tidal

influence so far as I have observed; the best place to capture it

is the mud at the sides of rivers. Considering its size, this is a most

savage species, biting at any other fish that comes near it, and hold-

ing on with its teeth most tenaciously.

36. Apocryrtes BATO, H. Buch.

Rutta (Ooriah).

This fish inhabits the same localities as the last. The largest

specimen captured was 54 inches in length. Natives take them in

the following manner: they walk about in the mud, and as soon as

they see or feel a fish moving they seize it with both hands.

37. Evcrenocostvus striatus, Day.

Mahturi, Naolli (young, Ooriah).

The very young have black vertical bands, most apparent in the

posterior half of the body. The first dorsal is occasionally stained

orange.

Hab. Found in the rivers of Orissa.

38. BoLEOPHTHALMUS BODDAERTII, Pall.

Apocryptes punctatus, Day, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 941.

This fish climbs up rocks and on to pieces of wood, and appears

to mostly inhabit muddy estuaries. It may be seen bobbing about

in the soft mud or dirty water as the Mugil corsula does in rivers.

In deep water it becomes drowned. It is as savage as the Apocryp-

tes lanceolatus.

39. Exrorris rusca, Bloch.

Bundi, balah kera (Qoriah).

Hab. Fresh and brackish waters along the coast, also extending

its range beyond tidal influence.

40. ELeorris ampornensis?, Bleeker.

Gagi balah kera (Ooriah).

Bows UD: Ga. Falige Nesp Ase. “Oddy byl. aac Ltelhs,

Length of head 4, of pectoral 1, of base of first dorsal 4, of base

of second dorsal 3, of base of anal a, of caudal + of the total length.

Height of head 4, of body 4, of first dorsal 3, of ventral 3, of anal =

of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 14 diameter from end of

snout, 1{ diameter apart.

304 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA, [May 13,

Head broad, depressed; snout produced. The greatest width is

opposite the opercles. There is a considerable rise from the snout

to the base of the first dorsal.

Lower jaw the longest. The maxilla extends posteriorly to be-

neath the centre of the orbit. A finely serrated ridge along the

superior and posterior edges of the orbit, from which in the adult it

is divided by one or two rows of scales. This serrated ridge is con-

tinued towards the snout, dividing opposite the nostrils and enclosing

an irregular lanceolate space which extends close to the margin of

the upper lip.

Teeth in numerous fine villiform bands, those on the outer row

being slightly enlarged.

Fins. Base of pectoral rather muscular, the fin wedge-shaped,

rays not silk-like. Caudal cut square.

Scales ctenoid, but cycloid on the chest; they extend as far

forward as the snout.

Colours. Of a blackish stone. Fins black, second dorsal and

caudal edged with white. Pectoral also white, with the exception of

two black blotches at its base.

Specimens were captured up to 23 inches in length in the Balasore

river. It is said never to be found in salt water,

This species may be the same as Dr. Bleeker’s fish from Amboina.

Still in this Indian specimen there are serrated ridges extending along

the summit of the head and on to the snout, whilst the pectoral rays

are not silk-like.

41. AmBiyopus czcu.us, Bloch.

This species ascends rivers as far as tidal influence extends, even

into fresh water. It is found in the same situations as the Apocryp-

tes, and captured in the same way.

42. Bapis BUCHANANI, Cuy. & Val.

Boondei, kahli bundahni (Ooriah).

Bow Dia Pls V3.) Age 1C, 26. ae eeeee,

Le tr. 3. Cec. pyl. 0.

Air-bladder large and simple.

Hab. Common in tanks in Orissa, up to 3 inches in length.

43. Nanpus MARMORATUS, Cuy. & Val.

Bodosi, Gossiporah (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

44, ANABAS SCANDENS, Dald.

Corvu (Ooriah).

In Madras the species of Anabas has no cecal pylori, and its

body is banded.

At Tranquebar and Pondicherry, to the south of Madras, and

1869.] MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 305

Ganjam and Orissa to the north, every specimen dissected had three

cecal pylori, as stated by Cuvier. Placing the two varieties together,

there does not appear to be any difference apparent exteraally, except

in the coloration.

In the Ganjam district one was captured of a deep orange-colour,

it appeared to be quite healthy, and the fishermen asserted that this

change in colour is not uncommon.

45. TricHOGASTER FasciATus, Bloch.

Kussuah (Ooriah).

ITab. Common in tanks.

46. OpHI0cEPHALUS MARULIUvS, H. Buch.

Saal (Ooriah).

The coloration of these fish widely differs from the Madras speci-

mens, and the ocellated blotch on the caudal was as distinet in a

specimen 16 inches long as in the young.

47. OpHIOCEPHALUS sTRIATUS, Bloch.

Sola (Ooriah).

Hab. Common in tanks and canals.

48. OrpHtocePHALus GAcuua, H. Buch.

Cheyung (Ooriah).

Hab, Found in tanks, canals, and sluggish rivers.

49. OpHIOCEPHALUS PUNCTATUS, Bloch.

Cartua gorai (Ooriah).

IZab. Found in tanks, canals, and sluggish rivers.

50. RaHYNCHOBDELLA ACULEATA, Bloch.

Gutti (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

51. MASTACEMBLUS PANCALUS.

Turi, Bahru (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

52. MAsrAcEMBLUs ARMATUS, Lacép.

Barm, Bummi (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

53. Erropius SURATENSIS, Bloch.

Cundahla (Ooriah).

Hab. Found in tanks in the southern portion of Orissa near the

sea-coast.

306 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 13,

54, Cuarias MAGuR, H. Buch.

Magur (Ooriah).

Hab. Tanks.

55. SAcCOBRANCHUS sINGIO, H. Buch.

Singi (Ooriah).

Hab. Tanks.

56. Warxaco Attu, Bloch.

Boalli, Ballia, Moinsia ballia (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

57. CALLICHROUS CHECKRA, H. Buch.

Pobtah (Ooriah). “ Butterfish ” of Europeans.

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

58. Eurropicutuys vacua, H. Buch.

Bak Borla: Pere Vaby Biggs els

Butchria (Ooriah).

Cleft of mouth extending in the adult to behind and beneath the

posterior extremity of the orbit.

Teeth. Villiform teeth in a triangular spot on the vomer, and in a

long pyriform shape on the palate ; the whole of these with those on

the upper jaw are so closely set together that it may give the ap-

pearance on a superficial examination that there are “no teeth on

the palate,” as remarked by Dr. Ginther.

59. PsEUDEUTROPIUS ATHERINOIDES, Bloch.

Battuli, Jemmi carri, Bipotasse (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

60. PsrupEuTROPIUS MURIUS, H. Buch.

Eutropius® murino, Giinth. Cat. v. p. 54.

Motusi (Bengali).

eit. V.6,. A. seyag:

7 ihe

Snout rounded, upper jaw overhanging the lower to a slight ex-

tent. The angle of the mouth is under and close to the anterior

third of the orbit. Nasal cirrus extends from between the two

nostrils to opposite the posterior margin of the orbit. Maxillary

cirrus arises opposite the centre of the anterior margin of the orbit,

and extends to the base of the pectoral fin. The four mandibular

cirri arise on a transverse line just behind the lower lip, and extend

to slightly behind the vertical from the posterior margin of the orbit.

Eyes lateral.

Out of sixteen specimens, the largest was 6 inches; it, however,

was said to grow to a greater size. Those I obtained were from the

Cossye at Midnapore.

1869. } MR. F, DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 307

61. PseupruTrRopius GaruA, H. Buch.

Punia buchua (Ooriah). Pultosi (Bengali).

B.vi. -D. 5/0. P.g- V-6.. Bears, O, 17,

This species forms the type of the genus Schilbeichthys, Bleeker,

which differs from the Pseudeutropius chiefly in having no second

or adipose dorsal fin.

I have taken a large number of the young of this species from 4

to 9 inches in length, and find that the adipose dorsal, though small,

is distinct in the fry; but as the size of the specimens increases up

to 6 or 7 inches it has either almost or entirely disappeared, and is

invariably absent in the adult.

I therefore consider the species to be a Pseudeutropius ; for the

difference which exists in the nostrils between it and some others of

the genus is insufficient for more than a specific division.

Hab. Rivers of Orissa and the Cossye at Midnapore.

62, AILIA BENGALIENSIS, Gray.

Puttuli, Bounce puttri (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

63. PANGASIUS BUCHANANT, Cuv. & Val.

Hab. Ascends rivers far beyond tidal influence.

64, Stnunpia GANGETICA, Cuy. & Val.

Jillung, Sillund (Ooriah).

Hab. Taken in the same places as the last.

65. Macrones cavastus, H. Buch.

Guntea, Cuntea (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

66. Macronss Aor, H. Buch.

Alli, Arriah alli; if young, Gugah alli (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

67. Macrones TENGARA, H. Buch.

Bikuntia (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

68. Macrones corsuta, H. Buch.

Punjah gagah (Ooriah).

eee. Ul Pease Woe Ae O. Iz

sell

Hamilton Buchanan has given an engraving of this species; but

the description was omitted from the ‘ Fishes of the Ganges.’

Length of head 2, of pectoral +, of base of first dorsal 3, of base

of adipose dorsal ;!;, of base of anal =1;, of caudal 4 of the total

308 MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 13,

length. Height of head 3, of body 4, of first dorsal 1, of adipose

dorsal qo of ventral g of anal 4 of the total length.

Lyes. Diameter + of length of head, 2 diameters from end of

snout, 2 diameters apart.

Mouth antero-inferior ; upper jaw the longest, its posterior extre-

mity does not reach so far as to below the centre of the orbit. Nasal

cirri extend to opposite the middle of the orbit, maxillary cirri to

the base of the anal fin, the external mandibular to the base of the

pectoral, and the internal to opposite the posterior extremity of the

preoperculum. The central longitudinal groove along the summit of

the head reaches to the base of the occipital process, which latter is

short its whole length, not being equal to one diameter of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal spine slender and equals half the length of the head

in extent; it is slightly serrated posteriorly in its upper fourth.

Pectoral spine strong, flattened, rugose externally, and serrated in

its whole extent internally ; it is slightly longer than the dorsal spine.

Caudal deeply forked, upper lobe the longest.

Lateral line ceases at the base of the caudal fin.

Colours. Greyish brown superiorly, dirty white inferiorly. Fins

greyish, stained with black, several vertical rows of black spots along

the anterior portion of the lateral line.

Three specimens obtained from the Mahanuddi river at Cuttack,

the longest being 8 inches.

69. Rira KuTURNER, Sykes.

Rita buchanani, Bleeker.

Mussayahri, cunta gagah (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers of Orissa.

70. ARIUS THALASSINUS, Riipp.

Cuntea (Ooriah).

At Chanderpore large numbers were taken in the sea; some were

of a very large size. ‘They are much esteemed by the natives as

food.

71. HemtermeLopus cenra, H. Buch.

Jungla (Bengali).

This species appears to have been entirely overlooked in the

‘ Catalogue of Fishes.’

Hor D0, eV; 6: Al a7

Length of head +, of pectoral, +, of base of first dorsal nearly 3,

of ee of adipose Fegeal zy, of base of anal To of caudal + of the

total length. Height of head 3, of body 4, of first dorsal 3 ” of ven-

tral nearly 2 i, of anal 3 of the ‘ofall length.

Eyes. High, covered by skin, diameter + of length of head, 1

diameter fcons end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body fusiform, with compressed sides. A considerable rise from

the snout to above the orbit. Snout overhanging the mouth, upper

1869.]} MR. F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 309

jaw the longest, the angle of the mouth is situated about midway

between the snout and the anterior margin of the orbit. Maxillary

cirrus osseous in its basal half; it extends nearly to the base of the

pectoral fin. The four mandibular cirri arise in a transverse line

just behind the margin of the lower jaw; they only extend to opposite

the middle of the orbit. The occipital process is one-third as wide

at its base as it is long; it extends to the basal bone of the first

dorsal fin. The superior longitudinal groove is wide, but rather

shallow, becoming indistinct. For a short distance opposite the

posterior margin of the orbit, its upper portion extends nearly to the

base of the occipital process, which, as observed by Buchanan, may

be regarded as a point from which seven bony ridges arise. The

upper surface of the head granulated. Nostrils large and placed

close together ; no well-developed valve to the posterior one.

Teeth. Five in both jaws, none on the palate.

Fins. Dorsal spine strong, anteriorly rugose. Pectoral spine

somewhat stronger and of the same length as the dorsal; it is ser-

rated internally, rough externally. The ventrals arise posterior to

the vertical from the last dorsal rays. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line ceases at the base of the caudal fin.

Colours. Yellowish bronze, becoming silvery on the abdomen ;

three dark bands over the head, and four more over the back, de-

scending as low as the lateral line. A black edging to the caudal,

and a black blotch on each lobe. A dark mark across the dorsal fin.

It grows to about 3 inches in length, and is abundant in the Cos-

sye river at Midnapore.

72. BAGARIUS YARRELLHU, Sykes.

Sahlun, Cart cuntea (Ooriah).

Hab. Rivers of Orissa.

73. GaGata Typus, Bleeker.

Callomystax gagata, Giinther.

This species was Dr. Bleeker’s type of the genus Gagata, of which

Dr. Giinther remarks, ‘ Dr. v. Bleeker does not appear to have

been acquainted with this fish ; so that not only the characters of the

genus which he proposed for it are incorrect, but it is also improperly

referred to the ‘ phalanx’ of Ariz, and to the ‘stirps’ of Bagrini.”

He therefore renamed the genus, taking the same species as his

type!

vit he air-bladder is divided into two portions, and enclosed in a

bony capsule formed from the bodies of the anterior vertebra.

It grows to 1 foot in length, and is common in the rivers of

Orissa.

74. BELoNeE cancixLa, H. Buch.

Gungituri (Ooriah).

Hab. Common in rivers and tanks.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—18v9, No. XXI.

310 DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. [May 13,

7d. Hemirampuus EctuntTio, H. Buch.

Gungituri (Ooriah). ,

Do Pal. ¥. 6. Ava. Os d9. bd Dee Ln are A]:

Length of head 3, of pectoral 5, of base of dorsal 3, of base of

anal j;, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head +4, of body

zy» of dorsal +4, of ventral 345, of anal zs of the total length.

Eyes. From 14 to 2 diameters from the posterior extremity of the

opercle, and 1 diameter apart.

Przeorbital one-third longer than high. Upper jaw nearly trian-

gular, its base slightly longer than its length; it is keeled along its

central line.

Teeth in both jaws, also on palatines.

Fins. Dorsal commences somewhat in advance of the anal; the

ventral nearly midway between the posterior margin of the orbit and

the base of the caudal fin, which last is lobed, the lower being the

longest.

Scales scareely deciduous, covering the body, and existing between

the orbits and over the preorbital; none on the bases of the fins.

Lateral line runs the lower fourth of the abdomen.

Colours. Greenish above, silvery below. A burnished silvery line

extends from above the orbit to the centre of the caudal fin; it is

widest over the anal, where it has a dark edge along its upper margin.

Dorsal and caudal stained at their edges.

This fish is very numerous in the rivers of Orissa ; it has, how-

ever, been placed amongst the ‘doubtful species” in the Catalogue

of the British Museum.

76. HapLocHeiLus PANCHAX, H. Buch.

Kanakuri (Ooriah).

Hab. Tanks and rivers throughout Orissa.

77. HapLocHEILUS MELASTIGMA, M‘Clelland.

Panchaz cyanophthalmus, Blyth.

Be? PT. Pye ACP 1S) ay 1 Boe te 1s

Hab. This species is not uncommon in tanks in Orissa.

4. Descriptions of some new Suctorial Annelides in the Col-

lection of the British Museum. By W. Barrp, M.D.,

F.R.S., &e.

Genus BraNCHELLION, Savigny.

1. BRANCHELLION INTYBIFOLIUM, Baird.

Body elongate, very concave ventrally, convex dorsally, consisting

of about 48 segments, which are transversely striated on the back.

Neck distinct from the body, consisting of 10 or 12 short, narrow

segments. Oral sucker small. Ventral sucker large, circularly

1869.] DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. 311

striated round the external margin, and studded with granules in-

ternally, at the bottom of the cup. Both suckers are plaited on

the margins. Each segment from the commencement of the body

to within four of the posterior sucker is furnished on each side with

a large foliaceous appendage, which is sessile, simple on the margin,

but puckered and sinuated like the leaf of the endive.

The only specimen the British Museum possesses is of a uniform

very dark colour, the edges of the posterior sucker excepted, which

are much lighter.

Length about 14 inch, breadth (of body) 4 or 5 lines*.

The habitat is unknown. The specimen was added to the Museum

collection by the late Mr. H. Cuming. ,

2. BRANCHELLION LINEARE, Baird.

Body linear-elongate, flattened, distinctly annulated. Segments

of body about 32, those of neck not so distinct as those on the body,

and about 10 or 12 in number. The neck is separated from the

body by a well-marked constriction, but is nearly equal in diameter

to the body. The oral disk is cireular and smooth, or only finely

striated interiorly. The ventral is considerably larger, circular, and

densely granulated within the cup. The disks are slightly excentral.

Branchiform lateral appendages simple, not puckered on the margin.

Length about 6 lines, breadth about 1 line.

This species was taken from a species of Mustelus in King George’s

Sound, N. Australia, by Mr. Rayner, Surgeon to H.M.S. ‘ Herald.’

3. BRANCHELLION PUNCTATUM, Baird.

Body narrow, elongate, nearly flat on both ventral and dorsal

surfaces, distinctly annulated. Segments somewhat striated on their

backs, those of the body about 32 in number. Neck indistinctly

annulated. Ventral surface light-coloured; dorsal dark, with nu-

merous small, round, yellow spots scattered over the surface. The

oral sucker is much smaller than the ventral, the margin thickened,

and the cup is minutely granulated interiorly. Ventral sucker large,

quite terminal, shallow, and with larger granulations on its interior

surface. Branchiform appendages larger on the posterior portion

of the body, simple, not puckered on the margin.

Length of largest specimen nearly 13 inch, breadth about 2 lines.

The only specimen we possess in the British Museum collection

was taken from a species of My/iobates caught in King George’s

Sound, N. Australia, by Mr. Rayner, Surgeon of H.M.S. ‘Herald.’

Genus EvBRANCHELLA, Baird.

Margins of body furnished with linear, pinnated, instead of broad,

foliaceous, appendages, much more resembling true branchiz than

those in Branchellion. Neck separated from the body. Head smail,

leech-like.

* The species described in this paper are all preserved in spirits; and being

more or less corrugated by the spirit, the dimensions are only approximative.

312 DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. [May 13,

EUBRANCHELLA BRANCHIATA.

Hirudo branchiata, Menzies, Linn. Trans. i. 188, tab. xviii. fig. 3.

Polydora testudinum, Oken.

Branchellion pinnatum, Savigny, Grube.

Branchiobdella menziesi, De Blainville, Diesing.

This, as far as I am aware, is the only species of this genus known.

Savigny was the first to recognize it as belonging to a different genus

from Branchellion. Diesing and Moquin-Tandon appear to con-

sider the species doubtful; but Mr. Rayner, Surgeon of H.M.S.

‘ Herald,’ succeeded in taking it from a turtle in Sharks’ Bay, Aus-

tralia, eleven or twelve years ago. ‘The animal is only half an inch

long.

Genus PontosBpE.ua, Leach.

1. PonrospELLA AFRA, Baird.

Body cylindrical, ventricose in the middle, attenuated at each ex-

tremity, slightly posteriorly, but more so anteriorly. Segments en-

circled with a series of rather large warts, each wart being circular

in form, rather flattened, and covered with a series of smaller warts

or minute tubercles on its centre. The neck consists of 12 segments,

every third one being the largest and warty, the intervening ones

quite smooth, and is separated from the body by five narrow smooth

segments. The acetabulum or ventral sucker is much larger than

the head, which is very small in comparison and armed on its

margin with six rather small nodules or conical tubercles, three on

each side.

The postoccipital segment is armed with a row of similar small

conical tubereles, differing from the warts on the body. The colour

of this Leech is a dark olive, or of a blackish hue.

The worm is about 4} inches long, and the largest portion of

the body is about 27 inches in circumference.

The only specimen the Museum possesses is ticketed “San

Vicente,’ and was presented to the collection by the Rev. R. T.

Lowe, late of Madeira.

2. PonroBDELLA PLANODIsSCUS, Baird.

Body much flattened, attenuated at the anterior extremity. Seg-

ments surrounded with a row of conical raised warts, each wart

having two or three small nodules on the upper surface. The neck

consists of 12 segments, all of which are warty, the warts, however,

being much smaller than those of the body, from which it is sepa-

rated by five warty rings. The acetabulum is considerably larger

than the head, is quite plane, not hollowed at all, and rayed exter-

nally with numerous rather broad bands of brown. The head is

small and puckered round the edges, and has six small conical papillz

on the margin, three on each side, not in a line with each other

but set in a triangular manner, two on the same plane, the third,

forming the apex of the triangle, at some little distance from the

margin. The body is marked on the anterior portion and the neck

1869. } DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. 313

with rather narrow circular bands of dark brown on a yellowish

ground.

We possess only one specimen of this species. It was collected in

Possession Bay, Patagonia, by Dr. Cunningham, naturalist to the late

Surveying Expedition to the Straits of Magellan.

Length of body about 2 inches, breadth (at broadest part) about

4 lines.

3. PoNTOBDELLA VARIEGATA, Baird.

Body cylindrical, somewhat fusiform, much attenuated at the an-

terior extremity. Posterior extremity the larger in cireumferenée,

gradually tapering towards the head. Segments covered with smooth,

conical, rounded warts, of nearly uniform size. The neck is com-

posed of 10 or 11 segments, and is separated from the body by five

narrower ones, all the segments being slightly warty. The aceta-

bulum is considerably larger than the head, which is smooth on its

margin, having no nodules round the rim. The body is marked

with spots of a deeper brown colour on a yellowish ground, and the

acetabulum is rayed with the same hue.

We possess two specimens,—one in very good preservation from

the Straits of Magellan, presented by the Lords of the Admiralty ;

the other from Possession Bay, Patagonia, collected by Dr. Cun-

ningham along with the preceding species.

One specimen (somewhat contracted) measures about 2} inches

in length, the other (more relaxed) is nearly 3 inches long; circum-

ference (at the broadest part) 14 inch.

4. PoNTOBDELLA RAYNER], Baird.

Body cylindrical, much attenuated at the anterior extremity.

Segments surrounded with raised conical warts, each wart having

several small warts on itssummit. The neck is elongated, and sur-

rounded, as is the body, with warts. It consists of 12 segments,

and is almost continuous with the body, being slightly separated

from it by five warty rings. The acetabulum is larger than the head,

faintly rayed with brown, and somewhat puckered round the margin.

The head is small, circular, and the margin has six small conical

papillae. On the side of the head are two well-marked brown spots,

somewhat triangular in shape. The warts on the body are so ar-

ranged as to present one row of large ones, and two rows of smaller

ones succeeding it; that is to say, every third row of warts is the

largest.

_ When relaxed, the length is about 1 inch ; when corrugated by the

spirit it diminishes one-fourth.

Hab. Found on a species of Rhinobatis in Sharks’ Bay, Australia.

Collected by Mr. Rayner, Surgeon H.M.S. < Herald.’

Genus AuLasroma, Moquin-Tandon.

1. AULASTOMA PLANUM, Baird.

Body flattened, slightly convex dorsally, very flat ventrally, at-

314 DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. [May 13,

tenuated anteriorly, broadest about the centre. Colour of a light

olive, uniform underneath, but marked with irregular black spots on

the back. Rings rather narrow, with an indistinct keel along both

dorsal and ventral surfaces of each. Oral sucker rather small,

ventral large. Anus large. Teeth on the jaw nearly black.

Length of body (in spirits) 3 inches, breadth (at broadest part)

9 lines.

Hab. Cuba? From the collection of the late Mr. John Christy,

F.R.S. &e.

2. AULASTOMA EXIMIO-STRIATUM, Baird.

Body flattened, especially on the ventral surface, slightly at-

tenuated at each extremity, but more so anteriorly ; broadest about

the centre. Back olive-coloured, speckled with black spots or marks

scattered profusely over the surface ; ventral surface of a uniform

colour, lighter than the back. Rings very distinct, particularly well-

marked at the sides, which appear as if crenate; on the back they

are marked with very numerous, minute fine striz, which are best

seen when the specimen is taken out of spirits. Oral sucker small ;

ventral moderate and rather deep, granose on outer edge. Anus large.

Length about 2 inches, breadth about 8 lines.

Hab. ? Old collection.

Genus Hirupo, Linneeus.

1. Hirupo rnconcrinna, Baird.

Body much depressed, of a uniform dark olive-colour, somewhat

lighter underneath, much attenuated at anterior extremity. Body

broad posteriorly, coarsely annulated; surface of rings roughly

wrinkled. Oral sucker small; ventral large, shallow, bordered with

a smooth margin, distinctly radiately plaited on interior surface, and

covered with flat granulations externally, or as it were tessellated.

Breadth of anterior portion immediately below the oral sucker

3 lines, breadth at broadest part of body 9 lines ; diameter of ventral

sucker 5 lines; length of body 4 inches.

Hab. Ceylon (Sir A. Smith, M.D.).

Several species of Leeches are found in Ceylon, and are particu-

larly mentioned by the late Sir J. E. Tennent in his history of that

island. This may be the Leech mentioned by him in vol. i. p. 305

(footnote), which was observed by Mr. Thwaites at Kolona Koole,

but which he was not able to examine particularly. He describes

it “as flatter and of a darker colour” than the paddy-field Leech“

(Homopsis sanguisorba) of Ceylon.

2. Hrrupo towet, Baird.

Body depressed, concave on ventral surface, slightly convex dor-

sally, of a uniform olive-colour, rather lighter underneath. No

bands or marks on the surface to be seen. Attenuated anteriorly.

Body distinctly annulated ; rings very irregular, contracted at about

every fourth or fifth, the.fourth or fifth being smaller than the rest,

1869. } DR W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. 315

and as it were sunk beneath the others. Rings beset with spinulous

tubercles, about 30 or 35 in number. In many the spines are only

on the lower edge of the ring and point downwards. Oral sucker

small; ventral deep and large, much plaited both internally and on

the external margin, and covered externally with spinulous tubercles.

Length nearly 3 inches, breadth (at broadest part) about 9 lines.

Hab. Borneo. From the collection of Mr. Lowe, H.B.M. Consul

at Sarawak.

3. Hirupo BEeLcHeER!, Baird.

Body depressed, slightly convex on the back, of a yellowish grey

colour, indistintly banded near the dorsal margin with dark olive ;

edges as it were serrated, attenuated anteriorly. Body consisting

of about 95 very narrow rings, each ring beset all round with nu-

merous pointed raised dots or small tubercles, about 40 on each

ring. Oral sucker of considerable size ; ventral moderate, and ra-

diately plaited internally and on external margin. The rings of this

species are narrower and much more distinctly tubercular than

those of Hirudo granulosa from India.

Length of body 2} inches, breadth (at broadest part) 6 lines.

Hab. Borneo (Sir EL. Belcher, R.N.).

4, Hrrupo macutarta, Baird.

Body depressed, flat beneath, slightly convex on the back; at-

tenuated anteriorly. Back of a deep grey colour, marked in the

centre with an interrupted black line, and a row of spots of the

same colour near the edges, the spots being distributed alternately

—first on one ring with an intermediate ring without a spot, then,

secondly, a spot and two rings without a spot, and thus alternately

throughout its whole length *. Abdominal surface lighter-coloured,

with a broad line of a dark colour on each side. Rings very narrow,

beset with numerous small tubercles, about 36 in number. Oral

sucker of considerable size ; ventral circular, with a simple border,

strongly plaited internally and granulous externally.

Length of body about 2} inches; breadth (at broadest part)

about 72 lines.

Hab. Siam.

5. Hirvupo assiMiLis, Baird.

Body rather narrow, attenuated anteriorly, of a light yellowish

colour above and beneath. Back convex, marked with an indistinet

row of small spots in the centre, and an interrupted row of larger

black spots at the margins, the spotted alternating with the unspotted

rings, in the same way as in H. maculata, described above. Ventral

surface of a uniform colour, without any markings. Rings larger

* In general I have observed that in European species the marginal row of

spots is continuous, a spot occurring on each ring, whilst in those from the

Eastern countries the spots are alternate, as I have described them in the species

mentioned here. ‘This holds good with the Hirudo granulosa trom India, the

present, and succeeding species, all from the East.

316 DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. [May 13,

than in maculata, and tubercular. Oral sucker moderate in size;

ventral circular, radiately plaited internally and granulous externally.

Length of body about 3 inches, greatest breadth about 4 lines.

Hab. Hong-Kong, China (Sir A. Smith, M.D.).

A species has been described by Blainville from a drawing made

by a native artist in the Chinese ‘ Encyclopaedia,’ and named | by him

Hirudo.sinica. This Leech is said to be employed medicinally in

China. It is small and entirely black, which would show it to be a

different species from that found in Hong-Kong.

6. Hirupo semicarInaTa, Baird.

Body rounded, of a uniform dark olive-colour above and beneath,

slightly narrower at anterior extremity. Rings narrow, with a few

tubercles on the surface. Oral sucker round, with scarcely any lip,

but plaited round its margin; ventral sucker moderate, indistinctly

plaited on internal surface. Anus small. The anterior half of the

body is marked on the dorsal surface with a sort of raised keel.

Length of body 16 lines, breadth of body about 3 lines (largest

specimen).

Hab. Vancouver Island a K. Lord, Esq.) ; Great Bear Lake,

N. America (Sir J. Richardson, M.D.).

7. Hrrupo Leavis, Baird.

Body depressed, flat ventrally, slightly convex dorsally, attenuated

anteriorly. Of a uniform dull yellowish colour above and beneath:

No bands or marks to be seen, unless an indistinct continuous band

on each side dorsally. Rings quite smooth ; the lower margin of each

raised somewhat like a keel; and on the edges at the sides the rings

are as it were divided into two, but only on the edges. Oral sucker

small; ventral rather small, radiately plaited.

Length 4} inches, greatest breadth about 9 lines.

Hab. ? Old collection*.

Genus HeTEROBDELLA, Baird.

Body composed of 160 rings. Male organ situated between the

twenty-ninth and thirtieth ring; female between the forty-eighth

and forty-ninth. Eyes five pairs—three situated on first ring, one

on second, and one on fifth. Anus rather small, round, and distinct,

situated between the fourth and fifth last ring, in the centre, a little

above the ventral sucker, which is obliquely terminal, and so placed

as to have a ventral aspect.

* A cargo of Leeches was lately imported into London from Australia; but,

the demand for Leeches being now much restricted owing to the disuse of blood-

letting by medical men in this country, it appears that they were almost all

thrown into the Thames. Three or four specimens, however, were saved from

the mass, and kindly sent alive to the British Museum by Mr. Morson of South-

ampton Row. This Leech is one which is used in Australia for medicinal pur-

poses ; and a dissection of the mouth shows the teeth to be strong and well deve-

loped. The species is the Azrudo quinquestriata of Schmarda, and described

by him in his ‘ Neue Wirbelthiere,’ vol. ii.

1869.) DR. W. BAIRD ON NEW ANNELIDES. 317

HetTreROBDELLA MEXICANA, Baird.

Body rounded dorsally, flattened ventrally; narrow, nearly uniform

in breadth, but slightly attenuated anteriorly ; of a uniform pale

brown colour. Rings very narrow, rather rugose. Oral sucker

rather small; upper lip prominent, plaited. Ventral sucker round,

deep, plaited on outer margin, smooth, obliquely terminal, and with

a ventral aspect; in several specimens this sucker was closed, being

contracted longitudinally. Anus distinctly visible, of moderate size,

between the fourth and fifth last ring, above the ventral sucker.

Length about 20 lines, breadth about 4 lines.

Hab. Mexico. Collected by M. Salle.

Genus GLossipHonIA, Johnson.

1. GLosstIPHONIA RUDIS, Baird.

Body of an obovate form, and of a uniform olive-colour ; roughly

annulated, each ring armed with a series of tubercles along its sur-

face, and having a number of larger, reddish-coloured tubercles scat-

tered irregularly over the surface of the back. Head and body

continuous. Dorsum rather convex, ventrally concave. Oral sucker

smaller than ventral, which is round, hollow, and smooth internally.

Eyes? six in number (as far as could be made out). Sexual orifice

about the twenty-third ring.

Length about 1 inch, greatest breadth nearly 3 inch.

Hab. Great Bear Lake, N. America (Sir J. Richardson, M.D.).

2. GLOSSIPHONIA TRISULCATA, Baird.

Body obovate ; head small, distinct from the body, being separated

by a distinct notch. Eyes two, or, if four, placed so close together

that they look as only two. Of a uniform dull olive-colour, with

three distinct raised sulci or ridges, which converge to a point at the

upper part of the body, just below the head, and nearly converging

posteriorly also. The ridges are beset, all along their upper margins,

with raised tubercles. Ventral surface as if trellised by crossing

strie. Ventral sucker rather small, round. Back somewhat con-

vex, ventral surface concave.

Length about 10 lines, greatest breadth 4 lines.

Hab. 2? Qld collection.

3. GLOSSIPHONIA CIMICIFORMIS, Baird.

Body rounded oval, flat, somewhat concave ventrally, nearly flat

on dorsal surface. Rings very close and indistinct, beset with six

longitudinal rows of raised tubercles, the two central rows the largest

and most distinct. Colour above of a reddish brown, the tubercles

lighter in hue. Borders or margins of body very thick and large,

leaving a hollow space in the centre of ventral surface, with a row

of black spots on each side running longitudinally for the greatest

part of its length. yes six ; anterior pair very small, second pair

large, and third pair smaller than second. Body of a hard crusta-

318 MR. G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SNAKES. [May 13,

ceous sort of structure ; and the form altogether presents very much

the appearance of a bug. Ventral sucker round and rather deep.

Length about 3 lines, breadth about 23 lines.

Hab. ? Old collection.

5. Descriptions of new Australian Snakes. By Gerarp

Kroerrt, F.L.S.,C.M.Z.S8., Curator and Secretary of the

Australian Museum at Sydney, N.S.W.

CaACoPHIS FORDE. (Figs. 1 & 2.)

Seales in 15 rows. Abdominal plates ——? Subcaudals

Two anal plates.

Total length 13 inches, head 4, tail 12.

Figs. 1 & 2.

Py:

Cacophis fordei.

Body elongate and rounded ; head rather small, not distinct from

trunk, flat, regularly shielded ; vertical moderate, with a very sharp

angle behind ; superciliaries much smaller, occipitals slightly larger

than the vertical; rostral rather depressed, with a groove on its

lower edge ; one anterior, two posterior oculars ; one large and elon-

gate temporal shield, with two others behind, the upper one being

nearly as large as the first temporal ; six upper labials, the third and

fourth coming into the orbit ; these shields increase from the first to

the last, which is the largest ; the lower labials are also six in number ;

the eye is small, with rounded pupil; scales hexagonal, about as

broad as they are long, except the upper rows on the back, which

are more elongate. The head is scarcely to be distinguished from

the body, and for one-fourth of the whole length there is no increase

in size; the body then gradually enlarges, being much stouter pos-

teriorly, with a short and very distinct tail. In young and half-

grown individuals these characters are not so clearly defined; the

tail is nearly of the same size as in the adult, rather stout, but dis-

tinct from the body. The. general colour is a kind of sepia-brown

above, in adults much lighter anteriorly, a white or yellowish collar

1869.) MR. G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SNAKES. 319

dividing the head from the neck. This collar commences at the

last labial shield, covers five scales in Jength by one (or at the angle

two scales) wide ; it then crosses the neck, the width of a scale or

less, and joins the opposite angle. The shields on the side of the

face are all more or less spotted with white, including the onter

edges of the superciliaries, the rostral, and the first pair of frontals.

The general colour of the body covers the outer margin of every

abdominal plate, rather jagged and irregular in the middle, but

sharply defined on the sides, particularly in young individuals ; the

inner margins of the two-rowed subcaudals are marked in the same

way to the tip. The abdominal plates are otherwise of a clear straw-

yellow, brighter in young individuals. The outer margin of each

scale of the back is darkly shaded, with a light elongate spot in the

middle, giving the body a keeled appearance.

Haé. Mr. George Masters discovered this handsome little Snake

at the Pine-Mountain, near Ipswich, Queensland, and states that it

can be freely handled without offering to bite.

CacopHis HARRIETTH. (Fig. 3.)

Scales in 15 rows. Abdominal plates 193. ‘Two anal plates.

Subcaudals 35/35, or more.

Total length 12 inches, head 3, tail 14.

Cacophis harriette.

Body rather elongate and rounded ; head scarcely distinct from

trunk, quadrangular, not much depressed; tail rather short and

stout, distinct from the body. The vertical is rounded off behind,

about as large again as the superciliaries ; the occipitals are rather

small and narrow, not much larger than the vertical (too large in

my figure). The plates on the side of the face are similar to those

of C. fordei ; the third and fourth upper labials come under the eye,

and the sixth and last is the largest; the temporal shields are one

large one and two others of unequal size behind. The general colour

is a kind of purplish brown above, each scale with a white central

streak (except the outer row on each side), forming thirteen thin

lines from nape to base of tail; head and ueck white above, with a

central spot (the colour of the body) covering part of posterior

frontals, vertical superciliaries, and occipitals, and one row of scales

surrounding the occipitals. The shields on the side of the face, the

lower labials, and chin-shields are dark-spotted and blotched; eye

small, pupil rounded. Abdominal plates uniform purplish brown,

with a light outer edge; subcaudals with similar markings.

320 MR. G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SNAKES. [May 13,

Hab. Warro, Port Curtis, Queensland. Discovered by F. A.

Blackman, Esq.

CacopHis BLACKMAN. (Fig. 4.)

Scales in 15 rows. Abdominal plates 197. Two anal plates.

Subcaudals 43/43, or more.

Total length 16 inches, head 3, tail 27.

Cacophis blackmanii.

Body elongate and rounded ; head distinct from neck, rather de-

pressed, with obtuse muzzle. The vertical without the sharp angle

behind would form a square; the superciliaries are very small,

slightly larger than the anterior ocular ; occipitals also of small size,

and not as large again as the vertical; the hind part of the head

rather thick ; the vertical and occipitals depressed. Six upper labials,

the two last of about equal size, with a large temporal shield wedged

in between them; seven lower labials. Purplish brown above,

lighter on the sides; all scales with a slightly transparent outer

edge, but without any markings; ventrals straw-yellow, with darker

spots in the corners. Head, from the muzzle to the occipitals, dark

brown above; the upper margin of the upper labials tinted with the

same colour, the rest of the lower labials yellowish; mental shield

dark brown. The upper part of the head behind the occipitals light

brown; a clear small spot in the corner of each superciliary yellow.

Hab. The Pine-Mountain, Queensland. Discovered by Mr. George

Masters.

VERMICELLA LUNULATA. (Figs. 5 & 6.)

Scales in 15 rows. Abdominal plates 220, or more. Two anal

plates. Subcaudals 26/26, or more.

Total length 83 inches, head less than 3, tail 3.

Figs. 5 & 6.

Vermicella lunulata.

1869.] MR. G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SNAKES. 321

Head very flat ; rostral not quite so high as in V. annulata; ver-

tical and occipitals more elongate. Head, body, and tail covered by

fifty-nine elliptical spots, which, only in a few instances near the tail,

join beneath, but very faint and scarcely a line in width. On the

middle of the back these spots are about 3 inch wide.

Hab. The Upper Burdekin. A single specimen in the Museum

collection.

DentsoniA, Krefft.

Head high and quadrangular, distinct from trunk, regularly

shielded, but with a large loreal, which is absent in all other Aus-

tralian venomous Snakes. Body not very elongate.

DENISONIA ORNATA. (Fig. 7.)

The present species is a very peculiar form on account of the

loreal shield, which in the venomous Colubrine Snakes is, I believe,

generally absent. The head is rather thick, distinct from trunk,

high, and quadrangular, with shelving snout; and in this respect

resembles the genus Acanthophis. The markings of the upper and

lower labials, the chin-shields, and the first ten or fifteen abdominal

plates are almost identical with those of young Death-adders of the

first year. The occiput is black from the posterior frontals to the

commencement of the neck, leaving a mottled spot on the inner

margin of the superciliaries, and another very small one at the pos-

terior part of the vertical. The tips of the two occipitals and the

scale between them are also light-coloured; and below these is another

whitish spot formed by the inner portions of eight scales with a

darker centre. The occipitals are slightly raised above the eye, and

resemble in this respect the same scales in Acanthophis. The frontals

are shelving downwards ; and the rostral is very low, and not visible

from above if the head is put in a horizontal position. Body and

tail above lead-coloured, beneath whitish; the abdominals with

brown spots in the corner of each plate, which become faint towards

the tail.

Denisonia ornata.

Hab. Mr. Thomas Nobbs, a liberal donor to the Museum, dis-

covered this new Snake near Rockhampton, in Queensland.

EmypocreruHauus, Krefft.

Anterior half of the trunk rounded, posterior part compressed ;

ventral plates well developed. Head shielded, gape of mouth short ;

322 MR. G. KREFFT ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SNAKES. [ May 13,

three upper and three lower labials, the middle one largest, covering

nearly the whole upper and lower lip (scales large and much imbri-

cated, in sixteen rows). Occipitals not much larger than the super-

ciliaries, very irregular, with sometimes a plate between them, and

much broader than long. Tail much compressed, ending in a large

flat scale, with two or three denticulations and a strong keel on each

side. Scales in sixteen or seventeen rows, hexagonal, much imbri-

cated, and covered with from five to ten or more tubercles. Ventral

plates much tuberculated, in particular those near the tail.

EmMYDOCEPHALUS ANNULATUS.

Scales in 16 or 17 rows. Ventral plates 144. One anal plate.

Subcaudals 36 (ending in a broad spine).

Total length 30 inches.

Scales large and imbricated. Head small, about as long as broad,

covered with rounded plates, which are more or Jess raised in the

middle and much tuberculated ; one or two elongate shields wedged

in between the superciliaries ; the number of upper and lower labials

reduced to three, a middle one of extraordinary size between two

small scale-like shields, each scale and plate covered with many

small tubercles, and the body encircled by thirty-five black and as

many white rings. The white scales upon the back and sides more

or less black, and some of the black rings white-spotted.

Hab. Probably the Australian seas. Two specimens in the Mu-

seum collection.

EMYDOCEPHALUS TUBERCULATUS.

Scales in 17 rows. Abdominal plates 135. One anal plate. Sub-

caudal plates 30.

Total length 32 inches, head 1, tail 52, girth 4.

Head short, but longer than in the previous species ; neck rounded ;

all the other parts of the body compressed, very stout, with strongly

compressed tail, ending in a large flat scale or spine divided into three

segments. Scales very large, hexagonal, the greater portion fully

one quarter of an inch wide, much imbricated and tuberculated.

Abdominal plates large, with a fold or ridge in the middle, but not

keeled; each plate covered with several elongated tubercles. Head

shielded, the sutures of the frontals and nasals forming right angles ;

vertical nearly rounded; superciliaries large, five-sided ; occipitals

short, much broader than long. Three upper and lower labials, the

middle one very large, covering nearly the whole gape; the middle

lower labial shield very irregular in form, with one or two indenta-

tions. One anterior and two posterior oculars ; eye of moderate size.

General colour uniform purplish brown; some of the scales on the

side mottled with lighter brown spots.

Hab. Probably the Australian seas. A single specimen in the

Museum collection.

P.Z.S. 1869. Pl XX.

Jiens Aldous delet lith

Siliceo-fibrous

‘

CTR RIT OT Sa oon .

diens Aldous del et Irth

PZ. 9.1869. PLXXIL

= A.

TNS

P/ae

Lens Aldous del et lth W. West imp

Diliceo-fibrous Sponges.

lens Aldous del. e+ lith

Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.

— Pe ed AALS ae Ry

‘ t ae

"9 Ce, AC ey i

PL XXV.

PLS eee

Sit 7 j W West imp.

Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.

Lens Aldous del. et lith

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 323

6. A Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges.

By J. S. Bowrersank, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.—Part I1.*

(Plates XXI.-XXV.)

Ipuitrron, Valenciennes.

Iphiteon panicea, of the Museum, Jardin des Plantes, is distinctly

a symmetrical structure. The skeleton is reticulated in a very remark-

able manner. The whole consists of a series of regular areas, with

pentagonal or hexagonal margins, from each angle of which a fibre

passes in a direct line to the centre of the area, where they unite,

forming a central, slightly protuberant mass. From each of these

centres one or two fibres are given off at about right angles to the

plane of the area, in opposite directions to each other, by which the

adjoining areas above and below are connected. These connecting

fibres always terminate at junctional angles of the nearest adjoining

area, and the fibres thus projected never seem to unite with any

other portions of the reticulating skeleton.

The appearance resulting from this mode of structure is very re-

markable when we view a microscopical plane of this beautiful tissue.

The effect is that all the areas present a singularly confluent appear-

ance, each perfect in itself, and each forming, as it were, a part of a

neighbouring area. Occasionally square spaces may be found; but

these are only intervals of the reticulations.

In treating of the gemmules in my paper “On the Anatomy and

Physiology of the Spongiade,” I have figured a small portion of the

skeleton of the specimen in the French Museum, said to be from

Porto Rico (plate 34. fig. 17, Phil. Trans. for 1862), and I

have there designated it as identical with Stutchbury’s genus Dacty-

localyx ; but a more critical examination, with a view to the deter-

mination of its specific characters, has convinced me that I was in

error in doing so, Neither Dactylocalyx nor Iphiteon appear in

Lamarck’s ‘ Animaux sans Vertébres,’ second edition, published in

1836, nor in Agassiz’s ‘ Nomenclator Zoologicus,’ published in 1848.

Nor is there any notice of the subject in the list of the works of Prof.

Valenciennes published in the ‘ Bibliographia Zoologize et Geologie,’

by the Ray Society, 1854; we may therefore reasonably conclude

that although named by Prof. Valenciennes in the Museum of the

Jardin des Plantes, he never published any descriptive characters of

the genus. The symmetrical arrangement of the skeleton-structures

distinctly separates Iphiteon from Dactylocalyx, with which it has

hitherto been confounded by other English naturalists as well as by

me. I therefore propose the following characters for the genus

IpHITEON, Valenciennes.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibre solid, cylindrical. Reticulations

symmetrical. Areas rotulate, confluent.

Type Iphiteon panicea from Porto Rico, Museum of the Jardin des

Plantes, Paris.

* For Part I. see ated, pp. 66-LO0,

324 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [May 13,

IPpHITEON PANICEA, Valenciennes.

Sponge cyathiform, slightly pedicelled. Surface of rigid skeleton

even? Oscula, pores, and dermal membrane unknown. Skeleton

symmetrically radial ; radii short and stout ; areas of the rete mostly

six-sided, spaces within triangular; fibre cylindrical, incipiently

spinous. Tension-spicula simple, hexradiate, slender, abundantly

spinous; radii terminally more or less clavate. Retentive spicula

spinulo-pentafurcated? hexradiate stellate, few in number. Gem-

mules simple, membranous, subspherical, irregularly dispersed, very

numerous.

Colour in the living state unknown.

Hab. Porto Rico, 1799 (Prof. Valenciennes).

Examined in the state of skeleton.

The specimen designated Iphiteon panicea in the Museum of the

Jardin des Plantes, Paris, is said to have been brought from Porto

Rico in the year 1799. It is an irregularly cup-shaped sponge, the

diameter of its distal margin being about equal to its height, which,

to the best of my recollection, was from 7 to 8 inches. From the

colour and general appearance of the specimen, I believe it to be the

one from which Prof. Valenciennes gave a small fragment to Prof.

Melville some years since, which he kindly transferred to me, and

which fragment contains the gemmules in situ. I have so fully de-

scribed the general structure of the skeleton in my description of the

genus, as to render it unnecessary to dilate further on that portion

of its history.

No fragments of the expansile dermal system could be detected ;

and we are therefore deprived of the most important specific cha-

racters.

I could not detect auxiliary skeleton-spicula, simulating hexradiate

spicula, springing from the primary skeleton-fibres and anastomo-

sing freely with each other, as in Dactylocalyz ; but in lieu of them

true simple hexradiate tension-spicula were frequently to be seen in

groups in the interstitial spaces, but they never appeared to inoscu-

late with each other or to deviate from their normal forms. These

spicula are of comparatively large size; the radii are slightly and

progressively attenuated, and entirely and acutely spinous, but they

do not terminate in a point, but either in a group of acute spines or

they are more or less subclavate.

The retentive spicula appear to be exceedingly few in number in

the interstitial tissues; in several small masses of the skeleton

abounding in sarcode and gemmules I found but two of them. The

secondary radii were apparently five in number, but they were so

much obscured by the surrounding sarcode as to render the deter-

mination of this character very uncertain.

The simple membranous subspherical gemmules are very like

those of a halichondroid sponge; they are very numerous, some-

what variable in size and form, and are nearly all of them attached

to the skeleton-fibres.

A portion of the skeleton with the gemmules is figured in the

1869.] DR. J.S, BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 325

illustrations to my paper “ On the Anatomy and Physiology of the

Spongiade”’ (Phil. Trans. for 1862, plate 34. figs. 17 & 18),

and also in vol. i. of ‘ Monograph of British Spongiadz’ (plate 35.

figs. 340 & 341). The latter figure in each of these quotations

represents one of the gemmules filled with granular matter, x 666

linear. A small portion of the skeleton from the Porto Rico speci-

men is also figured in Plate XXII. fig. 1, of the present work, x 108

linear, to exhibit the abundance of these organs iz situ. In this

portion of the skeleton (fig. 1, Plate XXI., representing the general

contour of the skeleton) the gemmules are very few in number, the

original of the figure being from a different portion of the sponge.

IpHITEON BEATRIX, Bowerbank.

Aphrocallistes beatriz, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 115, pl. xi.

Sponge fistulous, branching irregularly. Surface of the rigid

skeleton undulating or tuberous. Oscula congregated, terminal.

Pores and dermal system unknown. Skeleton symmetrically ra-

dial; radii short and stout ; areas of the rete mostly six-sided, spaces

within triangular ; fibre cylindrical; central umbo of the areas spi-

nous. Inhalant spaces of the skeleton-surface armed with stout

elongo-conical, acutely terminated, arl abundantly spinous defensive

fibres. External defensive spicula of the skeleton acerate, distal por-

tions incipiently recurvato-spinous, long and slender, very numerous ;

and also stout subfusiformi-cylindrical, entirely spinous spicula, few

in number. Interstitial spicula attenuated rectangulated hexradiate,

large and small; axial ray of the latter occasionally spinous at one

or both of its terminations; spines very long and slender, curving

towards the extremities. Spicula of the membranes :—Tension-

spicula acerate, very slender. Retentive spicula acerate, verticil-

lately spinous ; verticilli few in number; spines large and acute,

and also porrecto-spinulo-multiradiate spicula with slightly attenu-

ated shafts ; radii from three to six or more, slender and minute, few

in number. Gemmules spherical, membranous, irregularly dispersed.

Colour in the living state unknown.

Hab. Malacca (Admiral Sir Edward Belcher).

Examined in the skeleton state.

Dr. Gray’s description of this beautiful sponge in the ‘ Proceed-

ings’ of this Society for 1858 is inaccurate in several important

points. In the first place he describes it as calcareous, whereas

it is purely siliceo-fibrous. He also states the outer surface to be

“formed of intertangled transparent spines which inosculate and

unite with each other at the intersection,’ while the whole of the

skeleton is formed of a symmetrical network of siliceous fibre. He

further states that “the end of the main tube is closed with an

open network formed of spicula,” when in reality it is an intricate

reticulation of siliceous fibre of a very remarkable structure. Subse-

quently the author writes, “in this genus the mass of the sponge is

formed of small spicula, which inosculate and are united together,

forming a hard mass pierced with numerous closed, small, uniform

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXII.

326 DR.J.S., BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [May 13,

hexangular pores, lined with a thin layer formed of elongate fusiform

spicula, placed parallel in bungle in a more or less longitudinal

direction round the inner mouth of the pores.” The whole of this

latter description of the structure of the sponge is remarkable for its

inaccuracy. He repeats the fallacy that ‘the sponge is formed of

small spicula,” and describes their inosculation, when no such inos-

culation ever takes place among true spicula, He describes the

pores in the total absence of the dermal membrane, evidently mis-

taking the incurrent orifices of the skeleton for those organs, and

then he lines the cavities ‘‘ with spicula placed parallel in bungle.”

What may be the mode of disposition of spicula in bungle I must

leave my readers to imagine, as I really cannot conceive their arrange-

ment under such circumstances, and especially as I have been totally

unable to detect any such lining of spicula within the orifices de-

scribed by Dr. Gray.

The sponge, of the natural size, and slightly magnified, has been

beautifully represented in plate 11 of the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoolo-

gical Society’ for 1858.

The natural surface, and the whole of the dermal system of this

sponge, have been entirely destroyed, and the pores are therefore un-

known to us; but from the regularity of the size and mode of dis-

position of the incurrent orifices of the skeleton, it is very probable

that they were congregated immediately above them. Within the

sponge, on the surface of the great cloacal cavity, there are a series of

large areas for the discharge of the excurrent streams into the cloaca ;

they are very like in size and form to those of the inhalant surface,

but they are destitute of the elaborate defences that characterize the

inhalant organs, Fig. 4, Plate XXI. represents one of these areas

x 108 linear.

The form and mode of disposition of the oscular area readily in-

dicates the congregation of the oscula after the same manner as that

indicated in Alcyoncellum speciosum, and as exhibited in various

species of Geodia. The reticulation-fibre closing this area in the

sponge under consideration is remarkably complex and beautiful ;

each fibre of the oscular area is a compound structure. Whena

portion of it is immersed in Canada balsam, and viewed by a micro-

scopic power of about 150 linear, it is seen to be a complete cylinder

formed of a dense network of siliceo-fibrous structure, produced on

the same radial principle as that which prevails in the skeleton of

the sponge, but in consequence of the small elongate cylindrical

space in which it is developed, its structure is necessarily very con-

fused; yet the indication of radial fibres within it are sufficiently *

apparent to assure us of this fact. On the surface, and within the

reticulations, there were a few very slender, smooth, acerate spicula

which, from the mode of their disposition, are evidently the tension-

spicula of the membranous tissues of the sponge. From the ex-

ternal surface of the compound fibre there were a few basal portions

of, apparently, hexradiate auxiliary fibres projected; but none of

them were developed to the extent of the production of the rectan-

gulated lateral fibres. The external fibres of this beautiful com-

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 327

pound structure were incipiently spinous, but the internal ones were

smooth. The portion of the compound fibre examined measured +};

inch in diameter, and is represented by fig. 2, Plate XXII., x 108

linear.

The structure of the skeleton of Aphrocallistes beatrix, Gray, is

precisely in accordance with that of Iphiteon panicea; and if agree-

ment in organic structure be an evidence of close alliance, the two

must belong to the same genus, however different their external

forms maybe. The same description of symmetrical confluent areas

of siliceo-fibrous structure forms the skeleton, the only difference

being that the areas are rather less in their average diameter than

those of I. panicea. In the latter species they average ;4, inch,

while in the former they are 7; inch; but in their general structural

aspect they so closely resemble each other that, if it were not for

the spinous umbonate centres of the areas in J. beatriz, they could

not be distinguished when examined beneath the microscope. Fig. 2,

Plate XXI. represents a section at right angles to the surface of the

sponge. The view of the surface of the sponge does not exhibit

distinctly the peculiar rotulate structure of the areas ; and it is only

when we obtain a section at right angles to the surface that this

strikingly characteristic structure is to be seen in all its symmetry

and beauty. But the surface view exhibits many of the specific

characters in an extremely striking and beautiful manner. Here

we observe large inhalant spaces, abounding in rectangulated hexra-

diate spicula, for the support and multiplication of the nutrient

membranes of the sponge ; and that the delicate tissues may be pre-

served from the ravages of minute annelids and other insidious ene-

mies, the mouths of the apertures are abundantly defended by the

projection into them of large elongate cones of fibre, profusely fur-

nished with minute spines ; and deeply imbedded amidst the skele-

ton-fibre we find an abundant supply of acerate tension-spicula, and

of the short, acerate, verticillately spined retentive ones, and occa-

sionally groups of two or three of the porrecto-spinulo-quaternate

spicula with attenuating shafts (fig. 3, Plate XXI., x 108 linear).

The surface of the skeleton is furnished with a profusion of attenu-

ated acerate external defensive spicula, the distal portions of which

are abundantly spinous, the spines appearing as if notched upward

out of the shaft of the spiculum, their acute points being all directed

downward. The greater portion of these defensive organs are deeply

immersed in the skeleton-mass beneath, their distal ends projecting

not more than about one-fifth or one-sixth of their length beyond

the general surface of the sponge. A section at right angles to the

mass of the skeleton is necessary to exhibit distinctly their structure

and position in the sponge. The auxiliary rectangulated hexradiate

fibres of the skeleton are produced very sparingly in this species ;

they do not attain the full development of the shaft and lateral ra-

diations as in Dactylocalyz, the lower half of the shaft only being

produced ; and this portion of it is abundantly spinous, and termi-

nates hemispherically. In one portion of the skeleton, mounted in

Canada balsam, their purpose in the economy of the animal is dis-

328 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [May 13,

played in a very beautiful manner. Five of them are projected at

different angles in about the same plane; and as it fortunately happens

that the interstitial membrane is in a beautiful state of preservation,

it is seen suspended on the points of the fibres, the margin curving

gently from one to the other of them, in precisely the same man-

ner as wet linen cloth would if it were supported ona series of short

props for the purpose of being dried ; and the resemblance is rendered

the more complete by the doubling and folding of the membrane at

the points of contact with the rough terminations of the supporting

fibre ; and in the space of membrane between two of these support-

ing props, we have one of the rectangulated hexradiate interstitial

spicula, with its almost brush-like spinous axial spiculum, imbedded

in the surface of the membrane, to contribute its share of support to

that portion of the structure.

The attenuated hexradiate rectangulated interstitial spicula are

comparatively small and delicate in their structure ; the proximal and

distal portions of the axial spiculum are very nearly equal. They

have usually one or both of these parts furnished with very long and

slender spines, which curve in the directions of the terminations of

the shaft (fig. 3, Plate XXII.). But when this form of spiculum

occurs in some of the larger interstitial cavities, they are increased in

size in proportion to the necessities of the situation, and two or three

of them are grouped so as mutually to support each other, as well

as to perform the common office of supporting the membranous

structures. In this case their radii appear to be entirely destitute

of spines.

The slender acerate tension-spicula are few in number, and appear

to abound more towards the surface of the sponge than in its deeper

recesses.

The acerate verticillately spinous retentive spicula are exceedingly

abundant in those parts where there are any remains of the mem-

branous and sarcodous structures. The spinous verticilli are few in

number ; when in a fully developed condition there are frequently as

many as four of them; but three is the more usual quantity, with

perhaps a single intermediate spine to represent the fourth whorl.

Sometimes they exhibit only two irregular terminal groups of spines

and a smooth shaft intervening. The spines are long and acutely

conical (fig. 4, Plate XXII., x 308 linear).

The porrecto-multispinulate spicula are comparatively few in

number. They do not appear to be irregularly dispersed, but occur

in groups of two or three together. They agree very nearly in size,

but the degree of expansion of their terminal radii differs considerably ;

nor do all the rays on the same spiculum agree in that respect. The

number of the radii at their apices appears to vary considerably ;

those I have observed and figured in Plate XXII. figs. 5, 6, 7, 8,

range from 3 to 6 spinulate radii. The shaft is long, slender, and

attenuating to its base. Prof. Wyville Thomson, in describing this

form of spiculum in his paper on Sponges in the ‘ Annals and Maga-

zine of Natural History’ for February 1868, p. 124, says, ‘‘no

doubt these are the separate branches of a complex hexradiate spi-

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWRRBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 329

cule, closely resembling those figured by Bowerbank (‘ British

Sponges,’ vol. i. figs. 190, 192).’’ I cannot agree with the learned

Professor in this opinion. All the numerous specimens that I have

seen, both separated from the sponge and in situ, have their natural

basal terminations ; and no indication whatever exists of any central

hexradiate spiculum from which they may have been separated.

A few gemmules were observed adhering to the skeleton-fibres of

the inner surface of the interstitial cavities of the sponge; they are

similar in character to those of I. panicea, but in the specimen under

consideration they are not nearly so numerous as in the Porto-Rico

specimen of that species.

IPHITEON SUBGLOBOSA, Bowerbank.

F Dactylocalyx subglobosa, Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 506, plate xxvii.

e@. 1:

Sponge massive, somewhat cyathiform, sessile. Surface uneven.

Oscula and pores unknown. Dermal membrane—retentive spicula

spiculated biternate, minute, very numerous? Skeleton symmetri-

cally radial; areas confluent, somewhat irregular, mostly six-sided,

spaces within triangular; skeleton-fibre at the external surface

coarsely and irregularly tuberculated ; fibre within the sponge mi-

nutely tuberculated ; disposition of the tubercles sublinear. Auxi-

liary fibres rectangulated hexradiate, abundantly spinous ; radii spi-

nulate. External defensive spicula fusiformi-acerate, very large and

long, distal terminations occasionally incipiently spinous. Intersti-

tial spicula rectangulated hexradiate, very slender, radii subclavate,

basal ray very long. Spicula of the membranes—retentive spicula

spinulo-quadrifurcate and pentafurcate hexradiate stellate, numerous;

margins of the spinulate terminations crenulate.

Colour in the living state unknown.

Hab. Malacca? (Dr. J. EB. Gray).

Examined in the state of skeleton.

This sponge is in the collection at the British Museum. It is

figured of the natural size in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for

1867, plate 27. fig. 1; and at p. 506 of the same volume, Dr. J. KE.

Gray gives the following brief description of it :—“ Sponge subglo-

bose, with a deep central concavity above; the outer surface with

irregular anastomosing oscules.

‘“‘ Hab. Malacca?”

The sponge is based on a fragment of coral, and has very much

the form of a young and undeveloped specimen of one of the best

description of Turkey sponges, in which the form of the cup is rather

indicated than produced ; and it is very probable that in its fully

developed state it will be found to be a truly cyathiform species.

The expansile dermal system of the sponge has been entirely de-

stroyed; the oscula and pores are therefore unknown to us; but on

one fragment of the outer portion of the skeleton submitted to exa-

mination there was a very small piece of the dermal membrane ad-

hering to the surface of the skeleton, and this was densely crowded

330 DR.J.S, BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

with minute spiculated biternate retentive spicula, and a few single

ones were entangled in the adjoining interstices of the skeleton, As

the colour of this small portion of the membrane was the same as

that of minute portions of sarcode dispersed amidst the reticulations

of the skeleton, there can be no reasonable doubt of its really belong-

ing to the sponge.

These spicula are so minute that they require a microscopic power

of about 700 linear to define them in a satisfactory manner, and in

the present case they were only visible after having been immersed

in Canada balsam, A detached specimen of one of these spicula is

represented by fig. 11, Plate XXII.

The structure of the skeleton is stronger, larger, and more irre-

gular than that of I. panicea or I. beatriz; but there is no doubt of

its being truly an Iphiteon. The average diameter of the skeleton-

fibre is =4,, inch. The surface-fibres are very closely tuberculated,

the tubercles looking very like small extraneous patches of silex

adherent to the surface; and clusters of these coarse tubercles are

frequently accumulated on the umbones of the confluent areas of the

skeleton-structures, as represented in fig. 10, Plate XXII., which re-

presents a portion of the surface of the rigid skeleton. The tubercles

of the interior fibres are much more regular in their form, and are

frequently disposed in lines, consisting of five or six of them at

nearly right angles to the axis of the fibre; and a very considerable

number of the fibres have no tubercles upon them.

The rectangulated hexradiate auxiliary fibres were very abundant

in some of the large interstitial spaces of the skeleton: when fully

developed they are abundantly spinous, and the radii have spinulate

terminations ; in an early stage of growth they are frequently spine-

less, or only incipiently spinous, and in this condition, intermixed

with the stouter and more developed ones, they may be readily mis-

taken for spicula; but their habit of anastomosing with each other,

and their basal connexion with the parent skeleton-fibre, readily dis-

tinguish them. Fig. 12, Plate XXII., represents two of the auxili-

ary fibres in a less complicated form than they are usually met with

in the interstitial spaces of the skeleton, and exhibiting distinctly

their basement on the skeleton-fibre, and their subsequent inoscula-

tion.

The rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula are comparatively

few in number; they are very slender, smooth, and their radii are

clavate. The auxiliary fibres seem to have superseded them in their

peculiar office of affording support to the interstitial membranes,

and of multiplying the sarcodous surfaces of the interstitial spaces.

The external defensive spicula of the skeleton are remarkably large

and long. I have not seen an entire one; but in a perfect condition

they cannot be less than } inch in length, and the diameter of the

middle of one im situ was =45 inch, more than twice tue size of an

average-sized skeleton-fibre. Their basal portions are deeply im-

mersed in the external portion of the skeleton. The basal termina-

tion in a few cases appeared to be incipiently spinous; but this

seemed to be rather the exception than the rule.

1869.] DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 331

The retentive spinulo-quadrifurcate and pentafurcate spicula are

very numerous, and the numbers of the two appear to be about

equal. When a power of 700 or 800 linear is applied to them, their

margins are seen to be regularly and closely crenulated. I do not

remember to have seen this remarkable character in the correspond-

ing spicula of any other species of siliceo-fibrous sponges.

Ipuitron INGAuuI, Bowerbank.

Dactylocalyx pumicea, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 506, plate xxvii.

fig. 2.

Sponge cup-shaped. Rigid skeleton—upper or exhalant surface

with large intermarginal excurrent canals radiating irregularly from

the centre towards the circumference. Under or inhalant surface

with short radiating intermarginal canals. Surface even. Oscula,

pores, and expansile dermal system unknown. Skeleton—fibre stout,

more or less furnished with scattered warty tubercles. Auxiliary

fibres abundantly tuberculated, terminating spinulately. Interstitial

spicula rectangulated hexradiate, large; radii nearly equal, attenuated

and acutely terminated. Retentive spicula spinulo-quadrifurcate

hexradiate stellate; terminal radii long.

Colour in the natural state unknown.

Hab. St. Vincent's, West Indies (Thos. Ingall, Esq.).

Examined in the skeleton-state.

This sponge is figured by Dr. Gray, on the scale of one-eighth of

its natural size, in plate xxvii. of the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society for

1867, and is erroneously designated Dactylocalyx pumicea in p. 506

of the same volume, but without any reference either to its internal

or external characters, although the latter in J. Ingaldi are strikingly

different from those of the rigid skeleton of the former, as I have stated

at length in my description of the surface-characters of Dactylocalyx

pumiceus, anted p. 77.

Beside the difference in the surfaces of the rigid skeletons, there are

such conclusive structural characters in their configurations that, had

Dr. Gray taken the trouble to compare sections of the two sponges,

he must have at once seen that they were not only different species,

but distinct genera as well.

In the absence of the expansile dermal systems in both sponges,

they agree in their external forms exceedingly well; but this cha-

racter is common to so many and such discordant genera and species

as to be of little or no value in their specific discrimination, even had

they belonged to the same genus.

I have been unable to detect any characteristic fragments of the

expansile dermal system of the type specimen of I. Ingalli.

The outer or inhalant surface of the sponge is covered in numerous

places with a thin brown membrane adhering closely to the surface

of the rigid skeleton, and dipping into and lining the incurrent

orifices of the sponge. The membrane is completely covered by

minute spherical vesicles; but I could not detect any imbedded spi-

cula. From its close adherence to the surface of the rigid skeleton,

332 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

its delicate structure, and the total absence of dermal spicula, it is

evident that it has formed no part of the expansile dermal system,

and that it is truly the enveloping membrane of the rigid skeleton

of the sponge thickly covered by sarcode.

Whether these minute molecules are the basal vesicies of the

ciliary system is a question of considerable interest, to be hereafter

determined by naturalists who have the opportunity of examining

these interesting sponges fresh from their native element. Their

situation and general character are very similar to the homologous

organs in Gruntia compressa, and their position in I. Ingalli is just

that in which we should expect to find the ciliary system. We

cannot hope to find any cilia remaining under such circumstances ;

those of Grantia compressa and other nearly allied species are rarely

visible, except during the life of the animal and while in a state of

activity.

In a small piece of the membranous structure of this sponge

which I received from my friend Mr. Ingall, in March 1860, the

appearances presented are widely different from those of the mem-

brane I have described above. The colour and the sarcode are very

similar; but there is a total absence of the minute spherical bodies.

The field of view presents a very confused appearance. Numerous

long, slender, and flexible attenuato-acerate spicula are confusedly

matted together, and amongst them there are a considerable number

of large rectangulated hexradiate spicula with radii of equal length,

gradually attenuated from their proximal to their distal terminations ;

and amidst this complicated mass there are innumerable spinulo-

quadrifurcate hexradiate stellate retentive spicula.

From what part of the sponge these portions of its structure have

been derived it is difficult to conjecture ; but it is evident that there

are other forms of spicula than those we have observed im siéu that

belong to it, and that, although the spinulo-quadrifurcate retentive

spicula are rather abundant in the interstices of the rigid skeleton,

there are other parts of the sponge in which they are crowded te

such a degree as to be innumerable.

The general appearance of the spinulo-quadrifurcate hexradiate

spicula is very like that represented by fig. 2, P]. XXIII.; and I have

chosen a mutilated specimen which has only three of its primary rays

remaining as best calculated to display its quadrifurcate structure.

The configuration of the rigid skeleton is decidedly that of an Iphiteon

of a somewhat delicate structure. The skeleton-fibres near the

surface are rather strongly tuberculated; but those of the interior

are very much less so, and in some parts they are almost smooth.

The mouths of the incurrent canals on the surface of the rigid skeleton

are numerous and frequently closely adjoining each other, the sepa-

ration often not exceeding half of their own diameter. The auxi-

liary fibres at some distance within these canals are frequently

abundant and much complicated in structure. They are stout, very

rugged, with irregularly disposed tubercles, and their free termina-

tions are spinulate. The rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spi-

cula in situ are few in number, and their radii are gradually

1869.] DR. J. S, BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 333

attenuated to a sharp point. In size, compared with those I have

previously described in a fragment of the membranous tissue, they

are small and slender.

The genera of the two sponges I. Ingalli and Daetylocalyx pumi-

ceus being distinctly different, it is unnecessary to enter into a long

description of their differential characters to prove that Dr. Gray is

in error in assigning the type specimen of the former to the latter

genus; but it may be as well to state that none of the singular and

beautiful forms of spicula which I have obtained from the type speci-

men of D. pumiceus, and have figured in Plate III., part 1, are to be

found in the tissues of the type specimen of I. Ingalli.

IpHITEON CALLOCYATHES, Bowerbank.

Myliusia callocyathes, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 439, Radiata,

pl. xvi.

Sponge sessile or slightly pedicelled, cyathiform. Upper surface of

rigid skeleton even ; under surface sinuously plicated and tubulated.

Oscula and pores unknown. Expansile dermal system—dermal mem-

brane pellucid, furnished abundantly with minute short, stout, acerate

tension-spicula ; connecting spicula furcated foliato-expando-ternate.

Skeleton—fibre variable in diameter, verticillately spinous, spines

small, acutely conical ; interstitial spicula rectangulated hexradiate,

axial and_rectangulating radii nearly equal in length, slender, termi-

nations subclavate; retentive spicula spinulo-multifurcate hexra-

diate stellate, terminations of each heptaradiate or octoradiate; of two

sorts, one with terminal radii expanded, the other with terminal

radii contracted into separate groups.

Colour in the natural state unknown.

Hab. West Indies (Dr. M‘Gee).

Examined in the skeleton-state.

In the description of the external characters of this sponge it must

be remembered that it is that of the rigid skeleton only, and that it

is probable that both surfaces would be more or less smooth and even

when covered by the expansile dermal system.

The arrangement of the skeleton is decidedly that of an Ipiiteon ;

but the structural character of the fibres of which it is composed

is strikingly distinct from any other species of the genus. ‘They are

variable in size to a considerable extent ; but whatever may be their

diameters, they are always furnished with numerous small sharply

conical spines, which exhibit a strong tendency to a verticillate ar-

rangement ; and around the central umbones of the confluent areas

of the skeleton they are frequently congregated on slightly elevated

detached patches, each containing from seven to ten minute spinules.

These structural characters would have sufficed, in the present

state of our knowledge of the species of this genus, to distinguish

it from any other member of the group; but, by a careful exami-

nation of the type specimen, I fortunately obtained from near the

base of the sponge on the inner surface a small piece of the ex-

pansile dermal system in connexion with a portion of the surface of

334 DR.J.S8. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [May 13,

the rigid skeleton ; but as these tissues on the exhalant surface are

not nearly so distinct and regular in their structure as those of the

inhalant surface, I could not find a piece that would have afforded

a satisfactory figure, although when viewed beneath the microscope

the nature and characters of the tissues were beyond a doubt. The

furcated foliato-expando-ternate connecting spicula, when thus seen

in situ, are so closely packed, and the terminations of their radii

are so locked together, that they cannot be separated by the eye ; and

the small acerate tension-spicula so profusely scattered on the dermal

membrane covering their apices tends greatly to confuse the aspect

of the tissues beneath: it is only when we have one of them

separated, as represented by fig. 6, Pl. XXIII., that we are enabled to

comprehend their structure. But although ineligible for figuring,

this fragment of the expansile dermal system clearly demonstrated

the agreement in general structure of this species with those in which

it is more amply and clearly exhibited.

The furcated foliato-expando-ternate connecting spicula are sin-

gular in their form, and are very characteristic of the species. Both

the primary and secondary ramifications of their apices are very

much depressed ; they are very thin, and small short branches are

projected from their edges so as greatly to increase their plane of

support to the dermal membrane, which appears to have closely ad-

hered to them in the living state, as I have not seen any separate spi-

culum of this form without a portion of the dermal membrane and its

numerous tension-spicula closely adhering to its external surface.

The rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula appear to be few in

number in the present condition of the sponge. They are small and

slender, and the apices of the radii are slightly inclined to be clavate;

the axial and rectangulating radii are usually of very nearly the same

length,—a few of them only having the basal portions of the axial

radii elongated to about twice that of a rectangulated ray.

There are two sorts of spinulo-multifurcate hexradiate retentive

spicula, with seven or eight spinulate radii to each termination :—one

in which the primary radii are short, and the secondary ones pro-

jected expansively, so as to form one great compound stellate spicu-

lum, in which it is very difficult to separate with the eye the six sets

of terminal spinulate radii; the other form in which the primary

radii are longer and the terminal groups of spinulate spicula, usually

six, rarely seven or eight in number, are projected contractedly so

as to form six separate and very distinct groups of terminal spinulate

spicula, as represented by fig. 7, Pl. XXIII. The first-mentioned

form is very like that from Dactylocalyx pumiceus, represented by

fig. 4, Pl. III., part 1, with the imaginary addition of as many more

radii as are there represented.

Mytivusta, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 439.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Fibres sclid, cylindrical. Rete symmetri-

cal, disposed in a series of crypt-like layers parallel with the external

surface, with intervening planes of pertorated siliceous tissue.

1869.] DR. J. 8. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 335

The stratified character of the reticulating skeleton of the type

sponge of this genus, when viewed in a section at right angles to its

natural surface, with a microscopical power of 100 linear, at once

separates it from the unsymmetrical structure of Dactylocalyzx ; and

although participating with Iphiteon in the character of symmetrical

arrangement of its skeleton, it is equally well distinguished from

that genus by the total absence of the confluent areas that are so

characteristic in those sponges.

In a paper read before this Society, November 22, 1859, by Dr.

J. E. Gray, entitled “ Description of MacAndrewia and Myliusia,

two new forms of Sponges,” and published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of

the Society for that year, page 437, the author has described his

genus Myliusia, page 439, and has figured in plate xvi. Radiata,

of the same volume, his species Myliusia callocyathes as the type

of his genus ; subsequently, in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for

1867, p. 506, in his ‘“‘ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges,” he

has given the following characters as those of the genus ;—‘ The

sponge conical, cup-shaped, pierced with numerous short truncated

tubes, forming raised folded anastomosing laminee on the lower sur-

face.’’ This description applies only to the external characters of

the skeleton, entirely omitting all the other anatomical peculiarities

of the sponge. On microscopically examining the structures of the

type specimen I found them to be identical with those of the genus

Iphiteon, and I have therefore arranged Dr. Gray’s Myliusia cal-

locyathes as Iphiteon callocyathes in the present paper.

In Dr. Gray’s ‘‘ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges,” p. 506,

he states that, “‘ There are two small specimens in the British Mu-

seum which probably belong to the same species. The smaller one

was collected by the Rev. L. Guilding at St. Vincent’sin 1840; and

the other was received from the West Indies by Mr. Scrivener in

1842.” On examining microscopically the structures of the speci-

men collected by the Rev. L. Guilding at St. Vincent’s, I found it to

differ widely in the construction of its skeleton from either Iphiteon

or Dactylocalyx, and I therefore propose to apply Dr. Gray’s genus

Myliusia to this species in place of the one to which he has erro-

neously attached it.

The specimen from ‘‘ Mr. Scrivener in 1842 ” is identical in struce-

ture with Dr. Gray’s type specimen of his genus Myliusia, both as

regards generic and specific characters, and should therefore be ar-

ranged with that sponge as [phiteon callocyathes.

Myutvusta Grayit.

Myliusia callocyathes, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 439, et 1867,

p. 506.

Sponge sessile, massive. Dermal surface unknown. Surface of

rigid skeleton uneven and excavated. Oscula, pores, and expansile

dermal system unknown. Skeleton stratified, forming a series of

expanded crypt-like spaces. Fibre cylindrical, incipiently or mi-

nutely spinous. Interstitial spicula numerous, acerate, large and

long, variable in size; disposed in lines at right angles to the strati-

336 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [May 13,

fication in loose fasciculi of two to four or five together. Retentive

spicula spinulo-multifurcate hexradiate stellate.

Colour of skeleton translucent white.

Hab. St. Vincent’s, West Indies (Rev. Lansdown Guilding).

Examined in the skeleton-state.

The specimen proposed as the type of the genus Myliusia has on

the front of the board on which it is fixed JZyliusia, St. Vincent’s,

Rev. L. Guilding, 40. 10. 23. 11.” On the back of the board ‘ Scri-

vener.”’

The sponge is sessile, the base being as wide as the specimen,

which has a diameter of about three-fourths of an inch, and is about

half an inch in height. The form of the mass is slightly oval ; it is

composed of a series of thin sinuous plates of skeleton-structure not

more than one-third of a line in thickness. The sinuations of the

plates form deep orifices in the substance of the sponge, which some-

times extend nearly to the base. By the aid of a lens of an inch

focus, the stratified texture of the sinuous plates is distinctly visible.

No sarcodous matter could be detected.

There are no visible remains of the expansile dermal system of the

sponge. When viewed by the microscope the surface of the rigid

skeleton has a very remarkable aspect. It is formed of a series of

square or irregularly angular areas, the angles of which are filled in

with thin perforated angle-plates with their inner margins curved,

so that when combined they leave a large circular or oval orifice in

the middle of each space; and the upper surface of each layer of

vaulted structure presents as nearly as possible the same aspect as

the external layer of the rigid skeleton. There is no uniformity,

either of size or arrangement, in the perforations of these horizontal

angle-plates ; but combined they present to the eye the idea of the

greatest amount of lightness, strength, and beauty that can well be

conceived to exist in such a structure (fig. 8, Pl. XXIII).

When we obtain a favourable section of the rigid skeleton at right

angles to the surface of the sponge, we find that it is formed of a

series of crypt-like layers of skeleton-fibre, each layer forming as

it were a distinct and extensive crypt-like space with short, stout,

cylindrical pillars with gradually expanded bases and capitals, the

intervening portions of the shafts of the columns being irregularly

studded with acutely conical incipient spines. Occasionally the

regularity of the columnar arrangement is broken by the occurrence

of large irregular interstitial spaces, into which short, stout, very

spinous cylindrical or attenuating portions of fibre are projected, very

like the basal portions of the auxiliary fibres that occur in several

species of Iphiteon, but never appearing to throw off rectangulating

lateral branches. These organs are evidently rather for defensive

purposes than as auxiliary supporters of the sarcodous membranes,

as beside them these spaces frequently have several long and slender

acerate interstitial spicula traversing them in various directions;

while in the crypt-like spaces a few only of such spicula are seen

passing through them in diagonal directions (fig. 1, Pl. XXYV.).

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 337

These interstitial spicula are very long and are frequently flexuous,

and are sometimes extremely numerous and closely matted together.

In this state they have probably belonged to the expansile dermal

system; but in the present well-washed condition of the specimen

the true position of these matted groups could not be determined.

The probability, however, of their having belonged to the external

surface is increased by the presence among them of fragments of a

thin brown membrane and numerous grains of sand.

The skeleton-fibres are more or less spinous. The spines are acutely

conical, and are irregularly dispersed over the surface; some parts

of the skeleton have the fibres nearly spineless, while others are

abundantly furnished with those minute organs.

The spinulo-hexradiate stellate spicula are found dispersed in all

parts of the skeleton-tissues ; but there are some little patches of in-

termingled remains of membranes and spicula in which eight or ten

were in close conjunction, indicating the probability that in the

natural condition of the sponge they were very numerously dispersed

in the membranous tissues. I counted thirty rays in some of them ;

and we may therefore designate them as spinulo-multifurcate hexra-

diate stellate spicula.

The basal structure of the sponge is a remarkably beautiful tissue.

It has on its surface an indistinct indication of irregular areas, similar

to those of the skeleton-structure, when viewed at right angles to its

surface ; but the spaces of the open central areas are filled up by

plates of siliceous structure perforated by numerous round or oval

holes. The skeleton-structure immediately above it is an irregular

modification of the ordinary skeleton-tissues, with dense patches of

stout acerate spicula intermixed with it. A few patches of the basal

membranous tissue remain in situ; in its present state it is of a

brown amber-colour ; no spicula could be detected imbedded in them.

Kaurapsis, Bowerbank.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous. Basal fibres cylindrical and canaliculated ;

distal fibres non-canaliculated, compressed. Basal reticulations sym-

metrical and reversedly arcuate ; distal reticulations unsymmetrical

and continuously ramifying.

The structures of the sponge which is the type of this genus are

remarkably anomalous, it combining in its skeleton both solid and

eanaliculated fibre, each having a separate and distinct mode of dis-

position in the animal. The terminations of the central canals of

the basal cylindrical fibres are abrupt, and they are distinctly visible

at the parts where the ramified skeleton commences. No evidence

of central canals could be detected in any part of the upper ramify-

ing portion of the skeleton-structure, which divides continuously as

it approaches the surface, where the terminations spread horizontally

in every direction, their extremities interlocking and forming a com-

plicated and very beautiful lace-like surface to the rigid skeleton, a

small portion of which is represented in Plate XXV. fig, 3.

These structures, and their modes of disposition, are so remarkable

338 DR, J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

as to cause this genus to be readily distinguished from any others

with which we are acquainted among the siliceo-fibrous sponges.

KALIAPSIs CIDARIS, Bowerbank.

Sponge coating, parasitical, very thin. Oscula and pores unknown.

Expansile dermal system furnished with foliato-peltate connecting

spicula, peltate heads more or less mammillated, very various in

form; shafts short and conical. Dermal membrane furnished

abundantly with minute incipiently spinous fusiformi-cylindrical spi-

cula, short and stout, dispersed. Skeleton—basal portion eomposed

of stout canaliculated cylindrical fibre arranged symmetrically in a

series of reversed semicircular confluent arches, from the crowns of

which emanate short stout cidarate prehensile fibres with acutely

conical terminations. Basal limbs of the arches attenuating and ra-

mifying irregularly upwards, and terminating at the surface of the

rigid skeleton in a plane of very complicated non-canaliculated reti-

form layer of depressed fibres.

Colour in the dried state white.

Hab. Parasitic on the base of Oculina rosea, from the South

Seas (J. S. Bowerbank).

Examined in the dried state.

I found this singular and beautiful little sponge on the base of a

specimen of Oculina rosea from the South Seas in 1855, and figured

a portion of it in illustration of my paper on the “Anatomy and

Physiology of the Spongiade”’ published in the ‘Philosophical

Transactions of the Royal Society’ for 1862, plate 28. fig. 12,

p- 759, as a specimen of prehensile sponge-fibre ; and also in vol. i.

of ‘A Monograph of the British Spongiade,’ plate 15. fig. 278,

p- 80, for the same purpose.

I also figured seven specimens of the dermal connecting spicula in

the ‘ Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society’ for 1858,

plate 24. figs. 32-38 inclusive, in illustration of the foliato-pel-

tate forms of connecting spicula, and described in detail the mode of

their development from the simple discoid form to their mature and

most complicated ramified condition, They are also figured in ‘ Mo-

nograph of British Spongiadee,’ plate 4. figs. 102, 103, and plate 5.

figs. 104-108 inclusive, in illustration of the terminology.

The whole sponge, when attached to the base of the coral, did not

exceed about 3 lines in diameter; and the largest portion obtained for

examination is nearly square, 2 lines in length, and about 13 line .

in breadth, and not exceeding =, inch in thickness. Its peculiar

structure is singularly illustrative of its parasitic habit. I have

carefully examined many other specimens of Oculina rosea, but have

never been fortunate enough to find another specimen.

On several portions of the largest piece of rigid skeleton I found

one or two of the foliato-peltate spicula adherent and in situ; and

in the material scraped from the coral matrix immediately surround-

ing the sponge, they were found in abundance in every stage of de-

velopment, and along with them numerous very minute fusiformi-

1869,] DR, J.S, BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 339

cylindrical spicula, which had every appearance of belonging to the

dermal membrane. With this indication, I mounted all the remain-

ing fragments of the sponge in my possession, and I was fortunate

enough to find a small piece of dermal membrane crowded with these

minute spicula, and having several of the foliato-peltate spicula

attached to its under surface, thus leaving no doubt remaining re-

garding the presence and nature of the expansile dermal membrane

of this singular and beautiful species of siliceo-fibrous sponge (Pl.

XXV. fig. 4).

The specific characters of the sponge, although few in number,

combined with the peculiar and very striking ones derivable from the

skeleton, which I have described in detail in treating of the genus,

enable us readily to distinguish the species from any other siliceo-

fibrous sponge. The cidarate prehensile fibres at the base of the

sponge are remarkably curious organs ; they proceed at right angles

from the crowns of the reversed basal arches, and terminate in stout

and acute cones; and intermediate between their origins and termi-

nations each has a ring of stout round bosses admirably fitting them

first to penetrate the fleshy external coat of the coral, and, when once

inserted, to securely maintain their position. There is no mistaking

the office of these curious and beautiful organs and the admirable

adaptation to the nature of the basis on which they were destined to

be parasitic (Pl. XXYV. fig. 2).

The forms of the foliato-peltate heads of the connecting spicula

are exceedingly various, passing through every gradation from simple

circular plates to the most elaborate foliations. On some of the

heads of the detached spicula groups of three or four of the minute

fusiform-cylindrical retentive and defensive spicula were attached ;

but on some parts of the small fragment of the dermal membrane

they were so numerous and so crowded together as to render their

individual forms perfectly undistinguishable. The membrane is of

a dark brown colour, and can scarcely be said to be transparent, in con-

sequence of the number of the spicula and the density of the sarcode

in which they are imbedded. I measured some of the largest and

smallest of them, and found their average length not to exceed 545

ae The greatest diameter of a large one was gj55 inch (Pl. XXV.

g. 5).

In these minute spicula the central canal was visible with a linear

power of 666 throughout the whole of their lengths, and it occupied

about one-sixth of the greatest diameter, so that its own diameter

could not exceed about ;¢);5 inch.

FarREA occa, Bowerbank.

Sponge massive, pedicelled? Surface even? minutely hispid ?

Oscula and pores unknown. Dermis furnished with a quadrilateral

smooth siliceo-fibrous network, armed at the angles oppositely, ex-

ternally and internally, with short imbricated conical spicular de-

fences. Skeleton—rete irregularly quadrilateral ; fibre cylindrical,

more or less minutely tuberculated or spined. Tension-spicula

biternate, spiculated biternate, and furcated spiculated biternate,

340 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

and rarely attenuato-rectangulated triradiate spicula. Retentive

spicula attenuato-stellate, very irregular in structure, minute, very

numerous.

Colour in the living state unknown.

Hah. Seychelle Islands (Capt. Etheridge, R.N.).

Examined in the state of skeleton.

The remarkable sponge, the subject of the present description, is

beautifully figured in the ‘Transactions of the Linnean Society of

London,’ vol. xxii. plate 21, as the basal mass ‘of a coarse irre-

gular siliceous sponge,” upon which the subject of the paper,

Luplectella cucumer, Owen, is based. The author very briefly

notices the structure of this basal portion of his figure; and three

small portions of its structure are represented by figures 8, 9, and 9a,

with scarcely a sufficient amount of microscopic power to give an

adequate idea of their structures.

The sponge is an irregular mass, 4 inches in length by about

21 inches in width, of siliceo-fibrous structure: about 2 inches of the

basal portion of its length consists of a dense irregularly cylindrical

stem about 3 inch in diameter; from its surface-structure, as seen by

the aid of a 2-inch lens, there appears to be no doubt of its being truly

a portion of the sponge whence it is projected. The dense structure

and mode of projection of this indurated portion of the sponge

renders it probable that in the living state the animal was more or

less elevated on a pedestal.

The greater portion of the hody of the sponge is in a disrupted

state, apparently from compression ; but the whole of its structures

are loosely bound together by the numerous long prehensile basal

spicula of the Huplectella, which penetrate its substance and envelop

it on every side. Fragments of the beautiful harrow-like tissue of

the dermis are dispersed on various portions of the specimen; and in

one place, partly hidden by what appears to be the small valve of a

Terebratula, there is a portion cf the harrow-like tissue about equal

to half or three-fourths of a superficial square inch. The general

distribution of the fibres of the skeleton is not readily to be deter-

mined, as the intermixture of the prehensile basal spicula of the Lu-

plectella with its tissues is so abundant as to very much confuse its

general aspect to the eye of an observer. The dermal structure of

this sponge is very remarkable. It consists of a regular quadrilateral

network of smooth siliceous fibre, from the angles of which a double

set of short conical spiculum-shafts are projected, each about =4, inch

in length, and entirely covered with spines. Each set are at right

angles to the plane of the network, one series pointing inward and

serving the purpose of attaching the dermis to the body of the sponge

beneath, while the other set are directed outward, serving as defen-

sive weapons; so that a small piece of this tissue beneath the micro-

scope closely resembles an agricultural harrow, with the difference

that it has two sets of teeth in opposite directions instead of one.

The dermal membrane has been nearly all destroyed ; but entangled

with the fibres of the skeleton there are some of the attenuato-stel-

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 341

late spicula, with which it is probable that the membrane was amply

furnished as secondary defences against minute enemies.

This singular tissue is figured in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions

of the Royal Society’ for 1862, plate 32. fig. 7, and also in my

‘Monograph of the British Spongiade,’ vol. i. plate 21. fig. 311.

I believe the portions presented to the eye in the picces figured to

be the external surface, as the fragments of the dermal membrane

which remained all seemed to cover that side of the fibres of the

network, and the presence of the external series of the spicular

organs is strongly indicative of the minute hispidation of the surface

of the sponge in its natural condition.

In the present condition of the sponge it is impossible to deter-

mine whether this singular harrow-like dermal structure was con-

tinuous over the whole of its surface when in the living condition ;

but the probability is, judging from the general structure of the ex-

pansile dermal system of every other known species of siliceo-fibrous

sponge, that it was composed of detached sections, so as to allow of

the usual amount of expansion and contraction that we observe to

exist in every other such sponge.

The reticulation of the skeleton is always angular, but the areas

vary from square into ail imaginable varieties of the oblong figure.

The fibre is stout and strong, with a well-defined central canal in its

fully developed condition ; a portion of it is represented in Plate

XXIV. fig. 1, with numerous attenuato-stellate retentive spicula ad-

hering to the fibres.

Occasionally in some portions of the skeleton-fibre we find two

canals, neither of which are central: this abnormal form probably

arises from two immature fibres, closely approximated in an early

stage of their development, uniting longitudimally; and in one cage

I observed as many as three irregular portions of canals in one frag-

ment of the fibre; but this irregularity of structure is the exception

and not therule. The spination of the skeleton-fibres is very slightly

produced in the form of acute cones, and in some of the larger fibres

it may be almost designated as incipient, while occasionally in some

of the immature ones the spinules assume the forms of tubercles,

which are sometimes more or less bifurcated.

The interstitial tension-spicula of this sponge are very remarkable

organs. ‘hey are simple biternate, spiculated biternate, and fur-

cated spiculated biternate. Sometimes one termination only is spicu-

lated, sometimes both are thus furnished. One or two of the terminal

radii are frequently furcated; but it is of rare occurrence that the

whole of them are produced to that extent. They occur in groups

entangled together; in several of these groups they were numerous

and closely packed, much in the same manner in which we find the

spinulo-trifurcated hexradiate spicula of the interstitial membranes

of Dactylocalyx pumicea when seen in situ. They are stout and

comparatively of large size (Pl. XXIV. figs. 5 & 6).

The attenuato-stellate retentive spicula are minute and very irre-

gular in their structure and in the number of their radii. They have

evidently been very numerous, as they are frequently found adhering

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXIII.

342 pR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

in considerable numbers around portions of the skeleton-fibres ; and

it is probable that the dermal and interstitial membranes were abun-

dantly furnished with them (Pl. XXIV. figs, 2, 3, 4).

This remarkable sponge is in its skeleton-structures exactly like

those of a Verongia, its siliceous nature constituting the only essen-

tial difference. The specimen is undoubtedly by far the most valu-

able of the two represented in the plate in the ‘Transactions of the

Linnean Society.’ In conclusion, I must return my best thanks to

my friend Dr. A. Farre for the repeated opportunities I have had of

closely examining its structure.

PurRIsiPHONIA, Bowerbank.

Skeleton siliceo-fibrous, reticulate, unsymmetrical; fibres com-

posed of concentric layers of solid silex, with a continuous central

canal.

This genus is intermediate in its structure between Dactylocalyz,

Stutchbury, and Farrea, Bowerbank. Like the latter, its fibres are

continuously canaliculated ; but it has not anything approaching the

angulated symmetrical arrangement of its skeleton-fibres; on the

contrary, it very closely simulates the mode of the distribution of

the fibres that prevail in Dactylocalyx. The central canals in the

fibres of the species of Purisiphonia on which the genus is founded

occupy from about one-fifth to one-third of the entire diameter of

the fibre; they are straight and uniform in their own diameter, and

have little or no enlargements at their junctions with each other.

The reticulations of the skeleton are frequently extremely close, so

that the areas do not exceed, or sometimes even equal, the diameters

of the fibres bounding them.

PurisipHonta CLARKEI, Bowerbank.

Sponge fistulous, branching ; surface of rigid skeleton even. Os-

cula simple, dispersed over the inuer surface of the fistulae. Dermal

structures unknown. Skeleton stout, closely reticulated. Inter-

stitial cavities furnished with rectangulated hexradiate spicula.

Hab. Wollumbilla, Queensland, Australia (Dr. Clarke). Fossil.

There is much greater difficulty in the specific description of a

fossil sponge than of a recent one, as a considerable portion of the most

decisive specific characters are usually absent, in consequence of the

decomposition of the softer. parts of the organization previously to

fossilization ; and this is doubtless the case with the specimen under

consideration ; but although thus deprived of the use of many valu-

able descriptive characters, there are sufficient remaining to enable

us to securely determine its specific identity.

It is difficult to say what has been the correct form of the speci-

men in its unmutilated state; but, judging by its present condition,

it has originally been a large fistulous sponge, giving off fistular

branches at irregular intervals. The large fistular body of the

sponge has been split longitudinally, and a portion 4 inches in length,

and of about half of the tube of the sponge, remains, and from the

1869.] DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 343

surface of this the entire basal portions of two secondary fistular

branches proceed. There are also the remains of another such

branch at the margin of the primary fistula at the right-hand side.

The outer surface of the sponge has an irregular reticulation of stout

siliceous fibres, very similar to those of Dactylocalyx immediately

beneath the dermis.

In all the recent species of this tribe of siliceo-fibrous sponges

with which I am acquainted, there is an expamsile dermal system

attached to the stiff non-expansile skeleton beneath by connecting

spicula cemented at their basal points more or less to the mass of

the skeleton beneath by keratode only, and which would naturally

be separated from the body of the sponge by maceration and by de-

composition of the membranous and keratose matter a short period

after its death; and none of the expansile dermal system, it is pro-

bable, would appear with the fossil unless it were to be enveloped

and fixed in the matrix after its death—a result scarcely to be ex-

-pected. This organized envelope usually affords the most distinct

and determinative specific characters of the sponge, and it was very

important to discover its remains if possible; but in this attempt I

have been unsuccessful.

In its living condition this sponge would probably exhibit a smooth

membranous surface ; but in its present state we have large open

areas exhibited tm liew of the smooth dermal membrane. These

areas are, in fact, the distal ends of the intermarginal cavities, and

are usually much larger than the interstitial spaces immediately be-

neath them. In the specimen under~consideration, as in similarly

organized recent sponges, the proximal terminations of the intermar-

ginal cavities communicate immediately with the distal ends of the

interstitial spaces, and these uniting increase in their size as they

progress towards the inner parietes of the great cloacal cavity of the

sponge, into which they finally discharge their streams through the

oscula. In this organization they closely resemble the structures in

the recent genera Grantia, Verongia, and many of the fistular

keratose sponges of the West-Indian seas.

I have not detected any connecting spicula, and I have assigned

the rectangulated hexradiate ones to the interstitial cavities on the

faith of some very dilapidated remains of them, deeply immersed

in the tissues, and rendered visible only by the penetrating power of

the Lieberkiihn—and by two other fragments, one detached, repre-

sented in Plate XXV. fig. 7, and the other im situ, in the portion of

the skeleton figured at a, fig, 6, Plate XXV.

The nearest relations to this tribe of sponges among the fossil

ones are decidedly the siliceo-fibrous sponges of the Flamborough

Chalk ; below that formation I am not aware of any such sponges

haying ever been found. The matrix of the Australian fossil also

possesses much of the character of chalk ; it dissolves completely in

pe hydrochloric acid, leaving only a small quantity of sandy resi-

uum.

* I may also observe that the similarity of form and structure be-

tween the Australian and the English Chalk fossil sponges in this

344 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [May 13,

case is by no means a new fact, as there are abundant instances of

similar close alliances existing among the recent Australian sponges

and those of the chalk formation of England ; and amongst the most

prominent are the existing representatives of Choanites and Ventri-

culites.

ALCYONCELLUM SPECIOSUM, Quoy et Gaimard.

Luplectella aspergillum, Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. iii. p. 203.

Luplectella cucumer, Owen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxii. p. 117, pl. 21.

Sponge sessile, cylindrical, more or less curved, enlarging pro-

gressively from the basal to the distal extremity; upper portion

furnished with numerous sharp ridges of interlacing fibres disposed

diagonally and somewhat symmetrically ; apex truncate, closed by a

coarse, ventricose, fibrous network, and encircled by a strongly pro-

duced fibrous ridge or frill. Base furnished with numerous fasciculi

of large and long prehensile spicula projected downward ;_spicula at-

tenuato-quaternate, barbed alternately for about one-third of their

length from the distal extremity. Oscula congregated, terminal.

Pores congregated ; inhalant apertures symmetrically equidistant,

disposed in lines radiating from the base to the apex of the sponge.

Dermal membrane abundantly spiculous; spicula acerate, long and

slender, fasciculated; fasciculi compact, disposed in radiating or

parallel groups. Skeleton symmetrical: primary lines radiating from

the base to the apex, equidistant; secondary lines at right angles to

the primary ones ; interstitial structures interlacing diagonally. Spi-

cula of the membranes—interstitial spicula rectangulated attenuated

hexradiate, short and stout, rarely completely developed; also at-

tenuated rectangulated triradiate apically spined. Spicula of the

sarcode trifurcated attenuato-hexradiate stellate, and floricomo-hex-

radiate,yery minute.

Colour amber-yellow ?

Hab. Philippine Islands; Island of Bohol, 10 fathoms (Mr. Hugh

Cuming) ; Island of Zebu, about 24 fathoms (Mr. R. Geale).

Examined in the skeleton-state.

There are several indications of a close alliance between Aleyon-

cellum and Dactylocalyx, Iphiteon, and the other genera of well

developed siliceo-fibrous sponges.

The structure of the skeleton-fibres and their habit of anasto-

mosing whenever they touch each other are precisely the same as

they are in the genera I have named. The floricomo-hexradiate stel-

late retentive spicula of Alcyoncellum, Plate XXIV. fig. 11, and the

beautiful spinulo-multifurcate hexradiate spicula of Iphiteon callo-

cyathes, Plate XXIII. fig. 7, are so peculiar in their forms, and so

similar in the mode of their constructicn and relative positions in

the two sponges, as to at once lead us to the conclusion that the two

species are in very close alliance with each other. A similar close

alliance is indicated by the comparison of the slender attenuated rec-

tangulated-hexradiate interstitial spicula of Aleyoncellum (Pl. XXIV..

fig. 9) and those of Iphiteon callocyathes represented Plate XXIII,

1869.] DR. J. 8. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 345

fig. 5. These strongly marked points of resemblance in form and

identity in relative situation and office between the auxiliary spicula,

in addition to those of the skeleton, irresistibly lead us to the con-

clusion that these sponges, however different in their forms, are

structurally members of the same family. Strongly marked dif-

ferences in form are apt to lead our judgments astray when super-

ficial observations only are made of the specimens before us; but

when we see such extraordinary variations of form occurring in the

same species under different circumstances and amounts of develop-

ment as those we observe in sponges with the habits of which we

are perfectly familiar, as, for instance, in our protean species Hali-

chondria panicea, we should be prepared to admit, as in truth we

ultimately must do, the same latitude of variation among the nearly

allied species and individuals of the same species of the siliceo-fibrous

sponges.

In all the numerous specimens of Aleyoncellum with which I am

acquainted, the skeleton is composed of rigid inosculating siliceous

fibre, as I have stated in my paper on Aleyoncellum speciosum,

Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 351, in my description of the generic

character in p. 353, in the following terms :—‘ Skeleton siliceo-

fibrous ; primary lines radiating from the base in parallel, straight,

or slightly spiral lines ; secondary lines at right angles to the pri-

mary ones.” I will not reiterate here the full details of the struc-

ture of these beautiful sponges that I have given in my paper as

quoted above ; and such a repetition is the more unnecessary as

they have been imported so abundantly of late as to place specimens

for microscopical examination within the reach of almost every one

interested in the subject. The sponges have also been figured in

Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii., and in Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xxii.

pl. 21, and also in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for Feb. 1868, pl. iv. ;

but in none of these plates is there any delineation of the skeleton-

structure with a high microscopical power, and it is this want that

I purpose at the present time to supply, that we may be enabled to

arrive at a sound conclusion as regards its true skeleton-structure,

and also as to such of its specific characters as have not hitherto

been figured or described.

Dr. Gray, in his “ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges,” Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 492, has, at p. 504, described the Luplectellade

(Aleyoncellum, Quoy et Gaimard) as having a “skeleton composed

of longitudinal, transverse, and oblique bundles of spicules inter-

secting each other and forming a network ;’’ and Prof. Wyville

Thomson, in his paper on the “ Vitreous’? Sponges, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. for Feb. 1868, p. 114, at p. 126, in his description of

his proposed new genus “ Habrodictyon,’’ has adopted the error into

which Dr. Gray has fallen by describing the skeleton as consisting

“of a perfectly irregular network of siliceous needles loosely and

irregularly arranged in sheaves crossing one another at low angles,

and connected by a small quantity of soft mucilaginous sarcode.”’

These descriptions of the skeleton are, in both cases, completely

erroneous, as can be readily demonstrated by boiling portions of the

346 DR.J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

skeleton in nitric acid, when it will be immediately apparent that no

disintegration of the reticulated structure results from this operation,

which would inevitably be the case if it were formed of fasciculi of

spicula held together by sarcode only. On the contrary, the whole

of the skeleton is formed of an irregular network of solid siliceous

fibres approaching each other and anastomosing with more than the

usual frequency in such sponges.

Very few, if any, of the secondary fibres in either the transverse

or diagonal portions of the skeleton are simple in their structure.

-They seem always to be composed of two or more simple fibres

running parallel to each other and anastomosing at short distances.

Sometimes the anastomosing points of two parallel fibres are so close

to each other that the two thus combined have the appearance of a

narrow tape or ribbon with thickened margins and a line of nearly

uniform pinhole perforations running down the middle of it.

Amidst these complicated anastomosing lines of the skeleton nu-

merous stout rectangulated hexradiate and triradiate spicula are irre-

gularly mixed; they appear as if they were simply entangled amidst

the tissues supporting and supported by the interstitial membranes

of the sponge. None of them under these circumstances have any

permanent connexion with the skeleton; neither do the spicula of

the numerous bundles of long prehensile organs so abundant towards

the base of the sponge ever anastomose with the skeleton-fibres or

with each other. No marks of such an attachment can be detected

upon any part of them ; and, in truth, their recurved spinous appen-

dages and their long and flexible shafts imbedded in the tough mem-

branous integuments of the dermal tissues renders such anastomsis

of the organs with the rigid skeleton quite unnecessary ; and if we

measure the probability of the possession of such dermal integu-

ments by Alcyoncellum in a living state with what we know of the

dermal structures of Dactylocalyx Masoni, Prattii, &c., little doubt

can remain in our minds that its dermal integuments are much

of the same nature as those of the rest of the rigid siliceo-fibrous

sponges. The structure of the stout network of the oscular area is very

similar to that of the corresponding organ in Iphiteon beatrix. Kach

fibre of the net is compounded of a condensed mass of simple skeleton-

fibres anastomosing in every direction as in that of I. beatriz. In

truth, the more searchingly we examine the skeleton-structures of

the beautiful subject under description the more closely we find its

alliances to be to the great family of the siliceo-fibrous sponges.

It is much to be regretted that, amidst the large number of speci-

mens that have recently been imported, there does not appear to

have been any one of them preserved in the living state as when

taken from the sea; nor have we any well authenticated report by

a competent naturalist of their condition when thus obtained. But

if we may reason from the analogies presented by other siliceo-fibrous

sponges preserved in the state in which they were taken from the

sea, we should expect to find Alcyoncellum with a stout and some-

what coriaceous enveloping dermal membrane; and I have in my

possession a fragment of such a membrane about 2 lines in length,

1869.] DR. J. S, BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 347

and 2 in breadth, which was shaken off a specimen of 4. speciosum

that I purchased of Mr. Geale in January 1867.

This fragment of membranous tissue is, comparatively speaking,

of considerable thickness, and abounds in amber-coloured sarcode,

and there appear to be two well-defined layers of tissue. In the

external one there are numerous fasciculi of long slender acerate

spicula, the number in each being much too numerous to be counted,

and they are very compactly disposed. In one part of the surface

the fasciculi radiate from a common basal point, while in two other

parts they are nearly parallel to each other. On reversing the speci-

men the internal layer presented a rudely cellulated appearance,

abounding in sarcode, in which two of the most characteristic auxili-

ary spicula of Alcyoncellum were deeply imbedded—one of them, an

incompletely developed stout rectangulated hexradiate interstitial

spiculum, exactly represented by fig. 181, plate 7, Mon. Brit. Spon-

giadee, vol. i., and the other a rectangulated hexradiate one, repre-

sented by fig. 198, plate 9, of the same work; and there is also a

slender rectangulated hexradiate spiculum, like the one represented

by fig. 10, Plate XXIV., illustrating the present paper. With these

indications, I think there is little doubt that the structure I have

described is a portion of the dermal system of Alcyoncellum, and that,

when we obtain a specimen in the condition in which it is taken from

the sea in the living state, we shall find the beautiful skeleton entirely

enveloped by such a dermal membrane as I have described from the

fragment in my possession.

Should these ideas prove correct, a slight addition would become

necessary in my description of the specific characters of Aleyoncellum

speciosum in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for March 28, 1867, p. 354, line 12

of the specific character, where the dermal membrane is described as

“unknown,” in place of which should be added, ‘‘ Dermal membrane

abundantly spiculous ; spicula acerate, long and slender, fasciculated ;

fasciculi compact, disposed in radiating or parallel groups.”

In this description of the dermal structure of the sponge, it will

be observed that there are no connecting spicula present ; and we

may therefore infer that the genus Alcyoncellum is not furnished

with an expansile dermal system as in the massive rigid skeletons of

Dactylocalyx and other similar siliceo-fibrous sponges. The fistular

construction of the skeleton in Aleyoncellum renders such a provi-

sion as an expansile dermal system quite as unnecessary as it would

be in the genus Grantia and numerous other fistulous sponges.

I obtained also two fragments of the skeleton in which there was

a considerable quantity of sarcode; and immersed in this substance

numerous rectangulated triradiate and rectangulated hexradiate spi-

cula of the slender descriptions were intermixed without any apparent

arrangement. Every one of the interstices of the fibrous skeleton,

large or small, was abundantly supplied with them. The well-

washed specimens of the sponge now so numerous afford no adequate

idea of the profusion of these descriptions of spicula that exist in the

sponge in its natural condition.

There were also numerous indications of the presence of floricomo-

348 DR. J.S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

hexradiate stellate spicula amidst the sarcode; but the density of

that substance rendered them almost invisible.

In some of the specimens that I have recently examined, I have

observed a remarkable habit of some of the rectangulated hexradiate

spicula—that is, that one of the axial radii is more or less sheathed

or enveloped by branches of skeleton-fibre, so as to give the spiculum

a firm and permanent position; and this appears to be more frequently

the case with those which are projected into the inhalant areas.

This attachment of the spiculum by the fibre is not a fusing of one

into the other, as when two fibres touch each other, but it is simply

a partial envelopment of a portion of one of the radii, so as to give

it a secure basal point of attachment to enable it to perform its

appointed office of sustaining the interstitial membranes of the sponge

under peculiar circumstances, or to protect the orifice over which it

is projected. The portion of the ray thus enveloped may frequently

be traced within the enveloping fibre. It is a very remarkable fact

that none of the other auxiliary spicula, although large and strong,

are ever seen to be tlius agglutinated by the fibres. This singular

habit of the rectangulated triradiate spicula assimilates them in their

office in some measure to the auxiliary fibres in the skeletons of

Dactylocalyx and Iphiteon. Although thus agglutinated by the

fibre, they really form no essential part of the true rigid skeleton of

the sponge, but are in reality neither more nor less than auxiliary

supports to the interstitial membranes under certain conditions.

APPENDIX (May 25, 1869).

Since the preceding portion of this paper was written, I have seen

several specimens of Aleyoncellum speciosum that were sent home in

spirit in the condition they were in when taken from the sea. There

were five specimens, all as nearly as possible in the same condition.

They were of a dark dirty colour, and looked very much as if they

had been dipped into thin mud and then dried. On mounting slices

from the surface, and fragments of the entire structure of the skele-

ton, this dirty-looking substance, when immersed in Canada balsam,

proved to be the remains of the membranous and sarcodous tissues ;

but I could not find any traces of a dermal membrane, such as might

naturally be expected to be present if the sponges were in a living

condition when taken from the sea. The largest specimen in spirit

had a considerable portion of one side of it entirely deficient of the

sarcodous and membranous structures that were abundant in the other

parts of the specimen. This cireumstance, the deficiency of dermal

membrane, and the condition of the sarcode and interstitial mem-

branes in the whole of the specimens, appears to lead to the conclusion

that these specimens were dead sponges in a state of partial decom-

position, and that we have yet to acquire specimens which were in

the living state when brought up from the bottom of the sea,

Although not in so satisfactory a condition as may have been

desired, they were still in such a state of preservation as to afford

some interesting points of information regarding the structural pecu-

1869.] DR. J. 8. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. 349

liarities of the animal. Thus the true natural positions and mode

of arrangement of the stout attenuated rectangulated hexradiate spi-

cula, the full series of the varieties of which are figured in the ‘ Philo-

sophical Transactions,’ 1858, plate 25. figs. 24-33, and in Mon. Brit.

Sponges, vol. i. plate 7. figs. 174-183, are well exhibited in situ,

which I have never yet seen in any of the well-washed specimens

with which we are now so familiar. In the large lateral orifices of

such specimens they are sometimes entirely wanting, or a few only

of them are found in the neighbourhood of the large circular area.

In the specimens in which they are held in their natural positions by

the sarcodous and membranous tissues, they are regularly disposed

around the circular area, forming a compact marginal ring, their

stout radii projecting in every direction among the surrounding por-

tions of the skeleton, but not within the circular area; so that where

one of the radii would, by the natural laws of development, have been

found, its production is arrested, and it is represented by only a

slight tumefaction on the axis of the spiculum ; hence it is that we

find such numerous varieties of form among these remarkable spi-

cula. All the other radii immersed in the surrounding structures

are completely developed, crossing each other in every direction ; so

that although uncomnected by siliceous cementation with the fibrous

skeleton, they form a strong but somewhat expansile marginal band

to the circular area. We are thus enabled to perceive the reason of

the numerous cases of the suppression of frequently several of the

radii of these marginal spicula, and to read the important fact from

their positions and modifications that their production is as much

reculated and modified by the structural necessities of the organs in

which they form important parts, as are the bones and other organic

structures of the most highly constituted animals.

The true positions of the slender rectangulated hexradiate spicula

with elongated basal axial rays are also well determined in these

specimens ; they are seen in considerable numbers in the interstitial

cavities of the sponge, supporting the interstitial membranes, and

vastly increasing the amount of surface in those vital organs.

- The trifurcated attenuato-hexradiate and floricomo-hexradiate spi-

cula are not very numerous; they are irregularly dispersed on the

sarcodous membranes of the sponge, and are completely immersed in

the sarcode, and without the aid of Canada balsam are usually invi-

sible.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXT.

Fig. 1. A portion of the rigid skeleton of Zphiteon panicea from the specimen

from Porto-Rico, in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris, ex-

hibiting the confluent structure of the rotulate areas of the skeleton,

Senet hexradiate spicula, and a few gemmules zm situ, x 108

inear.

Fig. 2. A section at right angles to the surface of Zphiteon beatriz, exhibiting

the confluent rotulate structure of the rigid skeleton, the fusciculi of

acerate spicula, and the yerticillately spinous retentive spicula i sétw,

108 linear.

350 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON SILICEO-FIBROUS SPONGES. [ May 13,

Fig. 3. One of the inhalant areas on the external surface of the rigid skeleton of

J. beatriz, exhibiting the elongo-conical defensive fibres and numerous

verticillately spined retentive spicula im situ, x 108 linear.

Fig. 4. One of the large excurrent orifices on the side of the great cloacal cavity

within the sponge of L, beatrix, x 108 linear,

PuatEe XXII.

Fig. 1. A small portion of the rigid skeleton of Zphiteon panicea from Porto

Rico, exhibiting the abundance of the gemmules in some parts of the

sponge, X 108 linear,

Fig. 2. A portion of one of the fibres forming the oscular area of [phiteon

beatrix, exhibiting the compound reticulate nature of its structure and

a few of the slender acerate spicula iz situ, X 108 linear.

Fig. 3. One of the attenuated rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula with

one of the shaft-radii spinous, from Z. beatriv, < 308 linear.

Fig. 4. A retentive verticillately spined spiculum from Z. beatriv, 308 linear.

Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. Four of the porrecto-multiradiate retentive spicula from Z. bea-

trix, 308 linear.

Fig. 9. One of the subfusiformi-cylindrical entirely spinous spicula from J,

beatriz, X108 linear.

Fig. 10. A portion of the surface of the rigid skeleton of Iphiteon subglobosa, ex-

hibiting the umbonal clusters of coarse tubercles, rectangulated hex-

radiate interstitial spicula 7 situ, and numerous spinulo-quadrifur-

cate and pentafurcate hexradiate stellate retentive spicula dispersed

amidst the interstices of the skeleton, x 108 linear.

Fig. 11. One of the minute spiculated biternate retentive spicula of the dermal

membrane of J. subglobosa, x 666 linear.

Fig. 12. Two of the rectangulated hexradiate auxiliary fibres from I. subglobosa,

based on a portion of a fibre of the rigid skeleton, anastomosing by

their radii, X 175 linear.

Fig. 13, One of the pentafurcate hexradiate stellate retentive spicula of 1. subglo-

bosa, X 666 linear.

Puiate XXIII.

Fig.1. A small portion of the surface of the rigid skeleton of Zphiteon Ingalli,

exhibiting its confluent rotulate structure with quadrifurcate hexra-

diate stellate spicula amidst the fibres opposite a, a, a, a, X 108 linear.

Fig. 2. One of the quadrifurcate hexradiate stellate retentive spicula of Z. Ingalli;

three of the primary radii having been broken off, the quadrifurcate

structure of the remaining radii is very distinctly displayed: x 530

linear.

Fig. 8. One of the rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula of L Ingalli, x

108 linear.

Fig. 4. A small portion of the surface of the rigid skeleton of J. callocyathes,

exhibiting the more or less verticillate disposition of the minute spines

of the skeleton-fibre, x 108 linear.

Fig. 5. One of the rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula of Z. callocyathes,

f 175 linear.

Fig. 6. A furcated foliato-expando ternate connecting spiculum of J. callocya-

thes, covered by the minute, short, stout acerate tension-spicula of the

dermal membrane, x 183 linear.

Fig. 7. A very perfect and beautiful example of a spinulo-multifureate hexra-

diate stellate retentive spiculum of J. callocyathes, x 666 linear.

Fig. 8. A view of portions of two of the intervening planes of perforated sili-

ceous tissue parallel with the external surface of the rigid skeleton,

and which divide the layers of crypt-like tissue of the skeleton of

Myliusia Grayii from each other, with their numerous circular orifices

of intercommunication between the upper and lower strata of the

skeleton, X 108 linear.

1869. ] MR. R. B, SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE, 351

Prats XXTY,

Fig. 1. A small portion of the rigid skeleton of Farrea occa, exhibiting its an-

gulated structure and central canals in the fibres, on which are

dispersed numerous small attenuato-stellate retentive spicula, x 108

linear.

Figs. 2, 3, & 4. Three of the small attenuato-stellate retentive spicula from F,

ocea, showing some of their numerous variations in form, size, and

the number of their radii, figs. 2 & 3 x 400, & fig. 4 x 666 linear.

Fig. 5. A spiculated biternate interstitial spiculum from J’, occa, X45 linear.

Fig. 6. A tga spiculated biternate interstitial spiculum from Ff. occa, x65

near.

Fig. 7, A portion of the harrow-shaped quadrilateral siliceo-fibrous dermal

structure of Ff. occa oppositely armed at its angles, x50 linear.

Fig. 8. A fragment of the siliceo-fibrous skeleton of Aleyoncellum speciosum.

Fig. 9. A slender attenuated rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spiculum with

nearly equal radii from A, speciosum, 175 linear.

Fig. 10. A slender attenuated rectangulated hexradiated interstitial spiculum

with elongated basal shaft from A. speciosum, X< 108 linear.

Fig. 11. Avery fine specimen of floricomo-hexradiate stellate retentive spicu-

lum from A, specioswm, x 666 linear.

Puate XXYV.

Fig. 1. A portion of a section of the rigid skeleton of Myliusia Grayii, at right.

angles to the surface, exhibiting the crypt-like arrangement of the

skeleton, x 108 linear.

Fig. 2. A section at right angles to the surface of the skeleton of Kaliapsis

cidaris, from the surface to the basal prehensile organs, exhibiting

the change of the structure from the basal canaliculated fibres to the

imperforate and ramifying ones of the superior mass of the skeleton,

x 183 linear.

Fig. 3. A portion of the minute ramifications of the fibrous structure of the

surface of the rigid skeleton of K. cidaris, X308 linear.

Fig. 4. Three of the foliato-peltate connecting spicula of the expansile dermal

system of K. cfdaris, one of them (a) haying upon it a group of

minute incipiently spinous fusiformi-cylindrical spicula, x 175 linear.

Fig. 5. Two of the minute incipiently spinous fusiformi-cylindrical spicula of

the dermal membrane of K. cidaris, x 666 linear.

Fig. 6, A portion of the rigid skeleton of Purisiphonia Clarkei, exhibiting the

irregular mode of disposition of the canaliculated siliceo-fibrous struc-

ture, and one of the rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spicula in

situ, opposite (a), x 108 linear.

Fig.7. An imperfect rectangulated hexradiate interstitial spiculum from P,

Clarkei, 175 linear.

7. On the Genus Alcyone.

By R. B. Suarre.

I propose to give short synopses of some of the more obscure

genera of the family Alcedinide, in order that the various species,

before appearing in my ‘Monograph,’ may be brought under the

notice of ornithologists, and thus my arrangements and synonymy

may be fairly exposed to criticism. It is my wish to make the

Monograph of the Kingfishers as complete as possible ; and I there-

fore invite the criticisms of all my friends, in order that I may be

able to take advantage of them in my larger work.

352 MR. R. B, SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE. [May 13,

Having already (P. Z. 8.1868, p. 587) treated of the genus Ceyz,

I propose in the present paper to discuss the genus Alcyone, which

has only three toes, and is otherwise closely allied to Ceyx. The

genus Alcyone was founded in 1837 by Swainson (Classif. of Birds,

il, p. 336), and at present contains seven species.

The two most distinct and clearly characterized are Aleyone pusilla

and A. eyanopectus; but the other five are very closely allied and

hard to distinguish. I believe that the following synoptic table will

materially assist in their identification :—

A. Torque pectorali lazulino .cs..sscscsscsssereessscensveeeesveene L, A, cyanopectus.

B. Torque pectorali nullo.

a. Abdomine rufo,

a. Rostro robustiore.

a”, Supra saturate ultramarina............00. 2. A, lessoni.

o”. Supra leetissime ultramarina ........... 3. A. affinis.

’. Rostro tenuiore.

a’. Rostro breviore: pileo nigro indistincte

LiRTO EON i boondsdebegbamaaticeencboa -obdcns 4, A. diemensis,

6”, Rostro longiore: pileo haud fasciato.

a”, Wypochondriis rufis .............4. 5. A. azurea.

o/’, Hypochondriis pulcherrime ul-

tramarinis ...... Acecet gente o- 6. A, pulchra.

Br AbAOMMe ADO) iateat sees neanetc eae ssa ecaenaneean tM as 7. A. pusilla.

The first on the above list, Alcyone cyanopectus, serves to connect

the genus Alecyone with Ceyz, as it is very closely allied to Ceywx

philippinensis, Gould; and, on the other hand, another link is dis-

covered in Aleyone pusilla and Ceyx solitaria, both of which species

are closely allied. The principal difference between the genera Ceyzx

and Aleyone is in their habits. Whereas the Ceyces are almost

entirely insectivorous, the members of the genus Alcyone feed almost

entirely on fish. The geographical distribution of each genus is also

in favour of their direct affinity. Ceyw is an Indian genus strictly

speaking, extending all over the Indian peninsula and Malayasia,

being also distributed over the Malay archipelago, where, how-

ever, a different form of the genus (with bright blue back) is met

with. On the other hand, Aleyone is essentially a typical Austra-

lasian genus, being widely distributed over the whole Australian

continent, and thence extending northwards, through the Austro-

Malayan subregion, to the Philippines. In these islands the aber-

rant species Aleyone cyanopectus occurs; and in every respect as

regards plumage this species is a true Ceyx. In form of bill, how-

ever, it is an Aleyone—although, but for the distinct pectoral band

and blue flanks, it might be mistaken for Ceya philippinensis. My

friend Dr. Salvadori has written to me, calling in question the pro-

priety of my placing this latter bird in the genus Ceyr; but in my

opinion the species really belongs here. <Aleyone eyanopectus should

probably also be included in the genus Ceyz as an aberrant species

forming the point of union between the two genera, and I should

not be at all surprised to find this view adopted by some future

systematist. But no satisfactory conclusion can be obtained until we

know more of the habits and geographical distribution of these two

1869.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE,. 353

Philippine species. The arrangement proposed above, viz. of uniting

Alcyone cyanopectus to Ceyx philippinensis under one and the same

genus, would be more natural, as we should then have all the three-

toed Kingfishers with bright backs under the genus Ceyx; and all

those having the upperside uniform under Aleyone. No one who

saw the specimens from which I described and figured the species in

my ‘Monograph’ would doubt for an instant that I had placed them

in the proper genera, from a study of their external form.

The following I believe to be the correct synonymy of the various

species of Alcyone, specimens of all of which are at present before

me :—

1. AtcyonE cyanopectus. Blue-girt Kingfisher.

Ceyx cyanopectus, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 33; Gray, Gen. of

Birds, App. p. 5 (1848).

Alcyone cyanopectus, Jard. Contr. to Orn. 1850, p. 82; Sharpe,

Monogr. Alced. pt. 4 (1869).

Aleyone cyanipectus, Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 158 (1850) ;

Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 7, t. 396. f. 3060 (1851); Bonap. Consp.

Vol. Anis. p. 10 (1854); Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. Ixiv.

Alcedo cyanipectus, Schleg: Mus. Pays-Bas, diced. p. 18 (1863).

Alcyone cincta, Jard. Contr. to Orn. 1850 (plate only).

A. torque pectorali lazulino lato: mandibula nigricante, maxilla

aurantiaca.

Hab. in insulis Philippinis.

Head deep bluish black, irregularly banded with bright blue, more

thickly on the nape; the whole of the back rich shining cobalt ;

scapularies and wing-coverts black, broadly washed with dark blue,

the latter also spotted with bright cobalt; wing-feathers brownish

black, the secondaries narrowly edged with indigo ; tail black, washed

with indigo; cheek indigo, spotted with cobalt ; a spot in front of

the eye, a patch of feathers at the side of the neck, throat and upper

part of the breast, whitish tinged with pale sienna; a band across

the upper part of the breast and the flanks deep indigo, tinged with

brighter blue on the latter ; abdomen and under wing-coverts rufous ;

bill brownish black, the lower mandible tinged with range. Total

length 5 inches, of bill from the front 1°4, from gape 1°7, wing 2°9,

tail 0°7, tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°3, hind toe 0°2.

Hab. Philippine Islands (Mus. 7. C. Eyton).

The description and measurements are from Mr. Eyton’s speci-

men, the same described by Sir William Jardine and kindly lent me

by Mr. Eyton.

2. ALCYONE LESSONI. Lesson’s Kingfisher.

ro)

Aleyone lessoniit, Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1850, p. 69; zd. Cat.

Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 5 (1852); Sclater, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc.

1858, p. 156.

Aleyone azurea, var. lessonii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 155; ad.

P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 433.

354 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE. [May 13,

Ceya azurea, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. p. 690 (1826).

Alcyone azurea, Rosenb. Journ. f. Orn. 1864, p. 118.

A. torque pectorali nullo: abdomine rufo: rostro robustiore :

supra saturate ultramarina.

Had. in Nova Guinea et in insulis dictis ‘‘ Aru.”

Above deep rich ultramarine ; wing-coverts deep blue-black edged

with ultramarine; quills blackish, the inner web very light rufous

from the base, the secondaries broadly edged with rich ultramarine ;

tail deep ultramarine above, black beneath; a minute loral spot

rufous; a longitudinal patch of feathers along the sides of the neck

white tinged with pale orange; throat whitish tinged with pale

rufous; cheeks, sides of the neck, and a large patch of feathers on

the sides of the upper part of the breast deep rich ultramarine ex-

tending a little on to the flanks; rest of the under surface of the

body deep rufous, with a rich lilac shine upon the flanks; bill jet-

black; feet red. Total length 7 inches, of bill from front 1°7, from

gape 2°1, wing 2°85, tail 1°2, tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°5, hind toe

0°25.

The above description is taken from a very beautiful male pro-

cured in the Aru Islands, and kindly lent to me by Mr. Wallace.

Another male specimen from New Guinea, collected by Mr. Wallace,

for the loan of which I am indebted to the Viscount Walden, is

apparently a younger bird, and differs in having the tips of both

mandibles ivory-white, and the whole under surface paler, especially

on the throat, which is nearly pure white. To this specimen Mr.

Wallace has attached a MS. note on the spot, as follows :—* feet

yermillion ; bill black, tipped with white; eyes dark brown; length

6°6 inches.’’ The measurements of this bird agree exactly with the

Aru-Island specimen described above.

3. Atcyone AFFinis. Allied Kingfisher.

Alcyone affinis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 348.

A. torque pectorali nullo: abdomine rufo: rostro robustiore :

supra letissime ultramarina.

Hab. in insulis “ Batchian” et “Gilolo” dictis.

Above brilliant ultramarine, brightest on the back; wing-coverts

black washed with ultramarine; quills blackish, the inner web light

rufous from the base, the outer web of the secondaries narrowly

edged with ultramarine ; a very small loral spot faint rufous ; throat

and a longitudinal patch of feathers along the sides of the neck

whitish tinged with orange-rufous, paler on the chin; cheeks, ear-

coverts, and a patch of feathers on the sides of the upper part of the

breast brilliant ultramarine; under surface of the body rufous, with

a rich lilac lustre on the flanks; feet red; bill brownish black,

towards the tip whitish. Total length 6-7 inches, of bill from front

1:6, from gape 2:0, wing 3°85, tail 1°2, tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°5,

hind toe 0°25.

Hab. Batchian, Gilolo (Wallace).

From Alcyone lessoni this species differs in being slightly smaller,

1869.] MR, R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE,. 355

and in having the back of a much more brilliant blue than in the

New-Guinea bird. The description and measurements are from a

bird kindly lent me by Mr. Wallace, and procured by him in Gilolo.

4, AucyoNe pieMENsIs. Van Diemen’s-Land Kingfisher.

Aleyone diemensis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1846, p. 19; dd. Introd. Birds

of Austr. p. 31 (1848); Gray, Gen. of Birds, i. p. 82 (c. 1844);

Kaup, Fam. Alced. p. 18 (1848); Reich. Vog. Neuholl. p. 278

(1850); Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Th. ii. p. 143 (1860) ; Gould,

Handb. Birds of Austr. i. p. 141 (1865).

A. torque pectorali nullo: abdomine rufo: rostro tenuiore, bre-

viore: pileo nigro indistincte fasciato.

Hab. in Tasmania.

Above deep blue, a little brighter on the rump, the head having

the appearance of being indistinctly banded with dusky black ;

cheeks, ear-coverts, scapularies, and wing-coverts black washed with

blue; wing-feathers blackish, the inner web light rufous from the

base, the outer web distinctly washed with blue; tail blue above,

black beneath ; a small loral spot, a patch of feathers along the sides

of the neck and the throat white tinged with rufous ; the whole of

the under surface of the body deep rufous, with a very faint lilac

lustre on the flanks; a large patch of feathers on the sides of the

upper part of the breast black, with a slight blue shine; bill black ;

feet red. Total length 6 inches, of bill from front 1°4, from gape

1:9, wing 3°1, tail 1°35, tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°55, hind toe 0°25.

Hab. Tasmania (Gould).

This species is rare in collections; and I have only met with one

specimen, which I purchased of Verreaux. It is allied to 4. azurea,

but is much smaller and not nearly so brightly coloured, while on

the back, as Mr. Gould justly observes, there is a slight greenish

tinge in some lights. There are also some obscure black bands on

the head. The description and measurements are taken from the

specimen in my collection mentioned above.

5. ALCYONE AzUREA. Azure Kingfisher.

Alcedo azurea, Lath. Ind. Orn. Suppl. ii. p. xxxii (1801); Swains.

Zool. Illustr. 1st ser. pl. 26 (1820); Schl. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced.

p. 17 (1863).

Ceyx azurea, Steph. Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 106 (1826); Jard. and

Selb. Ill. Orn. ii. pl. 55. f. 1.

Aleyone azurea, Gray, Gen. of Birds, i. p. 82 (c. 1844); Gould,

Birds of Austr. ii. pl. 25 (1848); id. Intr. to Birds of Austr. p. 31

(1848); Gray, Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 65 (1848); Blyth, Cat.

Birds Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 50 (1849); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av.

i. p. 158 (1850); Reich. Vog. Neuholl. p. 278 (1850); id. Handb.

Alced. p. 7, t. 397. f. 3064, 3065 (1851); Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil.

Mus. p. 5 (1852); Macgill. Voy. Rattl. ii. p. 356 (1852) ; Bonap.

Consp. Vol. Anis. p. 10 (1854); Pelz. Voy. Novara Vog. p. 50

(1865); Gould, Handb. Birds of Austr. i. p. 139 (1865).

356 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE. [May 13,

Aleedo tribrachys, Shaw and Nodd. Nat. Misc. pl. 281 (1804).

Ceyx tribrachys, Cuv. Régn. Anim. i. p. 417 (1817).

Ceyx cyanea, Less. Traité d’Orn. p. 241 (1831).

Alcedo australis, Swains. Classif. of Birds, ii. p. 336 (1837).

A. rostro tenuiore, longiore: pileo haud fasciato: hypochondriis

rufis.

Hab. in Australia.

Above bright ultramarine; wing-coverts blackish, edged with

ultramarine ; quills blackish, the inner web light rufous at the base,

the secondaries externally edged with faint blue; tail deep ultra-

marine above, black beneath; a loral spot pale rufous; throat and

a longitudinal patch of feathers along the sides of the neck white

tinged with orange; cheeks, ear-coverts, and sides of the upper part

of the breast bright ultramarine ; rest of the under surface of the

body rufous, with a lilac shine on the flanks and under tail-coverts ;

bill black ; feet red. Total length 6°8 inches, of bill from front 1-8,

from gape 2°25, wing 2°8, tail 11, tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°5, hind

toe 0°2.

Hab. Australia: New South Wales, and Southern Australia

(Gould); Cape York (Cockerell) ; Queensland (Mus. R. B. Sharpe).

This species, which is the commonest of all the genus, is inter-

mediate between A. diemensis and A. pulchra, which replace it in

Tasmania and Northern Australia respectively. It is a beautiful

species, yielding in this respect only to A. pulchra.

6. ALcyonE PuLCHRA. Resplendent Kingfisher.

Aleyone pulchra, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1846, p. 19; Gray, Gen. of

Birds, i. p. 82 (c. 1844); Gould, Intr. to Birds of Austr. p. 31

(1848) ; Reich. Vég. Neuholl. p. 278 (1850) ; td. Handb. Alced.

p- 7 (1851); Cass, Cat. Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 5 (1852); Llsey,

P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 25; Gould, Handb. Birds of Austr. i. p. 141

(1865).

A. torque pectorali nullo: abdomine rufo: rostro tenuiore, lon-

giore: pileo haud fasciato: hypochondriis pulcherrime ultra-

marines.

Hab. in Australia septentrionali.

Above very brilliant ultramarine, a little deeper on the wing-

coverts; wing-coverts brownish black, edged with ultramarine ;

wing-feathers brownish, the inner web very light rufous at the base,

the secondaries externally edged with ultramarine; tail deep blue

above, black underneath; a small spot in front of the eye light ru-

fous; throat and a patch of feathers along the sides of the neck

white tinged with orange; cheeks and ear-coverts brilliant ultra-

marine ; sides of the body also brilliant ultramarine, extending on to

the flanks; rest of the under surface of the body deep rich rufous,

with a lilac shine on the abdomen and under tail-coverts; bill deep

black ; feet orange. Total length 6-5 inches, of bill from front 1°95,

from gape 2°2, wing 3:0, tail 1°3, tarsus 0°3, middle toe 0°5, hind

toe 0°2.

1869. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS ALCYONE. 357

Hab. Australia, Cape-York peninsula (Mus. R. B. Sharpe); Vic-

toria River and Port Essington, N. W. Australia (Gould, Elsey).

Prince Bonaparte, following Mr. G. R. Gray, has united this spe-

cies to the foregoing, in my opinion erroneously, and I can only

believe that they have not seen a specimen. Mr. Gould and Mr.

Cassin, both of whom have examined the type specimens (now in

the Philadelphia Museum), have separated the two as distinct, and

I entirely agree with their decision. I have in my collection two

beautiful specimens of 4. pulchra, and I certainly consider it one of

the most clearly characterized of all the species of Alcyone. The

brilliant hue of the whole plumage and the extension of the blue

from the sides of the breast down on to the flanks distinguish it

from any of the allied species. Both of my specimens have a slight

blue edging to the feathers of the breast, one of them showing this

peculiarity more than the other; in fact it almost forms a pectoral

band in this specimen.

7. ALCYONE PusiLuA. Little Blue Kingfisher.

Ceyx pusilla, Temm. Pl. Col. 595 (1836); Miill. Verh. Ethn.

p- 22 (1839); Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 172.

Alcyone pusilla, Gould, Birds of Austr. ii. pl. 36 (1848); Reich.

Handb. Alced. p. 7, t. 398. f. 3068, 3069 (1851); Cass. Cat. Hale.

Phil. Mus. p. 5 (1852); Macgill. Voy. Rattl. ii. p. 356 (1852);

Sclater, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1858, p. 172; Rosenb. Journ. f. Orn.

1864, p. 118; Gould, Handb. Birds of Austr. i. p. 142 (1865);

Ramsay, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 383.

Alcedo pusilla, Schi. Mus. Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 18 (1863); id.

Vog. Ned. Ind. Alced. pp. 12, 48, pl. 3 (1864).

Nu-réa-bin-mo, of the natives of the Coburg peninsula (Gould).

A. torque pectorali nullo : abdomine albo.

Hab. in Australia septentrionali, in Nova Guinea, et insulis Mo-

luccensibus.

Above rich ultramarine, having a greenish tinge in some lights on

the head, cheeks, and wing-coverts ; quills blackish, the inner web

lighter at the base, the outer web distinctly washed with greenish

blue, especially on the secondaries; tail blue above, black beneath ;

a loral spot and a patch of feathers along the sides of the neck white,

the latter slightly tinged with orange; entire under surface white,

with a greenish gloss on the breast in some lights; shoulders, sides

of the breast, and flanks rich ultramarine; bill and feet black ; irides

dark blackish brown. Total length 4:8 inches, of bill from front

1°15, from gape 1:4, wing 2-0, tail 0°85, tarsus 0°25, middle toe

0°45, hind toe 0-2.

Hab. Australia: N. Australia (Gould); Rockingham Bay (Ram-

a New Guinea (Miller); Aru Islands (Wallace); Gilolo (Wal-

lace).

This little species, though everywhere rare, is widely distributed.

My description and measurements are from a Gilolo specimen lent

to me by Mr. Wallace.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXIV.

358 DR. J. C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [May 13,

8. On three new Species of Australian Marine Shells.

By Jamzs C. Cox, M.D., Sydney, New South Wales.

(Plate XXVL)

CypR#A THATCHERI, n. sp. (Plate XXVI. figs. 1, 1a.)

Shell pyriformly ovate, rather thin, markedly ventricose, base

almost flat; sides steep, deeply notched; anterior end contracted

and prominent; posterior end produced, narrow; aperture almost

straight, except in front, rather open; teeth thick, obtuse, faint

purplish white, about twenty-four on the outer edge, and confined

to the margin of the aperture; on the columellar side the teeth are

short, oval, blunt, and larger, becoming almost obsolete in front ;

cream-coloured with a cinnamon tinge, smooth and polished, varie-

gated with rather large orange-brown spots of irregular size and irre-

gularly distributed; the cinnamon tinge is slightly deeper at the

ends; base white and perfectly smooth, sides light; extremities

rather recurved ; interior pinkish white.

Length 3 inches, breadth 142, height 144.

Hab. Dampier’s Archipelago, West coast of Australia.

The two specimens of this beautiful species now before me, one

of which I send to be figured, were obtained by Mr. C. R. Thatcher,

from a fisherman who took them at the locality above recorded,

about ten years ago; and, so far as I know, no other specimens

have yet been found. The two specimens are exactly alike in every

way, and in a fine state of preservation. The surface of the shell

is uniformly covered with a smooth shining enamel, showing no trace

of a dorsal opening.

VoLuTa HARFORDI. (Plate XXVI. figs. 2a, 20.)

Shell elongated, ovate, thick ; spire acuminate, short, apex papil-

lary ; whorls smooth, slanting, strongly excavated or channelled at

the suture; columella four-plaited, pinkish white; aperture elon-

gated, lip simple; pinkish white, shining, longitudinally striated by

fine waved brown lines, ornamented by four bands of squarely elon-

gated orange-brown spots on the body-whorl, and by a band of round

spots of the same colour about the centre of the shell, between the

upper and lower rows of squarely elongated markings.

Length 1,3, inch, breadth H, height =%.

Hab. Wreck Reef, near Lady Elliott’s Island.

This species in general aspect much resembles Voluta maculata

of Swainson, but is at once distinguished from that or any other

species by its channelled or excavated suture, elongated striation,

and regular squarely elongated orange-brown markings.

VouuTa sciaTerI. (Plate XXVI. fig. 3.)

Shell pyriformly oblong, ponderous; spire rather short, obtuse,

papillary ; whorls smooth, porcellanous, the last tending to be angled

or protuberant round the upper part; columella strongly five-

P.Z.S.1869.XXV1.

GB.Sowenby lilh. M&N Hanhart op

NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS.

, per held

RS ie

JSMitT LITE

D 'e ala

DBinAn

EIR

AUSTRALIAN CU

OSTER PARI

CKOOS AND

ATIT

)

{ & WN EANSART Ie

1869.] . MR: E. P. RAMSAY ON AUSTRALIAN CUCKOOS. 399

plaited, the top and second plait semibifurcated, pure white, shining

and porcellanous, as is also the interior of the mouth and the under

part of the shell; aperture elongated, lip simple, not thickened; of

a dull whitish-brown colour above.

Length 3 inches, breadth 13, height 154.

Hab. Banks’s Straits.

This beautiful species, of which I have two specimens in my

cabinet, is at once distinguished from any other species by its dense,

white, shining, porcellanous interior and under surface.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVI.

Figs. 1, la. Cyprea thatcheri, p. 358. Fig. 3. Voluta sclateri, p. 358.

2a, 26. Voluta harfordi, p. 358. 4. Haliotis hargravesi*, p. 49.

9. Some further Remarks on the Cuckoos found in the Neigh-

bourhood of Sydney, and their Foster-parents. By E. P,

Ramsay, C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XXVII.)

In some former remarks on the Cuckoos found in the neighbour-

hood of Sydney (P. Z. S. 1865, p. 460), it will be remembered that

the species recently termed by Mr. Gould Lamprococcyx plagosus

and L. basalis (Gould’s Handb. B. Austr. i. pp. 623, 626) were

regarded as one species under the name of Chalcites lucidus

(Gould’s Birds of Austr. iv. pl. 89), and that I described their eggs

as two varieties of the egg of the same species. At that time my

remarks were so far correct. Now, however, as most ornithologists

agree in considering LZ. plagosus and L. basalis distinct species

(and L. lucidus from New Zealand as a third), it will be necessary

to make a few remarks on the subject. My reasons for treating

L. plagosus and L. éasalis as varieties of the same species were

manifold. The young on leaving the nest are scarcely (if at all) to

be distinguished from one another ; their notes are for the most part

exactly alike; the colouring and marking of the eggs are not con-

stantly different ; and, lastly, the plumage of one is merely a shade

lighter or darker than that of the other. The only differences of

any value are the thinness of the bill in Z. dasalis, and the much

deeper tint and greater extent of the rufous on the second and third

outer tail-feathers ; for it must be remembered, although seemingly

overlooked by Mr. Gould, that the two tail-feathers next to the

outer one on either side are distinctly marked with rufous in L.

plagosus.

But, however slight the differences between these two species may

be, either in the eggs, the young on leaving the nest, or in the fully

adult birds, there is one fact that sets the question at rest, viz. that

the young, about three months old, have the same characteristic

* For the description of this shell see Dr. Cox’s previous paper, anted page 49.

360 MR. J. E. HARTING ON ANARHYNCHUS FRONTALIS. [May 27,

markings as their parents, which fully proves that LZ. basalis cannot

be the young of L. plagosus.

A young bird of L. plagosus now before me, shot in September

and supposed to have been hatched in June, distinctly shows the

wavy bands on the chest, breast, and flanks, also the rufous blotches,

to the same extent as the adult, on the second and third outer tail-

feathers on either side.

The accompanying coloured drawings represent the eggs of the

various Cuckoos found in the neighbourhood of Sydney, and the

eges of their most usual foster-parents, as spoken of in my former

paper. They are all taken from fresh specimens.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. l. Egg of Lamprococcyx plagosus. | Fig. i Egg of Acanthiza nana.

uh - basalis. » Geobasileus reguloides.

3. 4, Cuculus inornatus. . » Smicrornis brevirostris.

4: fF cineraceus. 10. ,, = St¢piturus malacurus.

5. 4, Acanthiza lineata. | ll. = ,,. = Chthonicola minima.

6. > —— pusilla. 12. 4, ~~ Ptilotis auricomis.

May 27, 1869.

W. H. Flower, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. J. E. Harting, F.Z.S., exhibited a skin of a rare wading bird,

Anarhynchus frontalis, from New Zealand, together with three bills

of the same species which had been saved from birds eaten by the

natives, and remitted through the kindness of M. Jules Verreaux.

He remarked that the chief peculiarity in this bird lay in the form

of the bill, which was curved, not downwards as in Numenius, nor

upwards as in Recurvirostra, but to one side, and that he had good

grounds for believing that this peculiarity was constant. He had

seen six examples of the bird, and had heard of others, in all of

which the bill was curved as described. He had no doubt, from its

general appearance, that its habits resembled those of Strepsilas,

although it differed in other respects from the only two species

known of this genus. He believed that its nearest ally would be

found in another New-Zealand bird, Thinornis nove zealandia, of

which genus Thinornis another species, Thinornis rossii, had been

found in the Auckland Islands. The bird now exhibited had been

described so long ago as 1830 by MM. Quoy and Gaimard in their

zoology of the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe’ (i. p. 252, pl. 31. fig. 2),

and had since been noticed by Mr. G. R. Gray, in ‘ Dieffenbach’s

Travels in New Zealand’ (ii. p. 196), in the ‘ Voyage of the Erebus

and Terror’ (Birds, p. 12), and in ‘The Ibis’ (1862, p. 234).

Mr. Harting proposed at some future time to offer some further

remarks on this curious bird.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON MEXICAN BIRDS. 361

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. S. le Strange

near the city of Mexico. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin, F.L.S.

Mr. H. 8. le Strange, during his residence in Mexico, as attaché

to the British Legation in 1865 and 1866, formed a considerable

series of bird-skins, principally in the vicinity of the capital itself

and in the upper parts of the valleys which fall towards the Atlantic.

Mr. le Strange having kindly submitted this collection to our exami-

nation, we have had great pleasure in determining the species con-

tained in it (which are 262 in number), and beg leave to offer to

the Society some notes on a few of the rarer species, made during

our examination of the specimens.

1. Piprto macuatus, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, i. p- 434.

Three skins of this bird are in the collection. Mr. le Strange

notes that it is found in the tierra fria, in the barrancas, aud that its

Mexican name is “ Chalmero.”’

It seems to us very doubtful whether it will not be necessary to

unite under this name Pipilo arcticus, Sw., P. oregonus, Bell, and

P. megalonyz, Baird. The northern specimens are mostly blacker

on the back; but a skin sent to Sclater by Prof. Baird as P. mega-

lonyx trom South California, and another as P. arcticus, are not, in

our opinion, separable from Mexican specimens. This bird descends

as far south as the highlands of Guatemala, and was obtained by

Salvin near Quezaltenango (‘ Ibis,’ 1866, p. 193).

2. Prprto macronyx, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, i. p- 434,

We have usually called the species in our collections Pipilo vires-

cens, under which name it was described by Hartlaub, ‘Journ. f.

Orn.’ 1863, p. 169. But upon referring to Swainson’s characters

there can be no doubt that the same bird is his Pipilo macronyz.

It is easily known from the preceding (P. maculatus) by the olive-

green edgings of the back- and wing- and tail-feathers; but Mr. le

Strange has not distinguished the two species in his MS. Sclater

has one of the original specimens of P. virescens in his collection,

received trom Dr. Hartlaub, also examples collected by Boucard

during his last expedition, and a skin obtained by Mr. White near

the city of Mexico.

3. PIpPILo FUSCUS.

Pipilo fusca, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827, i. p. 434, et Anim. in Men.

p. 347; Bp. Consp. p. 487 ; Cab. J. f. Orn. 1862, p. 474.

Pipilo mesoleucus, Baird, Pr. Ac. Phil. vii. p. 119, et B. N. A.

p- 518; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1856, p. 304.

There is no doubt that, as pointed out by Cabanis, the present

362 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON MEXICAN BIRDS. [May 27,

species (called by Baird P. mesoleucus) is the true P. fuscus of

Swainson, and that the Californian bird (called P. fuscus by Baird

and others) should be termed P. crissalis. Sclater’s collection con-

tains an original specimen of P. mesoleucus, collected by Kennicott

in New Mexico, which agrees perfectly with the skins in Mr. le

Strange’s collection, and with others obtained in Mexico by Boucard

and De Saussure. Mr. le Strange notes that this bird is ‘ common

in the valley of Mexico.”

4. Carpopacus cassinu, Baird, B. N. A. p. 414.

Three specimens (2 ¢ and 1 Q) of this species, obtained by

Mr. le Strange, are the first of it we have seen. As stated by

Baird, it is most like C. purpureus, but remarkable for the large

size and elongation of the bill. Baird’s specimens were from New

Mexico.

5, CurysomitTris PINuS (Wils.); Baird, B. N. A. p. 425; Sclater,

P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 174.

Three skins of what we believe to be this North-American species,

agreeing with one in Sclater’s collection from the same locality. We

much doubt the distinctness of C. macroptera, Du Bus (Esq. Orn.

t. 23), which appears to be the same bird.

6. Icrerus BULLOCKU, Sw. Ph. Mag. 1827, i. p. 436; Baird,

B.N. A. p. 549.

Examples of both sexes of this species, which is stated to inhabit

the tierra fria, and is called “ Calandria nogalera.”

7. IcTERUS ABEILL&I (Less.); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 252, et

1864, p. 175; Cat. A. B. p. 130.

A pair of this species, stated to have been brought in alive and

kept in a cage for some time. Mexican name “ Calandria mielera.”

The female does not appear distinguishable from that of I. bullockit ;

the males are readily separable by the black sides and uropygium of

the present species.

8. CYANOCITTA CALIFORNICA (Vig.); Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 143.

Aphelocoma floridana, Bp. C. R. xhii. p. 956.

Cyanocitta floridana, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 300.

Mr. le Strange’s skin (obtained in the tierra fria) agrees well with

a Californian specimen in Sclater’s collection, and with the charac-

ters whereby Baird distinguishes C. californica from C. woodhousit.

It is white without any bluish tinge below, and the crissum is

nearly pure white. It is probable, therefore, that Prof. Baird has

wrongly referred his specimen no. 8465, from Mexico, to C. wood-

housit.

We have little doubt that Sallé’s specimen (no. 186 of his first

collection), referred by Sclater (following Bonaparte) to C. foridana,

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON MEXICAN BIRDS. 363

was really of this species. Salvin has received a skin of this Cyano-

citta from the vicinity of Oaxaca, collected by Mr. A. Fenochio.

9. PstLoRHINUS MORIO (Wagler).

Two skins of this bird, marked ¢ et 92, and coloured alike, ob-

tained from the tierra caliente of the Atlantic, where Mr. le Strange

says they are ‘‘ very common, and often follow the passer-by, taking

short flights from tree to tree, and making a harsh and discordant

noise.”’

This bird has long been confounded with the Psilorhinus meai-

canus of Rippell, which is immediately distinguishable by its white

belly and the broad white terminations of the rectrices. Riippell

gives the locality of his species as Tamaulipas ; but all the Mexican

specimens of Psilorhinus which have come under our notice have

belonged to the black-tailed Ps. morio, while all the Guatemalan and

more southern examples have been of the (so-called) Ps. mexicanus.

Under these circumstances it is not unlikely that there may have

been some mistake in Riippell’s locality.

The two species (if such they be) will stand as follows :—

PsILORHINUS MORIO.

Pica morio, Wag]. Isis, 1829, p. 751.

Pica fuliginosa, Less. Traité d’Orn. p. 333.

Psilorhinus morio, Bp. Consp. p. 381; Cab. Mus. Hein. p. 226 ;

Baird, Birds N. Am. p. 592; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1556, p. 300, and 1859,

pp. 57, 365.

Diagn. Ventre cinerascente ; rectricibus totis concoloribus.

Hab. S. Mexico, Cordova (Sallé), Jalapa (de Oca).

PsILORHINUS MEXICANUS.

Corvus morio, fem. et juv., Wagl. Isis, 1829, p. 751.

Psilorhinus mexicanus, Riipp. Mus. Senck. ii. p. 189, t. 11. f. 2.

Psilorhinus morio, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 22; Taylor, Ibis,

1860, p. 113; Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 83; Sel. Cat. Am. B.

p. 145; Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 104.

Diagm. Ventre albicante, rectricum lateralium apicibus latis albis.

Hab. Guatemala (Salvin), Honduras (Taylor), Costa Rica (Arcé),

‘*Tamaulipas, Mexico (Riéipp.).”

10. Srrrasomus OLIvAcEus (Max.).

We have already given our reasons for using this name for the

bird usually called S. sylvioides (cf. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 630).

11. CoaTura RvTILA (Vieill.), Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 283.

Mr. le Strange’s collection contains a pair of this beautiful Swift

from the tierra fria, the first Mexican specimens we have seen of

it. Mr. Lawrence has lately presented to Sclater an Ecuadorian

skin of the bird, which agrees perfectly with Mexican and Gua-

temalan examples.

364 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 27,

12. CeNTURUS ALBIFRONS (Sw.).

Picus albifrons, Sw. Phil. Mag. 1827,1. p. 439 ; Sund. Pie. p. 52 ;

Cab. Journ. f. O. 1862, p. 324.

Centurus santacruzi, Bp. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 116; Sclater, Cat.

A. B. p. 343.

We have hitherto called this species by Bonaparte’s name; but

there can be no doubt that, as pointed out by Cabanis, it is the P.

albifrons of Swainson. It is common in Southern Mexico and

Guatemala.

13. Bureo eveGans, Cassin; Baird, B. N. A. p. 28.

Mr. le Strange’s collection contains a single skin of this Buzzard,

agreeing with Texan specimens collected by Mr. Dresser. We have

also seen an example of it in a collection recently sent to M. Sallé

from Orizava by M. Botteri.

14. Orratipa veTuLA, Wagler, Isis, 1830, p. 1112, et 1832

p- 1227; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, p. 391.

O. poliocephala, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1856, p. 310.

Mr. le Strange’s collection contains a single skin of this Ortalida,

which he found “very common” in the tierra caliente of the

Atlantic. He shot many on the road to Tampico, in April 1866.

We believe that the Texan bird called by the American ornitholo-

gists O. vetula, O. poliocephala, and O. maccalli is probably refer-

able to this species.

15. ORTALIDA POLIOCEPHALA, Wagler, Isis, 1830, p. 1112, et

1832, p. 1227.

Two skins of this species, in Mr. le Strange’s collection, are the

first we have met with. It is immediately distinguishable from the

preceding by its larger size, longer tail, whiter belly, and the much

broader terminal bands of the tail-feathers, which are fulvous and not

pure white.

‘

2. Notes on the Species of the Genus Micrastur. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osperr Satvin,

M.A., F.L.S.

As in case of the Asturine, to which we have lately called the

Society’s attention*, some of the members of the genus Micrastur

are at present in a state of great confusion. We trust that the

following remarks may serve to render the species of the group with

which we are acquainted more readily distinguishable.

The genus Micrastur, established by Mr. G. R. Gray in 1841+

* See P. Z. S. 1869, p. 129.

} List of Genera of Birds, p. 6.

1869.] ON THE GENUS MICRASTUR. 365

(in the place of Brachypterus of Lesson, previously employed),

embraces a series of American Hawks with the general structure of

Accipiter, but distinguished by their short toes and more rounded tail.

We have examined specimens of seven species of it, which may be

shortly distinguished as follows :—

A. Majores: subtus albi fere unicolores.

@. WAjOY, SUPTA NIPTICANG.........0.ceeceersercesrecseeerones 1. M. semitorquatus.

G-MiNOL, SUPA CINETOUS”’s..2.-25...sJanccesaveceecssneces es 2. M. mirandollit.

B. minores: subtus albi, dense transfasciati.

a. dorso rufo: pileo cinereo:

w’, voinor : dorso dilutiore rufo..............se0eees 3. M. rujicollis.

6”, major: dorso saturatiore rufO ......eeee eee 4, M. zonothorax.

6. dorso cinereo: pileo concolore:

a’. yentre imo et crisso albis immaculatis......... 5. M. gilvicollis.

b”. yentre imo et crisso cinereo transfasciatis :

a”, dorso ilutiore CiINCTEO ........-seeeeeeeeees 6. M. leucauchen.

b/”. dorso saturatiore cimereO ............1000 7. M. guerilla.

1. MicRASTUR SEMITORQUATUS.

Sparvius semitorquatus, Vieill. N. D. x. p. 322, et Ene. Meéth.

. 1263.

, Sparvius melanoleucus, Vieill. N. D. x. p. 327, et Enc. Méth.

p- 1267.

Falco brachypterus, Temm. Pl. Col. 116 (jr.) et 141 (adult.).

Micrastur brachypterus, Pelz.Orn. Novara, p. 12, et Orn. Bras. p. 7.

Micrastur semitorquatus, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 218; Law-

rence, Ann. L. N. Y. ix. p. 134.

Climacocercus brachypterus, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 88.

‘alco leucomelas, Licht. Doubl. p. 62.

Carnifex naso, Lesson, Rev. Zool. 1842, p. 379.

Falco percontator, Cabot, Boston Journ. iv. p. 462.

Hab. Rio Janeiro (Natt.); Mato Grosso (Natt.) ; Borba (Natt.);

Rio Negro et Rio Brancho (Naét.) ; Costa Rica (Zeledon) ; Guate-

mala (Salvin) ; Yucatan (Cabot).

This species, well known by the figures of the adult and young m

Temminck’s ‘ Planches Coloriées,’ is widely distributed throughout

Tropical America, from Yucatan to Paraguay. It does not, however,

appear to occur in the wood-region of Eastern Brazil, nor have we

yet seen specimens from New Granada and Ecuador. In Guatemala

it seems to be rare, as Salvin only obtained one specimen from

Retaluleu, in the forest-region bordering the Pacific. Another

Guatemalan specimen, in the Norwich Museum, is probably from

Vera Paz.

The large size of this bird renders it easily distinguishable from

every other species of the genus.

2. MiIcRASTUR MIRANDOLLII.

Astur mirandollii, Schl. Ned. Tijdschr. i. p. 130, et Mus. de P.-

B. Astures, p. 27.

Micrastur macrorhynchus, Natt. MS.; Pelz. Orn. Novara, p. 21,

et Orn. Bras. p. 7.

366 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 27,

Micrastur mirandollei, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 759.

Hab. Eastern Peru, Chyavetas (Bartl.); Rio Negro et Rio

Brancho (Naét.) ; Barra do Rio Negro (Cast. et Dev.).

This bird is most nearly allied to the preceding species, but is

easily recognizable by its smaller size and slaty-grey upper plumage.

The only example of it in this country is, as far as we know, the

specimen obtained by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern Peru, noticed in

our article, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 759. As already mentioned there,

Sclater has compared the typical specimen of Astur mirandollii in

the Leyden Museum with an example of v. Pelzeln’s Mierastur

macrorhynchus in the same collection, and has little doubt of their

being identical.

In the Paris Museum there is a specimen of this bird collected by

Castelnau and Deville at Barra do Rio Negro.

In its range this species appears to be restricted to the district

of Upper Amazonia.

3. MicrAsSTUR RUFICOLLIS.

Sparvius ruficollis, Vieill. N. D. x. p. 322, et E. M. iil. p. 1263;

Puch. R. Z. 1850, p. 91.

Micrastur ruficollis, Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 122.

Falco xanthothorax, Temm. Pl. Col. 92.

Climacocercus wanthothorax, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 85.

Micrastur xanthothoraz, Pelz, Orn. Bras. p. 7.

Hab. S.E. Brazil (Burm.); S. Paulo (Natt.); Goyaz (St¢.-

Hilaire).

The adult of this species is well figured in Temminck’s ‘ Planches

Coloriées,’ no. 92. It is easily recognizable by its deep rufous,

almost chestnut breast. In younger specimens this colour is only

partially apparent, and the bars on the belly are much wider apart ;

but in all stages we have seen the reddish-brown back is more or

less persistent, thus distinguishing it from M. leucauchen.

Our specimens of this bird are from Rio and Bahia. Natterer

obtained it in the Province of San Paulo, and St.-Hailaire in that of

Goyaz.

4. MicrasturR ZONOTHORAX.

Climacocercus zonothorax, Cab. J. f. O. 1865, p. 406.

Micrastur zonothoraz, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 253.

Hab. Puerto Cabello; Bogota.

Dr. Cabanis has lately separated this bird as a northern repre-

sentative of the preceding, stating that it differs in its larger size,

stouter bill, and in the darker reddish-brown of the upper surface,

also in having the red-brown on the lower surface confined to the

throat and not extending over the breast.

We have not yet met with the adult of this species, but have

referred to it a bird in immature plumage collected by Mr. Goering

in the coast-region of Porto Cabello, which is the same district as

that whence Cabanis’s type specimens were derived. A second im-

mature bird, in the collection of Salvin and Godman, is from Bogota.

1869.] ON THE GENUS MICRASTUR. 367

5. MIcRASTUR LEUCAUCHEN.

Falco leucauchen, Temm. PI. Col. 306.

Micrastur leucauchen, Strick. Orn. Syn. p. 123.

Micrastur gilvicollis (adult.), Pelz. Orn. Nov. p. 10.

Hab. Brazil; Bahia (Wucherer) ; Mato Grosso (Natt.).

This Micrastur is immediately distinguishable from M. ruficollis

by its grey back and by the entire absence (in the adult bird) of any

rufous colouring upon the throat and breast. In specimens not quite

mature there is a rufous tinge upon the breast, which has apparently

caused the species to be confounded in most collections with M.

rujicollis. As in the latter bird, the belly is regularly banded con-

tinuously down to the crissum. This character and its paler upper

surface serve to distinguish it from M. gilvicollis.

In his ‘ Planches Coloriées’ (no. 306) Temminck has figured his

Falco leucauchen, which has been regarded by most writers as being

the young of the same author’s Falco xanthothorax (= Micrastur

ruficollis, Vieill.). Temminck does not expressly say whether his

figure was taken from a specimen in the Paris Museum or in that of

Vienna, both of which he states contain examples of this bird;

but according to Schlegel (Musée des Pays-Bas, Astures, p. 51)

Temminck’s type is one of Natterer’s specimens now in the Leyden

Museum. To determine positively whether Temminck’s figure is

applicable to the young of the present species or to that of M. rufi-

collis, reference must be made to this type specimen, which we have

not yet had an opportunity of doing. But to avoid the unpleasant

necessity of giving a fresh name to the present bird, which is certainly

a most distinct species, we propose for the present to use Temminck’s

name for it, bearing in mind that M. Pucheran, a very accurate ob-

server, has stated that in his opinion naturalists have erred in consi-

dering Temminck’s two names synonymous*.

Three specimens of this Hawk, in the collection of Salvin and

Godman, are from Bahia, and were received from Dr. Wucherer.

An example which we regard as the adult, and of which we shall

speak subsequently, was obtained by Natterer in Mato Grosso.

6. MicrasTuR GUERILLA.

Micrastur guerilla, Cass. Proc. Ac. Phil. iv. p. 87, et Journ. Ac.

Phil. vol. i. p. 295, t. 40; Bp. Consp. Av. p. 30.

Micrastur concentricus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1856, p. 285.

Micrastur gilvicollis, Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 218; Scl. P. Z. S.

1858, p. 96; Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 96; Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. vii.

. 317.

Micrastur xanthothorax, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 368.

Hab. Mexico, Jalapa (Cassin) ; Cordova (Sallé); Guatemala

(Salvin) ; Veragua (Arcé) ; Western Ecuador, Nanegal (Fraser).

We have long been well acquainted with this Micrastur ; Salvin

obtained specimens of it in every stage of plumage during his expedi-

tions to Guatemala, and it is also common in Mexican collections ;

* Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 91.

368 ON THE GENUS MICRASTUR. [May 27,

but we have hitherto wrongly referred it to its southern representa-

tive M. gilvicollis, in which other authors have followed us. In its

plumage above, this present bird very much resembles that species ;

but beneath the narrow grey bands are closer together, and are con-

tinued regularly over the thighs, belly, and crissum, whereas in M.

gilvicollis they gradually disappear, leaving these parts nearly white.

In the adult of M. guerilla also there appear to be three distinct

white tail-bands besides the narrow terminal band; in the adult M.

concentricus the normal number seems to be one, or sometimes two.

Cassin founded his Micrastur guerilla upon immature specimens

obtained by Mr. Pease near Jalapa in Mexico, and has figured the

bird in this plumage. As already stated, we have seen other ex-

amples in the numerous collections recently made in the same dis-

trict. In Guatemala Salvin found it common in all the low-

lands of the Atlantic slope. From Veragua Arcé has transmitted

individuals both in the adult and immature plumages. We have not

yet seen it from Panama; but it certainly extends as far south as

Western Ecuador, where Mr. Fraser obtained an adult specimen in

1859. This bird is now in the collection of Salvin and Godman.

7. MiIcRASTUR GILVICOLLS.

Sparvius gilvicollis, Vieill. N. D. x. p. 323, et Enc. Méth. p. 1264 ;

Puch. Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 91.

Micrastur gilvicollis, jr., Pelz. Orn. Novara, p. 10, et Orn. Bras.

p- 7; Sel. et Salv P. Z. S. 1867, p. 590.

Nisus concentricus, Less. Tr. d’Orn. p. 60 ; D’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 88.

Climacocercus concentricus, Cab. in Tsch. F. P. pp. 18, 98, et in

Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 735; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 87.

Hab. Cayenne (Less.) ; Eastern Peru(Tsch.) ; Bolivia (D’ Orb.) ;

Rio Negro, Barra and Para (Natt.).

Vieillot’s Sparvius gilvicollis was founded upon a specimen in the

Paris Museum, which Pucheran, in one of his articles upon Vieillot’s

types, declares to be the same as M. concentricus. Now, although

Falco concentricus is an old MS. name of Illiger’s, it was first pub-

lished by Lesson, and based upon a specimen brought by Poiteau

from Cayenne, likewise in the Paris Museum. It follows that M.

Pucheran, having had the two types before him, had an excellent

opportunity of arriving at the result which he came to.

Our worthy friend Herr von Pelzeln, of Vienna, has, however,

recently come to a different conclusion, and, in his treatise on the

birds of the Novara Expedition, has treated M. gilvicollis and M.

concentricus as different species. This caused us no small perplexity,

until, with his usual kindness, Herr v. Pelzeln transmitted to us for

examination the whole series of specimens of these two supposed

species upon which he had founded his remarks. We trust that our

good friend will pardon us, if, in the interests of science, we state that,

after inspection of the specimens and comparison of them with others

now before us, we have arrived at a somewhat different conclusion.

It is certain that the bird from Mato Grosso, which Herr v. Pelzeln

regards as the adult of his M. gilvicollis, is distinct from his M. con-

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 369

centricus; but, as we have already stated, we believe that this bird

should be referred to the Brazilian species which we have termed

M. leucauchen. The younger specimens, called M. gilvicollis by

Herr v. Pelzeln, in spite of the number of tail-bands, we consider

referable to the present bird, which he calls M. concentricus.

One of the main points which Herr v. Pelzeln urges as distinguish-

ing his M. gilvicollis from his M. concentricus is that the former has

in every age and sex, besides the termination, three white tail-bands,

whereas the latter has usually only one, but sometimes two. But

we do not consider this character altogether to be relied upon, it

being notoriously variable in other species of Accipitres. When it

is discarded there is, as far as we can see, nothing to prevent us

associating the two immature female birds from the Amazonian

district, which Herr v. Pelzeln refers to M. gilvicollis (as dis-

tinguished from M. concentricus), with the present species.

We may also urge that this interpretation is more consonant with

the phenomena of geographical distribution, it being primd facie un-

likely that two so closely allied species should be found maintaining

their distinctive characters in the same area.

All the specimens of the present species which have come before

us with ascertained localities have been either from Guiana or from

some part of Amazonia, which we regard as belonging to the same

fauna. Natterer’s specimens were collected at Para and upon the

Rio Negro. Other specimens we have seen are from Cayenne and

the Lower Amazon. Tschudi’s Peruvian specimens have no doubt

been correctly referred by Cabanis to the present bird; but we have

not yet had an opportunity of ascertaining to which species

D’Orbigny’s Bolivian examples belong.

3. On the Fishes of Orissa.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.—Part II.*

Amongst the Siluroids, I captured one small specimen of a Hara

in Orissa, which I left undescribed; I have since taken many more,

and compared them with those in the Caleutta Museum. It is the

78. Hara sucuanantl, Blyth.

Dea. Pb. a. V. 6, A. oC. 15.

Length of head 4, of caudal 1 of the total length. The bases of the

first dorsal and anal fins are of the same length, and equal the dis-

tance from the posterior margin of the orbit to the end of the snout.

The length of the base of the adipose dorsal is only equal to one-half

of that of the anal. Height of body equals the length of the head ;

the width of the head opposite the opercles equals 14 its length.

Eyes small, situated in the posterior half of the head.

Gill-openings narrow, the skin confluent with that of the isthmus.

* See P. Z. S. 1869, p. 292.

370 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES Or ORISSA. [May 27,

Maxillary barbels dilated at their bases ; they extend as far as the

pectoral fin. The four mandibular barbels are on a transverse line ;

the two outer the longest, reaching the gill-opening. Nostrils

placed close together and divided by a short barbel. The occipital

process is about three times as long as wide at its base, and has

another parallel bony process on either side. Basal bone considerably

dilated. Humeral process rugose, elongate, and with two ossicles

posterior to it.

Teeth villiform in the jaws and also in a fine band on the palate.

Fins. Dorsal spine stout and nearly as long as the head, serrated

posteriorly. Pectoral spine one-fourth longer, flattened, strongly

serrated internally, and with finer serrations externally but arranged

in a very peculiar manner, each alternate tooth being directed

anteriorly or posteriorly. Pectorals reaching ventrals. Caudal

deeply forked.

Skin covered with little rough elevations, which in the posterior

part of the body are in parallel lines. This roughness is also seen

on the cheeks.

Lateral line proceeds direct towards the centre of the base of the

caudal fin, but ceases before arriving so far.

Colours. Brownish, banded with a darker shade. Fins banded

with black. Barbels annulated with black.

This little fish grows to about 23 inches in length, and lives

amongst weeds or in very muddy parts of rivers.

The Cyprinide are extensively represented in Orissa.

79. CaTLA BUCHANANT, Cuv. & Val.

Barkur (Ooriah).

Bo De, Pee NG Ane. COSTS toate

L. tr. a, Vert. a

The gill-rakers in the adult are long, moderately strong, and set

rather widely apart.

The Cyprinus abramioides, Sykes, may be this species, which

abounds in the river Kistna.

80. AMBLYPHARYNGODON MoLA, H. Buch.

Morara (Ooriah).

Bite Dae.¢ Pilb. Vi,9. gga eee 20>, «la I. Gabe

L. tr. 20.

Dr. Giinther observes that the engraving of Leuciscus melettinus,

Cuv. & Val., is incorrect ; for he considers the lateral line, instead of

being continued to the base of the caudal fin as delineated, ought to

cease, which would make it an Amblypharyngodon. Might not the

drawing be correct, and the species be a Thynnichthys, as I have taken

onein India? Mr. Blyth (Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Bengal, 1860, p. 164)

observed of his genus Mola, of which he made this species his type,

“The (Leuciscus) harengula and (L.) melettina of Valenciennes

should also range in the same division, even if the lateral line be

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 371

continuous as represented in the figures of those species.” The

correctness of placing Amblypharyngodon and Thynnichthys as

distinct genera is, I think, questionable ; and I am the more confirmed

in this belief by an examination of the A. atkinsonii, Blyth (not

A. pellucidus, M‘Clelland), from Burmah, in which the lateral line

is continued for one-third of the length of the body of the fish, or

for 19 scales, thus reaching nearly as far as the base of the ventral

fin, from which it is divided by six rows of scales.

81. Crrruina mrIGALA, H. Buch.

Mrigale, Mirrgah (Ooriah).

Beam Dig gh keim V9. Als C219.” E4043,

L. tr. .

Differs from the C. lesehenaultii, Cuv. & Val., by only having the

rostral barbels. In Orissa it appears entirely to supersede the

C. leschenaultii, which is a species very common in Madras.

Amongst the fishes brought to Caleutta by the late expedition to

China are specimens of the C. mrigala, H. Buch., probably identical

with C. chinensis, Giinther.

82. CrossocHEILus BATA, H. Buch.

Crossocheilus rostratus, Giinther (immature).

Dunguda porah (Ooriah). Dommarci batta (Bengali).

Ba Deze Pris. NSPS AG! 6.19 Ti, L d6-B8.

53-6}

L. tr. =’.

This species I obtained throughout Orissa, as well as from the

Cossye, where Dr. Giinther’s specimen, 4 inches long, was captured.

I have therefore no doubt respecting its identity, although he re-

marks of the genus, “ Barbels two or four; if two, the upper only

are present :”” and of the species, ‘two barbels, only shorter than

the eye ;” whereas in this fish it is the maxillary ones which exist.

It loses the black spots on the lateral line more or less completely

when it attains a mature state. Being largely domesticated, how-

ever, it is subject to certain variations. In one specimen, 10 inches

long, the snout was covered with elevated pores, whilst another of

the same size, taken along with it, was destitute of them.

The number of rows of scales between the lateral line and base of

the ventral fin sometimes alters with age. Thus in the immature

there are generally four series, but in the adult five. This fish

grows to two feet in length.

83. CrossocHEILUS GoHAMA, H. Buch.

Kala batta (Bengali).

B. iii, D.3. P.15. V.9. A.Z. C.19. L. 1. 38-40. L. tr. &

This fish has a distinct lateral lobe to the snout.

Hab, Cossye river, at Midnapore.

372 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 27,

84. CrOssOCcHEILUS REBA, H. Buch,

Chetchua porah (Ooriah). Batta (Bengali).

B. ii, D. 2. P15. WV. OF AL IC, 19, U,.1 39-38. Ea tr. 2s

The Chondrostoma boggut, Sykes, appears to be identical with

this species, which is common in the Kistna river.

85. LasBro FimsBrRiAtus, Bloch.

Labeo leschenaultii, Cuv. & Val.

Bahrum (Ooriah).

B. iii, D. ay. P.15. V.9. AZ C.19. L. 1. 44-48.

9-10

L. LTS B°

Hab. Found in rivers aud tanks.

The Varicorhinus bobree, Sykes, appears to be this species, which

is abundant in the Kistna.

86. Laseo Gonius, H. Buch.

Labeo microlepidotus, Cuv. & Val.

Labeo dussumieri, part.?, Giinther.

Cursua (Ooriah).

Beit. Digg B17... V9: Angee C. 19. Ld. Oot:

L. tr. <

Length of head -2,, of pectoral =2;, of base of dorsal 2, of base of

anal 54, of caudal 52; of the total length. Height of head 14, of

body 3, of dorsal fin 5?;, of ventral 3, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout, 23 diameters apart.

No lateral lobe to snout, which is covered with fine pores. Two

pairs of very short barbels, the maxillary being slightly the longest.

Lips thick, with a distinct fold, and also fringed.

Teeth pharyngeal, with flattened crowns, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences much nearer to the snout than to the

base of the caudal fin, and anterior to the ventral.

Scales. Nine and a half rows between lateral line and base of the

ventral fin, in large specimens from Burmah eight and a half.

As food this fish is said to be indifferent. Many specimens were

taken in the rivers of Orissa up to 13-2; inches in length.

The species is very closely allied to, if not identical with Labeo

cursa, H. Buch., which, however, is said to have 11 or 12 rows be-

tween the lateral line and base of ventral fin.

87. Lasro CALBASU, H. Buch.

Cirrhinus affinis, Jerdon, Madras Journ. Lit. & Se.

Kala beinse (Ooriah).

Bo iit. Dy a beta. Y¥. 9. A. C.19. L.1 ala

tr: Ce

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 373

Tn one specimen taken in the Cossye the scales were spotted with

red.

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa.

88. Laseo rouira, H. Buch.

Ruhu (Ooriah).

B. iii. D. 5:

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa.

PAl7. V.9. A.2. C.19. LL 41s. L. tr. 9.

89. LaBeo r1cNoRHyNCHUs, M‘Clelland.

Kul-ka-batta (Bengali). ;

Bim.) Deg Pol¥cn Nada Nees, Cu 19x) Ld. ARt La te, 2.

mee

Pharyngeal teeth 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

I am doubtful whether this fish should not be referred to Cyprinus

mustha, H. Buch., which, however, Dr. Giinther considers to be the

Labeo morala; and he remarks, “‘ four barbels as long as the eye ;”

whereas Buchanan observes, ‘‘it (Cyprinus musiha) differs from the

description of the mora/a in nothing but the want of tendrils.”

90. Lasgo Boca, H. Buch.

Kala battali (Ooriah).

Ba iiiy D, re P17. Vn ALS 4 Cn49e. U.). 42. Ji, tre.

ane

My reason for being unable to accept the genus T'ylognathus,

Giinther, is, that ‘the separation of this genus from Ladeo is arti-

ficial,’ being defined in its having nine or less branched rays, down

to which number Laéeo is included. Thus the existence of an extra

ray in the dorsal fin, or whether the last double dorsal ray is re-

garded as one or two might alter the genus of the species. The

same author has observed respecting the genus Barbus, which has

been subdivided into several genera and subgenera, ‘‘ Nothing would

more be contrary to the idea of natural genera, the transition from

one extreme species to the other being perfect” (p. 84).

Hab. Rivers and tanks of Orissa.

Dr. Giinther notices how the subgeneric forms of the genus Barbus,

as Barbodes with two pairs of barbels, Capoeta with one pair, and

Puntius destitute of any, pass gradually from one into another. But

in specimens from India I do not think it will be of common occur-

rence to find barbels abnormally increased or decreased in numbers.

I have tried, but hitherto unsuccessfully, to obtain such specimens.

Even if such were frequent, their abnormal or accidental absence

will scarcely be considered a sufficient reason against accepting such

natural subgeneric divisions of this exceedingly extensive genus.

Dorsal ray serrated.

91. Barsus (Barpopes) cHacunio, H. Buch.

Barbus beavani, Giinther.

Jerruah (Bengali).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXV.

374 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 27,

B. iii, D.3, P15. V.9. A.z. ©.19. L144. L. tr. F-

Many of the young of this species were taken in the Cossye river,

at Midnapore, up to 3} inches in length; it is said, however, to

attain to 18 inches. A specimen 11 inches long exists in the

Calcutta Museum.

92. Barsus (BARBopEs) SARANA, H. Buch.

Barbus chrysopoma, Cuv. & Vai.

Barbus russellii, Giinther.

Sarana (Ooriah and Bengali). Kunnaku (Telugu).

Bini, D. =. P.15. V.9. Ag. C219 i T.'28-32. “Le

This species is subject to slight variations in accordance with age,

the locality it inhabits, and the sex of the specimens. I obtained it

from Trichinopoly in the south, to the Hooghly in the north, and

have received it from Yunam in China.

Dorsal ray entire.

93. Barsus (Barsopes) Tor, H. Buch.

? Cyprinus mosal, H. Buch.

B.iii, D.2. P.18. V.9. A.2, C.18. L.1. 23-27. L. tr. 3

Some young specimens of the species or variety with the thick

labial lobes were taken in the Mahanuddi. The fish is said to grow

to 3 or 4 feet in length at the base of the hills.

Dorsal ray entire.

94. Barsus (Capo#éta) cHoxa, H. Buch.

Barbus sophoroides, Giinther.

Kerrundi (Bengali).

B.iii, D.3 P.15. V.9. A.2 C.19. L.1.25-26. L.tr. 9,

Hab. Cossye river.

Dorsal ray serrated.

95. Barsus (Puntivus) amaassis, Day.

Bunkuai (Ooriah).

By ieee PLL. Ve 9. Ae R O099) Lh 36:

Hab. Rivers of Orissa.

96. Barus (Puntivus) cexius, H. Buch.

Cutturpoh (Ooriah).

Bi ii. DS Boge 8. AS | C.19. | Ta 26s ae

Lateral line incomplete, only extending along 5 or 6 scales.

Hab. Tanks in Orissa.

1869.] URGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 37:

97. Barus (Puntivus) tTicro, H. Buch.

Kudji kerundi (Ooriah).

Boa, (D. 3) PL Da Me GS hep 9c) acl 28i- Us. ti. 5.

Lateral line incomplete.

In some specimens the fins are black.

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

98. Barsus (Puntivs) poutunio, H. Buch.

Kudji kerundi (Ooriah).

B. ii. D3. P.15. V.9. A.3. C.19. L.1. 20-23. L. tr. 8-10.

The dorsal ray in some specimens, apparently in all in Orissa,

undergoes a very curious change in this species. Serrated in the

young, the teething decreases as age advances, so that when the fish

is about 2 inches in length the ray is quite smooth, This I do not

find to be the case in specimens from Burmabh, five fine ones of

which are in the Calcutta Museum, up to 2 inches inlength. Their

lateral line has 23 scales, and their lateral transverse 5/5. Mr.

Blyth remarked upon these specimens in the ‘Journ. Asiat. Soc.

Beng.’ 1860, p. 159, considering them, and I believe correctly, to

be of this species. Dr. Giinther has named some specimens from

Ceylon B. cumingit and B. nigrofasciatus, the one having two, the

other three vertical bands, a very common occurrence in this species

—adding also that the latter have one more row of scales, and are

scarcely striated, which is not the case in those he has seen of the

former. Dr. Bleeker appears to have considered the Ceylon and

Indian forms identical; but, without comparing specimens from the

two localities, it must be exceedingly difficult to offer an opinion,

especially as this fish is subject to considerable variations, and the

Indian form does not appear to be in the British-Museum collection.

Some of my Orissa specimens have six striz on each scale, others

four, whilst in some no striz are observable. Many have twenty-one

rows of scales on the body.

Dorsal ray entire.

99. Barsus (Puntivus) stigma, Cuv. & Val.

Systomus sophore, M‘Clelland.

Puntius modestus, Kner.

Patia kerundi (Ooriah).

Bee eo fe ts. . Ve 9s Avo. C19. Theo.

L. tr. 5/4. Vert. =

Kner’s fish shows a coloration which is very common, denoting

the specimen to be out of season, in bad health, or that it has been

macerated some time.

I gave my reasons, in the P. Z. S. for 1868, p. 198, for not

accepting Dr. M‘Clelland’s fish as identical with Hamilton Bucha-

nan’s. In the old collection of the fishes of the Asiatic Society of

376 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF orIssA. [May 27,

Bengal I find the true species still exists, but without any label; it

is as follows :—

Barsus (Barsopes) sopHore, H. Buch.

B, i... 3/9:- PATS. “Vs 9. ‘AS ofoetinao: elitr

Length of head 3 of length of body. Height of body rather more

than the length of the head.

Eyes. Rather more than + of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Barbels four, the rostral ones reaching the anterior margin of the

orbit, the maxillary ones extending to below the middle of the eye.

Cleft of mouth extending to under orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of the

caudal ; its third ray is rather weak, osseous, smooth, and as long as

the head without the snout. The ventral arises a little posterior to

the dorsal.

Scales. Two and a half rows between the lateral line and the base

of the ventral fin.

The specimen is 3} inches to the base of the caudal fin, which is

injured from pressure. The specimen is bleached.

100. Barus (PuntTiIus) cosvaTIs.

By His Dy 3/8570 Pil Bec: No 9eys 6 Ae 2/Sei- Os 19s pods Wee

L. tr. 6.

Lateral line incomplete, ceasing on the fourth scale.

Hab. This little species I took in the Midnapore district.

101. Barus (Puntius) virratus, Day.

Putti (Ooriah).

Bodie D. 28. Pel2. 9 Vs Qed Asi 2/Scre€. 20.) Lal) 20-22;

L. tr. +

Lateral line incomplete.

Hab. Rivers and tanks in southern Orissa.

102. Barsus (Puntivs) Ter10, H. Buch.

Kakachia kerundi (Ooriah).

Bin. Ds 0 16 V9. A.3/5, (C118. “4.1.21. Tt

Lateral line incomplete.

Hab. Tanks in Orissa.

103. Rasgora DANICONIUS, H. Buch.

Dundikerri (Ooriah).

Bi. Dy 2/7 eects = Oe A. 3/5: 0, 19. An 1 Sea.

L. tr. 5/3.

Hab. Rivers and tanks,

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 377

104. Nurra panrica, H. Buch.

Dundikerri (Oor'ah).

Heui-¢ 0.2/6. 1 Pole. oVe9. p Ae oy Tsk 3234.0 L. tr, =.

Hab. Rivers and tanks.

105. Asprpoparta Morar, H. Buch.

Aspidoparia sardina, Heckel.

Bayi (Ooriah). Morari (Bengali).

Bo8t. 2 D3 /Se Pek bu Vi, Sache] Wao IC h9s oo L142.

L. tr. Be Vert. ee

This species is very common in Orissa, but still more so in the

Cossye river, where it attains 43 inches in length. I obtained one

adult specimen in which the anal fin was entirely absent.

106. Danio (ParapANIo) Devario, H. Buch.

Bonkuaso (Ooriah).

Bowley Ug Balan Veer Cul. Ls li Abe ieditiere:

Length of head 1, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 1, of base of

anal +, of caudal j of the total length. Height of head ;?,, of body +4,

of dorsal fin +, of ventral 4, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, ? of a diameter from end of

snout, 1; diameter apart.

Posterior extremity of upper jaw extends to beneath the anterior

margin of the orbit. The lower jaw is the longest. Third sub-

orbital bone broad. Barbels absent.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin of

the orbit and the base of the caudal fin. Pectoral reaches the

ventral, which last extends nearly to the anal. The anal commences

below about the third dorsal ray. Caudal lunated.

Scales. Two and a half rows between the lateral line and the base

of the ventral fin.

Colours. Superiorly greenish, becoming silvery white on the abdo-

men. ‘The anterior portion of the body is reticulated in its centre

with stecl-blue lines, divided from one another by narrow yellow

bands. Three bluish lines are continued towards the caudal fin,

where the two lower coalesce, and passing upwards become lost on

the upper half of the caudal fin.

Hab. Salundee river, in Orissa.

This species varies but slightly from the D. devario, H. Buch., of

which I consider it a variety. Some five specimens of the D. devario

have been received from Assam at the Calcutta Museum, and they

have A. a but do not otherwise differ from the Orissa fish,

107. Barixius (Pacuaystomus) cosca, H. Buch.

Bahgra bahri (Ooriah).

Bilt Diao Ba 1B ay) Ve Seyi Ae Pye Coe BBs: Decl A@eordn ts ge

Hab. Common in rivers in Orissa.

378 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 27,

108. Bariirus (Pacuysromus) LINEATUS, Day.

Poncha geraldi (Ooriah).

B. ii, D2. P.13. V.8. Avge Cel9- Lol 28. L. tr. 6.

Lateral line absent.

This fish I have placed as a Barilius instead of Danio, in accord-

ance with Dr. Giinther’s division of the two genera. I find in the

Calcutta Museum several specimens obtained from the Hooghly by

Mr. Blyth, and labelled Cyprinus rerio, H. Buch. It may therefore

turn out to be this latter species, which I shall shortly be able to

determine in the locality where the original species exists; the C. rerio

is said to have D. 8, V. 7, A. 16.

109. Bartxius (Benpiisis) BARILA, H. Buch.

Gilland (Bengali).

B. iii, D.3. Pl13. V.9. A. s. C.19. 1.1. 44-46. L. tr. 9.

7 4

This species has two very fine rostral barbels, whose existence Pee

been overlooked.

Teeth. Pharyngeal 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5.

Hab, Cossye river, where it attains 4 inches in length.

110. Baritius (Bariiivs) Barna, H. Buch.

Bahri (Ooriah).

Bia? De. BP 13" Veg? APS. lige E142 TE tr. 974.

Dorsal fin rather higher than long; its last ray is over the anal,

and only extends halfway to the base of the caudal. A variety exists

in the Mahannddi which has the dorsal rays rather more elevated,

the eye slightly larger, and the cleft of the mouth a little greater.

111. Barriius (BARILIUS) PAPILLATUS, sp. 0.

B. iti, D.3/7.. P15 ¥.9, A. son. Cul td oo

Li. 'tr. 2

tenet of head 4, of pectoral ;2,, of base of dorsal 52, of base of

anal YP of caudal t seh the total length. Height of head 4, of

body 2, of dorsal ae 77; of anal 4 of the total length.

Byes. Diameter 4 of length of head, nearly | diameter from end

of snout.

Third suborbital bone thrice as deep as the cheek below it;

humeral process rather narrow. No barbels.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the posterior margin of the

orbit and the base of the caudal fin; its base is as long as the fin is

high ; the last ray is thickened and divided to its root ; it reaches as

far as the base of the caudal fin. The pectoral extends to beyond

the origin of the ventral, and the latter fin to the base of the anal;

its inner rays are thickened and rather stiff. The caudal is forked

in its posterior two-thirds, and the lower lobe is rather the longest ;

the ends of both are rounded.

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 379

Scales in regular rows, each scale having a few round elevated

spots upon it. Three and a half rows between the lateral line and

the base of the ventral fin.

_ Lateral line first curves gently downwards ; subsequently it is con-

tinued to just below the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Colours. Canary-colour, with the back stained grey, and from seven

to nine broad and deep blue bands extending from the back to the

abdominal profile. Dorsal fin stained with grey in its upper third,

as is also the caudal in its posterior third.

Hab. Cossye river, attaining 3 inches in length, and said not to

be common; however, I obtained eleven specimens. A variety

exists in the Mahanuddi, the eye being somewhat smaller, opercle

less wide, but otherwise similar.

Genus OpsarIvs.

Opsarius, sp., M‘Clelland.

Bola, Giinther, preoccupied by Genus VI. in Hamilton Bucha-

nan’s ‘ Fishes of the Ganges,’ p. 73.

112. Opsarrus coua, H. Buch.

Leuciscus salmonoides, Blyth.

Bugguah (Bengali).

B. iii, D.Z. PL13. V9. ALS. C.19. L188. Ltr. %.

Hab. Cossye river at Midnapore.

Genus Bouter, Sykes, 1841.

Osteobrama, Heckel, 1842.

113. Rourrer vicorstt, Sykes.

Osteobrama rapaz, Giinther.

Gollund (Ooriah).

[oer eae Lp le SA ake a a Ge aa OH ae Brag

L. tr. =

Dr. Giinther considers that Colonel Sykes’s species is identical

with Rohtee (Cyprinus) cotio, H. Buch.; but if the two figures pl. 39.

f. 93, ‘Fishes of the Ganges,’ and t. 63. f. 3, of Sykes’s ‘ Fishes of

the Dekkun,’ are compared, the distinction is apparent. In the

former the ends of the jaws are even in front ; in the latter the lower

jaw projects. Besides this I obtained numbers of this species in the

Kistna river, from one of whose tributaries some of Col. Sykes’s

specimens were probably procured ; on the other hand I could not

find the R. cotio in that river. Col. Sykes appears to have written

29 instead of 26 rays for the anal fiv, but a few more or less does

not seem to have been considered of great moment, especially as

the drawing gives 36.

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa.

380 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF orIssA. [May 27,

114. Router ALFREDIANA, Cuv. & Val.

Gunda, Gollund (Ooriah).

B. iii Dee. P13.4-V..10.. 7 Ange.” Ca¥. Uel D700.

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa.

Genus PeritAmpus, M‘Clelland.

Cachias, Giinther.

115. PertLampus ATPAR, H. Buch.

Perilampus macropodus, Jerdon.

Bonkuaso (Ooriah).

Bi ti) 3D. -2/7 5. SPV See a. 10.) Le ee

* 19-21°

10-12

L. tr. TE

This fish in some rivers and tanks appears to entirely supersede

the Rasdora.

116. PertLampus LAusuca, H. Buch.

Bankoe (Ooriah).

By fi. 532/00 2s tae Vo. Aa

LL. tt 7/2.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal 3, of base of

anal 1, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 7,

of dorsal 3, of ventral ;4,, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the dorsal profile, diameter + of length

of head, nearly 1 diameter from end of snout, 1; diameter apart.

Body somewhat elevated to the base of the dorsal fin, with a slight

concavity over the occiput. The whole of the body much com-

pressed, with the abdominal edge cutting from the pectoral to the

anal fin.

Teeth pharyngeal, 5, 4, 1/1, 4, 5.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly posterior to the origin of the anal.

Pectoral ray elongated and reaching as far as the base of the anal.

The outer ray of the ventral slightly elongated. Caudal deeply

forked.

Seales. Three and a half rows between the lateral line and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, with some vertical golden stripes, which disap-

pear after death. The whole of the body with fine black dots, and

a black mark, shot with green, above the base of the pectoral fin,

and another at the base of the caudal.

This fish is common in Orissa, growing to 3 inches in length, and

is without doubt Hamilton Buchanan’s species delineated by M‘Clel-

land at t. 45 (erroneously also marked 56), and t. 4 (erroneously

marked 10)*. Many specimens received from different localities exist

in the Calcutta Museum, and have been correctly labelled Perilam-

* See M‘Clelland, ‘ Indian Cyprinide,’ p. 514.

Or 19, oo. Deke 34:

* 17-20"

1869.] -SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. 381

pus laubuea, H. Buch., by Mr. Blyth. Dr. Giinther has evidently

received a very different fish from the Hooghly (? Cyprinus dan-

cena, H. Buch.) ; for it is referred to the genus Ohela, under which

head I perceive he has also placed the Perilampus fulvescens, Blyth,

whose two typical specimens I have examined in the Calcutta

Museum, and which do not belong to the genus Chela, H. Buch.,

but to Perilampus, M‘Clelland.

117. Cueva pHuLo, H. Buch.

Be itis Di 2 [Fer Reba oa Ok osha lie Oy 1984 D1, 87.

L. tr. 12/6.

Hab. Rather common in rivers and tanks in Orissa.

118. CHELA UNTRAHI, sp. n.

Untrahi (Ooriah).

eee VO Coals Merged, At eon Ge 17. slus ban?:

L. tr. 7/5.

Length of head 3, of pectora 1, of base of dorsal 54, of base of

anal {, of caudal } of the total length. Height of head 1, of body

1, of dorsal $, of ventral 4, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Upper margin near the profile, diameter 4 of length of

head, § of a diameter from end of snout, nearly 1 diameter apart.

Dorsal profile nearly horizontal, abdominal profile with a cutting-

edge from opposite the base of the pectoral fin.

Mouth very oblique, knob or symphysis minute. The lower jaw

in advance of the upper, and the maxilla extends to under the ante-

rior margin of the orbit. Suborbital ring of bones moderately wide.

Fins. Pectorals reaching ventrals, and a dilated humeral support-

ing a smooth thoracic edge. Dorsal arises midway between the

posterior margin of the orbit and the posterior extremity of the

caudal fin, and is situated over the anterior anal ray. Caudal lobed,

the lower the longest.

Scales deciduous, extending as far forwards on the nape as to

opposite the posterior margin of the orbit.

Lateral line descends rather abruptly to opposite the posterior

third of the pectoral fin, whence it is continued along the lower

margin of the abdomen, ceasing a little beyond the posterior extre-

mity of the anal fin. One row of scales between it and the origin

of the ventral.

Colours. Silvery.

Hab. Mahanuddi, grows to 5 inches in length.

119. Cuexa Gora, H. Buch.

Hum catchari (Ooriah).

Boni Ds Bhdt REALS PNG O:; As 2/13. C.19. L.1. 140-160.

The scales on the top of the head extend as far forwards as the

nostrils.

This species I first obtained at Jellasore, in Orissa, on the frontier

of the Midnapore district. It grows to 9 inches in length.

382 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 27,

120. Cura BacatLa, H. Buch.

Jellahri (Ooriah).

Bodie, 1 0/d. Pe Tee Ve Set Ata ie AD ata ae

Hab. Common in rivers and tanks, attaining 9 inches in length.

Dr. Jerdon, in the Madras Journ. of Lit. & Sci. 1849, p. 327, ex-

pressed his doubts whether a species of Chela which he obtained in

the Canvery, and termed Pelecus flavipinnis, might not be identical

with the Leuciscus novacula, Val. Having taken the former in the

Canvery, I find the fins rays to be as follows :—

Boa DI Size VPS ASS 0.19, Loe

L. tr. 9/5. ;

The Chela novacula is said to have the following :-—

Boi =D.9. A. 17. (L160: Lettre 15/3.

121. Nemacueiuus Botta, H. Buch.

B. ii ‘D. 3/11... P. 13... V. 8. As3/5« G19.) L. h70=80-.

L. tr. 14/15.

The variety existing in Orissa is that without any projection below

the skin in the preeorbital region (VV. belturio, H. Buch.), whilst in

all the Assam specimens I have examined this prominence is more

or less distinct (NV. botia, H. Buch.).

Hab. Orissa, and in the Cossye river at Midnapore, where it

attains 24 inches in length,

122, NEMACHEILUS MUGAH, §p. n.

Mugah (Bengali).

B. iti, Di 2/7., P. Uy Vi8. A. ge C217.

Length of head }, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal J, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 4, of body ~,,

of dorsal fin ;2;, of ventral -2,, of anal 75 of the total length.

Eyes. Small, diameter + of length of head, 2 diameters from

end of snout, 14 diameter apart.

Body fusiform, with compressed sides. The free portion of the

base of the caudal as long as high.

Snout pointed, overhanging the jaws. Nostrils much nearer to

the orbit than to the end of the snout. No enlargement of the pree-

orbital. The two pairs of rostral and the maxillary barbels all about

as long as the eye. A rather deep central longitudinal groove ex-

tends from opposite the posterior margin of the orbit to the end of

the occiput.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of

the caudal fin, its upper margin is straight. Pectoral extends more

than halfway to the base of the ventral, which latter is situated

under the anterior third of the dorsal, whilst the fin reaches halfway

to the base of the anal. The anal is situated in the posterior two-

fifths of the total length. Caudal emarginate in its last fifth.

Scales small but very distinct; twelve rows exist between the

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA, 383

lateral line and the dorsal profile, and thirteen between it and the

base of the ventral fin.

Lateral line arises by two roots close to the head ; they soon join,

when it goes direct to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Air-bladder small, enclosed in a bony capsule,

Colours. Yellowish, with a tinge of green. About fifteen brown

bands, one-third as wide as the ground-colour, pass across the back

and descend on either side below the lateral line ; a few near the

head, and some in the posterior third of the body, are interrupted.

Upper surface of head marbled with black. Fins immaculate ; but

the first two rays of the anal are black anteriorly, and there are also

slight black marks near the end of the ventral and on the outside

of the pectoral. Rostral barbels orange.

Hab. Cossye river at Midnapore, where it attains 2 inches in

length.

123. Cosiris GunTEA, H. Buch.

Kondaturi, Jupkari (Ooriab).

Ba ity Us seg ihe Ge:.. Vin 8, Aven Co)Lze

Length of head 3, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal Ti of base of

anal 74, of caudal 4 of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 1,

of dorsal fin 4, of ventral 4, of anal 4 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter + of length of head, 2 diameters from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body strongly compressed.

A free bifurcated suborbital spine arises opposite to, but below, the

anterior margin of the orbit, and extends to below its centre. The

posterior extremity of the upper jaw does not extend so far as to

beneath the orbit. Barbels large, well developed, and all six longer

than the eye.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the posterior margin of the

orbit and the base of the caudal ; its first three or four rays are an-

terior to the ventral fin. Caudal generally entire ; but its centre rays

are sometimes the longest, occasionally the shortest,

Scales very conspicuous.

Lateral line absent.

Colours. Generally dirty yellowish, with a dark band extending

from the centre of the snout, and ending in a black ocellus just above

the centre of the base of the caudal fin. Along this dark band are

a series of indistinct but nearly black blotches, whilst the back has

similar dark stains. Dorsal and caudal with blackish rows of dots,

Hab. Rivers and tanks throughout Orissa, growing to nearly 4

inches in length.

124, LeprpocerHAicutuys BALGARA, H. Buch.

Jubbi cowri (Ooriah),

Bil. | eee Naa As 2 C; 16.

I have not seen the armed pectoral ray in this species, which

384 SURGEON F. DAY ON TIE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 27,

otherwise appears very similar to the Madras one ; however, I have

no specimen from that locality with me so as to be able to compare

the two.

Dr. Giinther remarks, in ‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ vol. vii. p. 365,

that in my drawing in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society and in the

‘Fishes of Malabar,’ the pectoral fin of the latter fish is “ erro-

neously represented,’’ as the semiosseous spine is attached to the

fin by the usual interradial membrane, and not detached. The

drawing was a correct one of my single specimen, which was not in

a good state of preservation, and which I placed in the British

Museum. My reason for not delineating the membrane, which

normally exists, was simply because it was absent; and I merely

copied correctly from what I saw before me, without adding to or

subtracting from it.

125. ENGRAULIS B@LAMA, Forsk.

B:xi-\ D. 7 P- 13. Vo6. A=, .C.19. L. | 40. the ouae

Teeth. Five in both jaws, vomer, and palatines. The serrated

abdominal scales extend from the gill-openings, there being fifteen

anterior to the base of the ventral, and nine posterior to it. One

specimen 53 inches long from the sea at Chanderpore.

126. ENGRAULIS puRAvVA, H. Buch.

Tampara, Pussai (Ooriah).

Boat. Dee BP. 15s Nob As E46. ie te tee

Hab. Taken in numbers in the sea at Chanderpore.

127. ENGRAULIS RHINORHYNCHUS, Bleeker.

B. xi. D. 5. “P..13) We9e Acs. C.19.4s 1, 37) ee

10° * 33-34"

Hab. Many specimens up to 4 inches in length were taken in the

sea at Chanderpore.

128. EneGrAv.is Taty, H. Buch.

B. xiii, D.G. P.16. V.7. A.g2q. C.19. L.1. 42-46,

Hatred 2:

Hab. Rivers in Orissa within tidal influence.

129. ENGRAULIS TELARA, H. Buch.

Pencha (Bengali). Tampara (Ooriah).

B. xin. Die obs We Vee eg 0.19. L. Leb 2 eg Mad

Hab. Rivers in Orissa within tidal influence.

130. CorL1A RAMCARATI, H. Buch.

Oorialli (Ooriah).

Bie xi. DD, Side eels ien i Auell Qeir Tra 1s 20265

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA, 385

Dr. Giinther observes, “ Abdomen not serrated in front of the

ventrals,” and apparently has four specimens to describe from.

However, I have not been fortunate in obtaining any such as he

records ; for out of 28 specimens in Orissa and at Coconada, all were

serrated anterior to the ventrals, with 4 sharp scales, and with from

8 to 11 posterior to it.

I obtained a very curious malformation in one of these fishes.

The caudal end of the fish is superseded opposite the 44th scale of

the lateral line, and an entirely new description of tail exists, being

a long forked one, nearly ; of the total length of the fish.

Hab. Orissa, from the sea.

131. Cuatro&ssus MANMINA, H. Buch.

? Clupanodon cortius, H. Buch.

Mackundi (Ooriah).

(= Poon Daeg rl phelps Rat glee ert eal G7) Png Dare T

U. dr.:22.

Hab. Grows to about 8 inches in length, and is found in rivers

and tanks in Orissa.

132. Ciupea cuaprRa, H. Buch.

C. indica, Gray.

Having been favoured with an examination of the MS. drawings

of Hamilton Buchanan, of which he was deprived when leaving

India, I find the Clupea chapra of Hardwicke’s illustrations is traced

from the Clupanodon chapra of Hamilton Buchanan, and is the same

as the species described by Dr. Giinther as Clupea indica (Gray).

Hamilton Buchanan’s description is at pp. 248, 383, of his work

on the fishes of the Ganges. On the back of the original drawing

is written ‘‘ Clupanodon chapra,” leaving no question of doubt as to

its identity.

133. CLUPEA PALASAH, Cuy. & Val.

Clupanodon ilisha, HW. Buch.

Ilisha (Ooriah), Hilsa or Ilisha (Bengali), Pulasu (Telugu), Oo-

lum (Tamil).

B.vi. D. yg P15. V.9. AZ. C.19. L. 1 45-49.

stra 7.

Having for the last few months been examining the fisheries of

this and other species of fish, I have no hesitation in most positively

asserting that Russell’s fish and Hamilton Buchanan's are identical.

I have specimens from 2 inches in length to 19 inches.

This fish ascends the rivers to breed, and I have seen it taken in

thousands from the Hooghly to the Canvery.

Genus Corica, H. Buch.

Clupevides, Bleeker.

386 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE FISHES OF ORISSA. [May 27,

134. Corica soporna, H. Buch.

Cutwal alise, Godhaee (Ooriah).

D5. P13.) VB. As gill. Go 10-.. Tee 1. 40,; Ts. tre 10.

Both this genus and species, as given in the ‘ Fishes of the Ganges,’

appear to have escaped Dr. Giinther’s observation.

Length of head ;%,, of pectoral ;#,, of base of dorsal +, of base of

anal 4, of caudal ;?; of the total length. Height of head 4, of body 4,

of dorsal fin 4, of ventral 4, of anal 1 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, } a diameter from end of

snout, 3 of a diameter apart.

Abdominal edge cutting, having 11 serrated scales between the base

of the pectoral and ventral fins, and 6 more posterior to the ventral.

Lower jaw the longest. Posterior extremity of the maxilla ex-

tending to beneath the centre of the orbit.

Fins. Origin of dorsal rather nearer to the base of the caudal than

to the snout, the origin of the ventral being slightly anterior to it.

The anal commences under the last dorsal rays. Caudal forked in

its posterior third, the lower lobe the longest.

Colours. Silvery.

Hab. Mahanuddi river.

135. PELLONA DUSSUMIERI, Cuv. & Val.

Paunia puiee (Ooriah).

Bovi. D. 5. P.19.-V.6. ALS. ©. 21. Le. 46... Lite, 12,

Hab. Chanderpore, in the sea.

136. Pettona motivus, H. Buch.

Ursi (Ooriah).

B, wip, Do grapes Pade, YuiGe As Seo 19, dene 45.> Entree

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa, growing to 4 inches in length.

137. RaconDA RUSSELLIANA, Gray & Hard.

P13. 8.92). Cri0. > 5..1-64,:) date

Hab. Specimens from 2 to 10 inches in length taken in the sea

at Chanderpore.

138. MEGALOPS CYPRINOIDES, Brouss.

Naharm (Ooriah).

B. xxiv.-xxvi. D

L. 1.39. L. tr. §.

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa.

Degen Eek Va... A. 24. ie

139. CHIROCENTRUS DORAB, Forsk.

Kunda (Ooriah).

B. vii. D.y P15. V.7. A.gg. C. 19.

Hab. Sea at Chanderpore.

1869.] DR. W. BAIRD ON MEGASCOLEX DIFFRINGENS. 387

140. Nororrrerus cuiTaua, H. Buch.

Chitul (Ooriah).

B. viiiix. D. +. P.19. V. 6. A. 110-125. C. 11. L.1. 180.

Cee. pyl. 2.

Hab. Rivers and tanks in Orissa.

141. Noroprerus Kapirat, Lacép.

Pulli, “a slice”? (Ooriah).

B. vi-viii. D. 3. P.17. V.6. A. 100-108. C.13. L. 1. 225.

Vert. BS

Hab. Fresh waters of Orissa.

142. Symsprancuus cucuiA, H. Buch.

Hab. This Eel is not rare in the rivers of Orissa.

143. TryGon UARNAK, Forsk.

Sankush (Ooriah).

This fish ascends the Mahanuddi as high as Cuttack. The spine

on its tail is very much dreaded by the fishermen.

144. Micropuis cuncuuus, H. Buch.

Kunnur dant (Ooriah), ‘‘ Crocodile’s tooth.

The Ooriah natives say that these little pipefishes have some

mysterious connexion with the teeth of the Crocodile, some fisher-

men asserting them to be vivified teeth, others that they are rejected

tooth-picks.

145. TeTrRopon potoca, H. Buch.

Bheng pulli (Ooriah).

Hab. Found at Cuttack in rivers and tanks.

146. TeTrRopon GuuaRis, H. Buch.

Teepah benki (Ooriah).

This species is still more common than the preceding, and at long

distances inland.

Besides the foregoing, I took several specimens of the Common

Ganges Shark as far inland as. Cuttack, and a species of Pristis,

which I have not as yet identified.

4, Additional Remarks on the Megascolex diffringens.

By W. Barro, M.D., F.R.S. &e.

Since I sent to the Society, last January*, a short account of

a new species of Earth-worm (Megascolex diffringens), found in the

hot-bed for stove-plants in the garden of Plas Machynlleth, in

* Vide antea p. 40.

388 DR. W. BAIRD ON MEGASCOLEX DIFFRINGENS. [May 27,

North Wales, I have had several specimens of the same species of

worm forwarded to me from a similar habitat, viz. a stove-bed

for hothouse plants in the garden of Lady Cullum, at Hardwick

House, near Bury St. Edmunds, in Suffolk. I am indebted to

the kindness of Mr. Maxwell Masters, editor of the ‘Gardeners’

Chronicle,’ for the first intimation of the creature’s existence in

Suffolk ; and since then, a letter from the intelligent gardener at

Hardwick House, Mr. D. S. Fish, explains to me the particular

localities in which he has found this worm, and gives some very in-

teresting information with regard to its habits and manners. In

his letter to me Mr. Fish says that he has known the worm for

about twenty years, and that from its peculiar motions he has always

called it the eel-worm. This name applies very well to its particular

wriggling movements, and answers exactly to the description given

by my first correspondent, Mr. Johnstone, of Machynlleth. Mr.

Fish says, in the letter mentioned above, ‘I first made acquaintance

with this worm, twenty years ago, at Glevering Hall, near Wood-

bridge, in the eastern division of this county. I have only met with

it there and at this place (Hardwick House). It was found among

tropical plants, and is limited in its range by the temperature. I

have not found it among greenhouse plants, and it seems incapable

of subsisting out of doors. It differs from other worms in the

following particulars. At night it will come out and travel along

bare walls and clean stones with great rapidity, and without apparent

inconvenience. When disturbed it vanishes at once, and is thus

difficult to destroy. Again, on turning ont a plant infected with

worms of the common sort, they are readily brought to the surface

of the ball by tapping or vibrating the mass of earth. We imagine

that the worms anticipate moles, and so rush to the surface to escape ;

they thus become a ready prey to us. But these worms, unless

seized at once, make for the centre of the ball the moment they are

disturbed, and thus avoid detection and destruction. Again, you

will observe they differ wholly in the rate and manner of their loco-

motion. They are also much more destructive. I cannot say that

they eat the roots: I think not; but they speedily render the soil

incapable of supporting them in health. They appear to eat out its

centre stamina, causing it to undergo a species of putrefaction. They

seem fonder than the common worm of getting down among the

potsherds and crocks at the bottom of the pots, and they speedily

work down among them to the complete destruction of the drainage.

Lastly, the plants show signs of distress sooner under the infliction

of these worms than any other. The roots decay, the leaves turn

yellow, and the whole life becomes as it were paralyzed. It seems

to affect their vitality somewhat as heart-disease affects animal life.

Every vital function loses force ; and unless the worms are destroyed,

the contest ends in the destruction of the plant.

“Tt is most difficult to eradicate this worm. It is evidently of

foreign origin and is far from common; but once established it

breeds rapidly in heat, and is uot easily destroyed by the usual

remedies of lime-water &c.”” 9 Mr. Fish’s supposition that this

1869. | DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THEONELLA. 389

worm is a foreign importation is what I have already, in my previous

paper, suggested. The chief habitats for worms of this peculiar

genus are Ceylon and India. We have specimens also of a species

from Australia. In a second letter from Mr. Fish, dated April 9th,

he further says, as to its foreign origin, “I think it probable the

worms come from the Cape of Good Hope, or some part of Africa.

The proprietor of Glevering Hall, where I first met them, was a

great fancier of bulbs and imported a good many; and it was in a

large Crinum-amabile pot that I first found the worm. My theory

is that they came from Glevering here (Hardwick House), as it is

quite possible that plants may have been exchanged between the two

places.” ‘‘They seem to have no fear of moles, as when disturbed

they rush inwards, and not outwards as our common worm always

does.” Mr. Fish, in repeating that he has known this worm for

twenty years, says that he has observed it for the last fourteen years

at Hardwick House.

I have very little doubt that this curious worm will be found in

various gardens throughout Great Britain.

5. On Dr. Gray’s Genus Theonella.

By J. S. Bowrrsann, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

On October the 23rd, 1868, I visited the British Museum for the

purpose of reexamining some of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges before

sending my paper on that subject to this Society ; and I then saw,

for the first time, the specimen from Formosa sent by Mr. Swinhoe.

I pointed it out to Dr. Baird, and expressed my wish to examine

it. He forthwith conveyed it to the entomological department,

where I closely inspected its structures and satisfied myself that it

was a specimen of my previously named Dactylocalyx Pratlii; and

as such I have alluded to it in the first part of my paper on the

Siliceo-fibrous Sponges, which was read at the meeting of this Society,

January 28, 1869. I was not then aware that Dr. Gray had read a

paper on the Formosan Sponge on November 12, 1868, immediately

after my inspection of it at the British Museum. I received my

copy of the ‘Proceedings’ of the Society on the 28th of April last,

and I then saw Dr. Gray’s description of the Formosan specimen

under the designation of ‘‘ Note on Theonella, a new genus of Coral-

loid Sponges from Formosa,” P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 565, and a very

excellent woodeut of the sponge, p. 566.

Having previously become well acquainted with the specimen, I

was somewhat surprised to see it designated as a new genus. The

author’s generic characters are ample enough it is true, as he em-

braces not only external form and the skeleton-structure, but every

other character with which he became acquainted ; but unfortunately

he describes the anatomical structure so incorrectly as to inevitably

lead the student into doubt and difficulty in the very first stage-of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXVI.

390 DR. J. S. BOWERBANK ON THEONELLA. [May 27,

his researches. Thus in the second line of his generic description

he says :—“ Internally formed of netted spicules arranged so as to

leave an hexangular mass; the spicules subeylindrical, united at the

inosculation of the network by a siliceous callosity.’’ This is cer-

tainly the most incomprehensible description of a purely siliceo-

fibrous network that can possibly be imagined; and the figure he

has given of the reticulations of a portion of the skeleton-structure,

P. Z. S. 1868, fig. 2, p. 566, at once contradicts his description.

Throughout the remainder of his description he continues to describe

the siliceo-fibrous structure as spicula.

In the first paragraph, p. 565, the author writes :—‘‘ The sponge

in some external characters is like the genus Macandrewia ( Dactylo-

calyx, Stutchbury), but it differs from that sponge in not having any

stellate spicula.” It is quite true that the Formosan sponge has no

** stellate spicula;’’ but neither has the Doctor’s Macandrewia

azorica; so that it is not ‘the only sponge of the family in which

they are not discovered.”

The author describes the long slender interstitial spicula inter-

mixed with the fibrous skeleton; but it is a singular circumstance

that he appears to have entirely failed in detecting the remarkable

forms of connecting spicula on the dermis, which I have desig-

nated as irregularly fureated patento-ternate, and which were first

figured in the Phil. Trans. R. S. 1858, plate xxix. fig. 8, in situ,

and fig. 9 as separated by nitric acid; and they are also repre-

sented in P. Z. 8S. 1869, Plate V. fig. 9, in situ, and figs. 9, 10 &

11 in the separate condition ; and it is stated in the first part of my

paper on the siliceo-fibrous sponges that they belong to my Dacty-

localyx Prattii. These spicula certainly form the most prominent

specific characters of the sponge, and they are so abundant in the

expansile dermal system of the animal that it appears singular that

any approach to a careful examination of its structure should fail to

immediately discover them ; nor has the author observed the minute

entirely spined fusiformi-cylindrical spicula which are so abundantly

dispersed on the surfaces of the dermal and other membranes of this

species of sponge, and which are represented in Plate V. fig. 7,

P. Z. 8. 1869. Thus the author has been led into the error of

believing the sponge to be the type of a new genus by merely abs-

taining from a careful and proper examination of the structural

peculiarities of the specimen under consideration. I will not reiterate

the description of the Formosan specimen that I have given in my

paper, P. Z. S. 1869, in my history of Dactylocalyx Pratt; I will

quote only a few lines comparing the two specimens under consider-

ation: —“ The sponge is fortunately in very nearly as fine a state of

preservation as when taken from the sea; and every organ that is

found in the type specimen appears in abundance in the one from

Formosa. In truth, portions of the structures taken from the one

specimen cannot, by microscopical examination, be distinguished

from those mounted from the other.”

1869.| ON THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. 391

6. On the Representatives of the Malleus and the Incus of

the Mammalia in the other Vertebrata. By T. H.

Houxtry, F.R.S.

In the course of the last two years, Professor Peters has contributed

to the ‘ Monatsberichte’ of the Berlin Academy a series of papers

in which he advocates what I may term, for brevity’s sake, the ‘‘ Oke-

nian ”’ doctrine of the homologies of the ossicula auditis of Mammals

and of the quadrate bone of the other Vertebrata. According to

this view, the osstewla auditis of Mammalia are completely repre-

sented by the auditory columella in other Vertebrata, while the

tympanic is the homologue of the quadrate bone. In supporting

it, Professor Peters necessarily argues against the doctrine originally

put forward by Reichert, and subsequently adopted by myself, that

the auditory columella of the lower Vertebrata does not answer to

all the ossicula audités of the Mammalia, but only to the stapes—the

incus being represented by the quadrate bone, the malleus by the

articular ; while the homologue of the tympanic is only to be found

occasionally, in ossifications of the fibrous frame of the tympanic mem-

brane.

In the first two papers of the series, Prof. Peters bases his argu-

mentation upon the anatomical relations of the lower jaw and the

tympanic bone in the Marsupialia and Monotremata ; but as these

facts are, undoubtedly, capable of being interpreted as well upon the

Reichertian as upon the Okenian hypothesis, I did not conceive it

necessary to enter, at present, upon any discussion of them.

On the 19th November, 1868, however, Prof. Peters made a third

communication to the Berlin Academy, “ Upon the Auditory Ossicles

aud the Meckelian Cartilage in Crocodiles,” which was followed on

the 7th January, 1869, by a fourth, “ Upon the Auditory Ossicles of

Chelonia, Lizards, and Ophidia, as well as upon the cavities of the

Lower Jaw of the Crocodile,’ which seemed to me to demand imme-

diate attention ; for the quadrate bone of the Crocodile cannot pos-,

sibly represent either the incus, or the malleus, if the statement of

anatomical facts made by Prof. Peters is correct.

I therefore proceeded to the verification of his descriptions with

much interest and a little anxiety ; but after dissecting the skulls of

several young Crocodiles with great care, I must declare my convic-

tion that Prof. Peters is in error as to the facts, and, therefore, that

the argument he bases upon them falls to the ground.

The able anatomist Stannius first drew attention to the pnenma-

ticity of the lower jaw in the Crocodile, in the following terms :—

“The os articulare of the lower jaw is distinguished by its pneu-

maticity ; its great hollow cells communicate, by a canal which lies

at the back of the os tympanicum [quadratum ], with the air-chambers

of the cranial bones. The lowest part of the canal in question forms

a groove in the dry skull. This, in the fresh skull, is converted into

a soft tube ; and a free membranous tube leads into a hole placed on

392 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF [May 27,

the inner side of the surface of the os articulare.”’ (Stannius, ‘ Haad-

buch d. Zootomie,’ Zweiter Theil. Amphibien, p. 58, 1856.)

Prof. Peters adds to this account of the matter the following

statements (Monatsberichte, 1869, pp. 593, 594) :—

That Meckel’s cartilage, which persists throughout life in the

Crocodile, becomes very slender posteriorly, and passes through the

hole in the os articulare; that this slender cartilage then ascends

upon the posterior and upper face of the quadrate bone enclosed in

a membranous sheath; that, having reached the posterior edge of

the membrana tympani, ‘‘it becomes connected with a cartilagimous

plate, the narrow middle part of which is bent inwards towards the

columella auris, with the external end of which it is connected by a

joint. The broadest part of this cartilaginous plate is shaped like

an axe-head, is directed perpendicularly against the membrana tym-

pani, and forms, at the anterior end of its convex outer edge, a little

plate which lies in the middle of the membrana tympani. It causes

this region of the membrane to project slightly outwards, in the adult

as well as in the young, and gives attachment to a filiform tendon

which proceeds from the posterior boundary of the tympanic cavity.

The other part of the cartilaginous plate bends away at an obtuse

angle from the former, and has also the form of an axe-head, the

convex edge of which, however, is narrower, and is applied below

the posterior and inner part of the tympanic membrane to the carti-

laginous margin of the tympanum.” Prof. Peters considers that the

last mentioned triangular cartilage is the homologue of the ma/leus.

In another embryo 203 centimetres long, Prof. Peters finds (/. e.

p. 594) a “little, short, cylindrical, intermediate cartilage,’ which

connects the columella {s/apes]| and this so-called malleus, and which

he compares to the zaeus, or the os lenticulare.

In a subsequent communication (7th January, 1869, Monats-

berichte, pp. 6-8) “‘ On the cavities of the Lower Jaw in the Croco-

dile,” Prof. Peters repeats the assertion that his so-called ‘ malleus ”’

is connected by a cartilaginous cord with the posterior end of Mec-

kel’s cartilage, and states that he is unable to find the duct by

which (as Stannius states) the pneumatic cavity of the os articulare

is placed in communication with that of the quadrate bone.

Nevertheless the description given by Stannius is perfectly correct,

and I am puzzled to comprehend how the pneumatic duct, which

places the air-cavities of the quadrate and articular bones in com-

munication, can be confounded with a cartilagimous rod surrounded

by a membranous sheath. The fact is that there is no direct con-

nexion between the posterior part of Meckel’s cartilage and the so-

called “ malleus ;”’ and thus, I cannot but think, the whole founda-

tion of Prof. Peters’s argument collapses.

Before particularly describing the very curious and instructive

character of the outer extremity of the stapes (or so-called columella

auris) and of the parts connected with it in the Crocodile according

to my own observations, it is proper to remark that both Cuvier and

Windischmann observed, though they did not quite rightly inter-

pret, its structure.

1869.] THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. — 393

Cuvier (Ossemens Fossiles, ix. p. 177) states of the stapes of the

Crocodile, that “it consists of a long narrow elliptical plate, attached

to the fenestra ovalis, from which passes a long and slender stem,

which goes, becoming a little softer, to attach itself to the tympanic

membrane ; it then bends back and follows it, being fixedly attached

thereto and taking a cartilaginous consistency, as far as its posterior

margin. From the posterior wall of the tympanum a muscular fila-

ment. proceeds and becomes attached to the stem of the bone at

about a third of its length [from the tympanic membrane]; anda fold

of the internal lining of the tympanum forms a triangular ligament

which extends to the same point, and thus contributes to fix the stem

to its recurved and tympanic portion.”

Windischmann observes, “‘Ossiculum auditorium Scarpa delineavit,

fere quatuor lineas longum, opereulo triangulari instructum. In

altera extremitate in cartilaginem tripartitam desinit, cujus una pars,

ut dixi, in membrana media tympani adhezeret, alize duz in falce

membranam hancce excipiunt.’”’ (Windischmann, De penitiori auris

in Amphibiis structura. 1831.)

The “triangular ligament’ of Cuvier is clearly the “ malleus” of

Prof. Peters; and the same part seems to be meant by the “aliz

due’ of Windischmann.

What Cuvier terms the “stem”’ of the stapes of the Crocodile is

more or less completely ossified ; but I find, in all cases, that it passes

directly into the cartilaginous axehead-like plate, the convex edge

of which is connected with the membrana tympani. There is no

trace of the joint described by Prof. Peters in any of the specimens

I have examined ; neither have I been able to see anything of the

‘filiform tendon ’’ which is said to “proceed from the posterior

boundary of the tympanic cavity.”

Where the outer end of the stem of the stapes widens out into

this process for the tympanic membrane, which I shall call the

“ extrastapedial”’ cartilage (fig. 1, #.S¢), it gives off, upwards

and backwards, a slender cartilaginous prolongation, which expands

and becomes the second ‘“ axehead-like”’ process, called “‘ malleus ”’

by Prof. Peters (S.S¢); but I have not been able to detect any

trace of what Prof. Peters calls ‘‘a little short cylindrical interme-

diate cartilage’ between this and the stem of the stapes. In all

the specimens I have examined there is complete cartilaginous con-

tinuity between the two.

What Prof. Peters terms the “‘ cartilaginous margin of the tym-

panum”’ is a backward prolongation of the cartilage of the periotic

region of the skull, which corresponds in part, if not wholly, with

the tegmen tympani of a mammal. It may be called the ‘ parotic

process” (fig. 1, Pe.c); and in the adult it is converted, in great

measure, into a slender and curiously curved process of the pro-otic,

and, in part, into a process of the so-called exoccipital bone. Mus-

cular fibres, which represent the stapedius muscle (fig. 2, Stp),

proceed from this cartilaginous margin, or the corresponding bones,

to the margin and outer face of the cartilage called ‘malleus’? by

Prof. Peters, but which I shall term the ‘ suprastapedial’’ carti-

394 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF [May 27,

lage (S.S¢). The inner surface of the posterior edge of the supra-

stapedial cartilage is thus closely connected with the posterior part

of the parotic process of the skull, while its anterior end comes into

contact with the quadrate bone, which is connected with the front

part of the same process.

Fig. 1.

S.S¢

Art

Side view of the right side of the hinder part of the skull of a young Crocodilus

biporcatus. The squamosal, the postfrontal, and the tympanic membrane

are removed, and the quadrate (@z) is, in part, indicated only by an

outline.

E.O. Exoccipital. Pc.c. Cartilaginous termination of the parotie process of the

skull. £.S¢. Extrastapedial process of the stapes. S.S¢. Its suprastapedial

process. Sth. The stylo-hyal cartilage supposed to be seen through the

quadrate bone. a, , Air-chambers of the quadrate. D.p. Pneumatic duct,

leading from the posterior of these (q) to ¢, the air-chamber of the articulare

(Art). Mck. Meckel’s cartilage.

In the natural position of the parts, and when the head is hori-

zontal (fig. 1), the plane of the extrastapedial cartilage is also nearly

horizontal. The long axis of the suprastapedial cartilage is inclined

at an angle of 45° to that of the extrastapedial cartilage; and the

posterior ends of the two cartilages approach one another very

closely. In close proximity to both lies the upper and broader end

of a small and short rod of cartilage (Sth) which tapers below to

a free rounded extremity. It lies upon the upper and posterior face of

the quadrate bone ; and its lower extremity terminates some distance

_above the upper end of the pneumatic duct (D.p), the fibrous wall of

1869.] THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. = 395

which is continuous with the sheath of connective tissue which en-

velopes the cartilaginous rod in question. It is this relation of the

parts which, I am disposed to imagine, has deceived Prof. Peters, who

seems to have taken the pneumatic duct and this cartilage for one

continuous cartilaginous rod. In front, this minute cartilaginous style

is in relation, as I have said, with the quadrate bone; behind, the

portio-dura nerve passes down close to and parallel with it, and

the digastric muscle covers it; above, it abuts against the lower

and posterior walls of the tympanic cavity. Can there be any doubt,

therefore, that it answers to the styloid cartilage, or proximal end

of the hyoidean arch, in a mammal?

A fold of the lining membrane of the tympanum (a, fig. 2)

somewhat obscures the junction of the extrastapedial and suprasta-

pedial cartilages with the styloid cartilage; but by detaching the parts

and saturating them with glycerine and caustic soda, it is plainly

demonstrable that the styloid cartilage is only connected by fibrous

tissue, and, indirectly, by the stapedius, with the stapes.

Fig. 2.

Inner view of the tympanic membrane (7ym) of a young Crocodilus bipor-

catus, with the attached stapedial cartilages (S.S¢, H.S7), the fold (a),

the styloid cartilage (S¢h), and the stapedius muscle (S¢p). The stem of

the stapes is cut through just where it begins to ossify.

Thus, then, in the Crocodile, the connexion between the articulare

and the stapes, supposed by Prof. Peters, does not exist ; but there is

a very close connexion between the sfapes and a cartilage which

distinctly represents the upper extremity of the hyoidean arch ; and,

so far from the Crocodile furnishing any ground for the supposition

that the stapes and its appendages are modifications of the skeleton

of the first visceral arch, as is suggested by Prof. Peters, the facts

observed strongly suggest that these parts are modifications of the

skeleton of the second visceral arch.

This suggestion is converted into a certainty when that remark-

able Lizard Sphenodon punctatum (=Hatteria) is examined. Dr.

396 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF [May 27,

Ginther’s statement (Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 620), that, in this Lizard,

the stapes is ‘‘attached by a fibro-cartilaginous ligament’’ to the

anterior cornu of the hyoid, strongly attracted my attention when I

read his valuable memoir on this reptile; and having had an oppor-

tunity, thanks to him, of examining into the question for myself, I

can fully confirm his assertion.

Nothing can be more instructive than the arrangements represented

in Fig. 3. Sphenodon has no externally visible tympanic membrane ;

but on removing the integument which lies over the aural region and

the anterior portion of the digastric muscle, the fibres of a strong

aponeurotic expansion, which takes its place, are seen to pass from

the posterior edge of the quadrate bone and from the angle of the

Fig. 3.

The right side of the posterior half of the skull of Sphenodon punctatum, twice

the size of nature.

The integument is taken away and the digastric muscle (Dg) detached from its

origin. EO. Exoccipital. Qu. Quadrate. I. Mandible. Ay}, Hy’.

Anterior and posterior cornua of the hyoid. Sth, “‘Stylo-hyal” part of

the anterior cornu. # St, Extrastapedial cartilage. Ph. The membra-

nous wall of the pharynx, attached, in front, to the hyoidean cornua, and

then continued into the aponeurotic outer wall of the tympanic cavity, ty.

1869.] THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. 397

mandible, to the anterior margin of the anterior cornu of the hyoid

(Hy"), the upper part of which is entirely cartilaginous. The

hyoidean cartilage ascends behind the quadrate bone, with a slight

backward convexity, until it has nearly reached the skull, and then

appears to be suddenly bent into the form of a little scroll with a

backward concavity (fig. 3, H St). The upper end of the scroll

becomes connected with the skull; the concavity is filled up by

aponeurotic fibres.

The aponeurotic expansion which has been mentioned covers the

Fig. 4.

The tympanie cavity and the adjacent parts laid open from behind, and the apo-

neurotic expansion removed, in Sphenodon punctatum. Five times the size

of nature.

The letters as in fig. 3, except:—Pa. Parietal. Pc.C. Parotic cartilage. S.S¢.

suprastapedial cartilage. 6. Origin of this cartilage from the stapes. a.

Foramen included between it and the extrastapedial. Mm. The cut edge

of the mucous membrane. Tymp. The pharyngeal recess which takes the

place of the tympanic cavity. The exoccipital is supposed to be broken

away to show the fenestral end of the stapes.

398 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF | May 27,

outer end of the tympanic cavity ; when it is removed, the proximal

end of the cornu of the hyoid is seen to expand, and becomes

converted into a broad plate of cartilage, the curved margin of which

gives rise to the “scroll.” Internally the plate is continued into the

stem of the stapes, and speedily becomes ossified (fig. 4). There can

be no doubt, therefore, that it corresponds with the extrastapedial

cartilage of the Crocodile.

What answers to the axehead-shaped suprastapedial cartilage of

the Crocodile is the upper process of the cartilaginous part of the

stapes (8. St), which, however, passes into the extrastapedial car-

tilage externally and above, so as to enclose the foramen, a (fig. 4).

On the left side, the suprastapedial process was fibrous at the point 6

(fig. 4). Superiorly, the suprastapedial cartilage (8. S¢) is directly

continued into the cartilaginous termination of the parotic process

of the skull (Pe.C), in which granular osseous matter is deposited.

Thus the suprastapedial cartilage turns out to be nothing more

than the proximal end of the hyoidean arch, while the stapes and

its appendages are exclusively related to this arch, and have nothing

whatever to do with the mandibular arch.

With respect to the stapes (or columella auris) in Birds, I may

remark that Prof. Peters makes no reference to the careful investiga-

tions of Platner (‘ Das Quadratbein der Vogel’), who takes the same

view of the homology of that structure as himself.

Platner observes (/. c. p. 16) :—‘‘ The functions of the parts which

lie within the tympanic cavity of birds almost all bear upon the

tightening or relaxation of the tympanic membrane. If we consider

the apparatus directed to this end in the tympanic cavity of Birds,

we find :—(1) the stapes with the attached cartilage, which represents

the other auditory ossicles in an aborted condition; (2) the tendon

of the tensor tympani, which arises from the lower part of the ccciput

and is attached partly to the stapes and partly to the tympanic

membrane; (3) an elastic ligament, which I have found in all the

birds which I have examined, and which passes from the base of the

cartilage which is attached to the stapes, on the side which is opposite

to the insertion of the tensor tympani (7. e. from the front aspect),

up to the tympanal articulation (Paukenhohlengelenk) of the os

quadratum, where it unites with the mucous membrane which covers

the tympanic cavity internally.”

The disposition of the parts described by Platner, in the Common

Fowl, is shown in the accompanying figure (fig. 5).

As in the Crocodile, the stem of the stapes is ossified and ends in

a triradiate cartilaginous expansion. When the skull is horizontal

one ray of the expansiun is represented by a horizontal triangular

plate, the outer edge of which is fixed to the tympanic membrane.

It represents the extrastapedial cartilage of the Crocodile, but

differs therefrom in being perforated by a large hole. Where the

stem of the stapes passes into this plate, it gives off a short vertical

process upwards and a long slender curved process downwards.

Both these lie free in the tympanie cavity. From the root of the

upper process an elastic ligament arises and passes forwards to the

1869.] THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. 399

outer wall of the periotic capsule, just behind the articulation of the

quadrate bone.

A. The auditory region, the tympanic membrane being taken away, in a Fowl.

Qu. Quadratum. S.Sz. Platner’s ligament. #.S¢. The extrastapedial

cartilage, the edge of which is fixed to the tympanic membrane. 0. The

end of the extrastapedial which is fixed to the posterior boundary of the

tympanum. c. The ascending process. J.S¢. The infrastapedial process.

B. The outer end of the stapes separated from the stem where the latter begins

to be ossified. Turned round and magnified.

I see no room for any doubt that this ascending process and the

elastic ligament represent the suprastapedial cartilage of the Cro-

codile.

As in the Crocodile, the posterior end of the extrastapedial

cartilage is closely connected by fibrous tissue with the posterior

boundary of the tympanum and the tympanic membrane ; but I have

been unable to discover even a rudiment of a styloid cartilage. The

inferior, free, curved process of the stem of the stapes, which may

be termed infrastapedial (I.St) seems at first to answer to that

cartilage ; but its relations are quite different.

Thus the Lizard, the Crocodile, and the Bird present a complete

series of modifications of the parts described. In Sphenodon the

hyoidean arch is histologically continuous throughout its entire

length ; and in its upper part is a rod of cartilage which, at one

point, passes into the stapes.

In the Crocodile, the upper part of the hyoidean cornu has no

direct connexion with the lower, and the rudimentary styloid part is

not histologically continuous with the stapedial part.

In the Bird the styloid part has vanished, and the suprastapedial

is represented only by fibrous tissue.

400 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF [May 27,

Such developmental evidence as exists is entirely in accordance

with the view of which these anatomical facts appear to me to afford

a sufficient demonstration.

Rathke distinctly states that in Coluber natrix the stipes results

from a modification of the upper end of the hyoidean arch. Prof.

Peters does not allude to this important circumstance; and, what is

still more remarkable, in giving an account of his observations on

the condition of the parts in a young Crocodilian embryo, he does

not point out that Rathke’s statements on the same topic are

diametrically opposed to his own. The embryo examined by Prof.

Peters (/. c. p. 595, figs. 1, la) was 70 millimetres, or nearly 3

inches long. He says that the quadrate bone was ‘“ angelegt,”” but

contained ‘neither cartilage nor bone ;” so that it is not obvious

what the histological condition of the part referred to may have

been.

But in an embryo of Aligator lucius of less size (2" 2!" long, the

skull measuring 7!) Rathke (‘Untersuchungen tiber die Entwickelung

und den Kérperbau der Krokodile,’ 1863, p. 34) found the quadratum

quite cartilaginous.

“The quadrate bone resembled in form that of young and adult

specimens of Alligator luctus, but was narrower and thinner, in

proportion to its length, in its lower part, which is provided with a

shallow articular excavation. It consisted of cartilage ensheathed in

its middle third hy a bone. By its broader and flatter upper half it

was loosely attached to the outer surface of the cartilaginous auditory

capsule, in front of and above the fenestra ovalis.... .

«With the quadiate bones articulated two long and, on the whole,

slender Meckelian cartilages, which extended to the mandibular

symphysis. For the greater part of their length they were cylindrical,

and diminished in diameter very gradually from behind forwards ;

posteriorly, however, where they were connected with the quadrate

bones, they were a good deal enlarged. An absolutely and relatively

short, hook-like prolongation extended beyond the articulation. The

thinner and longer cylindrical portion of each was loosely invested

by five very thin, but completely ossified, plates, which enclosed it, as

in a sheath, though they were separated by larger or smaller intervals.

At a later period these plates grow and become closely united, thus

giving rise, as in other Reptiles and in Birds, to the greater part of

each ramus of the mandible. But of Meckel’s cartilage only the

enlarged part ossifies, and thus gives rise to the articular piece of

the lower jaw.”

How is this discrepancy to be accounted for? Unfortunately I

have been able to procure no specimen of an embryonic Crocodile

so small as either of those here described ; but Prof. Peters’s figures

(Taf. i. figs. 1, la) leave very little doubt on my mind that the

cartilage which he marks m, and imagines to be his ‘ malleus”

(the suprastapedial cartilage) is really the quadratum, the articula-

tion of which with Meckel’s cartilage takes place in the ordinary

way, and that 7, called the columella (or stapes), is neither more

nor less than the pterygo-palatine cartilage. The most cursory glance

1869.| THk MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. 401

is sufficient to prove that the inner extremity of 7 must needs lie

beneath and internal to the eye, and cannot by any possibility come

near the fenestra ovalis. It therefore seems to be impossible that

can be the stapes. i

Bearing clearly in mind the demonstration now given that the

stapedial apparatus (if I may so term the stapes with its appendages)

of the Sauropsida is connected entirely with the hyoidean arch, and

that it consists of a stem terminating, at one end, in the plate which

covers the fenestra ovalis, and, at the other, in sundry processes of

cartilaginous or fibrous texture, one of which is connected with the

tympanic membrane (when that structure exists), while another

passes up to be united with the otic region of the skull, close to the

articulation of the quadrate bone, we may pass to the consideration

of the homologies of these parts in the ordinary Mammalia, of which

Man may be taken as an example.

The Okenian view, adopted by Prof. Peters, assumes that the ramus

of the mandible of the Mammal answers to the whole ramus of the

mandible of a Sauropsidan, that the tympanic bone of the Mammal

answers to the quadrate bone of the Sauropsidan, and that the

ossicula auditis of the Mammal, or the mal/eus, incus, and stapes, col-

lectively, correspond with the stapedial apparatus of the Sauropsidan.

The Reichertian view, which I have hitherto supported, assumes

that the ramus of the mandible of the Mammal answers only to

part of the ramus of the Sauropsidan, inasmuch as the arti-

cular piece of the Sauropsidan mandible answers to the malleus of

the Mammal—that the quadrate bone of the Sauropsidan is the

homologue of the ixews of the Mammal—and, consequently, that

the stapedial apparatus of the Sauropsidan is entirely represented by

the séapes of the mammal. In the place of the tympanic bone of

the mammal there are only the ossifications which are found in

the membranous frame of the tympanic membrane in some Saurop-

sida (e.g. many birds) and Amphibia.

The arguments by which this view has been supported are briefly

these :—

In the Sauropsidan embryo a rod of cartilage occupies the first

visceral arch on each side, and meets its fellow in the middle line.

The rod becomes jointed, and the part on the distal side of the joint

is converted into Meckel’s cartilage, while that on the proximal

side of the joint is modelled into the rudiment of the quadrate bone,

which is invariably, in its earliest state, cartilaginous. Soon, how-

ever, the quadrate cartilage ossifies, and a centre of ossification

appears in that part of Meckel’s cartilage which articulates with the

quadratum. This gives rise to the articular element of the mandible.

All the other constituents of the lower jaw are developed in the

fibrous tissue which surrounds the rest of Meckel’s cartilage, which

structure either persists throughout life, or disappears.

In a mammalian embryo the first visceral arch also contains a rod

of cartilage, which, there can be no doubt, is the homologue of that

in the Sauropsidan. The ramus of the mandible is developed in the

fibrous tissue which surrounds the distal portion of the rod, which

402 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF [May 27,

remains for a time, as Meckel’s cartilage, but soon disappears. The

ramus of the mandible of a Mammal, therefore, cannot contain any

representative of the os articulare of the Sauropsidan, which takes

its origin in the proximal end of Meckel’s cartilage.

The tympanic bone of the Mammal is developed, quite indepen-

dently of the cartilaginous axis of the first visceral arch, in the

fibrous rim of the tympanic membrane. Therefore it cannot repre-

sent the Sauropsidan quadrate, which is preformed in cartilage, and

is, in fact, the proximal end of the cartilaginous axis of the first

visceral arch.

These arguments, to my mind, retain their full force, and have

not been affected by the observations of Prof. Peters.

In the next place, it is not disputed that the malleus of the Mammal

arises by the direct ossification of a part of the cartilage of the first

visceral arch. But I have shown, in the present paper, that the supra-

stapedial of the Sauropsidan is the proximal end of the hyoidean,

or second, arch. It is therefore impossible that the suprastapedial

should be, as Prof. Peters supposes, the homologue of the malleus,

Fig. 6.

HNN

Ms \

4 yh

M Wy

The ear-bones and the adjacent parts (the tympanic membrane, the tympanic bone

of the squamosal, and the ramus of the mandible being removed) of a human

foetus at about the 5th month. Magnified four diameters.

T.t. The tegmen tympani, part of the periotic mass. MM. The malleus, with its

Folian process (Pg) passing into Meckel’s cartilage. JZ. The incus. S¢.

The stapes, with the cartilaginous process @, which extends {rom the region

of the orbicular bone into the stapedius muscle, Sip. St.h. The stylo-hyal

or styloid process, still quite cartilaginous. jr, The foramen rotundum.

1869.| THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. 403

Thus I find myself compelled to dissent from every one of Prof.

Peters’s conclusions ; but, in working over the ground again, I have

also been led to depart from the Reichertian view (which I have

hitherto adopted) in one point, and that a very important one.

In a young mammalian foetus, Meckel’s cartilage passes, above,

directly into the malleus ; and at no time is any articulation developed

between the malleus and the rest of the cartilage. Further, the in-

cus articulates by a broad surface with the malleus, and its dimen-

sions are such that its long axis appears to continue that of the mal-

leus and Meckel’s cartilage. In fact it appears exactly as if the

incus were the proximal end of the cartilage of the first visceral arch.

If so, the articular surface between the inmeus and the malleus must

needs answer to that between the quadratum and the articulare of

the Sauropsidan; and as the incus and the malleus ossify, nothing

can seem closer than the resemblance which they bear to the quadra-

tum and the articulare respectively. Hence Reichert conceived

that the quadratum was the homologue of the ineus, and the malleus

that of the articulare, and I have foilowed him. But the study of

Sphenodon and of the Crocodile has led me to believe that we have

fallen into an error.

It is admitted, on all hands, and indeed cannot be disputed, that

the stem and fenestral plate of the stapedial apparatus of the Sau-

ropsidan answer to the crura and fenestral plate of the stapes of an

ordinary mammal. But the ineus of a mammal is related to the

stapes on the one hand, and to the walls of the tympanic cavity on the

other, nearly as the suprastapedial of a Crocodile is to the same parts ;

if the zncus remained cartilaginous the resembance would be complete.

On the other hand, in the human feetus, the stapes has a cartila-

ginous prolongation which is embraced by the stapedius muscle, and

contributes to reduce the interval between the stapes and the upper

extremity of the cartilaginous styloid process (or upper end of the

hyoidean arch) to a very small space.

Thus, in the Mammal, the proximal end of the hyoidean arch is

in nearly the same condition as in the Crocodile, except thae—

(1) There is a distinct articulation between the suprastapedial part

and the stem of the stapes.

(2) The extrastapedial portion of the ‘stapes is no longer distin-

guishable, and the séapes has lost its direct connexion with the tym-

panic membrane.

(3) The suprastapedial is ossified and converted into an incus.

The zncus, therefore, cannot be the homologue of the quadratum.

If this view be correct, it follows that as the malleus is the ossified

proximal end of the cartilage of the first visceral arch, the madleus

must represent the guadratum.

And thus the difference between the Sauropsidan and the Mammal

will be, that in the latter the cartilage of the first visceral arch does

not become jointed, and does not develope any representative of the

articulare ; while it gives off an extrastapedial process, which becomes

connected with the middle of the tympanic membrane.

Thus, in principle the Reichertian doctrine still holds good ; but

404 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE REPRESENTATIVES OF [May 27,

in one matter of special homology it must be altered, and for gua-

ratum=incus we must read quadratum=malleus.

The modification of Reichert’s view which I now propose completely

removes a difficulty which has often presented itself to my own mind,

and which is urged with much force by Prof. Peters, in his first two

papers. If the ércus be the homologue of the quadratum, why does

it become so small and insignificant in the Marsupials and Mono-

tremes, which, in so many respects, approach the Sauropsida? This

question I have always felt could only be met by another. Why, if

the ossicula auditis of the mammal do not represent bones of much

more importance in the Sawropsida, does the malleus attain such a

vast size in the Monotremata?

If the malleus is, as I have endeavoured to prove it to be, the ho-

mologue of the quadratum, the last question receives an obvious

answer ; and no less readily is it intelligible why the zxeus should be

reduced, seeing that the suprastapedial is always insignificant in size,

and may even become a mere fibrous band, in the Sawropsida.

The left tympanic cavity and the adjacent parts in Hehidna setosa. Some por-

tions of the squamosal and of the periotic bones, with the tympanic mem-

brane, have been removed.

Mn. Mandible. Sg. Squamosal. P#.g. The pterygoid. S¢.4. The stylo-hyal.

VIL. The portio dura. St. The stapes. Z. The incus, the greater part of the

contour of which is supposed to be seen through the malleus (M). Pg.

Folian process of the malleus. 77.7. The tensor tympani.

I may mention, incidentally, that Hehidna presents other anomalies

than those which have been described by Prof. Peters and others.

The muscle which plays the part of the tensor tympani is very

large and arises from the base of the skull, where it forms the roof

of that posterior and inner region of the tympanic cavity which is

bounded below by the pterygoid. The strong tendon of this muscle

1869.] THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS OF THE MAMMALIA. 405

passes outwards, and is inserted into the upper aspect of that knee-

like process of the malleus which is fixed to the tympanic membrane.

The cartilaginous “ styloid’’ end of the hyoidean areh is fixed into

the wall of the outer and posterior end of the tympanic cavity, very

near the éneus and stapes; but I can find neither a stapedius muscle,

nor any ligament representing it.

It will be observed that the proximal end of the skeleton of the

first visceral arch (whether it be osseous, cartilaginous, or fibrous),

like that of the second, remains attached to one and the same part of

the skull, viz. the outer and upper wall of the periotic mass, external

to the vestibular sac, throughout the Mammalia and the Sauropsida.

In Mammals the proximal skeletal elements of the arches (malleus

and incus) are very generally equal, or the incws may be the smaller,

In the Sauropsida, the suprastapedial (=incus) is always smaller

than the quadratum (=malleus).

In Teleostean and Ganoid fishes, and in the Sharks, the general

relations of the two arches remain unchanged, but their proportions

are reversed.

The only vertebrated animals in which a portion of the first visceral

cleft remains open throughout life are some Ganoidei and most

Elasmobranchii, in which, according to Wyman’s observations, the

spiracle is the remains of that cleft. It follows that any skeletal part

which bounds the spiracle posteriorly cannot belong to the first,

or mandibular, visceral arch, but must appertain to the second, or

hyoidean arch. Now the suspensorial cartilage of the Elasmobranchs

occupies this position. Its proximal end is attached to the outer wall

of the auditory capsule ; its distal end bears the proper hyoidean arch.

Thus it answers exactly to the upper end of the second cartilaginous

visceral arch, and therefore must contain the homologue of the zzeus.

But the suspensorial cartilage of the Elasmobranchs is undoubtedly

the homologue of the hyomandibular bone and symplectic of the

osseous Ganoidei and of the Teleostei—which, therefore, must, in part

or wholly, answer to the incus. Where, then, is the homologue of

the proximal end of the skeleton of the first visceral arch of the fish, if

the hyomandibular belongs altogether to the second? I find it in that

prolongation of the quadrate cartilage of the Teleostean which ascends

in front of the hyomandibular, and is at first quite free from it, but

afterwards becomes surrounded and replaced by the metapterygoid,

which eventually helps to bind it to the hyomandibular.

Thus the puzzling division between the mandibular and the

hyoidean parts of the suspensorial apparatus in a fish becomes intel-

ligible as the result of their primarily separate development.

In the osseous fishes the proximal end of the mandibular arch is

arrested in its development and loses its direct connexion with the

skull; but in the Sharks the ascending portion of the quadrate

atrophies altogether, or is represented merely by pre-spiracular car-

tilages ; and the quadrate itself forms only the posterior termination

of the palato-quadrate arch, or so-called upper jaw.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXVII.

406 REPRESENTATIVES OF THE MALLEUS AND THE INCUS. [ May 27,

In the Chimere, Dipnoi, and all Amphibia, the proximal ends of

the cartilaginous first and second visceral arches become united

together, at an early period, into a common plate, in which the

malleal and incudal elements are not separately distinguishable. In

the Chimere, Dipnoi, and the lower Amphibia they remain in this

condition throughout life; but in the higher Amphibia changes of a

most remarkable kind take place, of which I do not now propose to

speak, as my friend Mr. Parker is engaged in working out that part

of the subject.

Fig. 8.

I have endeavoured to give visual expression to my interpretation of the

medifications of the proximal ends of the mandibular and hyoidean arches

in the series of diagrams A, B, C, D, EH, F, displayed in fig. 8. In all these

the mandibular arch is shaded with vertical lines, while the hyoidean arch is

left unshaded or nearly so. The letters have the same signification through-

out. In the mandibular arch :—Qw. Quadrate. Mn. Mandible or Meckel’s

cartilage.. In the hyoidean arch :—a. Extrastapedial. 0. Suprastapedial.

Stp. Stapes. St. Stylo-hyal. Hy. The ventral moiety of the hyoidean

cornu. A. Sphenodon. B. Crocodile. C. Bird. D. Mammal. E.

Teleostean fish. F. Shark.

In D, od stands for the orbiculare; in BE, Mp? is the metapterygoid, and Sy the

symplectic.

1869.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 407

I subjoin a tabular view of the homologies of the parts under dis-

cussion in the Mammalia, Sauropsida, and Teleostean Fishes.

Mandibular arch :-— ‘

IT; Mamaat ......... MaMeus, -.cvvaiens: Meckel’s cartilage.

II. Sauropsmpan ,..Quadratum ......... Articulare...Meckel's cartilage.

ITI. TE.EosTEBAn... Be geet \

& Quadratum | ...Articulare ...Meckel’s cartilage.

Hyoidean arch :—

SO NUAREMAI rote MRCUS 2. -icoann Se SEA PES hoctn. snseaa- Stapedius, Styloid, Hyoid cornu

IL. Savrorsipan. Suprastapedial. Columella auris...Hyoid cornu (Sphenodon).

III. Teveostwan... qyomandibular .......cccccc cece ees Stylo-hyal, Hyoid.

June 10, 1869.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair,

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the following

noticeable additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of

May :—

I. Five Greenland Seals (Phoca grenlandica), which had been

brought from the north by one of the sealing-vessels into Peter-

head, and purchased for the Menagerie on the 6th and 11th of May.

This species of Seal had not been previously exhibited in the Society’s

Menagerie, and presented several interesting points of difference when

compared with its allies. In particular it was noticeable for the use

of its fore limbs in locomotion, instead of progressing by the action

of the muscles of the belly as is the case with Phoca vitulina and

Phoca feetida.

On the 18th of May two additional specimens of the same species

had been brought home in one of the Hudson’s Bay Company’s

ships, and presented to the Society by Sir C. M. Lampson, Bart.,

F.Z.S.

2. A Golden-headed Marmoset (/Tapale chrysomelas), from Brazil,

purchased May Ith, and believed to be the first example of this

scarce species ever exhibited in the Society’s collection.

3. Two additional specimens of the Aard-wolf of South Africa

(Proteles lalandii), brought home by Captain Dixon on the 20th of

May, and purchased for the Menagerie. ‘Theseanimals had been placed

in the collection in company with the former specimen, purchased

October 26th, 1868 (see P. Z. 8S. 1868, p: 530), All three of them

appeared likely to thrive in captivity.

4, A fine example of the Vulturine Eagle (Aquila vulturina),

brought home by Captain Dixon, on behalf of Mr. E. L. Layard,

F.Z.8., by whom it had been presented to the Society’s Menagerie.

408 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 10,

The only example of this Eagle previously exhibited was believed to

be the one acquired at the sale of Lord Derby’s Knowsley collection

in 1851.

5. An example of the Panda (Ailurus fulgens), presented by Dr.

H. Simpson, May 22nd, being one of three specimens obtained in

the neighbourhood of Darjeeling, as mentioned by the Secretary

in a former communication to the Society (anted, p. 278). Two of

the animals of this species, with which Dr. Simpson had started

from Caleutta, had unfortunately died upon the voyage; the third

Ailurus fulgens.

had reached the Gardens in a very exhausted state, but was gra-

dually recovering under the care of the Superintendent. Its food

appeared to be mainly of a vegetable nature.

6. A specimen of the West-Indian Brown Pelican (Pelecanus

fuscus) in immature plumage, presented by Captain Dow, F.Z.S.,

of the Royal Pacific Steamship Company’s ship ‘ Costa Rica,’ and

received May 30th. This bird had been captured by Captain Dow

on Pedro Gonzalez Island, one of the group of Pearl Islands in the

Bay of Panama, on the 4th of May.

1869.] MR. G, BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO, 409

The following papers were read :—

1. Notice of the Discovery at Sarawak in Borneo of the Fos-

silized Teeth of Rhinoceros and of a Cervine Ruminant.

By Groner Buss, F.R.S.

As the existence of the Rhinoceros in the Island of Borneo is at

present a matter of considerable doubt amongst zoologists, the

discovery of remains belonging to that genus in the country of Sara-

wak is one of considerable interest in a zoological point of view.

Palzontologically, also, the fact that these remains are in a fossilized or

subfossilized condition and associated with the tooth of a probably

extinct ruminant renders the discovery one of great interest, if only

as affording encouragement to the attempt that it is to be hoped will

shortly be made, under the auspices of Mr. Brooke, the present

Rajah of Sarawak, to investigate the mammalian paleontology of

that tropical region—an investigation which, if successfully carried

out, cannot fail to afford results of the highest interest.

As regards the existence of a Rhinoceros in Borneo at the pre-

sent time, the question must be regarded as quite an open one.

In the opinion of some (amongst whom, I believe, I may cite Mr.

Wallace), and certainly in that of Mr. Brooke, the existence of a

Bornean Rhinoceros is by no means improbable, although perhaps

limited to the northern parts of the island. It is certainly not now

found in the Sarawak country; but the present specimens are amply

sufficient to show that it existed there at some former period.

It should, moreover, be stated that some direct evidence, were it

fully to be relied upon, has recently been afforded of the presence of

Rhinoceros sondaicus in Borneo, in the shape of a very perfect and

beautiful skull now in the British Museum, which was purchased as

coming from that island; but as this testimony rests, so far as I am

aware, solely upon the statement of a dealer, it may not be regarded

as of much weight.

The evidence I have now to adduce of the former residence of a

Rhinoceros in Sarawak is that afforded by two molar teeth, for an

opportunity of exhibiting and describing which I am indebted to

the kindness of Sir Charles Lyell, to whom they were sent by Mr.

Brooke. In a letter to Sir Charles the Rajah states that, ‘although

he has forgotten the exact locality in which the teeth were found,

he is able to say positively that they were picked up in the Sarawak

country, but whether in a cave or not does not appear.’’ As addi-

tional evidence of their provenance I may state that within the last

few days Sir Charles Lyell has been informed by Signor Beccari

that when he was at Sarawak he was shown some fossils, consisting

of the neck-bone and tooth of a pachyderm, and, if he is not mis-

taken, two teeth of a ruminant, which were not found in a cavern,

but in transported strata, formed by the decomposition of basalt, in

the east of Sarawak, where the Chinese are working gold. It is

highly probable, however, that Signor Beccari’s memory may have

410 MR. G. BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO. [June 10,

failed him, and that the two teeth are those of the Rhinoceros, and

the single one that of the Ruminant in question.

The Rhinoceros-teeth are the right and left second upper molars

(m. 2), evidently belonging to the same individual. They consist

only of the crown portions, which appear to be not fully developed

at the base, and are wholly in the “germ” state, having no fangs

and never having been protruded from the alveolus ; they amply

suffice, however, to afford distinctive characters. As regards the

condition in which they are, the enamel and dentine, so far as the

latter can be seen here and there, are extremely brittle and obviously

contain but little animal matter. The surface is of a deep brown

colour, and the subjacent substance has also a strong ferruginous

tinge ; it is also, as shown by experiment, strongly impregnated

with iron. There is no dendritic appearance in any part When

wetted they exhale a remarkably strong peaty or earthy odour.

These circumstances prove that they have lain for a long time in soil

containing much iron and vegetable matter, and probably of a peaty

nature. The hollows of the teeth, moreover, were partially filled

with mould having the above characters. It may consequently be

concluded from this, and from the entire absence of anything like

the usual cave-earth, that the teeth had in all probability been

lodged in a dried-up bog or peaty marsh, and not in a cavern—a

conclusion which is in accordance with the statement of Signor Bec-

cari above cited. They must be regarded as fossilized in the same

sense as the usual remains found in quaternary deposits of a similar

kind, though it is impossible, in the absence of other data, to express

any opinion as to the probable period they had been so imbedded.

Before proceeding to describe the morphological characters of the

teeth, it will be as well to premise a few words in explanation of the

terms employed.

The upper molars of Rhinoceros are of a more or Jess quadrilateral

form, and are almost always rather wider in the transverse than in the

longitudinal or antero-posterior direction. They present, therefore,

four sides—an external or dorsal (the dorsum), an internal, an an-

terior, and a posterior. They may also be described as consisting

of an external wide lamina, which forms the entire outer side of the

tooth, and from which project obliquely, inwards and backwards, two

transverse plates which, on the inner aspect, end in two conical or

pyramidal columns or pillars. These columns and plates are sepa-

rated from each other by a wide and deep valley, the median sinus ;

aud in front of the anterior column, towards the inner part, there

is in most cases a shallow valley, the anterior sinus, and behind

the posterior column a much deeper one, the posterior sinus.

On the dorsum may be observed, besides the anterior and pos-

terior margins, which are very usually more or less elevated, three

vertical elevations or coste, of which the anterior is always by far

the most prominent.

On the anterior face the anterior sinus is crossed at the bottom

by a prominent ridge, the anterior vallum; whilst the posterior

sinus, on the opposite side of the tooth, is closed in behind by the

1869.] MR. G. BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO, 41]

posterior vallum, which extends across from the posterior and external

angle of the tooth to the side of the posterior column. This val/um

is In some species deeply emarginate in the middle, and in others

presents in the middle a dentic/e or small pointed cusp. On the

inner face are seen the two pyramidal columns separated by the

entrance of the median valley or sinus; and at the bottom of this

entrance there is frequently a small tubercle, the median tubercle.

Within the median sinus is seen projecting into it from the posterior

column a process of enamel, which is usually termed the “ crochet,”

and by some the ‘ posterior combing-plate;’’ and in addition to this,

in many cases, there are one or more small projections of the same

kind, usually springing from the eufer lamina into the sinus, which

have been termed the “anterior combing-plate or plates.” They

might be conveniently designated as the erista or criste.

To deseribe the Sarawak teeth in the same order :—

1. On the dorsum the anterior costa (ae, fig. 1) is very prominent

and prolonged to the base of the crown in its present immature con-

dition. It is of considerable thickness. The second or median costa

is very distinct and rounded ; the third or posterior almost obsolete,

Pir 5

Dorsum of m. 2, Sarawak tooth.

being visible only towards the base and quite at the apex. The hinder

border of the dorsum is much raised, so that between it and the an-

terior costa the surface of the tooth is deeply hollowed or concave.

2. The anterior vallum (a. v. fig. 2, p. 412) is strongly developed,

and the anterior sinus deep, especially at the base. 3. The posterior

vallum (p.v. fig. 3, p. 412) is deeply emarginate and presents no

trace of a denticle, and its upper edge is even and not tuberculated.

4, On the inner face the entrance of the median sinus is contracted

at the bottom and wide upwards, so that the columns, and especially

‘

412. MR. G. BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO. [June 10,

the posterior, are somewhat slender, and the latteris curved forwards

towards the summit. There is a very minute tubercle at the bottom

of the fissnre. The crochet (ec, fig. 4, p. 413) projects directly for-

wards, and rises from the hinder column at a very open angle. There

is no trace of a crista.

Posterior surface.

The question now is to determine the species, recent or extinct, to

which these teeth belong. Although the evidence afforded by a

single tooth, and that in a not fully developed condition, cannot be

regarded as very ample or sufficient in many cases, still I think in

the present it may be safely relied upon.

Without entering into other details, I may say that the dimen-

sions of the tooth alone exclude from consideration, among existing

species, R. indicus, R. bicornis, and R. simus, leaving of known

species only &. sondaicus and R. sumatranus, and, amongst quater-

1869.] MR. G. BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO. 413

nary fossil or extinct forms, all except R. etruscus. All the other

characters, moreover, would equally exclude these species ; I shall,

therefore, at present advert only to the latter three above named.

Fig. 4.

Crown surface.

1. If we regard the entire dentition of Rhinoceros sondaicus*, it

is of course at once distinguished from R. sumatranus by the size of

the outer incisor, and by the conformation in many respects of nearly

all the teeth, and especially of the premolars; but as we are now

concerned only with the second upper molar, I will limit what I have

to say to that tooth alone.

As regards the dorsum (fig. 5, p. 414), the resemblance between

this surface in R. sondaicus and in the Sarawak tooth is obvious at

first sight ; the only difference, so far as 1 can perceive, is in the cir-

cumstance that the anterior costa (ac) is not prolonged quite to the

base of the crown ; but this, I think, may be explained by the imma-

ture condition of the Sarawak specimens. But by this surface alone

it would not be easy, I conceive, or even possible, in some cases, to

distinguish between R. sondaicus and R. sumatranus, as shown in

figure 6 (p. 414), which represents the dorsal surface of the same

tooth in R. swmatranus. The chief points upon which I should

rely, as showing the identity of the Sarawak teeth with those of R.

sondaicus, are :—1, the wide angle at which the crochet (c) is given

off (fig. 7, p. 415); 2, the emargination and absence of a denticle

on the posterior vallum; 3, the comparatively greater transverse as

compared with the longitudinal diameter of the crown,—since in R.

sumatranus. the crochet springs at a right angle or even less from the

hinder column (fig. 8, p. 415), and the posterior vallum, which has

a more or less crenate edge, presents a very distinct and constant

* Under this name I include R. nasalis, R. stenorhynchus, and R. floweri of

Dr. Gray, not because I would venture at present to decide as to the true rela-

tions of these forms to each other, but because the dental characters at any rate,

so far as I can perceive, afford no sufficient distinctions between them ; and one

thing appears abundantly clear, that, as contrasted with other well-marked spe-

cies, they all constitute a group apart which I should myself regard as specific.

414 MR. G. BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO. [June 10,

denticle, whilst the longitudinal exceeds the transverse diameter of

the crown.

Fig. 6.

Dorsum of im. 2, R. sumatranus.

2. As regards R. etruscus, which, in the crochet and posterior

vallum, exhibits the same characters as R. sondaicus, the distinction

from the Sarawak fossils, and from the latter species, is to be sought

(1) in the dorsal surface, in which the anterior costa is very little pro-

minent, and much narrower or thinner than in R. sondaicus, and the

hinder border is not at all raised, so that, instead of a concavity, the

surface behind the anterior costa presents a convexity. The second

or median costa also is much wider and more convex, and the third

1869.] MR. G. BUSK ON FOSSIL REMAINS FROM BORNEO. 415

or posterior is continuous throughout the entire height of the crown

(see fig. 9, p. 416).

Fig. 7.

Fig. 8.

Crown surface, PR. swmatranus.

I consider, therefore, as regards the Sarawak teeth, that they

belong to a species not distinguishable by its dental characters from

R. sondaicus, and that that species formerly inhabited the country

about Sarawak.

Before concluding, I would mention that Mr. Wallace has been

good enough to place in my hands two upper molars, and, strangely

enough, the two upper second molars of the same individual, and in

the most beautiful and perfect condition, which he procured in

Sumatra, but which present indubitably all the characters of the

416 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [June 10,

tooth in question in R. sondaicus. That species, therefore, would

seem to exist in Sumatra as well as in Java; but I am not aware

that zoologists are acquainted with this fact.

Dorsum of m.2, R. etruscus.

Tur Cervine Tooru.

I shall say but very few words on the subject of the other fossil

tooth sent by Mr. Brooke to Sir Charles Lyell, as it is scarcely in a

state to justify any extended observations. It is probably the second

upper molar of a species of Cervus ; but it is considerably larger than

the corresponding tooth of Cervus hippelaphus, and it is remarkable

among all the ruminants’ teeth with which I have had an oppor-

tunity of comparing it by the depth and wideness of the median

sulcus in the outer surface.

It appears to me to belong to an extinct species ; but at present I

shall refiain from expressing any decided opinion on it. The fragment

is much worn, and imbedded im a hard dark-coloured matrix which

looks as if it had been much rolled; in fact the specimen bears a

very close resemblance to many of those procured from the Crag.

2. Descriptions of six new Species of American Birds of

the Families Tanagridz, Dendrocolaptide, Formicaride,

Tyrannide, and Scolopacide. By P. L. Scuarrr, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osprert Satvin, M.A., F.L.8.

(Plate XXVIII.)

1. CaLLIsTE FLORIDA, sp.nov. (Plate XXVIII.)

Lete viridis ; pileo et uropygio aurulento lavatis ; interscapulio

nigro variegato ; alis nigris, secundariis et tectricibus omnibus

IMP

HANEART

a&N

1869. | ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 417

viridi marginatis: cauda nigra, rectricibus intermediis extus

cerulescenti-viridi late marginatis : regione parotica nigra:

ventre medio cum crisso et tectricibus subalaribus flavicantibus :

rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 5:0, ale 2°5, caude 1-7

poll. Angl.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Obs. Species Calliste schranki maxime affinis, sed fronte nigra

et pectore flavo omnino caret, et rostrum magis tenue habet.

A collection of Costa-Rican birds recently received from Mr.

Julian Carmiol contains a single skin of this new Calliste. It is

marked “female ;”’ but the male is probably hardly different, though

it may be a little brighter in colouring.

The only described species at all resembling it is Calliste schranki,

which is of the same general appearance, but may readily be distin-

guished by the characters given above.

In his last catalogue of Costa-Rican Birds*, Mr. Lawrence in-

cluded five Tanagers of this group—namely, Calliste icterocephala,

guttata, gyroloides, francesca, and dowii. Salvin has received

examples of all these from the same district. The present bird is

therefore the sixth Costa-Rican species of Calliste.

2. SYNALLAXIS AREQUIP#.

Synallavis orbignii, Sel. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p- 986, nec auctt.

Supra fusca, pileo parum obscuriore, uropygio rufo: alis extus

Susco-nigris, tectricibus et secundariis fusco indistincte margi-

natis: cauda nigra, rectrice una utringue extima fere omnino et

duabus utrinque proximis in pogonio exteriore rufis: subtus

lacteo-alba, macula gulari, tectricibus subalaribus, hypochon-

driis et crisso rufis : rostro obscure corneo, pedibus nigris : long.

tota 6°8, ale 2°7, caude 3:0, tarsi 1:0.

Hab. in vicin. urbis Arequipz, Peruy. occidentalis.

We now find that we have been wrong in identifying this bird

with S. vrbignii (S. humicola, d’ Orb.) —that species being easily

distinguishable on comparison by its rufous wings, and the more

rufescent tinge of the upper plumage, particularly on the head and

forehead. In S. orbignit the rufous colour of the secondaries extends

through both webs, and makes a conspicuous large square basal patch

of this colour. This patch is quite absent in the present bird.

For an opportunity of examining the true S. orbignii, and thus

correcting our error, we are indebted to Mr. T. Moore, Curator of

the Derby Museum, Liverpool, who has kindly submitted to our

inspection two skins of it belonging to that collection. They were

obtained by Mr. Bridges, in Bolivia, and purchased by the late Lord

Derby through Mr. Cuming in 1846.

3. GYMNOCICHLA CHIROLEUCA, sp. n.

Gymnocichla nudiceps, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1859, p- 95; Scl. et Salv.

Ibis, 1859, p. 119; Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. ix. p. 109.

* Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 98.

418 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN | June 10,

Nigerrima : campterio toto et tectricum alarium marginibus, nec-

non remigis primi limbo angusto, albis: rostro et pedibus

nigricanti-plumbeis, illo versus apicem albicante: long. tota

6:0, ale 3°2, caude 2°8, tarsi 1:3, rostri a rictu 1:0.

Hab. in Costa Rica et in rep. Honduratensi.

Obs. Similis G. nudicipiti, sed campterio toto albo et rostro validiore

insignis, et plaga dorsi ad basin plumarum alba valde minore.

Upon comparing Arcé’s specimens of Gymnocichla collected at

Tucurriqui with Panama skins of G. nudiceps, we find that they

belong to different species, of which we have pointed out the

characters above. We have therefore selected the name chiroleuca

for the present bird, as expressing one of its most noticeable

characters, the pure whiteness of the bend of the wing.

We have also, through Mr. Moore’s kindness, had an opportunity

of reexamining the bird collected by Leyland at Omoa, in Honduras,

and named by him G. nudiceps, in his list of Leyland’s collection

(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1859, p. 55), and find it also belongs to the

present species. Mr. Moore notes that the bareness of the head in

his specimen is only partial; and this is likewise the case in the

Costa-Rican example. The denudation only extends, over the top

of the head, rather further than a line joining the eyes, but embraces

the whole space immediately round the eyes. In the adult G. nu-

diceps (as is shown in Cassin’s figure, Pr. Acad. Se. Phil. v. p. 106,

t. 6) the whole summit of the head is bare.

4. GRALLARIA PRINCEPS, Sp. Nov.

Grallaria guatemalensis, Salvin, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 146.

Supra oleaginea, plumis niyro marginatis ; pileo et collo postico

valde obscurioribus et cineraceo tinctis ; loris et oculorum am-

bitu rufescentibus : alis obscure fuscis, extus et intus castaneo

limbatis : cauda omnino fuscescenti-castanea: subtus saturate

ferruginea, pectore paulo obscuriore, gutturis medii plumis nigro

variegatis: rostro obscure corneo, mandibule basi albicante ;

pedibus corylinis : long. tota 6°5, ale 4-3, caude 1°7, tarsi 1-9,

rostri a rictu 1:3.

Hab. in Veragua (drcé).

Obs. Similis G. guatemalensi, sed rostro robustiore, altiore, colore

corporis superi obscuriore, ventris autem rubiginoso saturatiore

distinguenda.

The receipt of a second and more adult specimen of this Grallaria

from Veragua has enabled us to distinguish it from its northern

ally, to which Salvin had previously referred it with some hesitation.

It is still more different from G. regulus of Western Ecuador, which

is smaller and much less deeply ferruginous below.

The present species makes the sixth of the group allied to G. rea,

which are thus distributed :—

1. G. imperator, ex Brasilia.

2. G. rex, ex Guiana.

3. G. regulus, ex Aiquator. occidentali.

1869. | ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 419

4. G. princeps, ex Veragua.

5. G. guatemalensis, ex Guatemala.

6. G. mexicana, ex Mexic. merid.

5. CoNTOPUS OCHRACEUS, sp. Noy.

Supra olivaceus, pileo obscuriore: alis caudaque nigricantibus ;

secundariis et tectricibus alarum ochraceo lute marginatis :

subtus ochraceus, in ventre medio clarior, mentum versus ob-

scurior ; rostro superiore nigro, inferiore flavo ; pedibus nigris :

long. tota 6°5, ale 3°3, caude 2:9, tarsi 0'6, rostri a rictu 0'9.

Hab. in Costa Rica.

A single skin of this apparently undescribed Tyrant has lately been

transmitted to us by Mr. Julian Carmiol. It is a typical species of

Contopus, rather larger than Contopus virens, and with the bill

considerably larger, but readily distinguishable from this and every

other member of the genus known to us by its yellowish ochre-

coloured belly.

Mr. Lawrence’s Contopus lugubris (Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 134)

is not known to us, but is stated to be a “very sombre-coloured

species ;” so it can hardly be intended for the present bird.

6. GALLINAGO IMPERIALIS, sp. l-

Supra saturate rufa, nigro variegata et transfasciata, facie

paulo dilutiore, remigibus primariis nigricantibus, secundariis

extus dorso concoloribus : subtus gutture toto ad medium pectus

nigro et rufo variegato; abdomine albo nigroque regulariter

transfasciato: cauda brevi, a tectricibus superioribus cooperta,

nigricante unicolore: tectricibus subalaribus nigricantibus,

fasciis paucis obscuris albis: tarsis brevibus, robustis, tibiis

Sere omnino plumis obtectis: long. tota 11:0, ale 6:0, caude 1°5,

tarst 1*2, digiti medii cum ungue 1°7, rostri a rictu 3°3.

Hab. in Nova Granada interiore.

Mus. 8. & G.

Of this very singular bird Salvin purchased an example some time

since from a London’ dealer along with a number of other skins re-

ceived direct from Bogota. It should be mentioned that the speci-

men was not prepared after the usual well-known fashion of “‘ Bogota”’

skins, having been roughly mounted. But the dealer stated that his

correspondent in New Granada had called his attention to the bird

as being something rare, and that there could be no doubt as to its

origin.

At first sight we were nevertheless inclined to think that the bird

might be Scolopax saturata, of Java, which it somewhat resembles

in general coloration, and that an error had been made about the

locality. This point was soon settled in the negative, by reference

to the original type specimen of Horsfield. Scolopax saturata pos-

sesses the characteristic white terminations of the rectrices and the

cross patches on the back of the head which distinguish the veritable

Woodcocks.

There can be no question, however, that our bird shows consider-

420 DR. A. MACALISTER ON GYROPUS DICcoTYLIS. [June 10,

able rapprochement towards true Scolopax, though we think it best

to keep it within the limits of Gallinago, its nearest structural allies

being G. stricklandi and G. jamesoni, both of which have short

robust tarsi and the tibize feathered, as in the present species, nearly

down to the tarsal joint. The wings of our single specimen of this

bird are not in very perfect condition ; but, as far as we can tell, the

third and fourth primaries would be rather longer than the first and

second, and longest. The secondaries, as in all Snipes, are very long,

and in the present bird quite reach to the points of the primaries

when the wing is closed. The tail-feathers are likewise deficient,

only three of them remaining in situ. These show no traces of

transverse markings whatever, in which respect this bird is more like

true Scolopax than Gallinago. But there are likewise no traces of

the white terminations of the tail-feathers, which are so conspicuous

in the Woodcocks.

3. Note on Gyropus dicotylis, a new Species of Parasite.

By Avexanper Macarister, Demonstrator of Anatomy,

Royal College of Surgeons, Ireland*.

The specimens of this insect which have been submitted to me

were obtained from the skin of a Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tor-

quatus) which died in the Dublin Zoological Gardens several years

ago; and for the opportunity of examining and describing them I

am indebted to Dr. Carte, Director of the Royal Dublin Society’s

Museum, and to Mr. Kirby, Assistant Curator, who kindly forwarded

them to me. As far as I am aware, the species is a new one; and

accordingly I have followed the practice usually adopted in the no-

menclature of Anoplura and have named the parasite after its host.

The specimens submitted to me were ten in number, of both sexes,

and had been lying in spirits for some months. They accorded in

all respects with the generic character of Gyropus given by Nitzsch

(Thierinsekten, p. 44) and Denny, namely :—head depressed, scale-

like, horizontal; frontal and temporal margins sinuated ; mouth

anterior; mandibles without teeth; maxille obscure; labium and

labrum produced, trapezoidal, entire; maxillary palpi long, rigid,

conical, four-jointed ; labial palps none ; antennz four-jointed, capi-

tate ; eye inconspicuous or none ; thorax of two segments ; abdomen

of ten segments; tarsi two-jointed, ungues simple; two posterior

limbs of each side long, curved to base of femur; stomach symme-

trical.

The specimens vary from *]5 to ‘175 of an inch in length, the

males being rather longer but narrower than the females. The head

is broader than long. The clypeus is not marked with the deep frontal

sinuosities which are visible in G. ovalis or gracilis, The temporal

lobes are produced and acute, with their anterior margin slightly

* Communicated by Dr. J. Murie.

1869. | DR. A. MACALISTER ON GYROPUS DICOTYLIS. 421

concave, and the posterior convex, ie apex of the lobe being directed

forwards and outwards. This appearance is similar to the arrange-

ment of these lobes in G. ovalis of the Guinea-pig. Frontal margin

convex, obtuse, fringed by a few hairs ; eye very small, inconspicuous,

situated in front of the temporal sinus on the upper surface of a

Gyropus dicotylis (magnified).

small eminence, and guarded by a few hairs. Occipital margin con-

vex on either side, slightly concave in the centre, but not nearly so

much as in G, ovalis. The antennz have their basal joints cylin-

drical, large, the second short and rounded, the third club-shaped,

the fourth and last is large and dilated, bent upwards and backwards ;

these joints are well defined, and each one begins extremely narrow.

In G. ovalis the last joint is securiform ; in the present species it is

more club-shaped. ‘The maxillary palpi are four-jointed, each joint

being more slender than its precessor, the terminal Seamcnt being

the smallest, and the third the longest.

The neck is one-third the breadth of the head (one-half in G. ovalis).

Prothorax hexagonal, flattened, wider transversely than antero-pos-

teriorly, smaller than the head ; this segment is longer than the head

in G. longicollis of the Agouti, but it is equal to it in G. hispidus (the

parasite of the Three-toed Sloth). There is no trace of the transverse

depressed line on the prothorax, which is characteristic of G. ovalis.

Sternum slightly prominent. The union between the prothorax and |

the combined meso- and metathorax is of the same size as the neck.

This compound segment is quadrilateral, wider behind than in front,

and bearing the two posterior pair of legs, between which opens,

on each side, a spiracle. It is once and a half the length of the

prothorax, and very slightly wider. The first pair of limbs are °05”

long, with a single incurved unguis. The tibia is armed at the

junction of its middle and lower third with a prominent tooth, which

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—!869, No. XXVIII.

422 DR. A. MACALISTER ON GYROPUS DICOTYLIS. [June 10,

forms with the unguis about two-thirds of a circle. This tooth is

capable of being opposed to the claw like a finger and thumb, by

which means the parasite can ‘ pick his steps” along a hair, although

uniunguiculate. In one young specimen this tooth appears as a

knob and not as an incurved spine ; and it is usually a little sharper

in the female than im the male. These processes are frequently no-

ticed among such Anoplura as are parasitic upon bristly animals ; thus

Hematopinus eurysternus of the Ox and H. suis of the Pig both

possess a similar spur. In these, however, the tooth is at the lower

end of the tibia, and not removed from it by one-third as in G. dico-

tylis. The lower end of the femur, the upper end of the tibia, the

lower end of the latter, and the base of the tarsus are each furnished

with a small, brown, oval, transversely striated scale on the extensor

aspect. The tarsus is two-jointed, the unguis faintly transversely

striated and incurved, ending in a single sharp point. The second

pair of legs is twice the length of tie first pair, the coxa being short,

nearly cylindrical, the trochanter bent almost to a right angle with

the femur and contracted at its coxal articulation. The femur is half

as long as the entire first limb, slightly curved at its lower end. The

tibia is also equally elongated and sharply incurved, destitute of a

tooth at its extremity, this appendage being confined solely to the

first pair; in this respect it differs strikingly from Hematopinus suis,

in which a tooth exists on the tibia of each of the three pairs of legs.

The tibia is garnished with a few scattered hairs, not nearly so nume-

rous as in G, hispidus or G. gracilis. Unguis curved, triquetrous,

transversely striated, twice as large as that of the first pair of legs ; its

extremity split into two teeth, of which the outer is the longer. The

third pair of limbs resemble the second in every respect ; and both

exhibit the small brown scales, similar to those described on the first

alr.

The abdomen is large, flattened and membranous, composed of ten

segments, as is usually the case in the genus. Walckenaer, however,

only found eight in G. gracilis. The first segment is closely united

to the metathorax, the last is small and nearly hidden. The central

segments are distinctly separate, margins rather acutely toothed, each

tooth having a few hairs in its vicinity, not being nearly so pubescent

as G. gracilis or G. hispidus. The male abdomen is oblong and nar-

row posteriorly ; the female abdomen is broadly ovate, more sharply

toothed along its margin, with its segments more distinctly separate ;

trachea distinct and looped.

The species of this genus hitherto described have been found in-

festing Rodents and Edentates, among which may be mentioned the

Agouti, Guinea-pig,; and Ai. None, as far as 1 know, have been

found on Pachyderms, with the exception of the present species.

The characters which I would suggest as diagnostic of this species

are the following :—Frontal outline convex, non-sinuated ; last joint

of antennze bent and dilated ; no transverse depressed line on protho-

rax, which is smaller than head ; brown scales at bases of tibia, femur,

and tarsus; tibia of fore leg with a prominent spur at its lower third,

colour ferruginous brown: size } of an inch.

1869.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES FROM PERU. 423

The species of the Pig-family, as far as at present known, are in-

fested by comparatively few parasites, which, when we bear in mind

their uncleanly habits and mode of life, is rather singular. Our com-

mon Pig has but one parasite, the Hematopinus urius of Nitzsch, or

H, suis of Burmeister and Denny.

It is an interesting fact that this genus Gyropus seems peculiarly

American in distribution: the G. hispidus of the Ai, G. gracilis and

G. ovalis of Cavia cobaya, and G. longicollis of Dasyprocta agree with

G. dicotylis in being trom the western hemisphere. All the other

Es are of minute size, the Gyropus ovalis being =", G. gracilis

sig» G. longicollis } of a French line, G. hispidus about the same

size. This species, being one-seventh of an inch in length, may fairly

be reckoned as a giant in the genus.

4. Descriptions of some Species of Fishes from the Peruvian

Amazons. By Dr. Atperr Gtnruer, F.R.S., I.Z.8., &e.

Some collections of fishes sent by Mr. E. Bartlett from the Upper

Amazons were noticed in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, xviii. p. 30,

and in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 229. In this paper I intend to de-

scribe those species which were brought home by this traveller on his

return to England, and which prove to be new. Unfortunately the

specimens are not in so good a condition as those previously sent.

The proportion of new forms is much less than we might have

expected from those almost unexplored parts of the river Amazons,

Mr. Bartlett’s collections having added only twenty-three species to

this fauna. I may mention that the last collection contained also

Sorubim lima (Bl. Schn.), Rhytiodus microlepis (Kner), and Myletes

asterias (Miill.).

MEGALOBRYCON, g. n.

This genus is closely allied to Bryconops, from which it is techni-

cally distinguished by the presence of a maxillary series of teeth.

Dorsal aa placed in the middle of the length of the body, 1 imme-

diately behind the ventrals. Anal long, Abdomen rounded in front

of, and somewhat compressed behind the ventrals. Cleft of the

mouth of moderate width. Teeth notched, in a triple series in the

intermaxillary, and in a single in the maxillary and mandible ; no

other teeth behind the mandibulary teeth or on the palate. Nostrils

close-together.Gill-openings-wide. Scales of moderate size, with

the free portion striated.

MEGALOBRYCON CEPHALUS.- (Fig. 1, p. 424.)

Dot. Av 24-26.8 t.lat..ca. 70.

The height of the body is one-third of the total length (without

caudal), the length of the head one-fourth. Intermaxillary in a

triple series, those of the outer series bemg smallest, about twice as

large as those of the maxillary ; the front mandibulary teeth largest.

424 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES FROM PERU. [Juve 10,

The upper jaw projects beyond the lower, the teeth not being covered

by the lips. Snout scarcely longer than the eye. Head very broad,

the interorbital space very convex, its width being equal to the length

Pit

Megalobrycon cephalus.

of the postorbital portion of the head. The coloration appears to

have been uniform.

The specimens are 13 inches long, and in a bad state of preserva-

tion.

CHIRODON ALBURNUS. (Fig. 2.)

D..10. A. 20. L. lat. 37. LL. transv.. 11.

The height of the body is a little more than the length of the head,

and one-fourth of the total (without caudal). Upper profile of the

head not concave. The pectoral does not extend to the ventral.

Teeth scarcely compressed, pointed, with a minute (microscopical)

Chirodon alburnus.

lobe on each side; there are about twelve in the upper and eighteen

in the lower jaw. Sides with an ill-defined silvery longitudinal band ;

the middle caudal rays blackish.

Two and a half inches long.

1869.) pR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES FROM PERU. 425

Cua&rosTtoMus HETERACANTHUS. (Figs. 3 & 4.)

Di 1/7. +A. 5). LG. lat. 22.

Head much depressed, longer than broad, its length being more

Fig. 3.

Chetostomus heteracanthus.

Fig. 4.

Chetostomus heteracanthus.

426 DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES FROM PERU. [June 10,

than one-third of the total (without caudal). Head withont any

ridges above; interorbital space exceedingly broad, its width being

five times the horizontal diameter of the small eye. Snout covered

with small scutes, which are rough with small spines along the mar-

gin. Interoperculum with two kinds of spines, there being a

group of about twelve slender but stiff and slightly hooked spines

surrounded by a ring of long setiform spines; the longest of the stiff

spines is about twice the length of the orbit, and the longest setiform

spine about thrice that length. Thorax and abdomen nearly naked,

with non-confluent minute granulations. Teeth exceedingly fine.

Dorsal fin higher than long, but the spine is much shorter than the

head. There are seven scutes between the two dorsal fins. The

pectoral spine extends beyond the middle of the ventral, the ventral

beyond the anal. Eleven scutes between the anal and caudal.

Scutes without keels, rough, but without prominent spines. Uniform

greyish ; each dorsal scute lighter in the centre. ;

One specimen, 73 inches long.

CH2XTOSTOMUS LATIFRONS.

D. 1/8. A. 5. L. lat. 25.

Head much depressed, a little longer than broad, its length being

rather more than one-third of the total (without caudal). Head

without any ridges above; interorbital space broad, the diameter of

the eye being somewhat less than one-third of its width. Snout

naked, without tentacles. Interoperculum with about sixteen spines,

hooked at the apex, the longest being nearly twice the length of the

eye. Thorax and abdomen naked. Scutes without ridge, but spiny,

the marginal spines being rather strong and prominent. Teeth

exceedingly fine. Dorsal fin rather higher than long, the first ray

rather feeble, shorter than the head. ‘There are six scutes between

the two dorsal fins. The pectoral spine does not extend to the middie

of the ventral ; the ventral reaches beyond the anal. Eleven scutes

between the anal and caudal. Pectoral spine rough, Uuiform black.

One specimen, 7 inches long.

LoricariA MACRoMysTAx. (Figs. 5 & 6, pp. 427, 428.)

Snout somewhat produced and rather narrow, slightly concave on

the side ; mouth of moderate width, the upper lip terminating late-

rally in a long barbel, extending beyond the axil of the pectoral fin ;

lower lip broad, with numerous barbels and smaller fringes. Small

teeth in both jaws. Orbit with a very shallow notch behind, its hori-

zontal diameter being not quite equal to the width of the interorbital

space. Scutes smooth, the lateral ridges distinct and confluent on

the eighteenth scute. Lz. lat. 31. A series of eight or nine scutes

between the roots of the ventral and pectoral fins. Thorax and

abdomen covered with numerous, small, irregular scutella. Of the

fin-rays only the upper of the caudal is produced. Origin of the

dorsal opposite to the root of the ventral. Coloration uniform.

‘One specimen, 7 inches long.

427

DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES FROM PERU.

1869.]

Figg.

0 — 7

RARE

} j

ww i ware

Loricaria macromystac.

[June 10,

DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW FISHES FROM PERU.

428

Loricaria macromystax.

1869.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON NEW TASMANIAN FISHES. 429

STEGOPHILUS NEMURUS.

DB "ASS.

Caudal fin deeply forked, the upper lobe produced into a filament.

The distance of the origin of the dorsal fin from the root of the

caudal is contained once and two-thirds in its distance. from the end

of the snout. Dorsal fin midway between the root of the ventral

and origin of the anal. Anterior part of the back spotted with

brown. Tail with obscure, broad, dark cross bands.

One specimen, 3 inches long.

5. Contribution to the Ichthyology of Tasmania.

By Dr. A. GUNTHER.

The British Museum has lately received some large collections of

Fishes from Tasmania. Most of the examples belong to species

known, but afford much additional information of great interest with

regard to geographical distribution, variation of colour, and size, so

that I intend to describe them in detail in a memoir destined for the

‘Transactions’ of the Society. For the present, I give the diagnoses

of two undescribed species.

ANTHIAS RICHARDSONII.

10 3

Dor A. 5 L. lat ca. 60.

This species has been received with, and is most closely allied to,

A, rasor; but whilst A. rasor has a subvertical ovate blackish spot

below the lateral line, vertically below the commencement of the

soft dorsal fin, and covered by the extremity of the pectoral fin, this

spot is placed more backwards in 4. richardsonii; it is placed

vertically below the fifth to ninth dorsal rays, below the lateral line,

and of a horizontally ovate shape; the pectoral just reaches it.

NEPTOMENUS DOBULA.

D. 7a Avs 2| 5 Vert. 24,

The length of the head is contained thrice and a half in the total

length (without caudal), the height of the body four times and one-

third. Scales small and deciduous. Pectoral fin not quite so long

as the head.

The type of this genus, N. drama, is described from a single

stuffed example; the species characterized here belongs evidently

to the same genus; and I find that it has 24 vertebree, and there-

fore belongs to the Carangide. There are two very small spines in

front of, and at a short distance from, the anal fin.

Mr. F. P. Pascoe exhibited specimens of a Beetle (Taphroderes

distortus, Westw.) from Natal, belonging to the family Brenthidz,

430 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. | June 24,

in which the left mandible was greatly enlarged and deformed, the

right being normal. This peculiarity was stated to be confined to

the male.

Mr. W. H. Flower read a memoir on the skeleton of the Chinese

White Dolphin (De/phinus sinensis, Osbeck), founded on a specimen

of this rare species captured near Amoy by Mr. R. Swinhoe, and

presented to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

A paper was read by Dr. O. Finsch, on the collection of Birds

from North-eastern Abyssinia and the Bogos country formed by

Mr. William Jesse, Zoologist to the Abyssinian Expedition, accom-

panied by field-notes by the collector. The collection was stated to

be of great interest, and to contain 735 specimens, referable to 221

species, whereof two appeared to be new to science. ‘These were

proposed to be called A/emon jessit and Lanius fallax.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. C. Horne read a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on the habits of some

Hymenopterous Insects of the North-western Provinces of India.”

This communication was illustrated by an extensive series of draw-

ings of these insects, their nests, and their parasites.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

June 24, 1869.

Dr. P. H. Pye-Smith, F.Z.S.; in the Chair.

The Secretary spoke of several additions to the Society’s Mena-

yerie since the last Meeting, amongst which were particularly

noticed :—

1. Two Double-striped Thick-knees (Cidicnemus bistriatus) from

Central America, presented by George Dawson Rowley, Esq., F.Z.S.,

June 3rd, being the first examples of this interesting species of

Plover ever exhibited in the Society’s Gardens.

2. A Red-bellied Monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster), acquired

by purchase on the 8th of June, and believed to be the second

known individual of this rare species, which had been originally

described by Dr. Gray from a specimen living in the Society’s

Menagerie*. The animal was received from a vessel coming from

* See P.Z.S. 1866, p. 169, pl. xvi. Since this was written I have seen a third

example of this Monkey in the Hamburgh Museum, and have been informed by

Dr. Hilgendorf that this and another specimen were recently living in the Zoolo-

gical Gardens of that city —P. L. 8,

1869.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 431

some part of the West-African coast; but the exact locality was

unknown.

3, A New Caledonian Rail (Ocydromus lafresnayanus*), presented

to the Society by Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.S., of Sydney, and re-

ceived, by the ‘ Paramatta,’ on the 10th inst.

This very interesting bird, which had been sent to Dr. Bennett

from New Caledonia, was little known in European collections, and

had never previously been received alive. It was allied to the Weka

Rail (Ocydromus nove-zeelandia), but quite distinct specifically, if

not generically. A more extended notice of this remarkable bird

would be given whenever it died and so afforded the means of

making a thorough examination of it. This it was impossible to

effect while the bird was living.

4, A Cape Ant-bear (Orycteropus capensis), purchased on the

18th of June for £150, and believed to be the first specimen of

Orycteropus capensis.

this singular Edentate éver brought to Europe alive. This animal

had been purchased at Port Elizabeth, Algoa Bay, and brought to

* Gallirallus lafresnayanus, Verr. et Des Murs, Rey. Zool. 1860, p. 437.

432 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [June 24,

this country by the captain of one of the Union Steamship Com-

pany’s vessels. It fed well, principally on raw meat pounded small,

in the same manner as the American Ant-eaters (Myrmecophaga

jubata), two specimens of which, obtained in October and November

1867, were still living in good health in the Society’s Menagerie.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited some very fine specimens of Snakes,

forwarded to the Society by Mr. George Wilks, of Buenos Ayres,

C.M.Z:S. These had been determined by Dr. A. Giinther as Hete-

rodon @orbignyi (Giinther’s Cat. of Colubrine Snakes, p. 83) and

Euophrys modestus (ib. p. 139).

Mr. W. T. Blanford, C.M.Z.S., exhibited specimens of the head

of a Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros keitloa?) and of an Alian’s Wart-hog

(Phacocherus eliani), obtained by him during the late Abyssinian

expedition, and called attention to the fact that the incisors were

permanent in both jaws of the latter, a fully adult individual.

Mr. Blanford also exhibited, and made remarks upon, some skins

of Hyraces obtained by him in various parts of Abyssinia.

Mr. Blanford exhibited specimens of three very rare Indian birds,

viz. Trocalopteron fairbanki from the Anamullay Hills, Prinia

adamsi (with the nest) from near Ahmednuggur, and Aleippe brucei

from Mahableshwar.

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited some eggs of the Fla-

mingo (Phenicopterus antiquorum), and the skull and skin of the

Spanish Lynx (Felis cervaria), obtained by him in the neighbour-

hood of Seville during a recent visit to Spain.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. King, and made re-

marks upon, some drawings by Mr. Tuffen West, illustrating the

development of Hippocampus annulosus and H. brevirostris.

An extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by

Mr. William H. Hudson, dated Buenos Ayres, April 30, 1869.

Alluding to the paper by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin on birds col-

lected by him near Buenos Ayres (P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 137) Mr.

Hudson observed, ‘‘I regret to find that I have made so great a

mistake as to mark as females two of the three black-plumaged Silver-

bills (Lichenops perspicillatus, 1. c. p. 141). This was pure care-

lessness, as all the black-plumaged birds I have ever opened were

males, and the red females. I have watched them pairing and

building their nests, and am therefore quité positive they are male

and female, though the country-people here regard them as of differ-

ent species.”

1869.] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON ANARHYNCHUS FRONTALIS. 433

Mr. Sclater remarked that the much vexed question whether L.

erythropterus were really the female of L. perspicillatus might thus

be considered to be finally set at rest.

Dr. Habel, of New York, exhibited and made remarks on a selection

from a collection of birds formed in the Galapagos Islands, to which

he had recently paid a five months’ visit. Dr. Habel stated that his

whole collection embraced upwards of 300 specimens, referable to

about 70 species, some of which he believed to be new to science.

Dr. Habel had likewise made extensive collections in other branches

of natural history, and was preparing to publish a complete accouni

of the fauna of the Galapagos based upon these investigations.

The following papers were read :—

1. On Anarhynchus.

By Dr. G. Hartravs, F.M.Z.S.

It is now thirty-six years since a good French work, the zoological

part of the ‘ Voyage de I’ Astrolabe,’ by Quoy et Gaimard (Zoologie,

Paris, 1833), brought to our knowledge the full and rather detailed

generic and specific description of a very curious grallatorial bird

from the east coast of the Northern Island of New Zealand. This

bird was introduced into the system under the name of Anarhyn-

chus, its beak being ‘‘recourbé en haut comme les Avocettes et

dévié a droite.’ Though the hunters of this expedition had killed

a certain number of individuals, only one, a younger bird, “dont le

sexe n’était pas encore caractéris¢,” was deposited in the galleries

of the Jardin des Plantes. Besides this one specimen, the beaks of

several others had been collected and preserved, to show that the

most anomalous, nay almost incredible, lateral bend of the apical

half of the beak was not an accidental but a constant formation.

What has become of these beaks? Whether they have really been

deposited in the Paris Museum, and whether they are still’ to be

found there or not, nobody has ever ascertained. The unique and

very indifferent-looking specimen in the Paris collection having been

overlooked by most ornithologists, the whole Anarhynchus-matter be-

came rather apocryphal, and the more so when the Nestor of English

ornithologists, Mr. G. R. Gray, declared that this bird was represented

in the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe’ with a deformed beak, that organ

being perfectly straight in most specimens. Now it is really diffi-

cult to understand how such an apodictical opinion could have been

given by one who certainly had never seen an Anarhynchus; for so

much is certain, that up to this year no other specimen of the rare

New-Zealand bird had reached any of the greater collections of

Europe. In Dieffenbach’s work, as well as in the * Zoolugy of

H.M.SS. Erebus and Terror,’ it is simply enumerated ; and Bona-

parte, who most erroneously places Anarhynchus between Terekia

434 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON ANARHYNCHUS FRONTALIS. [June 24,

and Numenius, had very probably never autoptically examined the

old specimen of the ‘Astrolabe’ voyage.

We must add that in a very complete and critical essay on a paper

of Mr. Buller, on the avifauna of New Zealand, by our friend Dr.

O. Finsch, the Anarhynchus is not even mentioned.

So this interesting bird remained obscure and almost forgotten till a

few weeks ago, when, in a large collection of New-Zealand birds sent by

the well known naturalist Dr. Julius Haast to the Bremen Museum,

we were most agreeably surprised by the discovery of two fine spe-

cimens, adult male and female, of Anarhynchus frontalis. The label

of these specimens bore the inscription, ‘‘ Hiaticula, sp., crooked

bill constant.”’ We regret to say that we do not know in what

particular portion of New Zealand these birds were collected. One

of them, the male, is now deposited in the Bremen Museum ; the

other will find its way into the splendid collection of Marquis Turati

at Milan.

The generic position of Adnarhynchus was very judiciously deter-

mined by its first discoverers, and was afterwards adopted by Mr.

G. R. Gray. It most certainly belongs to the Charadriade. The

form of the bill, though quite extraordinary, and by its abrupt

lateral bend quite unique in the ornithological series, offers, never-

theless, a very distinct likeness to that of Strepsi/as. But in the

entire absence of a hind toe, as well as in the style of the colouring,

it is more like an Hiaticula. The feet are somewhat larger than in

this latter division; but the proportional arrangement of the toes is

the same, the inner being a little shorter than the outer. Still the

formation of the feet is somewhat different from that of all other

Charadriade ; for the lateral toes are united to the middle one at

the base by a membrane, which occupies the first phalanx, and which

is laterally continued over the other phalanges in the form of a narrow

band or rim. When MM. Quoy and Gaimard point at the generic

similarity to Calidris, we must not overlook that in this latter genus

the inner and outer toe are of equal length, and without any mem-

branaceous connexion with the middle one. The only aftinity to

Thinornis consists in the comparative length of the beak, that part

being much shorter in the true Plovers; the feet are totally differ-

ent. In all Charadriine, without exception, the first quill is more

or less the longest.

ANARHYNCHUS, Q. et G.

Char. gen.—Rostrum elongatum, gracile, subcompressum, apicem

versus attenuatum, acutum, tertia parte apicali nonnihil sur-

sum et distinctissime dextrorsum flecum, basi ad nares usque

plumulis brevissimis obtectum ; naribus linearibus, in fossa lon-

gitudinali elongata positis. Alz elongate, caude apicem su-

perantes, acuminate, rigide, remige primo omnium longissimo,

reliquis sensim brevioribus; secundariis longis, acutis, mollibus.

Cauda mediocris, rotundata, e rectricibus duodecim composita.

Pedes satis robusti, mediocres ; pollex nullus ; digiti membrana

basali (per latera phalangum conspicue lateraliter elongata)

1869.| DR. G. HARTLAUB ON ANARHYNCHUS FRONTALIS. 435

iter se conjuncti; internus externo brevior. Ungues acuti.

Ptilosis wé in Hiaticulis.

ANARHYNCHUS FRONTALIS, Q. et G.

A. frontalis, Q. et G. Zool. Astrol. i. p- 252, t. 31. f. 2 (av. jun.);

Reichenb. Syst. Av. Nat. t. 17; id. Nat. Vg. f. 658; Less. Compl.

CEuvr. Buff. ix. p. 427.

Thinornis? frontalis, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. iii. p. 545; id. List

of B. N. Zeal. p. 22; Dieffenb. Trav. N. Z. ii. p- 196; Zool. Ereb.

and Terr. (Birds) p. 12.

? Charadrius frontalis, Ellm. Zoologist, 1861, p. 7469; Bonap.

Compt. Rend. Acad. tome xliii.; Excurs. div. Mus. et Tabl. parall.

Kchass. p. 17.

Diag.—Supra cinereus, scapis plumarum obscuris subfuscescenti-

bus; macula frontali alba, supra nigro marginata; subtus albus,

Sascia pectorali latiuscula, circumscripte nigra; remigibus ob-

scure fuscescentibus, seapis albis ; subalaribus et subcaudalibus

albis; rectricibus intermediis fuscescentibus, pallidius margi-

natis, reliquis albis, medialiter nonnihil infuscatis ; rostro ni-

gro; pedibus obscuris.

Jun. Fascia pectorali nigra nulla; macula frontali alba absque

margine nigro.

Long. tot. cirea 63", rostr. 1", al. 4" 6", tars. 1", dig. med. 102",

ung. dig. med. 1!"",

Upper parts ashy grey, with the shafts of the feathers of an ob-

scure fuscous-brown ; a circumscript frontal spot white, with a

narrow black upper margin ; lores white ; ears whitish, mixed ; under

parts pure white, with a circumscript black band over the upper

part of the breast ; wing-feathers fuscous-brown, with white shafts ;

the inner web whitish, but the tips all brown; secondaries grey, a

little infuscated along the middle ; upper wing-coverts like the back ;

under wing-coverts white; tail-feathers brownish, with the margins

paler and greyish, lateral ones white, a little brownish along the

middie; upper tail-coverts like the back ; under tail-coverts white ;

beak black ; feet dark greyish. (¢ and 9.)

The younger bird, as figured by Quoy and Gaimard, has the under

parts all white, without the pectoral band; but the grey colour of

the upper part advances a little on the sides of the upper breast.

Long. tot. _rostr. al. caud. tars. dig. med.

6" gl jg qu gm peau }yi ROL EB.)

6 6 13 4 6 lL 6 IL 10 @2.)

Ge" Shur 3 — = 13 12- (juv.)

The collectors of the ‘Astrolabe’ expedition discovered the Ana-

rhynchus at Chouraki (Houraki?) Bay, a deep and spacious inden-

tation of the east coast of the Northern Island of New Zealand.

There it lived along the marshy shores of the sea; and small flocks

were observed on the salt-water channels surrounding this locality.

If Mr. Ellman’s Charadrius frontalis really applies to our bird (a

436 PROF. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON NEW AFRICAN BIRDS. [ June 24,

very doubtful supposition), it would be called Pohoera by the natives,

and would never be seen inland.

From what exact locality of New Zealand the two specimens sent

by Dr. J. Haast came we cannot say; but the circumstance of this

gentleman living at Christchurch makes it probable that they were

killed on the Southern Island.

P.S..Scolopaxr sumatrana, Raff. (Linn. Trans. xiii.), ‘a small

species with the long bill curved upwards, grey above, white beneath,

quill-feathers blackish,” a bird which Mr. G. R. Gray seems inclined

to, consider not different from Anarhynchus, has nothing to do with

our New Zealand bird, but is certainly Terekia cinerea.

2. Oiseaux nouveaux de |’ Afrique occidentale.

Par J. V. Barsoza pu Bocace.

(Plate XXIX.)

1. CossyPHA SUBRUFESCENS.

Supra olivaceo-cinerea, uropygio et supracaudalibus ferrugineis ;

subtus flavo-ferruginea, abdomine medio pallidiore ; cupite ge-

nisque nigris; superciliis protractis, albis; tectricibus ale cine-

rascente indutis, olivaceo limbatis ; remigibus fuscis, pogonio

externo cinerascente ; subalaribus ferrugineis ; rectricibus dua-

bus mediis nigricantibus, reliquis ferruginets, extime pogonio

externo versus basim nigricante ; pedibus fuscis ; iride brunnea.

Jun. Tectricibus ale macula apicali rufescente notatis.

Long. 0°210 metr., rostri a rictu 0°024, alee 0-102, caudze 0°094,

tarsi 0°032.

Deux individus de Caconda, un male adulte et un jeune. Ils se

rapprochent de Bessonornis semirufa, Riipp. (Syst. Uebers. Vog.

Nord-Ost-Afr. p. 44, pl. 21), mais leur taille est plus forte, et la

teinte du dos et des ailes assez distincte.

2. CRATEROPUS AFFINIS.

C. plebejo, Riipp., similis, sed major. Supra brunneo-cinerascens.

subtus et in uropygio pallidior ; plumis capiiis, coll, gutturt«

pectorisque medio obscurioribus et macula apicali alba nota-

tis; remigibus primariis totis brunneis: rectricibus cinereo-

brunneis fusco transversim fasciolatis ; rostro nigro; pedibus

fuscis ; iride rubra.

Long. 0°235 metr., rostri a rictu 0°024, ale 0°105, caudee 0:107,

tarsi 0-030.

An Crat. plebejus, Hartl. (Syst. der Orn. W.-Afr. p. 79)?

Un seul individu male de Leullengues, dans l’intérieur de Mossa-

medes. P

3. BuccaNopon ANCHIET&. (Plate XXIX.)

Brunneo-rufescens, collo pectoreque nitide nigris; pileo, mento

7, Keulemans ith N& N,Hamhart mp

P. 2-8 VaGe een oe

J. Smit hth M&N.Hanhart amp.

[email protected] CHRYSOEMS LA.

3.NEOPIPO RUBICUNDA

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 437

gulaque sulphureis ; superciliis et capitis lateribus albis ; nuche

collique plumis maculis parvis apicalibus albis notatis ; gutture

et pectore longitudinaliter sulphureo striatis ; tectricibus ale

dorso obscurioribus nitore nonnullo viridescente; remigibus

primariis fuscis, secundariis fulvescenti-albo limbatis ; cauda

supra fusca cinereo induta, subtus cinerea; crisso et subcau-

dalibus fulvescenti-albidis ; vibrissis mollibus, nigris ; rostro

pedibusque nigris ; iride rufescenti-brunnea.

Long. 0°166 metr., rostri 0°024, alee 0°094, caudze 0-050, tarsi 0-018.

Quatre individus males de Caconda. C’est la deuxiéme espéce

connue du genre Buccanodon. L’autre espéce, B. duchaillui (Cass.)

= Barbatula formosa, Verr. (Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1855, p. 218, pl. 5),

vient du Gabon.

Je dédie la nouvelle espétce 4 M. d’Anchieta, naturaliste-voyageur

Portugais qui parcourt depuis deux ans l’intérieur de Afrique occi-

dentale et a beaucoup contribué par ses découvertes a nous dévoiler

la faune de ces régions presque ignorées.

M. d’Anchieta m’a envoyé des mémes localités plusieurs autres

oiseaux, dont je me bornerai pour le moment 4 citer les plus inté-

ressants :-—

Aisalon ardesiacus (Vieill.), 3.

Turdus simensis, Riipp.

Urolectes cissoides, Bp.

Telephonus trivirgatus (Smith).

Lamprotornis purpureus, Boc.

Euplectes canthomelas, Riipp.

Corythaiz livingstonii (Gray).

Numida mitrata, Pall.

Gallinago equinoctialis, Riipp.

Pternistes sclateri, Boc.

Lobivanellus lateralis, Smith.

3. On two new Birds collected by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern

Peru. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and

Osserr Saivin, M.A.

(Plate XXX.)

Mr. E. Bartlett has placed in our hands for examination some

birds collected during his recent expedition to Eastern Peru, subse-

quently to those of which we have given an account to this Society

in former communications upon this subject*.

The greater part of these are, either from the condition of the

specimens themselves, or from their being females or immature forms

belonging to obscure groups, not very readily determinable. But

there are two well-marked species amongst them which we are, with

* See P. Z. S. 1866, pp. 175 et 566, et 1867, p. 748.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXIX.

438 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [June 24,

some confidence, able to describe as new. ‘These are, first, a new

Tanager of the genus Huphonia, which we propose to call

EuPHONIA CHRYSOPASTA, Sp. nov. (Plate XXX. figs. 1 & 2.)

Supra eneo-viridis, in fronte et uropygio paulo magis splendens,

in pileo summo obscurior: alis caudaque nigricantibus @neo

limbatis: subtus medialiter lete flava, lateraliter viridi as-

persa; tectricibus subalaribus, remigum marginibus internis,

et tibiis albis: rostro obscure plumbeo, pedibus fuscis : long.

tota 4°3, ale 2°3, caude 1'5.

2. Supra mari similis, subtus medialiter grisescentt-alba, crisso ©

flavo.

Hab. in Peruvia orient. in ripis fl. Ucayali (Bartlett); et in ripis

fl. Napo, reipubl. Aiquatorialis.

Mr. Bartlett obtained three male examples of this Tanager—two

on the Upper Ucayali (in June 1865), and one on the lower part of

the same river. Sclater’s collection contains a pair of the same

species, obtained from the Rio Napo through M. Verreaux some

years since, but which have remained hitherto undetermined.

This Euphonia is a well marked form, and does not very closely

resemble any other described species. The change of the under

surface from yellow in the male to greyish white in the female is

repeated in Z. chalybea and E. wanthogastra.

The second bird is a small Piprine form, allied to the rufous spe-

cies of Heteropelma, which Herr v. Pelzeln has lately described as

H. rufum*, but much more diminutive in size, being scarcely larger

in bulk than a typical Pipra, although its tail is relatively much

longer. In the shape of the bill, however, as in general structure,

this bird comes nearer to Heteropelma than to Pipra. The wings

reach to about the middle of the tail, the third remex being scarcely

longer than the second and fourth, the first rather shorter than the

fifth. The tail is nearly square at the end, the external rectrices

being very little shorter than the medial. The feet are small and

slender; the tarsus divided in front into five or six scutes, and

covered behind with minute, almost obsolete, reticulations. The

three anterior digits are closely united together, the cohesion between

them extending up to, if not rather beyond, the commencement of

the terminal digits. The general colour is rufous, with a cinereous

cap ornamented by a half-concealed vertical stripe, as in Heterocer-

cust. In the male this stripe is of a lemon-yellow; in the female

and young male red, We propose to call this bird

NEOPIPO RUBICUNDA, sp. et gen. nov. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

Rufa; subtus, precipue in gula, dilutior: pileo cinerascente, striga

* Orn. Bras. p. 185, We believe this bird to be the same as Schiffornis major,

Bp., described and figured by Des Murs in Castelnau’s Voyage, Ois. p. 66,

t. xviii. f. 2.

+ Herr v. Pelzeln has separated his Heterocercus flavivertex from H. linteatus,

as having the vertical spot yellow and no black on the head (Orn. Bras. p. 186).

But Strickland’s figure of H. linteatus, fem. (Contr. Orn. 1850, pl. 63), exactly

agrees with one of Natterer’s type specimens of H. flaviverter ; and we are by no

means satisfied that the two birds are distinct.

Smit lith M&N Hanhart imp

BUTHRAUPIS ARCA:1.

P.Z.5.1869 . PY Aaa

wt Sot tt

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON NEW TANAGERS. 439

mediali capitis flava: alis intus nigricantibus, extus rufis:

cauda unicolori rufa: rostro corneo, maxilla ad basin pallida :

pedibus fuscis: long. tota 3'5, ale 1:9, caude 1:4, rostri a

rictu 0°4, tarsi 0°5.

2. Mari similis, sed striga pilet lete rufa.

Hab. in Peruvia orientali, Chamicurros et Xeberos (Bartlett).

Mr. Bartlett obtained three specimens of this bird in Eastern

Peru—a female at Xeberos in May 1866, and an adult and young

male at Chamicurros in August 1867. The bird was met with in

company with Tyrannulus elata and Elainea pagana, rather resem-

bling these birds than the true Pipre in its habits.

PS. Since this paper was read we have received separate copies of

a paper by Mr. Lawrence, extracted from the ‘ Proceedings of the

Academy of Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia’ for December 1868, wherein

is a description of a bird which seems to be our Neopipo under the

name Pipra cinnamomea. The species will therefore probably stand

as Neopipo cinnamomea.—Aug. 7th, 1869.

4. Descriptions of three new Species of Tanagers from Ve-

ragua. By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and

Ospert Satvin, M.A.

(Plates XXXI., XXXII.)

A collection of Veraguan birds recently received from Enrique

Arcé contains examples of three species of Tanagers which we be-

lieve to have not yet been characterized. These we propose to

describe as follows :—

1. BuTHRAUPIS ARC&I, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI.)

Supra saturate cerulea, alis caudaque nigris ceruleo limbatis ;

subtus lete flava; loris et guiture toto nigris, hoc viridi pau-

lulum adumbrato; tectricibus subalaribus albis flavo tinctis:

rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 5°5, ale 3:5, caude 2,

tarsi 0°9.

Hab. in Veragua.

This well-marked species of the Tanagrine genus Buthraupis we

have the pleasure of dedicating to Enrique Arcé, its discoverer, as

likewise that of many other fine species of Central-American birds.

It is smaller in size than any other member of the genus, unless it

be the Buthraupis edwardsi, recently described by Mr. Elliott (N.

Ann. d. Mus. i. Bull. p. 77, t. 4. f. 2), from New Granada, the only

species of the group we have not yet met with. In coloration our

new bird rather resembles the large B. cucullata of Bogota; but,

besides the great difference in size, the head, instead of being black,

is of the same colour as the back, and the under surface is of a

deeper yellow.

Arce sends two specimens of this Tanager, both of which he ob-

440 DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON A NEW CIRRIPED. [June 24,

tained in the cordillera of Chucu. They are marked male and female,

but do not differ in coloration.

2. TACHYPHONUS CHRYSOMELAS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXII.)

Splendide aureus; oculorum ambitu angusto, interscapulio, alis

et cauda nigerrimis ; remigum marginibus internis et subalari-

bus, necnon rectricum externarum in pogonio interno limbis an-

gustis flavicanti-albis : rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 4:9,

ale 2°5, caude 1'8, tarsi 0°65, rostri a rictu 0 5.

Fem. Olivacea, alis caudaque fusco-nigricantibus olivaceo lim-

batis; subtus flavicans, lateraliter obscurior ; subalaribus et

remigum marginibus internis albis.

Hab. in Veragua.

This very beautiful little species of Tachyphonus is at once dis-

tinguishable from all its relatives by its black and yellow colour,

which reminds one of the most brilliant Icter?. It is of diminutive

size, being less in bulk even than 7’. ductuosus, which has hitherto

remained the smallest known species of the genus. Its bill is par-

ticularly slender and delicate, not much more so, however, propor-

tionately, than that of Tachyphonus surinamus.

Areé obtained several examples of both sexes of this bird in the

cordillera of Chucu.

3. CHLOROSPINGUS PUNCTULATUS, Sp. nov.

Supra olivaceus ; alis caudaque fusco-nigris, olivaceo limbatis ;

pileo toto cum nucha et capitis lateribus nigris ; macula post-

oculari alba: subtus flavicunti-olivaceus, pectore aurantiaco

tincto; gutture nigro sparsim punctulato: ventre medio albi-

cante: campterio alari et subalaribus limonaceo-flavis: rostro

et pedibus nigris: long. tota 5°2, ale 2°7, caude@ 2°2.

Hab. in Veragua.

This Chlorospingus belongs to the group distinguished by a white

postocular spot, which embraces C. ophthalmicus and its allies. Its

black head distinguishes it from all these, except C. pileatus (Saiv.

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 581). In the latter bird, however, the under sur-

face is of a pale cinereous, with a yellowish pectoral band and flanks,

and there are no traces of the throat-spots, which render the present

species easily recognizable.

Arcé collected several specimens of this new Chlorospingus in the

cordillera of Chucu.

5. On an apparently new Genus of Minute Parasitic Cirri-

peds, between Lepas and Dichelaspis. By Joun Denis

Macponatp, M.D., F.R.S., Staff-Surgeon R.N.

(Plates XXXIII., XXXIV.)

On examining the gills and respiratory appendages of Neptunus

pelagicus, one of the swimming erabs, occurring in great plenty at

JD Macdonald del*. J.

mut Lith

M&N Hanhart ump

PARADOLEPAS NEPTUNI.

J.D Macdonala de!® J).Smit ith M.&N Hanhart.ime

PARADOLEPAS NEPTUNI.

1869.] DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON A NEW CIRRIPED. 441

Moreton Bay *, I found them beset with beautiful little pink-tinted

barnacles, having a vitreons-looking capitulum, about one-eighth of

an inch in length, with shelly depositions bearing an important re-

lation to the rudimentary valves of Dichelaspis and Conchoderma.

In general form, however, and even in many details of their anatomy,

these little parasites are perfect miniatures of Lepas anatifera, their

most striking character being that the valves, which are semitrans-

parent in the greater part of their extent, are distinctly in articu-

lation with each other, or closely approximate (see Plate XXXIII.

fig. 3).

The peduncle is of considerable length, and cylindrical, though

tapering a little towards the capitulum (Plate XX XIII. figs. 1 and 2).

It is, moreover, so transparent as to exhibit, under a low power, its

outer circular and inner longitudinal layer of muscular fibres, with

the contained tubular structure and pink-coloured ova. When more

matured these latter reach the hack part of the cavity enclosed by

the valves, where they become arranged in a single leaf-like layer,

which, adapting itself to the curvature of the posterior and lateral

valves, receives the body of the animal in its concavity. In this

single expansion the union of two ovigerous lamellze is indicated by

a central notch in its inferior border (fig. 2, 6 & c). To an ordi-

nary observer the oral organs would present a great similarity to

those of Lepas, but they appear to be somewhat more prolonged, so

as to form a kind of proboscis.

In the capitulum the valves are five, approximate, corneous, and

strengthened by the ‘deposit of shelly matter, as above mentioned ;

besides which they are marked with distinct lines or increments of

growth, and dotted with minute points, indicating at least a pseudo-

eell-structure (Plate XXXIII. fig. 3). These lines of growth are

obtusely angular in the scuta (4), but rather semicircular in the terga

in the carina, anterior and basal in the scuta, and posterior and sub-

apical in the terga.

The shelly supporting piece of the scuta consists of a long and

fusiform occludent segment, connected with a rudimentary basal one,

and an intervening oblique ray directed towards the middle of the

carina. The shelly part of the terga is subapical and narrowly

crescentic, with the convexity near the dorsal border. Finally, the

shelly framework of the carina consists of a narrow mid-rib extend-

ing only to the base of the terga posteriorly, but bifurcated at the

proximal end, where each limb skirts the base of its own moiety.

In the occludent margin of the capitulum the lines of growth

(Plate XXXIV. 6) increase in length and thickness from before

backwards.

The parts of the mouth more particularly considered afford the

following characters :—

The labrum (Plate XXXIV. c) is protuberant or bullate, its an-

gular edge supporting a row of fine conical tubercles.

* This species is also abundant at Sydney, and amongst the islands of the

South-western Pacific.

442 DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON A NEW CIRRIPED. [June 24,

The palps (d) consist of a base and a simple oral terminal seg-

ment, with a brush of hairs at its extremity.

The mandibles (e) present six prominent teeth, diminishing in

size from before backwards—the sixth or apical tooth being notched,

so as to give the indication of a seventh.

The maxille (f/) support four or five principal conical points, or

teeth, upon a slightly oblique but straight edge.

The external maxillze (gy) are quite membranous, of rhomboidal

shape with rounded angles, setaceous on their inner surface, and

capable of meeting together below the maxille, so as to answer the

purpose of a labium.

The branches of the first pair of cirri (4) are richly bristled, and

nearly of equal length and thickness.

Assuming this little cirriped to form the type of a new genus, it

may be named Parodolepas* neptuni, with the following generic

characters, subject, of course, to such revision as may be ultimately

found necessary :—

Valves five, approximate, transparent in their general extent, but

strengthened by the deposit of shelly matter, after the manner of

the rudimentary valves of Dichelaspis, without, however, overlapping

each other, as they are circumscribed by their respective plates.

Carine not extending beyond the base of the terga, and meeting the

scuta in a straight longitudinal line. Mandibles with six teeth, gra-

dually decreasing in size from before backwards; the sixth or apical

tooth notched, giving an indication of a seventh. Maxillee support-

ing about five principal conical points, or teeth, upon an oblique

but straight border. Anterior and posterior ramus of the first cirri

nearly equal in length and breadth, and well clothed with hairs.

In a subsequent cruise to Nandi Bay, Vanua Levu, Feejee, I met

with a second little pedunculated cirriped, parasitic upon another

swimming crab; but I regret to say that, although I made rough

drawings of the oral organs and one or two of the cirri (see the

woodcut, p. 443), I did not think it worth while to compare the

capitulum with that of the species above described ; but, as far as I

can remember, it presented very similar characters.

The palps (a) presented an oval extremity crested with hairs ;

and the mandibles (4) were four- or five-toothed, the two or three

terminal ones being subdivided irregularly.

The maxillze (¢) were comparatively short, and furnished with

numerous points upon a slightly convex border, the two or three

outer ones being separated from the rest by a shallow notch. The

external maxilla (d) were small, and closely beset with long hairs

upon their inner surface.

The anterior branch of the first pair of cirri (e) was very short as

compared with the posterior, the segments of both being armed with

transverse rows of hairs in front, but quite nude posteriorly. If

this inequality in the size of the two branches of the first cirrus be

not of generic importance, it is probable that the species may be

referable to the genus Dichelaspis. Some future inquirer may be able

* Tdpoéos, transition; the specific name neptuns expresses the habitat.

1869. | DR. J. D. MACDONALD ON A NEW CIRRIPED. 443

to settle this point. It would appear, however, as though at least

distinct species of Cirripeds infested distinct species of Pinnipeds.

Oral organs of a Feejeean Pedunculated Cirriped.

a, palp; 4, mandible; c, maxilla; d, external ditto; ¢, anterior branch of first

pair of cirri. (See p. 442.)

Of all the pedunculated cirripeds, Dichelaspis lowei appears to

make the nearest approach to Parodolepas neptuni, both in size and

the disposition of the shelly parts of the capitulum. It is, however,

somewhat larger*, and there is no evidence that the approximation

of its valves has been overlooked ; added to which its mandibles are

only furnished with four teeth, while the maxille are thickly beset

with spines, the three upper being divided from the rest by a notch ;

in which latter particulars it would agree better with the Feejeean

species.

Parodolepas is of great interest, as showing that the unequivocal

presence of “five valves approximate,”’ as in Lepas and Pecilasma,

coexists with the still more obvious development of what might be

denominated the centres of shell-growth of the last-mentioned genera,

and which, as it were, constitute the only representatives of true

* Length of capitulum -2, of an inch as compared with -% of an inch.

444 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON NEW MOLLUSKS. [June 24,

valves in Dichelaspis and Conchoderma. In all this we perceive the

manifestation of, at least, a unity of design, if it be not simply an

evidence of that latitude for diversity, or the susceptibility of diver-

gent modification, impressed upon original types by the Great

Author of Nature. Yet, though we may trace back divergent sub-

types to one primary source, it would be unphilosophical to expect

the mutual transmutation of any two such resultants into each other

as contingent upon what the Darwinian theory is too often incor-

rectly assumed to involve. For, even if a tendency to revert to the

original type, such as we see in unstable variety, were to manifest

itself in any case, the effect of such a tendency would be the pro-

duction of something very different from the collateral forms, instead

of running into them, which a superficial thinker might suppose to

be most natural; for the collateral forms themselves must have ori-

ginated in special and protracted change developing great, though

gradual, modification.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIII. & XXXIV.

Prats XXXII.

Fig. 1. Parodolepas, attached in a group to one of the gills of Neptunus pelagicus.

Natural size.

2. a. Group of three of the same little Cirripeds attached to one of the gill-

flappers. Considerably enlarged.

6. Lateral view of the single ovigerous lamella.

ec. Front view of the same, showing the emargination of its anterior

border ; also considerably enlarged.

3. Magnified view of Parodolepas neptuni, showing the course of the lines

of growth, the shelly thickenings, and the minutely dotted surface of

the valves.

a. Pedicle.

6. Scutum.

ce. Tergum.

d, Carina.

Piatr XXXIV.

Highly magnified view of the oral apparatus of Parodolepas neptunt.

a. Shelly support of the scutum (occludent segment).

6, Occludent margin of the capitulum, showing lines or increments of

growth decreasing both in thickness and length from before backwards.

ce. Labrum with minute dental points on its angular edge.

d. Palp.

e. Mandibles.

f. Maxilla.

g. External maxille.

A. Anterior pair of cirri.

6. Descriptions of new Land and Freshwater Molluscan Spe-

cies collected by Dr. John Anderson in Upper Burma

and Yunan. By W.T. Buanrorp, F.G.S., C.M.Z.8., &c.

The following are the principal novelties in the large and very

interesting collection made by Dr. John Anderson when accompany-

1869. | MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON NEW MOLLUSKS, 445

ing the recent expedition to Yunan. They will be figured, and the

previously described species enumerated, in Dr. Anderson’s full ac-

count of his journey, together with his other numerous novelties.

1. PALUDINA BENGALENSIS, Lam., var. DIGONA (vel P. piGoNA).

Testa P. bengalensi persimilis, sed decussatim striatula, anfractibus

superioribus juata suturam angulatis ; ultimo biangulato, et supra

et infra peripheriam, angulis singulis fasciis fuscis spiralibus

congruentibus, zona tertia intermedia, aliis basalibus, lineis an-

gustioribus spiralibus interdum interjectis.

Long. 233-32 mm., diam. 173-23; apert. 13-173 longa, 103~

143 lata.

Hab. in valle fluminis Iravadi circa Ava, Bhamo, &c.

Merely a variety of P. bengalensis, and passing insensibly into the

type in Assam, and into the var. dalteata, Bs. (P. doliaris? Gould),

in Sylhet. If, however, P. microgramma, v. Martens, P. suma-

trensis, Dkr., and similar allied varieties be distinguished by a par-

ticular name, this form should also be so, and may in that case be

called P. digona. It is perfectly intermediate between P. benga-

lensis, Lam., and P. orytropis, Bs.

2. Patuptna pissimtuis, Miill., var. pECussaTULA (vel P.

DECUSSATULA).

Testa imperforata, conoideo-ovata, tenuiuscula, olivacea, fascia pal-

lida subperipheriali in anfractu ultimo plerumque signata, sub-

glabra, striis incrementi et lineis subconfertis flexuosis spiralibus

decussata. Apex acutus; sutura mediocriter impressa. Anfr.

6-7, convexi, ultimus tumidior. Apertura subovata, intus lactea.

Peristoma tenue, nigrum. Operculum corneum, crassum.

Long. 25, diam. 173 mill.; apertura 13 longa, 104 lata.

Hab. Ava.

Nearer to the variety premorsa of Benson than to any other Indian

form. It is distinguished by its fine decussating striation.

The Paludine of British India, like most of the freshwater shells,

are in endless confusion—a state which has certainly not been re-

moved by the work of Von Frauenfeld and Reeve. I fully concur

with the remarks of Von Martens (Malakozoologische Blatter, xiii.

p- 98) as to the forms figured in Reeve, which are undistinguishable

as species from P. dissimilis of Miller; indeed I am inclined to go

much further, and to class such forms as P. crassa, Hutton, and P.

premorsa, Bens., as varieties also, though they are sufficiently dis-

tinct to deserve varietal names. The form now described is equally

deserving of distinction.

3. MELANIA IRAVADICA, Sp. nov.

Testa elongato-turrita, tenuis, fusco-olivacea, decollata. Anfr. circa

7, primi erosi, 3-4 superstites convexi, superi seriebus duabus

spiralibus nodorum confertorum circumdati, ultimus spiraliter

liratus, nodis fere vel omnino obsoletis. Apertura rhomboideo-

446 MR. W.T. BLANFORD ON NEW MOLLUSKS. [June 24,

ovata, antice subeffusa ; peristoma tenue, margine externo subrecto,

basali antice porrecto, columellari sinuato. Operc.?

Long. exempli majoris decollati 25 mm., diam. 15; apert. oblique

13 longa, 8 lata. Exempli mediocris (etiam decollati), long. 13,

anfr. ultimi 11, diam. maj. 14, min. 123; apertura oblique cum pe-

ristomate 13 longa, 83 lata.

fab. in flumine Iravadi superiore ad Malé et Bhamo.

Distinguished from the numerous varieties of M. variabilis, Bens.,

by the external margin of the peristome not being sharply curved

outwards close to the base, but nearly straight, with a very gentle

concave curve throughout. Unfortunately, the opercula have dis-

appeared from all the specimens, as well as from some collected by

myself in 1861.

4. BirHYNIA IRAVADICA, Sp. nov.

Testa subrimata, ovato-conica, solidula, sub lente minutissime (fere

obsolete) decussato-striata, pallide olivacea vel fulva. Spira ele-

vato-conica, apice obtusiusculo sepe eroso, sutura parum impressa.

Anfr. 6, convexiusculi, ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse angulatus.

Apertura subverticalis, ovata, postice angulata, antice subangulata

et subeffusa; peristoma tenue, rectum, marginibus callo junctis,

columellari verticali cum basali angulum fere rectum faciente.

Operc. normale.

Long. 11, diam. 63 mm.; apert. 6 mm. longa, 4 lata.

Hab. in paludibus et rivulis prope Mandélé urbem principalem

hodiernam regni Avze.

Intermediate between B. ceranospatana, v. Frauenfeld (B. cera-

meopoma, Bs. MS.*), of India, and B. goniomphalus, Mor., of Siam.

5. Fairsankia? (an Birnynta?) TuRRITA, Sp. nov.

Testa subperforata, turrita, solidula, fulva, glabra, nitidula. Spira

elongato-conica, sutura impressa. Anfr. 7, convewi, ultimus antice

subascendens, subtus rotundatus. Apertura ovata, postice vix

angulata, varice externo mediocri instructa; peristoma undique

expansiusculum, marginibus callo junctis, externo leviter arcuato,

columellari obliquo, antice cum basali subangulatim juncto. Operc.?

Long. 63, diam. 3 mm.; aperture long. 23, lat. 1? mm.

Hab. ad Kyoukpong (in flumine Iravadi?).

This looks like an estuary shell. In the absence of the operculum

its position is doubtful; but if not allied to Fairbankia bombayana,

W. Blanf., it may perhaps be a Bithynia, near B. nassa, Theobald.

6. CycLOPHORUS SUBLEVIGATUS, Sp. Nov.

Testa aperte umbilicata, depresso-turbinata, solida, sublevigata, ob-

lique striatula, in anfractibus superioribus et nonnunquam sed

rare in ultimo lineis impressis confertis spiralibus decussata,

* I believe this common Indian shell is undescribed by Benson; at least I

can find no description of it. It has been referred to by name in Benson’s

papers; and I regret Von Frauenfeld’s selecting such a name as ceranospatana

by which to describe it.

1869. ] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON NEW MOLLUSKS. 447

castanea, supra peripheriam et circa umbilicum spiraliter albido

fasciata, periomphalo lato albo. Spira depresso-conica, lateri-

bus concavis, apice papillari, magis exserto, sutura profunda.

Anfr. 5, convexi, ultimus magnus, ad peripheriam angulatus, an-

gulo antice evanescente, subtus converus, juxta aperturam leniter

descendens. Apertura fere rotunda, obliqua, lutescenti-albida,

aliquantulum latior quam alta. Peristoma rectum, incrassato-ez-

pansum, subcontinuum. Unmbilicus pervius. Operculum normale.

Diam. maj. 46, min. 38, axis 25 mm. ; apert. cum perist. 23 mm.

lata, 213 alta.

Hab. haud procul a Bhamo, ad ripas fluminis Iravadi.

Somewhat allied to C. pearsoni, Benson, and C. excellens, Pfr.,

but more depressed than either. It is distinguished from C. theo-

baldianus, Bens., by its much smaller mouth and smoother surface.

7. SPIRACULUM ANDERSONI, Sp. nov.

Testa late umbilicata, depressa, discoidea, oblique striata, lineis ele-

vatis minutis spiralibus superne et presertim juxta peripheriam,

sed non circa umbilicum, confertissime decussata, albida, strigis

castaneis fulguratis radiantibus picta. Spira plana, apice vel

plano vel vir exsertiusculo, sutura profunda. Anfr. 44, teretes,

ultimus versus aperturam longe descendens, 5—6 mill. pone peri-

stoma tubulo suturali reverso parvo, arcuatim recurvato vel sub-

recto et libero, 2-3 mm. longo muniius. Apertura diagonalis,

rotunda; peristoma continuum, duplex, internum expansiusculum

undique appressum, postice juxta anfractum penultimum profunde

angulatim sinuatum, externum expansum, supra sinum dilatatum,

juxta anfractum penultimum instar cuculli plani porrectum.

Operc. persimile et Sp. hispidi, corneum, intus concavum, extus

convecum, marginibus anfractuum, presertim externorum, lamel-

latim liberis, apice planiusculo.

Diam. maj. 153-17, min. 12-133, axis 5—6, apert. diam. intus 5 mm.

Hab. ad Bhamo cum precedente.

Distinguished from Sp. avanum, W. Blanf., by its more oblique

mouth, differently shaped and more expanded peristome, by the

horizontal cowl-shaped projection running forwards along the last

whorl instead of being vertical, the greater distance of the sutural

tube from the mouth, and the much more convex operculum.

8. Herrx (TRACHIA) CATOSTOMA, Sp. nov.

Testa late umbilicata, depressa, subdiscoidea, cornea, tenuis, striata.

Spira depresso-conveaa, sutura leviter impressa. Anfr. 7, conveci,

arcte convoluti, ultimus rotundatus, circa umbilicum subcompres-

sus, antice abrupte deflerus, valde descendens, pone aperturam

subconstrictus. Apertura fere horizontalis, truncato-ovata ; peri-

stoma album, reflexum, antice et postice prope anfractum penulti-

mum arcuatum, marginibus subdistanter convergentibus, callo tenui

junctis ; umbilicus latissimus, pervius.

Maj. diam. 16, min. 144, alt. 63 mm.

’ Hab. Ponsee in Yunan.

448 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON NEW MOLLUSKS. [June 24,

A peculiar form, resembling H. oldhami, Bens., but with the mouth

somewhat as in H. nilagarica, Pfr.

9. Hexix (PLECTOPYLIS) ANDERSONI, Sp. nov.

Testa dextrorsa, latissime umbilicata, discoidea, solidula, albida, epi-

dermide crassula fusca, interdum ad peripheriam laciniatim fim-

briata, induta, sub epidermide decussatu-striata, lineis spiralibus

supra distinctis, infra subobsoletis. Spira plana, apice vix pro-

minente, sutura subimpressa. Anfr. 74-8, angusti, arcte convo-

luti, supra planulati, infra in umbilico convexiusculi, ultimus

superne ad peripheriam angulatus, subtus tumidus et circa umbi-

licum pervium, omnes anfractus monstrantem, obtuse compressus,

pone aperturam leviter descendens, juata peristoma constriclus.

Apertura perobliqua, rotundato-lunaris ; peristoma album, undique

expansum, superne ad extremam peripheriam leviter angulatim por-

rectum, marginibus lamella curvata, ad ambas extremitates incisa

junctis, lamina intranti nulla. Janua interna remota, ad 4 an-

fractuum ab apertura sita, e plica unica verticali parietali, 4 pa-

latalibus horizontalibus, harum tribus inferioribus versus eatre-

mitates altioribus, medio humilibus, postice subbifidis, una basali

etiam horizontali simplici constans.

Diam. maj. 26, min. 23, alt. 8} mill.

Hab. Bhamo in regno Avee et Hoetone in Yunan.

Distinguished from the numerous allied Burmese forms by the

absence of a reentering lamina running from the aperture, by the very

simple internal plication, &e. It approaches H. laomontana, Pfr;

10. Hexrx (S1IvELLA) PERCOMPRESSA, Sp. nov.

Testa aperte et pervie umbilicata, perdepressa, lenticularis, tenuis,

cornea, acutissime carinata, nitida, striis incrementi oblique curvatis

notata. Spira fere plana, apice vix exserto, sutura impressa mar-

ginata. Anfr. 5, convexi, ultimus carina mediana acuta utrinque

compressa instructus, circa umbilicum tumidior, non descendens.

Apertura parum obliqua, securiformis ; peristoma tenue, rectum.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 103, axis 3 mm.

Hab. Bhamo in regno Ave.

Near H. sanis, Bens., and H. castra, Bs., but more depressed

than either.

11. Nanrna (Rorvuta) ARATA, sp. nov.

Testa imperforata, lenticularis, tenuis, cornea, supra oblique plicato-

striata, infra levior nitidula, radiatim striatula. Spira depresso-

conoidea, apice acutiusculo, sutura parum impressa, submarginata.

Anfr. 7, lente accrescentes, convexiusculi, ultimus acute carinatus,

sublus convexus, non descendens. Apertura angulato-lunaris,

obliqua ; peristoma rectum, obtusum, marginibus distantibus, basali

subincrassato, columellari declivi vir reflexiusculo.

Diam. maj. 233, min. 214, axis 11 mm. ; apertura 124 mm. lata,

8 alta.

Hab, haud procul a Bhamo in regno Ave.

1869. MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON NEW MOLLUSKS. 449

Var. Minor, anfractibus arctius convolutis.

Diam. maj. 17}, min. 15, axis 7} mm.

Hab. ad Ponsee in Yunan.

This shell is an ally of N. climacterica, Bs., but distinguished by

a higher spire and sharper keel.

12. AcuatTinA (GLESSULA) OBTUSA, sp. Nov.

Testa elongato-turrita, albido-cornea, cerea, solidiuscula, confertim

flexuose plicato-siriata, infra suturam plicata. Spira elongata, ad

apicem subcylindracea, apice perobtuso papillari, sutura vix im-

pressa subcorrugata. Anfr. 12-14, fere planulati, ultimus ad

peripheriam subangulatus. Apertura obliqua, subovata ; peristoma

simplex, rectum.

Long. 48-52, diam. 10-11, ap. long. 10-11, lat. 5-5} mill. ; apex

3 mill. latus.

Hab. ad Bhamo in regno Ave.

Very close to A. cassiaca, Bens., but distinguished by finer sculp-

ture, narrower and less numerous whorls, and much more obtuse

apex. ‘The two form a well-marked section of the genus.

13. Acuatina (GLESSULA) SUBFUSIFORMIS, Sp. nov.

Testa turrita, subfusiformis, tenuiuscula, pallide olivaceo-cornea, ni-

tida, striatula, ad suturam subplicata. Spira elongato-pyramidalis,

apice brevissime conico mucronato, sutura impressa submarginata.

Anfr. 8, convexi, ultimus subelongatus, antice attenuatus. Aper-

tura subovata, columella parum arcuata, antice oblique truncata ;

peristoma obtusum, leviter undulatum.

Long 172, diam. 5? mill. ; apert. 6 longa, 3 lata.

Hab. Ponsee in Yunan.

This form may be recognized by its long lower whorl subattenuate

below.

14, SuccINEA ACUMINATA, Sp. Dov.

Testa conico-ovatu, tenuissima, striata, pellucida, luteo-cornea, spira

brevi acuminata subconica, lateribus subrectis. Anfr. 24, penul-

timus parum convexus, ultimus 2 longitudinis superans (in testa

juniore = subequans), supra planulatus, infra tumidior. Apertura

obliqua, ovata, subtus parum latior, basi recedens; peristoma acutum,

margine externo (dextro) recto cum anfractu penultimo angulum

Fere rectum faciente, columella subrecta, anguste marginata.

Long. 183, diam. maj. 83, min. vix 6, ap. long. 14, lat. infra

medium 7% mill. Exempli minoris long. 13, diam. 63, ap. long. 10,

diam. 53 mill.

Hab. ad Momein in Yunan.

A peculiarly acuminate form, perhaps allied to S. indica, Pfr. A

scarcely distinguishable race occurs in Kashmir, whence Dr. Stoliczka

has brought specimens.

15. UN1o BURMANUS, sp. nov.

Testa subovata, solida, subcompressa, valde inequilateralis, picea vel

450 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

fusco-olivacea, concentrice plicato-striata, disco medio et postico

rugis obliquis irregulariter angulatis, interdum granosis, hic illic

presertim versus marginem ventralem obsoletis corrugato ; umbo-

nibus non prominentibus, subplanulatis, angulatim corrugatis, haud

procul ab extremitate anteriore positis ; lunella parva, concava ;

latere antico brevissimo subacuminato-rotundato ; area conveza ;

margine dorsali postice regulariter convexo-curvato, terminaliter

rotundato, ventrali convexo; dentibus cardinalibus crassis, radiatim

corrugatis, in valva dextra binis, anteriore minimo, in sinistra

ternis vel subternis ; lateralibus elongatis subcurvatis, in valva

dextra subduplicibus, in sinistra duplicibus ; margarita colore

salmonis tincta. Testa junior rotundato-ovalis, omnino preter ad

extremitatem anticam subradiatim granoso-plicifera.

1. 2. 3 (Testa junior).

OR aed ents a hea 52 45 34

Da ts Be ris hacipen dis ial Gi EEE 32 263

Origa 0 eee /.. 22 20 17

Ligamenti long......... 23 - 205 16

Hab. in flumine Iravadi ad Bhamo in regno Ave.

I know of no Unio with which I can compare this. U. pellis

lacerti, Mor., from Siam, is a little like it, but is much narrower and

less inequivalve.

Several other species of Unio occurring with U. burmanus appear

to me to be rather varieties of named species than forms deserving a

distinct name. In one or two cases I feel doubtful, however. All

would unquestionably be described as new by many naturalists. It

is worthy of note that some of them are more closely allied to forms

occurring in the Brahmapooter river, in Assam, than to those inha-

biting the lower Irawady valley, in Pegu. The land shells of Bhamo

and its neighbourhood are mostly either identical with forms occur-

ring in Cachar and Khasia, or closely allied to them; and it is a

remarkable and interesting fact connected with freshwater shells to

find that they coincide in their distribution with the land animals,

and do not follow the lines of the rivers in which they live, thus

adding another proof of the existence of a means of migration

amongst them independent of the course of rivers.

7. Notes on the Myology of Menobranchus lateralis. By

Sr. Georce Mrvarr, F.R.S., Lecturer on Comparative

Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

The specimen which has served me for examination is one of

those mentioned in my paper on Menopoma as having been confided

to me from the stores of the Royal College of Surgeons.

This well-known species with permanent external gills has a

more slender form than Menopoma; it has also a narrower head and

1869. | MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 451

muzzle, and is destitute of the lateral folds of skin; but the tail has

a cutaneous fin both above and below, extending further forwards,

inferiorly, than in the last-named genus.

The skin is smooth and devoid of transverse wrinkles. A deep

fold passes across the underside of the throat, as in the larvee of

other Batrachians.

The rounded cloacal aperture is placed very much behind the

origins of the pelvic limbs.

The forearm and leg are respectively but little shorter than the

arm and thigh, and the pectoral and pelvic limbs are widely sepa-

rated.

The posterior digits are not broadened by cutaneous folds.

The gape of the mouth only extends backward to about the eye,

though it appears from the fold of the lips to recede further.

The head is flat, the eyes destitute of eyelids, and a longitudinal

groove runs along the middle of the back.

Dimensions.

inches.

Extreme length from muzzle to tail-end............ 11°00

Length from mandibular symphysis to middle point be-

tween the arm-pits .....--- eee eee ete eee ee 2°16

Length from the said middle point to anterior end of

CLO AC Aimer Ree Ee ea OTE a WOR heey Shen tiene oe Bee 5°34

Length from cloaca to end of tail ......... ....-. 3°25

Length of head ........-4 eee seers e eens about 1°30

Breadtbpot en dies) Sirota, deviate ae a8 olor win, 9's 1°19

Vertiosl thickness) of Head), coc she bret wis iassel moral el carege rs 53

Vertical thickness of mid-body .............. about 96

Greatest breadth of body ........--s.sneneeeeeeee 1:07

Transverse diameter of tail at about its mid-length .. 33

Vertical extent of tail at the same place ...........- 1:00

Distance between the eyes .......-....ee cere eee "57

Extreme length of pectoral limb ................-- 1:27

Extreme length of pelvic limb................++-- 1A7

Distance from mid-point between the eyes to the end of

Ge WTAE sc) ss cs ER el ostyers kahats Lt “40

Distance between the origins of the pectoral and pelvic

Hast bsh ad) GUE MIO och gots tee heres Scorss agit 24 +)? 4°51

Distance of the origin of the pectoral limb from the

mandi alex symiplysisns scgvyelsorsis,aysrsse4 + oie +0) 2°12

Distance of the origin of the pectoral limb from the

CHANT CRGNCRINES pci seal a 58 ae, see lev oii dom Sener. 34 0h 4:07

Proportions.

Length of head compared with its breadth at 100.... 109°2

Height of head compared with its breadth at 100.... 44°5

Length of body (from pectoral girdle to cloaca) com-

pared with its breadth at 100 ...............-.. 499°0

452 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

inches

Breadth of mid-tail to its height at 100............ 33°0

Height of body to length from pelvic girdle to cloaca

tO OSCE Bic BR SAU its, tye Sites oats aan viedo 179

Length uitail toithe samen: Geshe te ih ee Sie. 60°8

Length of pectoral limb to the same .............- 23°7

Length of pelvic to the same .. 2... ..0 20... 27°5

Myo.uoey.

As in Menopoma, so in Menobranchus, the general muscular in-

vestment of the body may be divided into four longitudinal portions

separated by four more or less marked antero-posteriorly directed

lines of demarcation.

Each of the longitudinal muscular masses is more or less clearly

divided and cut up by transverse tendinous intersections, which are

most marked in the hinder part of the body and the anterior part

of the tail.

Of the four lines of demarcation, only the dorsal one is much

marked in the trunk. This extends from the mid-cranial region to

the end of the tail; and above the caudal portion of it is a mass of

fatty bodies which fill up the dorsal caudal fin, A similar mass fills

up the ventral caudal fin and the caudal part of the ventral line of

demarcation, almost as far forwards as the cloacal aperture. Imme-

diately in front of that aperture, and extending thence forwards to

the hinder margin of the pelvis, a very large thick glandular cushion

is interposed, separating the longitudinal muscular masses more

widely than they are separated in any other part of the body. In

front of the pelvis the ventral line of demarcation is formed by the

but-little-marked linea alba.

The lateral lines of demarcation extend from the throat to the end

of the tail; and the anterior end of the furrow widens into the gap,

out of which the branchial arches protrude. In the trunk this

linear division is situated rather above the middle (vertically) of the

side of the body. In the tail it passes along the middle, each dorso-

lateral caudal muscular mass being about equal in extent to each

ventro-lateral caudal muscular mass.

Each dorso-lateral muscular mass extends from the upper surface

of the skull to the distal end of the dorsum of the tail, investing

the transverse processes, neural arches, and spines of the verte-

bree and ribs, but having no direct connexion with the pectoral

and pelvic arches. [It is a continuous thick fleshy mass, not diffe-

rentiated into distinct muscles. Its fibres are all antero-posteriorly

directed.

Each ventral portion of the lateral muscular mass (7. e. the part

between the lateral linear groove and the linea alba and the caudal

continuation of that part) extends from the urohyal to the end of the

ventral portion of the tail, interrupted, however, by the pelvis and

by the interposed large glandular cushion behind it.

As in Menopoma, the trunk portion of the ventral lateral mass,

1869. ] MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 453

but not its caudal portion, consists of distinct muscular layers super-

imposed.

MUSCLES OF THE TRUNK.

The external oblique (figs. 3, 4, 8,9 & 10, Ex. O). The fibres

of this muscle extend obliquely backwards and downwards ; and the

muscle itself forms a sheet of such fibres, which extends from the

lateral furrow nearly to the ventral middle line of the body, and

from the shoulder to the pelvis. Towards the tail it seems to unite

indistinguishably with the internal oblique.

The internal oblique. This (as in Menopoma) is the largest

muscle of the body, extending, as one may say, from the urohyal to

the tail’s end. The fasciculi of fibres are rather large and coarse,

and extend from one tendinous intersection to another. The direc-

tion of the fibres is forwards and downwards. The muscle is partly

inserted into the ilium and its rib ; but some fibres pass beneath these

hard parts, and the muscle is so continued on into the tail. Towards

its anterior insertion this muscle appears to fuse with the rectus

(which is superficial to it), and to constitute a sterno-hyoid (figs. 4

& 5, S. H).

The ¢ransversalis is a delicate muscular layer, extending from the

region of the heart backwards to a little behind the pelvis.

Rectus (fig. 4, R). This muscle is very delicate and thin in the

abdominal region ; towards the pectoral arch and in front of it it is

thicker, and covers externally the internal oblique, with which it

appears to fuse, when they pass forwards as the sterno-hyoid (figs.

4 & 5, S. H) to its insertion into the urohyal. This muscle may

be regarded as continued on even to the mandibular symphysis by

means of the genio-hyoid (fig. 4, G. 1).

Retrahentes costarum. ‘The muscular fibres I thus name run

backwards on each side of the spine, being applied to the under

surfaces of the bodies and transverse processes of the vertebree.

They extend from beneath the head to the pelvic region, but do not

go on into the tail.

MuscLEs oF THE Heap.

Temporalis (figs. 1, 2, & 3,7’). This muscle arises from the

middle of the upper surface of the skull, and (by fascia) from the

first neural spine, also from the dorsum of the pterygoid and of the

small bone extending outwards* in front of the suspensorium and

above the pterygoid. From this extensive origin (reaching forwards

a little in front of the eyeballs) the fibres converge, and are inserted,

by a strong tendon, into the summit of the mandible, just in front

of its articulation with the quadratum. Its insertion is poste-

rior and somewhat internal to the insertion of the tendon of the

masseter.

Pterygoid. 1 do not find this muscle distinct from the temporal.

* See ‘Ontleed en dierkundige Bijdragen tot de Kennis van Menobranchus,

by J. Van der Hoeven (Leyden, 1867), pl. ii. fig. 4, 7.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXX.

454 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

The two appear to form but one, which arises in part (as has been

said) from the dorsum of the pterygoid.

Fig. 1.

Superficial muscles of right side of head and of anterior part of trunk.

0. H. E. Cerato-hyoideus externus. D.1. First part of digastric, L.A. Leva-

tores arcuum. J. A.1. Most anterior part of the same. MM. Masseter.

T. Temporalis. ‘

The masseter* (figs. 1, 2, & 3, M) is an exceedingly thick muscle,

which is more or less divisible into a larger outer portion and a

smaller inner part, the fibres being inserted into the tendon (which

appears towards the lower part of the muscle) in a somewhat pen-

niform manner. The muscle arises (between the temporal and

digastric) from the antero-superior surface of the suspensorium, and is

implanted, by its tendon, into the outer side of the mandible towards

its upper border and in front of the insertion of the tendon of the

temporalis.

The digastric} (figs. 1, 2, & 3, D. 1 & D. 2) is also a considerable

muscular mass, and springs trom different origins ; it is inserted by a

strong tendon into the posterior extremity of the mandibular ramus.

This strong tendon also connects the dorsal end of the hyoidean

cornu with the posterior extremity of the mandible.

The muscle appears to me to consist of two parts. One of these

springs from the outer surface of the suspensorium, the origin ex-

* Fischer, ‘Anatomische Abhandlungen tiber die Perennibranchiaten und

Derotremen’ (Hamburgh, 1864), p. 59, tab. iii. B. m.

t Fischer, /. c. p. 50, tab. ili..B. dg’’.

1869. | MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCAUS LATERALIS. 455

tending from the extreme end of the opisthotic forwards and down-

wards to the distal end of the quadratum (fig. 2, D. 2). This portion

is entirely hidden until either the masseter is drawn forwards or the

digastric backwards.

Deeper muscles of right side of head, the masseter being drawn forwards and

inwards, the first part of the digastric outwards.

C. H. E. Cerato-hyoideus externus. D.1. First part of digastric. D.2. Second

part of digastric. L.A. Levatoresarcuum. JZ. A.1. Most anterior part of

the same. JZ. A. P. Levator arcus primi. MM. Masseter. 7. Temporalis.

Superficial muscles of right side and of extensor surface of right pectoral limb.

A, B, Adductor branchiarum. ZB. Biceps. C.P. Constrictor pharyngis. C. H. E.

Cerato-hyoideus externus. D. Deltoid. D.1. First part of digastric.

E. B. Extensor brevis. £.Z. Extensor longus. Ex. O. External oblique.

L.A. Levatores arcuum. L, A.1. First part of the same. Z.D. Latis-

simus dorsi. MM. Masseter. M.H.2. Mylo-hyoideus posterior. 0. H.

Omo-hyoid. S, Subelavius. S.Z.1& §.Z.2. Supinator longus. ZT. Tem-

poralis. Zz. Trapezius. 7.2. Triceps. U. Ulnaris.

456 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

The other part of the digastric (figs. 1, 2, & 3, D. 1) is larger, and

springs from the dorsal end of the first branchial arch (above the

attachment of the levator arcus primi), and is inserted behind the

first part into the tendon before mentioned.

Levatores arcuum* (figs. 1, 2, & 3, L. A, & L.A.1, also fig. 2,

L.A.P). These are much developed, and the one going to the

first branchial arch is remarkably distinct from the rest. This, the

levator arcus primi (fig. 2, L.A.P), is quite hidden until the

digastric is pulled outwards and the anterior part of the dorso-

lateral muscular mass inwards towards the middle line. When

this is done the levator arcus primi is to be seen passing out-

wards and backwards from the exoccipital and opisthotic to the

anterior margin of the first branchial arch, very near its superior

extremity.

The levatores* of the second and third branchial arches arise

mainly from the dorsal fascia ; but the most anterior part (figs. 1 & 2,

L. A. 1) seems to be differentiated off from the anterior end of the

dorso-lateral muscular mass, and covers, and is similar in direction

to, the hidden levator arcus primi. In the figure, between the most

anterior part (fig. 1, L.A. 1) and the first part of the digastric

(fig. 1, D. 1) a portion of the anterior end of the dorso-lateral mus-

cular mass is seen to be interposed.

Mylo-hyvideus anterior+ (figs. 4 & 5, M. H.1). This muscle is

relatively smaller than is its homologue in Menopoma. It arises

from the inside and lower border of the ramus of the mandible, and

unites with its fellow of the opposite side without forming any di-

stinct longitudinal tendinous interval.

The mylo-hyoideus posterior} (figs. 3, 4, & 5, M. H. 2) is a con-

siderable muscle, the postero-inferior part of which is enclosed on

both sides by the skin forming a free fold or opercular flap beneath

the throat. The muscle arises from the dorsal segments of the

hyoidean cornu and first branchial arch, also from the fascia invest-

ing externally the voluminous cerato-hyoideus externus. Passing

downwards it unites with its fellow of the opposite side, a sort of

linea alba marking their junction, At its anterior part this muscle

is placed above the mylo-hyoideus anterior, the latter being super-

ficial to it.

I could find no trace of the muscle which I have described in

Menopoma as the constrictor faucium.

Constrictor pharyngis§. This consists of two parts: one (the

dorso-trachealis) arises from the fascia external to the dorso-lateral

muscular mass bebind and beneath the levatores arcuum; the

other (the hyo-trachealis) springs from the postero-ventral surface

of the third branchialarch. The fibres converge and join the fellow

muscle of the opposite side beneath the trachea.

The genio-hyoideus || (fig. 4, G. 1) is a rather long narrow muscle

* Fischer, /.c. p. 81, tab. ii. B. da. + Fischer, J. c. p. 41.

+. Fischer, /.c. p. 42. § Fischer, 7. c. p. 89.

|| Fischer, 2. ¢. p. 55.

1869.] MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 457

which runs beside its fellow of the opposite side from its origin, the

urohyal, forwards to the mandibular symphysis.

Fig. 4.

Muscles of ventral surface: on the right side superficial muscles; on the left

side deeper muscles, the mylo-hyoidei, pectoralis, and external oblique being

removed. Also superficial flexor muscles of right pectoral limb.

B. Biceps. C.B.1 & C. B.2. Coraco-brachialis. _C. H. E. Cerato-hyoideus ex-

ternus. Ev. O. External oblique. FZ. Flexor longus. G.H. Genio-

hyoid. M. H.1& M. H.2. Mylo-hyoideus. O. H. Omo-hyoid. P., P.1,& P.2.

Pectoralis. S. Subelavius. S.H. Sterno-hyoid. S. L. Supinator longus.

T. Triceps.

Cerato-hyoideus externus* (figs. 1, 2,3, 4, & 5, C. H. E.). Avery

voluminous muscle, springing from the whole under surface and

anterior part of the inner surface of the hyoidean cornu. Passing

* Fischer, /.c. p. 68.

458 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

backwards, it is inserted into the outside of the dorsal part of the

first branchial arch, immediately beneath the insertion of the second

part of the digastric.

Deepest muscles of left side of ventral surface of head, the cerato-hyotdeus

externus being drawn strongly forwards.

(.A.1, @. A. 2, & C.A.3. Constrictores arcuum. C. H. £2. Cerato-hyoideus ex-

ternus. C H.J. Cerato-hyoideus internus. M.H.1 & M.H.2. Mylo-

hyoideus. S. H. Sterno-hyoid.

Cerato-hyoideus internus* (fig. 5, C. H.I). A very much smaller

muscle than the last, and, as Fischer says, “spindle-shaped and ten-

dinous at each end.” It arises from the inner end of the posterior

surface of the hyoidean cornu, and is inserted into the lower end of

the dorsal segment of the first branchial arch.

Constrictores arcuumt (fig. 5, C.A.1, C. A. 2, and C. 4. 3).

There are three of these small muscles. The first connects the

ventral end of the second branchial arch with the dorsal end of the

ventral segment of the first branchial arch. The second and largest

of the three connects together the ventral ends of the dorsal segments

of the first and third branchial arches. The third muscle connects

together the ventral ends of the dorsal segments of the second and

third branchial arches.

A musclef (figs. 4 & 5, S. H), which corresponds to the sterno-

hyoideus of Menopoma, though here there is no sternum, and is in

fact the anterior continuation of the rectus, passes forwards and is

inserted into the dorsal surface of the urohyal and into the ventral

surface of the ventral segment of each first branchial arch, near its

junction with the basihyal.

* Fischer, l. c. p. 72, tab. i. fig. 4, pa.

+ Fischer, 7. c. p. 74, tab. 1. fig. 38, ca and ca’.

} Fischer, /.c. p. 104.

1869. | MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 459

Omo-hyoideus (figs. 3, 4, & 5, O.H). This elongated muscle

avises from the inner and upper side of the precoracoid cartilage,

and passes thence forwards to between the urohyal and first bran-

chial arch.

Genio-glossus*. This small muscle arises, on each side, from the

posterior surface of the mandibular symphysis, and thence passes

outwards and backwards to be inserted into the skin of the mouth.

The levatores brunchiarum+ are small muscles which pass down-

wards from the dorsum of each branchial arch respectively to the

dorsum of each gill-tuft.

The depressores branchiarumt go from the ventral surface of

each branchial arch to the ventral surface of each gill-tuft re-

spectively.

Of the adductores branchiarum§, the first goes from the dorsal

end of the second branchial arch to the first gill-tuft ; the second

similarly from the third branchial arch to the second gill-tuft ; the

third, long and delicate (fig. 3, 4. B), extends from the angle be-

tween the precoracoid and scapular cartilages forwards to the root

of the third gill-tuft and dorsal part of the last branchial arch.

APPENDICULAR MUSCLES.

Pectoral Limb.

Trapezius (fig. 3, Tz). This is an exceedingly small muscle,

which is placed immediately behind the third adductor branchiarum

aud levatores arcuum. It arises from the fascia investing the

dorsal muscle, and is inserted into the lower half of the anterior

margin of the scapula down to its junction with the precoracoidal

cartilage.

The Jatissimus dorsi (fig. 3, Z..D) is more than twice the size

of the trapezius. It arises from the fascia, and ends by coalescing

with the upper part of the triceps.

The pectoralis (fig. 4, P. 1 & P.2)is a considerable muscle which

arises partly from one of the tendinous intersections of the rectus,

partly trom a raphe separating it from its fellow of the opposite side,

and partly from the under surface of the posterior part of the

coracoidal cartilage towards and at its inner margin. It is inserted

into the lowest part of the crest of the humerus, immediately above

the origin of the biceps. The part arising from the coracoid (P. 2)

is slightly separated from the larger and more posteriorly arising

portion (P. 1).

Serratus magnus. This is a thin small muscle springing from

the side of the lateral muscular mass beneath the Jatissimus dorsi.

It is inserted into the inner side of the upper part of the scapula.

The levator anguli scapule is a very long and slender muscle.

* Fischer, /. ¢. p. 67.

+ Fischer, Zc. p. 38, and tab. iii. 6, 7b’, 1b’, 1b’.

{ L.e. p. 39, and tab. i. fig. 1, db', db’, db”.

§ Lic. p. 39.

460 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

It arises from the occiput, and is inserted into the inner side of the

dorsum of the scapula, being conterminous with the insertion of the

serratus magnus.

The omo-hyoid has been already described amongst the muscles of

the head.

Subclavius (fig. 3, S). This is an elongated muscle, like the

precoracoidal cartilage to which it is attached. It arises from the

ventral surface of the last-named cartilage, and is inserted into the

upper part of the crest of the humerus, immediately opposite the

summit of the biceps and between the insertions of the pectoralis,

deltoid, and trapezius.

Deeper flexor muscles of right forearm, the flexor longus being cut and reflected

B. Biceps. C. B.2. Coraco-brachialis. F. B. Flexor brevis. FL. Flexor

longus. P.7.1& P. 7.2. Pronator teres. S.Z. Supinator longus. 72.

Triceps.

Coraco-brachialis (figs. 4. & 6, C. B). This muscle consists of

two parts.

1. The first part arises from the whole ventral surface of the

coracoid, partly covered externally by the pectoralis, and partly

appearing superficially between the second part of the pectoralis and

omo-hyoid. It also arises from the postero-external margin of the

coracoid. It is inserted into the humerus, between the implantation

of the pectoralis and the origin of the biceps on the one hand, and

the upper portion of the second part of the coraco-brachialis on the

other.

2. The second portion of the muscle is thick and long. It arises

from the posterior margin of the coracoid close behind the glenoid

cavity ; passing down, it is inserted into the shaft of the humerus to

and at the internal condyle.

The deltoid (fig. 3, D) is a larger muscle than the trapezius. It

arises from the outside of the scapula, and is inserted into the crest

of the humerus immediately outside and behind the insertion of the

subclavius.

Subscapularis. A very few and short muscular fibres, passing

from just inside the postero-inferior margin of the scapula (close to

the glenoid surface) to the adjacent part of the humerus, appear to

represent this muscle. ‘These are, however, difficult to distinguish

trom the adjacent coracoidal part of the triceps.

Biceps (figs. 3, 4, & 6, B). This muscle, which is quite single,

springs from the tuberosity of the humerus just below the in-

1869. ] MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 461

sertion of the subclavius, and is inserted into the upper part of the

radius.

Triceps (figs. 3 & 6, T). A large muscle arising from the

postero-external angle of the coracoid from the outer and inner sides

of the shaft of the humerus, and, by direct continuation, from the

latissimus dorsi. It is inserted into the proximal part of the ulna.

Deeper muscles of extensor surface of right forearm, the extensor longus being

cut and reflected.

E. B. Extensor brevis. #.L. Extensor longus. P.@. Pronator quadratus.

S.L£.1 & S.L.2. Supinator longus. U. Ulnaris.

The supinator longus (figs. 3, 4, 6, & 7, S.L) appears to be

double (S. Z. 1, and S. L. 2, figs: 3 & 7), unless the more internal

part (S. Z. 2) represents an extensor radialis. It arises from about

the lower third of the humerus, and is inserted into the lower part

of the outer (or radial) side of the radius.

Ulnaris (figs. 3 & 7, U). This is a rather bulky muscle passing

from the distal part of the ulnar side of the humerus downwards to

the corresponding side of the carpus.

The pronator teres (figs. 4 & 6, P. 7’) also appears to be double

(P.T.1 and P.T.2, fig. 6). Both parts extend from the lower

end of the inner (or ulnar) border of the humerus, and extend

downwards and outwards to the lower part of the radius.

Extensor longus (figs. 3 & 7, E.L). This muscle extends from

the outer (or radial) border of the lower part of the humerus, and,

expanding as it passes downwards, is inserted into the digits.

Extensor brevis (figs. 3 & 7, Z..B). This is a very small muscle

which arises from the radial side of the distal end of the ulna, and,

passing obliquely downwards and outwards, goes mainly, if not

exclusively, to the most radial digit.

Pronator quadratus (?) (fig. 7, P.Q). A small muscle passing

from the ulna to the radius, obliquely downwards, and situated

between the ulnaris, the inner part of the supinator longus, and the

extensor brevis.

Flexor longus (figs. 4 & 6, F.L). This muscle arises from the

ulnar side of the lower end of the humerus, and, expanding as it

asses downwards, is implanted into the digits.

Flexor brevis (fig. 6, F. B). A small subtriangular muscle which

462 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE {June 24,

also goes to the digits, but which takes origin from the distal half

of the ulna.

Pelvic Limb.

Semimembranosus (figs. 8, 9, 10, & 11, S.M). This slender

muscle springs from the hypapophyses of the caudal vertebrze (the

first two that are elongated), and passing forwards, enclosed in a

sheath consisting of the subcaudal muscular mass, joins the posterior

margin of the gracilis and origin of the semitendinosus. It passes

along external to the large precloacal glandular mass, and side by

side with similarly directed and similar-sized femoro-caudal and

ischio-caudal.

Fig. 8.

Superficial muscles of ventral surface of right side.

A, Adductor. Hx. O. External oblique. F.C. Femoro-caudal. FD. Flexor

digitorum. #. H. Flexor hallucis. G. Gracilis. Z Iliacus. ZC. Ischio-

caudal. S. Sartorius. S.J/. Semimembranosus. S. 7. Semitendinosus.

The ischio-caudal (figs. 8 & 11, I. C) is the most internal of

the caudal appendicular muscles. It arises from the subcaudal

muscular mass at the same distance backwards as does the semi-

membranosus ;_ passing forwards, it is inserted into the postero-

external angle of the ischium.

Femoro-caudal (figs. 8, 9,10, & 11, F.C). This muscle is about

the same size as that last described, and also springs from the

anterior caudal hypapophyses. It comes out of the sheath formed

for it and the muscles running parallel with it by the subeaudal

1869. ] MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 463

muscular mass, and, passing forwards, is inserted into the flexor sur-

face of the femur just below the great trochanter, in close contiguity

both to the insertion of the adductor and to the origin of the biceps.

The ilio-caudal (figs. 9 & 10, Il. C) is exceedingly large rela-

tively, and thick, forming the bulk of the lateral caudal muscular

mass below the lateral furrow. It is inserted into the whole length

of the ilium and its annexed rib.

Superficial muscles of dorsal (extensor) surface of right pelvic limb, and of outer

side of posterior part of trunk and anterior part of tail.

£.L.D, Extensor longus digitorum. Ex. O. External oblique. F.C. Femoro-

caudal. G. Gracilis. G. Mz. Gluteus maximus. J. Iliacus. J/. C. Tlio-

caudal. P. Peroneus. R&.F. Rector femoris. S. Sartorius. S. MW. Semi-

membranosus. 4S. 7. Semitendinosus. ZT. A. Tibia’is anticus.

Gracilis (figs. 8, 9, 10, 11, & 12, G). This muscle arises from

the middle (antero-posterior) line of the ventral surface of the pelvic

shield. It does not, however, extend forwards for nearly the whole

length of this elongated shield, but only as far forwards as a line

would be situated which should join the acetabula. It is inserted

into the postero-peroneal surface of the upper half of the tibia.

The adductor (figs. 8 & 11, A) is very much larger than in

Menopoma, as it springs from the middle of the pelvic shield for its

whole length, so that rather more appears superficially in front of

the gracilis than is concealed beneath the latter. It is inserted into

about the upper half of the flexor surface of the femur between the

insertions of the iliacus and femoro-caudal.

Semitendinosus (figs. 8,9, 10, & 11, 8.7). This small muscle

takes origin from the junction of the semimembranosus with the

gracilis, and not from bone or cartilage. Its insertion is the outside

of the flexor digitorum, near the pes.

464 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [June 24,

Tliacus (figs. 8, 9, & 10, I). Of considerable size, this muscle

arises from the internal surface of the antero-exterior margin of the

pubic cartilage. It is inserted into the shaft of the femur from

the proximal part of its anterior (extensor) surface down to the tibial

condyle.

Sartorius (figs. 8, 9,10, & 11, 8). A long slender muscle, which

I did not distinguish in Menopoma, and which I propose thus to

name, arises from the fascia attached to the antero-outer margin of

the pelvis, into which fascia fibres of the external oblique are in-

serted, so that this muscle appears like a continuation downwards

of that, 7. e. of the external oblique. Passing downwards along the

imer or tibial margin of the iliacus, it is inserted into the inner side

of the upper part of the tibia just above and on the inner (or tibial)

side of the insertion of the gracilis.

Fig. 10.

Deeper muscles of outer side of hinder part of trunk and anterior part of tail,

and of the dorsal (extensor) side of right pelvic limb—the gluteus maximus,

rectus femoris, and eatensor longus digitorum being cut and reflected.

E.H. Extensor hallucis. 2. Z..D. Extensor longus digitorum. Hz. O. External

oblique. F.C. Femoro-caudal. G. Gracilis. [email protected]. Gluteus medius.

G. Mi. Gluteus minimus. G.Mzx. Gluteus maximus. J. Ihacus. J/. C.

Tlio-caudal. J. P. Tlio-peroneal. &. F. Rectus femoris. S. Sartorius.

S. M. Semimembranosus. S. 7. Semitendinosus. 7. 4. & 7. 4.1. Tibialis

anticus.

Gluteus maximus (figs. 9 & 10, G.Mzx). This muscle is. very

like the one so named by me in Menopoma, but it is rather more

slender. It springs from the outside of the ilium, and, passing

downwards, ends in an aponeurosis, which invests the knee anteriorly

and passes to the upper part of the front of the tibia.

The rectus femoris (figs. 9 & 10, R. F), very similar in shape

1869.] MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCHUS LATERALIS. 465

and size to the gluteus maximus. Arising from the outer side of

the ilium, it passes down beside the last-named muscle, and is

inserted by aponeurosis into the inner side of the upper part of the

tibia.

Gluteus medius (?) (fig. 10, G. Md). Arising from the front of

the ilium, this small muscle passes down beside the iliacus, and is

inserted into the upper part of the outer side of the femur.

Gluteus minimus (?) (fig. 10, G. Mi). This little muscular

bundle passes from the posterior side of the ilium to the upper half

of the posterior side of the shaft of the femur.

Fig. 11.

Deeper muscles of ventral or flexor surface of pelvic limbs, the gracilis, semi-

tendinosus, and semimembranosus being cut and reflected on the right side,

and the adductor also on the left side.

A. Adductor. B. Biceps. Ex. O. External oblique. F.C. Femoro-caudal.

F. D. Flexor digitorum. Ff. H. Flexor hallucis. G. Gracilis. J. C. Ischio-

caudal. J. F. Ischio-femoral. J.P. Tlio-peroneal. S. Sartorius, S. M.

Semimembranosus. S. 7. Semitendinosus.

Ischio-femoral (fig. 11, J. F). A very small muscle (which may

perhaps answer to the quadratus femoris of higher animals) passes

from the postero-external angle of the ischium to the head of the

femur very near the acetabulum.

Ilio-peroneal (figs. 10 & 11, I.P). A very long and slender

muscle arises from the ilium, immediately beneath and closely

connected with the gluteus maximus. It is inserted into the peroneal

side of the fibula above its middle.

The biceps (?) (fig. 11, B) is also a very slender muscle. It

extends from the shaft of the femur, just below the insertion of the

femoro-caudal, downwards to the lower part of the fibula.

Tibialis anticus (figs. 9 & 10', T,. A and T. 41). This muscle

seems to be double in Menobranchus. It arises from the front of

the distal end of the femur, and from the proximal parts of the tibia

466 ON THE MYOLOGY OF MENOBRANCAUS LATERALIS. [June 24,

and fibula. It is inserted into the tarsus aud lower part of the tibia

on the inner side of the leg. The inner portion (7. 4. 1) is much

like the extensor hallucis of Menopoma as to its origin, but it does

not appear to descend below the shaft of the tibia.

Peroneus (fig. 9, P). There is a muscle descending down the

outer side of the leg, from the head of the fibula to the tarsus,

as in Menopoma.

The extensor longus digitorum (figs. 9 & 10, #. L. D) is a large

sheet of muscle covering the front of the leg. It arises by a strong

aponeurosis from the front of the distal end of the femur. Passing

downwards, it goes to the digits.

Extensor hallucis(?) (fig. 10, Z. H). A small muscle which I

thus name, with doubt and hesitation, takes origin from the lower

part of the fibula, and, crossing the limb obliquely, passes to the

dorsum of the hallux. Except that this muscle appears only to

go to the innermost digit, it has very much the appearance of an

extensor brevis digitorum.

Extensor brevis digitorum. This muscle seems to be entirely

wanting, unless what I have doubtfully named extensor hallucis be

really the extensor brevis.

wa ST:

ZD.

Deepest muscles of ventral or flexor surface of right pelvic limb, the fle«or

digitorum being cut and reflected.

F.D. Flexor digitorum. fF. H. Flexor hallucis. G. Gracilis. S. 7. Semiten-

dinosus. <X. Tibialis posticus?

Flexor digitorum (figs. 8, 11, & 12, F.D). Subtriangular in

shape, this muscle takes origin from the posterior surface of the

peroneal condyle of the femur; thence expanding as it descends, it

goes to the digits.

Flexor hallucis (figs. 8 & 12, F.H). Beneath the muscle last

described is a muscle which arises from the posterior surface of the

fibula and goes mainly, if not entirely, to the most tibial digit.

On the peroneal border of this muscle, between it and the flexor

digitorum, a delicate bundle of muscular fibres passes downwards

(fig. 12, X) to the carpus. It is entirely hidden by the flexor

digitorum, so as to be only visible on the removal or reflection of

the latter. Is this delicate muscle the representative of the tibialis

posticus ?

1869.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 467

November 11th, 1869.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the list of additions to the Menagerie during

the past four months, amongst which were particularly noticed :—

1. A Guacharo, or Oil-bird (Steatornis caripensis), taken from

one of the caves inhabited by these birds in Trinidad, and presented

to the Society by the Hon. Arthur Gordon, C.M.Z.S., Governor of

the Island (received June 29th). Mr. Gordon had started from

Trinidad with six of these singular birds alive ; but five of them had

died upon the passage, and the present specimen had only survived

a few days after reaching the Society’s Gardens. Enough had been

done, however, to show that it was quite possible, with care and

precaution, to bring the Guacharo alive to this country.

2. An example of a species of Macaque Monkey from the Anda-

i” —sF = —

pple

—$<_<—<— ——

SS Sa —

be atte (is y ——————

Macacus andamanensis.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1869, No. XXXL.

468 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 11],

man Islands, obtained at Port Blair, in 1864, by Capt. R. A. Brown,

R.N., of H.M.S. ‘ Vigilant,’ and presented to the Society July 8th.

This Macaque appeared to resemble most nearly the Pig-tailed

Macaque (Macacus nemestrinus), and had a somewhat similar tail,

but appeared distinguishable by the different arrangement of the hairs

on the head. In a notice of the habits of this Monkey in ‘ Land

and Water’ for July 24th, 1869, Mr. Bartlett had proposed to call

it M. andamanensis, which name would stand, if the validity of the

species were confirmed by future investigations.

3. A specimen of the Kusimanse, or Mangue (Crossarchus ob-

seurus), purchased July 8th, a rare West-African Carnivore, which

had not been exhibited in the Society’s Menagerie since the year

1834*. ;

4. Six Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), deposited

by Mr. J. J. Stone, F.Z.S., July 16th.

After many unavailing efforts, Mr. Stone had succeeded in adding

this magnificent Pheasant to the list of introduced species. Unfor-

tunately, only one female survived to reach this country,—the rest

being males, adult or in change of plumage. The female of the Am-

herst’s Pheasant was previously unknown, but turned out, as might

have been anticipated, to resemble nearly the corresponding sex in

the Gold Pheasant (Thaumalea picta). Mr. Stone had received

these birds from his correspondent in Hankow; but Mr. Sclater had

been informed by Mr. Swinhoe that they had been originally ob-

tained for him by a French missionary priest resident at Ta-kien-lieou,

at the foot of the Yung-ling mountains, in the further part of the

province of Setchuen. The range of this bird was thus proved to

extend from the Burmese frontier of Yunan (where it was obtained

by Dr. Anderson‘) into the province of Setchuen.

5. An Owen’s Apteryx (Apteryx owenni), presented by the Ac-

climatization Society of Otago, New Zealand, and received July 28th,

being the first example of this species received alive in Europe.

6. A White-bellied Stork (Ciconia abdimii), obtained by purchase

July 29th, being the first example of this rare species exhibited

alive in the Society’s Menagerie.

7. A young pair of the recently discovered Long-tailed Deer of

Northern China (Elaphurus davidianus), presented to the Society

by H.E. Sir Rutherford Aleock, K.C.B., H.B.M. Ambassador at

the Court of Pekin.

The expected arrival of a pair of this remarkable animal had

already been announced (P. Z. 8S. 1868, pp. 210, 530). A coloured

figure of them and complete account would be given in a paper on

the Deer living in the Society’s Gardens, which was now being pre-

pared for publication in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

8. A Pleurodele Newt (Pleurodeles walti), obtained in the vici-

nity of Seville in Spain, and presented to the Society by Lord

Lilford, F.Z.S., August 13th.

* See- Mr. Martin’s notice of the dissection of a specimen of this animal,

P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 113.

+ See Dr. Anderson’s letters, afew, pp. 111 et 278.

1869.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 469

9. A specimen of the Potto (Perodicticus potto), purchased Sep-

tember 4th. :

=—_

° Perodicticus potto,

This rare Lemurine form had only been once before exhibited in

the Society’s Gardens, in 1848*.

10. A fine young male of the Spanish Ibex (Capra hispanica),

from the Sierra Hermosnra, in Southern Spain, presented to the

Society by Major Howard Irby, of the 74th Highlanders, Septem-

ber 4th. Unfortunately, the female of this species from the same

locality, presented by the same generous donor in August 1868+,

had died ; but several correspondents of the Society were on the look

out for examples of this animal, so that there were fair prospects of its

becoming ultimately a permanent denizen of the Society’s Gardens.

11. Three Island-Hen Gallinules, from Tristan d’Acunha (Galli-

nula nesiotis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1861, p- 260, pl. xxx.), presented by

E. L. Layard, Esgq., F.Z.S., September 3rd.

12. A superb Crested Eagle (Spizaétus ornatus), from Costa

Rica, presented by Capt. J. M. Dow, F.Z.S., and received Septem-

ber 27th, being the second example of this fine bird of prey exhi-

bited in the Society’s Gardens.

* See Report of the Council for 1849, p.15. Cf. also Mr. Skues’s notes,

antea, p. 1.

t See P. Z. 8. 1868, p, 526.

470 LETTER FROM DR. J. ANDERSON. [ Nov. 1],

The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to Mr.

Grote, F.Z.S., by Dr. J. Anderson, C.M.Z.S., dated Indian Museum,

Caleutta, June 11th, 1869 :—

«T dare say you will remember that I made various futile attempts

while you were in Calcutta to procure living specimens of the Pigmy

Hog of the Terai (Porcula salvania). On these occasions I trusted

to the kind promises of some of my friends in the neighbourhood of

Darjeeling ; but as they all failed in their uneducated endeavours, I

sent my own collectors last March to the Terai to try what they

could do. I am glad to say they have been successful, and I have

now a fine specimen of this remarkable little Hog before me while I

write. It is a young male, but the natives assert that it is nearly

full-grown. It measures 19 inches along the side, from the tip of

the snout to the vent, and the tail is 21 lines in length. Jerdon is in

error when he says that it has no mane; for iny specimen has a

marked list of long black hairs down the back, intermixed with

yellowish-brown hairs, and with others banded with the latter colour

and black. The hairs over the rump are longer than in any other part

of the body. The sides are sparsely covered with bright yellow-brown

hairs, and with others banded like those on the dorsum. The mesial

line of the ventral surface, from between the fore legs to the vent, is

almost nude, with only a few short yellow hairs. The legs are very

graceful, and suggest that this elegant little creature must test the

running-qualities of the dogs. The ears are full and round, The

snout is moderately long, but not so tapering as in the common

Boar. Mr. Southby, of the Selim Tea-Estate, under whose care my

collectors were, informs me that Porcula salvania is common in the

Terai below Punkahlarri, and is found in herds of 500 in the low

jungle. The natives inform him that its food consists of bulbs and

roots; and that the female carries her brood, which usually num-

bers three or four, for five or six months. It is very shy, and the

Meehies trap it with nets and hunt it with dogs. A village will

catch as many as four or five in a season, which they reckon from

January to April; and when caught young it becomes easily domes-

ticated, and is found tame about the villages. These wild people

consider its flesh a great delicacy.

«‘T have also been trying hard to get skins, skeletons, and living

specimens of the Yakin (Budorcas tawicolur). I have within the

last month received two very fine skins of half-grown males, with

small straight horns directed backwards. The Mishnees brought

one of the specimens alive nearly as far as Debrooghur. This was

in answer to the reward I had offered of one hundred rupees for a

living specimen. I am afraid I shall not succeed in getting the

beast alive to the plains, as it lives among the snow, being seldom

seen below it. Major Stewart informs me that the Yakin is found

in all the high ranges to the north-east of Debrooghur, and is far

from uncommon. The Mishnees, with their very inferior appliances

to shoot and catch them, are nevertheless frequently dressed in their

skins, or have a part of a skin with the hair on as an ornament,

which would seem to indicate that they are numerous. The Mish-

1869. ] LETTER FROM DR. G. BENNETT. 471

nees between the Brahmapootra and the Dihong say that the full-

grown ones are so fierce that it would be impossible to bring them

alive to Debrooghur. They are seen in pairs, and sometimes in herds

of twenty or more. They are swift of foot and good climbers. Why

Jerdon should have excluded this interesting animal from the Indian

fauna is a puzzle to me; for it is quite as Himalayan as the Brown

Bear and the Musk-deer, both of which are included in his book.”’

The following extracts were read~from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.S., dated Sydney, June 15th,

1869 :—

“The Government steamer ‘Thetis’ having been sent to Lord

Howe’s Island to investigate a case of homicide, among other gen-

tlemen interested in natural history, Mr. R. D. Fitzgerald, of the

Surveyor-General’s department, obtained leave to visit the island.

To this gentleman I am indebted for the following information,

more especially for the interesting account of the habits of the

‘Wood-hen,’ a species of Rail now becoming rapidly extinct, pecu-

har to Lord Howe’s Island. The ‘Thetis’ left Sydney on the 26th

of May, arrived on the 29th, and returned to Sydney on the 7th .

of June, 1869. The island is situated in lat. 31° 30! S., and

long. 159° E. It is sixteen miles in circumference, 63 miles in

length, and averages about half a mile in width. The inhabitants

are about thirty-five, including children. The produce of the island

is maize, onions, potatoes, and bananas; the soil is rich, and the

vegetation very luxuriant, among which palms, tree ferns, and the

banyan fig are most conspicuous. Pigs and Goats run wild on the

island, the former feeding principally upon the fruit of the palms.

**Among the birds collected by Mr. Fitzgerald, I recognized spe-

cimens of Merula vinitincta, Zosterops strenuus, Chaleophaps chry-

sochlora, and Pachycephala gutturalis. The most interesting bird

procured, and of which only one was obtained, was the ‘ Wood-hen.’

I recollect that in the year 1836 or 1837 the late Alexander

Macleay, then Colonial Secretary of New South Wales, had several of

these birds alive, which had been brought to him from Lord Howe’s

Island; and he at that time expressed an intention of sending them

to the Linnean and Zoological Societies, but I am not aware whether

they ever reached their destination. The White Gallinule, figured

in Phillips’s ‘ Voyage to Botany Bay,’ and found only in Norfolk

and Lord Howe’s Islands, is now extinct, as it is not seen at either

of those islands. Mr. Fitzgerald, in the account he gave me, says,

‘The land birds are not numerous, probably not more than of twelve

or thirteen distinct species. I observed :—a little Green Pigeon ;

a Blackbird, having leaf-tossing habits and call-notes of that class

of birds; a Zosterops, or Silver-eye (of larger size than the species

common about Sydney); a Pachycephala, or Thick-head, having

the colonial appellation of ‘‘ Doctor ;” a Rhipidura, or Fly-catcher

(similar to our Sydney species); a little deanthiza; and a Pachy-

cephala with black and yellow plumage, seemingly identical with

P. gutturalis; a species of Kingfisher; a Crow-Shrike (Strepera

472 MR.P.L.SCLATER ON OCYDROMUS SYLVESTRIS. [ Noy. 11,

graculina’), and the “ Wood-hen.”’ The last-named bird reminded me

of a “ Corn-crake.” It is said that there was formerly a large Pigeon

on the island, now extinct. A Red-tailed Tropic Bird (Phaéton

phenicurus) was procured ; but the oceanic birds, as far as noticed,

were the same as those usually inhabiting the Australian seas. The

“‘Wood-hen” is very peculiar in its habits, and the observations I

made are as follows:—When ascending the mountain the guide

stopped suddenly, as a note like two rasps of a saw was heard at

some distance among the loose stones and ferns, and exclaimed ‘‘ That

is a Wood-hen.”’ He then imitated the note of the bird, and the

Wood-hen replied. He again tried the imitation, but the bird was

silent. Another guide accompanying us then struck the back of the

tomahawk against a tree ; again the bird answered ; further strokes of

the tomahawk were useless, no reply could be obtained. Then a dog

was made to bark, and with effect ; the call of the bird was again

heard, and again and again as often as the sounds were made and

varied. At each time it was apparent that the bird was approaching

nearer and nearer to our position, until the bird ran vut, apparently

quite confused and bewildered, close to our feet. The dog that

accompanied us, and which had been kept back, was then set at

liberty ; he seized the bird and immediately killed it; otherwise it

might have been captured alive. It was mentioned that had the dog

been kept back and stones thrown at the bird, it would, on being

merely grazed by one, retreat but show itself again immediately.

It appears that the noise made to attract the bird must be constantly

varied, one continuous sound having no effect; chorus or scraps of

songs, crowing of a cock, or any other noise with which the

““Wood-hen”’ is unacquainted will attract its attention and draw the

bird towards you; and the guide stated that even if a gun was fired

all the “‘ Wood-hens”’ within hearing would show themselves. This

being so, no wonder they are becoming scarce, and will, no doubt,

be soon extinct.’ ”’

In reference to this -Jetter, Mr. P. L: Sclater exhibited a stuffed

specimen of the so-called “ Wood-hen,’’ which had been mounted

from an example in spirits transmitted by Dr. Bennett to the Royal

College of Surgeons. Mr. Sclater stated that, as suggested in the

letter, the bird was evidently a Rail of the genus Ocydromus, but

apparently of a new species, for which he proposed the name

OcypROMUS SYLVESTRIS, sp. nov. (Plate XXXV.)

Oleagineo-fuscus fere unicolor, subtus via dilutior, capitis latert-

bus et guttyre cineraceo paulum lavatis : remigibus rufis nigro

anguste transfasciatis : rostro et pedibus obscure corneis : long.

tota 11:0, ale 5°2, caude 2°2, rostri a rictu 2:0, tarsi 2:0.

Hab. in insula “‘ Lord Howe”’ dicta, maris Australiani.

Remarks.—This Ocydremus is readily distinguishable from O.

australis and O. earlei of New Zealand by its small size, and by the

rufous colour of the wings, which are narrowly banded across with

black. Besides the New-Zealand species, the only other member of

this genus known to me is the O. /afresnayanus of New Caledonia,

dom

plawuop

oA LACS

SNNOYCAIO

alg

ome "

use rele

Pa i Soe

1869. ] MR. T. J. QUELCH ON AN HYBRID RHOMBUS. 473

of which a fine living example is now in the Society’s Gardens, pre-

sented by Dr. Bennett on the 10th of June last*. The last-named

species appears to want entirely the rufous colour which ornaments

the wings of the present bird and is also slightly apparent in O.

australis.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed

to him by Mr. Morton Allport, F.Z.S., dated Hobart Town, 10th of

August, 1869 :—

‘The experiment now going on for the introduction of Salmon to

the rivers of this colony has elicited one important scientific fact, which

may be worth recording in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society.’

«Amongst the last shipment, which left Plymouth on the 8th of

February, 1866, were 15,000 ova of Salmon Trout (Salmo trutta),

of which a fair percentage hatched. The bulk of the fry were per-

mitted to follow their natural instinct, and proceeded to sea on their

reaching the smolt stage ; but the Tasmanian Salmon Commissioners

retained a few in a suitable pond having gravelly rapids adapted for

spawning-ground attached. Twelve of these fish attained weights

varying from 3 lb. to 14 1b.; and during the end of June and begin-

ning of July last four pairs formed rids and deposited spawn, in

which the embryo fish are now distinctly visible.”

Mr. John W. Clark exhibited, and made remarks upon, some weli-

mounted and nearly perfect skeletons of the extinct Didine birds

Didus ineptus of Mauritius and Pezophaps solitaria of Rodriguez,

belonging to the Cambridge University Museum.

Mr. Edwin Ward exhibited a specimen of a variety of the common

Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula), in which the head was nearly black,

and the back and breast mottled with the same colour. The speci-

men was shot at Cromer, in Norfolk, and was stated to be the pro-

perty of Mr. W. L. Barclay.

Mr. T. J. Quelch exhibited a specimen of a supposed hybrid fish

of the genus Rhombus, and made the following remarks upon it :—

‘“‘ This fish, for which at present there is no name, is caught on

the Dutch coast, and, so far as I know, only in the spring time,

when the trawlers from Hull and Grimsby commence fishing. It

must be very scarce ; for during the space of twenty years, in which

time hundreds of thousands of Turbots and Brills have passed under

my notice, I have not seen more than six or seven of this description,

out of which I have secured the one exhibited, two for the Museum,

one for Mr. Buckland, and one for Mr. Jonathan Couch.

‘« It resembles the Turbot in shape, but the head is like the Brill.

It has neither the spiny protuberances of the Turbot nor the scales

of the Brill, but is thickly covered with small horny plates, a sort of

* See P. Z. 8. anted, p. 431.

474 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE- [ Noy. 11,

compromise between the two. From all these circumstances I con-

clude it to be a hybrid between the Turbot (Rhombus maximus) and

Brill (R. levis), and as such I submit it to your judgment.

*« This specimen is a male, aud had the milt well developed; the

one Mr. Buckland has is a female, and the ova were in a similar

condition.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Anatomy of the Proteles, Proteles cristatus (Sparr-

man). By Witit1am Henry Frower, F.R.S., F.ZS.,

Hunterian Professor of Comparative Anatomy, and Con-

servator of the Museum, Royal College of Surgeons of

England.

(Plate XXXVI.)

The first published indication of the existence of this very remark-

able animal is contained in Sparrman’s travels; but as his account

of it has been overlooked by most subsequent writers, I will quote

it in full :—

«An animal of the height of eighteen inches was known to the

farmers here [Agter Bruntjes Hoogte, up the Klein Visch River]

by the name of the grey jackal, as it approaches pretty near the

common jackal in size, as well as in the shape of its head and body ;

but, to judge from the teeth alone, as far as I can recollect them at

present, the grey jackal seems rather to bear the characteristic

marks by which the viverra, or weasel kind, is distinguished in the

‘System of Nature,’ edit. xi.

“The hair with which the grey jackal was covered was a mixture

of light grey and black; so that this creature was of a darkish ash-

colour all over, excepting towards the tip of the tail, which for the

length of three inches was quite black ; it was besides pretty bushy,

and reached down to the animal’s heels. The hairs, indeed, over

the whole body were pretty long and soft, but on the back they were

about twice as long as in the other parts, so that they appeared to

form a brush or comb; for which reason this animal may for the

present be called the viverra cristata. I say for the present, as

well on account that the stuffed skin of this creature was stolen out

of my waggon by some hounds with which we had been out a hunt-

ing, before I had time to draw up a more accurate description of it,

as likewise because it is very difficult as yet to define the genera

belonging to the order of fere. I made a drawing of the grey

jackal’s liver, and on going to examine it with this view, I found it

divided in a singular manner. The right lung had four lobes, and

the left three. The stomach had nothing but ants im it, or, to speak

more properly, the white termites before mentioned; yet, that it

may not be supposed from this circumstance that the animal here

spoken of belongs to the genus of the Myrmecophaga of Linnzus,

it may be proper to mention here that the character of this genus is

dan yreyuey

6981

SOIVISTHS

Sala. LoOdd

seus Ney “£) I fas

1869.] — ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 475

the total want of teeth, and that, exclusively of our Swedish bears,

the Hottentots themselves are likewise very fond of this food” *.

Subsequently M. Delalande brought three specimens from South

Africa to the Paris Museum. These, after receiving some prelimi-

nary notices from both G. and F. Cuvier and Desmarest, formed the

subject of a detailed descriptive and illustrated memoir by M, Isidore

Geoffroy St.-Hilaire+, in which the animal is distinctly characterized,

and named Proteles lalandii, the author having apparently been

unacquainted with Sparrman’s previous notice ft.

Although Isidore Geoffroy recognized the position of the animal

as belonging to a genus distinct from, but allied to, Hyena, and

although Cuvier had previously called it provisionally a ‘ Genette

hyénoide”’§, De Blainville, in describing and figuring its skeleton in

his great work on Osteology, places it among the Canide, treating it

as if it only formed a subsection of the genus Canis, and endeavours

to justify this position by its osteological characters.

In my remarks on the value of the cranial characters in the clas-

sification of the Carnivora, laid before the Society last January, I

endeavoured to show that, as far as the cranial characters alone can

indicate, its true position is intermediate between two groups, which

I regard as nearly related, viz. the Hyenide and the Viverride, and

that it is rather with the Herpestine section of the latter family that

its relationship lies.

Proteles has hitherto been known only by the skin, skeleton, and

dentition, no anatomist having had an opportunity of examining any

other portion of its organization.

The arrival in the Society's Gardens early in the present year of

three fine specimens, shipped from Port Elizabeth, and the subse-

quent death of one of them (on June 13th), has enabled me to

supply some of the information that has been until now so great a

desideratum.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

- The animal was a male and fully adult (see Plate XXXVII.). Its

length, from the tip of the nose to the end of the hair on the tail,

was 3! 4", from the tip of the nose to the root of the tail 2! 3",

the length of the tail, without the hair, 10; the length of the head

6-2; the greatest width of the head at the zygomata 3!'"6; from

the shoulder-joint to the elbow 6", from the elbow to the wrist 63",

from the wrist to the tip of the middle claw 53", from the hip-joint

* A Voyage to the Cape of Good Hope &c., from the Year 1772 to 1776, by

Andrew Sparrman, M.D. ‘Translated from the Swedish original. London,

1786. Vol. ii. p. 177.

+ Mémoires du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, tome xi. 1824, p. 354.

+ M. St.-Hilaire gives the following explanation of the signification of the

generic name which he gaye to this animal:—“ De zpo, devant, et de redyjers,

parfait, complet. Je prends ici ce dernier mot comme équivalent de pentadac-

tyle.’ ‘Le nom rappellera que les pieds antérieurs du nouvel animal sont

complets, quant au nombre des doigts, par opposition avee ceux de la hyéne qui

ne sont que tétradactyles” (doc. cit. p. 3595).

§ Ossemens Fossiles, t. iv. p. 388 (1823).

476 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 11,

to the knee 53", from the knee to the ankle 63", from the heel to

the tip of the middle claw 63".

The head is very broad and depressed posteriorly. It suddenly con-

tracts in front of the eyes into a depressed, rather broad, and obtusely

pointed muzzle, rather dilated laterally in front of its posterior con-

striction, and obliquely truncated at the apex from below upwards.

The “ muffle”’ is covered with a naked, black, and finely tuberculated

skin. The nostrils are quite lateral, in the form of a longitudinal but-

tonhole-like slit, ‘5"' long, with the anterior end rounded, dilated, and

turning upwards. They are ‘5" apart in front, and ‘9! posteriorly.

On the under surface of the mutile is a longitudinal median groove,

continued through the upper lip. The whole of the muzzle, or that

part of the face in front of the eyes, is covered with a soft, dark

brown or blackish, almost naked skin, having only very minute,

delicate, light-coloured downy hairs, with a few scattered longer

(*3! to *4!") hairs on the upper lip, and on each side seven or eight

stout black vibrissze or whiskers, the longest of which are 33!. The

lower lip and chin are also clothed only with soft downy hair, and a

few scattered longer hairs in front. The true hairy covering of the

skin commences a little in front of a line drawn through the angle

of the mouth and the anterior angle of the eye, though the compa-

rative nakedness of the muzzle extends on each side quite up to the

eyes. There are a few slender black vibrissee above the anterior

corner of the eye, a single stout one an inch behind the angle of the

mouth, and a group of three or four close to the middle line below,

between the rami of the jaws, on a level with the angle of the mouth.

The distance from the tip of the nose to the anterior angle of the

eye is 2-7; the length of the orifice of the lids is 8"; from the tip

of the nose to the angle of the mouth 2"-6.

The edges of the eyelids are of the same dusky colour as the

muzzle. The upper lid has a row of fine black cilia 3" in length.

There are none on the lower lid. There is a well-developed nictita-

ting membrane, white, with a dusky edge. The iris is dark brown ;

the pupil appeared to be nearly circular; the diameter of the cornea

is ‘6. The axis of the eye is directed nearly forwards.

The ears are large, erect, and pointed; their external surface is of

a dusky purplish-brown colour, and but sparingly covered with hair,

except at the edges, where short, light brown hair grows more abun-

dantly, but there is nothing like a tuft or pencil at the end. The

inner surface of the pinna is white, naked at the central parts, and

but thinly clothed with hair at the sides and towards the tip. The

anterior edge is nearly straight and flattened outwards. The hinder

edge is produced near the base into a slight “lobule,” with a hollow

to its inner side, separated from the ‘‘ concha,” or main concavity of

the pinna, by a well-marked ridge. There is no distinct tragus. In

the deep part of the hollow of the pinna, close to its base, are two

small transverse corrugated folds. The length of the pinna is 4",

its greatest breadth 2!'3.

The animal appears to be perfectly digitigrade. All the feet have

strong, blunt, subcompressed, non-retractile, slightly curved claws.

1869.] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 477

The fore foot has five toes: the third and fourth nearly equal in

length; the second and fifth slightly shorter and equal ; the first,

or pollex, very much shorter, its claw being midway between the

wrist-joint and the claws of the other toes. The hind foot has only

four, subequal toes: the fourth slightly the longest ; the third almost

equal to it; the second and the fifth also nearly equal, but the second

slightly the shorter of the two. Each foot has a single palmar or

plantar naked pad, and one pad to each toe.

The fur generally consists of a thick, soft, woolly, rather long and

loose, wavy under-fur, interspersed with sparsely scattered straight stiff

hairs, which project beyond the others. There are fewest of these on

the under surface, and they increase in relative number above. Ina

broad band along the back, extending from the occiput to the root of

the tail, these stiffer hairs are elongated into a crest or mane, which

falls over to one or the other side when the animal is quiescent, but

can be erected when it is irritated. This crest is longest on the neck

and shoulders, where the individual hairs attain the length of 8".

On the face and cheeks the hair is short and stiff, gradually

lengthening and becoming softer in passing backwards to the neck ;

on the throat it is soft and short; on the feet, below the wrists and

hocks, the hair is comparatively short, stiff, and adpressed. The

upper surface of the toes is thickly covered, the hair reaching to near

the middle of the claws. The upper and under surface of the webs

between the toes are nearly naked; but their edges are fringed with

long stiff hairs, which project between the naked pads of the toes.

The hair is worn off from a small-rounded patch in front of each

wrist-joint, as if the animal were in the habit of going on its ‘‘knees”’ *.

There is also a rounded bare patch, *3!' in diameter, on the under

surface of each heel; this appears normal and not worn. The rest

of the hinder part of the tarso-metatarsal region is covered with

hair as far as the plantar pad.

The tail is covered with long, stiff, bristly hair; that on the upper

surface longest (5!) and forming a kind of crest, so that the whole

tail appears compressed from side to side. The crest of the back is

not quite continuous with that of the tail, as the long stiff hairs are

almost wanting at the root of the tail.

The general ground-colour of the woolly fur all over the animal is

a pale yellowish or reddish brown. The throat is paler, almost

white. The chest, abdomen, and limbs are of a brighter or redder

tint. The upper parts, from the greater admixture of the long stiff

hairs, have a greyish hue, these hairs being yellowish white, with

more or less of the tip black. Where they are very long, as in the

mane and tail, besides a considerable portion of the tip being black,

there is also a broad dark band across the hair, and in the extremely

long hairs of the shoulders there are two bands. The greater part

of the tail and the free edge of the mane is thus quite black.

* Mr. Bartlett informs me that this is the habit both of Proteles and the

Hyzenas, especially when fighting. He attributes it, at least in the case of the

Hyzenas, to an instinctive dread lest their feet should be seized and crushed by

the powerful jaws of their adversary.

478 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE | Nov. 11,

The upper part of the head is dark grey. The dorsal surface of

the fore feet is dark brown; the posterior, or palmar, surface pale

yellowish brown. The anterior, or dorsal, surface of the hind feet

is pale brown, mottled or irregularly banded with dark, and becoming

quite dark at the toes. The hair on the posterior surface of the feet

is pale, that on the edges of the webs of the toes very dark.

Besides the general colour of the woolly hair mentioned above,

there are certain conspicuous black bands or stripes, arranged as

follows :—An oval longitudinal spot on the side of the neck ; three

nearly vertical bands on the shoulder, of which the hinder one is

much the longest; some irregular bands across the outer side of the

forearm ; three vertical bands on the flank, of which the most poste-

rior is the shortest ; a long band across the upper part of the thigh,

inclining obliquely downwards and forwards, from the rump to the

knee ; and some irregular bands on the outside of the thigh and leg.

The general resemblance of the animal externally to a small

Striped Hyzena has often been noticed, and is well exemplified in

the living specimens in the Society’s Gardens. It should be re-

marked that there is a considerable variation in the tone of the

colour of the different individuals in the collection, the one which

was first received being much lighter or greyer generally, and having

the dark bands much less distinctly marked, than the specimen

which is the subject of the present notice.

BRAIN.

The brain, generally speaking, is broad and rather depressed. Its

form and proportions, and the disposition of its surface-markings, are

shown in the accompanying figures (figs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, pp. 480, 481).

The olfactory lobes are large. The corpora albicantia were quite

distinct from each other posteriorly, though blended in front. I

observed nothing in the base of the brain or in the form of the cere-

bellum or medulla oblongata notably different from those parts in

other Carnivora.

The most characteristic portion of the brain, the cerebral hemi-

spheres, requires more attention. The length of each hemisphere

before hardening in spirit was exactly 2"; the greatest breadth of

the pair 1°8!, Seen from above they form a broad oval, rounded at

each end, slightly broader behind than in front. They are rather

flattened above. The convolutions are simple, and clearly marked

by deep sulci, with very few secondary furrows.

The Sylvian fissure (fig. 2, 8) on the outside of the hemisphere,

rather in front of the middle, is well marked, and runs upwards and

backwards for a distance of a little more than half an inch, its supe-

rior extremity being slightly inclined forwards. As is usual among

the Carnivora, the convolutions or gyri are arranged im a series of

arches around and above this fissure.

There are three such gyri. The first, or lowest (¢7), commences

in the frontal lobe, above the supraorbital fissure (O), in common

with the next; it ascends to the top of the Sylvian fissure, bends

1869. | ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 479

backwards at a right angle, and then descends to the temporal lobe,

its posterior limb being twice the breadth of the anterior, and in-

dented by a vertical fissure parallel to the Sylvian.

The second, or middle gyrus (mm), surrounds the last in the

whole of its extent, commencing in the frontal and ending in the

hinder part of the temporal lobe. At its posterior superior angle it

is partly interrupted in front by a short suleus, which runs upwards

and backwards from the posterior part of the main sulcus separating

the inferior from the middle gyrus.

The third, or superior gyrus (s s) may be considered to commence

in the supraorbital region*, whence it extends along the upper part

of the hemisphere, bordered within by the great longitudinal fissure,

as far as its posterior extremity. Anteriorly it is broad, and is sharply

folded on itself in a sigmoid manner,—first winding round the supra-

orbital sulcus (OQ), and then round the crucial suleus (C), which runs

almost directly outwards from the great longitudinal fissure for the

distance of half an inch, very near the anterior end of the hemisphere.

On the inner surface of the hemisphere (fig. 4) the superior gyrus

is seen to extend completely round the border, bounded below by

the calloso-marginal sulcus, and interrupted near the front by the

crucial sulcus. It terminates by joining the middle external sulcus

at the posterior apex of the hemisphere. It has several indentations

on its surface, notably a longitndinal one near its hinder end.

On the inner surface of the hemisphere, below the calloso-marginal

sulcus, is the “internal” gyrus of Leuret (fig. 4, 2A), which sur-

rounds the corpus callosum, and may be traced backwards and down-

wards, around the great opening through which the crus passes into

the hemisphere to fourm the great prominence of the temporal lobe.

As the sulcus on the concave side of the lower part of this gyrus forms

the hippocampus major, it may be called the hippocampal gyrus.

There are thus four distinct gyri—an inferior, middle, and supe-

rior external, and an internal or hippocampal gyrus.

I am not aware of any published description or figure of the brain

of Hyena; but a specimen is preserved in the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons, the species, unfortunately, not recorded. This

brain has the gyri and sulci of the cerebral hemisphere arranged on

exactly the same plan as those of Proteles ; but being a larger brain,

the secondary sulci are rather more marked. The whole brain is

rounder in form, both breadth and height being greater propor-

tionally to length than in Proteles, and consequently the three ex-

ternal gyri make higher and shorter arches.

The cerebral convolutions of the Felide are also arranged on the

same pattern, but are rather more complext. On the other hand,

* Leuret determines this portion of the brain-surface as a distinct (supra-

orbital) gyrus.

+ The uniform character of the cerebral conyolutions in various species of

Felide was pointed out by Owen (“On the Anatomy of the Cheetah,” T. Z. 8.

vol. i. p. 133). Much valuable information and some excellent figures of the

brains of the Carnivora are contained in Leuret’s ‘Anat. Comp. du Systéme

Nerveux,’ vol. i.

489 PROF. W. HU. FLOWER ON THE | Nov. Il,

Fig. 1.

Cpe

ea a ms

Upper urface of the brain; natural size.

C. Crucial suleus. 7. Inferior external gyrus, a. Middle external gyrus.

s. Superior external gyrus.

Side view of the brain; natural size.

those of the Viverride present another variation of the same pattern

in the direction of simplicity. For working out all the modifica-

tions of the brain-convolutions of the Carnivora, a larger number of

1869. ] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 48]

Under surface of the brain; natural size.

S. Sylvian fissure. O. Supraorbital sulcus. /. Hippocampal gyrus.

Inner surface of cerebral hemisphere; natural size.

specimens would be required than is at present accessible; but the

series in the Museum of the College of Surgeons is sufficiently exten-

sive to show that they will furnish important indications of affinity,

and that these indications correspond remarkably with the evidence

482 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 11,

afforded by characters of the cranium, digestive and reproductive

organs*,

The Dogs (Cynoidea) are very uniform in their cerebral characters,

having always four distinct and regular gyri surrounding the fissure

of Sylvius, which is short and approaching a vertical direction. The

first and second arched gyri have the anterior and posterior limbs

equal, the third has the posterior limb broad and bifurcated.

All the other Carnivora have only three arched gyri on the outer

surface, the first, or lower one of the Dogs, being either wanting or

concealed beneath the second, within the fissure of Sylviusf.

In the Arctoidea the fissure of Sylvius is rather long and slopes

backwards; the inferior gyrus has the limbs long, corresponding

with the length of the Sylvian fissure; the anterior rather narrower

than the posterior (especially in the true Bears) ; the middle gyrus

is moderate and equal-limbed ; the upper one large, very broad in

front, and distinctly marked off from the second posteriorly as far

as near the lower border of the temporal lobet. The crucial fissure

is long and oblique, and situated further back than usual.

In the Aluroidea the Sylvian fissure is moderate and nearer to

the vertical than in the last group. The gyrus which immediately

surrounds it is wide, especially the posterior limb, which is generally

twice the width of the anterior, and is divided by a vertical fissure,

well marked in the Cats and Hyenas. In the Cats the anterior

limb is also partially divided. In the Civet both limbs are simple$.

The second gyrus is moderate and simple. The superior gyrus is

wide in front, but small posteriorly, the suleus which separates it

from the second not extending quite to the hinder apex of the

hemisphere.

Mourn, Toneug, ETC.

The incisor teeth, both above and below, were worn down almost

level with the gums; the ends of the canines were also truncated

and broken. Behind the canines there were but three teeth above

and two below on each side, all, as usual, quite small and rudi-

mentary.

The roof of the mouth is broad and nearly flat. It has four

strongly marked, sharp-edged, curved ridges passing completely across

from side to side, with the concavity of their curve turned back-

wards. The first is between the incisors and the canines ; the second

is opposite to the latter. The middle of the fourth ridge is one

* See “On the Value of the Characters derived from the Base of the Cranium

in the Classification of the Carnivora” (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 4).

+ In the Hyena its hinder limb is partly exposed.

+ Except in the smaller members of the genus Mustela, where the sulcus se-

parating the superior from the middle gyrus is less produced posteriorly than in

others of the group. In Galictis vittata, however, the brain is quite a miniature

of that of a Bear; but the middle convolution is united with the upper one at

its superior anterior angle. According to Leuret, a similar union is found in

the Otters.

§ The Suricate agrees with the Hyznas rather than with the Civets in the

general characters of its brain-convolutions.

1869.] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 483

inch behind the incisors. Behind these are four more ridges, which

do not pass across the middle line, being interrupted for a short

space ; and each half ridge forms an arch by itself, having both ends

directed backwards. The last two are much smaller than the others.

Between the foremost ridge and the incisor teeth are three not very

distinct prominences of the mucous membrane, the largest of the

three being in the middle. On the depressed surfaces between the

ridges, especially between the fifth and seventh, are numerous small,

rounded, white tubercles. The palate behind the last ridge (which

is 2''-2 from the incisor teeth) is quite smooth.

There is no distinct uvula, only a median thickening of the arched

posterior margin of the soft palate. The tonsils form prominent,

oblique, narrow ridges on the sides of the fauces, half an inch in

length.

The tongue is large, flat, rather spatulate, and very soft or lax in its

tissues. Its length is 6", and its greatest breadth (1" behind the apex)

1-8. The freenum is attached nearly three inches from the apex.

The circumvallate papillee are rather small and only two in number,

placed in the usual region of the tongue and half an inch apart.

The dorsal surface of the tongue behind these papillze is soft and glan-

dular, and bears scattered, long, soft and pointed papille. All the

middle portion of the dorsum is thickly covered with minute conical

papillee, with their apices directed backwards and towards the middle

line. Interspersed with these are numerous circular, rather flat-

topped fungiform papille. Rather in front of the middie of the

dorsum, where the tongue begins to widen somewhat, the conical

papilla increase in size, and are gradually transformed into papillee

of very peculiar form, which cover the whole of the anterior third

of the organ. These are very conspicuous (being quite white and

very hard), short, rounded cones, or bosses, set in a smooth, soft,

pink membrane. Their average diameter is upwards of 5}; inch, and

the distance between them nearly equal to the diameter. At the

margin and apex of the tongue they gradually diminish in size. In

the fore part of this curious patch the axes of the papillee are ver-

tical to the plane of the dorsum of the tongue ; but posteriorly their

apices point backwards and they are flatter, and, as before said, pass

insensibly into the minute conical papillee of the middle part of the

tongue. I am not aware of any lingual papillz exactly like these.

In Hyena, however, there is a central rounded patch of conspicu-

ously enlarged conical papillz near the apex of the tongue.

In the septum of the tongue, near the extremity, is a very small

subcylindrical lytta, proportionally smaller than in Hyena.

The submaxillary glands are of very large size, composed of very

distinct large lobules, and of a bright yellow colour, having when

fresh much the appearance of fat. The anterior end of each gland

abuts against the angle of the jaw, or rather the masseter muscle

covering it; the posterior against the transverse process of the

atlas. Above it is in contact with the infericr surface of the carti-

laginous meatus auditorius externus. Superficially it is covered by

the platysma. In general form it is pear-shaped, having the large

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXII.

484 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 11,

end, which is flattened and has a rounded outline, turned backwards.

The front end is truncated, or, rather, hollowed to receive the angle

of the jaw, and has a short process projecting inwards. The gland

is, moreover, bent upon itself nearer the anterior than the posterior

end, at an angle which varies according to the position of the head

of the animal; when the head is stretched forwards it is straight-

ened, and then measures 2/"2 in length. The greatest vertical

thickness is 1".

The duct (Wharton’s) leaves the gland on the internal surface, near

the anterior extremity. It is of the thickness of a small crow-quill,

and runs forwards, internal to the external pterygoid muscle, between

this and the mucous membrane, and along the floor of the mouth,

to just in front of the freenum of the tongue, where it terminates in

an orifice situated on the inferior surface of a flattened leaf-like pro-

jection of the mucous membrane with a dentated edge. This process

is °2! in length, of the same breadth, and its inner edge is less than

‘1" from the median line.

The sublingual gland is long and narrow, and is in contact with

the outer side of Wharton’s duct for nearly the whole of its length.

Its duct opens on the inferior surface of the same sublingual process,

to the outer side of the orifice of Wharton’s duct.

The epiglottis forms about half a cylinder, with an internal dia-

meter of half an inch, and a length of *7'. Its free extremity is

rounded and everted.

The anterior portion of the thyroid cartilage is narrow vertically

(4! in middle line), forming a wide rounded arch above, and with no

fissure (as in the Bears) on the lower margin. Posteriorly its ale

form broad, well-marked, ascending and descending cornua, of which

the former is broadest and most rounded. ‘The posterior border is

nearly straight, 1/1 in height. The cricoid cartilage in the middle

line in front is only *3! deep; posteriorly it is very high (-95"),

rising to form a pointed apex in the middle line. The inferior

border is nearly straight, with slight undulations, all round. The

arytenoids are broad and low, placed very laterally, so that they do

not rise so high as the apex of the cricoid.

The vocal cords form on each side two broad, flat, contiguous

bands, with parallel borders, *45! long, and *35" (the two) from

above downwards, abont equal in size, and separated only by a slight

groove, without any ventricle. The upper (or false) cord is softer

and more rounded; the lower flatter and firmer, and more fibrous

in appearance. Above the rounded margin of the upper cord, and

separating it from the lateral part of the base of the epiglottis, is a

deep narrow sinus*.

It will be observed that the structure of the larynx accords more

with that of the Felide than of either the Canide or Urside, as

described by Cuvier+, though not precisely agreeing with either. I

* C. Mayer says, in Hyena striata “only one vocal cord, the lower one, is

present, and is broad and thick with folds, without ventricle” (‘“ Ueber den Bau

des Organes der Stimme,” Nova Acta Acad. Nature Curios. vol. xxiii. 1851, p. 694.

t+ Legons d’Anatomie Comparée, 2nd edit., tome viii. p. 786 (1846).

1869. ] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 485

have, unfortunately, not the materials at hand for a comparison with

the larynx of an Hyena.

The thyroid bodies are unconnected with each other. Each is

flattened, subtriangular, broad at the upper end, which reaches just

above the lower border of the cricoid cartilage, and ending in a nar-

row tongue-shaped inferior prolongation. The entire length is 1!'"1,

the greatest breadth °4".

The hyoid arch consists of the number of bones usual in the Car-

nivora. The basihyal is straight and narrow, nearly flat in front,

rounded and slightly concave (from side to side) behind, expanded

at the ends, *8" long. The thyro-hyals are slightly curved, thick at

their basal, and flattened and expanded at their thyroidal ends, -8!".

The three bones of the superior cornu are of equal length, -6"; the

distal, or that nearest the basihyal, is the stoutest, and has a promi-

nent flattened expansion of the inner border, the edge of which is

turned backwards; and the whole bone has a considerable inward

curve. The middle bone is simple, flattened, and slightly curved ;

the proximal (stylo-hyal) is very slender, except at the extremities,

slightly curved, and twisted upon itself.

Tuoracic VISCERA.

The trachzea is 5! in length, and °55" in average width. It has

thirty-six cartilaginous rings. It divides into two very short bronchi,

which pass off nearly horizontally, and after a course of not more

than 3" enter tie roots of the lungs, each dividing into as many

branches as there are lobes to the lungs. The right bronchus is

rather shorter than the left.

The lungs are deeply divided into distinct lobes—the right into

four, the left into three. ‘The mode of division is as follows:—A

horizontal fissure separates each lung into two nearly equal portions ;

the lower one, slightly the larger, has no further division ; the upper

one is separated into two by a fissure running obliquely downwards

and backwards from the middle of the anterior border to join the

horizontal fissure near the posterior border of the lung; this sepa-

rates from the upper a middle lobe, which is the smallest of the

three. These divisions and lobes are almost exactly similar on the

two sides; but the anterior margin of the left middle lobe has two

deep notches, altogether wanting in the right.

On the right side a distinct lobe (the “azygous lobe’’) is super-

added, having no corresponding portion on the leit. It is triangular,

about the size of the middle lobe, and placed on the inner side of

the lung, its root bemg between those of the middle and inferior

lobes. It lies to the inner side of the latter, behind the heart.

This arrangement of the lung-lobes is that which obtains in the

Carnivora generally. In the lungs of an Hyena (H. striata’), No. 41,

Stores, Mus. R. C.S., the divisions are precisely similar, except that

the clefts on the anterior edge of the left middle lobe are wanting.

The same is the case in the lungs of an Herpestes.

The heart is short and broad. ‘The aortic arch, as usual in the

486 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 1],

allied forms, gives off two main branches close together ; the first,

after a course of ‘6, divides into the two carotids and the right sub-

clavian ; the second is the left subclavian.

ABDOMINAL VISCERA.

On opening the abdominal cavity, the liver was seen extending

across the anterior part, occupying apparently as much of the left

as the right side; next to it was seen a portion of the transversely

lying stomach, then the great omentum (quite destitute of fat)

completely concealing all the other viscera.

In the peritoneal cavity were numerous, very slender, white, hair-

like, very stiff and elastic Nematode worms, 23" long; some few,

otherwise similar in appearance, were of a blackish colour*. There

were no Entozoa within the intestinal canal.

The stomach and the upper half of the small intestine were dis-

tended with straw, a closely impacted mass of which produced an

absolute obstruction to the passage, evidently the cause of the ani-

mal’s death. The way the intestines were twisted and knotted,

together with numervus partial invaginations, showed that violent

peristaltic movements had taken place without successfully overcoming

the obstruction. The mucous membrane was also severely congested

at several spots. The lower half of the small intestines and the colon

were contracted and almost empty.

The stomach (fig. 5) was short and rounded, consisting of a large

and globular left end or fundus, into the upper part of which the

rather narrow cesophagus enters, and a comparatively small pyloric

prolongation, divided in the middle by a slight constriction. The

walls are very thick and muscular, especially towards the pyloric

end+. Before its removal from the body it measured 5" in length ;

its diameter, from the entrance of the cesophagus to the opposite

point of the great curvature, was 33".

The interior of the stomach may be divided into three distinct

portions :—1. The left end or cardiac portion, with a perfectly smooth

pale-coloured lining membrane. 2. The middle portion, with a softer,

granular-looking redder lining, and bearing a series of strongly marked

longitudinal ridges or folds of the mucous membrane, most prominent

and largest at the greater curvature, and extending over the lower

two-thirds of the circumference, but wanting on the upper third, or

that next the lesser curvature: they are nearly parallel, though

more approximated to each other near the pylorus, and diverging

towards the fundus, corresponding in this with the gradual enlarge-

ment of the walls of the cavity in this direction. 3. In the narrow

right extremity of the stomach extending 2" from the pylorus, the

mucous membrane is again smooth, or only slightly raised into some

* Some of these have been forwarded to Dr. Cobbold for examination. He

reports that they belong to a species hitherto undescribed, and proposes to give

an account of their structure at an early meeting of the Society.

+ Daubenton describes the walls of the stomach in the Hyena as thin and

semitransparent.

1869. ] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 487

irregular longitudinal folds, not continuous with those described

above. The epithelium here is very thick and white. Immediately

above the pylorus the cavity is dilated on the right or great-curva-

ture side. The opening of the pylorus is much contracted, and

crescentic, being bounded by a strong transverse ridge rather more

than half encircling the tube on the right or great-curvature side,

and by an oblong very prominent valvular projection on the side of

the lesser curvature*, which fits into the concavity of the opposite

crescentic ridge.

Fig. 5.

Stomach, after being hardened by distention with spirit, and the removal of a

portion of the anterior parietes: taken from the front; the drawing should

have been reversed ; half the natural size.

O. CGésophagus. D. Duodenum. P. Pylorus.

The small intestine, after it was laid open, measured 9! 6! from

the pylorus to the ileo-czecal valve. The circumference at the upper

part was 2}", diminishing to 12! at the lower end. There was no

trace of valvulze conniventes. The villi were abundant, especially

near the upper part. Agminated glands commenced 2! below the

pylorus: the first was circular (-3" in diameter); the largest was oval

* Similar to that observed in the Pig, Manis, Armadillo, and Sloth Bear, but

not in the Carnivora generally. It may be remarked that the stomach of Pro-

teles, both in form and structure, closely resembles that of the Armadillos, which

are also carrion- and insect-eaters.

488 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 1],

(2" long), and situated close to the ilio-ceecal valve. There were

altogether eight such patches.

The ileum entered the large intestine almost transversely from the

left, inclining slightly backwards. The short globular czecum (fig. 6)

Fig. 6.

Cxewm, distended with plaster of Paris; half the natural size.

lay on the right psoas muscle and the iliac vessels, its rounded ex-

tremity being turned backwards and to the left. The colon, nearly

three times the diameter of the ileum, ascended for 23 inches, till it

came into contact with the under surface of the stomach, then took a

rather sudden bend, curving downwards and to the left (there being

no transverse colon, properly speaking) down to the left iliac fossa,

a distance of 5", then curved inwards, and finally backwards as it

entered the pelvis.

The length of the whole of the large intestine when straightened

was 15!'. Its width was tolerably uniform, though contracted some-

what just above the sigmoid flexure, and dilated again in the rectal

portion. It had smooth but thick muscular walls, the longitudinal

bands being remarkably distinct. The mucous membrane was

smooth, with numerous scattered solitary glands, especially abun-

dant in the ceecum, at the apex of which they form a distinct cluster.

In the extreme shortness of the ceecum, Prote/es differs both from

the Hyena (at least H. striata) and also from Herpestes*. The intes-

tinal canal, from pylorus to anus, is not five times the length of the body

* Daubenton figures the eaxcum of the Hyena which he dissected ; it is given

in the table of measurements as 9% long. Reimann found the cecum 6” long

in the same species (Spicileg. Obsery. Anat. de Hyena: Berol. 1811).

1869. | ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 489

in Proteles; whereas in Daubenton’s Hyena it was more than eight

times, and in one dissected by Reimann between six and seven times.

The liver (figs. 7 and 8) is large and deeply subdivided. As usual

in the Carnivora, its main divisions are three, of about equal size :—

1. The left lobe (ZL) is simple, flattened, rhomboid, without subdivi-

sions. 2. The middle lobe (M and Q) is broad, deeply cleft at the

umbilical fissure into two pointed tongue-shaped pieces, of which the

left (Q) is the smaller. The right portion (/) has the gall-bladder

(B) attached to the left side of its under surface, its fundus project-

ing beyond the margin of the cleft. Between these two portions is

a small accessory lobule. 3. The right lobe (2) is pointed, or,

rather, heart-shaped ; near its upper edge are attached two accessory

lobules—the Spigelian lobe (S), conical, pointed, and projecting

backwards, and another (fig. 8, 4), rather larger, with a truncated

notched edge, turned to the right. On the under surface of the lobe,

near the apex, is a triangular pointed prominence—a sort of second

apex. The outer (right) border has two notches.

The entire width of the liver, when lying on a flat surface with

the lobes spread out, is 8. The left lobe is 4'-6 long, and 2''-6

broad; the middle lobe 3'9 in greatest length, and 3!'"6 broad ;

the right 4'-4 long, 3" broad.

The gall-bladder was of a simple pyriform shape, without any

Upper surface of liver; half the natural size.

R. Right lobe. Z. Left lobe. M. and Q. Divisions of the middle lobe. S.

Spigelian lobe turned upwards. _ B. Gall-bladder. U. Remains of umbi-

heal vein. VC..Vena cava. HV. Orifices of hepatic veins.

490 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE (Nov. 11,

Fig. 8.

Ct ee

\\\ AY

Ay ~

Under surface of liver ; half the natural size.

R. Right lobe. Z. Left lobe. M. and Q. Divisions of the middle lobe. 8.

Spigelian lobe. A. Accessory (caudate) right lobe. ZB. Gall-bladder. CD.

Cystic duct. BD. Common bile-duct. HA. Hepatic artery. VC. Vena

cava. VP. Vena porta.

doubling on itself at the neck as figured by Daubenton in the Hyena.

Its length is 1-7, its greatest diameter ‘8’. It passes gradually

into the nearly straight cystic duct, which is ‘7! long. The hepatic

duct is formed of two branches, one from the left and middle lobe, and

one from the right lobe ; just before they unite, the cystic duct joins

the former. The common bile-duct is 2" long, and enters the duo-

denum about 2" below the pylorus, after running very obliquely

through the intestinal walls, and being joined by the pancreatic duct.

The pancreas is very long and slender, 9" in length.

The spleen is long, narrow, and flat. It has an oblique fissure on

its outer surface near the upper end, and a slight longitudinal fissure

near the middle of the same surface. The lower extremity is rather

narrower than the upper. Its length is 72", its greatest diameter Le

The right kidney was placed nearly an inch higher than the left.

These organs are simple and of the usual form; 2'-4 long, and 1!'"4

broad. The superficial veins have the same arborescent arrange-

ment as in the Hyzenas-and Felide.

The suprarenal bodies were placed close to the inner side of the

upper end of the kidney. They have a flattened rhomboid form,

and are larger at the upper end. The length of each is °9"; its

width at the upper end °5", at the lower end °35".

1869.] ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 491

OrGANS or GENERATION.

The penis is large and cylindrical, supported for rather more than

half its length along the hinder part of the underside of the abdomen

by a rather lax fold of skin. The terminal part (nearly 2 inches in

length) is free and pendulous, and covered with a prepuce having a

thin, delicate, and nearly white hairless integument. The entire length

of the penis in its relaxed state is rather more than 4 inches ; its dia-

meter nearly uniform throughout, °6". The glans (fig. 9) is a flat-

tened cone, without distinct corona. The upper surface is obliquely

Dorsal surface of glans penis; natural size.

m. Meatus urinarius.

bevelled towards the apex, and presents a median slit, bordered by

a pair of puckered, soft, dark-red lips. When these are separated

(as in fig. 9), a conical body of cartilaginous hardness is disclosed.

The rounded apex and dorsal ridge of this are white, smooth, and

shining ; the sides are pink, and beset with very minute white horny

tubercles. Immediately under the apex of this body, which projects

directly forwards, is the orifice of the urethra (m), wide enough to

admit a large probe. The outer surface of the glans is covered with

very minute recurved spines, except near the margins of the median

dorsal fissure. There is an indistinct raphe below, but no freenum.

The skin covering the under surface of the hinder part of the penis,

immediately in front of the scrotum, is raised somewhat, for a space

of 1" in length and -7" in width, by a pair of oblong clusters of yel-

lowish sebaceous glands, placed close to the middle line, but with a

narrow non-glandular interval between them.

The scrotum is nearly naked. It forms a very slight prominence ;

but the outline of the two testes can just be distinguished through

the skin. These are in contact posteriorly, but separated in front.

Each is somewhat pyriform, with the smaller end forwards, 1! long

and *6'' in greatest diameter, with a rather small subglobular epidi-

dymis attached to the larger or posterior extremity.

492 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 11,

Between the scrotum and the tail is a considerable eminence,

occasioned chiefly by the immense anal glands. Upon this is a large

T-shaped aperture; the upper transverse part, 17" in width, leads

to a great follicle rather more than an inch deep. Within the lips

of the lower, longitudinal part of the opening is placed the anus.

The prostate (fig. 10, p) is large and flat, projecting very consi-

derably on each side of the urethra, concave from side to side on its

under or rectal surface, and with both anterior and posterior mar-

gins, though especially the former, notched ; so that the whole gland

Organs of generation, inferior surface; half the natural size.

a, Ureter. ud. Vas deferens. p. Prostate. cg. Cowper's gland. ¢. Erector

penis muscle. 7. Retractor penis muscle.

1869. | ANATOMY OF PROTELES. 493

has the appearance of a broad bilobed disk. Its length in the middle

line is *8", its greatest breadth -1", greatest thickness °2".

The vasa deferentia (vd) enter the upper part of the prostate

without any manifest dilatation or trace of vesiculee sentinales.

The floor of the prostatic portion of the urethra is raised in the

middle line into a distinct narrow ridge, which enlarges into a rounded

prominence *6" below the neck of the bladder, and again imme-

diately contracts, and after + inch entirely subsides. On each side

of the prominence is a tolerably deep depression. There is no dis-

tinct median cul de sac, or uterus masculinus ; and the vasa deferentia

appear to empty themselves on the anterior surface of the before-

mentioned eminence, as a minute orifice could be seen there, though

too fine to admit a bristle.

The membranous portion of the urethra is 1'8 in length and

capacious. Its linmg membrane is thrown into longitudinal folds.

Near its anterior termination the ducts of Cowper’s glands enter.

These bodies are oval, with compressed sides meeting at an angle at

one border, the other border being broad and rounded. The length

of each is °6'’, its greatest width -4’; the duct is °7'’ long.

The bulb is very prominent, with a thick muscular covering. The

erector penis is large ; and there is a pair of strong retractors on the

underside of the organ. As far as can be ascertained by external

examination, the penis agrees with that of the Hyzena in possessing

no bone, though this structure, so conspicuous in most of the Car-

nivora, is represented by the hard central terminal portion of the

glans before mentioned. Not wishing to injure this unique speci-

men, I have not made a section through this.

The generative organs of a male striped Hyeena are described by

Daubenton. As far as can be made out from his account and the

figure which accompanies it, they are an almost exact counterpart to

those of Proteles.

In a specimen of the same parts of Hyena crocuta, in the College-

of-Surgeons Museum, the glans is very like that of Proteles ; but the

lips of the upper slit are less conspicuous and do not appear to meet

over the hard apex, which also is much less prominent. The chief

difference, however, is in the prostate, which, though of the same

general form, is greatly reduced in size, being but half an inch in

length, and rather less in breadth.

ANAL GLANDS.

As before mentioned, immediately above the anus, and, in fact,

having a common external aperture with the termination of the in-

testine, is a wide transverse follicle, or pouch, lined by a soft thin

membrane of a greenish colour, studded over with minute orifices,

each in the centre of a small papilla. This sac is 13" in width, and

1" in depth ; on each side, rather more than }" within the cutaneous

margin, is an aperture large enough to admit an ordinary-sized probe.

The walls of the saccular depression are glandular, *2" thick, and

of a very dark olive-green colour, Some of the longitudinal bands

494 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE [Nov. 1],

of muscular fibres from the rectum pass over this sac and are inserted

into the skin above it. Circular fibres pass around it, enclosing the

follicle and anus in a common sphincter.

On making a section through the thick wall of this sac, it is

seen to be composed of a number of pyramidal dark-coloured glan-

dular bodies, with the broad ends at the outer surface, and their

apices towards the inner wall of the follicle, and separated from each

other by a thin layer of areolar tissue. Within the apical portion of

each gland is an oval cavity containing a yellowish cheesy substance.

Each of these little reservoirs communicates with the large sac by

one of the minute round orifices previously noticed.

Fig. 11.

Termination of rectum and anal glands, from above; natural size.

R. Superior surface of rectum. F. Supraanal follicle. G. Lateral glandular

sacs.

On each side of this median supraanal gland, and lying on the

outer and upper surface of the rectum, is a conspicuous body (fig. 11,

G) of a somewhat oval shape, 1:6" in length, and 1! wide at its

thickest part. When cleaned from the investing lax cellular tissue

and a not very distinct layer of muscular fibres, it is seen to be

smaller at the upper and anterior end, broad at the posterior end

(where it comes into contact with the skin), convex externally, and

flattened or slightly concave on the surface which lies against the

outer wall of the rectum. It is attached only by a very short pe-

dicle -2" wide, which connects it with the lateral part of the supra-

1869.] ANATOMY OF PROTELES,. 495

anal follicle. Each of these bodies is a very thin-walled sac, with a

large cavity within, and covered externally by a number of flattened

glandular bodies of a brilliant orange-colour, and of various size and

outline. These bodies are larger and more close together at the

upper part of the sac; towards the sides they become smaller, and

not so closely packed together; and on the under or rectal surface

they are more sparse, especially near the pedicle, where the smooth

sac-wall is bare for a considerable space. Each of these glands con-

sists of a number of acini clustered round a central cavity, which

communicates by a minute aperture with the cavity of the large sac.

When a section was made through the large sac, its wall was seen

to be very thin and quite smooth within; the cavity has no parti-

tions or septa, and but a single excretory orifice, which passes

through the pedicle into the side of the transverse supraanal follicle,

being the aperture before spoken of. The cavity was entirely filled

with a bright reddish-orange substance of the consistence of cream-

cheese, and with a very peculiar, powerful and penetrating, and

decidedly disagreeable odour*.

A supraanal follicle, similar to that of Proteles, is found in both

species of Hyenat, also in the Suricate among the Viverride. In

Herpestes, the mucous membrane along the upper border of the

anus is beset with minute apertures, the duets of numerous small,

rounded, seed-like glands situated just beneath the skin, of a pale

yellowish colour, placed a little distance apart from each other.

The skin, however, is not inverted to form a distinct sac. In

Hyena these glands do not form such a dense compact mass as in

Proteles, nor have they the same peculiar dark olive-colour.

The lateral glandular sacs { are common to Profeles and both forms

of Hyena, and, indeed, although modified in form and structure,

to almost all the Carnivora. Hyena striata has, in addition, another

lateral group of glands of similar structure situated posteriorly to

the sac, around a depression or pouch of the great supraanal fol-

licle, but not constricted off so as to form a distinct cavity with a

narrow orifice as in the anterior glands. These I do not find repre-

sented in Pro¢eles, and they appear to be absent also in Hyena

crocuta; but of the anatomy of the last-named animal we have as

yet very little reliable information.

SKELETON.

As the osteology of Proteles has been described both by Isidore

* This odour was confined to the secretion of these glands, and did not per-

vade the whole animal. Smuts says, ‘‘hoc animal spargit odorem ingratissimum

ac fatidum, qui in ipsis pellibus siccis remanet” (Enumeratio Mammalium Ca-

pensium, p. 23: 1832). The same circumstance has been noticed by other travel-

lers, and is probably due to the creature’s habit of feeding on putrid animal

substances, as it was entirely wanting in the present specimen, which had been

kept for several months on finely chopped fresh meat and milk.

t Fully described in H. striata by Daubenton. See also a preparation in

Mus. Roy. Coll. Surgeons of the same parts in H. crocuta.

{ “Les glandes en grappes,” Daubenton.

496 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE ROEBUCK OF PERU. [Nov. 11,

Geoffroy (Joc. cit.) and De Blainville (Ostéographie, tome ii., Genus

Canis, p. 34, pl. 3 dis), it is not necessary to add much on the sub-

ject to these notes, except to make a (correction as to the number of

the vertebree and ribs. The skeleton\ in the Paris Museum, which

was the subject of the observations of the above-named authors, is

stated to have seven cervical, fourteen dorsal, six lumbar, two sacral,

and twenty-one or twenty-two caudal vertebre. The present animal

has fifteen well-developed pairs of ribs, of which eight directly join

the sternum. As the skeleton in the Leyden Mnseum has the same

number, it may be presumed that fifteen dorsal and five lumbar ver-

tebree is the rule. This affords another point of approximation to

the Hyznas, which have generally fifteen (sometimes sixteen) pairs

of ribs. The number of caudal vertebrz in the present skeleton is

twenty-four. The scapula of this individual difféys from that of the

younger skeleton figured by De Blainville in having the upper half

of the anterior border rather deeply excavated, as in the Ichneumons.

Although De Blainville thought the contrary, it appears to me that

the tout ensemble of the skeleton far more resembles that of a Hyzna

than that of a Dog. The length and strength of the cervical region,

and the large size of the anterior as compared with the posterior

limbs (pointed out by Isidore Geoffroy), are thoroughly Hyzenoid.

In conclusion, although I am still inclined to place Proteles in a

family by itself, allied to both Hyenide and Viverride, the examina-

tion of this specimen shows that its affinities with the former family

are closer than the examination of the skull alone led me to suppose.

Preparations of the brain, tongue, larynx, lungs, heart, stomach,

cecum, liver, spleen, kidneys, organs of generation, and anal glands,

as well as the skeleton, are preserved in the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons. It is from these that the drawings which

illustrate this communication have been made.

2. On the Guemul, or Roebuck of Southern Peru.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Travellers in Chili have mentioned a two-hoofed animal, called

Guemul, or Huamul. It has been so indistinctly indicated, that

Molina regarded it as a Horse, Hamilton Smith as a Llama, and the

compilers (such as Leuckart and Lesson) considered that it might

be a peculiar genus, for which they have proposed the compound

uames of Hippocamelus and Cervequus. M. Gay (1835) regarded

it as a new yenus, but did not give a name to it.

In 1846 MM. Gay and Gervais, when preparing a work on the

Mammalia of Chili, described a young specimen in the Paris Mu-

seum without horns under the name of Cervus chilensis.

In 1849 the Earl of Derby received from his brother-in-law, from

Chili, an imperfect skin of a female, which he sent to the British

Museum. The fur was of a different colour from that of the speci-

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE ROEBUCK OF PERU. 497

men described by MM. Gay and Gervais ; and finding the animal to

agree in size, colour, and kind of fur with the Roebuck of Europe,

I described and figured it in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for

that year under the name of Capreolus leucotis* ; and in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ of the Society for the next year, and in my ‘Catalogue of

the Two-hoofed Quadrupeds in the British Museum,’ p- 227, I re-

garded it as a species of Furcifer; under the name of F. huamel.

In this work there are references to all these synonyms and to

where they are mentioned.

Horns of Venelaphus huamel, 3.

Mr. Whitely, junior, has just sent from Tinta, in South Peru, to

the British Museum a perfect male, female, and fawn of this species,

and some skulls of the female, which prove that I was right in

regarding the Cervus chilensis of Gay and my Capreolus leucotis as

different stages of the same species. Those now received agree with

Gay’s description of the young animal in the Paris Museum, and

are in the yellow state of the fur; but the female exhibits in the

* See P. Z. S. 1849, p. 64, Mamm. ft. ix.

498 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE ROEBUCK OF PERU. [Noy. 11,

middle of the back some of the dark fur of the animal sent by the

Earl of Derby, which I described.

As stated in my paper, this animal chiefly differs from the Roe-

buck of Europe in being without any glandular tufts on the outer

side of the metatarsus ; but we now discover that the horns are very

peculiar, and unlike those of the Roebuck, or of the Tarush or

Roebuck of Bolivia (Furcifer antisiensis), which is the type of the

genus Furcifer.

The male now obtained had a well-developed but rather unsym-

metrical pair of horns, which are so unlike the horns of any other

Deer, that I propose to form for them a genus, which may be termed

XENELAPHUS.

The horns divide from the base into two branches; the front

one is erect, conical, and acute, with a short conical branch on the

outer side, and in the middle one or two more or less elongate, basal

anterior or interior snags. The hinder part of the base and sheath

compressed, diverging horizontally into a strong, angular, tapering

branch, which is nearly as long as the erect one, with several irre-

gularly placed, more or less elongate, acute processes; the upper

part, near the roots, with one or two cylindrical diverging branches

on its upper and lower sides. Like the small branches on the erect

part of the horn, they are not exactly similar on the two horns.

Fig. 2.

Skull of Xenelaphus huamel, 9.

The metatarsus is without any glandular tuft on the outside. On

the inner side of the hock is a large rounded tuft of such hairs. The

fur consists of thick, elastic, tubular quills. The skull has a well-

marked, deep, triangular pit in the front of the orbit. The female

is without horns. This animal may be called Xenelaphus huamel.

It has been suggested that, as I have only seen one specimen of

“erretue, sAmmoaneyy

Gurr 4S8\\‘\. re Omen wy:

TIAXXX Id 6981S Zd

1869.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON A NEW FRESHWATER TORTOISE 499

the male, the horns may be those of an individual monstrosity, and

not of the normal form; but this I consider to be very doubtful.

If they are not quite of the normal form, it is clear they are not a

monstrosity of the regularly forked horns of Furcifer.

3. Description of Mauremys laniaria, a New Freshwater

Tortoise. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

(Plate XXXVIL.)

Mr. Bartlett has kindly obtained for me from a dealer a small

young living freshwater Tortoise which had passed through several

hands, and was therefore without any reliable history or habitat.

MAUREMYS LANIARIA, sp. nov. (Plate XXXVII., young.)

The head short, broad; nose very short, broad, rounded; the

eyes very large and prominent, on the side of the head; front of face

high; beak thick, convex; lips convex on the edge; central notch

simple; lower beak short, convex externally ; crown dark olive;

neck minutely granular, blackish olive above, with some very narrow

reddish lines underneath; sides and underside reddish, with many

more or less wide black and green lines, those on the back of the

throat widest.

Legs dark olive; fore legs olive, with large, irregular, prominent

tubercles in front, and with a broad irregular streak on the lower

half of the front side; the front toes or fingers short, thick, united

by a narrow fleshy web to the claws, each finger with a series of

larger triangular scales on the upper surface; claws short, acute.

Hind feet large, square, the toes thick, united by a narrow fleshy web

to the claws, and with one or two scales on the upper part of the

base. Tail short, thick, granular, with some whorls of distant minute

spines near the base (tip injured); the hinder part of a dark olive,

with reddish streaks and minute spines.

Thorax depressed, rounded above, the side margin slightly revo-

lute, dark olive-green above; the shields blackish horn-coloured,

smooth or slightly annulated, and irregularly convex; the third,

fourth, and fifth vertebrae slightly keeled; the marginal shields

blackish olive, very obscurely and irregularly varied with reddish

brown above and blackish beneath.

The sternum flat, truncated in front, and notched behind, raised

on the sides, black, more or less varied with white on the margin of

the front and hinder lobes, and on the sides of the central plates.

This animal is strictly carnivorous, and eats most ravenously in

confinement.

This Terrapin agrees in the dull dark plain colour with a species

described by me in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1860, under

the name of Emys fuliginosus (p. 232, Rept. t. xxx.), which differs

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXIII.

500 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Nov. 1],

from it in the form and length of the head, in the markings on the

head and neck, and in having a more depressed shell.

This Terrapin (Emys fuliginosa) differs so much in the form of

the jaws, that it is necessary to consider it the type of a new genus,

characterized by the depth and length of the groove of the upper

jaw, and the sharp simple edge of the lower jaw. It may be called

MAuvREMYS.

The head elongate, covered with a smooth skin; nose with the

nostrils near the upper edge; crown flat; eyes lateral, large, and

very prominent ; pupils circular.

Upper beak high, lower edge slightly arched, with an acute notch

in the centre.

Lower beak convex, rounded below in front, scarcely reaching the

angle of the mouth.

Palate slightly concave; inner‘ nostrils near the middle of the

palate, oblong, with a concavity behind each; alveolar edge of the

upper jaw with a deep groove, with a strong acute ridge on the

underside, extending nearly the whole length of the margin. The

alveolar edge of the lower jaw sharp and. narrow, broader, shelving

inwardly in front.

(1) MavREMYS FULIGINOSA.

Emys fuliginosa, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 228, t. xxx,

(2) Mauremys LANIARIA.

4. Report on two Collections of Indian Reptiles.

By Dr. Atsert Gtntuer, F.R.S., F.Z.8:

(Plates XXXVIII., XXXIX., XL.)

The British Museum has lately received two most valuable col-

lections of Indian Reptiles. One was presented by Dr. A. H. Lerrn,

who collected for a number of years at several localities, of which the |

following require notice :—

1. Deesa, a military station in Ghozerat.

2. Matheran, a hill 2500 feet high, thirty miles east of Bombay.

3. Mahabuleshwur, 4500 feet above the level of the sea, some fifty

miles south of Bombay.

4. Kotree, on the western bank of the Indus, opposite to Hy-

derabad.

This collection contained, beside several of the most common Rep-

tiles, sixty-four species (most of them in numerous examples), which

are enumerated in the following list. Four are undescribed.

The second collection was made by R. H. Barnes, Esq., in Ceylon.

I do not give a list, as it would not advance our previous knowledge

‘thers suzy

Gut MM Pp Toy H ‘)

THAXXXY Td 6998S Zid

Re ne Tre eS en ee

“TTY}L9 ty dommes.

uxt SOA re tt I aa oi re cd UHL Ptoq HD

priser Mah: be be

. 6

2 HNO SF IY,

cae PSs aca an a

XXX Td 6981'S Zd

PZ ip. LOG. Ele

GH ford W West imp.

1 Dendvophis caudolineolata.

. a.Dipsas barnesii.

1359. | DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES. d01

of the geographical distribution of known species: Singularly enough

two of the Snakes proved to, be undescribed, showing that the zeal

of a collector is rewarded even in localities apparently well explored.

_ I. List of the. Species collected by Dr. Leith.

1. Testudo elegans, Schoepff. Sindh.

2. Testudo leithii, sp. n. Sindh.

3. Emys thurgi, Gray. Indus.

4. Emys grayi,sp.n. Bussora.

d. Emys trijuga, Schweigg.

6. Paagshura tecta, Gray. Deesa.

7. Pangshura smithii, Gray. Indus.

8. Lmyda granosa, Schoepft. Bombay.

9. Aspilus carinatus, Gray. Poona.

10. Gavialis gangeticus, Gm. Indus.

ll. Varanus dracena, Shaw. Matheran, Goozerat.

12. Euprepes rufescens, Shaw. Bombay.

13. Humeces punctatus, L. Matheran, Belgaum, Bombay.

14, Humeces hardwickii, Gray. Matharan, Belgaum, Bombay.

15. Chiamela lineata, Gray. Matharan, Belgaum.

16. Hemidactylus sykesii, Gthr. Matharan, Poona.

17. Hemidactylus coctei, D. et B. Bombay.

18. Hemidactylus leschenaultii, D. et B., var. Poona.

19. Hemidactylus maculatus, D. et B., var. Bombay.

20. Gymnodactylus deccanensis, Gthr. Matharan,

21. Lublepharis hardwichii, Gray.

Var. hardwickii (Gray). Kandesh.

Var. fasciolata (Gthr.). Sindh, Kurrachee.

22. Calotes rouzxi, D. et B. Matheran.

23. Calotes versicolor, Daud. Sindh, Belgaum.

24. Teratolepis (g. un.) fusciata, Blyth. Sindh.

25. Onychocephalus acutus, D.et B. Matheran, Belgaum, Bombay.

26. Typhops braminus, Daud. Matheran.

27. Typhlops exiguus, Jan*. Belgaum.

28. Stenostoma macrorhynchum, Jan*. Sindh.

29, Stlybura macrolepis, Ptrs. Matherau.

30. Stlybura elliotti, Gray. Bombay.

31. Oligodon subgriseus, D. et B. Kurrachee, Sindh.

32. Oligodon fasciatus, Gthr. Matheran.

33. Simotes russellii, Daud. Bombay, Deesa.

34. Ablabes humberti, Jan. Bombay, Matheran.

35. Cyclophis nasalist+, Gthr. Matheran.

36. Cynophis malabaricus, Jerdon. _Matheran.

37. Ptyas mucosa, L. Bombay.

38. Zamenis ventrimaculatus, Gray. Busheer, Kurrachee, Sindh.

39. Zamenis diadema, Schleg. Kotree (Sindh).

40. Tropidonotus quincunciatus, Schleg. Bombay.

* Tam indebted to Prof. Peters for the determination of these two species.

+ One preocular only, but ventrals 150-160.

502 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Nov. 1],

41. Tropidonotus stolatus, L. Bombay.

42. Tropidonotus plumbicolor, Cant. Poona, Matheran.

43. Psammophis condanarus, Merr. Kotree.

44, Psammophis leithii, sp. n. Sindh.

45. Dendrophis picta, Gm. Matheran.

46. Passerita mycterizans, Gray. Matheran, Mahabuleshwur.

47. Dipsas forsteni, D. et B. Matheran.

48. Dipsas trigonata, Schneid. Bombay, Kurrachee.

49. Dipsas ceylonensis, Gthr. Bombay Presidency.

50. Lycodon aulicus, L. Matheran, Bombay.

51. Gongylophis conica, Schneid. Sindh.

52. Eryx johnit, Russ. Belgaum.

53. Bungarus ceruleus, Schneid. Bombay, Matheran, Sindh.

54. Hydrophis caerulescens, Shaw. Bombay.

55. Hydrophis fasciata, Schneid. Bombay.

56. Pelamys bicolor, Schneid. Bombay.

57. Trimeresurus gramineus, Shaw. Matheran.

58. Hypnale nepa, Laur. Belgaum.

59. Daboia russellit, Shaw. Bombay.

60. Echis carinata, Schneid. (=arenicola, Boie). Sindh, Kur-

rachee, Mahabuleshwur, Deesa ; Bushire.

61. Rana cyanophlyctis, Schneid.

62. Diplopelma ornatum, D. et B.

63. Hylorana malabarica, D. et B. Matheran.

64. Polypedates maculatus, Gray. Matheran, Bombay.

II. Descriptions of New Species discovered by Dr. Leith.

TESTUDO LEITHII.

Form.—Shell broadly ovate, broader posteriorly than anteriorly,

very convex above, especially on the hinder half; the lateral margins

straight, slightly convergent. Its greatest width is rather more than

its greatest depth, which is one-half of its length. The convexity of

the upper shell extends to the caudal plate only, which is almost flat

and inclined outwards, so that the outline between the last vertebral

and the caudal is concave. The upper shell is deeply notched ante-

riorly. The sternum is truncated in front, and has a shallow,

obtuse-angular incision behind. Posterior margin of the shell slightly

serrated.

Plates.—The plates are rather smooth, with the concentric striz

distinct. The areolse of the three anterior vertebral plates are near

the posterior margin. Nuchal plate triangular, pomted in front.

The last vertebral as broad as the caudal. ‘The two gular plates

together broader than long, the sum of their posterior angles being

nearly equal to a right angle. Abdominals as long as pectorals,

postgulars, and gulars together. The suture between the anal plates

as long as their posterior margin. Inguinal and axillary plates of

moderate size.

Tail formed by twenty-two vertebrze.

Feet.—Claws 5/4, obtuse. The front of the forearm is covered

1869. ] DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES, 503

Testudo leithii.

Fig. 1. Side view; half nat. size.

2. Upper view; half nat. size.

3. Lower view; half nat. size.

4. Fore foot; nat. size.

504 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES. [ Nov. 11,

by about fifteen large, smooth, imbricate, obtusely pointed scales,

in five transverse series of three each.

Colour yellow, each of the vertebral and costal plates with a black

margin in front and on the sides, but without black on the hinder

margin. Each marginal plate with a black margin in front. Ster-

num entirely yellow, with a broad cuneiform longitudinal black

band in the middle of each abdominal plate.

The shell of the single specimen, obtained in Sindh, is 4? inches

long. Also the limbs and the skull are preserved.

Emys eGrayi. (Plate XXXVIII.)

Form.—Shell much depressed, with an obtuse median ridge along

all the vertebral plates; no costal ridge (in the adult). The upper

shell is subtruncated anteriorly, and provided with a very small notch

posteriorly. Lateral margins slightly reverted, posterior not serrated.

Width of the sternum between the axillary and inguinal incisions

equal and more than one-half of its length. Sternum truncated in

front, and with a deep, obtuse-angular incision behind.

Plates.—The areolz have disappeared, but there is still a large

fontanelle visible in the middle of the sternum. Nuchal plate broad,

quadrangular, broader behind than in front. All the vertebrals

broader than long; the first quadrangular, with the front margin

-eonyex, and with the hinder straight. Caudal plates nearly square.

Gulars longer than broad, the suture between them being much

longer than that between the postgulars. Postgulars, pectorals, and

abdominals nearly equally long, but much shorter than preeanals.

The suture between the anals is rather shorter than their posterior

margin. Axillary and inguinal plates large.

Colour.—Upper parts chestnut-brown, each vertebral and costal

plate with an 8-like yellow figure ; each marginal plate with a yellow

0-like figure, the enclosed brown spot lighter in the centre. The flat

portion of the sternum brownish black, each plate with a narrow

yellow margin. Each marginal plate with a narrow black margin

on the lower side, and with a larger or smaller round black spot.

The shell of a single example, 32 inches long, was obtained at

Bussora*.

TERATOLEPIS, g. n.

Form of the head geckoid, covered with small non-imbricate

scales. Apparently no external ear. Trunk somewhat depressed,

covered with imbricate scales, those on the back being keeled, of

moderate size, and about twice as large as those on the abdomen.

Legs well developed; five clawed toes in front and behind; each toe

* Whilst this paper was passing through the press, Dr. Gray directed my

attention to a young example in the British Museum obtained on the Euphrates

Expedition. It is preserved in spirits, the shell being 1f inch long. The shell

is coloured as in the adult, but provided with-a distinct costal ridge. Neck with

numerous parallel yellow longitudinal bands, some of which advance along the

side of the head to the tip of the snout. Legs and tail (which is 12 inch long)

wiih yellow stripes. Toes broadly webbed.

1869.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES. 505

dilated, with a double series of rounded lamellz below, the last pha-

lanx being free. ‘ail about as long as the trunk, thick and flattened

at the base, and tapering behind; it is covered with imbricate irre-

gular scales, those on the upper surface being very large, much

larger than the under ones.

TERATOLEPIS FASCIATA. ;

Homonota fasciata, Blyth, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. xxii. p. 468.

Back grey, with five brown longitudinal bands, which at regular

intervals are interrupted by white spots, the spots of the same level

forming a cross band; there are seven of those cross bands on the

neck and trunk. Tail brown above, with whitish transverse spots.

Lower parts whitish, tail with brown spots below.

Length of the head 4 inch, of trunk 1 inch, of tail | inch, of fore

leg 2 inch, of hind leg & inch.

Unfortunately there is one example only in Dr. Leith’s collection,

from Sindh; and this is in a very bad condition, having the head

erushed, and having been dried before it was put in spirits. How-

ever, the .imbricate scales and the white cross bands are characters

by which the example could be determined as a Lizard referred by.

Mr. Blyth* to Homonota, a South-American genus with narrow toes

and without the double series of lamella. It could be predicted

that Homonota was not the correct place for this Lizard ; but as the

author did not mention anything about the structure of the toes, it

was not possible to assign it to its proper place. It is one of those

aberrant Geckoid forms with imbricate scales of which two other

genera have been described within the last few years (Teratoscincus

of Strauch, and Geckolepis of Grandidier); from both it is readily

distinguished by important structural characters.

CYNOPHIS MALABARICUS.

A specimen was found by Dr. Leith, 51 inches long; it is much

less beautifully coloured than younger examples, the white spots

having disappeared, and only the black markings remaining.

PsAMMOPHIS LEITHII. (Plate XXXIX.)

Body slender; head rather narrow and pointed, distinct from

neck ; eye of moderate size. Rostral shield as high as broad ; ante-

rior frontals small, subtruncated in front; posterior frontals rather

longer than broad. Vertical narrow, elongate, bell-shaped ; nasal 2;

loreal large, elongate. One concave przocular, which reaches the

vertical ; two postoculars. Eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth

entering the orbit. Temporals 1+2+3. Scales lanceolate, smooth,

in seventeen rows. Ventrals 168, not keeled; anal entire; subcau-

dals 98. Ground-colour of the upper parts light reddish olive ;

trunk with four brown longitudinal bands edged with black ; the two

middle (dorsal) bands extend forwards to the end of the snout, run-

* T have to apologize to Mr. Jerdon for having assigned the determination

and description of “Homonota fasciata” to him instead of to Mr. Blyth, who

intercalated it into a paper of Mr. Jerdon’s (Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 9%).

906 DR. A. GUNTHER ON INDIAN REPTILES. [Nov. 1],

ning along the occipital and supraocular shields; a narrow brown

line along the median line of the vertical shield and occipital suture.

The dorsal bands of the trunk are confluent into one on the tail.

The lateral band runs from the nostril along the loreal, through the

eye, occupying the second outer series of scales and the adjacent

halves of the nearest series; it gradually disappears on the tail.

The lower half of the outermost series of scales and the abdomen

white ; lower labials, throat, and foremost ventrals slightly marbled

with blackish.

A single example, with the head much damaged, has been obtained

in Sindh; it is 264 inches long, the tail being 83 inches, and the

head ? inch.

III. Descriptions of Species discovered by Mr. Barnes.

DENDROPHIS CAUDOLINEOLATA. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

This is the Ceylonese representative of D. caudolineata. Scales

in thirteen rows, those of the vertebral series conspicuously larger

than the others. Head as in D. picta; eye rather large. Loreal

longer than high. The preorbital touches the vertical; occipitals

obtusely rounded behind. Two postoculars. A large temporal shield

in contact with the postoculars. Eight upper labials, the fourth

and fifth entering the orbit. Ventrals 149, strongly keeled; anal

bifid; subcaudals 125. Brownish, with green metallic lustre; sides

of the anterior part of the trunk with oblique narrow black streaks ;

every second and third ventral shield with a blackish line on the

upper margin ; these markings are confluent into a black line on the

hinder part of the trunk and tail; a pair of similar dorsal lines make

their appearance in the same region as the lateral, running along the

back of the tail; a black line along the meeting edges of the sub-

caudals, and indistinctly continued for some distance along the

median line of the abdomen. A horizontal black temporal streak.

Mr. Barnes obtained one example, 24 inches long; and a second

smaller one was purchased for the British Museum a short time ago.

Dipsas BARNESII. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

Body much compressed and very slender; head broad, depressed,

short ; neck very slender; eye rather large. Palatine teeth not en-

larged ; the last maxillary tooth feeble but grooved. Loreal as high

as long’; three preoculars, the uppermost not reaching the vertical ;

two postoculars. Eight upper labials, the fourth and fifth entering

the orbit. Temporals numerous, scale-like. Scales in nineteen

rows, those of the vertebral series not quite twice the size of those

in the series adjoining. Ventrals 219; anal entire; subcaudals 98.

Dark grey, finely powdered with brown; irregular brown band-like

markings on the back, and irregular black spots along the lower part

of the sides ; abdomen finely mottled with brown, Head dark brown

above ; a dark band from the eye to the angle of the mouth ; throat

white.

One example, 23 inches long, was obtained by Mr. Barnes.

M & N.Hanhart. imp

J. Smit, lith

1869. ] DR. B. SIMPSON ON AILURUS FULGENS. 507

CALOTES NEMOR&COLA, Jerdon.

An example brought by Mr. Barnes from Ceylon agrees well with

the description given by Mr. Jerdon, who obtained his examples

from the Nilgherries.

5. Note on Ailurus fulgens.

By B. Srvprson, M D.

(Plate XLI.*)

Ailurus fulgens is called by the Bhoteahs Wook Dongka, and by

the Lepchas Siinciim ; but the name “ Wah,” by which it is usually

known to naturalists, I have never heard applied to it. Possibly

this may be the Nepalese term, though I have never been able to

ascertain it. It might be worth while to consult Mr. Hodgson on

the point, as I believe he has described the animal. It is usually

found at an elevation of about 7000 to 9000 feet above the sea, and

lives chiefly in trees in dense forests. I have never succeeded in

getting the specimens which I had to eat animal food in any shape.

They were fed chiefly on milk and rice, and browsed freely on grass

and bamboo-leaves. Rose-leaves and peaches seemed also to be a

favourite food with them. They drank the milk much more eagerly

if a little sugar were mixed with it.

As far as I have been able to ascertain, this animal is unknown

in the Himalayas of the North-west—but to my certain knowledge

extends to the extreme east of the range, as in the beginning of 1868,

when on the north-east frontier, I saw several natives (Mishmees)

whose caps were made of the skin of the dilurus. Dr. J. Anderson

also informs me that skins were brought to him by the inhabitants of

the countries through which he passed on his way to Bhamo, showing

that it exists in those regions also. The animal’s ery is very peculiar.

When attacked or angry, it rises on its hind legs like a bear and emits

a sound which can be very easily imitated by opening the mouth and

drawing in the breath through the nose several times in quick suc-

cession ; in fact it is a series of snorts, if I may use the expression.

The usual cry of the animal, however, is quite different ; it is very

like the chirping of a bird, or a series of short whistles. The only

other particular regarding the animal which I will here mention is

its power of emitting a strong odour of musk when excited.

6. Additional Notes on the Genus Ceyzx.

By R. B. Suarre.

As I stated in my recent paper on this genus (P. Z. S. 1868,

p- 587), 1 had been in correspondence with Count Salvadori, of

* The figure is taken from Mr. Wolf’s drawing of the individual brought home

by Dr. Simpson, and now living in the Society’s Gardens (Nov. 11th).—P. L. 8,

508 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. [Nov.1],

Turin, on the subject of these birds; for, curiously enough, we had

been each of us, unknown to the other, gathering materials for a

monograph of the genus. In November last I had the honour to

lay before the Society the results of my labours; but, as is so often

the case even with the most painstaking ornithologist, no sooner had

I published my paper and finished, as I hoped, satisfactorily, than

specimens reached me which entirely overthrew my conclusions, and

obliged me to recommence my studies afresh.

It may be as well to recapitulate the leading facts of my arrange-

‘ment of the genus Ceyx. I proposed to divide it into two sections,

viz. those with the head lilac-rufous, and those with the head black-

spotted or banded with cobalt. I have little to say with regard to

the birds included in the latter section; but concerning the rufous-

headed Ceyces I find it necessary to add a few remarks, I ad:

mitted four species belonging to -this section, as well characterized

and distinet, viz. C. rufidorsa, Strickl., C. dillwynni, Sharpe, C. tri-

dactyla (Pall.), and C. melanura, Kaup. As to the specific distinct-

ness of these species I entertained no doubt, and fondly imagined

that the last point of the verata questio of the true Ceyx tridactyla

had been settled. Scarcely, however, had I congratulated myself

on this happy result when I received from Lord Walden a specimen

of a rufous-headed Ceyx which completely upset my equanimity.

I had taken the blue spot on the side of the neck as a good charac-

teristic whereby to separate the rufous-headed Ceyces into two sub-

sections, viz. those which possessed this blue spot, and those in

which it was absent. In C: rufidorsa and C. dillwynni it is not

found. Both Count Salvadori and myself had never seen the true .

Ceya rufidorsa from Malacca, and Strickland’s type was at that time

inaccessible, as the collection was packed up at Cambridge awaiting.

jts removal into the museum of that town. We had, however,

concluded that the Sumatran bird, of which we had seen several,

was identical with the Malaccan; and Strickland’s description

seemed to confirm this view. The first specimen from the Malayan

peninsula that I had seen was kindly lent me by Lord Walden, and

on its receipt I rather hastily concluded that this must he the true

C. rufidorsa of Strickland. It was a bird with a blue ear-spot and

black scapularies ; and there is nothing in Strickland’s description

that would lead one to suppose that. his C. rufidorsa possessed neither

of these characters. Here is his diagnosis* :—

< Ceyx RUFIDORSA, Strickland.

“°C. capite, dorso, tectricibus eaudaque totis late rufis, splendore

lilacino variantibus ; corpore subtus aurantio-flavo, mento albo,

loris et macula aurium obscure ceruleo-nigra.

«This species, which also occurs at Malacca, is very closely allied

to the last [C. ¢ridactyla], but differs in having the beak larger in

all its dimensions, and in having the whole back and wing-coverts,

as well as the crown, rump, and tail, rufous, with a brilliant lilac tint.

The dark blue spot on the front and ears is much less marked than

* P.Z. 8.1846, p. 99.

1869. | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. 509

in C. tridactyla. Lower parts orange-yellow; chin white. This

bird was supposed by Pallas, in his ‘Spicilegia Zoologica’ (part 6,

p. 13), to be the female of C. tridactyla. It is figured by Messrs.

Jardine and Selby, in the ‘Illustrations of Zoology’ (ser. 1, pl. 55;

fig. 2), as C. tridactyla.”

In the type, as in all other specimens of C. rufidorsa which I have

examined, I have never seen any auricular blue spot ; and I consider

that, considering this character is clearly designated in Strickland’s

deseription, and the scapularies are not distinctly stated to be rufous

(in which case the reader would infer that they did not differ from

C. tridactyla), it was not wonderful if we supposed Lord Walden’s

specimen (from Malacca, whence Strickland’s type came) must be

the true C. rufidorsa. The only point which prevents it agreeing

with Strickland’s diagnosis is that, the centre of the back of the Ma-

Jaccan specimen has. trace of black, and on one feather a blue lustre

is apparent. The greater portion of the back, however, is rufous.

Believig that I had been misled in my former paper, I asked and

obtained Lord Walden’s permission to send over the Malaccan spe-

cimen, along with the type of my C.dillwynni and all my other

Ceyces, to Count Salvadori, in order that he might be able to exa-

mine the whole quostion for himself and correct the mistake. My

friend agreed with me in my conclusions ; and shortly after appeared

his paper in the ‘Atti’ of the Turin Natural-History Society, on

which I-desire to make a few remarks.

The species admitted by Count Salvadori and by myself are as

follows :—

Salvadori. | Sharpe.

1. Ceyx melanura, Kaup. 1. Ceyx melanura, Kaup.

2: tridactyla (Pall.). 2. tridactyla (Pall.).

3. —— rufidorsa, Strickl. 3. —— rufidorsa, Strick).

4. —— dillwynni, Sharpe. | 4. —— dilwynni, Sharpe.

5. —— sharpit, Salv. | 5. —— eajeli, Wall.

6. ——— innominata, Salv. 6. —— wallacii, Sharpe.

7. —— cqjeli, Wall. vi lepida, Temm.

8. —— wallacii, Sharpe. 8. europygialis, Gray.

9. ——— lepida, Temm. 9. —— philippinensis, Gould.

10. —— solitaria, Temm. | 10. solitaria, Temm.

It will thus be seen that Count Salvadori admits the same number

of species as myself, but arrives at this conclusion in a different

manner. C. melanura, C. tridactyla, C. dillwynni, C. cajeli, C.

wallacii, C. lepida, and C. solitaria are admitted by both of us to

be clearly characterized species. His C. rufidorsa is Lord Walden’s

Malacea bird; and C. sharpii is a new species from Borneo, which

he did me the honour to name after me. Ceyx innominata of Sal-

vadori= C. rufidorsa, auct., and of my paper. He also unites C.

uropygialis to C. lepida, a point on which I am inclined to agree

with him; and, lastly, he refers C. philippinensis to the genus

Aleyone. On this subject I have already expressed myself in my

510 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS CEYX. _[Nov. 11,

paper on the latter genus; I think that it is correct to class these

two species together, but I should prefer that they were consi-

dered aberrant Ceyces instead of aberrant Aleyones. On the receipt

of Count Salvadori’s paper, an early copy of which he had the

goodness to send me, I wrote to him expressing my admiration of

the elaborate way in which he had worked out the genus, only

adding that, although I believed he had taken the right view of the

case, I trusted an examination of Strickland’s type would confirm

his conclusions.

As, however, I did not consider the matter settled until I had

examined for myself the type of Strickland’s C. rufidorsa, I went to

Cambridge as soon as the collection was arranged, on purpose to

satisfy mvself on this point. Every facility was kindly afforded me by

Mr. J. W. Clark, the Superintendent of the Museum, and I had no

difficulty in discovering the bird I wanted to see. I was at once

astonished to find that Strickland’s C. rufidorsa was the C. rufidorsa

of authors, and that, after all, C. innominata must give way, and be

added as asynonym. But, then, what could the bird which we had

taken to be the true C. rufidorsa really be? This 1 could not

determine for a long time; but on further comparison I found that

it must be the young bird of C. tridactyla (Pall.). This never

struck me before; and because I was bent on noticing the points of

difference between the bird and C. dillwynni and C. rufidorsa, auct.,

I had never compared it with C. tridactyla.

It now remains only to clear up the confusion which exists with

regard to the rufous-headed Ceyces resulting from the above error,

for which, however, [ blame myself especially, as it was originally

my suggestion to Count Salvadori. My previous paper may be

taken as a correct exposition of the synonymy of the various Ceyces ;

for the mersion of C. uropygialis in C. lepida, and the separation

of C. philippinensis as an Aleyone, are questions which a further

knowledge of the birds and a further acquisition of specimens alone

can satistactorily determine.

A new synoptical arrangement of the rufous-headed Ceyces is

necessary ; and it seems to me that Count Salvadori has grasped the

salient points of difference in his ‘ clavis’’ of the different species.

A. Capite et uropygio lilacinio: rostro corallino.

a. Macula ad latera colli cerulea nulla.

a’. Scapularibus lilacinis.

a’. Tectricibus alarum rufis, haud exruleo la-

Palins Paes. See. sae sacs us a dad pte ses C. rufidorsa.

4’, Tectricibus alarum nigris ac rufis, czeruleo

Neveu Ree sone ne asa gatas se <0 v Wage waco ae-togas se C. sharpii.

2’. Scapularibus nigris ceruleo lavatis .................. C. dillwynni.

b. Macula ad latera colli crulea.

a’. Major: interscapulio et scapularibus rufis ......... C. melanura.

4°. Minor: interscapulio et scapularibus nigris ceru-

Leg sla Wath eee eas cients asarcenspcsces-sngesaeeies C. tridactyla.

For the arrangement of the blue-backed section, see my paper

(P. Z.S. 1868, p. 587) and that of Count Salvadori (Atti R. Accad.

Torino, iv. p. 440).

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. oll

Granting, then, that my synonymy of the above species is correct,

we have the following additions to make :—

’ 1. Cryx ruriporsa, Strickl.; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 592.

Ceyx innominata, Salv. Atti R. Accad. Tor. 1869, p- 459.

2. Ceyx sHarpi, Saly. Atti R. Accad. Tor. 1869, p. 463.

Ceyx tridactyla, Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 8, t. eccciii®. fig. 3388

(nee fig. 3389).

Count Salvadori has most kindly sent over the types of this new

species for my inspection; and, as far as I can see, it is sufficiently

distinct. The only species with which it can be confounded is Ceyz

diliwynni ; and I confess there is some chance of its ultimately pro-

ving to be identical with this latter bird. It is evident, from the case

of C. tridactyla, that these little Ceyces are a long time gaining

their adult plumage; and at present Ceyx sharpii only differs from

C. dillwynni in the scapularies and wing-coverts. In neither of the

type specimens of C. sharpii are the wing-coverts entirely black

washed with blue; in both a rufous feather is to be seen here and

there. In C. dillwynni the wing-coverts are rufous for the most

part, but here and there a black feather appears. The scapularies

also have a mixture of rufous on some of the feathers; and in C.

sharpii there is an admixture of black below the rufous. If, how-

ever, we merge the two species, we must admit that the rufous sca-

pularies are the adult stage—a process exactly opposite to that

exhibited by the analogous species C. tridactyla. It is evident that

many more specimens are necessary to solve the riddle satisfactorily ;

and until we get them we must be satisfied with the evidence before

us, which certainly makes C. sharpii a distinct species.

3. Cryx pittwynnt, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 593; Salv. Atti

R. Accad. Torin. 1869, p. 461.

4. Cuyx meLanura, Kaup; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 594;

Salv. Atti R. Accad. Torin. 1869, p. 453.

5. Ceyx TRIDACTYLA (Pall.) ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 593.

Ceyxz rufidorsa, Strickl. apud Salv. Atti R. Accad. Torin. 1869,

p. 409.

7. Remarks on some of the Fishes in the Caleutta Museum.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S. & F.L.S., Madras

Army.—Part I.

Having obtained leave, through Col. Strachey, F.R.S., to remain

a limited period in Calcutta for the purpose of examining the fishes

in the Government Museum, and having at the same time had access

512 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 11,

to Buchanan-Hamilton’s original drawings, I am enabled to lay the

results of some of my investigations before the Zoological Society.

The collection of fishes is extensive and exceedingly interesting. Its

nucleus was formed by the Asiatic Society of Bengal ; while amongst

the contributors to it were Dr. M‘Clelland, and more especially Mr.

Blyth, most of whose type specimens I have thus had the opportu-

nity of'examining. It is not unlikely that some few of the fishes, such

as the Barbus sophore, may have been derived from Buchanan-

Hamilton’s collection—my reason for asserting this being that the

specimen is evidently very old, whilst the species was never, I be-

lieve, recognized by M‘Clelland or Blyth. The typical collection

presented to the British Museum by Mr. Waterhouse does not

appear to have possessed it. In the following paper I have de-

scribed some species said to be “insufficiently” known,” as well as

others which appear to be new.

SERRANUS LANCEOLATUS, Bloch.

Serranus horridus, C. & V.

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1865, p. 6, and

again in my ‘ Fishes of Malabar,’ p. 4, and plate 1. figs. 1 & 2, I gave

my opinion that the adult form of this species is identical with that

termed S. horridus, C. & V. Dr. Giinther, however, in the ‘ Fishes

of Zanzibar,’ p. 4, holds a different opinion, and observes :—< Mr.

Blyth was the first to refer /anceolatus as a synonym to another

species, namely S. coides, H. B. (=S. serillus, C. & V.) (J. ALS.

Bengal, xxix. p. 111). Mr. Day, without referring to this paper,

also represents /anceolatus as a young Serranus, but takes it to be that

of horridus, K. & vy. H. Wemay remark at once, to judge from the

figure given by Mr. Day, that this appears rather improbable, and he

does not explain, or even notice *, the difference in the tength of the

dosarl spines in the two fishes; and concludes by remarking, “ we

do not venture to say what the species stated by Mr. Day to be the

old state of the lanceolatus may prove to be” (p. 5). Had a name

been given, it would, in my opinion, only have added one more syno-

nym to the S. /anceolatus.

I overlooked the note of Mr. Blyth thus referred to, until after

my work had been printed. To find short remarks on species in

a work destitute of an index is always difficult. Thus Dr. Giinther,

in vol. iii. of his catalogue, dated July 1861, places the three follow-

ing species of Mr. Blyth amongst his doubtful ones— Gobzus breviceps,

Blyth, Per tophthalmus Juscatus, Blyth, and Salarias olivaceus,

Blyth ; but in the year 1860 Mr. Blyth had already stated them to

be Gobius albopunctatus, C. & V., Per ee ae papilio, Bl.

Schn., and Sa/arias lineatus, C. & V.(J.A.S. Bengal, xxix. pp. 111,

147,111). I only mention these instances to show how the most

accurate observers may overlook casual remarks.

* Dr. Giinther has overlooked the following observation I made at p. 5 in the

‘ Fishes of Malabar’ :—‘In young specimens the proportionate height of the

dorsal spines (as in some other Sevranz) is greater than in the adult.”

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 913

In Madras, during the last two years, I have obtained several of

the young S. lanceolatus, and on dissection discovered that czeco-

pyloric appendages were invariably absent. I was in hopes of ob-

taining the adult form to dissect, but in this I have been disappointed.

On the other hand, I have now had the opportunity of personally

examining Mr. Blyth’s specimens, and commence answering the

before-mentioned criticism by objecting to the words after S. coides,

Hi. B. (=S. serillus, C.V.). Ll admit, S. coides; H. B., and S. se-

rillus, C. V., are identical ; but Mr. Blyth’s specimens turn out to be

the same as the one I have figured as S. horridus, which is certainly

not S. serillus, C. & V.

Some of the specimens in the Calcutta Museum are as follows ; the

others offer no particulars calling for notice :—

a. S. lanceolatus, 4 inches long, stuffed, presented by the Madras

Museum. Coloration as shaded in Bloch & Russell’s figures.

6. A stand of three specimens, collected by Mr. Blyth to demon-

strate his views, and marked in his own handwriting. In Mr. Blyth’s

deductions I most entirely concur, only objecting to his name 8.

coides, H. B.; for the adult is identical with what I figured as S. hor-

ridus, C. & V.

ce. 93 inches long, still showing the markings of the immature ; but

the yellow portion is being broken up by bands.

d. 18 inches long, the bands on the body have disappeared, and

the black bands on the fins are broken up into black blotches.

e. 22 inches long, the mature S. horridus, C. & V., exactly like

pl. 1. fig. 2 in the ‘ Fishes of Malabar.’

In the museum of the Medical College in Calcutta, I had aun

opportunity of examining another fine collection of stuffed fish,

mostly brought together by the late Dr. Walker. Amongst thein

is a beautiful specimen of the adult S. horridus, C. & V., 34 inches

in length.

I have not deemed it necessary to advert to the specimens Captain

Mitchell sent to the British Museum ; the number of czeco-pyloric

appendages in the S. serillus, C. & V., and S. bontor, C. & V.,

at once show they cannot be the adult S. danceolatus, Bloch. Pro-

bably Captain Mitchell only gave his opinion after reading Mr.

Blyth’s paper, which is incorrect, as the species he terms S. coides,

H. B., is the one which I have figured as S. horridus, and amongst

Hamilton Buchanan’s MS. drawings I find an unfinished sketch of

his S_ cotdes, which at once shows it to be the same as S. serillus,

C.&V.

Thus a personal inspection of the specimens in the Caleutta Mu-

seum has distinetly proved that the species I figured as the adult S.

lanceolatus, Bloch, is identical with what Mr. Blyth considered to be

the mature one. It therefore appears the more likely to be a correct

conclusion, having been come to by two different persons in distant

places, who were ignorant of each other’s investigations, which were

made from two distinct series of specimens. Only one thing ap-

pears te be now requisite, namely, to examine whether the S. hor-

ridus, C. & V., has or has not cxco-pyloric appendages, as at present

514 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 11,

its external conformation in every respect shows it to be the mature

S. lanceolatus, Bloch.

Whilst mentioning this question of cecal appendages, I may

observe that the following are the numbers which I have found

existing in specimens in Madras during the last two years :—

S. serillus, C. & V., and S. bontor, C. & V., from 50 to 60; S.

hexagonatus, 32; S. sonnerati, C. & V., 12 to 13; S. eyanostigma-

toides, Bleeker, 12.

MESOPRION THERAPON, Sp. nov.

B: vii. D, 10/14. “P.15 V.1/s. A-3/8? -©.18) Shia.

IGS es 6/1 Ts

Length of head +4;, of pectoral fin 2, of caudal 2 of the total

length. Height of head 7, of body 4 of the total length.

yes. Diameter 2 of the length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to beneath the

anterior margin of the orbit. Preopercle with a wide open notch, its

vertical margin finely serrated.

Teeth villiform, with a pair of canines on either side of the middle

of the upper jaw, the external being very large; an outer enlarged

row in the lower jaw, the largest being posterior ; a triangular villi-

form patch on the vomer; and a band on the palate.

Fins. Third dorsal spine the longest. Pectoral pointed. Third

anal spine slightly the longest and strongest. Caudal lobed.

Colours. In spirit, whitish, with six black horizontal bands from

the head along the body, and six short, badly marked, vertical ones

from the dorsal fin, the crossing of the two sets forming large white

spots on the upper third of the body. A deep-black mark at the

base of the caudal fin. A white band across the occiput, which is

continued over the preopercle. Fins stained grey.

One specimen, 6 inches long, from Ceylon, and a second, 9 inches

long, from the Andamans.

DIAGRAMMA ALTA, Sp. Nov.

B. vi. D. 14/16. V.1/5. A.3/7. C.15. L.1.59. L. tr. 10/24.

Length of head 2, of pectoral ~7;, of caudal + of the total length.

Height of head 2, of body nearly 3, of dorsal spines 3, of dorsal rays

above 4, of anal spines } of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter } of length of head, | diameter from end of snout,

? of a diameter apart.

Body elevated and strongly compressed.

Preopercle serrated, most coarsely towards its angle. The posterior

extremity of the maxilla extends to below the anterior third of the

orbit. A few small pores exist under the mandible.

Teeth villiform, withont canines.

Fins. Dorsal spines strong, the third and fourth the longest,

interspinous membrane rather deeply notched. Second anal spine

much the longest and strongest. Caudal truncated.

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES, O15

Scales ctenoid.

Colours. Purplish on the body ; tips of the dorsal spines, outer

third of dorsal and anal rays, as well as the caudal fin, white.

Two specimens, nearly 4 inches long, in the collection, but no

notice where they came from. I have since procured the species at

Akyab.

AMBASSIS NOTATUS, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 138, is

the 4. baculis, H. B.

Bocora 1nruscata, Blyth, /.c. p. 139.

D. 10. ¥, W/o. AO 3/8. GC. 17:

Preopercle strongly serrated, with large teeth at itsangle. A spine

directed backwards, apparently on the subopercle. A long spine on

the opercle.

Preorbital entire. Lower jaw the longest.

Teeth. In the jaws, villiform.

#ins. Second anal spine the longest.

Scales. None visible now.

Colours. Brownish-black, except the fins, which are of a dirty

yellowish-white.

The specimen is half an inch long and in a very bad condition.

The occiput is broken across ; In fact, it is too damaged to describe

from. One thing is evident, that it does not belong to the genus

Ambassis ; it may be the fry of a species of Priacanthus.

AMPHIPRIONICHTHYS ZEYLONENSIS, Sp. ny

Biv. DL 7/14) “P13, W512, “R2 + ©) 15.

Length of head 4, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head

z of the total length.

Eyes. Upper surface, near the profile, 1 diameter apart, 14 dia-

meter from end of snout.

Body elevated and strongly compressed, head slightly depressed.

Mouth anterior, jaws of equal length. Preorbital with a strong

spine directed backwards. Preopercle with five spines, the two lowest

the longest. Opercle very narrow, having two badly marked spines,

A serrated ridge passes from the back of the orbit towards the

occiput. Gill-membranes not entirely covered by the opercles.

Teeth. Villiform in jaws, none on vomer or palate.

Dorsal fin has a notch between its two portions,

Body and head studded with minute prickles. Lateral line

distinct.

Colours. Bluish along the upper half of the body, becoming

dirty-brown on the abdomen. An irregular series of about eight

yellow blotches along the back, increasing in numbers towards the

abdomen. Fins light-coloured.

Three specimens, up to 23 inches in length, are in the collection.

They were dredged up off Galle by Dr. J. Anderson.

Pro. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXIV.

516 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 11,

Corvina cusA, Ham. Buch.

Scienoides asper, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 140.

The typical specimens of Mr. Blyth’s species are six in number,

and up to 2 inches in length. They are the fry of a Corvina, and, it

appears to me, of the C. cwa.

OroLiITHUS RUBER, Schn.

Ololithus submaculatus, Blyth, J. A.S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 141.

The four specimens in the Calcutta Museum, up to 63 inches in

length, and which are marked O. submaculatus, Blyth, belong to this

species.

Bota pama, Ham. Buch.

Scienoides hardwickii, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 139.

The three typical specimens are up to 23 inches in length, and

appear to be the fry of the B. pama, H. B.

GoBIUS GOBIODON, Sp. nov.

Da 6|ge2 Pi 2s. Ao 10. CO. 15... L. 1.22.

Length of head 4 of length of body. Height of body 3 of total

length.

jes in anterior half of the head, 4 a diameter from end of snout,

14 diameter apart.

Form of body similar to that of the genus Gobiodon.

Anterior portion of head and lower jaw covered with warty tuber-

cles. Anterior cleft of mouth very oblique; the posterior extremity

of the maxilla does not extend to under the anterior margin of the

orbit. Gill-openings narrow, and only opposite the base of the pec-

toral fin.

Teeth. Villiform in both jaws, with a posterior canine in the

centre of the lower jaw.

Fins. Ventrals united, not adherent to the abdomen. Caudal

rounded; none of the rays produced, nor those of pectoral silk-

like.

Scales ctenoid, extending anteriorly to opposite the middle of the

first dorsal fin, and in a line between that situation and the base of

the pectoral. Nine rows between the anterior portion of the base of

the second dorsal and that of the anal fins.

Colours. Brownish. Ventral fin blackish, with a reddish margin.

Caudal reddish.

Hab. Andamans or adjacent islands. Seven specimens, up to

1,3, inch long, in the Calcutta Museum.

BoLEeopHTHALMUS INoRNATUS, Blyth, J. A. 8S. of Bengal, 1860,

p- 168, is the B. pectinirostris, Gmelin.

PERIOPHTHALMUS SCINTILLANS, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, is

the Periophthalmus koélreuteri, Pallas.

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 517

Exrorris reviceps, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Bengal, 1860, p. 146.

DG eo. V- 1/5. A. We 0.13. 1.1.27.

Length of head 3, of caudal } of the totallength. Height of head

i, of body + of the total length.

Eyes approximating, 1 diameter from end of snout.

Head slightly depressed ; snout pointed.

Lower jaw the longest. Cleft of mouth small; the maxilla only

extends halfway to below the orbit.

Teeth villiform.

Fins. Dorsal spines filiform, central caudal rays the longest.

Seales cycloid as far as the base of the anal fin, where they become

strongly ctenoid. Scales extend as far forwards as the posterior

margin of the orbit, and cover the cheeks and opercles. Twelve rows

exist between the second dorsal and anal fins.

Colours. Brownish-white, irregularly spotted and blotched witha

darker colour. Dark bands pass downwards from the orbit. Fins

more or less spotted.

One specimen exists, received from the Andamans, where it was

collected by Captain Hodges.

Exeorris Fusca, Bloch.

£. incerta, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 146.

Three typical specimens of the latter in the museum are identical

with 2. fusca.

Eveorris cavirrons, Blyth, J. A.S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 145.

Deg) | Pos. V6.0 8. Oem eB, 165) Le tel 7.

Length of head 2, of eee 7 of caudal + S the total length.

SnRD of the head 4, of body 4, of first dorsal’ 375, of second dorsal

aa ‘of anal 4 of the total length.

aes: Diameter 1 of length of head, 14 diameters from end of

snout, 2 diameters apart.

Body subcylindrical ; head depressed. A deep sulcus hefore the

orbits. Snout rather elevated.

Lower jaw the longest. The posterior extremity of the maxilla

extends to under the posterior margin of the orbit.

Teeth villiform, with an onter enlarged row, which are more

numerous in the lower than in the upper jaw.

Fins. Caudal wedge-shaped.

Colours. Light brown; dark lines radiate from the orbit. Fins

barred in spots.

Six specimens, up to 4 inches in length, exist in the Museum.

They were received from Captain Hodges, who procured them at the

Andamans.

ELEOTRIS SCINTILLANS, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 146.

One specimen, in rather a damaged state, exists in the museum.

518 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 11,

It agrees in appearance with E. ophiocephalus, but has small scales

on the nape, and otherwise corresponds with Z. cantoris, Gunther,

excepting that it has a black ocellus at the upper part of the caudal

fin. The specimen, however, is only 24 inches long; so the ocellus

may be a mark of its being immature.

AMBLYOPUS CzCULUS, Bloch.

Amblyopus cirrhatus, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Bengal, 1860, p. 147.

The typical specimen, 8} inches in length, is in the collection.

SALARIAS DUSSUMIERI, C. & V.

Specimens of this species are labelled S. olivaceus, Blyth. Whe-

ther the latter name should be considered a synonym of S. lineatus,

C. & V., as stated by Mr. Blyth, or of S. dussumieri, C. & V., as

shown by the typical specimens, must be doubtful, unless, by some

accident, the label had been placed on the wrong bottle of specimens,

as is not improbable.

SALARIAS LEOPARDUS, Sp. 0.

Deigli2. PHS. AVi4,. A.24-13.. Co11.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 2, of base of first dorsal a little

above 4, of base of second dorsal 2, of caudal 2, of anal 2 of the total

length. Height of head 2, of body above 1, of first dorsal 4, of

second dorsal 1, of ventral 4, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 14 diameter from end of snout,

1 diameter apart.

Head large, with a transverse crest of tentacles crossing the occiput,

and a fringed orbicular tentacle half as long as the eye. Lips thick

and fringed, having two bifid tentacles on either side of symphysis

of the lower jaw. ‘The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends

to below the anterior margin of the orbit. Gill-opening wide.

Teeth in a single row, imbedded in the gums in both jaws. No

canines.

Fins. A notch between the two dorsals; the second dorsal is not

continued on to the caudal; the latter is cut nearly square. Two

fleshy prominences anterior to the anal fin.

Lateral line curves to opposite the end of the pectoral fin, whence

it proceeds direct to the centre of the base of the caudal.

Colours. Of a rich brown, becoming white on the chest, and

blotched all over with black marks, leaving narrow interspaces of a

lighter colour. Fins spotted.

Specimen, 4 inches long, dredged up off Galle Harbour by Dr. J.

Anderson.

ANDAMIA EXPANSA, Blyth.

D. 16/18. P.15. V.3. A.26. C.9.

Length of head 54, of pectoral 2, of caudal ;4, of the total length.

Height of head ;1;, of body 4 of the total length. The breadth of

the head equals its width.

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 919

Eyes elevated, diameter 17 of length of head, 1} diameter from

end of snout, | diameter apart.

Body subcylindrical and compressed.

Snout rounded anteriorly. A short fringed tentacle over the pos-

terior third of the orbit; a small, simple, nasal one. Snout with

a lateral lobe, the two lips continuous, the lower forming a broad ad-

hesive sucker behind the symphysis of the lower jaw, with a distinct

posterior fold. The upper edge of the lower lip is coarsely fringed.

Gill- -openings wide, extending on to the lower surface of the head.

Teeth in a fine single row, implanted in the gums of both jaws.

No canines.

Fins. Dorsals divided by a notch, or continuous. The first dorsal

commences a short distance behind the occiput ; its spines are free

to a greater or less extent; in some specimens the second is the

longest. ‘The soft dorsal mostly equals in height the posterior third

of the first dorsal ; sometimes the second dorsal is higher than the

first, but it does not appear to ever be higher than the body. Anal

lower than the dorsal, all its rays free in their external half. Pee-

toral arises close to the gill-opening, its lower seven rays are free at

their extremities. Extremity of caudal rays undivided and free.

Colours. Olive, banded with a darker shade, the bands and the

ground-colour being about equal in width. Head spotted. All the

fins with dark margins, except the anal, which is tipped with

white.

Many specimens, up to 3} inches in length, exist in the Calcutta

Museum. All were received from the Andaman Islands.

OsPHROMENUS NOBILIS.

Ctenops nobilis, M’Clelland, Cale. Journal of Natural History.

Pee Poibe. } Vide), Aeon, Orbe ne he 128 Sut

Snout elongated, lower jaw the longest, lower margin of preopercle

denticulated. Preorbital large, also denticulated. Opercle entire,

ending in a soft pointed extremity. Intermaxillaries very protractile.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla. extends two-thirds of the dis-

tance to below the anterior margin of the orbit.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout.

Head acute, depressed, dorsal profile nearly horizontal.

Teeth in pointed tufts, or two incomplete rows on the margin of

the intermaxillaries.

Fins. Dorsal small, situated in the posterior portion of the back.

Pectoral short. Anal extending almost to the caudal, from which it

is separated by a slight notch.

Scales ctenoid. Lateral line absent.

An accessory cavity exists above and behind the gills.

Colours. A white band passes from the eye to the centre of the

caudal fin, a second from the pectoral along the side, and a third

along the base of the anal fin.

Three specimens (not in a good state) exist, given by Dr. J. C.

520 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 11,

Jerdon, who obtained them at Purneah. He informs me “its

habitat is not mountain-streams, but rivers in the plains of Northern

Bengal.”

TRICHOGASTER FASCIATUS, Bloch.

I obtained a large number of specimens of this species from the

Calcutta market, and was enabled to form a complete series showing

how the preorbital changes with age. At 3 inches the whole of its

lower margin is serrated; at about 33 inches the serrations become

mere denticulations, fewer in number and wider apart; at 4 inches

some of the specimens have the preorbital entire.

This species is given as T'richopodus colisa by Hamilton Buchanan,

and figured at pl. 15. f. 40. The original drawing is marked

Trichopodus beje; it may therefore be safely assumed that these two

names belong to one and the same species.

Amongst the MS. drawings are beautiful coloured figures of :—the

Tvichogaster lalius, H. B., marked T. ruber ; Trichogaster chuna,

H. B., marked 7. vittatus; Trichogaster sota, H. B., marked T.

JSuscus; Trichogaster cotra, H. B. marked 7’. cerulescens.

TRICHOGASTER LALIUs, H. B.

D. 16/8. P. 9. Vi 1. A. ga. OC. 16.) La. 124-26.

Preorbital denticulated, also the horizontal margin of the pre-

opercle, the teething becoming gradually coarser posteriorly.

Lateral line either absent or only just visible for a few scales.

Fourteen rows of scales between the dorsal and anal fins.

This lovely little fish is the most beautiful amongst the numerous

species of freshwater fishes I have ever seen. It is vertically banded

with scarlet and light blue, each scale having one half of each colour.

The vertical fins are banded with scarlet dots. I kept four dozen

of this species in my rooms in Calcutta for six weeks, hoping, but in

vain, to get a ship captain to convey them to the Zoological Society’s

Gardens.

TRICHOGASTER CHUNA, H. B.

DelsilsncPaligoNee. Al SG, Ao, Td 20.

Preorbital and preopercle serrated.

Lateral line only a puncture on a few scales.

Colours. A black band from the eye to the end of the caudal fin.

Only one specimen, an inch long, is in the Museum: it may be

a variety of the last; but more specimens are required to decide.

There are several interesting specimens amongst the Ophiocepha-

lide in this fine collection, a few of which deserve a passing notice.

OpuHiocEerHALus GAcHNA, H. B. (variety).

Bure) De Sf cde Soap, AG.

The body is banded, and has a general orange tinge. None of the

teeth are enlarged. The pectoral fin reaches to above the anal, and

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 521

the ventral extends to the third anal ray. Three specimens, up to

6 inches in length, are in the collection received from Captain

Godwin-Austen, who obtained them at Cherra Poonjee. Another

specimen, 7 inches long, was sent by S. Teal, Esq., from Seeb

Sangor, in Assam.

OpHIOCEPHALUS BARCA, H. B.

Variety amphibius.

This is the typical specimen of the Bora chang, described in the

J. A. S. of B. viii. p. 550, is as follows :—

Drag. A, ose Ce 12. SEO SOL eb. te 9/17.

It differs very slightly from the O. barca of Calcutta, and is evi-

dently the same species. It is from Bootan.

ANABAS OLIGOLEPIS, Bleeker.

D.16/8. P.15. V.1/5. A.10/9. C.17. 1.1.26. Ltr. 3.

Two specimens, 9 inches long, exist in the collection; they were

obtained in the Calcutta bazar.

MAsTACEMBELUS ZEBRINUS, Blyth.

Py 29/52. oF 19. A. 3/ab, ©. 19.

Length of head + of the total length, and equal to the height

of the body.

Eyes small, situated before the middle of the length of the

head.

Angle of preopercle armed with three strong spinous teeth; a

spine also present below and slightly before the orbit.

Colours. Olive, with bluish vertical bands alternating with golden

ones. Dorsal and caudal fins banded in dots ; anal with the bands

of the body continued on to it. In preserved specimens the bands

on the body are black.

This species is the common sort throughout British Burma, and

is also found in the Irrawaddi, far above Ava.

MASTACEMBELUS aRMATUS, Lacép.

A fine specimen of the spotted variety, 14 inches long, exists in the

Museum. It has a single row of large black spots along the base of

the dorsal fin; no bands exist on its sides. D. 38/70. It was ob-

tained from the Calcutta bazar. .

GLYPHIDODON NOTATUS, sp. n.

Dig Peon W, Was AL 2/13 6 Lh 30. Ls tr. 5/12.

Length of head 3, of pectoral 2, of caudal above 2 of the total

length. Height of head 7 of the total length.

Lyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, ? of a diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body oval, compressed. Opercles entire.

Teeth in a single row.

922 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 1],

Fins. Third dorsal spine the longest, rays much longer than the

spines. Ventral does not extend to the anal, the second spine of the

latter the longest. Caudal deeply forked.

Scales ctenoid ; small ones exist over the soft dorsal and anal fins.

Lateral line ceases opposite the middle of the soft dorsal, but is

again continued, in the form of a round hole in the middle of each

scale, along the central line of the body.

Colours. Brownish, each scale with a light centre. White bands

cross from the back to the abdomen ; the first passes from the first

dorsal spine to the base of the pectoral fin, the second from the

middle spine to the base of the ventral, the third from the last three

spines to the anal, the fourth over the free portion of the tail at the

end of the soft dorsal fin. A black spot in the axil of the pectoral

fin. Caudal whitish.

Seven specimens exist in the collection, up to 3} inches in length.

They were received from Captain Hodges, who obtained them at the

Andaman Islands.

BREGMACEROS ATRIPINNIS, Sp. 0.

D.1/20 + xv. + 22. P.21. V.6. A. 22+ 10+ 26. C.17.

Le, 70.5 Tatras?

Length of the head ;*;, of pectoral 2, of caudal 7; of the total

length. Height of head ;%,, of body 4, of dorsal fin 4, of anal 2 of

the total length.

Eyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

1j diameter apart.

Body elongated and compressed.

Posterior extremity of maxilla reaches to below the posterior third

of the orbit.

Teeth in jaws, none in vomer or palate.

Fins. First dorsal consists of a single ray, which arises on the

summit of the head, and is continued backwards to opposite the pos-

terior extremity of the pectoral. First portion of the second dorsal

higher than the body, its intermediate rays very low. Pectoral

commences under the throat and is extended as far as the posterior

third of the body. The anterior portion of the anal is not quite so

high as that of the dorsal. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Scales cycloid, in parallel rows.

Lateral line absent.

Colours. Of a rich brown, becoming lighter on the abdomen.

Dorsal, pectoral, anal, and caudal fins black; ventral of a dirty

white.

Numerous specimens, up to 5 inches long, presented by Major

Tickell in 1864, probably from Burmah.

CYNOGLOSSUS BUCHANANI, sp. n.

DE Zoi owed AS le BO eon. LOL.

Length of head + of the entire length. Height of body nearly 3

of total length.

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 523

Eyes. Upper orbit in advance of the lower. Eyes minute.

The length of the snout equals 4 of that of the head. The rostral

hook extends to beneath the posterior margin of the anterior orbit.

A nostril exists between the orbits. No fringe to the lips. Mouth

twisted round to the right side.

Teeth minute, and on the right side only.

Fins. Ventral fins confluent, pectorals absent.

Scales strongly ctenoid on both sides, with a dark line along their

centres.

Lateral lines two, with sixteen to seventeen rows of scales between

them in the widest part. Four to five rows of scales between the

superior lateral line and the anterior portion of the base of the

dorsal fin.

Colours. Coloured side brown, with wide irregular yertical bands.

Two specimens exist in the Museum. One is 4 inches in length.

PsEupoRHOMBUs ArRsivus, H. B.

D724: Pele PW 650 Ansa, -Oo1s.

Length of head 7, of pectoral 4, of caudal 4 of the total length.

Height of body nearly 2 of total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

not 4 of a diameter apart.

Teeth. About six conical ones in the lower jaw on either side, and

four in the upper.

Fins. Dorsal arises opposite the anterior margin of the orbit, it

does not join the caudal; the latter is rather pointed.

Colours as described by H. B.

Dr. Ginther mentions in his ‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ vol. iv. p. 427,

that ‘‘a coloured drawing of this fish is in the collection of drawings

presented by General Hardwicke to the British Museum.” I find

one also exists 2;5, inches in length amongst Hamilton Buchanan’s

MS. drawings.

This species grows to 6 or even 8 inches in length, and is common

in Burmah.

SILURUS COCHINCHINENSIS, C. & V.

Silurichthys berdmorei, Blyth.

These two species, as suggested by Dr. Giinther, I find to be

identical, the typical specimen of the latter is 4,4; inches in length.

ARIUS SONA.

Pimelodus sona, Ham. Buch.

I believe that this species, as suggested by Dr. Giinther (Cat. of

Fishes, v. p. 143), is not identical with Bagrus arioides, C. & V., as

it was considered tu be by Mr. Blyth (J. A. 8. of B. 1860, p. 151).

Five specimens of the former and one of the latter are in the

collection.

"Del, Pl/Gy aa Blain: Oe 17:

524 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES, [Nov. 11,

Length of the head % of the total length. Height of body 1,

width of head nearly + of the total length.

The maxillary cirri extend to the end of the pectoral fin, the ex-

ternal mandibular pair to the posterior third of the pectoral, the

inner pair to the base of the pectoral. Head rugose superiorly, oc-

cipital process keeled, granulated, as long as wide at the base, and ex-

tending in a concave extremity ; basal bone crescent-shaped. The

superior longitudinal furrow on the head extends to opposite the

end of the opercle.

Fins. Dorsal spine upwards of 7 of the total length, serrated on

both sides on its upper half, rugose anteriorly in its lower half,

having a short termination. Pectoral spine rather stronger but not

nearly so long, being only 4 of the length of the head, serrated on

both sides. Adipose dorsal low. Caudal lobed.

GLYPTOSTERNUM TELCHITTA, Ham. Buch.

In Hamilton Buchanan’s MSS. is one of this species termed

Pimelodes * nibriundus. The drawing is 3} inches long. Six speci-

mens exist in the collection ; they are identical with the three typical

specimens of G. trilineatus, Blyth.

In the genus Hara, Blyth, there are examples of the H. buchanani,

Blyth, and H. filamentosus, Blyth. The species given in the

‘Fishes of Malabar’ as H. malabarica, Day, does not belong to this

genus, but is a Macrones.

In the genus Amb/ycetis, Blyth, the two specimens of A. mangois,

H. B., and A. tenuipinnis, Blyth, are identical. As to the A. ceeu-

tiens, Blyth, the specimens are not in a good state; they, however,

appear very similar to 4. mangois, H. B.

ExosTOMA ANDERSONHJ, sp. n.

Ded/Os Pcl 2 Vos. aye > ie A.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 4, of base of first dorsal ,4,, of base

of adipose dorsal 3, of base of anal 5), of caudal + of the total length.

Height of head 54, of body 14, of first dorsal ='5, of ventral °;, of

anal 51, of the total length.

Eyes. Very minute and covered by skin, situated on the upper

surface of the head, midway between the snout and posterior ex-

tremity of the opercle, whilst their space apart equals their distance

from the posterior nostril. A cirrus exists between the two nostrils,

which are situated close together and a little posterior to the short

maxillary cirrus, which has a widely dilated base consisting of a flap

of skin having a second attachment which passes to the lower lip.

Mandibular cirri on a transverse line ; they are rather short, but the

outer pair are the longer. Lips thick and studded with glands.

The isthmus is divided by aslight sulcus from the body, but is con-

tinuous with the branchial membrane. Branchial aperture narrow,

not extending on to lower surface of head. Upper surface of head

covered with skin. Humeral process large. Head depressed,

rounded anteriorly. Mouth transverse.

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 525

Teeth flattened, in a single row in both jaws, none on vomer or

palate.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite the posterior third of the

pectoral, which latter is horizontal in its external, and vertical in its

internal half. Dorsal and pectoral spines enveloped in skin, the

pectoral much the strongest. The external two-thirds of the ventral

is horizontal, its internal third vertical ; the two fins at their bases

are separated by a distance asunder which is equal to two-thirds of

their length. The external ray is thickened and enveloped in skin.

The anal is situated midway between the root of the ventral and that

of the caudal. Adipose dorsal very low, extending from opposite

the posterior extremity of the ventral to the upper margin of the base

of the caudal. Caudal cut square.

Lateral line passes along the middle of the body.

Colours. Deep leaden, the skin being everywhere covered by

minute elevations, which during life were probably yellow.

Two specimens, 5 and 6 inches long, are in the Calcutta Museum,

taken at Hotham, and presented by Dr. J, Anderson; there are also

two more from Ponsee, China.

Exosroma BiyTuu, n. sp.

D. 3/004 Bal/lte No Soy BP C0ls:

Length of head nearly 4, of pectoral 2, of caudal ;%; of the total

length. Height of the head 4,, of body + of total length.

Eyes small, on upper surface of head, and in the centre of its

entire length.

Width of head equals its length.

Nasal cirri about three times as long as the orbit. Maxilla ex-

ternally dilated into a fleshy appendage, but without cirri. Lips

thick and reflected round the mouth. ‘Two pairs of cirri on the

symphysis of the lower jaw, placed at some distance asunder, the

outer slightly the longest. Mouth inferior; snout broad.

Teeth in both jaws.

Fins. Pectoral subhorizontal, its rays plaited below, it arises

under the branchial aperture, which is entirely superior. Dorsal is

slightly anterior to the ventral, its spine is weak. Ventral sub-

horizontal. Caudal slightly forked, its lower lobe the longest.

Colours. Brown.

Two specimens, 24 inches long, exist in the Calcutta Museum.

Exosroma LABIATUM, M‘Clelland.

Glyptosternon labiatus, M‘Clelland, C. J. of N. H. ii. p. 588.

Dr4/0n Bele aMeGs a. 1/9. -C. 17.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 1, of caudal 4 of the total length.

Height of head 4, of body + of the total length.

Nasal cirri arise between the nostrils, and reach the end of the

snout. The maxillary cirrus extends to the pectoral fin. Jaws in

the form of a double crescent or @& shape. ‘The two lips broad and

continuous, widest laterally aud inferiorly. The lower lip is in the

526 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 1],

form of one central lobe with a smaller one on either side and a short

cirrus between.

Fins as in the other species.

Two specimens 4 inches long. Old Collection.

ExosToMA BERDMORE|, Blyth.

Blyth, Journal A. S. of Beng. 1860, p. 155.

The typical specimen is 4 inches in length, but in a very bad state.

Its snout is more pointed than in the other species.

Det Ol sb /20,7 AeG.

One specimen from the Tenasserim Provinces, presented by Major

Berdmore.

In the genus Hemirhamphus the following species exist in the

Museum :—Hemirhamphus buffonis, C. & V., twelve specimens from

the Calcutta bazar, labelled H. striga, Blyth ; Hemirhamphus ectun-

tio, Ham. Buch., many specimens, to 7 inches in length, labelled

H. brachynotopterus, Blyth ; Hemirhamphus commersonii, C. & V.,

one specimen 11 inches in length, from the Calcutta bazar, and

labelled H. notatus, Blyth.

HemirHAMPHUS PLUMATUS, Blyth.

J. A. S. of Bengal, xxvii. p. 288.

D: 2/185 Paling Vs Fey Ae 2/LE.. O,glGss LL 66.

In both specimens the extremity of the mandible is broken.

Length of head, in the best specimen (with the lower jaw), 2 of

the total length. Upper jaw 4 longer than wide. Pectoral short.

Eyes rather nearer to the posterior extremity of the head than

to the anterior extremity of the upper jaw, 1} diameter apart.

Upper surface of head flat.

Teeth in numerous villiform rows in the upper jaw, less numerous

in the lower.

Fins. Ventral arises in the posterior 4 of the length from the

snout to the base of the caudal fin; it reaches to under the base of

the dorsal, which last is in advance of the anal. Caudal forked,

lower lobe the longest. Upper margin of dorsal fin concave.

Lateral line in lower fifth of the body.

Colours. Bleached, silvery stripe visible.

Two specimens, 8 inches long, from Ceylon.

HEMIRHAMPHUS NEGLECTUS, sp. 0.

Hi. ectuntio, Blyth (not Ham. Buch.).

D. 1459. OF -V. 65 Ae ©. 15. L. 148,

* 10"

Length of head about 4 of the entire length, of the lower jaw

(anterior to the upper) + of the total length.

Eyes 23 diameters from end of snout, 17 diameter apart, 2

diameters from the posterior extremity of the opercle.

Upper surface of head nearly flat, and covered with pores. Upper

jaw twice as long as broad at its base.

1869.] MR. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL ZOOLOGICAL GARDENS. 527

Teeth rather coarse in both jaws, none on the palate.

Fins. Ventral commences in the posterior third of the distance

from the orbit to the base of the caudal fin; it is short, only ex-

tending halfway to the anal. Caudal rounded. ;

Colours. Silvery stripe distinct, end of mandible milk-white. al

Many specimens exist, from the Calcutta bazar. This species is

also found in Burmah. The specimens in the Museum are labelled

‘* H. ectuntio, H. B.”’

November 25, 1869.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater spoke of the condition of the various Zoological Gar-

dens on the Continent which he had visited during the vacation,

and made remarks on the new and rare animals observed in these

establishments.

At Rotterdam, in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of that

city, one of the chief attractions noticed was a pair of the Anoa of

Celebes (Anoa depressicornis). These had already bred once in the

Gardens, and a second calf was shortly expected. A bird which

Mr. Sclater had not previously seen alive was an African Spoonbill

(Platalea chlororhyncha).

At Amsterdam, the Gardens of the Society “Natura artis ma-

gistra”’ were found to be in their usual excellent state of arrange-

ment and condition. One of the best living series lately brought

together here was that of the genus Bos and its immediate allies,

amongst which were examples of the male, female, and young of

Bos sondaicus.

The Zoological Gardens of Hamburg, now under the direction of

Dr. F. Hilgendorf, C.M.Z.S., had recently acquired specimens of

many very interesting and little-known species, amongst which

might be specially noticed examples of Bassaris astuta and Tapirus

indicus, and a pair of Otocyon delalandii, all formerly represented

in the Society’s collection, but not now. A fine male Kudu (Strep-

siceros kudu) seemed to be in excellent condition, but was, unfortu-

nately, without a mate. The rarest bird in the collection was,

perhaps, Numida vulturina, represented by two specimens. Two

examples of the rare West-African Monkey Cercopithecus erythro-

gaster* had been likewise recently obtained, but had died and were

now in the Museum of the city.

The Zoological Gardens of Berlin were about to be disconnected

from State control, and to become the property of a new Society,

whereby large means would be obtained for their augmentation and

improvement. Dr. Bodinus, now Director of the Gardens at Co-

* Gray, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 168, t. xvr.

528 MR. J. BRAZIER ON THE EGG OF A MEGAPODE. [Nov, 25,

logne, had accepted the post of Director of the new establishment,

which seemed likely to become one of the most flourishing institu-

tions of the sort on the Continent.

In the Zoological Gardens of Cologne Mr. Sclater had likewise

seen much that was of interest, including breeding pairs and young

of Crax yarrelli and Dendrocygna arborea.

The well-known Gardens of Antwerp, under the care of M. Veke-

mans, F.Z.S., remained unrivalled as regards their collection of

Antelopes and breeding Phasianide. Amongst the former series

were pairs of both Gnus (Catodlepas gnu and C. gorgon), the Kob

(Antilope unctuosa), the Dama Antelope (Gazella dama), the Leu-

coryx (Oryx leucoryx), and the Bless-bok (Damalis albifrons) ;

besides single specimens of the Bontebok (D. pygargus), the Bubal

(Boselaphus bubalus), the Hartebeest (B. caama), and the Reh-bok

(A. capreolus). There was likewise a fine male Prongbuck (Antilo-

capra americana), believed te be the only example ever brought to

Europe, except that formerly in the Society’s collection. This

animal had regularly shed its horns during the two autumns it had

passed at Antwerp, and had thus confirmed the previous observations

of Mr. Bartlett and Dr. Canfield on this subject *.

The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of Mr. John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.,

a specimen of an egg of a species of Megapodius from Banks’s

Island, and read the following notes by Mr. Brazier concerning it :—

“The egg I send to the Society I obtained, with four other spe-

cimens, at Vavua Lavu, or the Great Island in Banks’s Islands,

13° 52'S. lat., 169° 4' E. long., situated near the New Hebrides

group. The bird is well known to the inhabitants of Banks’s Island ;

and my specimens were purchased of a native. The Megapode that

lays this egg builds its mound on the mountains near the sulphur-

springs. The natives told me that the mound is large, or, as they

expressed it, a ‘big-fellow house.’ The contents of the egg were

good eating. When I was on shore collecting shells &c. at Sand-

wich Island, New Hebrides, a native offered me two eggs for sale,

but he wanted more than I felt inclined to give him for them. I

believe my friend Sir W. T. Wiseman took four or five of the very

same egg, that had been brought alongside of the ship at Vavua Lavu,

or Great Island. When I had bought my specimens from the

native, I set out at once for the mountains to obtain, if possible,

some of the birds; but it came on to rain, and, night setting in, I had

to return to the ship. Our stay there was only one day, for the

greater part of which it rained. I was the first naturalist that had

ever landed on the island to collect specimens of natural history. I

should mention that I obtained the eggs on the 21st of August, 1865.

I send you one specimen; one I keep myself; and the other has

gone to Mr. Krefft for our National Museum.”

Mr. Sclater stated that he was not aware of any previous record

* Of. Partlett, ‘On the Affinities of the Prongbuck,” P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 718,

and Canfield, “On the Habits of the Prongbuck,” P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 105.

1869.) LETTER FROM MR. E. L. LAYARD. 529

respecting the existence of Megapodius in the group of New He-

brides, except the short notes of Dr. Bennett (P. Z.S. 1862, p. 247),

where he alluded to the occurrence of this form in the islands of

Tanna and Sandwich. Mr. Sclater had compared the present spe-

cimen with the series of eggs of the birds of this genus in the British

Museum, and found it to come nearest to that of Megapodius

pritchardi, G. R. Gray (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 41, t. vi.), which is figured

in Hartlaub and Finsch’s ‘ Ornithology of Polynesia,’ plate 2. But

it was larger and more deeply coloured than that egg, and appeared

to indicate the existence of an undescribed species of Megapode in

Banks’s Island, for which, following Mr. Gray’s example, he sug-

gested the name Megapodius brazieri.

The Secretary stated that, in reference to the preceding discussion

as to the present existence of the Rhinoceros in Borneo, he had

addressed letters to Mr. W. T. Fraser, C.M.Z.S., of Soerabaya, Java,

and Mr. Pope Hennessy, Governor of Labuan, requesting them to

endeavour to obtain information on the subject. From Mr. Fraser

he had received the following reply, dated Soerabaya, August 30th,

1869 :—

“I duly received your note of the 30th of April regarding the

existence of the Rhinoceros in Borneo. There have lately been ar-

rivals of several prahus from Koeti, and I have been able to question

the crews on the matter. They tell me that the animal has often

been met with in the interior, in the centre of the forests; but they

say that they have not heard of any having been caught. They

seem to think that it is quite impossible to obtain either skulls or

teeth of the animal. I promised them a good reward if they brought

me any the next time they returned from Koeti; and perhaps this

may have some effect. If I hear any thing further regarding the

matter, I shall immediately let you know. I believe you can accept

it as a certain fact that the Rhinoceros is an inhabitant of Borneo.”

The following letter was read, addressed to the Secretary by Mr.

E. L. Layard, F.Z.S., dated Cape Town, October 19, 1869 :—

“‘Srr,—The ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for the year

1869, Part I., reached me by this mail; and on looking through

them, at page 143, in Mr. A. D. Bartlett’s very interesting account

of the pellets thrown up by the male Hornbill (Buceros) I find Mr.

Bartlett stating that ‘he believed’ Dr. Livingstone was the first

person who called attention to the singular habit of the Hornbill in

imprisoning the female in her nest during the term of incubation.

He refers to the ‘Missionary Travels in South Africa’ (p. 613).

This book was published in 1857.

‘«<If Mr. Bartlett will refer to the ‘Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist.’

(series 2. vol. xi. p. 234), published in 1853, he will find that in my

‘ Rambles in Ceylon’ I have already noticed the fact, on equally good

testimony as that of Dr. Livingstone. I do not, however, think that

530 MR. DRESSER ON SOME EGGS OF LARUS MINUTUS. [Nov. 25,

I was the first to do so. If my memory serves me, when I commu-

nicated my ‘ wondrous’ tale’ to my old friend and early ornithological

guide, Mr. KE. Blyth, he told me the circumstance was well known

in India. I could, if I had time, refer to his letters still in my pos-

session, ranging back three and twenty years, when Dr. Templeton

and myself, aided by Mr. Blyth, began to work out the ornithology

of Ceylon. “T am, Sir, yours faithfully,

eK. L. Layvarp.”

Mr. A. Murray exhibited some specimens of articles sold as food

in the markets of Old Calabar. These consisted of examples of a

species of Pteropus ready trussed, specimens of a rare burrowing

Crustacean (Callianassa turnerana), and larve of a longicorn Beetle

found in decayed palm trees.

Mr. R. B. Sharpe exhibited a specimen of a very rare Indian King-

fisher (Alcedo grandis of Blyth). The specimen in question had

been recently obtained in the Darjeeling Terai by a shikaree in the

employ of Dr. John Anderson, Curator of the Indian Museum,

Calcutta. This gentleman had sent the specimen to England for

Mr. Sharpe to figure in his ‘ Monograph of the Alcedinide.’

Mr. H. J. Elwes, F Z:S., exhibited a fine pair of horns of the

Sinaitic Ibex (Capra sinaitica, Hempr. et Ehrenb.), obtained by

Mr. Palmer during the Sinaitic survey of last year.

Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made the following re-

marks on, some eggs of the Little Gull (Larus minutus) :—

«J have much pleasure in offering for inspection carefully iden-

tified eggs of the Little Gull (Larus minutus), together with a skin

of the adult bird in breeding-plumage, obtained with the eggs, they

being a portion of a series of eggs and skins of this Gull yesterday

received from Russia. I am the more glad to be able to exhibit

these eggs, as I have not hitherto seen authentic eggs of Larus

minutus in any collection. I myself have for long endeavoured to

obtain them, but until now in vain. When in Russia two winters

ago I made careful inquiries as to the breeding-place of this bird,

and was assured that it bred no nearer to St. Petersburg than the

Volga or Kama rivers, and that eggs had been procured from near

Perm. Last year I procured through Dr. Baldamus, the well-known

German oologist, two eggs which he assured me could be nothing

but those of Larus minutus, and which were taken near Smyrna by

Herr von Gonzenbach. However, I now find that they cannot be

the eggs of the Little Gull, as they differ so very much from those

above referred to.

“The eges I now exhibit (five in number, viz. a clutch of three

taken on the 3rd of June, and a clutch of two taken on the 5th of

June, this year) were collected at the upper part of Lake Ladoga, in

P ZS) 1869°P) Xai

TANT

\ r oe

4% v ys fi

AT. Hollick lith : c >

wv New Spiders of St Helena

1869.] ON SPIDERS FROM ST. HELENA. 531

Russia, by Mr. W. Mewes, the well-known Swedish ornithologist,

who has been collecting in Russia this last summer. The bird was

procured with the first-named clutch of three eggs on the 3rd of

June.

‘Mr. Mewes writes me that he found the Little Gull breeding

not uncommonly on the Ladoga, and that he had no trouble in

identifying the eggs. Further particulars respecting its nidification

he does not give, but promises to do so ere long.

“The eges of Larus minutus are, as will be seen, in size about

similar to those of Sterna arctica, and in general appearance not

unlike dark eggs of this Tern; indeed I have seen some eggs of the

Arctic Tern that could almost be mistaken for those of the Little

Gull. The ground-colour is dark brown or else greenish olive, and

the spots and blotches, which are generally distributed over the egg,

are greyish brown and dark umber-brown. In a series of twenty-

five eges I have received I do not observe much variation, and none

of them have a light ground-colour.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on some Spiders and Scorpions from St. Helena,

with Descriptions of New Species. By the Rev. O. P.

CAMBRIDGE.

(Plate XLH.)

The small collection of Spiders kindly placed in my hands in May

1869 by T. J. Melliss, Esq., must be considered a very scanty sample

of the Araneidea of the island of St. Helena. The collection con-

tained twenty-two species, of which two (of the genera Drassus and

Clubiona) were too immature to be accurately determined, nine

appeared to be undescribed, and eleven were referable to species

already known and described by various authors. As far as so small

a number of species may justify a general remark upon the character

of the Araneidea.of St. Helena, it appears to bear a thoroughly

European stamp, one alone belonging to any genus not indigenous

to Europe (Ariadne mellissii). Four (if not five) species contained

in the collection have been recorded as indigenous to Great Britain,

viz. Segestria perfida, Dysdera rubicunda, Tegenaria atrica, Phol-

cus phalangioides, and Epeira solers; the identity, however, of this

last with the European £#. solers I am not satisfied about. Two

species (Theridion punicum and Theridion fulvo-lunulatum) are

described by Mr. Lucas as indigenous in Algeria; and three others

(Argyropes aurelia, Salticus adansoni, and S. illigeri) are among

those described by Savigny in his work on Egypt. Pasithea pul-

chra (closely allied to Pasithea viridis (B1.) of Algeria, the Oxyopes

littoralis (Simon) of Spain, was first described from examples received

by Mr. Blackwall from the east of Central Africa. Among the

species described as new there is but little to denote a locality so

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXV.

532 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 25,

near the tropics ; possibly this may be due to the generally barren,

rocky nature of the island. It will be very interesting to ascertain

whether a closer search (which Mr. Melliss has promised to make)

into the Spiders of St. Helena will sustain the general observations

above made; equally interesting also to know whether such ob-

servations are applicable to the Insect orders of the island.

Fam. DyspERIDEs.

Gen. SEGESTRIA.

SEGESTRIA PERFIDA (Walck.), Hist. Nat. des Ins. Apt. tome i.

p- 267.

Segestria florentina, Hahn, Die Arachn. Bd. i. p. 5, t. 1. f. 1;

Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. v. p. 72, t. 164. f. 385, 586.

S. cellaria, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. tome i. p. 88.

Several adults of both sexes of this fine six-eyed Spider were con-

tained in Mr. Melliss’s collection. Its usual habitat is in crevices of

rocky banks and interstices of walls; in these it spins a silken tube

of considerable length, at the extremity of which it resides. I

found this species not unfrequent in the island of Corfu in 1864, in

holes and crevices of ancient olive-trees, whence it was exceedingly

difficult to dislodge them. They would suffer themselves to be

crushed rather than quit their abode; and the only way by which

I could obtain an uninjured specimen was by screwing a small stick

with a jagged end into the web and carefully drawing the whole

fabric out, upon the chance of the inmate coming out with it.

Gen. DyspERA.

DyspERA RUBICUNDA, Koch, die Arach. Bd. v. p. 79, t. 165.

f. 390, 391.

Though very difficult to be distinguished in the female sex from

D. erythrina (Walck.), I feel but little doubt concerning the iden-

tity of an adult female in the St.-Helena collection with D. rubicunda

(Koch).

Fam. DrassipEs.

Gen. Ciusrona (B1.).

CiuBIONA DuBIA, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)

Female adult, length 4 lines.

The prevailing colour of this species, like that of many others of

the genus, is yellow, clothed more or less all over with short, some-

what silky, yellowish-grey hairs. The cephalothorax is tinged with

reddish, especially on its fore part, or caput; this portion is rather

elongate, but yet broad and bluff at its fore extremity, much resem-

bling the form of a British species, C. deinognatha (Camb.). The

normal furrows and indentations are fairly marked, and are indicated

by dusky lines, which converge to a small longitudinal indentation

towards the hinder part ; two very fine dark longitudinal lines run

1869.] SPIDERS FROM ST. HELENA, 533

close together and nearly parallel to each other, backwards from

between the two hind central eyes towards the small indentation

above mentioned.

The eyes are small, but do not differ much in relative size. They

are arranged in two transverse nearly straight rows, the hinder row

being the longest, and its eyes equidistant from each other; those

of the front row, which is straight and placed immediately above

the lower margin of the clypeus, are also equidistant from each other.

The falces are strong, projecting, and rather prominent near their

base in front, also slightly excavated at their inner extremities.

They are of a dark reddish-yellow colour, and furnished with a few

projecting, black, bristly hairs in front.

Legs strong, moderately long, and of a clear yellow colour. They

are armed with a few black spines of various lengths, those beneath

the fore legs being the longest ; the metatarsi and tarsi of the first

two pairs are thickly clothed beneath with short close-set brown

hairs ; each tarsus has some papilleeform hairs on its underside, and

terminates with two curved and pectinated claws, beneath which is

a small scopula.

The abdomen is of a dull yellow colour, clothed with yellow-grey

hairs; in the median line of the fore part, on its upperside, is a

narrow stripe of a clearer yellow than the rest, and pointed at its

hinder extremity ; on either side of the posterior half of this stripe

are two small dark punctures or depressions ; the four form a square

the fore side of which is rather narrower than the hinder one. The

spinners are rather long and prominent, and the external sexual

organs sufficiently conspicuous, though not very large, the aperture

having the form of the Greek omega. Possibly the specimen here

described may be the female of some already described male; but

in the absence of examples of males from the same locality as the

present specimens, it seems best to describe it and give an accurate

figure of its sexual aperture; the form and structure of this part

seems to be the best differential specific character among the many

very similar females of this group of the genus Cludiona.

A single adult female in Mr. Melliss’s St.-Helena collection.

Fam. AGELENIDES.

Gen. TEGENARIA.

TEGENARIA ATRICA, Koch, Die Arach. Bd. x. p. 105, t.353. f.825;

Blackwall, Brit. and Ir. Spiders, part i. p. 165, pl. 11. f. 106.

Two immature females were contained in the collection.

Fam. THERIDIDES,

Gen. PHoucvus,

PuHotcus PHALANGIOIDES, Walck. Hist. Nat. des Ins. Apt.

tome i. p. 652.

Pholcus opilionides, Koch, Die Arachn. Bd. iv. p. 95, t. 135. falls

534 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 25,

P. phalangioides, Blackwall, Brit. and Ir. Spiders, p. 208, pl. 15.

US7:

Adult examples of both sexes in the collection.

Gen. ARIADNE.

Doleschall, Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Arachniden van den In-

dischen Archipel; in Naturkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch

Indié, xiii. p. 400.

Prognatha, Camb. MS., and Illustrations of Spiders of Syria and

Palestine.

ARIADNE MELLIsSII, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

Female adult, length 33 lines.

Cephalothorax oval, flattened, depressed behind the occiput, and

with a deep transverse indentation at the junction of caput and

thorax; the other normal furrows and indentations are strongly

marked: the one showing the junction between the hinder part of

caput and thorax is broadly marked with dark brown, and the tho-

racic portion has two longitudinal dusky bands, the general colour

being pale yellow. The clypeus is prominent.

Eyes. The four central ones form a large square, the two fore-

most of which are rather the largest, and black; the hinder ones

are pearly white, narrowly margined with black; those of each

lateral pair are contiguous to each other, and seated on a slight

tubercle ; the posterior eyes of these pairs are in a straight line with

the two posterior eyes of the central square, but each of these is

nearer to the hind lateral eye on its side than they are to each other.

The fore eye of each lateral pair is minute, and, in consequence

of its position relatively to the hinder eye, is removed considerably

back from the line of the fore central pair; from behind each hind

lateral eye a fine blackish line joins the stronger dark line which

indicates the junction of caput and thorax.

Legs very long, slender; colour yellow, the extremities of the

femora, tibize, and metatarsi being more or less strongly tinged with

red-brown ; they are furnished with slender hairs ; and their relative

length appeared to be 1, 4, 2, 3.

Palpi short, slender, hairy, of a pale yellow colour, terminating

with a rather conspicuous and abruptly bent black claw.

Falces moderately strong, and similar in colour to the legs.

Mazille long. slightly inclined to the labium, enlarged about

their middle, and terminating in a somewhat pointed form.

Labium short, broad, and of a somewhat triangular form. -

Sternum long, heart-shaped; all these latter parts are similar in

colour to the falces.

Abdomen large, very slightly furnished with hairs ; of a somewhat

elongate triangular shape, its upper convexity being prolonged be-

hind into a considerable pointed eminence, with a very slight lateral

prominence on either side towards its extremity ; its colour is of a

somewhat golden metallic lustre, broken up as if into scales by fine

1869.] SPIDERS FROM ST. HELENA. 535

intersecting lines; the portion near and behind the small lateral

prominences above mentioned is the darkest in colour, and the

upperside has a broad longitudinal median band of silvery hue ex-

tending nearly to its extreme hinder point ; the hinder extremity of

this band is trifid, and along its longitudinal centre is a dark line

enlarged triangularly at several points and sending off short lateral

lines on either side; on each side near its middle also is a dark dot.

The sides have two conspicuous dark spots, one near its fore ex-

tremity, the other about the middle; beneath (i.e. between the

cephalothorax and spinners on the underside) the abdomen is of a

pale yellow-brown hue, and its central portion is charged with three

broad longitudinal bands, the external ones being of silvery metallic

lustre, the central one deep black. The spinners are situated less

than halfway between the cephalothorax and the extreme hinder

point of the abdomen; on either side of their base are two conspi-

cuous metallic silvery blotches, and behind them is a prominent

kind of anal protuberance or coccyx.

A single adult female of this pretty and very distinct Spider was

found in the St.-Helena collection sent me by Mr. Melliss, with

whose name I feel great pleasure in connecting it.

Gen. THERIDION.

Tueripion punicum, Lucas, Explorations en Algérie, Zool.

tome i. p. 256, pl. 16. f. 3.

A single female of this species was contained in the collection

from St. Helena.

THERIDION FULVO-LUNULATUM, Lucas, Explorations en Algérie,

Zool. tome i. p. 267, pl. 17. f. 9.

A female of this species, which much resembles some species of

Latrodectus in colour and markings, in the St.-Helena collection.

Fam. Epriripes.

Gen. TETRAGNATHA.

TETRAGNATHA DIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)

Female adult, length 4 lines.

Cephalothorax oval, not very convex above; caput somewhat

produced ; normal furrows and indentations strongly marked ; colour

yellow, with deep-red-brown lateral margins, and a longitudinal cen-

tral band or stripe of the same colour ; clypeus retreating, and about

equal in height to the length of the space occupied by the fore and

hind central pairs of eyes.

Eyes eight, seated on black spots, but little difference in their

relative size; they form two rows, the hinder row straight, the fore

one curved, the curve directed forwards; the four central eyes form

a short oblong figure, whose longest width is in the longitudinal line

of caput; on either side of this oblong figure, and separated from it

by a space equal to its length, are the lateral pairs; the eyes of each

536 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 25,

of these pairs are contiguous to each other, seated on a slight tu-

bercle, and parallel to the central oblong figure.

Legs long, those of the first pair greatly the longest—at least

three times the length of the Spider; they are moderately strong,

and their relative length is 1, 2, 4,3; colour yellow; femora of first

pair tinged with reddish brown; the extremities of all the femoral,

genual, and tibial joints are dark red-brown; all the legs are fur-

nished with hairs and black spines, of which latter those of a double

longitudinal series on the tibiee of the first two pairs are most con-

spicuous.

Palpi slender, not very long, of a pale yellow colour; the digital

joints are furnished with conspicuous black bristles; a long promi-

nent one also issues from the anterior extremity of each cubital

joint, and another (not far from it) from the inner side of each radial

joint.

; Falces rather long, powerful, but very slightly divergent at their

extremities, prominent in front near their base, and similar in colour

to the cephalothorax.

Mazille long, strong, divergent and enlarged at their extremities,

which are rounded on the inner sides, where their colour is pale, the

rest being of a deep brown.

Labium short, oblong, rounded at the apex, and transversely in-

dented or rugulose.

Sternum heart-shaped, of a deep rich brown colour, with some

long black prominent bristles in front.

Abdomen oblong-oval, projecting greatly over the base of the

cephalothorax, and rather flattened above; its colour is yellowish

brown, more or less suffused with dull golden metallic spots; a

broad longitudinal, strongly dentated band of a browner hue, but

similarly suffused, ocenpies almost the whole of the upperside, nar-

rowing as it approaches the spinners; this band has on its outer

margins a broken but strong and conspicuous edging of black spots

and markings, forming two irregularly dentated black lines; on the

fore half of this band is a central longitudinal brown line, crossed by

another about midway, and with its hinder extremity trifid; this

crossed line is formed by the greater suffusion and covering of the

surrounding space by metallic spots; the sides are marked with two

or three inconspicuous oblique dark lines; and the underside has a

broad longitudinal black bar edged on either lateral margin by a

conspicuous bar of pale metallic golden spots, a blotch of the same

forming a continuation of each on either side of the spinners ; these

are short and almost concealed beneath the extremity of the abdo-

men; the sexual organs outwardly only present a small inconspi-

cuous aperture at the base of a large squarish maroon-brown-coloured

atch.

A single adult female in Mr. Melliss’s St.-Helena collection.

TETRAGNATHA INDIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)

Male immature, length 23 lines.

In form, structure, prevailing colour, and general appearance this

1869. ] SPIDERS FROM ST. HELENA. 537

species resembles 7’. digna, but it differs remarkably in the pattern

formed by the colours on the abdomen.

The lateral lines and longitudinal median stripe on the cephalo-

thorax are less strong than in 7’. digna; the extremities of the joints

of the legs are also less deep in colour. The abdomen is of a pale

dull yellowish hue tinged with brown and freckled with metallic

spots of a pale golden colour; the fore half of the upperside has

only a short black streak on the hinder part, in continuation of

which are some black and yellow-brown angular lines and markings,

altogether forming an oblong figure, expanding above the spinners

laterally into a large deep-black irregular patch, occupying nearly

half the hind lateral portion of the abdomen ; this black patch sends

forth a curved lateral stripe towards the cephalothorax; the under-

side resembles that of 7’. digna, but is less deeply coloured. In an

example of the immature female there was a dull whitey-brown-

coloured cruciform marking on the fore half of the upperside of

the abdomen, and no short black streak visible; probably some

variety in this respect would be also visible in the adult state.

An immature male and female in Mr. Melliss’s collection, though

nearly allied to the foregoing (7. digna), appeared to be decidedly

distinct from it.

Gen. Eprira.

Epeira socers, Walck. Ins. Apt. tome il. p. 41?

Several adult examples were contained in the St.-Helena col-

lection. They were larger than the typical European species and

less pubescent ; but the pattern on the abdomen was similar, though

in general more neatly and distinctly defined. I have received

examples of the same species from Bombay and Ceylon ; and a col-

lection of Spiders received by Mr. Meade from the south-east of

Africa contained numerous individuals of it, all females, and of a

larger size still. In all the adult specimens examined I could per-

ceive no structural difference in the process (or epigyne) connected

with the sexual organs.

Gen. ARGYROPES.

ARGYROPES AURELIA, Walck. Ins. Apt. tome ii. p. 107, and _re-

fereuces there quoted ; Savigny, Description de Egypte, Hist. Nat.

t. 1, 4° partie, p. 122. no. 5, ou tome xxii. p. 331, édit. in-8vo,

Arachnides, pl. 2. f. 5.

Several examples of this handsome Spider were contained in the

St.-Helena collection. The collection above alluded to from South- -

east Africa also contained specimens of it.

Fam. THOMISIDES.

Gen. PHILODROMUS.

PHILODROMUS SIGNATUS, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)

Female immature, Jength 1? line.

‘The general form and structure of this Spider is sufficiently near

538 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 25,

to those of the European species (P. aureolus and P. cespiticolis)

to make it unnecessary to do more than point out the differences of

pattern and colour.

The cephalothoraz is of a deep bistre-brown colour, with a broad

longitudinal central yellowish band, and the sides are thinly marked

with some irregular spots of the same colour; the central band con-

tains a conspicuous and characteristic clear white marking of a

somewhat blunt-pointed V-shape, behind which is a short dark brown

longitudinal line indicating the point of junction of the thoracic

segments.

The /egs are moderately strong; those of the second pair are

much the longest, and those of the third pair slightly the shortest ;

their colour is a rather clear yellowish, blotched and marked with

deep blackish brown, and near the articulations of some of the joints

with white ; they are furnished sparingly with hairs and some spines,

the latter mostly beneath the tibiz and metatarsi.

The abdomen is of an oval form, and of a warm yellowish-brown

hue; the upperside has on its fore part a deep-brown oblong mark-

ing, broadest near its middle, and with several projecting angular

pomts on either side; this marking is strongly bordered with a

broken line of yellowish white, and is followed towards the spinners

by several small angular markings of a similar colour, and decreasing

gradually in size as they approach those organs. Towards either

side of the abdomen is a curved longitudinal row of obscure pale

spots, followed behind by a somewhat curved and angular black

dash ; these dashes converge backwards, and the ground-colour in-

cluded between them is rather darker than that of the rest of the

upperside of the abdomen, and continues to a point just above the

spinners; on the outer margin of the above-mentioned black dashes

are some blotches of a pale yellowish colour; the sides have a dark

patch forwards, and are generally spotted and marked with the same

colour. The abdomen is yellowish beneath, thinly spotted with

deep brown, and with three longitudinal broken stripes or dashes,

the centre one of which is the clearest and most distinct.

The séernum also is yellow, marked with dark brown spots on its

outer margin, and a short central longitudinal stripe at its hinder

extremity.

The collection contained an immature female of this pretty and

distinctly marked Philodromus, which appears to be hitherto unde-

scribed.

Gen. Oxtos.

OLIOS TRIDENTIGER, 0. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)

Male adult, length 43 lines.

Cephalothorax short and broad ; caput truncate on the anterior

margin; the ¢horacie portion nearly circular; sides somewhat flat-

tened; surface densely pubescent, with warm salmon-grey-coloured

hairs, and with a broad somewhat irregular curved band of greenish

brown on either side of the median line; the form and distribution

of this band indicate the grooves formed by the junction of the

1869.] SPIDERS FROM ST. HELENA. 539

thoracic segments; the clypeus is rather less in height than the

length of the space occupied by the four central eyes.

Lyes eight, in two curved rows, of which the curves are directed

backwards ; the front row is the shortest and least curved; the two

fore central eyes are the largest of the eight, and the hind laterals

slightly the smallest; those of the front row are equidistant from

each other, and those of the hind central pair are rather nearer to

each other than each is to the hind lateral on its side; the four

central eyes form very nearly a square.

Legs moderately long and strong, furnished with hairs, bristles,

and spines, of which latter those beneath the tibize and metatarsi are

most conspicuous; colour yellowish brown, clothed with a greyish-

yellow pubescence ; the tarsi are thickly set on their undersides with

short hairs, and terminate with two strong claws, beneath which is

a blackish scopula.

Palpi darker in colour than the legs, especially the digital joints,

which are of a long, narrow, pointed-oval form, and equal in length

to the radial and cubital joints together; the radial is longer than

the cubital, it is rather produced at its extremity in front, and has

two projections from its outer side, one (which is the smallest of the

two) at the extremity, rather beneath, projecting over the base of the

palpal organs, and with a curved dark red-brown spine issuing from

above it, whose sharply bent point is in contact with the margin of

che digital joint; it was difficult to see whether this spine issued

from the radial joint or from the base of the palpal organs, but I

believe it to be from the former; the other projection issues from

near the dase of the radial joint on its outer side, it is very strong

and has three corneous prong-like projections or claws at its ex-

tremity ; the two upper ones sharp-pointed, the lower one broad and

obtuse; the palpal organs are of a deep red-brown colour, well

developed but not very complicated; they consist of a principal

corneous lobe, at the extremity of which, near the outer side, are

one or two strong curved points.

Faices long, strong, conical, vertical, of a deep rich red-brown

colour approaching black, and the surface rough as if from innu-

merable minute tubercles; they have also on their surface many

bristly reddish hairs.

Mazille strong, curved, rounded on their outer sides, and ob-

liquely truncate at their inner extremities.

Labium short, broad, and square at its apex, which has its cor-

ners slightly rounded off; these parts are of a dark red-brown

colour, glossy, but furnished with hairs.

Sternum short-oval, of a reddish yellow-brown colour covered with

yellow-grey pubescence.

The abdomen was much shrunken; but its form appeared to be

oblong-oval, truncate at its fore extremity ; its colour (formed by a

uniform pubescence) was greyish yellow; on the fore half of the

upperside was a central longitudinal somewhat oblong band of dark

black-brown, followed towards the spinners by a series of similarly

coloured and strongly marked chevrons whose apices had been

540 EY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [ Nov. 25,

broken off, leaving two opposed rows of oblique stripes. An adult

female differed only in being rather darker-coloured.

The adult male and female above described were contained in Mr.

Melliss’s collection, but were dry and pinned instead of being pre-

served in spirit of wine.

Fam. LycosIpEs.

Gen. PASITHEA.

PasirHea PuLcHRA. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)

Pasithea pulchra, Blackw. Ann. and Mag. Hist. xvi. 3rd ser.

p- 338 (1865).

An adult female of this beautiful Spider preserved in spirit, as

well as one dried and pinned, were contained in the St.-Helena col-

lection.

Gen. Lycosa.

Lycosa LiGATA, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)

Male adult, length 4? lines.

In general proportions, form, and appearance this species does not

vary from the ordinary types of the genus, differing chiefly in the

pattern formed by the distribution of its colours and markings, and

in the structure of the palpi and their peculiar organs.

The cephalothoraz is of a dark brown colour tinged with yellow,

and furnished sparingly with yellowish and other hairs; it is mar-

gined narrowly with a blackish line, above which is a broken band

of yellow, in some individuals almost obsolete, in others consisting

of broken-edged detached spots; the central median line of the ce-

phalothorax is occupied by a well-defined yellow band of a peculiar

form; commencing narrowly between the eyes it enlarges suddenly

into a nearly square form, behind which it narrows abruptly again

into a neck, whence it continues in a spear-head form with the point

directed backwards; this spear-head portion encloses the point of

junction of the cephalic and thoracic segments, which is marked by

a short dark longitudinal line; the fore part of this central longitu-

dinal band is marked with some brown spots and markings; and

the junctions of the thoracic segments are also marked by converging

lateral lines of dark brown; the immediate region of the eyes is

black. Some variety exists in different individuals in the exact form

of the central band, but its general character is similar in all that

have come under my notice.

Of the four eyes forming the large hinder square, the two fore ones

are the largest and much nearer together than the two hinder ones ;

of the four forming the front line, the two centrals are the smallest ;

this line is equal in length to that formed by the two fore ones of the

posterior square, and the four are about equidistant from each other.

Legs and palpi yellow, banded with dark brown, and furnished

with hairs, bristles, and spines; the relative length of the legs is

4,1, 2, 3; the tibiz, especially of the hinder pair, are conspicuous

and characteristic from being of a deep brown colour, with a broad-

1869. | SPIDERS FROM ST. HELENA. 541

ish central transverse band of yellow; the metatarsi have each two

yellow transverse bands ; and the tarsi are yellow, clouded only with

brownish ; the cubital joints of the palpi are slightly clavate, but

stouter though shorter than the radials ; the digital joints are brown

in colour, narrow, longer than the radials, and blunt-pointed at

their extremity ; the palpal organs, placed in the concavity of the

hinder portion of the digital joint, are small, not very prominent nor

complex ; they consist of two small lobes, in conjunction with which

are one or two short dark prominent spiny points.

Falces strong and vertical, of a deep brown colour tinged with

reddish, and clothed with dull yellowish hairs.

Mazville strong, and of a dark yellow-brown colour, curved towards

the labium, rounded on their outer sides, and obliquely truncate on

their inner extremities.

Labium oblong, of a deep rich red-brown colour, except the apex,

which is yellowish red.

Sternum dark blackish brown, the fore part divided longitudinally

by a narrow yellowish stripe; this stripe was nearly obsolete in the

adult male, but conspicuous in the female and in some immature

examples.

Abdomen dark black-brown on the upperside, which has the

central longitudinal line occupied forwards by the normal narrow

marking or band, which is of a reddish-yellow colour, and pointed

at its hinder extremity; this band is followed towards the spinners

by several broken yellow chevrons, each of the broken portions

having a black dot within it ; from either side of the fore extremity

of the normal marking an irregular broken stripe of yellow runs

obliquely backwards, and a large conspicuous blotch of a similar

colour on either side of the chevrons forms a sort of continuation

and end of the broken stripe; the underside of the abdomen is yel-

lowish brown marked with blackish, and with an indistinct pale

lateral longitudinal line on either side; the spinners are of a dull

yellow colour and prominent. An adult female differed in being

rather smaller, but was similar in colour and markings.

Adult and immature examples of both sexes were contained in

Mr. Melliss’s collection. The species evidently belongs to the group

of which we may take Lycosa picta (Hahn) as the type.

Lycosa INEXORABILIS, nu. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 9.)

Female adult, length 53 lines.

This Spider may be easily distinguished from LZ. ligata (just de-

scribed) by the greater depression of the sides of the cephalothorax,

and by the central pale yellow-brown longitudinal band of that part

being simple, narrow, and without enlargements ; the cephalothorax

is dark brown with a yellowish tinge, narrowly margined with black,

and clothed with short yellowish-grey hairs; the normal furrows

and indentations are indicated by blackish lines, and there are some

faint indications of a pale yellowish lateral band on either side; the

central longitudinal band runs through between the four large eyes,

and is moderately furnished with whitish hairs behind.

542 REV. OC. P. CAMBRIDGE ON [Nov. 25,

Legs long, strong, of a yellowish-brown colour, the femora paler,

but well marked and blotched with deep brown; they are furnished

with spines and hairs, of which last the prevailing colour is greyish

yellow.

" Falces strong, vertical, and prominent near their base in front;

furnished with bristly hairs, and of a deep blackish red-brown colour.

Aédomen (like most of the genus) hairy, especially at the fore

extremity, where the hairs are of a somewhat bristly nature, curving

upwards and backwards over the abdomen; their colour is dark,

with a tuft of nearly white ones in the middle; the colour of the

abdomen is dark yellow-brown; the characteristic marking on the

fore half of its upperside is of a yellowish colour and narrow, espe-

cially at its hinder half, which is blunt-pointed; on either side of

the part where it begins abruptly to contract is a roundish yellow

spot, with a deep red-brown point in its centre; the normal band is

followed by some indistinct indications of transverse yellowish mark-

ings as if of broken chevrons; the whole of the upperside and

sides of the abdomen are more or less mottled with yellow points

and dots; the under part has an indistinct yellow longitudinal line

on either side.

Spinners moderately long, prominent, and of a yellowish colour.

This Spider is closely allied to the Lycosa agretyca of Savigny

(the L. trucidatoria, Walck.), but is, I think, distinct from it.

A single adult female in Mr. Melliss’s St.-Helena collection.

Fam. SALTICIDES.

Gen. SALTICUS.

SALTICUS NIGRO-LIMBATUS, n. sp. (Plate XLII. fig. 10.)

Female adult, length 4 lines.

Cephalothorax oblong-oval, truncate before; upper surface nearly

level, and its convexity somewhat flattened; colour black, with the

upper part more or less clothed with short greyish-yellow hairs, and

a narrow marginal lateral band on either side of pale whitish sulphur-

yellow hairs.

Legs short, strong, furnished with hairs and a few spines; of a

yellow-brown colour, irregularly marked and suffused with deeper

brown; each tarsus has a small black scopula beneath its terminal

claws.

Palpi short, of a reddish-yellow colour, clothed with greyish-

yellow hairs.

Falces strong, nearly vertical, of a deep reddish-brown colour.

The maxillee, labium, and sternum were destroyed by the pin with

which the specimen was transfixed.

Abdomen \ongish-oval, pointed behind, truncate before, of a

uniform dull sandy yellow-grey colour, formed by its hairy clothing

or pubescence (the underside being of rather a clearer yellow) ; two

black stripes, irregular on their inner margins, form lateral bands to

the upper surface; these stripes do not appear to unite at the fore

1869.] SPIDERS AND SCORPIONS FROM ST. HELENA. 543

seenity where there are some strong yellowish-grey recurved

airs.

Spinners rather prominent, and darker-coloured than the ab-

domen.

An adult female of this plainly but very distinctly marked species

was found among the dry and pinned specimens captured at St.

Helena by Mr. Melliss.

SALTICUS ILLIGERI, Savigny, Egypte, p. 171, pl. 7. f. 20; Walck.

Ins. Apt. tome i. p. 428.

Female examples, both in spirit and dry, were contained in the

St.-Helena collection.

SALTICUS ADANSONII, Savigny, Egypte, p. 169, pl. 7.f.8; Walck.

Ins. Apt. tome i. p. 427.

Attus nigro-fuscus, Vinson, Aranéides des Iles de la Réunion,

Maurice et Madagascar, p. 59, pl. 10. f. 8.

An adult female in the collection from St. Helena.

Order SCORPIONIDEA.

Fam. ScoRPIONIDES.

Gen. Lycnas (Koch).

Lycuas MACuLATUs, Koch, Die Arach. Bd. xii. p. 1, t. 397. f. 960.

A single example of the above was contained in the collection re-

ceived from St. Helena.

Lycuas AMEricanvs, Koch, Die Arach. Bd. xii. p.2, t.397. f.961.

A single example also of this species accompanied the former.

List of Species.

ARANEIDEA.

Segestria perfida. Epetra solers?

Dysdera rubicunda. Argyropes aurelia.

Clubiona dubia, n. sp. Philodromus signatus, n, sp.

Tegenaria atrica. Olios tridentiger, n. sp.

Pholeus phalangioides. Pasithea pulehra.

Ariadne mellissii, n. sp. Lycosa ligata, n. sp.

Theridion punicum. inexorabilis, n. sp.

Sulvo-lunulatum. Salticus nigro-limbatus, n. sp.

Tetragnatha digna, un. sp. illigert.

indigna, u. sp. adansonii.

SCORPIONIDEA.

Lychas maculatus. Lychas americanus.

544 DRS. FINSCH AND HARTLAUB ON [Nov. 25,

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLII.

Fig. 1. Clubiona dubia, p. 532.

a. Epigyne.

6. Natural length of Spider.

2. Ariadne mellissii, p. 534.

a. Fore-right view of cephalothorax, showing ges of the eyes.

6. Falces, maxillx, labium, and sternum.

ec. Natural length of Spider.

d, Underside of abdomen.

f. Profile view of Spider, without legs.

3. Tetragnatha digna, p. 535.

a. Underside of abdomen.

6. Natural length of Spider.

ce. Fore-right view of eyes and falces.

d. Profile without legs.

4. Tetragnatha indigna, p. 536.

a. Profile view, without legs.

6, Natural length.

d. Fore-right view of eyes and falces.

. Philodromus signatus, p. 537.

a. Natural length.

6. Underside.

ec. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces.

6 Olios tridentiger, p. 538.

a. Fore-right view of eyes and falces.

6, c, d. Right palpus in three positions.

e. Natural length of Spider.

7. Pasithea pulchra, p. 540.

a. Fore-right view of eyes and falces.

6. Profile of Spider without legs.

ec. Epigyne.

d. Underside, showing maxill, labium, and sternum.

e. Natural length.

8. Lycosa ligata, p. 540.

a. Palpus.

6. Natural length.

ce. Fore-right view of eyes and falces.

9. Lycosa inexorabilis, p. 541.

a. Natural length.

6. Epigyne.

ce. Fore-right view of eyes and falces.

10. Salticus nigro-limbatus, p. 542.

a. Profile without legs.

b. Natural length.

2. On a small Collection of Birds from the Tonga Islands.

By Dr. O. Fiysca, C.M.Z.S., and Dr. G. Harrtavs,

F.M.ZS.

In our book on the ornithology of the Feejee, Samoa, and Tonga

group we have enumerated thirty-one species of birds hitherto

known to inhabit the latter group of Pacific Islands. One of these,

the Rallus forsteri, we now consider to be only a variety of age or

season of the well-known R. pectoralis, more of which hereafter.

Of the remaining thirty species there are five which seem to be con-

1869. ] BIRDS FROM THE TONGA ISLANDS. 545

fined to the Tonga Islands, viz. Platycercus tabuensis, Pachycephala

jacquinoti, Ptilinopus porphyraceus, Rallus hypoleucus, and Mega-

podius burnabyi. Now, the museum of Mr. J. C. Godeffroy at

Hamburg has been enriched of late by a small series of birds from

the Tonga Islands, which has been submitted to our scientific exami-

nation. This collection comprises in the whole eleven species, the

following three of which are additional to the above list :—Lalage

terat, Ptilinopus perousii, and a very remarkable and typical new

species of the genus Myiolestes.

1. Strix peLicatuLa, Gould; Finsch et Hartl. Beitr. Orn.

Centralpol. p. 11.

One specimen in spirits. Agrees in every respect with our de-

scription.

Long. al. caud. culm. tars. dig. med.

gi" 4ll gi git! AL gi 14!"

2. PLATYCERCUS TABUENSIS, Gmel. ; Finsch. et Hartl. 7. c. p. 17.

Five specimens, all deeply in moult. Chin and upper part of

throat of a dark-brown colour, which deepens more or less into black.

The colour of the under parts is rich and deep brownish purple,

e ach feather having a green band across the middle ; the uropygium

is in three of the specimens of a uniform green; in the two others

the green feathers have red-brown margins; the fine blue nuchal

collar is in one bird very distinct and broadly developed, in the four

others it appears rather narrow.

ong. al. culm, tars.

Long caud.

gi 3ill_g!! Qi vA git_gtt 3m 113-15" 11-12"

3, Hatcyon sacra, Gmel.; Finsch et Hartl. 7. c. p. 32.

Six specimens. One in the adult plumage, as described by us on

page 33. In the five others a fulvous ocular stripe and nuchal band

are more or less distinctly visible; one bird has the wing-coverts

narrowly but distinctly margined with ferruginous, and on the sides

of the breast are faint traces of darker undulations. “ Iris brown.”

Long. al. rectr. med. culm. tars. dig. med.

gn gilt Qi gi_git git 163-17!" at gir

4, Prizoris cARuNCcuLATA, Gmel.; Finsch et Hartl. /.c. p. 58.

Three specimens. Not differing from our description; but the

upper margin of the naked lobe of a fine sulphur-yellow. Very

variable in size.

Long. tot. al. caud. culm. tars.

7—-8!! 3i y]M_4" ue gu ppg 3 9-10!" 13-14!"

The relative length of the wing in these Tonga birds is rather

curious. In nine specimens from the Samoan Islands the wing did

not exceed 3!! 8!!",

546 DRS. FINSCH AND HARTLAUB ON [Noy. 25,

5. MYIOLESTES HEINE, 0. sp.

Five specimens.

Diagn.—Supra olivaceo-fuscescens, uropygio nonnihil rufescente,

remigibus obsolete fuscis, dorsi colore marginatis ; superciliis,

capitis lateribus, gutture pectoreque sordide cinereis ; lateri-

bus cinerascentibus ; abdomine medio et subcaudalibus albidis ;

subalaribus cineraceis; regione inter nares et oculos latius

nigricante, parotica obscure fusca ; rectricibus 4 mediis dorso

subconcoloribus, lateralibus macula apicali alba ; rostro nigri-

cante, tomiis albidis ; pedibus nigricantibus.

Long. tot. rostr. caud, tars.

al.

a_i om git! 3 6! ot git 10!"

There is a slight rufous hue in the colour of the back ; the black-

ish colour of the loral region is a little continued under the eye; the

white apical spot of the lateral rectrices becomes smaller towards the

middle of the tail, and on the fourth it is only a broad margin. In

the adult bird this white apical spot is not confined to the inner

beard ; it extends more or less ou the outer, and even in the fourth

feather it is still visible there. In one specimen only the first lateral

tail-feather has the white final portion extended over both beards ;

in the others it is apparent only on the inner one. The shafts of

the wing-feathers are black. The chin more or less darkens into

blackish.

Jun. av.—The beak is nearly uniformly dark, with very narrow

brownish tomial margins. The end of the tail-feathers is pale, the

apical spot not being distinctly discernible.

Long. al. rostr. a fr. caud. tars. dig. med.

31 5 3i git gig! git gig gilt Joz- 1d! 62-7!" (ad.)

34 9 2 10 ll 7 (jun.)

It is not at all impossible that this bird may finally turn out to

be the Pacific Thrush of Latham (Turdus pacificus, Gm.), a species

which was described from a specimen in the collection of Sir J.

Banks, and which was said to have come from the Tonga Islands.

But the description as given by Latham is so short and incomplete*,

that we do not feel justified in referring it with sufficient probability

to the present bird.

6. LavaGce TERAT, Bodd.; Finsch et Hartl. /. c. p. 80.

Four specimens. An adult bird agrees in every respect with our

description; three others are younger individuals, and have the

feathers of the upper parts with paler margins.

Long. __rostr. al. caud. tars.

6! 6" gl gil gi_3it git! on ain_ou 5 10-192!"

6 0 3.5 2 3 113 (jun.)

The Tonga Islands are a new habitat for this species.

* “ Cinereus ; corpore subtus genisque Ffuscescente-albis ; loris obscuris ; cauda

nigra, apice alba, Tong. 5” 6””’.”

“I

1869.) BIRDS FROM THE TONGA ISLANDS. 54

7. APLONIS TABUENSIS, Gm.; Finsch et Hartl. J. c. p. 103.

Three specimens. Not different from our description. The lan-

ceolate feathers of the head have a distinct purpurescent or copper-

coloured glitter, which varies under a certain light into green; the

dirty-white shaft-stripes of the under parts not very distinct. The

wings are a little longer than in Viti birds. ‘“‘ Iris yellow.”

Long. al. ceaud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

4f ye. ot gm gn pf_gi gir 7i_git ll 413!" gi

8. Pritinopus porPHyYRACEUS (Forst.); Finsch. et Hartl. /. ¢.

p- 119 (fid. Forster).

Four specimens.

Ad. Pileo lete et circumscripte purpureo-violascente, diluto

favo circumdato, mento gulaque media pallide flavis ; capite

reliquo, collo toto, interscapulio, gutture, pectore et epigastrio

pallide eano-virentibus, plumis basi cinereis ; epigastrit plumis

apice distincte flavescentibus ; dorso, tergo, uropygio, tectrici-

bus alarum et caude psittacino-viridibus ; remigis primi parte

apicali valde attenuata tota nigra, reliquis pogonio externo

obscure virentibus; secundariis distinectius viridibus, pogonio

externo nonnihil aureo-fuscescentibus, limbo marginali externo

strictissimo flavo; omnium pogoniis internis dilute cinereis ;

scapularibus pogonio externo apiceque viridibus, 3-4 ultimis

macula anteapicali latiuscula cerulescenti-viridi ; macula ab-

dominis medii obscure violacea, lateribus viridi-flaventibus,

abdomine imo crissoque flavis ; subcaudalibus flavis, apice au-

rantiacis; subalaribus dilute cinereo viridique variis; rectri-

cibus mediis viridibus, lateralibus pogonio interno nigris, om-

nibus apice late canis, limbo apicali ipso virente ; cauda subtus

obscure grisea, apice late albida; rostro plumbeo, apice palli-

diore ; pedibus grisescentibus.

Long. rostr.afr. al. caud. tars.

gl! 5l 3m Pe UL gi!

We describe a fine adult bird. In two others the violet-coloured

abdominal spot is wanting, and the apical part of the tail-feathers is

of a dirty greenish shade. These two specimens may be females.

In a fourth and apparently younger specimen the epigastrium is

green, and there are faint traces of a dark green middle spot; vent

and under tail-coverts yellow; head and neck more decidedly grey ;

chin whitish. :

Long. al. rostr. a fr. caud. tars. dig. med,

All jij git 536i! git qit_gn ain git! git

This rare and beautiful Péilinopus seems to be confined to the

Tonga Islands. The description in our Polynesian Ornithology

was copied from Forster, we not knowing the bird by autoptical

examination. We even suspected it not to be different from Pt.

fasciatus ; and this species, of some neighbouring groups of islands,

the Viti and Navigator’s, it really resembles very much. But the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXVI.

548 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 25,

differences are nevertheless very conspicuous. The yellow margin

around the red skull-cap is very distinct in Pt. porphyraceus ;

very faint and pale in Pt. fasciatus. The median abdominal spot, of

a dark blackish violet in Pt. porphyraceus, is of a purplish wine-red

in Pé. fasciatus. The chin and upper part of throat are of a pure

white in Pt. fasciatus, of a pale yellow in Pt. porphyraceus; and,

lastly, in Pt. porphyraceus we miss the greyish-lilac anteapical spot

in the longest scapulars, so conspicuous in the allied species.

9. Pritrnopus PeRousit, Peale; Finsch et Harti. /. c. p. 110.

One adult specimen. Fully agreeing with a Upolu specimen in

the Bremen collection.

Hitherto not known from the Tonga Islands.

Long. al. rostr. caud. tars.

nop 3m BU tL m"

Sail 4; 37 1 9}

10. Ratius Ppectoratis, Less.; Finsch et Hartl. /. c. p. 157.

Rallus forsteri, nob. 1. c. p. 162.

One specimen; without the rufous pectoral band. It is certainly

disagreeable to kill one’s own children ; but as to Rallus forsteri we

are fully convinced of our error. In a set of specimens from the

Pelew Islands, some had the rufous pectoral band, in two others it

was entirely wanting, and in one bird there was only to be seen faint

traces of it.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

5 ym gu ym 19!" Wil 15! (Tonga.)

5 5 21 15 17 15 (Upolu.)

a 2 2 13 19 17. ~— (Pelew Islands.)

11. CHaraprivus FULVUuS, Gmel.

One specimen in winter plumage; like others in the Bremen col-

lection from New Zealand and the Pelews.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

6! 3m Qu yu gam 19!" 10!"

3. Remarks on some of the Fishes in the Calcutta Museum.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S. & F.L.S.—Part IT.

I have already forwarded to the Society a communication relating

to some of the fishes in the Calcutta Museum, which appeared to

me to be entirely new or imperfectly known, and I now propose to

offer some remarks upon the Cyprinide in the same collection.

Genus Apva, Blyth.

Body elongated and compressed. A small, erectile, bifid sub-

orbital spine. Eight barbels—one rostral, one maxillary, and two

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 549

mandibular pairs. Dorsal fin in the posterior third of the body, but

anterior to the anal. Ventral fins absent.

Areva rusca, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 169.

Bei DY 2/Ge Ps ibe AK 2/6._-C. 163

Length of head 3, of pectoral =, of caudal + of the total length.

Height of body 3 of the total length.

Eyes small, } of length of head, 4 diameters from end of snout.

Body strongly compressed.

A small, erectile, bifid spine below the orbit. Eight barbels—two

rostral, two maxillary, and four mandibular. Anterior nostril long

and tubular.

Fins. Dorsal commences in the posterior third of the total length ;

it is half as high as the body. Anal arises behind the vertical from

the posterior extremity of the dorsal. Caudal rounded.

Colours. Brownish, with a darker longitudinal line.

Three specimens, to 23 inches long. Pegu (Major Berdmore).

PROSTHEACANTHUS SPECTABILIS, Blyth,

is, as suggested by Dr. Giinther, identical with Acanthopsis choiror-

rhynchus, Bleeker.

Boria NeEBuLosa, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 165.

Bony, Desh Picks. cy... ~Asa/a. *Oc Tt.

Length of head 4, of pectoral =2,, of caudal 1 of the total length.

Height of head 2;, of body + of the total length.

Lyes. Diameter 1 of length of head, 2 diameters from the end of

the snout, 2 diameters apart.

Profile of back slightly elevated.

A bifid, erectile (damaged) suborbital spine.

The two pairs of rostral barbels extend as far as to the anterior

margin of the orbit, the maxillary ones are slightly longer. Lips

thick and glandular; on either side of the symphysis of the lower

jaw is a slight elevation studded with pores. .

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and posterior

margin of the anal fin. Ventral commences under the sixth dorsal

ray. Caudal slightly rounded.

Scales small, thirteen rows between the lateral line and the base of

the ventral fin.

Lateral line straight.

Colours. Brownish, with a leaden band along the side. Dorsal

and caudal barred in spots. An ocellus at the upper margin of the

base of the caudal fin.

One specimen, 43 inches long, from Darjeeling, is in the collec-

tion ; it was sent by Dr. Wallich.

Boris BERDMOREI.

Syncrossus berdmorei, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 166,

Bimn! DiZ/Se Pease Ves! Ax 2/5. Cx20;

550 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Nov. 25,

Length of head j, of pectoral +, of base of dorsal +, of base of

anal =1., of caudal 4 of the total length. Height of head +, of body

4, of dorsal fin 4, of anal + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter } of length of head, 4 diameters from end of

snout, 14 diameter apart.

The rostral barbels are about equal in length to the diameter of

the orbit; the maxillary and mandibular ones are short. A bifid

erectile spine commences slightly anterior to the orbit, ending oppo-

site its centre.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the base of the caudal

and the anterior margin of the orbit; it is slightly in advance of the

ventral. Caudal deeply forked.

Scales absent.

Lateral line straight.

Colours. Buff, with ten vertical darkish bands, extending from

the back to the abdomen. Head likewise banded. Numerous oblong

blotches over the lower half of the body, from opposite the orbit to

the end of the pectoral fin. Dorsal fin with three or four rows of

spots. Caudal with five or six.

Five specimens, up to 5} inches in length, are in the collection ;

they were sent by Major Berdmore from the Tenasserim provinces.

Botia uistRionica, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 166.

B. ni. D. 28. AP. te.” VwS, “AS Zia, we. 19,

Length of head 4, of pectoral 4, of base of dorsal +, of base of

anal 74, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head ¢, of body

3, of dorsal fin ;, of ventral =?;, of anal +2, of the total length.

Eyes small ; diameter 1 of length of head, 2} diameters from end

of snout, 2 diameters apart. ;

Suborbital spine very strong, and extending to opposite the pos-

terior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises nearer the base of the caudal than the end of

the snout; it is slightly in advance of the ventrals. Caudal deeply

forked.

Scales inconspicuous.

Lateral line straight.

Colours. Olive, with five dark vertical bands on the body and two

or three on the head. All the fins with two broad brown bars.

One specimen, 4 inches long, is in the museum; received from

Major Berdmore at Pegu.

CoBITIS BERDMOREI.

Acanthopsis berdmorei, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 168.

Beis: DD. 2/7. “Vea o/s. =. 16.

Length of head 2; of the total length, and more than the height

of the body.

Eyes small, and situated before the middle of the length of the

head.

All the three pairs of barbels long.

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 551

Fins. Dorsal commences in the middle of the total length, and is

slightly posterior to the ventral. Caudal cut square.

Scales distinct.

Colours. Covered with dull spots over the body and head. Dorsal

and caudal fins spotted and banded.

A specimen, 3 inches long, is in the museum; received from

Major Berdmore, Pegu.

NEMACHEILUS ZONALTERNANS.

Cobitis zonalternans, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 172.

Beal, 2/9.) Bw le.

Eyes of moderate size, rather more than one diameter from the

end of snout.

Fins. Dorsal arises anterior to the ventral, and rather nearer the

snout than the base of the caudal, which latter is entire.

Scales distinct.

Colours. Ten to eleven bars descend down the lower two-thirds of

the body to the abdomen, with intermediate half bands superiorly

between them. The dorsal and caudal fins spotted in bands.

Two specimens exist in the collection, of 144, and 1,8, inch

respectively ; they were presented by Major Berdmore, who obtained

them in the Tenasserim Provinces.

NEMACHEILUS PHOXOCHEILA.

Cobitis phoxocheila, M‘Clelland, Ind. Cyp. pp. 305, 449, pl. 52. f. 4.

Two specimens, respectively 158; and 2,3; inches in length, from

Derra Pungi, are in the collection, to which they were presented by

Mr. Skipwith, and are labelled Coditis phoxocheila, M‘Clelland.

Their tails are damaged and their colours bleached.

Bano Diy2/9, A. 2/5.

Length of head more than the height of the body.

Eyes 2 diameters from end of snout, and situated before the

middle of the length of the head.

Lower surface of the head moderately horizontal; snout rather

depressed. No bony ridge between the eyes. Four rostral barbels

nearly as long as the diameter of the orbit; two short maxillary

ones.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin of

the orbit and the base of the anal fin, and shghtly in advance of the

ventral. The pectoral does not extend to the ventral, nor the latter

to the anal.

Scales minute.

NEMACHEILUS SERPENTARIUS, sp. n.

B. ait.) DS BiSeek Paalfore MiG) Ay 2/5." Cy 19) Dok 6H Ba

tro 12/7

Length of head 3, of pectoral 4, of caudal t of the total length.

Height of body nearly equals the length of the head.

552 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Nov. 25,

Eyes small, behind the middle of the length of the head, about 4

diameters from end of snout, and 3 diameters apart.

Body subcylindrical; snout pointed. Barbels very short, the

maxillary pair the longest. Mouth small. Lips thick, the upper

one fimbriated. Nostrils nearer to the eyes than to the snout.

Scales conspicuous, with a raised keel alung their centre. Their

form, posteriorly, angular.

Lateral line distinct.

“ins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of the ventral, and midway

between the snout and the base of the caudal fin; its upper margin

is straight. Pectoral reaches two-thirds of the distance to the ven-

tral, and the latter more than halfway to the anal. Caudal deeply

emarginate ; lobes pointed.

Colours. Brownish, with a wide serpentine band of a dark chest-

' nut-colour running from the snout, through the orbit, to the base

of the dorsal fin, which last has a black centre. Caudal deep

brown, with white margins. A black bar across the base of the

ventral.

Three specimens, 23 inches long, are in the museum.

NEMACHEILUS BLYTAHII, Sp. Ul.

Brae B27. 2 Ve. we. 28. Cn eae

Length of head 4, of pectoral 4, of caudal + of the total length.

ee of head 4, breadth of head ;2,, height of body #2, of the total

ength.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 1? diameter apart, 1 diameter

from end of snout.

Body subcylindrical.

The three pairs of barbels all longer than the diameter of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of the

caudal fin, and opposite to the ventral. Caudal deeply forked, its

lobes sharp.

Scales minute.

Colours. Rather bleached; brownish, darkest above, with a dark

band at the base of the caudal fin.

Two specimens, 3 inches long, exist in the collection.

NEMACHEILUS CINCTICAUDA.

Cobitis cincticauda, Blyth, J. A. 8. of B. 1860, p. 172.

Bois Dig Pell. V8. wk. 2/5... Cxrg,

Length of head 4, of pectoral fin +, of caudal -2; of the total

length. Height of head +, of body + of the total length.

Lyes. Small, situated in the middle of the length of the head,

nearly 3 diameters from the end of the snout, 13 diameter apart.

Rostral and maxillary barbels well developed, being nearly as

long as the orbit. Free portion of tail longer than high. No pro-

jection on the preeorbital. ;

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite to the ventral, and midway

between the posterior margin of the orbit and the base of the caudal

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 553

fin, which last is slightly emarginate. Pectoral extends three-

quarters of the distance to the ventral, and the latter halfway to

the anal. Upper margin of dorsal fin straight.

Scales minute.

One specimen, 2 inches long, is in the collection, received from

Major Berdmore, who obtained it at Pegu.

Two specimens of the Homaloptera maculata are in the collection ;

they were obtained by Dr. Wallich at Darjeeling, and are labelled

Balitora anisura.

The following new genus is named after H.E. Lord Mayo, Governor-

General of India, as a slight acknowledgment of the assistance I

have received in my icthyological investigations :—

Genus Mayoa, g. n.

Body anteriorly depressed, posteriorly compressed. Snout smooth

and rounded. Eyes lateral. Mouth small, transverse, situated on the

inferior surface of the head, and entirely surrounded by a large sucker

formed by both lips, which are thick, and have a free posterior edge.

Pharyngeal teeth in three rows, wneinate, 5, 3, 1/1, 3, 5. Pectoral

and ventral fins horizontal. Dorsal, without an osseous ray, com-

mences somewhat in advance of the ventrals. Scales of moderate

size, those near the anal fin not enlarged. Lateral line continuous,

and passes to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Mayoa MODESTA, sp. 0.

Be i DP Ufo Ba 15 Ne TAR Sa VC. 197° Tec dbs

L. tr. 8.

Length of head nearly 4, of pectoral 2, of base of dorsal 7, of base

of anal ;4;, of caudal 1 of the total length. Height of head +4;, of

body 52, of dorsal fin =2;, of ventral 2, of anal } of the total

length.

Eyes with free margins; they are very nearly on the superior

surface of the head, but directed laterally ; diameter ; of length of

head, 1? diameter from the end of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Head broad, depressed, and rounded; snout also rounded. No

pores on the head. Lower surface of head and chest flat. The

snout overhangs the mouth, which is small, transverse, and uearly

semilunar in its shape. Mouth with an adhesive sucker formed by

both lips ; it is extended some distance posterior to the lower jaw, as

in the genus Gonorrhynchus, from which it essentially differs in that

the sucker is completed by the upper lip, so it completely surrounds

the opening of the mouth. The lower lip close to the edge of the

mouth, the upper lip, and the posterior margin of the sucker are

all roughened, the last being fimbriated. Four barbels, one rostral

aud‘one maxillary pair, all being rather thick ; but their length is only

equal to one-half of the width of the orbit. Guill-opening narrow,

extending to the base of the pectoral fin ; nostrils approximating,

divided from one another by a valve.

Teeth pharyngeal, uncinate, 5, 3, 1/1, 3, 5.

554 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 25,

Fins. Pectoral and ventrals horizontal, the former arising under

the opercles and extending to the latter, its first ray only is undi-

vided and reaches the anal; the anterior portion of the pectoral and

ventral fins are enveloped in thick skin. Dorsal arises in advance of

the ventral. Caudal slightly forked.

Scales on body, none on the chest, nor so far as the posterior mar-

gin of the base of the pectorals.

Lateral line consists of a single tube in each scale ; it passes direct

to the centre of the base of the caudal fin. There are 23 rows of scales

between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Greenish brown, no markings visible except a dark blotch

behind the opercle.

Two specimens exist in the Calcutta Museum, 34 inches long,

from Northern India.

DiscoGNATHUS LAMTA, Ham. Buch.

Dr. Giinther, in his ‘Catalogue of Fishes,’ vol. vil. p. 69, ob-

served that “ this species extends from Syria to Assam,” and, “ having

fortunately examples from the most distant localities, I have con-

vinced myself that they ought to be referred to a single species only.”

If allthe different species referred to by Dr. Gtinther are one, then

the Platycara notata, Blyth, is only a synonym ; it differs only in

having a black spot at the base of each dorsal ray.

Specimens apparently of this species are also in the collection,

which were obtained in the Abyssinian expedition—six from the

Sooroo Pass, 2000 feet above the level of the sea, and six more from

the Amba Pass. None are above 2 inches in length.

CROSSOCHEILUS MOSARILO.

Cyprinus mosario, Ham. Buch.

By ii: DD, 2/9 By A709. A 2. Ra 7a ae

L. tr. @

ere elas

Length of head 2, of caudal 2 of the total length. Height of

head 2, of body # of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 13 diameter apart.

No barbels ; the lower lip is fringed, the upper lip entire.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of the

caudal, which last is deeply forked. Ventral situated under the

middle of the dorsal.

Scales. Five and a half rows in the adult, between the lateral line

and the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, back grey.

Ten specimens, up to 10 inches in length, exist in the collection.

DaNnGILA BERDMOREI, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Bengal, 1860, p. 162.

Bi tic. De 3/23 Ne Dae on. le. 1. 31, Le dre B/h

» Lengih of head }, of caudal 7 of the total length. Height of

head 52;, of body 4, of dorsal fin 3%; of the total length.

nol

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES, 555

Hyes. Diameter 4 of length of head, + of a diameter from end of

snout.

Large open pores on front of the snout. Rostral barbels the

longest, and equal in length to the diameter of the eye.

Fins. Dorsal commences in the anterior third of the total length.

The pectoral does not quite reach the ventral, nor the latter the anal.

Caudal deeply forked.

Scales. Three and a half rows exist between the lateral line and

base of the ventral fin.

Colours, in spirit, uniform.

The single specimen in the collection is 4 inches long, and was re-

ceived from Major Berdmore, who obtained it in the Sitang river,

It is now in rather a bad state.

Barsus (BarBopss) BLYTHU, sp. n.

Breints U3 79. 1S eS: W920 AS /50 > WM Delve,

L. tr. 4/5.

Length of head 7, of caudal + of the total length. Height of

head 2, of body 2 of the total length.

Hyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 3 of a diameter from end of

snout, 2 of a diameter apart.

Preeorbital covered with pores ; opercles two-thirds as long as high.

Barbels well developed, the nasal reaching the eye, and the maxillary

to below the centre of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between snout and base of caudal; its

third ray articulated. It is slightly in advance of the ventral.

Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line complete.

Seales. Two and a half rows between lateral line and base of

ventral fin.

Colours uniform.

One specimen, 2 inches long, from the Tenasserim provinces, pre-

sented by Major Berdmore, and marked Capoeta macrolepidota,

C.& V.

Barbus (BARBODES) COMPRESSUS, sp. n.

Baits 6) D2 3/954) Blo gV.19.), 87 3/500. 17... Leal. -22.

L. tr. 4/5.

Length of head 4, of pectoral 1, of base of dorsal 4, of base of

anal +'5, of caudal } of the total length. Height of head -2;, of dor-

sal fin 3, of ventral 3, of anal 3 of the total length.

yes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 14 diameter from end of

snout, 14 diameter apart.

Head much compressed ; the whole of the cheeks covered with

pores. ‘The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to below the

anterior margin of the orbit. Rostral barbel extends to below the

middle of the orbit, the maxillary to the angle of preeopercle. Mouth

inferior ; upper jaw the longest.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of

556 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 25,

the caudal, it is in advance of the ventral ; its last undivided ray is

_osseous, not enlarged, and entire. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line, 34 rows of scales between it and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, fins stained darker.

A fine specimen exists in the Calcutta Museum; it was with an

Oreinus from Cashmere.

Barsus (BARBODES) INNOMINATUS, Sp. 1.

Leuciscus binotatus, Blyth, J. A. S. of B. 1858, p. 290, not

C. & V. (Kuhl).

Beas 2D. 3/9. Var9s, Ae 2/5, C. 17 lal eels, tr. Ze.

Length of head 2, of caudal nearly ? of the total length. Height

of body ? of total length.

Eyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

1 diameter apart.

Barbels four, the rostral nearly reach the orbit, the maxillary are

shorter.

Fins. Third dorsal ray semiosseous, smooth ; the fin commences

midway between the snout and the base of the caudal fin, which

latter is forked in its posterior two-thirds.

Scales. Three rows between the lateral line and the base of the

ventral fin.

Colours. A black spot at the base of the caudal fin, none now

apparent at the base of the dorsal fin.

Two specimens in the Calcutta Museum, to 15), inch in length,

from Ceylon, presented by Dr. Kelaart.

Barsus (BarBopDES) MACROCEPHALUS, M‘Clelland, Ind. Cyp.

pp- 270, 335, t. 35. f. 2.

Baif6D) 3/9. oPaMict V.9. 2A02/5.0 Col02 Le 2icdvatate:

Length of head 1 of the total length. Height of head + of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 7 of length of head, 17 diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Snout obtuse; mouth anterior. Rostral barbel extends to under

the anterior third of the orbit ; the maxillary to beyond the posterior

margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between snout and base of caudal fin.

Osseous ray strong, smooth, and as long as the head. Pectoral

reaches the ventral, which latter does not extend to the anal. Caudal

forked.

Scales. Two and a half rows between lateral line and base of ven-

tral fin.

The above description is from an old stuffed specimen, 8 inches

long, probably presented by Dr. M‘Clelland. I can only account

for the statement of the head being two-fifths of the length of the

body, as a misprint for one-fifth. The drawing shows it could not

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 557

be 2. A second specimen, 20 inches long, from Sikkim, presented

by Dr. Jerdon, differs in the head being ? of the length of the body.

I think this species may eventually prove to be only a variety of

Barbus mosal, Ham. Buch.

Barsus (PUNTIUS) MACULARIUS.

Systomus macularius, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Bengal, 1860, p. 159.

Boii.é Dy 3/8. Raley aus ae! Cs 198 L038) Diver.

Length of head } of the total length. Height of body 4, of osseous

dorsal ray } of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

1 diameter apart.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the anterior margin of the

orbit and the base of the caudal fin; its third ray is osseous, and

strongly serrated. Caudal emarginate in its posterior fourth.

Scales. Four rows between the lateral line and base of the ventral

fin.

Colours. Silvery, each scale with a black spot at its base ; the upper

margin of the eye likewise black.

Two specimens, 43 inches long, but in rather a bad state, exist

in the collection. They were presented by Major Berdmore, who

collected them in the Sitang river.

Barsus (PunTIvus) UNIMACULATUS.

Systomus unimaculatus, Blyth, J. A. 8. of Bengal, 1860, p. 159.

B. iii. D. 3/8. P. 11. V.8. A. 2/5. C.19. L124. L. tr. 3,

Length of head #, height of body + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 1 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

1 diameter apart.

Mouth small, extending half the distance to below the orbit. No

barbels.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the snout and base of

caudal fin ; its third ray is osseous, weak, and smooth.

Lateral line commences to become imperceptible opposite the pos-

terior extremity of the dorsal fin.

Colours. Silvery, a black mark at the base of each dorsal ray.

A number of fry up to 1,8, inch exist in the collection; they

were received from Tenasserim. Whether it is safe to found a spe-

cies on such materials must be open to question, as the specimens

would evidently have grown to a larger size.

CARASSIUS AURATUS.

“The home of the Gold Carp or Goldfish is China and its islands

and Japan,” observes Dr. Giinther (Cat. of Fishes, vii. p. 32); but

it has a more extended range I find from examining the collection of

fishes brought by Dr. J. Anderson, who accompanied the late expe-

dition through Burmah to China. Some specimens were taken in

the Irrawaddi above Mandalay, showing it to be an inhabitant of

538 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [Nov. 25,

northern Burmah. I am told it is one of the commonest fish in the

bazar in Yunan in China.

SCHIZOTHORAX LABIATUS.

Racoma labiatus, M‘Clelland, C. J. H. N. ii. p. 578, t. 15. f. 1.

The following description is taken from a stuffed specimen 27

inches long, presented by Sir A. Burns, from Helmind, in Afghan-

istan, and is marked “ type of Racoma labiatus.”

eae. $Pods.. Veil. Asia. Coz.

Length of head 4, height of body 3} of the total length.

Body fusiform, a considerable rise from the snout to the occiput.

Upper jaw longest, lips thick ; the maxillary barbels reach to below

the orbit. The posterior process of the intermaxillaries extends half-

way to the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises considerably nearer to the base of the caudal

than to the end of the snout; its third ray (injured superiorly) is

osseous, strong, and serrated posteriorly. Anal narrow, reaching

nearly to the base of the caudal when laid backwards. Caudal

forked. Pectoral first ray strong.

Scales small, deciduous.

Moria ALBOLinEATA, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 163.

Bese Doeys POA. V7. Aes le, (Cols. “i ion,

Length of head 2, of caudal + of the total length. Height of body

2 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 3 of a diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body compressed, gradually tapering off towards the tail.

Mouth anterior, lower jaw the longest. The posterior extremity

of the maxilla reaches to below the anterior third of the orbit. The

rostral barbels reach to opposite the posterior margin of the prze-

opercle, the maxillary to opposite the base of the ventral fin.

Fins. Dorsal arises opposite the anal, and midway between the

posterior margin of the preeopercle and base of the caudal, which is

forked in its posterior fourth.

Scales. Half a row between the lateral line and base of the ventral

fin.

Lateral line ceases opposite the base of the ventral fin.

Colours. In spirit silvery, with a silver stripe along the side.

Six specimens, to 2 inches in length, are in the collection; pre-

sented by Mr. Atkinson, from Moulmein.

Nuria Auta, Blyth, J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 162.

Two specimens exist in the collection, the description of which I

do not find to agree with the types. In the largest the maxillary

barbel extends to the base of the ventral fin, in the smallest to that

of the anal. The formula is

B. iii, D. 2/6. P.15. V.6. A. 2/5. C.19. 1.1.32. Ltr. 6/3.

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 559

Height of body 3, length of head + of the total length.

The pectoral fins are not so long as the head in either specimen.

The species appears identical with Nuria danrica, Ham. Buch.

NuRIA MALABARICA.

_ Esomus malabaricus, Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p- 299.

Dr. Giinther, Cat. Fishes, vii. p. 201, demurs to this species

without a lateral line being considered to differ from N. danrica (in

which a lateral line is present), because he has only received young

examples. Seven specimens, up to 2 inches in length, exist in the

Calcutta collection, and I have taken many others in the Irrawaddi.

I have no doubt as to the distinctness of the two species.

BaRILIUS INTERRUPTA, sp. nov.

Boa, Wye. .b. 10, Vie, A. 2/02. C219) Eel. 34. “li. tr

Length of head 2, of pectoral 3, of base of dorsal 1, of base of

anal nearly 2, of caudal + of the total length. Height of head 1,

of body 7, of dorsal fin ;%;, of ventral 7, of anal 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, rather above 4 a diameter

from end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Lower jaw slightly the longest; no barbels. Third suborbital

bone about twice as wide as the. soft naked portion of the cheek

below it. The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to below

the anterior third of the orbit. Humeral process of shoulder-bone

very slightly developed.

Teeth pharyngeal, uncinate, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Fins. Dorsal arises in advance of the anal, ad midway between

the posterior margin of the opercle and the base of the caudal fin.

Pectoral scarcely reaches so far as the ventral, whilst the latter only

extends two-thirds of the distance to the base of the anal. Candal

forked in its posterior fourth.

Scales with numerous strize.

Lateral line descends gently for five scales, then more abruptly for

two more, and having continued along five more scales, to opposite the

base of the ventral fin, it ceases.

Colours. Silvery, with short vertical bars along the middle of the

side. All the upper scales with large black dots.

Numerous specimens, to 2 inches in length, from Hotha, collected

by Dr. J. Anderson,

bole leo

PERILAMPUS FULVESCENS, Blyth, J.A.S. of Bengal, 1860, p- 163.

B. ui. D. 2/8. P.15. V.7. A. 2/20. C.17. L.1. 33. L. tr. 7/3.

Length of head 4, of pectoral above 4, of base of anal 2 of the

total length. Height of body + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 3 of length of head, | diameter from end of snout,

1 diameter apart.

Body compressed, abdomen not trenchant.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the posterior margin of

560 ON THE LOCALITIES OF CERTAIN SHELLS. [Nov. 25,

the orbit and the posterior extremity of the caudal fin, and opposite

to the commencement of the anal. Ventral has an elongated ray.

Scales largest above the lateral line.

Two specimens, up to 24 inches in length, are in the collection.

PeriLaMpPus osTEoGRAPHUS, M‘Clelland, Ind. Cypr. pp. 289,

392, t. 45. f. 3.

This species is identical with the Danio micronema, Bleeker, as

described by Dr. Giinther (Bleeker’s paper not being available).

Four specimens are in the collection. Besides these, three others

have been received from one locality, and agree with the P. osteo-

graphus in every respect, excepting that the maxillary barbels are

deficient.

4, Notes on the Localities of two Species of Land-Shells and

three Species of Volutes. By Joun Brazinr, C.M.ZS.

1. DIPLOMMATINA MARTENSI.

Diplommatina (Diancta) martensi, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc.

_ 1866, p. 446, pl. 38. fig. 11.

Diplommatina paradoza, Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl. 1867, p. 449.

Diplommatina ( Diancta) martensi, H. Adams, Journ. de Conchyl.

1868, p. 100.

Found on the mountains under decayed leaves in very wet places

in the Island of Avolau, Fiji Islands.

Coll. Brazier, Adams, and Crosse.

2. PALAINA COXI.

Palaina coxi, H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 16, pl. 4.

fig. 14.

Diplommatina wisemanni, Brazier’s MS.

Found under leaves on damp ground in the pine-forests of Norfolk

Island. This and the preceding species I collected in 1865.

Coll. Brazier, Adams, and Angas.

3. AULICA RUECKERI.

Voluta rueckeri, Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl. 1867, p. 444, et 1868,

p. 97, pl. 1 neat

The correct locality of this species is New Georgia, Solomon Is-

lands, and not Nichol Bay, West Australia, as given by M. Crosse.

Ihave seen as many as two hundred specimens brought to Sydney in

one of the Solomon-Islands traders. The Volutes obtained at Nichol

Bay are well known to us, viz. Scaphelle ellioti, volva, and reticulata,

and Aulica norrisii. Having received large quantities of all the above

named, I am certain that Aulica rueckert was never found on the

Australian continent. I have a specimen, quite a giant in size,

1869.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON THE CONES OF PORT JACKSON. 561

5 inches long, 7 inches in diameter. This species is in all the Aus-

tralian collections and quite common.

4, VOLUTELLA TISSOTIANA.

Voluta tissotiana, Crosse, Journ. de Conchyl. 1867, p. 195, pl. 6.

fig. 1.

This new species was brought to Sydney twelve months ago by

some person in Captain Cadell’s expedition, which was sent out by

the South-Australian Government to select a site fur a settlement in

the far north of Australia near to Liverpool River, Arnhem Land,

North Australia.

Coll. Tissot, Cox, and Brazier.

5. ALCITHOE THATCHERI.

Voluta thatcheri, M‘Coy, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. January 1868,

p- 94, pl. 2. fig. 1.

Voluta braziert, Angas, MS. Museum Brazier.

This fine species was described by Professor M‘Coy of Melbourne,

Victoria, from two very bad beach-worn specimens ; but he gave no

locality. It was described a month before my specimen arrived in

London for Mr. Angas to have it described and figured in these Pro-

ceedings ; therefore Voluta thatcheri has priority. I have received

a few very fine specimens these last four months which at present

remain unique in my cabinet. The length of the largest specimen

is 5 inches, diameter 43 inches. This Volute comes from a rather

rough part of the South Pacific Ocean—the Bampton Reef, in lati-

tude 19° 51’ south, longitude 158° 20! east, near to the north-west

coast of New Caledonia. My first specimen, at present in London,

was got by my father Captain John Brazier, in one of his whaling-

voyages many years ago. It is from deep water, and is found on

the reef after heavy southerly gales.

5. List of Species of Cones found in Port Jackson, New South

Wales, with Notes on their Habitats and Distribution.

By Joun Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

1. Conus MacuLaTus.

Conus maculatus, Sow. Thes. Conus, pl. 13. fig. 296.

This species must not be confused with C. anemone of South

Australia. C. maculatus is a nearly smooth, thin, peculiarly inflated

shell, richly mottled with purplish brown, and attains a larger size

than C. anemone, which is of a true conical form, more solid and

transversely striated, with an elevated spire and splashed with rose-

brown. C. maculatus is found under stones, low water, spring tides.

I got in one day, at the Bottle-and-Glass Rocks, fifty specimens, from

one inch up to 23 inches inlength. I have one specimen from Cape

562 MR.J. BRAZIER ON THE CONES OF Port JACKSON. [ Nov. 25,

Banks, North Head of Botany Bay; length 2} inches. This Cone

is also found at Lord Howe’s Island.

2. Conus JUKESI.

Conus jukesi, Reeve ; Sow. Thes. Conus, pl. 13. fig. 297.

A very angular species, peculiarly mottled with bluish grey and

olive, found, in company with C. maculatus, under stones at low water,

spring tides. The best station for them in Port Jackson is the Bottle-

and-Glass Rocks. I got in one day twenty splendid specimens ; length

of largest specimens 1} inch, smallest specimens l inch. ‘This Cone

is also found at Broken Bay, Lake Macquarie, Newcastle, and Port

Stephens, north of Port Jackson.

3. CoNUS GRAYI.

Conus grayi, Reeve, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 179; Conch. Icon. pl. 46.

fig. 258; Sow. Thes. Conus, pl. 13. fig. 275.

A somewhat elongated shell, smooth above, ridged below, and

handsomely painted with two rows of large waved blackish spots.

Mr. G. F. Angas found one some years ago in Middle Harbour. It

must be a species of rare occurrence, for I have never met with it.

On the authority of Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., this Cone is found on

the coast of West Africa.

4. Conus APLUSTRE.

Conus aplustre, Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 30. fig. 170 ; Sow. Thes.

Conus, pl. 19. fig. 448.

The specimen figured by Reeve is beach-worn, and his figure does

not represent the species. This Cone is very often found thrown

up with the animal after heavy gales that sweep along our coast in

the winter; it is of an angulated form, spotted with black in lines,

but sometimes of an orange tint and spotted with light red in lines.

Length of specimens found at Newcastle, Broken Bay, and Lake

Macquarie, north of Port Jackson, 1 inch. I have three specimens

from Middle Harbour, 4 inch in length. I got at Cape Solander,

South Head of Botany Bay, two specimens; length } inch. I have

another specimen from Port Fairy, Victoria, on the south-east coast

of Australia; length 1 inch (Mr. R. C. Rossiter). On the authority

of Mr. G. B. Sowerby, this Cone is also found at the Cape of Good

Hope.

5. Conus RUTILUS.

Conus rutilus, Menke, Moll. Nov. Holl. p. 57. no. 133; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. pl. 47. fig. 264 ; Sow. Thes. Conus, pl. 14. fig. 328.

This interesting little species is described by some authors as of a

fiery red. I have five specimens, got at Cape Solander, South Head

of Botany Bay, of a light brown, very thin and slightly coronated ;

length 5 lines. It is very rare on our east coast. I have three specimens

from Cape Riche, King George’s Sound, Western Australia, of a

fiery red, coronated and dotted with brown in lines; length 6 lines.

M&NHanhart mmf

—>

1869.] MR. R. B.SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA, 563

It is also rare on the west coast. St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Anstralia

(Mr. G. F. Angas), rare.

6. On the Birds of Angola.—Part I. By R. B. Saarpe.

With Notes by the Collector, J. J. Monrerro.

(Plate XLIII.)

It will be, I am sure, welcome news to every ornithologist to hear

that that most energetic and enterprising traveller, Mr. Joachim J.

Monteiro, is once more on the soil of Angola, and that he has already

commenced the formation of a collection of the natural productions

of this country. It is to be hoped that Mr. Monteiro’s efforts will

be crowned with as great success as were his former exertions on

behalf of ornithology (cf. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 86, and Ibis, 1862,

p- 333); and, though we cannot expect to find so many striking novel-

ties as those obtained by him during his last expedition, we may

reasonably look forward to the discovery of many interesting facts

connected with the geographical distribution of birds throughout the

AKthiopian region. Our knowledge of the avifauna of Angola is still

very meagre, so that every collection, however small, is sure to con-

tribute something before unknown; and certainly the present con-

signment of Mr. Monteiro is not behind-hand in this respect. Es-

pecial interest attaches to the migrations of European birds, a subject

we really know nothing about ; and it is for this reason that the study

of African ornithology presents attractions to the student of European

birds. Many European species migrate to Africa, the Sylviide

especially ; and although the Sahara presents a barrier which stays

the southward progress of many, there are several species which pro-

ceed the whole length of the continent as far asthe Cape. Of these

birds it is interesting to know the exact time and place of their

occurrence ; and for the development of our knowledge of migration

and geographical distribution careful collections like those made by

Mr. Monteiro are a real assistance, and we can only wish that he may

proceed with the same zeal and energy which have characterized his

former efforts on behalf of science.

While on the subject of Angolan ornithology, it may be as well to

mention that the Royal Zoological Museum of Lisbon has recently

received several large collections from Angola and Benguela from

Signor Anchieta; and many interesting novelties have thus been

brought to light, all of which have been described by Professor Bar-

boza du Bocage in the ‘ Jornal’ of the Lisbon Academy and in the

‘Proceedings’ of this Society. These papers of the learned Professor

are amongst the most interesting of recent contributions to Ethiopian

ornithology.

Mr. Monteiro left England in November last, with the intention

of procuring, if possible, a few birds in Prince’s Island and St,

Thomas, if the steamer stopped at these places long enough to enable

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXVII.

564 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [ Nov. 25,

him to do so. No birds from Prince’s Island appearing in the col-

lection, it is evident that his intentions were frustrated in this quarter ;

but the following birds are sent from St. Thomas :—

(a) SPEIROPS LUGUBRIS.

Zosterops lugubris, Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 72.

“Male. St. Thomas, October 1868.”—J. J. M.

(0) HypHANTORNIS GRANDIS.

Ploceus collaris, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 142.

Ploceus grandis, Gray, Gen. of Birds, ii. p. 351 (1849).

Hyphantornis grandis, Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 125 (1857).

“ Male and female. St. Thomas, October 1868. Stomachs

contained remains of beetles, hard seeds, and the fibrous oily envelope

of the Oil-Palm nut (Elais guinee).”—J. J. M.

Mr. Fraser’s name posesses undoubted priority over that of Mr.

G. R. Gray, but must nevertheless give way, inasmuch as there is

a HZ. collaris (Vieillot) of an earlier date.

I do not believe that any English description of the female of this

fine Weaverbird has as yet been published, and I therefore subjoin

that of the bird sent by Mr. Monteiro.

Head greyish brown, with longitudinal stripes of dark brown ;

back and scapularies olive-green, the centre of each feather very

dark brown, giving the appearance of dark shaft-stripes ; lower part

of the back greyish, tinged with olive-green; least wing-coverts

greyish washed with olive-green ; second and cubital coverts blackish

brown, tipped with white and edged with olive-green ; primary co-

verts black ; quills blackish, the inner web light olive at the base,

the outer web narrowly edged with olive-green, a little broader on

the secondaries ; tail dark brown above, paler beneath, the middle

feathers distinctly washed with olive-green, the exterior ones mar-

gined with the same colour ; cheeks and ear-coverts yellowish brown,

marked with greyish brown; throat and breast yellowish white, a

little darker on the breast, the sides of which are dark brown ; centre

of the abdomen and under tail-coverts white ; flanks light brown ;

under wing-coverts white, tinged with olive-green ; bill black ; feet

light brown.

Coturnix histrionica, Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 204.

“Male. October 1868. Stomach full of seeds.”—J. J. M.

T have also seen this very handsome Quail from Damara Land,

whence it was sent by the late Mr. Anderson. It seems to be widely

spread over western Africa; and in St. Thomas it is very common,

as the following note, which Mr. Keulemans has kindly forwarded to

me, will show.

* During a sojourn of a few weeks on the Island of St. Thomas I

had the opportunity of observing this bird, which, although very

common on the island, is, by reason of its habits, little known even to

1869.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. 565

the inhabitants. The Harlequin Quail is found in the large swamps

and prairies which surround the miserable town of St. Anna da Chaves.

On one occasion I heard it a little higher up in the mountainous part

of the island; but { think it is a rare visitor to the mountains, which

are rich in vegetation and everywhere covered with trees and bushes.

The only place where the Quails are numerous is in the neighbour-

hood of the town. I used to hear them every morning from about

7 to 11 o’clock, and afterwards from 3 to 6 in the evening. Their

ery, which is continually heard, has a great similarity to that of our

European Quail, but is not quite so powerful, more like hoog-hoo-

hoo, hoog-hoo-hoo, &c.

“«'The bird is most difficult to observe in the act of calling, as the

grass and herbage grow exceedingly high in these countries, and the

Quail, directly it hears any thing suspicious approaching, immediately

conceals itself by lying squatted on the ground; nor does it stir

till the danger appears to have passed. I sometimes managed to

approach within a few paces of where the bird was lying, making

sure that in a moment I should see the bird fly up and have a flying

shot; but after walking round about for some time I was obliged

to give up the chase, being both unable to flush the bird and to

find it hiding in the grass. At last, after many days spent in en-

deavouring to procure a specimen, I called in the assistance of a

little negro boy, who showed me by signs (for I could not under-

stand his language) that he was able to catch it. We therefore

together silently approached the spot where the bird was calling,

creeping along the ground and parting the herbage as we went. All

at once I saw the little nigger give a start forward, and at the same

moment a bird got up and flewaway. He very nearly caught it with

his hands, and as for myself I was so much surprised that I quite forgot

to fire. Some days after this, a man brought me one alive, which

he had found and caught hiding its head in a hole of a land-crab.

The inhabitants assured me that only the negroes know how to find

the bird, which sometimes lies so close as actually to be trodden

upon by the person in search of it. After a little time I was able to

find them myself, and shot them as they flew up. The inhabitants,

who are little acquainted with the bird, know it by the name of

Codorniz.”

The following is a list of Mr. Monteiro’s Angola collection. It

has been formed chiefly at Ambriz and on the river Quanza, both

well-known localities. Those believed to be recorded from Angola

for the first time have a dagger (t) prefixed to their names. Re-

ferences are also made to Dr. Hartlaub’s standard work on the Or-

nithology of Western Africa, to Mr. Monteiro’s papers (Ibis, 1862,

p- 333, and P.Z.S. 1865, p. 86), and to Professor Barboza du Bocage’s

recent papers in the Lisbon ‘ Jornal.’

+1. PHYLLOPNEUSTE TROCHILUS.

“No. 11. Obtained at Columbo on the river Quanza, November

1868. Very active, hanging on to and going round branches of trees.

Stomach full of ants and other small insects.’’—J. J. M.

566 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Noy. 25,

I have compared this specimen and find it identical with English

ones in my collection. I have our common Willow Wren also from

the Knysna, from Damara Land, and from the Ovampo country,

collected by the late Mr. C. J. Andersson.

2. NECTARINIA GUTTURALIS.

Nectarinia gutturalis (Linn.).

Nectarinia natalensis, Jard.; Mont. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 96; Bocage,

Jorn. Acad. Lisb. 1867, pp. 135, 332, 1868, p. 4.

“No. 10. Male. Obtained at Columbo on the river Quanza.”’

—J.J.M.

There seem to be three species of red-breasted Sun-bird very closely

allied to one another, but which may be separated as follows :—

ase pula Miptajees sadoaoscaass Marea ees renga cee < Seer 1. eruentata (Rupp.).

6. gula metallice chrysea.

a’, macula ad flexuram ale amethystina ....... 2. gutturalis (L.).

2’. macula ad flexuram ale nulla ............... 3. senegalensis (L.).

There are other differences; but the above seem to me to be the

most striking. The beautiful amethystine spot at the bend of the

wing is a distinct characteristic of N. gutturalis.

3. NECTARINIA JARDINII.

Nectarinia jardinii, Verr.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 47 ; Bocage,

Jorn. Lisb. 1867, p. 135.

“No. 7. Male. Columbo, river Quanza, November 1868.

No. 32. Female. Ambriz, March 1869.’—J. J. M.

Mr. Monteiro has sent a pair of this pretty little Sun-bird, which

would appear to be not uncommon in Angola. Professor Barboza

du Bocage records it from Angola, Loanda, and Benguela.

4. UROBRACHYA AXILLARIS.

Urobrachya axillaris (Smith) ; Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1867, p. 140,

et 1868, p. 11.

“Obtained at Columbo on the river Quanza, November 1868.”

—J.J.M.

One specimen, not quite adult. On comparing it with a bird in

my collection from Mossamedas, I find a striking difference in the

size of bill, that of the Angola bird being very much larger. The

orange patch on the wing also seems to be much brighter; but we

must wait for additional specimens before we can finally determine

whether there is any specific difference between them.

+5 TrxToR ALECTO.

Textor alecto, Temm.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 131.

“No. 44. Male. River Quanza, May 1869.”—J. J. M.

+6. PLATYSTEIRA MELANOPTERA.

Platysteira melanoptera (Gm.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 93.

1869. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. 967

“No. 21. Male. River Loge.””—J. J. M.

This specimen scarcely agrees with Fantee specimens in my col-

lection. There is a greater amount of white edging on the tail, for

instance, and there are other minor differences.

7. HiRUNDO ANGOLENSIS. (Plate XLIII.)

Hirundo angolensis, Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. 1868, p. 10.

* Ambriz, March 1869. Female.

** Ambriz, April 1869.”—J. J. M.

This species has been recently described by Professor Barboza du

Bocage (J. ¢.), and is a very interesting novelty. The two Specimens

sent by Mr. Monteiro agree with the description of the learned Pro-

fessor ; and I herewith subjoin a detailed account of one of them for

the benefit of ornithologists, as the bird was hitherto only known from

the original specimen in the Lisbon Museum.

Forehead, throat, and upper part of the breast deep brick-red ;

entire upper surface dark steel-blue ; tail gradually forked, the whole

of the inner webs, except a black border at the tip, pure white, the

two middle feathers steel-blue; a band across the breast below the

red throat steel-blue; the rest of the breast and under tail-coverts

ash-coloured, a little paler in the centre of the breast; the under

tail-coverts washed with rufous, each feather margined with pale

grey and having a little heart-shaped blue mark before the end of

the feather, the black shaft being also strongly defined ; under wing-

coverts dark ashy-grey, washed on the edge of the wing with steel-

blue; beak and legs black.

As Professor Barboza du Bocage remarks, this Swallow belongs to

the same group as H. rustica, but is easily distinguished by the

colour of the under wing-coverts. Its nearest ally is a little Swallow

from the river Gambia (Hirundo lucida, Verr.). I have long pos-

sessed a specimen of this latter Swallow, which I had supposed must

be the Hirundo angolensis of Barboza; but the acquisition of a

second and more adult bird a short time ago, which was given me by

Mr. Gould, awakened some suspicion in my mind as to its correct

identification, and the receipt of the true H. angolensis from Mr.

Monteiro proves that the Gambian bird is a totally distinct species.

The latter may at once be distinguished by its altogether brighter

colours, and by the white under wing- and tail-coverts.

8. MoraciLya vipua.

Motacilla vidua, Sundev. Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Férh. 1850,

p. 158.

Motacilla capensis, Mont. P. Z. S. 1862, p. 334.

“No. 19. River Loge at Ambriz.”—J. J. M.

9. IRRISOR CYANOMELAS.

Tnrisor cyanomelas (Viell.) ; Mont. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 94.

“No. 12. Young female. River Quanza, November 15th, 1868.

Stomach contained remains of beetles.’”—J. J. M.

568 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Nov. 25,

10. CoryTHORNIS CYANOSTIGMA.

Corythornis cristata, auct.; Sharpe, Monogr, Aleced. part 6

(1869).

“Male. River Quanza, May 1869. Abundant.”—J. J. M.

Notwithstanding the convictions expressed in my ‘ Monograph’

and in the ‘Ibis’ (1869, p. 279), I feel obliged to own that the adop-

tion of Linnzus’s name cristata for the Madagascar bird, as sug-

gested by Dr. Pucheran, must be really correct. Lord Walden has

drawn my attention again to the subject, and has pointed out to me the

origina! descriptions of Seba, Brisson, and Linnzeus. His Lordship’s

intimate acquaintance with Linnean nomenclature has rendered him

skilful in determining the origins of the descriptions given by the

learned Swedish professor ; and from the following facts I think there

can be no doubt that in the present instance Linnzeus took his dia-

gnosis of Alcedo cristata entirely from Brisson.

Although Brisson and Linnzeus both refer to Seba, it is very evi-

dent that the former had really a specimen of the bird before him

when he was writing, and therefore his description is, as usual, par-

ticularly exhaustive and accurate. As Dr. Pucheran remarks, it is

curious that he could have considered the Alcedo amboinensis cris-

tata of Seba with its red bill to have been the same as his Ispida

philippensis cristata. Anyhow Linnzus evidently took his short

diagnosis of Alcedo cristata from Brisson’s more elaborate one, and

only copied Brisson in the reference to Seba. I cannot help feeling

regret in having thus to acknowledge myself in the wrong hitherto,

especially as the name cyanostigma (which the species must hence-

forth bear) is applicable only to the young bird.

11. Isprpiwa PICTA.

Ispidina picta (Bodd.) ; Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. pt. 4 (1869).

“Males. River Quanza, May 1869. Rare.” —J. J. M.

Two beautiful specimens, the old male being decidedly the most

brilliant I have ever seen.

12. HaLcyon CYANOLEUCA.

Halcyon cyanoleuca(Vieill.) ; Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. pt. 5 (1869).

« Ambriz, April 1869.

«Male. River Quanza, May 1869.’’—J. J. M.

Two specimens. The male from the river Quanza is a young bird

agreeing with the figure in my ‘ Monograph.’

13. HaLtcyon SENEGALENSIS.

Halcyon senegalensis, Linn. ; Sharpe, Monogr. diced. pt. 7.

“No. 9. Obtained at Columbo on the river Quanza, November

1868. Stomach contained remains of a small lizard.

“No. 22. Male. Ambriz. Food consisted of large grasshoppers.

“No. 37. Male. River Quanza, May 1869.

“Nos. 39, 40. Females. River Quanza, May, 1869.”’—J.J.M.

1869.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA, 569

Mr. Monteiro procured several of these birds, at my request, in

order that I might have abundant proof of the distinctness of H.

cyanoleuca from the present species. Iam happy to say that, as far

as I can see, the two species are undoubtedly distinct, all the speci-

mens mentioned above having the cinereous head, the very old birds

just having a tinge of blue here and there, while the black line does

not extend through the eye as in H. eyanoleuca.

14. HaLcyon CHELICUTENSIS.

Halcyon chelicutensis (Stanl.) ; Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 277.

“Nos. 13 and 14. Male and female, shot together. River Quanza,

November 1868.

“Nos. 30 and 31. Ambriz, March 1869. Male and female.”

Sir William Jardine has very kindly sent me a note concerning

the propriety of my uniting Halcyon damarensis with the present

species. Sir William has a specimen of the Damara bird which

measures 7°3 inches in length, while the longest total length adduced

by me (/.c.) was 6:8. I must state, however, that my South-African

skins have the neck much drawn in and could easily be made to

measure 73 inches without stretching them perceptibly. I have also

examined Strickland’s type in the Cambridge Museum. I do not

perceive the least difference in colour, though I admit that the

Damara bird is a good deal larger. But this fact cannot be taken as

a character for specific separation, as so many analogous cases are to

be found amongst African birds.

15, EuRysTOMUS AFER.

Lurystomus afer (Lath.) ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 29 (1857).

** Captured at sea within sight of land, off Mangue Grande. The

stomach contained the remains of a large moth.”’—J. J. M.

Dr. Hartlaub (J. c.) states that the local race of this bird from

Gaboon differs in its less-bright colours and also in its larger dimen-

sions. The specimen sent by Mr. Monteiro measures as follows :—

Total length 10 inches; of bill from front 0-8, from gape 1:3; wing

6°6; tail3°7 ; tarsus 0°4 ; middle toe 0:3, lateral toe 0°6, hind toe 0:5.

16. CoRACIAS PILOSA.

Coracias pilosa, Lath.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 30.

* Male. Legs light yellowish green; iris brown; pupil dark

purple. Stomach contained remains of insects. Ambriz, February

1869.”’—J.J.M.

17. CORACIAS CAUDATA.

Coracias caudata, Linn. ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 30; Bocage,

Jorn. Lisb. i. p. 134.

«* Ambriz, April.”—J. J. M.

+18. DeNDROPICUS HARTLAUBI.

Dendropicus hartlaubi, Malh.; Gray, Cat. Pic. Brit. Mus, p. 65.

570 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Nov. 25,

“No. 45. Loanda, May 1869.’’—J. J. M.

A male, identical with specimens in the British Museum, from

Shupanga.

+19. CamMPETHERA CHRYSURA.

Campethera chrysura (Swains.) ; Gray, Cat. Pic. Brit. Mus. p.81.

Dendromus chrysurus, Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 181.

“No. 18. River Loge at Ambriz.’’—J. J. M.

20. Curysococcyx CLAASII.

Chrysococcyz claasii (Cuv.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 190; Bocage,

Jorn. Lisb. 1868, p. 9.

«Nos. 26 and 27. Very abundant in January. - Disappears about

April and May.’’—J. J. M.

21. TINNUNCULUS RUPICOLA.

Tinnunculus rupicolus, Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. p. 132.

“River Loge at Ambriz. Common.’—J. J. M.

One specimen, apparently an old female.

22. ELANUS MELANOPTERUS.

Elanus melanopterus (Daud.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 11 (1857),

Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1868, p. 2.

“River Quanza, May 1869.”—J.J.M.

One specimen in full plumage.

23. TRERON CALVA.

Treron calva, Temm.; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 192; Bocage, Jorn.

Lisb. 1868, p. 9.

““No. 24. Female. Ambriz, December 1868.’’—J. J. M.

724. EvpoDOTIS MELANOGASTRA.

Eupodotis melanogastra (Rupp.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 207

(1857).

« Ambriz.”—J. J. M.

A single specimen, apparently a young male just gaining the adult

dress.

25. BuTORIDES ATRICAPILLA.

Ardea atricapilla, Afzel. ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 223.

“Female. River Quanza, May 1869.”—J.J.M.

A single example of this widely distributed Heron. It is in

beautiful plumage; and the head, instead of being black as the name

would imply, is dark cinereous with a bronzy-green lustre.

26. CuRSORIUS SENEGALENSIS.

Cursorius senegalensis, Licht. ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 209; id.

P, Z. S. 1866, p. 62; Mont. Ibis, 1862, p. 335.

“No. 46. Loanda, May 1869. Abundant.”—J.J.M.

PZ. 5. 1663ePe elys

M&N Hanhart ump.

1. Senit ith

PELECANUS MOLINA

1869.]| MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 571

+27. GLAREOLA PRATINCOLA.

Glareola pratincola (Linn.); Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 210.

“No. 15. Ambriz, November 26, 1868, Large numbers flying

high in the air, with a flight between that of a Swallow and a Sand-

piper. Gizzard and stomach full of flies and other winged insects.

Only seen for one day. Eyes dark slate-colour.”’—J. J. M.

The specimen sent is a young bird, apparently G. pratincola and

not G. nordmanni. Most of the under wing-coverts are rufous, but

some of them, especially near the edge of the wing, are quite black,

while others are decidedly getting black. In case, however, I may

be mistaken, I think it best to give a description of the specimen in

detail.

Above dark brown, deepest on the head and scapularies, the whole

upper plumage mottled with pale brown edgings to the feathers ;

eyebrow pale brown; primary coverts and quills dark brown, the

secondaries tipped with rufous-white; rump and upper tail-coverts

pure white ; tail deeply forked, white at the base and for the greater

part of the feathers, the outer feathers brown towards the tip; chin

and throat pale yellowish brown, the latter longitudinally striped

with dark brown; cheeks and ear-coverts greyish brown, the latter

paler, the former broadly striped with dark brown; breast pale

ochreous brown, the upper portion and the sides of the neck mottled

with dark brown; abdomen and under tail-coverts pure white ; under

wing-coverts rufous, the feathers along the bend of the wing black,

mottled with reddish brown, the edge of the wing white, and all the

feathers along the radius partly black ; bill and feet black, or nearly

so.

+28. NuM&NIUS MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Numenius madagascariensis, Briss. ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p- 773

Schl. & Poll. Faun. Mad. Ois. p. 133.

«‘ Ambriz, December 1868.’’—J. J. M.

This Curlew seems to me to be avery good species, totally distinct

from N. arquatus or its southern form N. major, Schl. Its occurrence

in West Africa is here recorded for the first time.

29. ACTITIS HYPOLEUCOSs.

“River Loge at Ambriz.”—J. J. M.

7. A Monograph of the Genus Pelecanus.

By D. G. Exxior, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

(Plate XLIV.)

This paper was written chiefly in Philadelphia, where my oppor-

tunities for investigating the species were most favourable ; for in

the magnificent collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences,

572 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Noy. 25,

all the species, excepting P. javanicus, are represented by a large

number of individuals of various ages. I have also examined the

specimens in the collections of the British and Paris Museums, as

well as the living birds in the Gardens of this Society and in those

of the Jardin des Plantes and Jardin d’Acclimatation of Paris.

My conclusions are the result of patient investigation; yet I am

fully aware that in some instances they may appear less satisfactory

than might be desired ; this, however, in some degree, arises from

the lack of necessary specimens of the different ages of one or two

species to enable me to clear up some still uncertain points.

If I shall succeed in drawing the attention of those whose oppor-

tunities are better than my own to study the changes of plumage

of those species still involved in some obscurity, and thus extend

our knowledge of these interesting birds, my paper will not have

been written in vain.

Review of the Literature of the Genus.

As far within the dim past as history gives to us any record, the

birds of this genus have been observed and mentioned ; for we have

good reason to suppose that the P. onocrotalus, the species most

widely distributed and best known in the Old World to-day, was

the “ Pelican of the wilderness”’ of Biblical times.

All of the older authors mention the “ Pelican,’’ meaning to im-

ply, probably, the common species just named above, although in

many instances their descriptions could not be referred to that bird.

Commencing with Linneus, the author of the binominal system

now generally adopted, in the review of the literature of the genus,

his great work claims first our attention.

The tenth edition of the ‘ Systema Nature,’ being generally con-

ceded to be the most complete, I have not deemed it advisable to

refer to works prior to its date, notwithstanding that some excellent

although, unfortunately, polynominalist authors flourished before the

great Swede.

(1758.) Linneus, ‘ Systema Nature.’ The genus Pelecanus,

established by Linneeus in 1735, here contains only one species, the

P. onocrotalus, according to our author’s ideas, although he adopts

as synonymous the O. fuscus of Sloane, and the O. americanus of

Edwards, both of which are distinct species of the New World.

But thus far Linnzeus’s genus has but one species.

(1760.) Brisson, ‘ Ornithologie.’ This author here establishes the

genus Onoerotalus, with P. onocrotalus as his type, and cites the

following as his species :—-O. albus (P. onocrotalus) ; O. mexicanus

dentatus, which is the P. moline of Gray as it now stands; O. fuscus ;

and O. philippensis, which is P. rufescens as now determined,—

four species in all, being quite a step in advance of Linneeus’s list

of two years previous. The descriptions given by Brisson are good,

and the various species easily recognizable ; but so much cannot be

said of the plates.

(1785.) Pennant, ‘Arctic Zoology.’ This author gives no new

1869.] | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 973

species, but makes a new synonym for the P. fuscus, in his

** Charlestown Pelican,” which is the ‘ Brown Pelican” from that

locality.

(1788.) Gmelin, ‘ Systema Nature.’ In this work we find quite

an extended list of species of this genus, without, however, rendering

it necessary for us to accord our author any merit for original in-

vestigation, as it is simply Latham’s list of a few years previous

Latinized. The species are, P. onocrotalus, roseus, Juscus, ma-

nillensis, philippensis, rufescens, carolinensis, erythrorhynchus, and

thagus. Of these, P. rufescens is a good species, roseus, manillensis,

and philippensis being synonyms: P. fuscus is also good, with caro-

linensis as a synonym, this being the Charlestown Pelican of Pen-

nant ; while the American White Pelican is here first named ery-

throrhynchus, a misnomer. The P. thagus is P. moline of Gray.

Species now five.

(1790.) Latham, ‘ Index Ornithologicus.’ The list given by

this author is the same as the preceding, except that the White

Pelican of America is renamed trachyrhynchus, which is not admis-

sible; for, although it, may be more appropriate than Gmelin’s ap-

pellation, yet the reason is not sufficient to justify the action, and

should not be upheld by subsequent writers.

(1790.) Bonnaterre, ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique, Ornithologie.’

The species already given are included in this author’s list, but no

novelty afforded.

(1794.) Donndorf (Johann August), ‘ Zoologische Beitrage.’

No new facts are recorded by the great synonymatist, while the errors

previously made are repeated.

Between this date and the next, a period of nearly thirty years,

nothing especial transpired in the literature of this genus.

(1822.) ‘ Transactions of the Linnean Society.” Dr. Horsfield

describes P. javanicus from Java. Species six.

(1824.) Temminck, ‘ Planches Coloriées.’ The Pelicanus con-

spicillatus is here described for the first time. Species seven.

(1826.) Stephens, in ‘Shaw’s General Zoology.’ A list of eight

species is given, more correct than those usually met with at this

period. hese are P. onocrotalus, fuscus, rufescens, carolinensis,

australis, gavanicus, thagus, and trachyrhynchus: australis is a

synonym of conspicillatus, carolinensis of fuscus, and thagus of

moline ; the other four stand as at present good species, so consi-

dered.

(1826.) Riippell, ‘ Reise im nérdl. Africa, Zoologie.’ Dr. Riip-

pell figures P. rufescens, up to the present time the only tolerable

representation of the adult existing.

(1831.) Lesson, ‘ Traité d’Ornithologie.’ A list by this author,

only requiring notice here from his giving a new synonym to the

P. rufescens, in his P. eristatus.

(1832.) Bruch, ‘Isis,’ p. 1109. P. erispus is here first described.

Species eight.

(1832.) Wagler, ‘Isis,’ p. 1233. Our author institutes the genus

Onocrotalus (oblivious of Brisson’s genus of the same name) with

574 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Noyv. 25,

the O. hernandezii as the type—this, however, being a synonym

of P. thagus of Molina, now accepted as P. moline of Gray.

P. rufescens in this article is also renamed pheospilus. Species

eight.

“(1836.) Brandt, Joannes Fredericus, ‘ Descriptiones et Icones Ani-

malium Rossicorum novorum.’ The author gives in this pamphlet

descriptions and copious synonymy of two species, P. onocrotalus

and P. crispus, while fuscus is attributed to the West Indies, and

conspicillatus to New Holland, and onocrotalus, vel species valde

affinis to North America. A good description of the bony structure

and internal anatomy of onocrotalus is added. A very valuable

contribution.

(1837.) Riippell, ‘ Museum Senckenbergianum,’ p. 185. A new

species is here described as P. minor. Species nine.

(1838.) Lichtenstein, ‘Abhandlungen der Kénigl. Akademie der

Wissenschaften zu Berlin.’ In this valuable paper is contained the

best monograph of this genus that had thus far been attempted.

Seven species are given, namely, onocrotalus, mitratus, crispus,

rufescens, trachyrhynchus, fuscus, and conspicillatus: P. mitratus

is described as new, but is the minor of Riippell given in the pre-

vious year, as above noted, while philippensis of Brisson and manil-

lensis and roseus of Gmelin are considered the same as rufescens.

A plate with representations of the heads, both in profile and front

view, of six of the species is given, conspicillatus having been

omitted. Altogether it is the most valuable paper on this genus

thus far published.

(1849.) Gray and Mitchell, ‘Genera of Birds.’ ‘The genus Pede-

canus is here introduced as belonging to the second subfamily of

the great family Pelecanide, which arrangement the present writer

accepts only in part. The four generally considered families, Pele-

canide, Plotide, Tachypetide, and Phalacrocoracide, would seem

to be far more naturally arranged if brought together under the first

named, and these divisions considered as subfamilies of the one

family Pelecanide. The differences exhibited among the members

of each group from those of the others are more of the kind pro-

perly considered generic than of those which constitute separate

family divisions. All the species as now known are included in this

excellent list, except the P. javanicus of Horsfield.

(1850.) Reichenbach, “ Novitiee ad ‘Synopsis Avium.’”’ Eight

species are here enumerated, javanicus and moline being omitted.

Reduced figures are also given.

(1851.) Reichenbach, MS., as quoted by Bonaparte. Four ge-

nera are here instituted—Catoptropelicanus, type P. conspicillatus ;

Onocrotalus, type P. crispus; Cyrtopelicanus, type P. erythro-

rhynchus ; and Leptopelicanus, type P. fuscus.

(1857.) Bonaparte, ‘ Conspectus Generum Avium.’ In this

monograph the various species are grouped in three genera. Pele-

canus, Linn., comprises conspicillatus, crispus, rufescens, philip-

pensis, and onocrotalus. Catoptropelicanus, Reich., is placed as a

subgenus for conspicillatus, and Onocrotalus of the same author as a

1869.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 575

subgenus for the remaining species; while P. minor of Riippell is

deemed a variety of onocrotalus, and mitratus of Lichtenstein a

synonym of rufescens—this last a serious error, as the two may not

even be included in the same group. This error, however, is re-

peated again by javanicus of Horsfield being given as a synonym of

philippensis. The two species mitratus (or minor, as it should be

called) and javanicus belong to that group which have the feathers

of the forehead terminating in a long point at the base of the upper

mandible, while in rufescens these form a concave line at the base

of the culmen. This author appears to have arranged’ his synonymy

without having examined the specimens, which is generally con-

sidered rather necessary when one is defining species.

The second genus is Cyrtopelicanus, Reich., including the single

species erythrorhynchus—although Latham’s name is here employed,

aud the synonymy is very much mixed up with that properly be-

longing to moline of Gray ; for although we may not exactly be

able to determine what ¢hagus of Molina is referable to, it is very

certain that it does not belong to the White Pelican of North

America. The remaining species, fuscus and thagus (Molina), are

included in Wagler’s genus Onocrotalus, Brisson’s genus of the

same name, established nearly one hundred years previous, being

ignored. These genera are made to comprise the subfamily Pele-

canine, which, with Suline, constitutes his family Pelecanide, tribe

Totipalmi, of the order Gavie.

(1864.) Jerdon, ‘ Birds of India.’ In this valuable work the

species of Pelicans inhabiting India are given :—P. onocrotalus; P.

mitratus, which is minor, Riippell; P. javanicus, which, being

described as possessing an occipital crest, which true javanicus never

has, and also having the frontal feathers truncated and not pointed,

would appear to be referable to P. rufescens ; and, finally, P. philip-

pensis, which is young rufescens.

(1867.) Blyth, in the ‘Ibis.’ In his commentary on Dr. Jerdon’s

‘ Birds of India,’ this author here reviews the Pelicans enumerated

in that work. He refers mitratus to onocrotalus as identical, or

only a race. The P. onocrotalus of Jerdon is mentioned as never

having any occipital crest, nor any tumidity upon the forehead,

which does not agree with onocrotalus of Europe, which, during the

breeding-season, has both of these. P. javanicus is considered a

race of onocrotalus; and a fourth race, a “ similar diminutive of P.

mitratus,” is deemed to be the Onocrotalus minor of Riippell. Of

the P. crispus type, P. rufescens is acknowledged, and philippensis

doubtfully separated from it.

(1868.) Sclater, ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society.’ A list

of the known species is here given, with plates of two, fuscus and

rufescens, juv.: javanicus, Jerdon, is referred to mitratus, Lich-

tenstein; and onocrotalus, Jerdon, to javanicus, Horsfield. An

analytical table is appended at the end of the article. No synonymy

is given, the article being intended more as a list of the species living

in the gardens of the Society than as a monograph of the genus.

576 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Nov. 25,

Characters of the Subfamily.

The Pelicans form a very strongly defined and well-marked group

or division of the great family Pelecanide, which is distinguished from

all others by its members possessing gular sacs, less extensive in the

Cormorants and Gannets, but having their greatest development in the

birds forming the genus now under consideration. Another peculiar

characteristic of this family is, that its members have the four toes

connected by a thin semitransparent skin; the hind toe, articulated

to the inner side of the tarsus, pointing inwards, sometimes directed

slightly forwards. Although so well provided for a life in the watery

element, they nevertheless perch well upon the branches of trees, in

many instances build their nests upon the limbs raised high above

the water. The young are incapable of providing for themselves,

and do not leave the nest for a long period after escaping from the

shell.

The family Pelecanide is composed of six subfamilies, Phetonine,

Attagenine, Plotine, Pelecanineg, Suline, and Graculine, as it

appears to the present writer. Gray comprises them in three,

making Pelecanine to include Suline, Graculine, and Attagenine,

while many writers make them all distinct families. These six sub-

families constitute the order Steganopodes. The members of this

order occupy a very humble rank in the classification of birds, being

only the second remove from the lowest, which comprises the Auks

and their allies, some of which, in their wingless forms, or rather

being incapable of flight, are but one step from the inhabitants of

the deep. As a general rule the Pelecans are dwellers in warm

countries, and are found mostly in those lying towards the equator ;

but there are exceptions to this, the P. erythrorhynchus of North

America having been met with in great numbers in the fur-countries

as high as 61° N. latitude, and the P. onocrotalus of Europe has

penetrated into the colder regions of that continent. Pelicans are

altrices, and do not generally lay more than two eggs, although

three are sometimes found in the same nest. They are naturally

arranged into two groups, according to the shape of the frontal

feathers. One, of which we may consider P. onocrotalus as the

type, has the feathers prolonged to a point, which divides the bare

skin, and comes down nearly to the culmen; the other, of which

P. crispus may be taken as the type, has the feathers coming down

upon the forehead and forming a concave line upon the culmen.

The first of these embraces, beside the typical species, minor and

javanicus; the second contains crispus, rufescens, conspicillatus,

erythrorhynchus, fuscus, aud moline. All the species fly and walk

well; one only dives or plunges.

Pelicans are the largest of the water-birds, some species exceeding

the Swan in size, and when upon the wing have an alar extent nearly

as great as any bird that flies. Their bodies are heavy; but they

seem to be no impediment to the bird when desirous of ascending

into the air, where they frequently amuse themselves sailing in wide

circles for hours.

1869.| MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 577

The general form is stout, heavy, and cumbersome, the apparently

disproportioned bill and deep pendent gular sac giving to the bird an

awkward, rather stupid appearance. The body is long, flattened be-

neath ; the neck long and thick. Head rather small, oblong, rather

flat on the top. The plumage is soft and downy upon the head and

neck, excepting the feathers of the crest when this appendage is pre-

sent; that of the upper parts is usually lanceolate, rather loose; of

the breast and under parts thick and elastic, impervious to water.

The bill of the Pelican is of peculiar form, fitted to sustain the

pouch which is suspended from it. It is long, rather slender,

generally straight, and flattened. The upper mandible is convex at

the base, more so in some species than in others, becoming flattened,

spreads gradually, and reaches its widest part near the end, when it

narrows rapidly and terminates in a nail, or hooked point. The

ridge is convex at first and then follows the shape of the mandible,

narrowing towards the tip. The nail is curved sharply, concave

beneath, with the point acute. The crura of the lower mandible

are separated, and only meet at the tip; to these, filling up the

interspace which thus occupies the whole length of the bill, is

appended the huge gular pouch, being a huge exaggeration of the

membrane usually observed at the base of the under mandible in

other species of birds. At the base, and extending for about one-

half of the length of the bill, the lower mandible is wider than the

upper, but contracts and fits into the upper mandible for the

remainder of its length. Upon the ridge of the upper mandible, in

one species, a bony crest is present in the males during the breeding-

season, but does not remain after that period. The pouch is formed

of skin, which is thin, filled with small blood-vessels, semitrans-

parent, and capable of great distention. It extends in a greater

or less degree down the throat, reaching its greatest development in

P. moline.

The nostrils, although visible and open in the young, are hidden

in the adults, in a groove which runs along the side of the ridge on

the upper mandible. The bill is covered with an irregular, rough,

somewhat scaly skin.

The wings are long, when folded reaching to about half the

length of the tail; the second and third primaries usually the long-

est; the secondaries are incurved, long—sometimes, when the wing is

closed, extending beyond the primaries. The feathers of the coverts

are long and narrow, in some species lanceolate.

The tail is rather short, broad, and rounded, composed, in the

different species, of various numbers of feathers, which are pointed.

The coverts are long, both upper and under covering two-thirds of

the length of the tail.

Thighs usually within the body ; the tarsus rather short, in some

species being two-thirds the length of the middle toe without the

claw, in others about equal to it. It is covered with hexagonally

shaped scutellze, largest anteriorly. Feet rather small; toes on an

equal plane, all connected by a web. Claws short, stout, curved,

acute, concave beneath.

578 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. ([Nov. 25,

Family PELECANID.

Char.—Feet small. The four toes on a level, connected together

by a more or less indented web.

Subfamily PeLecaninz.

Size large; body heavy; head with or without occipital crest.

Genus PELECANUS.

Bill very long; sac extending the entire length; under mandible

wider than the upper at the base. Upper mandible terminating in

a sharp curved nail.

Analytical Table.

A. Bare loral space extending to the mandibles.

1. P. onocrotalus.

2. P. minor.

3. P. gavanicus.

6'. Lower mandible feathered at base ............... 4. P. erythrorhynchus.

[ 5. P. erispus.

. P. rufescens.

7. P. fuscus.

a’. Feathers on the forehead extending to a point

On Ghee Mon yc. necicecgadtete ss ceawacaseenaae

c', Feathers of the forehead forming a concave line

at the base of the culmen. Mandibles free

Of feathers i Zoku Ssicais sates ctceSasteoy racsunes ;

8. P. moline.

B. Bare loral space separated from the bill by a row of

foathora a 5. Lin aus sochoecbaseetes setae ds ates ve havea 9. P. australis.

Description of the Genera and Species.

Subfamily PELECANIN2.

PeLecanus, Linnzeus.

Pelecanus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 132 (1758) (auct.).

Onocrotalus, Briss. Ornithologie (1760), tom. vi. p. 519, type

P. onocrotalus; Wagler nec Briss. Isis (1832), p. 1233, type P.

moline.

Catoptropelicanus, Reich., type P. conspicillatus.

Onocrotalus, Reich., nec Briss. nec Wagl., type P. crispus.

Cyrtopelicanus, Reich. MS., type P. erythrorhynchus.

Leptopelicanus, Reich. MS., type P. fuscus.

Largest in size of all the birds of this family. Head long, oval,

flattened. Neck long and thick. Wings long, secondaries exceeding

the primaries when the wing is folded. ‘Tail moderate, rounded.

Tarsi short; toes long, webs broad, not indented. Bill very long ;

gular sac attached to the crura of the lower mandible for its entire

length. Nostrils in adults hidden.

This genus, instituted by Linnzeus at a much earlier date even

than the one selected as a starting-point for this monograph, com-

prises various species of birds which cannot be confounded with

any others known, and which, according to the views of the present

writer, do not present any characters not common to all, which can

be considered of sufficient importance to separate any of the number

from the remainder into a different genus, as has been of late years

1869.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 379

attempted. But one species of Pelican seems to have been known

to Linnzus (the common P. onocrotalus of Europe) at the date of

the tenth edition of his ‘Systema Avium,’ although two years later

Brisson enumerates four. The various genera instituted by Reichen-

bach, as above quoted, do not seem to be founded upon sufficient

reasons, the characters selected appertaining more to specific than

generic distinctions.

PELECANUS ONOCROTALUS.

Pelecanus onocrotalus, Linn. Syst. Nat. vol. i. p. 132 (1758) ;

Naum. Vég. Deutschl. t. 282. 1 (ad.), 2 (juv.); Bonnat. Eneycl.

Méthod. Ornith. (1790) p. 42; Lath. Syn. vol. ili. p. 578. sp. 1;

id. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 882. sp. 1; Steph. Gen. Zool. xiii. p. 109, t. 12;

Brehm, Vég. Deutsch. p. 824, t. 40. fig. 1; Roux, Orn. Prov. t. 342

(juv.); Reich. Syst. Av. pl. 36. figs. 376, 377; Gray, Gen. of Birds,

il. p. 668. sp.1; Gmel. Syst. Nat.1. pt. 2 (1788), p. 569 ; Bree, Birds

of Eur. vol. iv. p. 174; Temm. Man. d’Ornith. i. p. 891; Jerd. B.

of India, vol. iii. p. 854; Brandt, Icon. Animal. Rossic. Nov. (1836)

p- 44. sp. 1; Schleg. Mus. Pays-Bas, 4™° livr. p. 30; Sclat. P. Z.S.

(1868) p. 264; Licht. Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1838) p. 436,

t. 3. fig. L; Donnd. Zool. Beitr. vol. ii. pt. 1, 844; Gould, B. of Eur.

vol. vy. pl. 405?

Le Pélican, Buff. Plan. Enlum. 87, p. 169, tom. ix.

Pelecanus roseus, Eversm. in Script. Liter. Imp. Universit. Casa-

nien. (1835) fascic. ii. p. 369.

Onocrotalus albus, Brisson, Ornith. (1760) p. 519, tom. vi.

Pelecanus javanicus, Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

p- 297. n. 1740.

Occiput with a rather elongated crest during the breeding-season.

Bare space around the eye diamond-shape behind, and reaching to

the base of the upper mandible. Gular pouch extending for about

six inches down the throat. Feathers of head form a distinct point

upon the forehead. Upper mandible reddish at the base, becoming

yellowish at the tip, with a line of crimson along the culmen; under

mandible palered. Pouch and bare space about the eye flesh-colour.

Primaries and spurious wing black. Occipital crest and the elon-

gated feathers at the lower part of the neck in front light yellow.

Rest of plumage white, tinged with rose-colour. Tarsi flesh-colour.

Tail of eighteen feathers. Length about 5 feet, wing 26 inches,

tarsus 43 inches, upper mandible 16 inches.

Hab, Europe and northern part of Africa. Common in Hungary,

Crimea, Egypt, and Ionian Islands. Accidental in France and Al-

geria. In West Africa, at Senegambia and Mozambique*. Also in

Abyssinia.

The young during the first year are uniform greyish brown, the

lanceolate feathers of the breast being entirely wanting. The perfect

plumage is not acquired for some years; and the depth of the rosy

tint is increased at the breeding-season.

* Ornithologie Westafrikas, p. 259 (Hartl.).

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XX XVIII,

80 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Nov. 25,

This is the common species of the Old World, and was known to

the earliest writers on ornithology. It goes at times in great flocks,

as witnessed by W. H. Simpson, who states, in the ‘ Ibis,’ vol. in.

p- 366, that he once saw a flock of these birds, numbering several

thousand individuels, flying northward in the Dobrudscha.

The female constructs her nest upon the ground, formed of reeds

and lined with soft grass, and lays usually two white eggs. The

present bird does not confine itself to the shores of the sea, but fre-

quents inland lakes and rivers; feeds principally upon fish, and at

the approach of winter migrates in immense flocks.

Very great confusion exists in the synonymy of this species, the

difficulty in the majority of instances arising from the uncertainty as

to whether there are two species—one with a lengthened occipital

pendent crest, which would appear to be a smaller bird, and the

other without any crest properly so-called, the feathers of the occiput

merely curling slightly upward.

During the breeding-season, however, the present bird, the true

P. onocrotalus of Linn., has a somewhat lengthened occipital crest,

and at such times, in this respect, it does not differ materially from

its smaller ally, this crest at other periods of the year being incon-

spicuous. But there is a slight difference in the width and extent

of the line made by the feathers which come down upon the fore-

head. In the present species it ends abruptly with little lessening

of the width, while in the smaller bird it is long and narrow, ending

in almost a sharp point.

I have placed Mr. Gould’s P. onocrotalus, in ‘ Birds of Europe,’

with a %, as, giving no dimensions in his text, and his figure not

being life-size and showing the crest somewhat lengthened, it is

rather difficult to say to which bird it should be referred. Dr. Jerdon

thinks that Bree has figured the P. mztratus for the present species

in his ‘ Birds of Europe;’ but as Dr. Bree states that an example in

the Zoological Society’s Gardens in London was the original of his

plate, it is probably the present species, as the P. mitratus was not

in the Society’s possession at that time. The P. javanicus of Blyth’s

‘Catalogue’ of the Asiatic Society may perhaps be assigned to this

species, as he refers it to Stephens’s plate in Shaw’s ‘ General Zoology,’

which does not give any of the black margins of the tertiaries, one

of the characteristics of the bird described by Horsfield.

PELECANUS MINOR.

Pelecanus minor, Riipp. Vog. Nord-Ost-Afrika’s (1845), tab. 49,

p- 140; id. Mus. Sencken. Band ii. p. 185 (1837); Reich. Syst. Av.

i. t. 37. figs. 2321, 2322.

P. mitratus, Licht. Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1838) 436, t. 3.

f. 2; Reich. Syst. Av. vol. i. t. 38. figs. 879, 880?; Blyth, Ibis (1867),

p- 178; Sclat. P.Z.S. (1868), p. 266; Jerd. B. of Ind. vol. iii. p. 856.

P. onocrotalus, Bon. Consp. ii. p. 162; Layard, B. of South Af-

rica; Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. Asiat. Soc. Beng. p. 297. sp. 1740.

P. megalophus, Heugl. Vég. Nord-Ost-Afrik. (1856) p. 72.

no. 1750.

1869.] | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 581

Occipital crest long and pendent, formed of narrow feathers.

Frontal feathers fully as prolonged as in P. onocrotalus, forming a

narrow line. General colour pure white. Occipital crest and patch

on the breast yellowish. Spurious wing and primaries black. The

gular pouch and bare space about the eye is almost precisely similar

in shape to that of the preceding species, extending about the same

distance down the throat. The bill is yellowish; nail red. Orbits

and pouch flesh-colour ; irides reddish.

Length about 55 inches; wing, from carpal joint, 24 inches; tail

7 inches; bill 12 inches; tarsus 5 inches.

Hab. Sicily and Greece, Egypt, Abyssinia, west coast of Africa,

and India.

I have given to this bird, if it really must be considered distinct

from the common species, Riippell’s name of minor, as his diagnosis

and measurements appear to agree very accurately with specimens of

mitratus before me, and his name antedates that of Lichtenstein. As

I have already stated, in my article on P. onocrotalus, the only differ-

ence between them is in the smaller size, occipital crest, and rather

narrower point of the frontal feathers of the present bird. It may,

however, be doubted if these characters are sufficient to establish it as

a separate species, and it may with more propriety be considered only

arace. I have included among the synonyms the P. onocrotalus

of Bonaparte, as his description of “ occipiti eristato plumis planis

angustis”’ appears to apply to this bird. The fact that Bonaparte’s

synonymy of some of the Pelecanide is very much confused, and

that he has referred this bird to P. rufescens, which belongs to an

entirely different group, that of which P. crispus is the type, shows

that he did not make the necessary examinations of the specimens

when writing his monograph, and that his conclusions cannot be

taken solely upon the authority of his name. Layard, in his ‘ Birds

of South Africa,’ describes a Pelecanus onocrotalus, which he states

to be widely distributed and associating in small flocks. His

description would seem to point out the present bird rather than the

species to which he has referred it, as he speaks of the presence on

the breast of “a tuft of stiff bright straw-coloured feathers,” and the

“head crested,’ both of which peculiarities are claimed as apper-

taining to the present bird. His measurements also are less than

generally found in P. onocrotalus ; and moreover, having specimens

before from the Cape of Good Hope which answer in every way to

the P. minor, I have placed Mr. Layard’s name among its synonyms.

The Pelecanus mitratus of Reichenbach, represented by two figures,

does not exhibit any pendent crest, but a short recurved crest upon

the occiput ; and this would seem to refer his bird to onocrotalus.

I have therefore placed a question (?) after the synonym.

PELECANUS JAVANICUS.

Pelecanus javanicus, Horsf. Linn. Trans. vol. xiii. p. 197. sp. 2;

Selat. P. Z. S. (1868) p. 268; Steph. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. vol. xiii,

p-. 116 (1826).

P. onocrotalus, apud Jerdon, Blyth, Ibis (1867), p. 179.

582 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Nov. 25,

I have never seen a specimen of this bird; and the type, which is

now in the collection of the East-India Company, is not at present

visible, on account of the birds being packed preparatory to their

removal to another location ; consequently I am not able to give an

opinion upon its specific value.

It is distinguished from P. onocrotalus, according to its describer,

by having the margins of the tertiaries black, and by never having

any pendent occipital feathers; instead it has a few recurved

feathers upon the nape. According to Blyth, as quoted from ‘The

Ibis,’ the forehead is never tumid, the bare skin of the cheeks is

deep purplish or livid carneous, and the pouch intense bright yellow.

Length, as given by Blyth, 5 feet 6 in.; alar extent 8 feet 10 in. ;

wing, from carpal joint, 26 in.; tail 8 im. ; bill, along culmen, 14°5;

tarsus 55 in. Another had the bill 15°5 in., wing 27 in.; inathird

the bill was 16 inches in length.

PELECANUS CRISPUS.

Pelecanus crispus, Bruch, Isis (1832), p. 1109; Licht. Abhandl.

Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1838) t. 3. fig. 4, p. 437; Gould’s B. of Eur.

pl. 406, vol. v.; Bree, B. of Eur. vol. iv. p. 167 ; Naum. Vég. Deutsch.

vol. ii. p. 180, pl. 283; Reichen. Syst. Av. vol. i. pl. 36. figs. 378,

379; Feldege? ; Schleg. Mus. Pays-Bas, 4™° livr. p. 32 ; Bon. Consp.

Gen. Av. vol. ii. p. 162. sp. 2; Brandt, Icon. Animal. Rossic. Noy.

(1836) p. 59; Sclat. P. Z.S. (1868) p. 267.

P. onocrotalus, Pall. Ross.-Asiat. vol. ii. p. 292; Eversm. in

Script. Literar. a Ceesarea Universit. Casanien. editis (1835), fascic.

n. p. 370.

P. patagiatus, Brehm, Isis (1832), p. 1109.

Head crested; feathers of the forehead advancing on each side

towards the nostrils, forming a concave line upon the culmen. Gular

pouch extending for about 4 inches upon the throat, in a gently

curved line from the base of the lower mandible. The feathers of

the head and neck are long, narrow, and filamentous. The body-

feathers terminate in long points, those of the under surface being

very narrow. The entire plumage, save the primaries, is silvery

white; a yellow tinge upon the long feathers of the breast ; those

of the back wings and tail have black shafts. Primaries black,

greyish at their bases and inclined to grey at their tips. The

upper mandible is grey, marked with blue and red; and on each

side, at the base of the under mandible, a spot of yellowish grey.

Gular pouch deep orange, intermingled with bluish. Naked skin

round the eye reddish, with a blue shade near the bill. Tarsi and

feet light flesh-colour. Iris yellow.

Wing 26 in.; tail (twenty-two feathers) 63 in.; bill, along cul-

men, 16 in.; tarsus 43 in.; middle toe 43 in.

The young are devoid of crest, have a greyish pouch, and the

entire plumage brownish grey.

Hab. Dalmatia, Greece, Russia, Asia, and northern parts of

Africa, China.

This splendid bird, the largest of the genus, may stand as the

1869.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 983

type of one of the two groups which the Pelicans seem naturally to

comprise—that one in which the feathers of the forehead form a

concave line upon the culmen. It is easily distinguished in the

mature state from all the other species by the thick mass of recurving

feathers upon the head (which are loose and fall over on each side,

producing a conspicuous crest), by the lanceolate feathers of the

breast, and by its comparatively shorter tarsus. The present species

being comparatively recently known, having been described by

Bruch, in ‘ Isis,’ in 1832, its synonymy is not in any way confused

—quite a relief among this family of birds, so many of which have

their synonyms so sadly involved that it seems to be almost a hopeless

task to restore them all to their proper places.

This species, according to Baron Feldegg, arrives in Dalmatia in

the spring and autumn, and prefers the river Naranta, near Fort

Opers, where it is bordered with morasses. Count v.d. Mihle, ‘Orn.

Griech.’ p. 132, as quoted in Bree’s ‘ Birds of Europe,’ says “it is

very plentiful in Greece the whole year through; and on many

lakes and swamps, such as Zigeri, Kopai, and Paralynni, are broad

colonies of them. They are also very plentiful on the lakes of

Missolonghi and Thermopyle. In places incredibly difficult to reach,

where floating islands are found, they place their nests very thickly

together, supported among the reeds and rushes, and generally

soaked with wet. ‘The whole neighbourhood of these congregated

nests is covered with their dull white dung and a multitude of foul

fish which they have dropped about, and which make the spot

horribly offensive. The yellow-grey young birds have a very un-

sightly appearance, and these never-satisfied screamers, with their

shrill shrieking voice, and the unformed head hanging on the crop,

make an unsightly picture.”

PELECANUS RUFESCENS.

Red-backed Pelican, Lath. Gen. Syn. vol. iil. pt. 2, p. 584, sp. 6

1785).

‘ Pelecanus rufescens, Gmel. Syst. Nat. vol. i. (1788) p. 571.

sp. 13; Reich. Syst. Av. pl. 38. fig. 386, & pl. 38. figs. 878 &

384, 385 (juv.); Riipp. Atl. t. 21, p. 31; id. Reise im nordl. Afrika,

Zool. p. 439; Licht. Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1838) t. 25.

sp. 5, & tab. 3. fig. 3; Bon. Consp. Gen. Av. vol. ii. p. 162;

Bonnat. Ency. Méth. Ornith. (1790) p. 44; Steph. Shaw’s Gen.

Zool. xiii. p. 114; Lath. Ind. Ornith. vol. ii. p. 584. sp. 6; Gray,

Gen. of Birds, vol. iii. sp. 6; Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. (1868) p. 267,

pl. 26 (juv.).

P. cristatus, Less. Traité d Ornith. p. 602 (1831).

P. pheospilus, Wagl. Isis (1832) p. 1233.

P. roseus, Donnd. Zool. Beitr. vol. il. pt. 1, p. 848. sp. 9;

Bonnat. Ency. Méthod. Ornith. (1790) p. 43; Gmel. Syst. Nat.

(1788) p. 570. sp. 9.

P. philippensis, Jerd. B. of Ind. iii. p. 858 Guv.); Gmel. Syst.

Nat. (1788) vol. i. p. 571. sp. 11; Lath. Ind. Ornith. vol. ii.

p. 883. sp. 5 (1790); Gray, Gen. of Birds, vol. ii. sp. 2 (1849) ;

584 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Nov. 25,

Reich. Syst. Av. vol. i. pl. 36. fig. 877 (juv.); Donnd. Ornith.

Beitr. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 849. sp. 12; Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. (1868)

p. 268.

Pélican des Philippines, Buff. Pl. Enl. 965; Bonnat, Ency.

Méthod. Ornith. (1790) p. 43.

Rose-coloured Pelican, Lath. Gen. Syn. vol. iii. p. 579 (1785).

Pelecanus javanicus, Jerd. B. of Ind. vol. il. p. 857.

Le Pélican rose de Vile de Lucon, Sonn. Voy. p. 91, pl. 54,

vol. iii. (1776).

Le Pélican brun de Vile de Lucon, Sonn. Voy. p. 91, pl. 53,

vol. iii.

Pelecanus manillensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) vol. i. p. 571.

sp. 11; Lath. Ind. Ornith. vol. i. p. 883. sp. 4; Donnd. Ornith.

Beitr. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 849. sp. 11.

Onocrotalus philippensis, Briss. tom. vi. p. 527. sp. 3, t. 46;

Bon. Consp. Gen. Ay. ii. p. 162; Schleg. Mus. Pays-Bas, 4™¢ livr.

. 33.

. Pelecanus calorhynchus, Hodgs.; Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 86.

P. gangeticus, Hodgs. ; Gray, Zool. Mise. p. 86.

P. philippensis, J. K. Gray, Cat. Mamm. and Birds in Brit. Mus.

presented by B. H. Hodgson.

Adult. —Head with a long, full, pendent crest, some of the feathers

5inches in length. YTeathers of the neck and head short, soft, rather

furry to the touch; those of the body and wing-coverts long, and

narrow lanceolate in form. Feathers of the forehead coming down

to the bill, forming a concave line upon the culmen. Gular sac,

starting from the base of the lower mandible, descending in a gently

curved line for about 6 inches upon the neck. Bare skin around

the eye contracted, of small dimensions, extending no distance be-

hind the eye, reaching to base of upper mandible in front. Head

and neck soiled white; crest dark grey, tinged with rose, each

feather tipped with white. Back and upper tail-coverts deep rich

rose-colour. Feathers on the crop long, stiffened, yellowish. Wings

yellowish white, secondaries silver-grey ; primaries black, with black

shafts, white at base, with white shafts, brownish at their tips. Tail

silver-grey ; shafts of greater and lesser coverts, secondaries, and tail-

feathers black. Bill yellowish, without any spots upon the upper

mandible. Bare ocular space flesh-colour, with a black conspicuous

spot near the upper mandible; gular pouch yellowish, streaked

with reddish lines. ‘arsi flesh-colour. Length about 60 inches;

wings, from carpal joint to end of primaries, 20-24 inches; tail

8 inches ; bill, along culmen, 15 inches; tarsus 32? inches; middle

toe 43 inches.

A second specimen is somewhat younger, probably assuming for

the first time the adult livery, and not in as perfect plumage as the

first. It is devoid of crest; the feathers of the head and neck are

short, brown tipped with white, giving to this part a mottled appear-

ance. The remainder of the plumage is dark grey, centre of the

feathers brown, secondaries tipped with light brown; there is more

of the rose-colour, however, present, this hue extending somewhat

1869.] MR. D.G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS rELECANUS. 585

upon the flanks, and also covering the vent and entire under tail-

coverts. The measurements are :—wing 24 inches; tail 8 inches ; bill,

along culmen, 133 inches; tarsus 3? inches ; middle toe 4 inches.

A third specimen, still youuger, has the head and neck covered

with a whitish down, a few short feathers standing out from the occi-

put. The feathers of the body rounded, none of the lanceolate

shape (so conspicuous a feature in the adult) yet present. Upper

parts and wings light brown, each feather with a broad margin of

white; secondaries dark brown in the centre, fading out gradually

to a brownish grey on the edges; primaries brownish black. Back

and upper tail-coverts pure white, with none of the roseate tinge so

prevalent in the more matured individuals. Tail silvery white ; shafts

of the feathers of the tertials, secondaries, primaries, and tail black,

white at their bases. Bill clear yellow; the upper mandible with

two rows of impressed black spots; bare skin around the eye

yellow. (Entire under parts pure white; the feathers soft and

downy.) The colours present in life having all disappeared. Wing,

from carpal joint, 22 inches; tail 8 inches; bill, along culmen,

123 inches ; tarsus 3? inches; middle toe 4 inches.

Hab. Nubia, Abyssinia, Senegal, Madagascar, India, Cochin-

china, Malacca, Philippines, Java, &e.

The synonymy of this species appears to be in a ‘sad state of con-

fusion, arising chiefly from the doubts existing as to whether this

bird and P. philippensis are distinct—a circumstance which may

indeed be very seriously questioned, as the differences that are

claimed as sufficient to separate them are very slight, and may only

be the result of age. Latham, in his ‘Synopsis,’ is the first to

describe this species, which is sufficiently well done to leave no

doubt of the bird meant by him; besides, the name which he con-

ferred upon it, that of the Red-bucked Pelican, indicates the adult

of this species, and no other, as it is the only one of this genus

which has the rose-colour restricted to these particular portions of

the body. Gmelin, three years afterwards, in his ‘Systema Na-

turee,’ confers upon Latham’s bird the name of rufescens, which,

by the laws of priority, is the one it now possesses. The Pelecanus

eristatus of Lesson appears to be a bird of this species. The long

lanceolate feathers of the crest and back delicately tinted with yel-

lowish, together with the square shape of the frontal feathers, would

seem to point out the present bird. The pure white of the plu-

mage (‘plumage blanc pur”) cannot be taken as referring to the

entire bird, as, further on, the description says, ‘“‘ plumes du cou et

du dos minces, effilées, /égérement soufrées,’ which is observed

also in specimens of rufescens. The absence of all mention of the

rose-colour on the back arises probably from the fact of Lesson’s

specimen not being in the dress of the fully matured bird, which we

may suppose alone possesses this beautiful hue. The Pelecanus

pheospilus of Wagler is probably the present species, although he

gives no description to enable the bird he has in view to be definitely

ascertained. He gives Senegal as the locality of his species, which

is one of the habitats of P. rufescens.

586 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Nov. 25,

The P. philippensis of Jerdon is undoubtedly the immature bird

of P. rufescens; and the young, as described by him, is a bird of

this species in its first stage of plumage. Riippell’s figure exhibits

very fairly the adult in perfect plumage, and is the only one yet

given by which the species is properly represented, although the

drawing may not be so artistic as could be wished. A specimen of

this bird in the British Museum, from Nepaul, Hodgson’s collec-

tion, is very interesting, as it is just changing to the adult plumage,

and exhibits very distinctly the reddish colour on the back and

rump, while still retaining the black marks on the upper mandible,

thus combining the characteristics of rwfescens and philippensis,

and showing that the latter supposed species is but the young of the

former.

It is very difficult to decide what species Jerdon intends by his

P. javanicus, as he seems to confound three in one, viz. P. java-

nicus, P. minor, and P. rufescens. He describes his bird as

having broad black margius on each side of the tertiaries, which is

truly a character of javanicus; but then he speaks of an occipital

crest and golden-yellow breast, which, with the dimensions given,

would seem to refer his speciinen to ‘‘ minor ;” while, at the con-

clusion of the article, he says, ‘‘ forehead with the frontal plumes

not narrowed in front, but truncated and emaginate; bill with a

double series of impressed dark spots.” Now the form of the

frontal feathers here described renders it impossible that the bird he

had in view could belong to any species of the onocrotalus style,

and therefore both javanicus and minor are excluded from all further

consideration ; while the truncate and emarginate frontal plumes,

with the dark spots upon the bill, are characteristics of young rw-

fescens; therefore I have referred Jerdon’s birds to the present

species.

PELECANUS FUSCUS.

Pelecanus fuscus, Linn. Syst. Nat. (1766) p. 215; Vieill. Gal.

Ois. t. 276; Licht. Abhand. Akad. Wiss. Berl. (1838) t. 3. f. 6;

Donna. Ornith. Beitr, vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 848; Aud. B. of Am. t. 251.

fig. 421; id. Orn. Biog. vol. iii. p. 376; Reich. Syst. Av. t. 37.

figs. 382, 383; Schleg.. Mus. Pays-Bas. 4™¢ livr. p. 28; Sclat.

Proc. Zool. Soc. (1868) pp. 268 & 269; Bon. Consp. Gen. Av.

vol. ii. p. 163; Lawr. B. of Am. p. 870; Lath. Ind. Orn. vol. ii.

p- 833. sp. 3; Bonnat, Ency. Méth. Ornith. (1790) p. 43.

Pélican brun d’ Amérique, Buff. Plan. Enl. 957.

Charlestown Pelican, Penn. Arct. Zool. vol. ii. p. 308. sp. 506;

Lath. Syn. vol. ii. p. 580. sp. 3.

Pelecanus carolinensis, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) vol. i. pt. 2,

p- 571; Bonnat. Ency. Méth. Ornith. (1790) p. 52; Lath. Ind.

Ornith, vol. il. p. 884. sp. 7.

Onocrotalus fuscus, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av. vol. ii. p. 163.

Leptopelecanus fuscus, Reich. Syst. Av. pl. 70.

Dusky Pelican, Penn. Arect. Zool. vol. ii. 308. sp. 507.

Brown Pelican, Lath. Syn. vol. ili. p. 585. sp. 7.

1869.] MR. D.G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 587

Head with slight occipital crest. Feathers of the forehead form-

ing a concave line upon the culmen. Bare space between the bill

and the eye. Gular patch large, extending in nearly a straight line

from under mandible halfway down the neck. Feathers of the

neck and throat soft and downy, becoming, however, rather stiff on

the upper part of the breast. Tail 22 feathers.

Adult male in breeding-plumage.—Fore part of head bright yel-

low, crown to occiput and a narrow line running down the neck along

the edge of the pouch white; rest of neck and a short line between

the white in front, at the lower part, deep rich chestnut. The neck at

other seasons of the year is yellowish white. Short crest reddish

brown. Back and wings ash, with dusky edges, the latter colour

becoming almost obsolete on the greater coverts. Primaries blackish

brown ; the shafts white for the greater part, black towards the tips.

Secondaries greyish brown, margined with pale brown. Tail greyish

ash; shafts of feathers blackish brown, white at their base. At the

end of neck in front a small patch of light yellow. Under parts

dark brown; sides marked with narrow longitudinal white lines.

Bill greyish with a brown tinge, spotted irregularly with carmine.

Under mandible for half its length and tip of upper mandible black-

ish. Bare space about the eye blue; gular pouch blackish, streaked

with brownish lines. 'Tarsi and feet black. Length about 50 inches,

wing 23 inches, tail 7 inches, bill 13 inches, tarsus 23 inches, middle

toe 32 inches.

The female is rather larger than the male, and resembles him in

colour of plumage.

Young.—Upper parts generally dark brown, secondaries and

coverts tipped with lighter brown. Primaries and tail brownish

black, with white shafts. Bill and gular pouch greyish blue.

Under parts white. Tarsus and feet lead-colour.

Hab. Shores of the Gulf of Mexico, California. F

The Brown Pelican is very numerous on the sea-coast of the

Southern States, particularly at Key West, in Florida, where it fre-

quents the salt-water inlets and bays that abound there. In its

habits it differs somewhat from the White Pelican, especially in its

mode of procuring food, which is obtained by plunging obliquely

into the water, frequently immersing the whole body. The prey

is scooped up and immediately swallowed, and the plunge repeated

until its hunger is satisfied. Audubon states that the Black-headed

Gulls follow this bird when on a fishing-excursion, and when the

Pelican has obtained a quantity of fish some frequently fall out of

its pouch when the water is allowed to escape. The Gulls, to ob-

tain these, alight upon the bill or head of the Pelican, and seize

them before they reach the water. I have never witnessed this

curious fact. The food of this species appears to be entirely fish,

small ones being usually selected. The Brown Pelican goes in

flocks until the breeding-time, which is about the middle of April,

when the old ones separate from the younger birds. The nest,

which is constructed of sticks, roots, and plants,is placed on or near

the tops of the mangroves; and the eggs, two to three in number,

588 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Nov. 25,

are white, with a few faint blotches of pale blue. The shell is

thick and rough. The young are covered with down of a creamy

colour, and are fed by their parents, at first with fish well mace-

rated, but after they acquire more strength it is given to them

entire. The flight of this bird is rather heavy, but well sustained,

and they proceed by regular flappings and sailings. It is fond in

warm, calm weather of rising high in the air, which is accomplished

by wide circles, and then sailing for a considerable length of time.

Their evolutions at such times are very beautiful. The flesh of

this bird is tough and fishy, unfit for food, although the negroes

are accustomed to eat the young.

There is no difficulty in the synonymy of this species.

PeLecanus MOLINE. (Plate XLIV.)

Pelecanus thagus, Steph. Gen. Zool. vol. xiii. p. 117; Gmel.

Syst. Nat. vol. i. p.577(1788); Molina, Chil. p. 212%; Gay, Hist.

Chili, Zool. vol. 1. p. 494; Bonnat. Ency. Méth. Ornith. (1790)

p- 46; Donnd. Ornith. Beitr. vol. i. pt. 1, p. 859. sp. 30.

Onocratalus thagus, Bon. Consp. Gen. Av. vol. ii. p. 164 (18517).

O. rostro denticulato, Briss. Orn. vol. vi. p. 523 A.

Pélican @ bec dentelé, Buff. Hist. Nat. des Ois. 8. p. 309.

Onocrotalus hernandezii, Wag). Isis (1832), p. 1233. sp. 1.

O. mexicaunus dentatus, Raii Syn. p. 127.

Saw-billed Pelican, Lath. Syn. vol. iii. pt. 2, p. 579 a.

Pelecanus moline, G. R. Gray, Gen. of Birds, vol. iii. (1849) ;

Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. (1868) p. 269.

Hab. South America!

As it is exceedingly uncertain what bird Molina meant when he

wrote his description of Pelecanus thagus, and as it will not answer

for any bird known to ornithologists at the present day, his name

must become a synonym (although a doubtful one) of the present

species, for which I have adopted the appellation bestowed upon it

by Mr. Gray.

It is evidently a very near ally of the more northern P. fuscus,

differing chiefly in its larger size.

Beside the two specimens in the British Museum, there is one

immature in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and

one in the Paris Museum.

PELECANUS ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Rough-billed Pelican, Lath. Syn. vol. ii. (1785) p. 586.

Pelecanus erythrorhynchus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) vol. i. p. 571 ;

Bonnat. Ency. Méth. Ornith. (1791) p. 44.

P. trachyrhynchos, Lath. Ind. Ornith. p. 884. sp. 8; Gray, Gen.

of Birds (1845), p. 309; Lichten. Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berl.

(1838) t. 3. fig. 5; Steph. Shaw’s Gen. Zool. vol. xii. (1825)

pt. 1, p. 117.

Cryptopelicanus trachyrhynchus, Bon. Consp. Ay. vol. ii. (1865)

p. 163.

1869.] | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. 589

Pelecanus onocrotalus, Bon. Syn. (1828) no. 351; Nutt. Man.

vol. ii. (1834) p. 471; Swains. Faun. Bor.-Am. vol. ii, p- 472

1831).

Pe _ermeipill Aud. Orn. Biog. vol. iv. (1838) p. 88; id. Syn.

1839; id. Birds Amer. vol. vii. p. 20, pl. 422.

P. brachydactylus, Licht.? (ubi?).

P. trachyrhynchus, Reich. Syst. Av. vol. i. t. 38. figs. 881,

882.

P. onocrotalus, Penn. Arct. Zool. vol. ii. p. 306. sp. 505.

P. erythrorhynchus, Schleg. Mus. Pays-Bas, 4™° livr, poidae

P. trachyrhynchus, Sclat. Proc. Zool. Soc. (1868) p. 269.

P. erythrorhynchus, Donnd. Ornith. Beitr. vol. ii. pt. 1, p. 850.

sp. 15.

Adult male.—General colour of plumage pure white; the crest

upon the nape, most elongated during the breeding-season, at other

periods of the year but little of it remaining, pale yellowish, as are

also the elongated feathers upon the fore part of the breast. Pri-

maries black, with white shafts, becoming blackish towards the

end. Inner secondaries white, remainder black, with their bases

white. A thin crest upon the upper mandible, in the breeding-

season, about halfway from the point. Bill, space about the eye,

gular sac, and feet bright yellow.

Bare space between the eye and the bill not extending behind the

eye. Feathers of the throat extending for about two inches upon

the sides of the lower mandible, dividing the gular sac from the bare

ocular space; differing in this respect from all the other species of

this genus. Feathers of the forehead slightly pointed at the culmen,

but not forming so well defined an angle as in onocrotalus and

others of that group. Tail of 24 feathers. Gular sac extending in

a decidedly curved line down the throat for about 8 inches.

Length 60 inches; wing, from carpal joint, 23 inches; tail

6 inches ; bill, along culmen, 14 inches; tarsus 4} inches ; middle

toe 47 inches.

Female rather less in dimensions, and destitute of the horny crest

on the upper mandible.

Hab. North America.

This Pelican is only found in the New World, but has been fre-

quently confounded by authors with the P. onocrotalus of Europe,

to which, indeed, it bears a very close resemblance in general appear-

ance, but presents characters to the investigator sufficient to cause

its separation into a distinct species. The horny crest on the upper

mandible is peculiar to the male only, and is assumed at the breed-

ing-season, after which period it falls off, leaving no evidence of its

former existence. Mr. Ridgeway, during an excursion to Pyra-

mid Lake, in Nevada, found these birds breeding on an island in

the lake; and before they left, the shores of the island were covered

with the horny crests which had fallen from the mandibles of the

males. They seem to cast them somewhat as deer do their horns.

The present species is pretty generally distributed throughout North

America, rather rare, however, on the Atlantic coast of the northern

590 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE GENUS PELECANUS. [Noy. 25,

portion of the United States, and has been met with in the fur-

countries up to the 6lst parallel. On the southern coast of the

United States they are very abundant; and I have witnessed them

in winter on the sea-beach at Florida, standing close together in

long rows of many hundreds of individuals, enjoying a siesta

after fishing. This species does not plunge into the water after its

prey, as is the custom of its relative the P. fuscus, but swims along,

beating the surface of the water with its wings, and scooping up

great numbers of fish at once. When raising the bill from the

water, the point is held downwards until all the water has been al-

lowed to run out from the sae, and then the small fish contained in the

skinny bag are devoured at leisure. Sometimes so many fish or such

large ones are obtained that the sac hangs down nearly to the ground,

it is so very elastic; while at other times, when empty, it is drawn

up between the crura of the lower mandible. When flying, these

birds proceed in single file, flapping their wings two or three times

in succession, and then sailing along for some distance, when the

flappings are repeated. It is a very agreeable sight to witness them

proceed in this manner along the surf, just clearing the waves as

they roll and toss beneath them, and at times disappearing in the

trough of the sea, to rise again over the crest of some mighty

breaker. When on the wing, the head is drawn in close to the

shoulders, the webbed feet extended behind. I have never heard

them utter any sound as they thus proceeded.

The synonymy of this species does not involve any particularly

doubtful point; several of the old authors, such as Pennant, and

indeed some of the latter ones, as Swainson and Nuttall, confound

it with the European bird. The name erythrorhynchus given to it

by Gmelin, although perhaps unfortunate, since the bill is not red,

yet has priority over Latham’s more appropriate one of ¢rackyrhyn-

chus, and, consequently, must stand as the name for the species.

The efforts made by some later writers to substitute Latham’s

name for that of Gmelin’s cannot be countenanced ; for it is contrary

to the laws of priority, which is professed to be accepted as in-

fluencing the nomenclature of science ; and if, simply because a

name may be inappropriate, it is to give way to some other, then

indeed a fine field is open for some one desirous of acquiring

distinction in this line, as numerous names now accepted in ornitho-

logy could very properly be superseded by others.

PELECANUS CONSPICILLATUS.

Pelecanus conspicillatus, Temm. Pl. Col. 276; Gould, B. of

Austr. vol. vii. pl. 74; Bon. Consp. Gen. Av. vol. ii. (1857) p. 161;

Reichen. Syst. Av. vol.i. pl. 37. figs. 380, 381, and pl. 370.

figs. 2318 & 2329; Schleg. Mus. Pays-Bas, p. 36, 4™¢ livraison ;

Less. Traité d’Ornith. p. 602. sp. 3.

Catoptropelicanus conspicillatus, Reichenb.

Pelecanus australis, Steph. Shaw, Gen. Zool. vol. xiii. (1825)

<ll3.

e Ne-rim-ba and Boo-dee-lung, aborigines of Australia.

mp,

Hanhart

M & N

TRO rHnioRws

J.Smit lith

1869.] MR. SCLATER ON A NEW MEXICAN WREN. 591

A short crest on back part of head. Gular pouch extending in

a direct line from the lower mandible for about 3 inches upon the

throat. Around the eye a bare space separated from the bill by a

narrow line of white feathers. Scapulars, lower portion of greater

wing-coverts, primaries, and secondaries, some feathers of the upper

tail-coverts, and tail jet-black. Rest of plumage white, with a

yellowish tint upon the breast. Gular pouch white, as are also the

mandibles, the latter having a bluish tinge darkest at the tip, the

cutting edges yellow; nail of mandible greenish yellow. Ivides

dark brown ; orbits pale sulphur-yellow, bounded by a narrow ring

of pale bluish grey.

Total length about 5 feet ; upper mandible 18 inches in length along

the culmen, its greatest width 1? inch; wing 25 inches; tail 10

inches; tarsus 5 inches; middle toe, without nail, 4? inches ;

auter toe 42 inches, inner 3 inches, hind toe 1} inch.

Hab. Australia, Van Diemen’s Land.

This fine species is an inhabitant of Van Diemen’s Land and the

continent of Australia, in which countries it is very abundant. So

numerous, indeed, is it on the inland waters, that Capt. Sturt states,

as related by Mr. Gould, ‘that a channel of a river from 70 to

80 yards broad was literally covered with Pelicans, and that they

were in such numbers upon the Darling as to be quite dazzling

to the eye.”

The Australian Pelican cannot easily be confounded with any

other species, its black wing-coverts and tail serving to distinguish it

from its fellows.

The nest, according to Mr. Gould, is “a large structure of sticks

and grassy herbage, placed just above high-water mark; the eggs

are generally two in number, of a dirty yellowish white, 3? inches

long by 22 inches broad.”’

This species appears to be generally distributed throughout Austra-

lia, although it is gradually retiring before the advances of civilization.

8. Description of a new Species of Mexican Wren. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

(Plate XLV.)

When looking through the fine series of American birds in the

Royal Zoological Museum of Berlin last summer, I found an exam-

ple of a species of Wren from Mexico, which was quite new to me,

and which, although long since provided with a MS. name, ap-

peared to be undescribed. Dr. Peters, with his wonted liberality,

upon my pointing this out to him, immediately offered me the loan

of the specimen for examination aud description, if new; and as,

after carefully comparing it with other species known to me, I find

my anticipations verified, I propose to characterize the species under

the specific name already bestowed upon it in the Berlin Museum,

592 MR. SCLATER ON TWO SPECIES OF MAMMALS. [Nov. 25,

THRYOTHORUS NISORIUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV.)

Troglodytes nisorius, Licht. in Mus. Berol.; ej. Nomenel. p. 34.

Supra lete rufus, alis caudaque nigro regulariter transfasciatis :

superciliis elongatis albis: lateribus capitis albis nigricante

variegatis : subtus albus, nigro omnino transvittatus, fere sicut

in Sylvia nisorio: tectricibus subalaribus albo nigroque varie-

gatis: rostro et pedibus corneis: long. tota 5°5, ale 2°7,

caude 2°2, tarsi 0°85 poll. Angl.

Hab. In Mexico, Real Arriba (Deppe).

Mus. Berolinensi.

Obs. Proximus 7. pleurosticto, mihi, sed corpore subtus omnino

transfasciato diversus.

This little Wren was one of the many novelties discovered by

Herrn Deppe and Schiede during their travels in Mexico. In 1830

a sale-list of the duplicate specimens of these travellers was printed

at Berlin by W. Deppe, which contained very short descriptions of

some of the new species by the late Prof. Lichtenstein*. At the

close of the list is announced the approaching publication of a

‘Prodromus Faunze Mexican’ by the latter zoologist, which pro-

mise, however, was never redeemed.

This tract is now very scarce, and I have never seen the original,

although I have made repeated inquiries after it at Berlin and else-

where. It has, however, been lately reprinted by Dr. Cabanis in his

‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie’ +. Dr. Cabanis has likewise promised us

a critique on the new species described in it according to the typical

specimens of the Berlin Museum, which I hope will shortly appear,

as it will be of great advantage to the students of Mexican Orni-

thology. The characters given by Prof. Lichtenstein are, in many

cases, so short that without some such assistance it is impossible to

to recognize the “new species’’ with certainty.

9. Remarks on two Species of Mammals described from spe-

cimens recently living im the Society’s Gardens. By

P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

(Plate XLVI.)

1. Mico sericevs, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 256.

On March 21, 1868, Mr. Bartlett purchased for the Society,

from a dealer in Liverpool, a living male specimen of a small Mar-

moset Monkey which was quite new to me. It was stated to have

been obtained out of a vessel coming froin Para, and to be the only

* Pyeis-Verzeichniss der Siugethiere, Vogel, Amphibien, Fische und Krebse,

welche yon den Herren Deppe und Schiede in Mexico gesammelt worden, und

bei dem unterzeichneten Bevollmachtigten in Berlin gegen baare Zahlung in

Preuss. Courant zu erhalten sind. Berlin, 1830.

+ Journ. f. Orn. 1863, p. 54.

1869. | MR. SCLATER ON TWO SPECIES OF MAMMALS. 593

survivor of several others of the same species. Mr. Bates, being

in the Gardens shortly afterwards, recognized this Monkey as one

that he had met with on the Tocantins River, and had spoken

of in his interesting travels as Midas argentatus*. Following

his identification, I referred the species to the Simia argentata of

Linnzeus, and in one of my notices of the additions to the Menagerie,

published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for the past year (P. Z. 8S.

1868, p. 262), spoke of the animal as Hapale argentata. About

the same time Dr. Gray, having made a cursory inspection of this

Monkey at the British Museum, whither I had sent it, in order to

be compared with the specimens in the National Collection, named

it Micot sericeus, and published under that name a very short de-

scription of it in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1868, p. 256), which

is accompanied with an accurate figure by Mr. Wolf (plate xxiv.).

When inspecting the fine collection of American Quadrumana in

the Berlin Museum last summer, under the guidance of my friend

Dr. Peters, I first became aware that I had made a sad error in re-

ferrmg our Hapale to H. argentata. The Berlin Museum is

fortunate in possessing authentic specimens of H. argentata, as well

as of the Hapale chrysoleucos of Wagner. On examining these

(which are both deficient in the British Museum, and had never

come under my notice previously), I perceived at once that our

animal was referable to the latter, and not to the former species.

The Hapale argentata, although somewhat resembling H. chryso-

leucos in colour, has the ear-conch naked, as in its close ally H. me-

lanura, while in H. chrysoleucos this organ is densely fringed with

hair. In order, however, to set the question definitely at rest, [

applied to my friend Herr August von Pelzeln of Vienna, who

most kindly supplied me in exchange, from the treasures of the Im-

perial Zoological Cabinet, with one of the duplicate specimens of

* “The little Midas argentatus is one of the rarest of the American Monkeys.

I have not heard of its being found anywhere except near Cameti. I once saw

three individuals together running along a branch in a Cacao-grove near Ca-

meta ; they looked like white kittens: in their motions they resembled pre-

cisely the Midas ursulus already described. I saw afterwards a pet animal of

this species, and heard that there were many so kept, and that they were

esteemed as choice treasures. The one I saw was full-grown, but it measured

only 7 inches in length of body. It was covered with long, white, silky hairs,

the tail was blackish, and the face nearly naked and flesh-coloured. It was a

most timid and sensitive little thing. The woman who owned it carried it con-

stantly in her bosom, and no money would induce her to part with her pet.

She called it Mico. It fed from her mouth, and allowed her to fondle it freely ;

but the nervous little creature would not permit strangers to touch it. If any

one attempted to do so, it shrank back, the whole body trembling with fear,

and its teeth chattered, whilst it uttered its tremulous frightened tones. ‘The

expression of its features was like that of its more robust brother, Midas ur-

sulus ; the eyes, which were black, were full of curiosity and mistrust, and it

always kept them fixed on the person who attempted to advance towards it.”——

Bates's ‘ Naturalist on the River Amazons,’ vol. i. p. 162.

t+ The value of this genus (!) may be estimated by the fact that it is charac-

terized (P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 734) as having the “ears naked, exposed,” whereas the

so-called Mico sericeus has the ear-conch thickly fringed with outstanding white

hairs.

594 MR. SCLATER ON TWO SPECIES OF MAMMALS. [Nov. 25,

Natterer’s Hapale chrysoleucos. This skin, which I now exhibit,

agrees, it will be observed, in every respect very closely with the

original of Dr. Gray’s Mico sericeus, also now before us, which

died in the Gardens on the 21st of July last; so that there can be

no doubt of their identity.

The synonymy of this species will therefore stand as follows :—

HApALr CHRYSOLEUCOS.

Hapale chrysoleucos, Wagner, Wiegm. Arch. 1842, i. p. 357 ;

Saiugeth. Suppl. v. p. 125.

Midas argentatus, Bates, Nat. on the Amazons, i. p. 162(?).

Mico sericeus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 256, t. xxiv.

Hapale argentata, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 262.

Hab. Vicinity of Borba, Rio Madeira (Natterer).

This species of Hapale is very well marked, from its peculiar

pale uniform colour, in which it resembles H. argentata and H.

melanura. From these, however, as already remarked, it may be

distinguished by its hairy ears.

Herr v. Pelzeln has most kindly informed me that Natterer col-

lected seven examples of this species of Hapale at Borba, on the

Rio Madeira, and in its vicinity, 1829 and 1830. Four of these are

still in the Vienna Museum, and one in that of Berlin.

Unless Mr. Bates is im error in his identification of the Hapale

observed near Cameta with the animal lately living in our Gardens,

the range of this species must extend from the Rio Madeira along

the southern bank of the Amazons to the Rio Tocantins, which is

by no means unlikely, other species being common to these two

localities.

2. CEPHALOPHUS BREVICEPS, Gray, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 202.

oe On the 13th of February, 1866, we purchased of a dealer at

Liverpool a very young female Antelope, of the genus Cephalophus,

stated to have been received in a vessel coming from Western

Africa. Shortly afterwards, Dr. Gray, having had his attention

called to this animal by the Superintendent whilst visiting the

Gardens, described and figured it in our ‘Proceedings’ (1866,

p- 202, plate xx.) as a new species, under the name Cephalophus

breviceps. Upon the animal attaining maturity about a year after-

wards the colour of the fur became darker and more intense, and

it was evident that the supposed new species was nothing more

than the young of the Bay Antelope (Cephalophus dorsalis sive

badius), which had been previously living in the Society’s Gardens,

as well as in the former Surrey Zoological Gardens, and in the

Menagerie of the late Earl of Derby, at Knowsley.

The history of this species, as far as I can make it out, appears

to be as follows :—

In 1846 Dr. Gray first established Cephalophus dorsalis as a new

species of the genus *, basing his description on a specimen in the

* Ann. Nat. Hist. xviii. p. 164,

1869.] | MR. SCLATER ON TWO SPECIES OF MAMMALS, 595

British Museum, which had been brought to this country living

by Mr. Whitfield, and had died in the Surrey Zoological Gardens.

In one of the plates of the ‘Knowsley Menagerie’ (plate vii.

fig. 1) an Antelope is figured under the same name, and is described

in the letterpress by Dr. Gray in very nearly the same terms as

in the original description in the ‘ Annals.’ This description is

repeated, word for word, in Dr. Gray’s ‘‘ Synopsis of Antelopes ”

published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1850 (p. 123).

In 1852, Dr. Gray seems to have come to the conclusion that the

animal figured in the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie’ was not the same as

the true Cephalophus dorsalis originally described from Mr. Whit-

field’s specimen, and, accordingly, in his list of Ungulata Furcipeda

in the British Museum, named the former Cephalophus badius, re-

taining the name Cephalophus dorsalis for the latter. Dr. Gray,

however, does not state exactly how the two species are to be dis-

tinguished, and, after examining the two typical specimens in the

British Museum, I am unable to regard them as more than slight

varieties of the same animal. The typical specimen of C. dreviceps

is likewise now in the National Collection, and appears to me quite

undistinguishable from either of the two above mentioned, though

most nearly resembling that called by Dr. Gray C. dadius.

The only other original author who appears to have mentioned

this Antelope is Temminck, who, in his ‘ Esquisses Zoologiques sur

la Cote de Guiné’ (Leiden, 1853), tells us that Cephalophus dor-

salis inhabits the forests of Ashantee and Sierra Leone, but is rare

in the forests of the sea-coast.

We have had three examples of this Antelope living in the

Society’s Menagerie.

The first of these (@) was purchased of a dealer in Liverpool on

the 27th of August, 1861, and lived more than two years in the

Gardens, having died on the 6th of November, 1863.

The second specimen (4) is that already mentioned, which was

received, when quite immature, on the 13th of February, 1866, and

described by Dr. Gray as Cephalophus breviceps. This animal was

a female, and was kept in the same division of the Gazelle-sheds

with a male of the allied species, Cephalophus rufilatus, with

which it bred when adult. It produced a young one on the 25th of

January last, and died on the following day.

A third specimen (¢) of the same Antelope was brought from the

Gold Coast, and presented to the Society by Mr. C. B. Mosse, Staff-

Surgeon, R.N., on the 16th of October last, but unfortunately died

three days afterwards. Mr. Smit’s drawing of the present species

(Plate XLVI.) is taken from this last-named individual, which,

however, as already stated, agrees closely with what Cephalophus

breviceps became when adult.

Dr. Murie has kindly communicated to me the following notes

taken on a comparison of our specimen & of Cephalophus dorsalis

and an example of a female of Cephalophus maxwellii which died

about the same period.

“As the table shows, there is little difference as to the dimen-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XXXIX.

596 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [Nov. 25,

sions of the bodies of the two; but the Cephalophus dorsalis, never-

theless, has much the stronger build. The head and ear of the

latter are relatively and absolutely the largest, whilst the length of

the tail preponderates in C. maawellit. C.dorsalis, C. macwellit

in. in.

“ Length from snout to root of tail(taken laterally) 273 26

Height at shoulder (with straightened limb) .. 16 16

— at hip (with straightened limb) ...... 17 17

Dae MeHESt sors. 2: ae cae eee ee ees Se, | a a

Length of tail to tips of hairs.............. 4 os

of tail to the end of the vertebre .... 3 43

Head: length, muzzle to occiput .......... 7 63

Har, in preatest lengths... sas ss cece o> hs 3 2?

“In the Bay Antelope the nasal and zygomaxillary regions are

half an inch broader than in the other species, and they are like-

wise more prominent and arched both across and lengthwise.

“‘ The inside of the ear of C. marwellii is covered with long hairs ;

in C. dorsalis the ears are bare, or have but a trace of short hairs

near the margin.

** Both species possess interdigital pits on all the feet, and both

have shallow, rudimental suborbital glands; but the Bay Antelope

differs markedly from the other in its possessing two deep inguinal

sacs: there is neither an external nor internal trace of these in C.

maxwellit.

«As regards the internal organs, these are formed on the same

ruminant model, there being four cavities in the stomach and a

capacious cecum. There is a trenchant difference, however, in the

comparative lengths of the intestinal tract, the stronger animal

having the shorter gut. Thus in

C. dorsalis. C. maxwellit.

ft.- in: fs ts

“The small intestine measures .......-.. 22 0 25 3

The great intestine, minus czecum...... Coy, 10 3

Mievcse Cun’. ete ee ate ori sie 5s 0 8

“From the animals being both adult, of the same sex, and,

broadly speaking, similar in size, it may reasonably be inferred that

this striking variation arises from specific difference. Our want of

knowledge of the precise food and habits of each in their native

haunts debars a physiological reason being guessed at.”’

10. On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely. By P. L.

Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osspertr Satvin,

M.A., F.L.S.—Part V.*

Since our last communication to the Society upon this subject

two small collections have been received from Mr. Whitely. The

* For Part IV. see P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 151.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 597

first of these was formed in the Cosnipata valley, the second in his

former collecting-grounds round Tinta.

The valley of Cosnipata, which is well shown in the map attached

to Mr. Markham’s ‘ Travels in Peru and India,’ is situated on the

eastern slope of the Andes of Caravaya, and is drained by the river

of the same name, which is an affluent of the Madre di Dios, until

recently supposed to flow into the Purus, but now believed to pour

its waters into the Beni+.

Mr. Whitely has written a letter to General Lefroy concerning his

expedition into this valley, from which, by the kindness of that gen-

tleman, we have been enabled to extract the following particulars.

Mr. Whitely left Tinta on the 12th of August, 1868, and arrived

at Cusco on the 17th. From Cusco he proceeded, after a short

stay, to Paucartambo on the river of that name (elevation 9400 feet).

Leaving Paucartambo on the 31st with an arriero and one Indian he

ascended the bare ridge of the Andes, and after various adventures

reached Tres Cruces, at the summit of the pass (elevation 11,900

feet), on the 2nd September. Next day he commenced the descent

into the valley of Cosnipata, finding the road so bad and stony that

he was compelled to walk the whole eighteen miles down to San

Pedro, a recent settlement consisting of two new wooden huts. On

the 4th he descended the valley five leagues further, to the hacienda of

Cosnipata.

This is described as a clearing about a mile long by a mile broad,

and consisting of some twelve wooden huts, with about thirty work-

people, more than two-thirds women. The principal products are

coca, coffee, and cocoa. The houses are in a wretched condition of

decay, and, if not better looked after, must in the course of a few

years inevitably fall into the hands of the Chunchos. Mr. Whitely

computes the height of Cosnipata as 2350 feet above the sea-level,

but descended the valley to some huts of Chuncho Indians which are

only 1650 feet above the sea-level.

After remaining in the valley three months, as the rainy season

had set in, Mr. Whitely set out to return to Paucartambo. The

journey back was frightful, as the rain was pouring down in torrents,

and he had to ascend the mountain for eighteen miles on foot. He

accomplished the ascent in two days, and reached Paucartambo on

the 30th of November, 1868, in safety.

The Cosnipata collection contains about 80 skins, amongst which

are examples of the following species, namely :—

I. Passeres. 8. Ramphocelus jacapa.

1. Hirundo erythrogastra. 9. Saltator azare.

2. leucorrhoa. 10. Orchesticus ater.

*3. Neochelidon tibialis. 11. Spermophila luctuosa.

4. Proenias occidentalis. 12. castaneiventris.

5. Calliste eyaneicollis. 13. Volatinia jacarina.

6. Tanagra ceelestis. 14. Coturniculus peruanus.

fie striata. 15. Chrysomitris capitalis, Cab,

+ Cf Chandlers, J. R. G. 8. xxxvi. p. 114.

598 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Nov. 25,

16. Ostinops atrovirens. III. Accrrirres.

17. Cyanocoraz violaceus. EY ae Pepe parent BANE

18. Synallazxis albigularis. z pte ila babel Boo eS*

*19, Muscisaxicola fluviatilis,

Scl. et Salv.

20. Elainea pagana. RE

21. Myjiozetetes cayennensis. 35. Columba vinacea, Temm.

29 granadensis. 36. Leptoptila rufazilla, Rich.

23. Tyrannus melancholicus. et Bern.

*24. Pipra chloromeros, Tsch.

25. Rupicola peruviana, V. Gating.

Il. Prearre. 37. Ortalida guttata, Spix.

J6:. Nragon,kclioteris, Rach} 38. Penelope cumanensis, Jacq.

27. melanurus.

28. Nyctidromus albicollis. VI. Gratia.

*29. Cypseloides fumigatus. 39. Charadrius virginicus,

30. Crotophaga ani. Bork.

31. Ramphastos cuvieri. 40. Actiturus bartramius, Wils.

32. Dryocopus trachelopyrus. 41. Tringa maculata (Vieill.).

33. Psittacula selateri, G. R. 42. Rhyacophilus solitarius

Gray. (Wils.).

We have been much disappointed with the poverty of the avi-

fauna of this district, as evidenced by Mr. Whitely’s collection, which

was the result of nearly three months’ assiduous labour, and a jour-

ney of 300 miles altogether. Not one species is new, and most of

them are well known and of wide range. The groups of Trochilide,

Dendrocolaptidee and Formicariide are entirely unrepresented.

Almost the only species of interest are the following four :—

3. NEOCHELIDON TIBIALIS.

Petrochelidon tibialis, Cassin, Pr. Acad. Se. Phil. 1853, p. 370.

Neochelidon tibialis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 347.

Atticora tibialis, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 307.

The only trustworthy localities for this peculiar species hitherto

recorded are Panama and New Granada.

19. MusctsaxIcoLa FLUVIATILIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1866, p. 187.

Mr. Whitely’s specimens of this species agree with the types

collected by Mr. Bartlett on the Ucayali.

24. Prpra cutoromeros, Tsch. F. P. p. 144.

Discovered by Tschudi in the wood-region of eastern Peru: in

Sclater’s collection from Bolivia.

29. CYPSELOIDES FUMIGATUS, Streubel; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1865,

p- 615.

Natterer obtained the original specimens of this speciesin S.E. Brazil.

+ Faun. Per. p. 257.

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 599

The last collection from Tinta and its vicinity contains examples

of about 57 species. Most of them have already been recorded from

this locality ; but we subjoin notes upon such of them as call for

remark or have not been noticed in our former articles. The addi-

tional species to the district are 13 in number, amongst which three

are new to science. One of these, a fine new Humming-bird, has

been already described by Mr. Gould.

1. CrncLus LEucocEPHALUS, Tsch. F. P. p. 180, t. 15. fig. 2.

Two skins of this fine Dipper from Pitumarca are in the collection.

The species is unmistakable; but in Tschudi’s figure the feet are

coloured yellow, whereas in these skins they are of a dark plumbeous.

For a general account of the group, see Salvin’s article, ‘ Ibis,’ 1867,

p- 109. The nearest ally of the present species is C. leuconotus of

New Granada, which has the centre of the back and the whole of

the lower surface white.

2. ATTICORA CINEREA (Gm.).

Petrochelidon cinerea, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 39.

Atticora murina, Baird, Rev. A. B. p. 312.

One example of this Swallow from Tinta. Fraser obtained it at

Quito (see P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 74).

3. CATAMENIA ANALIS (Lafr, et d’Orb.); Sclater, Cat. A. B.

p- 105.

One female of this little Finch from Tinta.

4, SycALIS LUTEIVENTRIS (Meyen) ; Sclater, P. Z. °S. 1867,

p- 342.

A single skin, apparently of this species, but in somewhat abraded

plumage.

5. PHACELLODOMUS STRIATICEPS,

Anumbius striaticeps, Lafr. et D’Orb. Syn. Av, in Mag. de Zool. ;

d’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 255.

Two skins of this bird were collected near Tintain January 1869.

The species is allied to P. frontalis (Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 154), but

easily distinguishable by the rufous colour of the wings and lateral

rectrices.

6. OCHTHOECA POLIONOTA, sp. nov.

Supra cinerea, superciliis latis et elongatis albis: secondariorum

marginibus angustis rufescentibus: cauda fusco-nigra, rectricis

utrinque extime pogonio externo albo late marginato : subtus

gutture cinereo, albicante mixto, abdomine toto late rufo : crisso

cinnamomeo: subalaribus albis rufo via tinetis: rostro et pedibus

nigris : long. tota 6°3, ale 3°5, caude 3:0, tarsi 0°9, rostri a

rictu 0'8 poll. Angl.

Hab. in Peruvyia alta, Pitumarca (Whitely).

600 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. [ Nov. 25,

Oés. Similis O. enanthoidi, sed tectricibus alarum non rufo

marginatis, dorso cinereo, et rectricis utrinque externze margine albo

differt.

Mr. Whitely obtained his examples of this Ochthoeca, which we

at first took for O. enanthoides, at Pitumarca, in April and June last.

Another nearly allied species is O. fumicolor, Sclater, of New

Granada and Ecuador. Sclater has skins of the true O. wnanthoides

collected by Mr. David Forbes in Bolivia.

In the present bird the fourth primary is slightly longer than the

third and fifth, and largest. The tail is nearly square, the external

rectrices being only slightly shorter than the middle pair,

7. OREONYMPHA NOBILIS, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 295.

Mr. Whitely obtained his specimens of this fine Humming-bird

on the Cordillera above Tinta, at an elevation of about 14,500 feet

above the sea-level.

8. Bureo Bpracuyurvus, Vieill.

Asturina albifrons, Bp.

Buteo albifrons, Schlegel, Mus. d. P.-B. Buteones, p. 10.

A single skin of what we believe to be the young of this species.

9. COLUMBA MACULOSA.

Paloma cobijas manchadas, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 10.

C. maculosa, Temm. Pig. et Gall. i. p. 113 (1813).

C. peciloptera, Vieill. N. D. xxvi. p. 344, et E. M. p. 375.

C. maculipennis, Licht. in Mus. Berol.

Patagicenas maculosa, Burm. La-Plata Reise, ii. p. 496.

Two examples of this Pigeon from Pitumarca. It must be care-

fully distinguished from its naked-eyed allies, C. picazuro and C.

gymnophthalma, with which Bonaparte and other writers have con-

founded it. There are specimens of it in the Paris Museum, obtained

in Sicasica, Bolivia, by d’Orbigny.

10. Fuxica gigantea, Eyd. et Soul.; Sclat. et Salv. Ex. Orn.

p. 120; P. Z. S. 1868, p. 463.

A single skin of this magnificent species from the Laguna of Lan-

qui, south of Tinta, obtained in February 1869.

11. Ists MELANopPIs, Gm. ; Bp. Consp. ii. p. 155; Tsch. F. P.

p- 298.

Two skins of this Ibis from Pitumarca. Tschudi has already re-

corded its occurrence in the highlands of Peru.

12. MERGANETTA TURNERI, Sp. nov.

Merganetta leucogenyss. Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S 1869, p. 157.

Supra nigra, interscapulio et scapularibus rufo marginatis: capite

colloque toto albis, linea rostrum cingente, pileo medio in strigam

nuchalem producto et linea utrinque collum descendente niger-

1869.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON PERUVIAN BIRDS. 601

rimis: alis extus cerulescenti-cinereis: speculo alari eneo-viridi ;

tectricibus alarum et secundariis albo auguste terminatis: ab-

domine nigro, ventre medio fusco variegato : crisso et uropygio

nigris, albo minute vermiculatis: cauda fuscescenti-cinerea

unicolori; tectricibus subalaribus cinereis: rostro et pedibus

obscure rubris: long. tota 16°0, ale 7°5, caude 5:0, rostri a

rictu 1°5, tarsi 1°8, digiti medit cum ungue 2°3.

Fem. Supra cinerea, lateribus cervicis et uropygio albo nigroque

minute vermiculatis ; dorso nigro flammulato ; alis albo bifasci-

atis ; speculo alart obscure eneo-viridi ; subtus fulvo-rufa uni-

color : long. tota 16:0, ale 6°4, caude 4°0, rostri a rictu 1°35.

Hab. in Andibus Peruvize meridionalis.

In our paper on Mr. Whitely’s birds read before this Society on

the 11th of March last, we have referred this bird to the species

described by Tschudi as Merganetta leucogenys. Having, however,

more recently made a re-investigation of the group, we have con-

vinced ourselves that Tschudi’s bird is, so far as can be decided by

his figure and description, inseparable from the Merganetta colum-

biana of New Granada, and that the present species must be regarded

as undescribed, being equally distinct from the New-Granadan

form, and from the Chilian Merganetta armata. From the former

it differs in its larger size, and black breast and flanks, which

are only relieved by some brownish marks in the middle of the belly.

In the New-Granadan bird, which is well represented in Des Murs’s

‘Iconographie’ (tab. vi.), the whole abdomen is white, sparingly

striped with narrow blackish markings, and the bill is narrower

and much less elevated than in this species. Merganetta armata,

of which an excellent figure will be found in Gray and Mitchell’s

‘Genera of Birds,’ resembles the present bird in having a black

breast ; but the edges of the scapularies are white instead of rufous,

and the throat and fore neck are black, instead of being pure

white as in its two northern allies. It would seem, therefore, that

our new species occupies an intermediate position as regards the

differential characters of the male, just as it does in geographical

range, between the two known species. As regards the female, our

specimen does not appear to differ in colour from the corresponding

sex of Merganetta armata (Des Murs, Icon. t. xlvii.). We are not

yet acquainted with the female of MW, leucoyenys ; but in all proba-

bility it would also bear a similar dress.

The male bird now described was shot and skinned by Mr. Turner,

a friend of Mr. Whitely’s, near Tinta. We have therefore acceded

to Mr. Whitely’s request to call it, if new, after his friend’s name.

The female was obtained by Mr. Whitely himself in the same neigh-

bourhood.

13. PHALACROCORAX BRASILIANUS (Gm.).

Graculus brasilianus, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 170.

A single skin, apparently referable to this widely distributed species

of Cormorant.

602 MR. SCLATER ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Dec. 9,

11. Description of a New Species of Dacelo from North-

western Australia. By Joun Goutp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8., &c.

I have long had in my collection a pair of a species of Dacelo which

I could not satisfactorily determine ; but not having a sufficient series

of Dacelo cervina for comparison, I have hesitated to describe it as

new. Having, however, recently obtained several examples of the

last-named bird, I find that the species from North-western Aus-

tralia is quite distinct, and I therefore propose for it the name of

DACELO OCCIDENTALIS, sp. nov.

D. afinis D. cervine sed diversa, rostro multo robustiore, colori-

bus pallidioribus, et precipue pogonio externo rectricis extime

conspicue albo fasciato distinguenda.

Long. tot. 16-0, rogtri 3-2, al. 7°5, caud. 4°5 poll. Angl.

December 9, 1869.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater made some remarks on recent additions to the Society’s

Menagerie, amongst which were particularly noticed :—

1. A Two-toed Sloth, obtained at Panama by Mr. C. Gilman of

the R.M.S. ‘Neva,’ and purchased of him for tie Society’s Mena-

gerie on the 29th of September. Mr. Sclater believed that this

Sloth, which was obviously distinct from the common Cholepus

didactylus associated with it in the collection, might ultimately be

found to be referable to the newly described Cholepus hoffmanni of

Peters*, but was unable to decide this question positively from an

examination of the living specimen.

2. Two Persian Gazelles (Gazella subgutturosa), presented by

Thomas Kerr Lynch, Esq., on the Ist of October, being the first

examples of this rare Gazelle that had been received by the Society

since those received in 1852, and figured in Wolf and Sclater’s

‘ Zoological Sketches’ (vol. i. pl. 22).

3. A female of the Cape Ant-bear (Orycteropus capensis), from

the same locality as the male of this animal, purchased October 6th.

This example has been placed along with the male purchased on the

18th of June last; and the pair seemed thriving and likely to do

well together.

4. A Say’s Snake (Coronella sayi) from North America, pur-

chased 15th of October, being the first example of this species exhi-

bited alive.

5. A second example of the Collared Fruit-bat (Cynonycteris

collaris) from Natal, purchased November Ist.

* Monatsb. Berl. Acad. 1858, p. 128, and 1864, p. 678.

1869.] | PROF. FLOWER ON A SKULL OF HYRAX BRUCEI. 603

6. A South-American Rat-snake (Spilotes variabilis) from Deme-

rara, presented to the Society by Thomas Hounslow, Esq., of

Georgetown, Demeyara, and received on the 5th of November.

7. Two Gibbons, deposited in the Society’s Gardens by Mr. G. S.

Rodon of the Ist Royals, Cannanore, India. These Gibbons, ac-

cording to a letter received from Mr. Rodon, had been obtained on

the Malayan peninsula. The larger one (a male), supposed to be

about three years old, had been caught in one of the islands of

the Mergui archipelago, where the species is said to abound. The

smaller (female), believed by Mr. Rodon to be about eighteen months

old, had been obtained in the province of Tenasserim. Both were

probably referable to the White-handed Gibbon (Hylobates lar).

These Gibbons were in very feeble health when received, but had

slightly improved since their arrival, which gave some hope of their

ultimate recovery.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Capt. G. E. Bulger, C.M.Z.S. :—

‘IT suppose it is right to tell you that I committed a great error

by including Corvus splendens in my list of birds observed at Wel-

lington, in the Neilgherry Hills, which was published in the P. Z. S.

1866, p.568. I cannot account for the mistake, nor can I even guess

how it occurred. My attention was first drawn to the matter by

my friend Lieut.-Col. M‘Master, who assured me Corvus splendens

was not found in the hills. I was difficult to convince ; for, though

I could not actually remember having seen the bird, I had perfect

reliance on my notes, which were made on the spot. I found, how-

ever, on examination, that I had nothing whatever about Corvus

splendens in my notes about the Neilgherries, and that which ap-

peared in the P. Z. 8S. referred not to Wellington but to Burmah.

I regret I should in any way have been instrumental in propagating

error. Corvus splendens, I feel convinced, has not yet, at all events,

been found in the Neilgherry range of mountains,”

Prof. Flower exhibited for Mr. Blanford the skull of a Hyrax

(Hyrax brucei) collected by that gentleman in Abyssinia, which,

in addition to the normal dentition, had a supernumerary tooth at

the posterior end of the molar series on each side of the upper jaw.

The skull is evidently that of an old animal (a female), and the

teeth are much worn. The crown of this supernumerary tooth is

simple, slender, tapering, broad in front, and sharp-edged behind,

and placed in close apposition to the last normal molar. It has a

slight curve forwards and a sharp apex, which, having nothing to

oppose it in the lower jaw, projects beyond the worn surface of the

tooth in front of it. The crown of the right tooth, which is rather

larger than the left, shows a slight tendency to develope a second

cusp on its posterior edge. The root of the left tooth is simple,

cylindrical, and tapering slightly to its rounded closed apex. The

root of the right is thicker, and partially bifurcated at the apex.

604 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON FOUR SPECIMENS _ [Dec. 9,

The dimensions of this tooth are:—Entire length -4"; length of

portion above the alveolar margin ‘25'; diameter at the base of the

crown, in either direction, *14".

The specimen is deposited in the British Museum, along with a

large series of skins and skeletons of the same species collected by

Mr. Blanford.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on four Specimens of the Common Fin-whale (Phy-

salus antiquorum, Gray; Balenoptera musculus, auct.)

stranded on the South Coast of England. By Wituiam

Henry Fiower, F.R.S. &e.

(Plate XLVII.)

On the 20th of November last the crew of a fishing-boat belonging

to Langston in Hampshire brought in the dead body of a large

Whale, which they had found floating in the sea about fifteen miles

from Havre. They succeeded in beaching the carcase near Fort

Cumberland, at the entrance to Langston Harbour, about two miles

east of Portsmouth. Hearing that it was being exhibited at this

place, I went to see it on the morning of the 25th of November, and

put down a few notes upon its external characters, which may be

worth the notice of the Society, as it is only by recording all infor-

mation which can be derived from every available example that an

accurate history of these great Cetaceans can be obtained.

Unfortunately the present specimen, in some respects, afforded

even less information than usual, in consequence of the very advanced

state of decomposition it was in. The cuticle had almost entirely

peeled off the surface ; moreover fish and sea-birds (with which the

part of the carcase floating above the surface of the water was

covered when first discovered) had committed ravages upon many

parts of the superficial tissues ; consequently the natural colour was

completely destroyed, and the whole animal appeared of a uniform

dirty yellowish white. It was therefore in much the same condition

as the large Fin-whale stranded at Pevensey in November 1865, and

described in the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society for that year, at

page 699*. As far as could be judged by the external characters,

it belonged to the same species.

The animal was lying on the right side, which position enabled

me to obtain a view of the blow-holes and also of the dorsal fin,

which were not seen in the Pevensey Whale, and to obtain a pretty

exact general outline of its form (see Plate XLVII. fig. 1).

All zoological figures of large Whales must be looked upon in the

light of compilations from various data, or as restorations from mea-

* The skeleton of this animal is now in the Anatomical Museum of the Uni-

versity of Cambridge, having been, fortunately, secured in a perfect condition

by Mr. J. W. Clark, the zealous curator of that excellent collection.

P.Z.S.P1.1869. XLVII.

J. Smit Tith

IQUORUM.

1869.] OF THE COMMON FIN-WHALE. 605

surements and drawings of various parts put together, as the animal

when lying dead on the beach, flattened and distorted by its own

weight, or inflated by the liberation of gases within its cavities, can

give but little idea of its appearance when swimming in its native

element. Hence there are considerable discrepancies between the

most reliable of the figures we possess even of the most common

species*,

The exact length in a straight line, from the front of the lower

jaw (which projected about 18 inches beyond the muzzle) to the

middle of the tail, was 61 feet, or 6 feet less than the Pevensey

Whale, and | foot more than a Whale of the same species and sex

(male) taken in the Thames in 1859, and which, as shown by the

condition of the bones, now in the Rosherville Gardens, was fully

adult. From the end of the muzzle to the axilla was 19 feet 10 inches ;

from the same part to the middle of the eye 12 feet, to the hinder

border of the dorsal fin 45 feet 6 inches. The dorsal fin rose gra-

dually in front, with a convex border, to a vertical height of 1 foot

3 inches, the apex was short and recurved, the posterior border

hollowed ; the base was rather more than 2 feet in length. The

flukes of the tail (Plate XLVII. fig. 3) measured 11 feet across, and

2 feet 10 inches from before backwards near the middle line. As

in the Pevensey Whale, the right was markedly convex, and the left

concave, on the upper surface, giving the characteristic screw-like

form to the main organ of propulsion.

The terminal portion of the trunk, between the dorsal fin and the

flukes of the tail, was, as usual in the species, strongly compressed,

of great and nearly uniform vertical depth (4 feet), and sharply

ridged above and below.

The pectoral fins, measured from the axilla to the tip, were

5 feet 4 inches long, and 1 foot 7 inches in greatest breadth, which

was about midway between those points. Towards the tip the upper

or ulnar border was somewhat excavated. The tip was rather sharply

pointed.

The upper surface of the head was on the whole remarkably flat ;

but immediately in front of the blow-holes a strong median ridge

rose rather abruptly, then gradually subsided to about midway be-

* The most authentic representations of the external characters of the Whale

under consideration with which I am acquainted are :—

1. From a specimen, 45 feet long, stranded in 1825 on the west coast of Riigen.

Figured in ‘Hinige Naturhistor. Bemerk. iiber die Walle,’ by F. Rosenthal.

Griefswald, 1827. (Called Balena rostrata, var. major.)

2. From an animal, 51 feet long, stranded on the coast of Holland. Schlegel,

Abhand. a. d. Gebiete der Zoologie, Heft i. pl. 6, 1841. (Called Balena suleata

arctica.)

3. From an animal, 40 feet long, stranded near Katwijk, in Holland, in 1841.

Ibid. Heft ii. pl. 9, 1845. (Called Balenoptera arctica.)

4. From an animal, 50 feet long, stranded in the Orkney Isles, 1856. R.

Heddle, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, pls. xxiv. and xy. (Called Physalus duguidii.)

5. From an animal, 403 feet long, stranded on the Lofoden Islands. (Called

Balenoptera musculus.) G. O. Sars, Vid-Selskab. Forhand. Christiania, 1865.

The various names assigned to these specimens by their respective describers

illustrate the difficulties of the nomenclature of this group.

606 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON FOUR SPECIMENS [Dec. 9,

tween the blow-holes and the end of the snout; in front of this the

surface was quite flat. The snout was pointed, flat above and below,

and rounded at the extreme end, which projected 64 inches beyond

the anterior limits of the baleen. On this part, instead of the rayed

indentation observed in the Pevensey Whale, there was a roundish

depression about the size of a halfpenny piece on each side of the

middle line (see Plate XLVII. fig. 2).

The blow-holes were situated in a deep hollow (wide behind and

narrow in front) behind the before-mentioned median ridge, rather

anterior to the eye, their front end being 10 feet 4 inches from the

tip of the muzzle. Between them was a longitudinal median de-

pression ; each aperture was 13 inches long, curved, with the con-

cavity outwards ; and they were 2 inches apart in front, and 10 inches

behind.

The lower jaw terminated anteriorly in a sharp median ridge, like

the prow of a fast-going vessel. On each side of this ridge, about

linch from the middle line above and rather nearer below, was a

vertical row of short white bristles, about a dozen on each side, placed

rather irregularly, but averaging ? of an inch between each. Each

bristle was 4 inch in length, but not more than } inch projected

above the surface. They were set in distinct fosse, which were very

evident, although most of the bristles had fallen out. I could de-

tect no traces of hairs on any part of the surface of the upper lip.

The baleen of the two sides was continuous around the front of the

palate. The anterior narrow blades were 7 inches long, and placed

in a very reclined position (see Plate XLVII. fig. 2,c). The longest

blades were 1 foot 9 inches in length, including the hairy ends. There

were about 350 blades on each side; and in the middle of the series

24 blades exactly occupied the space of 1 foot. As in the Pevensey

Whale, the baleen was slate-coloured externally, and white at the

inner edge ; so that the hairy surface, forming the greater part of the

roof of the mouth, was all of a yellowish-white colour, except quite

at the outer edge. Each blade was mainly of the dark colour, but

near its inner border longitudinally striated with pale horn-colour.

The position in which the animal was lying, with the lower jaw

thrown much to one side, so as to expose the baleen-plates of the

left side from end to end, enabled me to observe a structure which I

did not see in the Pevensey Whale, and have not found noted in any

description. Outside the main series of baleen-plates, growing from

the ‘‘coronary band” (‘Horn-Kranzband” of Rosenthal*), which

encircles their base, was a fringe of stout coarse fibres, like those of the

inner surface of the whalebone, but strongly curled. Each of these

fibres, or hairs, when straightened was about 3 inches in length ; and

the whole series extended from the angle of the mouth for 18 inches

forwards. No trace of them was to be seen more anteriorly.

The characteristic longitudinal furrows of the throat extended

forwards on the side of the lower lip to midway between the angle

of the mouth and the end of the chin; but in the median line they

* Ueber die Barten des Schnabel-Wallfisches (Akad. d. Wissenschaft. Berlin,

1829).

1869.) OF THE COMMON FIN-WHALE. 607

reached almost to the symphysis menti, and laterally they extended

as far as the insertion of the pectoral fins. Counting from the pec-

toral fin to the middle line on the exposed side, there were about

twenty-six furrows; they were all widely distended. But all this

part of the surface, as well as the abdomen, had been so much da-

maged by the birds (as it was the part which floated uppermost)

that it was impossible to make any satisfactory observations upon it.

The penis was completely protruded, as it always appears to be in

Whales that have been long dead, being probably forced from the

sheath in which it naturally lies concealed by the pressure of the

gases arising from decomposition accumulating within the abdominal

cavity. The hinder edge of its base was 21 feet in front of the end

of the tail, or 5 feet 6 inches in front of the hinder border of the

dorsal fin. Its length was 6 feet 6 inches. Its diameter at the base

1 foot, from which it gradually tapered to 1 inch at the apex. The

orifice of the urethra was terminal, and surrounded by four distinct

rounded lobes. The nipples were placed about 6 inches behind the

root of the penis, and 2 inches apart; each was lodged in a groove,

much compressed, ridged or keeled on the free edge, with the ante-

rior border sloping gradually to the apex, and the posterior edge

almost vertical, about | inch from before backwards at the base, and

2 inch in height at the apex, and with a soft nodulated surface.

I have not had any opportunity of examining any of the bones of

this specimen; but I will add to this notice some observations upon

the skeletons of three other Whales presumably of the same species

which have been stranded on various parts of the south coast of

England.

1. This skeleton, the smallest of the three, was prepared from an

animal taken at Margate in 1850, and was kept at that place until

December 1864, when it was brought to London and exhibited in a

waxwork show at Shoreditch as an additional Christmas attraction.

After it had ceased to ‘ draw,’’ I purchased it from the proprietor ;

and as it was too imperfect to mount for any museum, the bones

have been divided between the Royal College of Surgeons and the

Cambridge University.

The animal was very nearly adult; the epiphyses were united to

both ends of the humerus and the upper end of the radius and ulna,

though still loose on the bodies of the dorsal vertebree. The ske-

leton wanted the malar bones, the tympanics, the stylo-hyals, the

pelvic bones, almost all the carpals and phalanges, many of the

chevron bones, and the three or four last caudal vertebrae. The

spines and transverse processes of the vertebrae were much broken.

The entire length, the vertebrae being placed close together and

the end of the tail missing, was 55 feet. Fifty-seven vertebrae were

present. The second, third, fourth, and fifth cervical vertebrae have

their upper and lower transverse processes united so as to form com-

plete rings. The sixth has very short lower processes, very unequal

in size on the two sides. In the seventh they are entirely absent.

There are fifteen pairs of ribs; the first 46” long in a straight

line from the tubercle to the inferior extremity, with a long capitular

608 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON FOUR SPECIMENS _ [Dec. 9,

process; the second and third have also moderately long capitular

processes ; the fourth has none; the fifteenth rib is slender and

twisted, but nearly as long as the penultimate. The sternum con-

sists of a broader anterior portion, 21" from side to side, and a

narrow posterior prolongation, turned somewhat to the right side,

82" long; the whole length from before backwards is 17". The

anterior border is very thin, notched, and evidently incompletely

ossified ; about 1! behind it is an oval foramen, 1" in length, situated

in the mesial line. The hyoid (basihyal and thyro-hyal ankylosed)

is 33! across. The scapula is 253" in height, and 46" in breadth.

The humerus 173" long ; the radius 283"; the ulna 323", or with-

out the olecranon 273". The length of the cranium is 14! 6", the

greatest breadth 6! 4", The length of the rostrum 10', The breadth

of the middle of the rostrum 30"; the breadth of the maxillary at

this point 83", of the premaxillary 52; the premaxillary projects

9" beyond the maxillary. The length of the lower jaw is 13! 6”.

2. The next animal (a male) was stranded near Falmouth in Au-

gust 1863. The skeleton was prepared by Mr. Gerrard, jun., at

whose establishment I examined it in April 1864. It is now in the

Alexandra Park. It is (or was when I last saw it) quite perfect,

with the exception of one or two of the terminal phalanges. All

the epiphyses of the vertebree are completely united, so that the

animal must have been fully adult. The skeleton as articulated

measures in a straight line 66!, of which the skull occupies 15! 6".

The various dimensions of the cranium and mandible are given in

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 411*.

There are sixty-one vertebre ; but the last is elongated and con-

stricted in the middle, as if it really consisted of two united. Of

these, seven are cervical, fifteen thoracic, fourteen lumbar, and twenty-

five or twenty-six (according as the last is reckoned as one or two)

caudal. The second cervical has immense, expanded, backward-

directed transverse processes, with a large perforation at the proxi-

mal end. The second, third, fourth, and fifth have the upper and

lower processes united so as to form rings. The sixth has a long

upper process; but the lower one is a mere tubercle, larger on one

side than the other. In the seventh the lower process is entirely

absent. The extreme width between the ends of the transverse pro-

cesses of the different cervical vertebrz is as follows :—First 26",

second 43", third 34", fourth 354", fifth 353", sixth 34”, seventh

334". The foramen in the transverse process of the second cervical

vertebra is 63! broad, and 4! high; the corresponding foramen in

the third vertebra is 8" broad, and 64" high; in the fourth 84"

broad, and 6" high.

The chevron bones appear to be all present. There are eighteen ;

the first and the last three have not united in the middle line. The

first is placed at the hinder end of the body of the thirty-seventh

vertebra. The vertical perforations through the base of the trans-

verse processes commence in the eighth caudal vertebra.

* The atlas, axis, and fifth cervical vertebra of this specimen are figured by

Dr. Gray in ‘Cat. of Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus.’ 1866, p. 145.

1869.] OF THE COMMON FIN-WHALE. 609

There are fifteen pairs of ribs. The first, second, and third have

a capitular process extending about halfway from the ends of the

transverse processes to the bodies of the vertebrae. The first is 50"

in its greatest length in a straight line, and 12” broad at the lower

end. It is simple, showing no trace of the coalition of a cervical

rib with it. The last pair were quite rudimentary and unconnected

with the spinal column, corresponding in position with the middle

third of the fourteenth pair. They are pointed at the upper end,

but shaped like the other ribs below. The length of that on the

right side is 193", of the left 27".

A figure of the sternum is given in P, Z. 8S. 1864, p. 393. Its

anterior part is expanded laterally into two broad wings; and it has

a long narrow posterior process. Its extreme breadth is 24", and

its length 213’. The ankylosed basihyal and thyro-hyals measure

34" across, and 114" in greatest length from before backwards. The

stylo-hyals are 164" long, and 4! in greatest thickness. The sca-

pula is 51" in breadth, and 29" in height; from the posterior supe-

rior angle to the end of the acromium process is 464", from the

hinder edge of the glenoid fossa to the tip of the coracoid 21". The

humerus is 20" in extreme length, and 11" in greatest diameter

near the lower end. The radius is 31}" long, 7" in greatest diameter

(at the upper end), 54! at the middle, and 7} at the lower end. The

ulna is 36" in extreme length, 294'' from the middle of its articula-

tion with the humerus, 94!’ in width at the olecranon, 4" at the

middle, and 64" at the lower end. The lower epiphyses of the ulna

and radius are quite separate from the shafts. There are five prin-

cipal ossifications in each carpus, three in the proximal and two

(smaller) in the distal row, besides a minute (pisiform?) nodule

situated on the ulnar side of the wrist. There are four metacarpal

bones, which measure respectively, beginning on the radial side,

43", 6", 5", and 32". The pelvic bones are each 183" long, gently

curved, with one end flattened and rather spatulate, and the other

tapering and more conical, and with a prominent angular projection

from near the middle of the convex border.

3. The third skeleton was prepared from the animal which was

washed ashore on the south coast of the Isle of Wight in April

1842,

A short notice of it has been given by Dr. Gray*; and it once

received a visit from the distinguished Danish cetologist Eschricht,

as mentioned in his valuable ‘ Untersuchungen uber die nérdlichen

Wallthiere ;’ but no further description of it has ever been published.

My notes are brief, but they are sufficient to determine the species.

They were taken on the 11th of last August. The skeleton belongs

to the proprietor or exhibitor of the well-known gully in the cliff

called ‘‘ Black Gang Chine,” about six miles west of Ventnor, and is

at present in a stable attached to the house which forms the entrance

for visitors to the ‘ Chine.”

This must have been a considerably larger animal than the last,

* Zoology of Erebus and Terror, p. 50; Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus.

(1866) p. 148.

610 ON FOUR SPECIMENS OF THE COMMON FIN-WHALE. [Dec. 9,

judging by the size of individual bones ; for as the skeleton was very

imperfectly articulated I could form no accurate estimate of its

actual length. It was therefore above the average size of Whales

of this species, and, when compared with the one at the Rosherville

Gardens, shows that there may be a considerable amount of variation

in this respect. I have, unfortunately, not been able to learn the

sex to which it belonged. It was perfectly adult, all the epiphyses

of the vertebree having united.

The skeleton is far from complete. One of the lachrymals and

jugals are missing from the skull; and one of the stylo-hyals, many

of the chevron bones, and nearly all the bones of both hands are

wanting. The bones that remain are, however, at present in excel-

lent condition, free from grease, and the processes of vertebree are

generally unbroken. The terminal caudal vertebree are contained

within the dried tail-fin, so that their number cannot be ascertained,

but they are probably all present. Besides these there are fifty-four

vertebree. The axis has very large transverse processes, containing

a small oval foramen near its base. The transverse processes of the

third, fourth, fifth, and sixth form complete rings on both sides ;

the seventh has only an upper transverse process. There are fourteen

pairs of ribs present, the last well developed and articulating with

the transverse process of the corresponding vertebra. There may

have been a rudimentary fifteenth, as in the Alexandra-Park skeleton ;

but the transverse process does not show any enlargement at the

end. The upper end of the first rib has a mere rudiment of a capi-

tular process; the second and third have moderately long necks ;

in the fourth this process is almost obsolete.

The sternum resembles in general form that of the Alexandra-Park

Whale, but the posterior process is longer, thicker at the base, and

more gradually tapering. The whole length is, therefore, exactly

equal to the breadth (24!); in ‘all other Whales of this species that

I have examined, the sternum has been somewhat broader than long.

The scapula is 59" in breadth, and 37" in height; the radius 37!

in length. I find by my notes that I estimated the length of the

cranium at 16’; but it was in a position which rendered exact mea-

surement impossible ; Dr. Gray gives it as 16! 7", and 5! wide at the

notch.

It will be seen that the main differences between these three ske-

letons, besides size, are in the extent of the development of the lower

transverse process of the sixth cervical vertebra, in the presence or

absence of capitular process to the first rib, and in the development

of the fifteenth rib. These, with other minor differences, will show

(especially when compared with the descriptions already published

of other specimens from the same locality*) how large an amount of

variation, quite independently of age, may exist in different indivi-

duals which may with all reasonable probability be assumed to have

belonged to a single species.

* For that in the Antwerp Zoological Gardens, see P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 414.

The skeleton of the specimen taken in the Thames in 1859, and now in the

Rosherville Gardens, is described by Dr. Murie, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 206.

1869.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 611

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVII.

Fig. 1. Male Fin-whale (Physalus antiquorum), 61 feet in length, stranded near

Portsmouth, November 20th, 1869.

2. Anterior portion of the roof of the mouth, showing the baleen 77 sétv.

a. Smooth median ridge of the palate.

b, Filamentous inner surface of the baleen.

c. Small, anterior, reclined baleen-plates.

3. Outline of the tail.

2. On some of the Fishes in the Calcutta Museum.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.—Part III.*

At the commencement of these papers on the Fishes in the Cal-

eutta Museum, I proposed offering some remarks on Hamilton

Buchanan’s MS. ichthyological drawings, which I have had the op-

portunity of fully examining whilst in Calcutta. I find, however,

objections exist to this course, as it is advanced that my observations

should be addressed to the Society to whom those drawings belong ;

consequently, should I give my views publicity, I must reserve them

for the consideration of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

I have, however, a few more remarks to make upon the Fishes of

the Calcutta Museum. Amongst the specimens I have been unable

to find some of Mr. Blyth’s types ; but having fortunately recognized

several of the species in Burma, I shall be able, when adverting to

the fishes of that country, to remark upon them.

A crest on the head. Dorsal fin notched.

SALARIAS ANDAMENSIS, Sp. nov.

D.12/22. P.15.. V.4.. A. 22-24... C.1).

Length of head 3, of pectoral 4, of caudal =%; of the total length.

Height of body + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 4 of length of head.

Mouth very oblique, directed downwards and forwards; snout

obtuse, vertical; the maxilla extends to beneath the posterior margin

of the orbit. Tentacle above orbit two-thirds as long as the eye.

Occipital crest rather high. A small fringed tentacle at the nostril.

Teeth in a single row, with a large canine internally on either side

of the lower jaw.

Fins. A rather deep notch between the two divisions of the dorsal

fin; the posterior extremity of the dorsal is not connected by mem-

brane to the caudal; the central rays of caudal the longest.

Lateral line in upper fourth of body, commencing to curve down-

wards opposite the eighth dorsal spine, after which it soon becomes

lost.

Colours. Brownish, with ten brown bars along the centre of the

body, and a row of oblong pearl-coloured spots with dark margins

along the middle of the last half of the body, and a second row

* See Part I. p. 511, and Part IT, p. 548.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XL.

612 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [ Dec. 9,

below. Dorsal fin with a dark margin edged with white, and the

posterior portion of the second dorsal spotted. Anal edged with

black. Pectoral and ventral white. Caudal barred in about six

lines on either side of the fin. Head dark in its anterior portion.

Two specimens up to 4 inches were brought from the Andaman

Islands and presented to the Museum by Dr. J. Anderson.

One specimen, 3 inches long, from the same locality was presented

by Capt. Hodges, who also gave what appears to be the same spe-

cies 151; inch long, but wanting both the crest and orbital tentacle.

In the Museum I find the specimens of Saccobranchus considered

to be the S. fossilis, Bloch, and that to be identical with S. sengio,

Ham. Buch. Dr. Giinther, however, in his elaborate ‘ Catalogue of

Fishes’ (vol. v. pp. 30, 31), holds a different view. Having taken

some trouble to elucidate this question, I will here offer a few reasons

for dissenting from this division (as it appears to me) of the species.

Dr. Giinther’s diagnosis may be summed up as follows :—

Saccoprancuus sincio. A. 68 to 70 rays. Height of body =

length of head sf of the length of the body. Eye 2 diameters from

end of snout. Maxillary cirri extend to or beyond the pectoral fin ;

pectoral spine 2 of length of head. Ventral fin reaches to third or

fourth anal ray. A notch between anal and caudal fin.

Saccoprancuus Fossitis. A. 70. Height of body +, length

of head 1 of the length of body. Eye 3 diameters from end of snout.

Maxillary cirri extend to middle or end of the pectoral fin ; pectoral

spine 2 as long as head. Ventral fin reaches the origin of the anal.

Anal and caudal fins scarcely separated by a notch.

First, as regards coloration, it is no criterion in this species. In

Burmese specimens, as a rule, there are two longitudinal yellowish-

white bands; this I have never seen in India.

Next, as regards fin-rays. Out of thirty specimens I found as

wide a variety as from A. 60-79, yet the species was evidently the

same in all.

The height of the body depends on the time of year, whether they

are captured from sluggish streams or tanks, or from localities well

or badly supplied with food. Thus, out of several from one tank at

Pegu, where food was plentiful, the height of the body was from

x to ; of the length of the body; in Malabar ; of the same; in

Mysore x of the body. Were the depth alone of much specific

value, some of the Burmese species would differ from the Malabar,

and those again from the Mysore ones.

As to the length of the head, out of thirty specimens it differed

from 3 to ; of the length of the body.

The size of the eye differs with age, as does also the pectoral spine.

As regards the notch between the anal and caudal fins, its com-

parative size varies considerably.

There is one subject, however, to be kept in mind respecting this

1869. ] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 613

species of fish, that both it and the Clarias magur, H. B., are exten-

sively bred in India and the East for stocking tanks. There is hardly

any thing which pays better, whilst the trouble is but slight. Do-

mestication causes a wide difference in a few generations even in

fishes ; and an overstocked tank will give a larger proportion of the

lanky S. fossilis, Bl., than the stouter-looking S. singio, H. B.

In the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’ (1860, p. 156),

Mr. Blyth gives a short description of Pseudosilurus macrophthal-

mus, sp. nov., from Burma, specimens of which I was unable to find

in the collection, but I recognize it in the following, which I pro-

cured in the Irrawaddi.

CALLICHROUS MACROPHTHALMUS, Blyth.

Length of head 52, of pectoral 52;, height of body of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter 4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 24 diameters apart.

Lower jaw prominent; maxillary cirri reach to the middle of the

length of the fish, their extremities being very fine; mandibular

ones to the gill-opening.

Teeth in cardiform bands in both jaws ; ina single or double series

across the vomer, interrupted in the middle.

Fins. Pectoral spine as long as the head without the snout,

strongly serrated internally in its last half. A deep notch between

the posterior extremity of the anal and the commencement of the

caudal, which latter is deeply lobed, the lower one being the longest.

Colours. A well-developed round black blotch exists above the

posterior third of the pectoral fin. Body greenish along the back,

sides silvery, abdomen shot with purple. Opercles covered with fine

spots and glossed with a golden colour.

Differs from C. bimaculatus in the larger size of the eye, the

greater length of the pectoral spine and maxillary cirri, as well as in

the extent of the anal fin, &c.

Hab. The Irrawaddi and its branches.

Pototus nitipus, Blyth (J. A. S. of Bengal, 1858, p. 282), is

doubtless the Coius gudgutia, H. Buch. (pp. 94, 370), as subse-

quently observed by Mr. Blyth (/. c. 1860, p. 111); but it is not a

Mesoprion as he suggested, but the Pristipoma hasta, Bl.

CutTopon LAyarpt, Blyth, in Kelaart’s ‘Prod. Faun, Zeylan.

Appendix’ (p. 50), is Chetodon vittatus, Bl. Schn.

PHRACTOCEPHALUS ITCHKEEA, Sykes (Trans. Zool. Soc. ii,

p- 373, t. 67. f. 1), is not a Macrones as suggested by Dr. Giinther

(Catal. v. p. 84), but is identical with Pimelodus cenia, H. Buch.

(pp- 174, 376, pl. 31. f. 57), a Hemipimelodus of Bleeker. It is

fully described in my paper “On the Fishes of Orissa.” (See anted,

p- 308.)

614 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [Dec. 9,

Hara FiILaMentTosa, Blyth (J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860, p. 152),

and which I described when remarking on that genus in the “ Fishes

of Orissa,” is doubtless the Pimelodus conta, Ham. Buch. (pp. 191,

379). It is abundant in Burma.

PeRILAMPUS FULVESCENS, Blyth (J. A. S. of Bengal, 1860,

p- 163), is, I find, merely a variety of the Pertlampus laubuca of

Ham. Buch. (pp. 260, 384). I have procured all the intervening

grades in Burma.

3. On the Freshwater Fishes of Burma.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S.—Part I.

In the course of the following papers I propose describing the

Freshwater Fishes of Burma, or rather those which I have obtained

during my tour whilst inspecting the fisheries of Pegu, and in the

course of a hurried visit I paid to the capital of Upper Burma. In

doing this I shall first detail (without arrangement) some species which

appear to me to be undescribed or doubtful, next give a short general

notice of the fishes, with observations upon any thing peculiar which

1 may have observed respecting them, and lastly a retrospect of the

geographical distribution of the fishes of this portion of the east.

The period of the year during which my investigations extended

being the monsoon months, was against collecting; but my duties

were to investigate the fisheries and how the young were being looked

after, consequently my own scientific collection was obliged to be a

secondary consideration.

I am unaware of any one having written much respecting the ich-

thyology of this region. Mason, in his account of Burma, observes

that it is probably the same as that of Bengal, but his list is very

incorrect in many respects. Cuvier and Val. received a few speci-

mens from the Irrawaddi; and Major Berdmore transmitted others

to the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

My tour extended from Rangoon by boat to Bassein through the

various creeks, then up the Dugga river to the Eeen-gay-gyee Lake

fishery, returning to Rangoon by Bassein, being unable to pass into

the Irrawaddi. From Rangoon by steamer about 650 miles up the

Irrawaddi to Mandalay, returning by the same route to Prome; then

by boat down the river. Next to Moulmein; then, having returned

to Rangoon up the Pegu river, to Pegu, across country to Sittoung,

down that river to Billing, then across country to Salwein, and so

down again to Moulmein—these last two rivers being in Tenasserim.

No adipose eyelids,

MuGit HAMILTONHI, sp. nov.

? Mugil cascasia, Ham. Buch.

D4 |S eR s eve e9, 0.15, ‘Li 1.44. Le tree,

1869. ] ¥RESHWATER FISHES OF BURMA. 615

Length of head 2, of pectorals +, of caudal 1, height of body + of

the total length.

Eyes without adipose lids, diameter ? of length of head, 1 diameter

from end of snout, 14+ diameter apart.

Body compressed, tapering to both ends ; snout somewhat pointed.

Least depth of free portion of tail equal to half the length of head.

Maxilla almost entirely hidden by the przorbital, which latter,

although not emarginate, is strongly spinate, with eleven or twelve

spines, the five posterior being the coarsest, and the last one the

strongest. Lips thin. Cleft of mouth equal to half its gape. Man-

dibular angle somewhat obtuse. Lower jaw with a knob on syin-

physis. Uncovered space on chin lanceolate.

Teeth absent.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of the

caudal; its spines are moderately strong, and the iength of the

longest equal to that of the head from the middle of the orbit.

Pectoral short ; its length equals that of the head without the snout.

Second dorsal arises over the middle of the anal; its height equals

that of the first dorsal. Anal spines well developed, the third the

longest, lower surface of the fin concave. Caudal lunate.

Scales strongly ctenoid, with a raised line, more or less apparent,

along each. Few scales on the vertical fins; thirty-eight rows

between the base of the first dorsal and the snout. No elongated

scale in the axil.

Colours. Silvery shot with gold; of a leaden colour along the

upper half of the body.

This is a small species found in the Irrawaddi, Pegu, and other

rivers of Burma, but it rarely grows to 43 inches in length.

It may be the M. cascasia, H. B.; but that is said to have

D. 4 | i A. 2/8, and to be found in the rivers of Northern Bengal.

CatTorpra NANDIoIDES?”, Bleeker.

Bais (ie ae lo Vee A. SI. 18... Ly L, 27,

“156°

L. tr. 54/144. Ceee. pyl. 2.

Length of head from ? to 3, of pectoral 4, of caudal 3, of height

of body 2, of dorsal spines }, of dorsal rays ;*; of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly 7 of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout, 14 diameter apart.

Snout convex in the adult. Body oblong, compressed, and rising

from the snout to the base of the dorsal fin.

Preorbital and preeopercle rather strongly serrated, fine serrations

in the contiguous portions of the sub- and interopercles. Two flat

spines on the opercle, the lower being double in the adult. Poste-

rior extremity of maxilla extends to beneath the anterior margin of

the orbit.

Teeth villiform in both jaws, the external row being the largest,

more especially in the upper jaw. SBlunted teeth on the vomer and

palate. Tongue osseous, toothed.

Fins. Dorsal spines strong, interspinous membrane deeply cleft ;

616 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE { Dec. 9,

rays much longer than the spines, and central ones the longest.

Pectoral rounded. Second anal spine strongest, third the longest.

Caudal rounded.

Scales ctenoid.

Lateral line interrupted opposite the posterior extremity of the

dorsal fin, being continued three scales lower down to opposite the

base of the caudal, on reaching which it curves slightly downwards

and is continued to the end of the fin.

Colours. Dull greenish, having a jet-black mark in the axil and

on the base of the pectoral fin, which otherwise is yellow. The re-

mainder of the fins slate-coloured.

Air-bladder large. ‘Two czecal appendages rather long. Pseudo-

branchie absent.

One specimen, 8 inches long, from Een-gay-gyee Lake ; another,

4.3, inches long, from Hengada; two from Sittoung, the longest

being 62 inches.

This species does not quite agree with Bleeker’s description, and

a comparison of specimens is desirable.

Vomerine band of teeth interrupted.

CALLICHROUS NOTATUS, Sp. NOv.

EY tne We Oo Naeene Cardy

Length of head 4, of caudal 4, height of body ¢ of the total length.

Eyes nearly lateral, situated opposite the angle of the mouth.

Diameter 2 of length of head, 134 diameter from end of snout,

23 diameters apart.

Nape not elevated. Width of head nearly equals its length, and

is more than its height.

Cleft of mouth equals half its gape. Lower jaw moderately pro-

minent. Maxillary cirri reach to the centre of the total length of

the fish; the mandibular arise opposite the angle of the mouth, and

are slightly longer than one diameter of the orbit.

Teeth villiform in the jaws; those on the vomer in two distinct

patches.

Fins. Dorsal fin small, arising a little in advance of the ventrals.

Pectoral spine slightly denticulated towards its extremity; it is as

long as the postorbital portion of the head. A notch exists between

the end of the anal and the caudal ; the latter with deep sharp lobes,

the upper being the longest.

Colours. Silvery, with a deep black round spot on the lateral line

some distance above the middle of the pectoral fin.

Hab, Rivers of Burma. Many specimens, up to 4 inches in length.

CALLICHROUS NIGRESCENS, Sp. nov.

Length of head 4, of pectoral }, of caudal i, height of body + of

the total length.

1869. | FRESHWATER FISHES OF BURMA. 617

Eyes situated opposite the angle of the mouth, a portion being

on the lower surface of the head. Diameter ~ of length of head,

14 diameter from end of snout, 2 diameters apart.

Nape of neck elevated. ‘The width of the head equals its length

without the snout, and is the same as its height.

Gape of mouth wide, cleft equals half its gape; lower jaw strongly

prominent. Maxillary cirri reach as far as the posterior margin

of the orbit; mandibular pair opposite the angle of the mouth and

minute.

Teeth villiform in both jaws, and in an interrupted band on the

vomer,

Fins. Dorsal arises above the ventrals. Pectoral spine weak,

entire, as long as the head without the snout. Anal reaches the

base of the caudal, but is separated from it by a notch. Caudal

deeply forked.

Colours. Silvery, spotted all over with fine black dots, giving it a

dark cloudy appearance. A black finger-mark on the side above the

base of the pectoral fin. Caudal lobes with black tips.

Hab. Throughout the branches of the Irrawaddi, in the Pegu

and Sittoung rivers.

Out of many specimens, the largest was 64 inches long. In one

the mandibular cirri were absent, but it was evidently the same

species.

The Pseudeutropius taakree, Sykes, or the P. longimanus, Giin-

ther, is tolerably abundant in the Irrawaddi and its branches—as is

also the P. goongwaree, Sykes, or Eutropias macrophthalmus, Blyth.

The former has been fully described by Dr. Giinther (Catalogue of

Fishes, vol. v. p. 60); the latter has still some points which require

investigation, although it is doubtless Bagrus ewodon, C. & V.

PsEUDEUTROPIUS GOONGWAREF, Sykes.

D.1|0. P.1/8. V.8. A. 46-54. C.17.

Length of head nearly 4, of pectoral 4, of caudal 4, height of body

nearly + of the total length.

Eyes behind the cleft of the mouth, and partly on the lower sur-

face of the head. Diameter 7 of length of head, 14 diameter from

end of snout, 24 diameters apart.

Rostral cirri as long as the head; maxillary reaching the anal fin ;

external mandibular pair slightly the longest, and extending to the

base of the pectoral fin. The longitudinal furrow on the head

extends to the base of the occipital process, which is narrow, and of

nearly equal width throughout. The cleft of the mouth extends half-

way to the orbit ; upper jaw slightly the longest, anteriorly rounded.

Teeth villiform in the lower jaw and over the lower surface of the

snout, so as to be entirely beyond the lower jaw. Palatine teeth in

a narrow uninterrupted curved band.

Fins. Dorsal spine somewhat slender, as long as the head without

the snout, finely serrated posteriorly. Pectoral spine about the same

length, stronger, and coarsely denticulated along its whole internal

618 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [ Dec. 9,

margin. Veutral small, inserted behind the posterior dorsal ray.

Candal forked.

Colours. Silvery, darkest above ; a small black spot at base of the

dorsal fin.

Hab. The Irrawaddi and its branches, growing to 8 or 10 inches

in length. It is very common.

PsEUDEUTROPIUS ACUTIROSTRIS, Sp. nov.

Dirt. PalfiveG. tA. 8/44 0 a7.

Length of head }, of pectoral +, of caudal 4, height of body + of

the total length.

Eyes behind cleft of mouth. Diameter nearly 4 of length of head,

1 diameter from end of snout, 14 diameter apart.

A considerable rise occurs from the snout to the base of the dorsal

fin. The upper jaw elongated and pointed, extending some distance

beyond the lower jaw.

Upper surface of head slightly rugose; superior longitudinal

furrow extends to the base of the occipital process, which is narrow,

? as wide at base as it is long; the triangular bone in front of the

dorsal fin descends some distance down to meet the occipital process,

which is emarginate to receive it. Cleft of mouth equals half its

gape. Maxillary cirri reach the base of the anal fin; the rostral are

longer than the head; the two pairs of mandibular, which arise on

a transverse line, are longer than the head.

Teeth villiform in both jaws, that in the upper widest and entirely

in advance of the lower jaw; in two minute patches on the vomer,

and of the same character in the palatines, not continuous with those

on the vomer.

Fins. Dorsal spine sharp, pointed, entire, as long as the head to

the angle of the mouth. Ventral arises somewhat behind the dorsal

fin. Pectoral spine very strong, coarsely denticulated, with about

ten teeth, as long as the head without the snout. Caudal deeply

forked.

Colours. Silvery, a black spot on occiput; a black base to the

dorsal fin.

Hab. Throughout Burma. Rarely exceeds 4 inches in length.

ARIUS BURMANICUS, Sp. Nov.

B.vi. D.7|0. PG. V6. AS C15.

Length of head 2, of pectoral +, of caudal + of the total length.

Height of head nearly 4, of body +, of dorsal fin + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 24 diameters from end of

snout, 14 diameter apart.

Head depressed ; body elongated and compressed.

Snout spatulate; upper jaw longest. Maxillary cirri reach the

base (or middle in the immature) of the pectoral fin; the external

mandibular are nearly as long, the internal slightly shorter. The

longitudinal furrow on the summit of the head does not extend so

1869.] FRESHWATER FISHES OF BURMA. 619

far as the base of the occipital process, which is keeled, its length

being equal to the breadth of its base. There is no interneural

shield in the occipital region.

Teeth villiform in the jaws and palate; on the latter in a narrow

band.

Fins. Dorsal spine strong, serrated on both sides, and equal to

half the head in length. Pectoral spine of equal length, but stronger;

it is likewise serrated on both sides. Base of adipose dorsal short ;

it commences slightly posterior to the origin of the anal. Caudal

deeply forked.

Lateral line at first descends; opposite the centre of the base of

the caudal it divides into two branches—one going to the upper,

the other to the lower lobe.

Colours. Purplish along the back, silvery white on the abdomen.

Dorsal fin stained posteriorly with black.

This fish has a general resemblance to Macrones aor.

Hab. Irrawaddi, Bassein district, and Salwein in the Tenasserim

provinces.

BARBUS MALABARICUS, Jerdon, Madras Journ. Lit. & Se. 1849,

p. 312?

B. iii. D. 2/9. P.17. V.9. A. 2/5. C.17. L.1.23. L. tr. 34/4.

Length of head from + to 2, of caudal 3, height of body ? of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 14 diameter from end of

snout, 24 diameters apart.

Mouth antero-inferior, without enlarged lips.

Barbels four and long, the rostral extending to beneath the middle

of the eye, the maxillary to opposite its posterior margin. Upper

surface of head flat.

Fins. Dorsal spine strong, smooth, and as long as the head with-

out the snout; it arises midway between the snout and the base of

the caudal fin.

Scales. Two and a half rows between the lateral line and the base

of the ventral fin.

Hab. One specimen from Akyab, another from Moulmein, to

11 inches long.

This appears to be probably Dr. Jerdon’s fish, which did not

find a place in my ‘ Fishes of Malabar,’ because it was stated to be

found “only in mountain-streams in Malabar,” whilst my descrip-

tions extended to those captured inland as far only as the western

ghawts, or to the foot of the Malabar hills.

BARBUS M‘CLELLANDI, Sp. nov.

Bein D,2/8.> 2, P4eV09.. Aw 2/5..-C, 194).1525., | Letr. 6/6.

Length of head 4, of caudal 4, height of body 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly 4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout, 1} diameter apart.

Barbels absent. Mouth small.

620 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE [ Dee. 9;

Teeth pharyngeal, crooked, 5, 3, 2/2, 3, 5.

Fins. Dorsal fin commences midway between snout and base of

caudal, which latter is lunate. Dorsal spine not so strongly serrated

as in B. ¢icto, H. B., whilst the teeth are somewhat irregular in

their direction.

Lateral line complete to the base of the caudal. Three and a half

rows of scales between it and the base of the ventral fin.

Scales scarcely striated, usually smooth.

Colours. Silvery ; a black mark on the lateral line about the third

scale, and a deep-black mark above and also a little behind the pos-

terior extremity of the anal fin; it extends superiorly almost to the

back, and is yellow anteriorly. Fins orange, with no black marks.

This species bears a strong resemblance to the B. ¢icto, H. B.,

which it appears to supersede in Eastern Burma. But it is distin-

guished by a complete instead of incomplete lateral line, and its body

is not so compressed ; its dorsal spine and colouring also differ.

Hab. Six specimens from Pegu, and fifteen from Moulmein, up

to 4 inches in length.

BARILIUS NIGROFASCIATUS, Sp. nov.

Boi. Do2/7.6 Pls. VF. As 2/11. Cl19.-L.1.30.. Lote

Length of head 52,, of caudal nearly 4, height of body 2 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly 4 of length of head, 7 of a diameter from

end of snout, 1 diameter apart.

Only the maxillary barbels are perceptible; they are very fine,

and reach as far as the middle of the orbit. Lower jaw prominent.

Fins. Dorsal is situated over the first portion of the anal, and

midway between the posterior extremity of the orbit and the base of

the caudal fin. Caudal lunated.

Lateral line absent.

Colours. Very similar to B. rerio, H. B. A dark band passes

along the side of the body, and a second dotted black line below it.

Dorsal and anal spotted with black in lines. In some specimens the

body is intensely blue.

Hab. Pegu and Moulmein. It seems to be only a minute spe-

cies ; out of twenty specimens none exceeded +‘; of an inch in length.

OPSARIUS GUTTATUS, sp. nov.

B. iii. D.2/7. P.15. V.9. A.3/11. C.17. L.1.44. L. tr. 9/5.

Length of head 2, of caudal 2, height of body +%,, of dorsal fin 5

of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly of length of head, 17 diameter from end

of snout and apart.

Cleft of mouth very deep, extending nearly one diameter behind

the orbit. A strong knob on the inner side of the symphysis of the

lower jaw. Suborbitals very broad, more especially the last, which

is nearly behind the vertical from the posterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the posterior extremity of

1869.] FRESHWATER FISHES OF BURMA. 621

the orbit and the base of the caudal, being opposite the interspace

between the ventral and anal fins. Pectoral nearly reaches ventral.

Caudal forked, lower lobe slightly the longest.

Scales strongly lineated. ‘Two aud a half rows between the lateral

line and the base of the anal fin.

Colours. Silvery, shot with purple; two rows of blue spots along

the side. Lower caudal lobe orange, with a dark margin along its

upper half.

Hab. Irrawaddi, from Prome to Mandalay ; very common. Spe-

cimens obtained up to 7 inches in length.

DANIO STOLICZK4, sp. nov.

B. iii. D.2/7. P.13. V.7. A.2/13. C.19. 1.1.33. L. tr. 54/3.

Length of head nearly 4, of caudal 2, height of body from } to 2

of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, ? of a diameter from end of

snout.

Body moderately compressed.

Maxillary barbels reach beyond the base of the pectoral fin; ros-

tral barbels as far as the posterior margin of the orbit. Lower jaw

anterior. Cleft of mouth very oblique, extending halfway to below

the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal commences midway between the end of the head and

the base of the caudal, and slightly in advance of the anal. Caudal

lunate.

Scales. A single row along the base of the anal fin. One and a

half row between the lateral line and the base of the ventral.

Colours. Greenish superiorly ; a scarlet band commences from

below the base of the dorsal fin, it gradually widens and is continued

to the centre of the base of the caudal, it has a black lower edging.

Dorsal edged with red. Anal with a yellow stripe along its centre.

ab. Moulmein, in tanks and streams. Upwards of 100 taken,

up to 2 inches in length.

I have named this species after Dr. Stoliczka, who personally

captured the first three which were obtained.

Danio SPINOSUS, Sp. nov.

Beit, Di. P.13,.V.7. A.3/17. C.19, L.1.52. 1. tr. 15/4.

Length of head 1, of caudal 1, height of body 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout

and apart.

Body strongly compressed; a slight concavity in dorsal profile

over the occiput.

Barbels absent. Lower jaw prominent, having a strong hook,

whilst there is an emargination to receive it in the upper jaw. In

the adult there is rather a sharp spine pointing forwards above the

anterior superior margin of the orbit, and a second, broader and not

so sharp, before the centre of the anterior orbital margin. In the

immature both these spines are equally sharp.

622 SURGEON F. DAY ON THE | Dee. 9,

Fins. The dorsal arises midway between the posterior extremity

of the orbit and the base of the caudal. The anal commences under

the anterior third of the dorsal. Caudal lunate.

Scales. Three and a half rows between the lateral line and the

base of the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery, with a badly defined lateral band, and some

vertical yellow lines in the anterior half of the body. Dorsal and

anal greyish, with reddish margins anteriorly. In the immature

there is a dark humeral spot, and a steel-blue lateral band goes to

the centre of the caudal fin; in its last half it has a scarlet stripe

along its centre.

Hab. A tank near Pegu. Four specimens captured, from 24%; to

4 inches in length.

CHELA SLADONI, sp. nov.

B. iii. D. 2/8. P.11. V.8. A.2/19. C.21. L.1. 68. L. tr. 10/8.

Length of head 4, of caudal 3, height of body j of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter # of length of head, 7 of a diameter from end of

snout.

Posterior extremity of the maxilla reaches to beneath the anterior

third of the orbit. The suborbital ring of bones is half as deep as

the diameter of the orbit.

Teeth pharyngeal, crooked, 5, 4, 2/2, 4, 5.

Fins. Dorsal commences opposite the anal; lower lobe of caudal

the longest. Edge of thorax rounded; the serrated abdominal

margin commences opposite the base of the pectoral fin.

Colours. Silvery ; caudal black-edged.

Hab. Irrawaddi, as high as Mandalay. Very common.

CHATOESSUS MODESTUS, Sp. NOV.

D. 3/13. P.16. V.8. A. 3/25. C.21. L147. DL. tr. 17.

Length of head 1, of pectoral 4, of caudal nearly 7 of the total

length. Height of head 4, of body 4, of dorsal fin } of the total

length.

ies. Diameter + of length of head, 3 of a diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Body strongly compressed ; profile above the head slightly concave,

then a great rise to the base of the dorsal fin. Abdominal profile

equally convex.

Mouth transverse; snout moderately projecting over the lower

jaw. The posterior extremity of the upper jaw is opposite the

centre of the anterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Dorsal fin arises slightly nearer to the snout than to the

base of the caudal fin; its last ray is not prolonged.

Scales regularly arranged; eighteen serrations anterior to the

ventral fin, and eleven posterior to it.

Coloration uniform.

Hab. Along the Bassein River as high as the Ken-gay-gyee Lake.

Many specimens were taken, up to 53 inches in length.

1869. ] FRESHWATER FISHES OF BURMA. 623

CLUPEA VARIEGATA, Sp. nov.

Desise Pots. VS: A, B26. C2t7. Le 1. 90.

Length of head 2, of pectoral 4, of caudal } of the total length.

Height of body 4 of the total length.

Eyes with broad adipose margins. Diameter } of length of head,

? of a diameter from end of snout, above 1 diameter apart.

Abdominal profile more convex than the dorsal.

Jaws of about equal length ; the posterior extremity of the maxilla

extends to beneath the centre of the orbit. Opercles smooth.

Teeth on tongue; none on jaws, vomer, or palatines.

Fins. Dorsal commences rather nearer to the snout than to the

base of the caudal. Ventrals situated opposite the commencement of

the dorsal fin. Anal in the posterior third of the distance between

the posterior margin of the orbit and the base of the caudal fin.

Scales regularly arranged behind a line from the opercles to the

base of the anal fin, anterior to which they are very irregular.

Along the back to the base of the dorsal fin the scales of the two sides

meet, so as to form a sort of line somewhat resembling a lateral

line in appearance. Serrated scales commence under the middle of

the pectoral; ten are posterior to the ventral fin, and ten anterior

to it.

Colours. Silvery glossed with gold. A dark humeral spot. A

row of about eighteen bars passes across the back and descends a

short way over the sides. Dorsal fin with a black band in the lower

portion of its posterior half. End of tail tipped with black.

Hab. Irrawaddi and its branches. Many specimens procured, up

to 7 inches in length.

PELLONA SLADENI, sp. nov.

ee. BM. VW Ane eaala. Te). 48. 7, ted,

Length of head 7 of length of body, and equal to its height.

Eyes with wide adipose lids. Diameter } of length of head,

1 diameter from end of snout.

Ridges on the head slightly diverge posteriorly. Lower jaw very

prominent.

Fins. First two dorsal rays in advance of anal, the remainder of

the fin over it; it arises midway between the base of the caudal and

the posterior extremity of the opercle. Pectoral reaches to nearly

the end of the veutral, which is small. Caudal forked. Twenty

spinate scales exist on the abdominal profile anterior to the ventral

fins, and eleven posterior to them.

Colours. Silvery ; opercles golden. Caudal edged with black.

Specimens up to 7 inches from the Irrawaddi, at Mandalay.

I have named the species after Major Sladen, Political Resident

at the court of the King of Burma, who greatly assisted me in col-

lecting specimens, as well as in acquiring information on the fishes of

that mismanaged but magnificent country.

624 MR, G. F. ANGAS ON NEW SPECIES OF HELICID&. [Dec. 9,

4. Descriptions of Eight New Species of Helicide from the

Western Pacific Islands. By Grorcr Frencu Anaas,

C.M.Z.S., F.L.8., F.R.G.S., &e.

(Plate XLVIII.)

Heurix (CorastA) psycue, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)

Shell imperforate, depressed, thin, obliquely irregularly plicately

striated, pellucid, white, covered with a yellowish-brown shining

epidermis; spire scarcely elevated, obtuse at the apex; whorls 3,

flatly convex, margined at the sutures, the last not descending, pro-

minently keeled at the periphery, flattened above and ventricose

below ; columellar margin arcuately descending, narrowly excavated,

sharp within ; aperture large, oblique, subovate ; peristome not con-

tinuous, white, slightly reflected, the upper margin nearly straight,

not flexuous.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 9, alt. 7 lines.

Hab. New Georgia, Solomon group.

This species, which I have received from Dr. James Cox of Sydney,

New South Wales, is somewhat intermediate between H. aphrodite,

Pfr., and H. purchasi, Pfr. It differs from the former in being

much flattened above and very ventricose below, and especially in

the form and amplitude of the aperture, and from the latter in tex-

ture, form of spire, colour, and size. Dr. Pfeiffer erroneously gives

New Caledonia as the habitat of H. aphrodite; its correct locality

is San Christoval, Solomon Islands. H. purchasi comes from the

Admiralty Islands.

Hewtx (Grorrocuvs) aponis, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.)

Shell narrowly perforate, ovately conical, thin, obliquely sculp-

tured with very fine irregular raised striee, rich orange-yellow colour

throughout; spire conoidal; whorls 63, slightly convex, narrowly

margined at the suture, the last angled at the periphery and flattened

at the base; aperture rhomboidally oval, margins united by a thin

callus, the right expanded and subreflected, the basal slightly re-

flexed, forming an obtuse angle with the columella, which descends

vertically and is callously reflected over the perforation.

Diam. maj. 10, min. 83, alt. 13 lines.

Hab. Bougainville Island, Solomon group (Brazier).

This delicately orange-coloured species is intermediate in form

between H. meta, Pfr., and H. gaertneriana, Pfr.

He wtx (GEOTROCHUS) CHRULESCENS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 6.)

Shell subperforate, conoidal, thin, obliquely striated and the lower

whorls decussated by irregular undulating striz, bluish grey, with

darker bands of the same colour, changing into pale yellowish olive

above and at the base, the apical whorls being dark chestnut, and

with a flesh-coloured band immediately below the suture, and a

GB Sowerby del et. lith M & N Hanbaxt imp

NEW*HELICES FROM THE WESTERN PACIFIC ISLANDS

1869.] MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW SPECIES OF HELICID. 625

similar one at the periphery with a narrow dark chestnut line in the

middle ; spire conical, rather obtuse at the apex ; whorls 44, slightly

convex, the last descending in front, angled at the periphery ; aper-

ture diagonal, sublunar ; peristome white, margins converging, the

right scarcely flexuous, expanded, the basal one arcuate, reflexed.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 8+ lines.

Hab, Guadaleanar Island, Solomon group.

Herix (Georrocuus) DEIDAMta, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)

Shell perforate, turbinate, rather solid, shining, obscurely obliquely

striated, yellowish olive, gradually becoming purple towards the apex,

with an opaque white band joining the suture below ; spire convexly

conical; whorls 63, convex, attenuated at the upper part, the last

non-descending, slightly angled at the periphery and a little flat-

tened at the base; aperture diagonal, subovate ; peristome purplish

black, reflexed, right margin flexuous, excavated behind, columellar

margin curved, sloping, and broadly covering the perforation.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 10, alt. 14 lines.

Hab. Ysabel Island, Solomon Group.

In form this species nearly approaches H. acmella, Pfr.; but the

spire is more turbinate and peculiarly contracted towards the apex,

the last whorl is less convex, and the outer lip more flexuous. The

painting, moreover, is entirely different, and uniform in all the spe-

cimens that have come under my notice.

Heirx (GroTROCHUS) HARGREAVESI, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 2.)

Shell imperforate, turbinate, rather solid, obliquely faintly striated,

creamy white sprinkled here and there with small purplish semi-

pellucid spots, and ornamented with a narrow suffused chestnut band

above and below the suture and a broader one at the periphery ;

spire turbinate, apex very slightly obtuse ; whorls 6, a little convex,

the last abruptly descending, convex below, with a broad suffused

chestnut band in the middle ; aperture very oblique, truncately oval ;

peristome black, thickened, the right margin very slightly expanded

and sinuous, the columellar margin a little reflexed, obliquely de-

scending, spread over the body-whorl, and furnished within with a

long straight callus.

Diam. maj. 12, min. 10, alt. 104 lines.

Hab. Bougainville and Shortland’s Islands, Solomon group

( Brazier).

Varieties of this species occur in which the chestnut bands are

wanting.

Hewrx (GEoTROCHUS) HERMIONE, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.)

Shell perforate, ovately conical, rather thin, very finely obliquely

striated, purplish black, with a pale straw-coloured band below the

periphery of the last whorl, and sometimes with a second band

between the periphery and the suture; spire conical, apex rather

obtuse ; whorls 63, a little convex, the last angled at the periphery,

626 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BREEDING OF [Dec. 9,

and slightly convex at the base; aperture diagonal, rhomboidal-ovate ;

peristome white, right margin expanded, basal margin reflexed ;

columella subvertical, and triangularly expanded over the perforation.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 8, alt. 11] lines.

Hab. Bougainville Island, Solomon group (Brazier).

A very pretty species, distinguishable from the black variety of

H. meta, Pfr., by its invariably smaller size, by the presence of the

straw-coloured band below the keel instead of next the suture, and by

the last whorl being more distinctly keeled and less convex beneath.

He uix (Ruyrtipa) soypi, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 8.)

Shell widely and perspectively umbilicated, discoidal, moderately

solid, shining, closely plicately striated, olive-brown, ornamented

with numerous dark brown, irregular, more or less interrupted

stripes; spire almost flat; whorls 6, slightly convex, regularly in-

creasing, the last rounded and a little descending ; aperture diagonal,

roundly lunate; peristome simple, not expanded, margins approxi-

mating.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 11, alt. 5 lines.

Hab. Recherche Island, San Christoval, Solomon group.

I dedicate this tine shell to the memory of the late Benjamin

Boyd, Esq., who visited the Solomon Islands in his yacht ‘The

Wanderer,’ and was murdered by the natives whilst pigeon-shooting

at Guadalcanar.

Hewtrx (TrocHoMoRPHA) FESSONIA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 7.)

Shell narrowly umbilicated, trochiform, thin, closely irregularly

plicately striated, light brown, ornamented here and there with paler

diaphanous irregularly interrupted stripes; spire rather convexly

conical, apex somewhat obtuse, sutures with a narrow distinct pale

thread-like margin ; whorls 6, a little convex, the last not descend-

ing, with an acute white keel, flattened below, pale horn-colour,

with a narrow rufous band next the keel; aperture diagonal, trun-

cately oval; peristome not continuous, the right margin arcuate,

simple, the columellar margin a little thickened and slightly reflexed,

not covering the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 44, min. 43, alt. 3 lines.

Hab. Kantavu, Fiji Islands, on trees (Brazier).

5. On the Breeding of Birds in the Gardens of the Zoological

Society of London during the past Twenty Years. By

P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

On the 10th of December last I had the honour of submitting to

the Meeting a list of the species of Mammals that had bred in the

ID OUP OO tO

C1 09 BO

too

£90 U.S? OH HH G9 BO

1869. ] BIRDS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 627

Society’s Gardens during the previous twenty years*. To this I now

beg leave to add a list of the birds that have produced living young

in the Society’s Gardens during the same period, drawn up in a

corresponding manner.

The first Table contains the names of the species of this class that

have bred in the Gardens from the Ist of January 1848 to the 31st

of December 1868, arranged according to the last edition of the List

of Vertebrates, and the number of instances in which each species

has produced living young during this period.

The second ‘lable gives the total-number of species that have bred

in each order of Birds, and the corresponding number of species of

the same order enumerated in the List of Vertebrates. A compa-

rison of. these two columns will give some approximate idea of the

comparative frequency of breeding in captivity in the different orders

of this class of animals.

Taste I.

No. of instances} wo, of

of breeding in | ditt in

each species

davine th each:

yarn ie, | onde

I. PAssEREs.

PONS -POTUSE paces ylancanacsuctee TUR AUS MMUSICUS.. cee a»jn.leia esi 1

PERC REGS cue cvss dias sussccivaene sass LOT PED ERB AS eCRORIBOC Oe 1

Bred) Weastadl « io. .cieccsasnceaanesnas Motacilla yarrelli .........c0c0e 3

. Spot-sided Hinch .........0.c..002 Amadina ldthami .......0.00006 1

Rufous-necked Weaverbird ...... Hyphantornis textor.........0++ 3

. Black-crested Cardinal........... Gubernatria cristatella ...... 1

. Cardinal Grosbeak ............04. Cardinalis virginiana ...... a 1

, —| ll

III. Prruensores.

. Undulated Grass-parrakeet ...... Melopsittacus undulatus ...... 3

Turquoisine Parrakeet ............ Euphema pulchella ..........-. é 13

. Hlegant Parrakeot.................. ALTERS op CREA RC EROS OOE 5

. Crested Ground-parrakeet ...... Calopsitia nove-hollandie ... 6

. Blood-rumped Parrakeet ......... Psephotus hematonotus ...... 1

— -| 28

IV. Accirirxres.

pbs eKG WIG arcorssciemasyieeeaaessoeied VW MGIVUS MAGER”. «2. vecreceencereee 3

Great Hagle-owl ...............06 WBULOMMATUTUS . finscrsnccanceses 1

—. 4

V. CoLumB2.

. Naked-eyed Pigeon ............... | Columba gymnophthalina...... 6

White-crowned Pigeon............ leucocephala .......0.2000+ 4

Triangular-spotted Pigeon ...... WUMMEON. bon <0a4assesdadas 2

Cambayan Turtledove ............ Turtur senegalensis ............ 13

Vinaceous Turtledove ............ TU QUGETICN, Spee Pre npesoacne 28

Barbary Turtledove ............... (i SE POREPRE ERB OC PACE 2

- Dwarf Turtledove.................. FUMES csc sleva ve ae beesnee ss 2

o MONA DOVOs. sediessessessvcssaest> Zenaida amabilis ........0.06.5. Wr

; Barred: Doves. s.cccssncseeesecenes Geopelia striata ........c1.000 2

* See P. Z. S. 1868, p. 623.

Proc. Zoou Soc.—1869, No. XLI.

628 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE BREEDING OF [Dec. 9,

No. of instance:

of breeding =o aes

each species | ogeh

years 1548-68. Gale.

10. Red Ground-dove ..............264. Geotrygon MOntana .........+4. 5

11. Mountain-witch Ground-dove... SY IUOTTCM nce eae eee eee 1

12: Crested) Pigeon ates. .cccc-csces'. Ocyphaps lophotes.........0.04+5 23

13. Bronze-wing Pigeon ............... Phaps chaleoptera.........s100+ 17

14. Harlequin Bronze-wing ......... PASUPUOMCH «2.20.20 200025- 1

15. Wonga-wonga Pigeon ............ Leucosarcia picata .........+4. 2

16. Bartlett's Pigeon .............0.+.- Phlogaenas crinigera .......1..4. 6

Ife eNicobarePieeOnl.:.....c.cs2ecescee re Calenas nicobarica ............ 5

18. Crowned Pigeon .............0.00 Gourd coronatd ........s0000e- 5

19. Victoria Crowned Pigeon......... MUCTOTUB ssw aiciviteedes «niyo avon 2

——— 143

VI. GALLINA.

1. Pintailed Sand-grouse ............ Pterocles alchata .........0.066 1

Dy CAPCNCALIZIG wer teaeess-aqcececeesens Tetrao wrogallus ........00.008- 6

3. Cape-Francolim .. scc3i.ccesececeenes Francolinus capensis ......... 4

4, Red-legged Partridge ............ Cascais 2ufa yo sisccccatecsceres 1

5. Australian Quail .-.........sse+0. Syneecus australis.......c..1.0+- 1

6. Californian Colin ...............04- Callipepla californica ......... 10

7. Impeyan Pheasant ............... Lophophorus tmpeyanus ...... 33

8. Pallas’s Eared Pheasant ......... Crossoptilon auritum .......4. 2

9. Ring-necked Pheasant ............ Phasianus torquatus .........+.- 20

10. Japanese Pheasant ............... MEN SCOOT ec «ew siswop aca 10

11. Scemmering’s Pheasant............ —— SHMMEPTINE saeereeeeeee 3

12. Reeves’s Pheasant ..........-..0000 TOOUOSE sccoueaesdasasesles 5

13. Cheer Pheasant ...........0-.e0++0- WAWACTIG so scoisecowesisear eee 18

14. Gold Pheasant ....:0-..c0<e+rsssor Thaumalea picta .........06.05- 2

15. Siamese Pheasant ...............0+ Euplocamus prelatus ......... 1

16. Swinhoe’s Pheasant .............+. SWUUMOU, § sacseeacw-cuntee 4

7. Silver Pheasant ....202-c0<4eeseees- NYCEREMETUS ....0200.00000 i

18. Lineated Pheasant.................- UNOGUUS, <2 ctaco.saseneees oes 7

LO: Purple Kaleege .....-......ncen-os- —— horsfieldt ......ceccscceeee 19

20. Black-backed Kaleege ............ MELAMOLUS ....2.00sseceecene 19

21. White-crested Kaleege ............ GUDTCTESTOTUS «.. 0. c.00 20000 13

22. Sonnerat’s Jungle-fowl ............ Gallus sonneratid .......0.c0c0e- 9

23. Bankiva Jungle-fowl............... DONKUOG, vn cvuesostascepenes 2

24. Horned Tragopan ................>- Ceriornis SALYTEA ..-<2.00000~+s- 7

25. Black-winged Peafowl ............ Pavo NiGripennis .......1..0006- 1

ZO Navan PbeAtOWlescesecvoscce-oetesene= TUTUCUS. ..00senecosscseenses 3

27. Peacock Pheasant ..............++.- Polypleetron chinquis ......... 2

28. Ocellated Turkey ............0.+66- Meleagris ocellata .........622+4- 1

29: Brash onkey7 « vstaceacie.sseeusess Talegalla lathami .........00.+4- 10

30. Variegated Hemipode ............ LUPUS VON \ocasesassenessaies« 1

31. Rufous Tinamou ...............04- Rhynchotus rufescens ......... 8

——_——— 230

VII. Srrutuionss.

1. Common Rhea ............6..0s00e Rhea americana ....ccceceeeeee 4

2. (CassOWarys ci ..aervesaveevaccdrecteens Casuarius galeatus .........4.- 2

A, HWimit *2 5232. ceep bees: See Dromeus nove-hollandie...... 2

; —-————| ll

VIII. Gratz.

1. Mantchurian Crane ............... Grus MONTYNESIA .....4.0.00002- 3

2. Common Crane..........0.sces0+++: CURETED! vcon cossuiaorenenncees 1

3. Nun=bittern Wi cesca-cescssereseer ss: Eurypygd heads ....seseccseeee 6

4 1

ey [email protected] Fultea cristata ....cccccccccevees

1869.]

BIRDS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS.

629

No, of instances! wo. of

of breeding in | ditto in

each species each

years leis, | OPHer

By Scarlet bis ets swsdsedenckncscsoee- 0s. TOUS WILONO tasanls ccaptiacestese<nee 1

Gin Wihite bist crecespess:=---ccccsase- MUN hos abhor a neadetcteet 1

— 13

X. ANSERES.

1. Cereopsis Goose Cereopsis nove-hollandie...... 8

2. Wild Goose ....... ANSEF ENUS(: Sate veneasaedoas3ee%. 4

3. Chinese Goose .... cygnoides ..... 1

4. Barnacle Goose Bernicla leucopsis 1

5. Upland Goose Chloéphaga magellanica ...... 4

6. Ashy-headed Goose ............++- podiocephala ..rscereveee 13

7. Ruddy-headed Goose ............ TUDIANCEDS |. 50. 2sscaccceenves 8

8. Sandwich-Island Goose............ SANAVICENSIS .....000000000- 11

9. Egyptian Goose................s.00+ Chenalopex egyptiacd .......4. 2

10. Black-necked Swan ............... Cygnus Nigricollis......c..ssevee 8

14°, Blacks Swany 22220555. eee ——. A ATUS voreecceccecsencseers 14

12. Common Sheldrake ..............- Tadorna vulpanser ..cceccseees 1

13. Ruddy Sheldrake ................45 —— PUTA ersrcrscecceccrecees 7

14. White-faced Sheldrake ............ COMM ose caxanteraccecsase an 1

15. Variegated Sheldrake ............ UATUCYALA 5..concosrerceenes 3

16. Summer Duck ................00065 FATEVSDONSMwecsisstsoddckeseeeeeee 20

17. Mandarin Duck..................06- — galericulata ......c....00e- 13

165 Bahama, Duck). <iezsscpenc.ccasao our Pecilonetta bahamensis ...... 19

19. Red-billed Duck .................. erythrorhyncha ........- ft

202, Dusky DUCK strc ticasescsesscscesses ANUS OUSCUIO \ndsasacscunaates'se 19

21. Yellow-billed Duck ............... —— wanthorhyncha...........+ 4

22. Australian Wild Duck ............ SUPEPCtHOSA \..c00.cesesess 1

De) Cadwall 084. Soe sddeccsteeeecas eons SUPEPET A swascosneecncsseos 14

24, Common Teal ..............-..-06- Querquedula Creced .........04- 7

DOr GRTORNOY: 50. tea ccessesteese es ceesine CUCU secendasccpaas ness ses: 2

2G. ‘Shoveller.s.f-svec.-cee0Ners-ceroserse Spatula clypeata ......0...0000 7

Zhe Matted Duck ie ees. eset. Se sels Fuligula cristata ........1.0006 21

28. Castaneous Duck ................4- Nyroca leucophthalma ......... 6

29) Wider Duck) g2..cccaeesaetseeerene- Somateria mollissima ......... 2

SOs Herring-gull 0:0... s0s02.-cc0-2500 Larus argentatus ......cse.eeeee 6

— 231

Taste II.

No. of | No.of | Proportion

species | breeding patioweg

in list. species. |. ey number.

TL; Passores) eerie suse iee.caece eens 178 7 1 in 25:4

Die Biearlse nce. tort shes tie sctosees: 25

TEL. Prehensores: .....5.0--.0s5a000s0. 110 5 1 in 22:0

DV. -Aceipitves >. ces.ccaee-ncse tere 94 2 1 in 47-0

Wis Colambseites ceacestuacneccer cree cs 51 19 lin 26

Wil. Gallange 94. Sao. ces: 83 31 | lin 2-7

Will «Strutitiones iv. daseeeeerses..ss 7 Ay plane Lik

VIEWS Grralllaas-cssaden pociuateaee «oa. 09 57 6 lin 9:0

EX: Heroditoness. 0. ye sees. sscecc: 35

Mri PANISOLOS c.cccteecseuc doctaaceon cass 80 30 lin 26

720 108 lin 66

630 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON A NEW KINGFISHER. [Dee. 9,

6. On a new Kingfisher belonging to the Genus Tanysiptera.

By R. B. Suarre.

While on a recent visit to Paris, Mr. D. G. Elliot, F.Z.S., saw,

in the hands of M. Jules Verreaux, what appeared to him to be an

undescribed species of T'anysiptera. The specimen in question was

the property of Count Turati of Milan, and had been sent to M.

Verreaux for mounting. The latter gentleman, with his usual cour

tesy, permitted Mr. Elliot to bring the bird to England for my in-

spection. I certainly know of no known species for which it could

be taken, and therefore do not hesitate to describe it, and propose

to call it Tanysiptera ellioti, after my friend Mr. Elliot, as a slight

tribute of my admiration for his talents as an ornithologist.

TANYSIPTERA ELLIOTI, Sp. Nov.

Supra saturate ultramarina : capite toto cum tectricibus alarum

superioribus letissime cyaneis : dorso postico cum uropygio et

rectricibus omnibus purissime albis: rectricibus duabus mediis

haud spatulatis, apice tantum paulo dilatatis : subtus pure alba,

tibiis ultramarinis; hypochondriis strits ultramarinis longitudi-

naliter notatis.

Head uniform brilliant cobalt ; cheeks, ear-coverts, and the whole

of the back rich ultramarine ; lesser and least coverts brilliant cobalt,

the second series bright ultramarine, the cubital and primary coverts

ultramarine, uniform with the back ; quills entirely black, the outer

web broadly washed with deep ultramarine ; lower part of the back,

rump, and upper tail-coverts pure white ; tail-feathers all pure white,

the middle ones with no attenuated end and no perceptible spatula,

these feathers when observed from a distance and placed on a level

with the eye having a faint blue lustre; entire under surface white,

thighs ultramarine, and the flanks longitudinally marked with this

colour also; bill vermilion; feet olive-brown. Total length 13°5

inches ; of bill from front 1°4, from gape 1°7; wing 4°5; tail 4°5,

middle rectrices 8:0; tarsus 0°5, middle toe 0°7, hind toe 0°35.

Unfortunately we are not aware of the exact habitat of the present

bird. It forms part of the magnificent collection of Count Turati,

whose generosity in lending me rare and valuable Kingfishers has

before been acknowledged by me.

Notwithstanding the objections of Professor Schlegel as to the

admission of the different Tanysiptere enumerated by Mr. Wallace

(P. Z. S. 1863, p. 24), I believe them all to be good species; but I

have not replied to Professor Schlegel’s article on the genus Tany-

siptera (Ned. Tydschr. 1866, p. 272), as the learned Professor has

such ample materials at his command in the Leyden Museum that

it seems hardly fair to criticise his decisions with the limited ma-

terials we possess in this country. Nevertheless I believe all Mr.

Wallace’s species are good, and the following table will illustrate

the present condition of the genus T'wxysiptera as acknowledged

1869. | ON BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 631

by me. Of those here enumerated I have seen specimens of every

one except 7’. riedeli, which, however, is undoubtedly a very distinct

species.

A. Macula dorsali alba.

a. Subtus cimnamomina ....... sclefn/e ets Felvemaetide ducueet . 1. ZT. sylvia.

4. Subtus alba,

a', Scapularibus saturate ultramarinis: tectricibus

supracaudalibus cum rectricibus cruleo

IMEEP Win tls! < .wanssendevacaae anes aveaees dens eesmeeas 2. T. doris,

6'. scapularibus nigris, ultramarino clare lavatis :

tectricibus supracaudalibus cum rectricibus

BIPISM.Lecei oodcbcdcottceek tee eh ee ated oor seonee 3 TD. sabrina.

B. Macula dorsali nulla.

a, Uropygio coccineo ...... SesSnonE Disc sbacE eaeeaneas antetstns 4. T. nympha.

4. Uropygio albo.

a’, Cauda haud spatulata ..........ccrcesseseesseee ww. Of TL, ellioti.

b'. Cauda spatulata.

a'', Genis, regione parotica et collo postico

nigris.

a”, Rectricibus exterioribus nigris, cs-

ruleo marginatis.............s00c00e 6. 7. hydrocharis.

b''. Rectricibus exterioribus albis, cseru-

Teo) MarPinatiss: sec. c0ccece dees does 7. T. acis.

4". Genis, regione parotica et collo postico

saturate ceruleis.

a". Pileo ultramarino: superciliis cum

nucha cyaneis: tectricibus cau-

dalibus postremis nigris ......... 8. I. margarethe.

b'". Pileo concolori: tectricibus caudali-

bus omnino albis.

a''", Dorso cyaneo maculato ...... 9. T. nats.

BME Dorso COnCOLOrItesssorssec.-ae 10. Z. galatea.

e"', Genis, regione parotica et collo postico

VARIGI-CY ANIA er acsss ews csasnee she sossve LL. LZ. ruedels,

7. Third List of Birds collected at Conchitas, Argentine

Republic, by Mr. William H. Hudson. By P. L. Scuarsr,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Satvin, M.A., F.L.S.

A third collection of birds formed by Mr. Hudson at Conchitas

having been submitted to our examination by the authorities of the

Smithsonian Institution, we beg leave to communicate the following

notes on it.

The collection contains about 260 specimens, referable to ninety-

two species. Those not included in the two former lists (P. Z. 8S.

1868, p. 137, and 1869, p. 158), or which require further remarks,

are the following :—

1, Parva pitrtayumi (Vieill.).

Sylvia pitiayumi, Vieill. N. D. xi. p. 276, et E. M. p. 479, ex

Azara, no. 109,

Sylvicola venusta, Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 473.

632 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SAL\IN ON [ Dec. 9,

Three examples obtained in September 1868, and marked “ Sum-

mer visitor, very rare.”

2. SrEPHANOPHORUS LEUCOCEPHALUS (Vieill.); Scl. et Salv.

P48. 1869; p. 161.

Several skins of this Tanager.

3. SPERMOPHILA ORNATA (Licht.); Burm. Syst. Ueb. iil. p. 243,

et La Plata-Reise, 1. p. 488.

Several skins, all males, of this Finch.

4, GUBERNATRIX CRISTATELLA (Vieill.); Burm. J. ¢. p. 482.

One skin of this species.

5. DoNacospIzA ALBIFRONS (Vieill.); Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S.

1869, p. 161.

Three examples of this bird.

6. SycaLis cHLoropsis, Bp.; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 161.

Two skins of this species.

7. XANTHOSOMUs FLAVUS (Vieill.) ; Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 137.

Tordo cabeza amarilla, Azara, Apunt. i. p. 299.

Ten skins of this bird, which is not included by Burmeister in his

La Plata list.

8. AMBLYRHAMPHUS HOLOSERICEUS (Scop.); Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S.

1869, p. 161.

Many examples of this species.

9. LepraASTHENURA £GITHALOIDES (Kittl.).

Synallaxis egithaloides, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 469.

Two examples of this species, which was accidentally termed Syn-

allazis albescens in our first list (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 140).

10. SyNALLAxIs sprx1, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 151.

Three examples of this Synallaxis, which does not appear to be

included in Burmeister’s list, unless it be his S. ruficapilla, l. ec.

p- 468.

11. SYNALLAXIS SULPHURIFERA, Burm. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 636.

Two immature birds, apparently of this new species, recently de-

scribed by Dr. Burmeister.

12. SyNALLAXIS, sp. ?

One skin, in bad eondition, of a species belonging to the group

containing S. humicola (Kittl.), S. orbignyii, Reich., and S. arequipe,

nobis, P. Z. S. 1869, p.417. It is marked “very rare.” It is

perhaps S. humicola of Burmeister, /. ec. p. 468, but is decidedly

distinct from the Chilign bird of that name.

1869. | BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 633

13. PHLEOCRYPTES sTRIATICEPS (Lafr. et D’Orb.); Burm. /. ec.

p- 469.

Five specimens of this species.

14, Tanioprera pomrinicana (Vieill.); Burm. J. ¢. p. 460.

Four skins of this species, all in female plumage, in which stage

it is the Tenioptera albogrisea of Sclater’s Catalogue (Tyrannus

albogriseus of Lesson). Herr. v. Pelzeln has described the female

dress (Orn. Bras. p. 97); and in Sclater’s collection is one of Nat-

terer’s marked specimens, which agrees with the present birds. The

male is yt figured by Gould as Fluwvicola azare (Zool. Voy. Beagle,

ibe Me ey

15. FLUVICOLA ALBIVENTRIS (Spix); Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 200.

Suiriri dominico, Azara, Apunt. ii. p. 100.

A single skin of this species is marked “ Summer bird, very rare

in Buenos Ayres.” Burmeister does not mention it.

16. EmprpaGra surrirt (Vieill.) ; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii.

p- 99.

Tenioptera suiriri, Burm. l. c. p. 464.

Llainea albescens, Burm. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 634.

Three examples of this rather peculiar form, the synonyms of

which are given by Cabanis and Heine (J. s. c.) at full length.

17. Coccyzus MELANOCORYPHUS (Vieill.) ; Sclater, Cat. A. B.

p. 323; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 77.

C. seniculus, Burm. /. c. p. 444 ( partim).

Many examples of this widely distributed species.

18. Coccyzus cInEREUs (Vieill.); Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv.

p-77; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 120; Burm. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 634.

Many examples of this Cuckoo, which, as Burmeister remarks,

differs from the typical Coccyzi in having a nearly square tail. Coe-

cyzus pumilus, Strickland, from Trinidad, Venezuela, and New Gra-

nada, is of the same form.

19. LEPTOPTILA CHALCAUCHENIA, Salvadori, MS.

Paloma parda tapadas roxas, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 12. no. 320.

Peristera jamaicensis, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 20.

Peristera frontalis, Burm. 1. c. p. 497.

Several examples of this Pigeon, of which the only specimen that

has previously occurred to us was received from Dr. Salvadori for

examination with the above MS. name.

It is nearest to L. drasiliensis, but larger in size, has a shorter

bill, is rather whiter on the throat, and has the back of the neck

almost entirely bronzy green, with but a very slight purplish tinge.

634 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON [ Dec. 9,

20. Potysorvus THARUS (Mol.).

P. vulgaris, Burm. 1. ¢. p. 434.

Three examples.

21. URuBITINGA MERIDIONALIs (Lath.).

Three examples.

22. BuTEo aLpicaupatTus, Vieill., ex Azara, no. 10.

B. pterocles, Temm.

A young bird, probably referable to this species.

23. ASTURINA PUCHERANTI, Verr.; Scl. et Salv, Ex. Orn. p. 177,

t. 86.

Four skins, none of them quite mature.

24. Orus AMERICANUS (Gm.).

Nacurutu chorreado, Azara, Apunt. 1. p. 202.

O. mexicanus, Hart]. Ind. Az. p. 3.

One skin of this Owl.

25. PoreHyriops MELANOPS (Vieill.).

Two skins of this bird. In our synopsis of Rallidee (P. Z.S. 1868,

p- 461) we have admitted with doubt two species of Porphyriops,

observing that we could not consider them established until we had

had an opportunity of examining further specimens. We have now

before us five examples of this bird from New Granada, Chili, and

Paraguay, but cannot satisfy ourselves that there are grounds for

making two species of them. The white edgings of the external

secondaries vary in extent, being best shown in one of the Bogota

specimens, but apparently depend more upon age and sex than upon

locality. We are of opinion therefore that there is but one valid

species of this genus, which must be called P. melanops (Vieill.).

26. Ruyncuoprs nieGRA (Linn.) ; Burm. doe. pe 220,

One skin.

27. Arpga coco}, Linn. ; Burm. l. c. p. 508.

One skin.

28. ARDEA SIBILATRIX (Temm.); Pl. Col. 271.

Flauta del Sol, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 169.

Two examples, marked “very rare, eye white,” Not mentioned

by Burmeister.

29. ARDETTA INvoLUCRIS (Vieill.).

Garea varia, Azara, Apunt. iil. p. 185.

Ardea involucris, Vieill. N. D. xiv. p. 424, et E. M. p. 1127.

Ardevla erythromelas, jv., Bp. Cousp. ii. p. 135, et al. auct.

Mr. Hudson sends-two examples of a Little Bittern, which is cer-

1869.) BIRDS FROM THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 635

tainly the bird described by Azara and Bonaparte as above quoted.

We are, however, inclined to doubt very much whether this is really

the young of A. erythromelas, as referred by Bonaparte, Burmeister,

and other authors; and prefer waiting for other examples before

arriving at a definite conclusion upon this point. We are not at

present able to distinguish the so-called 4. erythromelas (adult)

from A. ewilis of North America,

30. Ibis CHRULESCENS, Vieill.

Ibis plumbea, Temm. Pl. Col. 235 ; Burm. J. ¢. p. 510.

One skin of this species.

31. DENDROCYGNA FULVA.

Anas fulva, Gm. 8. N.i. p. 530; Wagl. Isis, 1831, p. 532.

Dendrocygna fulva, Baird, B. N. A. p. 771, t. 63.

Anas virgata, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 918; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 435,

et La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 514.

Dendrocygna fulva et D. virgata, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 301,

et 1866, p. 149.

A good skin of this species, which we have compared with a

Mexican specimen, and find to be undistinguishable.

32. QUERQUEDULA BRASILIENSIS (Gm.).

Anas brasiliensis, Gm. S. N.i. p. 517; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 936 ;

Burm. La Plata-Reise, il. p. 517.

Two skins. ‘Pato portuguese, found in pairs.”

33. QUERQUEDULA TORQUATA.

Pato collar negro, Azara, Apunt. ili. p. 452.

Anas torquata, Vieill. N. D. v. p. 110, et E. M. p. 355 (3).

Querquedula torquata, Gray, Gen. iii. p. 616, et List of Gall.

(1843) p. 139; Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 28 (¢).

Pato ceja blanca, Azara, 1. ec. p. 453 (2).

Anas leucophrys, Vieill. N.D. v. p. 156, et E. M. p. 355; Hartl.

Ind. Az. p. 28; Gray, Gen. ili. p. 616 (2).

Two males and one female of this fine duck, of which we have only

previously seen the pair in the British Museum. Azara’s Pato ceja

blanca, which has puzzled Hartlaub and others, is certainly the

female. This sex differs from the male in the absence of the dark

chestnut on the scapularies, which are of a dull brown, in the brown

head and nape, in the absence of the black collar, and in the pure

white throat and irregular superciliary stripe. The breast is mottled

with brown, instead of being of a salmon-colour with distinct round

black spots. The flanks are white, with brown mottling, instead of

being white minutely freckled with grey.

34, Mareca CHILOENSIS (King).

Anas chiloensis, Burm. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 517.

Two examples of this species.

636 MR, SCLATER ON A NEW SPECIES OF 8YNALLAXIN2. [Dec. 9,

Mr. Hudson’s first collection contained examples of 96 species,

his second of 14 additional species, and the present of 33 species not

included in the two former, making altogether 143 species obtained

by Mr. Hudson in the neighbourhood of Conchitas.

8, On Two new Species of Synallavine. By P. L. Sctarer,

M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

(Plate XLIX.)

1. SYNALLAXIS CURTATA, sp. nov. (Pl. XLIX. fig. 1.)

Fusca, subtus dilutior, alis intus nigricantibus: pileo, tectricum

alarium et remigum marginibus eum cauda tota lete rufis:

subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis pallide fulvo-rufis :

rostro pallide corneo, mandibula ad basin varnea: pedibus

fuscis: caude rectricibus duodecim valde graduatis: long.

tota 5:0, ale 2°5, caude rectr. med. 2°3, ext. 1:2, tarsi 0°7,

rostri a rictu ‘75.

Had. in Nova Granada int.

This Synallaxis, of which I possess two “ Bogota” skins, resembles

in coloration the true S. ruficapilla, but is of the same olive-brown

below as above, and has 12 (not 10) rectrices in its tail. It is also

not unlike S. erythrops, but has the red colour entirely confined to

the crown of the head.

2. LEPTASTHENURA ANDICOLA, sp.nov. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.)

Supra murino-fusca, pileo nigro rufo striato: dorso toto albo

flammulato : loris et superciliis cum mento albis : subtus dilutior

flammulis albis frequenter variegata, hypochondriis et ventre in-

feriore cum tectricibus subalaribus ochraceo lavatis: alis cauda-

que fusco-nigricantibus, secundariis intus ad basin macula

magna pallide rufa ornatis, et rectricibus quatuor externis in

pogonio exteriore limbo albicante preditis: rostro et pedibus

nigris: long. tota 6°6, ale 2°9, caude@ rectr. ext. 1°3, med.

3°4, rostri a rictu 5°55.

Hab. in Andibus reipubl. AZquatorialis (Fraser).

A specimen of this bird was collected by Fraser, at Panza on the

southern slope of Chimborazo in Ecuador, in January 1859, but was

confounded by me with Synallaxis flammulata* (Jardine, Contr. Orn.

1850, p. 82, t. 56), to which it presents a very considerable general

resemblance, and has remained in my collection unnoticed ever since.

It belongs, however, essentially to a different group from S. flammu-

lata, its nearest real allies being S. egithaloides and S. fuliginiceps,

which are peculiar for their small, short, straight beaks, slender tarsi,

aud sharp-pointed tail of twelve rectrices—the number of rectrices

in typical Synxallaxis being ten. S. flammulata on the other hand

* T have recently discovered that my S. multostriata, P. Z.S. 1857, p. 273 (ex

Bogota), = 8. flammulata, ex rep. Aiquator.

WIOOIGNVY VUNNAHLISVIddT 2 VIVIEND SIXVTTIVNAS ‘T

dae qasuMeH N # KI UNIT Was *f

~ i vin

el dt BOS) SZ

r= H

i 2s

wr ak

Wei!

5 a | +

' eh

1869.] ON THE HABITS OF MYRMECOCICHLA FORMICIVORA. 637

has large and strong tarsi and a rather elongated bill, and appears

to belong to a group which embraces S. anthoides, S. humicola, S.

orbignit, and their allies. These birds have also twelve rectrices in

their tail. For the former group the name Leptasthenura (proposed

by Reichenbach for S. egithaloides) may be used ; the latter section

does not seem to have yet had any generic name applied to it, unless

it be possible to employ for it Asthenes of Reichenbach.

Besides the skin in my collection, I have only seen one other

example of this species, which was received by Mr. Gould from Loxa

in Ecuador along with other birds, and is now in the collection of

Salvin and Godman.

9. Note on the Habits of Myrmecocichla formicivora, as

observed near Windvogelberg, S. Africa. By G. E.

Buterr, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S8., &e.

The ‘ Mocking-bird,” so called (Myrmecocichla formicivora,

Vieill.), is common about Windvogelberg*; but I do not remember

having seen it elsewhere at the Cape. Its plumage is of a very

unpretending description, being much the colour of dark smoke,

excepting a white patch on the wings, which shows very distinctly

when it flies. On the 31st August, 1863, I saw several of them

hopping about and chirping amongst the grass. One, mounted

on the summit of an ant-heap, delighted me with a very sweet,

though rather feeble, song, which I then heard for the first time.

He jerked his tail violently up and down during the performance.

Subsequently, on the 6th September, I heard my friend the ‘‘ Mock-

ing-bird” singing loudly a long continuous song, of which the

principal part resembled the words “ Peter-wee-wee-Peter.”” I had

had no idea that his lungs were so powerful, his usual note being

rather weak and inandible, excepting at a short distance. I had been

told by a brother officer that these birds formed their domiciles in

holes in the large ant-heaps of the country ; and on the 5th Novem-

ber a nest, containing the female and four young ones, was brought

to me by one of the men of the detachment, who found it in a hole

in the ground—a small hole, he said, into which he could scarcely

get his hand, inside another larger one, one of the many kinds

of burrow so common on the Cape flats. The nest was shallow, cup-

shaped, and loosely made of grass. We put the whole concern into

a large cage, and left it for a time—within sight, however, of where

we were sitting. The old bird did not appear to be much frightened,

though she sat perfectly still upon one of the perches of the cage,

seemingly in great astonishment. Thinking that, perhaps, she might

come back and feed her young, if I let her go, I opened the cage-

door, and presently she hopped out on to the wall close by, and began

to chirrup ; she then flew away, and we saw no more of her. We

* See, for list of other birds observed here, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 21.

638 MR. BLANFORD ON ABYSSINIAN SPECIES OF HYRAX. [Dec. 9,

were obliged to kill the young ones, as they would not eat. Whilst

in the cage, the old bird whistled, every now and then, its clear,

peculiar call-note.

I have often seen these birds poised in the air, almost stationary,

with their wings quivering rapidly, after the manner of some King-

fishers, for perhaps a minute or two at a time, after which they

would shoot down suddenly to the earth, and bear off in triumph the

victim of these operations, which, I imagine, must have been some

insect. A friend of mine saw one of them engaged in devouring a

large beetle ; so that the story of their living exclusively on ants can-

not be true. They are, apparently, inquisitive birds; for whenever

I approached one of them, he stretched out his neck, and, figuratively

speaking, stood on his “tip-toes”’ to have a better look at me. I

found them exceedingly tenacious of life, requiring a deal of killing

for so small a bird. The origin of the soubriquet ‘‘ Mocking-bird,”

which, I believe, is shared by sume others of the Saxicolinz, I have

been unable to discover. I have never heard any mimicry in its

notes, though it will readily answer if whistled to.

10. On the Species of Hyrax inhabiting Abyssinia and the

Neighbouring Countries. By Wittiam T. Bianrorp,

C.M.Z.S.

During the last two years Dr. Gray has described, from specimens

in the British Museum, four new species of Hyrax from Abyssinia.

Two of these, H. brucei and H. alpini, were described in 1867, before

the Abyssinian expedition (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i.

pp. 44, 45); and two other species, one belonging to each of the

proposed genera Euhyrax and Dendrohyraa, were also shown to have

been brought from southern Abyssinia.

My attention was thus drawn to the subject of the Abyssinian

Hyraces just when starting for the expedition. During the time spent

in Abyssinia, I had many opportunities of collecting and observing

these animals ; and the first few specimens obtained exhibited such

an unusual amount of variation, that I endeavoured to procure as

large a series as I could. I collected altogether twenty-eight speci-

mens from various localities, about twenty of which are now in the

British Museum ; and these enable me, I think, to throw some light

upon the specific characters. Since returning from Abyssinia I haye

had opportunities of examining both Dr. Gray’s types in the British

Museum and the specimens now in the Berlin Museum described by

Hemprich and Ehrenberg in the ‘Symbole Physice.’ Meantime

Dr. Gray had described as new H. ferrugineus and H. irrorata, with

a variety named luteogaster cousidered to be probably also distinct,

from specimens brought from Abyssinia by my friend Mr. Jesse.

Of the specimens obtained by me, one was shot on the shores of

Annesley Bay ; three in the passes leading to the highlands, at heights

of 2000 to 4000 feet above the sea; two at Senafé, 8000 fect; a series

1869.] MR. BLANFORD ON ABYSSINIAN SPECIES OF HYRAX. 639

of seventeen of all ages at Adigrat, also at about 8000 feet (these

were procured by a collector whom I left with especial instructions

to shoot and preserve as many as he could); one at Agula, 7000 feet ;

one near Antalo, 7000 feet; two on the Wadela plateau, at above

1000 feet ; and one in the Anseba valley near Bogos, at about 4000

feet above the sea.

The specimen shot at Annesley Bay differs from all the others in

its short rather harsh fur aad apparently small size. It is immature,

but seems smaller than specimens of similar age from the highlands ;

and other individuals seen about the same burrow were equally small.

Except in size, this specimen agrees very fairly with the type of Hyrax

abyssinicus* of Hemprich and Ehrenberg; for it has a rudimentary

black dorsal spot, a character which appears usually more developed

in adult or aged specimens than in the young. — It, however, has not

the smallest resemblance to the skins from Shoa in the British Mu-

seum identified by Dr. Gray with that species, but which certainly

belong to a different species, much larger in size, and with very long

soft hair instead of the short harsh fur of H. abyssinicus.

Whether my specimen be correctly referred to H. abyssinicus

of Hemprich and Ehrenberg or not, there can be but little douht

that this species is a well-marked form inhabiting the shores of the

Red Sea, and that Dr. Gray is right in separating from it the

common Hyrax of the Abyssinian highlands with a yellow dorsal

spot.

Itis on thespecies inhabiting the highlands that my specimens throw

most light. The characters mainly relied upon for the discrimination

of the species of Hyraz are the colour of the dorsal spot, the colour

and texture of the fur, and the form of the skull. In all these cha-

racters there is so much variation that I am not in the least surprised

that Dr. Gray should have considered that there were several species

indicated by the few skins to which he had access. I cannot, how-

ever, quite coincide in this opinion. For some time I thought that

I could distinguish two species amongst my collections—one with a

well-marked yellow dorsal spot, the other with the same rudimentary

or wanting (H. irroratus, Gray). But further examination showed

that those specimens in which the dorsal streak is entirely absent

are immature, and that in the adult it is always slightly indicated ;

and there is a perfect transition from the merest indication to a dis-

tinct well-marked yellow spot. The colour of the fur varies in the

most singular manner, the principal distinction being in the greater

or less amount of rufous; but that this is simply an individual cha-

racter is shown by the circumstance that on several occasions I saw

one or more rufous individuals (H. ferrugineus, Gray) amongst the

ordinary dusky grey animals belonging to the same burrow, and also

by the variation in the extent and shade of rufous, some skins having

* Hemprich and Ehrenberg write habessinicus; but the other spelling is that

adopted by the older writers, such as Gmelin. The name Abyssinia being gene-

rally adopted from medizval if not from classical Latin, it seems unnecessary to

change it, although the true name of the country is Habesh.

640 MR. BLANFORD ON ABYSSINIAN SPECIES OF HyRAX. [Dec. 9,

only the head or back thus coloured, while in others it extends more

or less throughout. Even the texture of the fur is variable, some

specimens being rather harsher than others. One of my skins, which

appears to differ conspicuously from all the others in its excessive

softness and grey tint, is only distinguishable from a specimen of H.

brucei in the British Museum by its greyer colour and rather longer

fur. Other specimens collected by me are perfectly intermediate

between the types of H. brucei and H. alpini, while others com-

pletely connect the first named with the two species described by

Dr. Gray from Mr. Jesse’s collections. I am therefore obliged

to conclude that these species are founded on characters which,

however apparently marked, are in reality only individual and not

specific.

The only skins which I am inclined to consider possibly distinct

from H. brucei are one from Adigrat and two from Wadela. These

may possibly be varieties of the same species, as all have a rudi-

mentary black dorsal spot. The first specimen is of a very dark

brown colour much mottled with black, all the under-fur near the

skin being blackish; the hairs are yellowish brown near the end

and tipped with black. The skull is crushed and I have not ex-

tracted it.

In the two specimens from above 10,000 feet elevation the fur is

also dark, long, and moderately fine, with much less mottling than

usual. The soles of the feet, of the hinder ones especially, appear

very short. The nasal bones of the skull appear shorter. This of

course is a character varying with age; but the comparison is made

between skulls of similar development. The zygomatic arch is broader

and the series of molar teeth in the upper jaw is very much curved

in the Wadela specimens ; and in one of them, in which all the hinder

molars are well grown, although not worn, the foremost premolar

is wanting on each side of both jaws. This tooth is frequently

wanting here and there in skulls of H. brucei and is usually deficient

in the lower jaw of aged specimens; but amongst eight adult skulls

which I examined, I could find no instance of its absence throughout

both jaws.

I do not think these skins belong to the same species as the speci-

mens from Shoa already mentioned (Huhyraz abyssinicus, Gray);

they appear to me to belong to a much smaller animal, and the

colour and texture of the fur are dissimilar. 1 think they probably

belong to an undescribed form. I shall not, however, attempt to

name it on the evidence of only two skins.

With regard to the Abyssinian Dendrohyrax I can say nothing.

Dr. Gray only indicates its existence from a portion of an Abyssinian

skull figured by v. Jaeger. I have already shown that Luhyrax

abyssinicus, Gray, is not Hyrax abyssinicus of Hemprich and Eh-

renberg. Dr. Gray states that the skin of ZL. abyssinicus is not

distinguishable from that of Hyraa capensis, but that the skull differs

in the length of the diastema or space between the upper cutting-teeth

and the first premolar of the upper jaw, which is very much greater

1869.] MR. BLANFORD ON ABYSSINIAN SPECIES OF HYRAX. 641

in Euhyraz, being more than the length of the outer sides of the

first three premolars, whilst in Hyraz it is less*.

It is only with the greatest diffidence that I venture to offer an

opinion on a subject with which I have so very small an acquaintance

as osteology ; but I cannot help thinking that if the difference in ques-

tion be really of generic importance, it is remarkable that there are no

external characters in addition; and, so far as my own specimens

enable me to judge, the length of the diastema in Hyraces is a very

variable character. That it differs enormously with age is a matter

of course, but I am now speaking of adult skulls. In two from

Adigrat, the lengths are as follows in decimals of an inch : —

I. II.

Length of diastema ........ Be ee 0°35 0°45

Length of first three premolars........ 0°48 0°48

In these two, both aged specimens, the development of the teeth is

precisely similar. The skins only differ in one being more ferrugi-

nous than the other, a character certainly of no importance. Other

skulls show intermediate proportions in the length of parts of the

aw.

: I am inclined to conclude that the differences pointed out by Dr.

Gray may be of specific value, but that, where so much variation

exists within the limits of a single species, it can scarcely take ge-

nericrank. But, as I have already stated, my knowledge of osteology

is insufficient to enable me to judge fully on this subject ; and as I

may be falling into the not uncommon error of underestimating the

importance of characters to which I have not given much study, I

can only leave the matter in the hands of those better acquainted

with them. Meantime, if the Shoa animal be really distinguishable

from H. capensis, it will require a name.

The only remaining observation I can add is, that, by examination

of the specimens in both cases, I have ascertained that the species

described by Dr. Gray as Hyrar burtoni is identical with the type

in the Berlin Museum of Hemprich and Ehrenberg’s H. ruficeps

vel dongolanus. As the former name is objectionable, the rufous

head being apparently an individual peculiarity, I would suggest that

the latter be retained.

Tue following, therefore, appears to me to be the synonymy of the

Hyraces hitherto described as inhabiting North-eastern Africa.

The species indicated above may have to be added, and also, if Dr.

Gray’s suggestion be correct, H. (Dendrohyraz) dorsalis or an allied

form. But the last identification is only based as yet on a figure of

part of a skull.

* In Cat. Carn., Pachyd., and Edent. Mamm. in Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 289, Dr.

Gray says, “in the H. brucei it (the diastema) is as long as the length of the outer

sides of the first three premolars and the half of the fourth one ; in H. capensis

it is only as long as the outer sides of the first two premolars and one-third of

the third one.” From the context it is evident that H. brucei is a misprint for

Euhyrax abyssinicus. I have not access at present to the ‘ Annals’ in which the

description originally appeared.

642 MR. BLANFORD ON ABYSSINIAN SPECIES OF HYRAX. [ Dec. 9,

I. Dorsal streak black.

a. Fur harsh, mottled ; size moderate.

1. Hyrax ABYSSINICUS.

H. habessinicus, Hemp. & Ehr. Symb, Phys. pl. 2. f. 2 (the smaller

specimen only).

Hab. Shores of Red Sea near Massowa and Annesley Bay.

b. Fur soft, long; size large.

2. H. capensis?

Euhyrax abyssinicus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i.

p- 47.

Hab. Shoa, Southern Abyssinia.

II. Dorsal streak yellow.

a. Fur soft, variable in colour, but usually dark brownish

grey or brown, and mottled.

3. H. BRUCEI.

Ashkoko* of Bruce, Travels, vol. v. p. 139.

Gike of Salt.

Hyrazx brucei and H. alpini, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for

1868, ser. 4. vol. i. pp. 44, 45; Cat. Carn. Mamm. in Brit. Mus.

1869, p. 287.

H. ferrugineus, H. irroratus, and H. irroratus var. luteogaster,

Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, ser. 4. vol. iii. p. 242; Cat.

Carn. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 288.

H. abyssinicus, auct. nec Hempr. et Ehr.

Hab. Highlands of Tigré in northern Abyssinia, above 2000 feet.

b. Fur harsh, yellowish brown ; size moderate.

4, H. DONGOLANUS.

H. ruficeps vel dongolanus, Hempr. & Ehr. Symb. Phys. Mamm.

t.:2, fips’,

18h aoe Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, ser. 4. vol. i.

p. 43; Cat. Carn. Mamm. in Brit. Mus. 1869, p. 285.

Hab. Dongola (H. § EF.) ; Egypt (Burton).

H. syriacus, Schreb. (H. sinaiticus, H. & E. and Gray), approaches

H. dongolanus in colour, being dull isabelline with a large pale dorsal

spot, but the fur is soft. It inhabits Palestine, Syria, and Northern

Arabia. No species of Hyraz appears to have been as yet procured

from Southern Arabia.

* Ashkoko is Amharic, Gike Tigrai or Geez; the former the language of South

Abyssinia, Amhara and Shoa, the latter of Northern Abyssinia or Tigré.

P ZS 1869 P1L

G.H.Ford W.West amp

Emmys flavipes.

1869. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON EMYS FLAVIPES. 643

11. Description of Emys flavipes.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

(Plate L.)

The Zoological Society have lately received, as a present from the

Rev. Basil Wilberforce, a series of four specimens of a freshwater

Tortoise, which have been for several years in his possession. They

belong to a most distinct species, and one which has never before

come under my observation and is easily known by its beautiful lined

head and neck, the presence of a spot behind the eye, and a distinct

ring round the tympanum, the bright orange-colour on the underside

of the fore legs, and the narrow orange streak on the suture between

the end of the abdominal and the marginal plates, and the blackness

of the underside of the margin and the sternum. I propose to call it

Emys Fuavipes. (Plate L.)

The crown olive, sides of the face greenish, with a narrow streak

from the nostril through the eye extending on the side of the back

of the neck. Another streak from the lower side of the eyes to the

angle of the mouth, a short streak from the sides of the heak. The

under beak with a forked streak on each side, a broader transverse

band behind it; one long oval spot on the hinder part of the side

of the jaw. A line on each side of the temple, an oval spot behind

each eye, and a ring round the ear, extending behind into a longi-

tudinal streak. Pupil round, with a square spot on each side, forming

a band obliquely across the eye; neck olive with obscure reddish

spots ; sides of the neck and throat with orange streaks. Legs black,

varied with orange ; the lower side of the fore legs orange ; the tail

tapering, with orange lines. Thorax oblong, bluntly keeled ; the keel

narrower and more prominent behind. Above pale olive-brown,

slightly waved with reddish on the middle of the shield, more marked

where it makes a distinct square spot in the middle of the first ver-

tebral shield; the lateral margin slightly revolute and the hinder edge

entire ; the underside of the marginal shields and the sternum black,

with more or less white on the lateral margin of the latter ; the su-

ture between the abdominal and the marginal plates marked by a

distinct narrow orange streak.

The different specimens vary in the quantity of white on the ster-

num ; in one the sternum is nearly white, clouded with black.

In the British Museum there is a specimen of a young Terrapin

brought by Mr. Fraser from North Africa, which is very similar to

the above, and has the same black underside of the margin; but its

neck has many much narrower streaks, and there is no spot behind

the eye or rings round the ear. This specimen appears to indicate

the existence of another species, which may be called Emys fraseri.

In the same collection there is a young specimen of Terrapin in spirit

that was brought home in the Euphrates expedition, which is some-

what like the above, but there are indications of dark rings on the

discal plates. The sternum is black, edged with white ; the whole of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XLII.

644 ” MR. HARPER PEASE ON THE [ Dec. 9,

the sternum, costal process, and the underside of the marginal shield

is white, there being two small round black spots on the underside

of each of the five front marginal shields. The head and neck are

beautifully marked with very regular pale streaks, but there is no spot

behind the eye, and no ring round the margin of the ear. This in-

dicates the existence of a very distinct species; and Dr. Giinther thinks

that it is the young state of the Emys grayii, which he has lately de-

scribed (see antea, p. 504) from the adult shell, without the animal.

The Mauremys fuliginosa (anted, p. 500) has the markings on

the head and neck somewhat similar to those of Hmys flavipes, but

sufficiently distinct to define this species, which is also at once known

by the depressed and nearly uniform black shields of the shell.

12. On the Classification of the Helicterine.

By Harper Pxass, C.M.ZS.

From a history of the genus Helicter which I published in this

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1862, p. 3) it appears that it was first

named and described by Férussac in 1821 *, and that this term con:

sequently takes precedence of Achatinella (Swains.), 1828t.

I now propose to elevate it to the rank of a subfamily, and to dis-

tinguish the several groups of species which it comprises by generic

names. They are as distinct, as strictly definable, and vary even

more widely than those of any other subfamily of land shells, From

the difference in their habits and stations, we may also expect to find

the animals to vary correspondingly when examined. =

Had the several species been received in Europe at different times

without their locality being known, they would have been distributed

over five or six old established genera. They are, in fact, a natural

subfamily, confined to the Hawaiian Islands, representing within

themselves, by the forms of their shells, several genera inhabiting

distant localities, in a similar manner to several other genera inhabit-

ing Polynesia, such as Pitys, species of which have been classed by

authors with the European genus Patula, although the animals. of

the two are widely distinct. I will not notice at present the several

attempts made of late years to dismember the Helicterine and unite

several species to foreign genera, such as Balea and others, as I am

convinced that the ‘‘Testaceous classification”? adopted by those

authors will be abandoned so soon as the result of the researches of

persons now permanently located at many localities in the tropics and

elsewhere, formerly but rarely visited and hastily explored, are made

known.

As to the distribution of genera and species over the several islands

of the group, I remark generally that, with the exception of the

genus Leptachatina (the species of which are small and of simple

* Tableau Syst. des An, Mollusques, 1821, p. 56; Voy. par M. de Freycinet,

1824, p. 475.

+ Quarterly Journal of the Royal Institution, 1828, p. 81.

1869. | CLASSIFICATION OF 'THE HELICTERIN#. 645

character), no species is common to any two of the islands, and but

few analogous ; most of the genera are not only confined to one

island, but to a certain district on that island. The localities re-

corded are in many cases incorrect, especially of those species fur-

nished to the late H. Cuming by Dr. Frick.

Ten subgenera of Helicterine have been proposed by authors, all

of which, with slight modifications, I retain as genera, adding three.

388 species have been described, 166 of which I class as synonyms

or varieties ; 222 consequently remain distinct. The following Table

furnishes the area of each island in square miles, and the number of

species and genera described from each * :—

| | :

Kauai. |- Oahu. Motokai Maui. Lanai. Hawaii, |

———

Area.. .| 630 610 | 220 650 | 150 3800

Species} 21 | 128 | 24 31 | 12 6

| Genera . 2 9 Tes | 8 6 3

1 introduce only such synonyms as have not been recorded here-

tofore. They are explained below.

Family Hevicip.

Subfamily HELicrerin”.

Testa imperforata vel subperforata ; sinistrorsa vel dextrorsa ; co-

lumella plica torta munita, rarius Bulimi- vel Achatiniformi; /a-

bro intus plus minusve incrassato, rarius tenui; s@pe magis mi-

nusve expanso,

Animal ovoviviparum,

Genus 1. Hexicrer (Fér.).°

T. crassa, solida, polita, globoso-conica; apice acuto; plica colu-

mellari valida ; labro incrassato.

Helicter aptycha (Pfr.). Helicter multilineata (Newe.).

bicolor (Gul.). ovum (Pfr.).

cestus (Newc.). pulchella (Pfr.).

— decora (Feér.). perversa (Swains.) =

lugubris (Chem.). “ cinerosa’’ (Pfr.).

—~—- lorata (Fér.). swiftt (Newc.).

mustelina (Migh.). turgida (Newe.).

morbida (Pfr. ). vittata (Kve.).

I retain the generic name given by Férussac to the whole subfamily

* The small islands of Kahului, 40 square miles, and Niihau, 10 square miles,

have not been examined. - They have a scanty growth of low bushes over a por-

tion of their surface, where one or two species of Leptachatina may possibly be

found. [For a recent Map of the Sandwich Islands, see Journ. R. Geograph,

Soc. 1868, p. 361.—P. L. 8.]

646 MR. HARPER PEASE ON THE [Dec. 9,

for the group of species represented by H. lugubris (Chem.), which

was the first species described.

The species of this genus are thick, solid, polished, globose conic,

with the apex acute. They are quite distinct from Bulimella, with

which they have heretofore been associated.

Genus 2. ACHATINELLASTRU™ (Pfr.).

Achatinellastrum, Pfr. Mal. Blatt. 1854, p. 133; Mon. Hel. Viv.

1859, vol. iv. p. 531.

T. turrita aut elongato-conica, solida, epidermide nitida ; plica co-

lumellari valida, torta, dentiformi; perist. recto; labro. via

incrassato.

Achatinellastrum bilineatum Achatinellastrum johnsoni

(Rve.). (Newc.).

buddi (Newe.). liliaceum (Pfr.).

castaneum (Rve.) = olivaceum (Rve.).

“ adustum” (Rve.). —— productum (Rve.).

— cueumis (Gul.). pulcherrimum (Swains. ).

—— fulgens (Newc.). trilineatum (Gul.).

—— formosum (Gul.). vulpinum (Feér.).

grayanum (Pfr.). versipilis (Gul.).

Sec. 2.

dubium (Newc.). radiatum (Gld.).

I restrict the above genus to the species allied to 4. productum

(Rve.). They are confined in their habitat to the easterly end of

the island of Oahu.

Sec. 2 includes two aberrant forms, which agree with each other

in their general characters, but differ from the type in being of

thinner texture, not so elongate. A. dubium is without any colu-

mellar fold, and A. radiatum has it but slightly developed.

Genus 3. Butime.ta (Pfr.).

Bulimella, Pfr. Mal. Blitt. 1854, p. 119; Mon. Hel. Viv. vol. iv.

1859, p. 518.

T. imperforata, bulimiformis, polita, solida, ovato-conica, apice ob-

tuso; plica columellari valida ; labro intus incrassato.

Bulimella bulimoides (Swains.). _ Bulimella rosea (Swains.).

elegans (Newe.). rutila (Newe.).

faba (Pfr.). sowerbyana (Pfr.).

—— glabra (Newce.). swainsoni (Pfr.).

-—— hanleyana (Pfr.). —— teniolata (Pfr.).

—— ovata (Newe.).

Sec. 2.

——— byronii (Gray ). subvirens (Newc.).

decipiens (Newc.). —— viridans (Migh.).

rugosa (Newe.).

1869. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE HELICTERIN&. 647

See. 3.

Bulimella abbreviata (Rve.) = Bulimella sordida (Newc).

“‘bacca”’ (Rve.). solitaria (Newc.).

colorata (Rve.). multicolor (Pfr.).

germana (Newe.).

This genus is restricted to the species with obtuse apex, represented

by B. rosea (Swains.). They inhabit the westerly end of the island of

Oahu. A short distance from their habitat several species are found,

which we class under Sec. 2, not so robust in shape, with apex less

obtuse, and surface rough. Sec. 3 comprises a few species still further

removed from the type, being smooth, and the apex subacute. They

might also with propriety be classed under the genus Achatinel-

lastrum.

Genus 4. EsurNeE.LA (Pse.).

T. solida, polita, levis, oblongo-ovata, plica columellari valida,

torta ; labro vix incrassato ; apice obtusiusculo, aut acuto.

Eburnella casta (Newe.). Eburnella recta (Newe.).

curta (Newe.). saccata (Ptr.).

livida (Swains.). undulata (Newc.).

porcellana (Newc.).

Sec. 2.

variabilis (Newc.).

semicarinata (Newe.).

This genus is established for a group of small, solid, polished

species, resembling in their texture those of Helicter. They are

of an elongate ovate form, the apex somewhat obtuse, and the co-

lumellar fold prominent and twisted; lip but slightly thickened

within, its edge thin. They inhabit the westerly end of the island

of Oahu.

I add two species from the island of Lanai, which are more nearly

allied to this genus than any other.

Genus 5. Parruuina (Pfr.).

Partulina, Pfr. Mon. Hel. Viv. vol. iv. 1859, p. 516.

Partulina compta (Rve.). Partulina rufa (Newe.).

dwighti (Newc.). splendida (Newe.).

gouldi (Newe.). tappaniana (C. B. Ad.).

marmorata (Gld.). tessellata (Newc.).

—— proxima (Pse.). virgulata (Migh.).

Sec. 2.

crassa (Newc.) grisea (Newc.).

dolium (Pfr.).

The above genus is confined to the islands of Maui and Molokai.

648 MR. HARPER PEASE ON THE [ Dee. 9,

Of Sec. 2 the most aberrant form is Partulina crassa, which inhabits

the island of Lanai.

Genus 6. Lam1Inexxa (Pfr.).

Laminella, Pfr. Mal. Blatt. 1854, p. 126 ; Mon. Hel. Viv. 1859,

vol. iv. p. 546.

T. elongato-ovata vel turrita; plica talvegelions lamelleformi,

torta, compressa; perist. simplici, recto; labro tenui aut sub-

incrassato.

Laminella gravida (Fér.). Laminella magna (C. B. Ad.)=

picta (Migh.). “ baldwini”’ (Newe.).

violacea (Newc.) =

“ gigantea” (Newce.).

straminea (Rve.).-

Sete 2ef

bella (Rve.) = remyt (Newc.).

““polita’’ (Newc.). —— sanguinea (Newc.).

—— concavospira (Pfr.). terebra (Newe.).

concinna (Newc.). tetrao (Newe.).

erecta (Pse.). venusta (Migh.) =

fusoidea (Newc. ). “citrina’’ (Pfr.).

mighelsiana (Pfr.). zebra (Newc.).

Sec, 3.

Laminella physa (Newe.).

The typical species of this genus are peculiar in having their outer

lip thin. We place provisionally under Sec. 2 a number of species

which agree with the type in the character of the outer lip. They

are of smaller size and generally more elongate in shape.

I also add a peculiar species, inhabiting Hawaii, which Jak no

distinct allies.

Genus 7. FricKeLxa (Pfr.).

Frickella, Mal. Blatt. 1855, p. 2; Mon. Hel. Viv. 1859, vol. iv.

p. 569.

Frickella amena (Pfr.).

Genus 8. PerDIcELLa (Pse.).

T’. dextrorsa vel sinistrorsa, bulimiformi, turrita vel elongato-co-

nica, imperforata, tenuiter striata; plica columellari vix con-

spicua vel nulla; perist. simplici ; labro tenui.

Perdicella alexandri (Newc.). Perdicella sandwichensis (Pfr.).

helena (Newe.). ornata (Newe.).

minuscula (Pfr.). zebrina (Pfr.)..

manoensis (Newe.).

A group of prettily painted little shells, strictly bulimiform in all

their characters.

1869. ] CLASSIFICATION OF THE HELICTERIN&. 649

Genus 9. Newcompsia (Pfr.).

T.. sinistrorsa, subimperforata, elongata, costata, plicata, aut sul-

cata ; plica columellari nulla ; perist. simplici, subrecto.

Newcombia cumingi (Newe.). Newcombia plicata (Migh.).

cinnamomea (Pfr.). philippiana (Pfr.).

newcombiana (Pfr.). —— suleata (Pfr.).

Sec. 2.

obscura (Newc.) =

hutchinsonii (Pse.).

“ meesta’’ (Newc.).

The species of this genus are easily distinguished by their slender

elongate shape and simple columella.

I add, in Sec. 2, two species, similar in shape, but covered with a

coarse epidermis, and furnished with a slight columellar fold; one is

dextral.

Genus 10. AuricuLELta (Pfr.).

Auriculella, Pfeiff. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1855, p. 1; Mon. Hel. Viv.

1859, vol. iv. p. 569.

T. subperforata vel imperforata, oblongo-conica aut elongata ;

pariete aperturali lamella spiraliter intrante munito; plica co-

lumellari supera dentiformi vel obsoleta ; perist. expansiusculo.

Auriculella auricula (Fér.)¥ Auriculella obeliscus (Pfr.).

ambusta (Pse.).- pulehra (Pse.). -

cerea (Pfr.). « —— petitiana (Pfr.).

—— chamissoi (Pfr.). pumicata (Migh.).

—— expansa (Pse.).— triplicata (Pse.).

—— lurida (Pfr.). . uniplicata (Pse.).

This genus is the most aberrant in form of the family. The spe-

cies are smal] and distinguished by a lamina on the wall of the aper-

ture, in addition to the usual columellar fold. The young have in

some cases been mistaken for Tornatelline.

Genus 11. Amastra (H. & A. Ad.).

Amastra, Adams, Gen. Mollusca, 1858, vol. ii, p. 137.

T. plerumque dextrorsa, epidermide munita ; plica columellari

valida, le fore ; perist. intus incrassato, interdum sub-

perforato. 3

Amastra anthonii (Newe.). - Amustra reticulata (Newc.).

Sarcimen (Ptfr.). similaris (Pse.).

inflata (Ptr.). solida (Pse.).

irregularis (Pfr.). spherica (Pse.).

nigra (Newc.). —— tristis (Feér.).

nucleola (Gld.). tewtilis (Fér.),

— obesa, (Newe.). ventulus (ér.).

—— porphyrostoma (Pse.). —— biplicata (Newe.) =

—— rugulosa (Pse.). ““deshayesit”’ (Morelet).

650 MR. HARPER PEASE ON THE [ Dec. 9,

See: 2.

Amastra assimilis (Newe.). Amastra mastersii (Newc.).

affinis (Newe.). mucronata (Newe.).

——— flavescens (Newe.). ~—— melanosis (Newe.).

—— humilis (Newe.). nubilosa (Migh.).

lineolata (Newc.). pusilla (Newe.).

micans (Ptr.). —— rubens (Gld.).

modesta (C. B. Ad.). -—— variegata (Ptr.).

See. 3.

petricola (Newe.). —— elongata (Newe.).

—— soror (Newc.).

Sec. 4.

spirizona (Fér.). —— intermedia (Newe.).

turritella (Fér.) = —— luctuosa (Ptr.).

“‘luteola’’ (Feér.). —— cylindrica (Pir.).

—— porphyrea (Newc.). —— sericea (Pir.).

Ail the species of this genus are terrestrial. They are covered

with an epidermis, more or less roughened and striate, occasionally

smooth. Their colour is of a uniform dark brown, sometimes in-

clined to chestnut on the smoother species, and occasionally relieved

by light yellowish bands, at the suture usually. As the genus is re-

presented on all the islands of the group, they present more variation

in shape than those of the other genera, which may lead, when more

fully known, to their separation.

A. obesa (Newe.) and A. spherica (Pse.) are quite distinct from

the other species. I have separated, under Sec. 2, a number of

lighter growth, thin epidermis, sometimes reticulated; and three

species under Sec. 3, of small size, thin, and outer lip simple and

acute. A group inhabiting a separate range of hills on Oahu have

been associated under See. 4. Although the extreme shapes appear

to be widely apart, they are connected by intermediate forms.

Genus 12. Lepracaartina (Gld.).

. Leptachatina, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. 1848, p- 200; Mon. Hel.

Viv. 1859, vol. iv. p. 563.

1’. ovato-oblonga vel turrita, tenuis, vitrea, plerumque pellucida;

plica columellari debili, sepe nulla; perist. simplici, acuto,

recto.

- Achatini- vel Bulimiformes.

Leptachatina acuminata (Gld.). Leptachatina lucida (Pse.).

accincta (Migb.). obsoleta (Pfr.).

—— chrysalis (Ptr.). —— sandwichensis (Pfr.).

clausina (Migh.). sacatilis (Gul.).

cylindrata (Pse.). scutilus (Migh.).

kanaiensis (Ptr.). —— sculpta (Pfr.).

1869.] CLASSIFICATION OF THE HELICTERIN &. 651

Sec. 2.

Leves aut tenuiter striate.

Leptachatina antiqua (Pse.). Leptachatina gracilis (Ptr.).

brevicula (Pse.). ‘ -——— levis (Pse.).

—— cerealis (Gld.). —— nitida (Newc.).

cornea (Newe.). obclavata (Pfr.).

cingula (Migh.). obtusa (Pfr.).

compacta (Pse.). — pyramis (Pfr.).

exilis (Gul.). —— resinula (Gul.).

extincta (Ptr.). —— simplex (Pse.).

grana (Newe.). teres (Pfr.).

—— guttula (Gld.).

Costulose.

—— balteata (Pse.). —- margarita (Ptr.).

costulosa (Pse.). oryza (Pfr.).

—— dimidiata (Ptr.). —— striatula (Gld.).

- extensa (Pse.). — semicostata (Ptr.).

Susca (Newe.). —— tenuicostata (Pse.).

—- fuscula (Gul.). terebralis (Gul.).

glutinosa (Ptr.). tenebrosa (Pse.).

All the species of this genus are small, thin, and those of the type

without columellar fold. They are widely distributed, being found

on all parts of the several islands. There are a number of species

which agree with the type in their general characters, but are usually

thicker, and have a columellar fold more or less developed, and more

elongate in shape. ‘They unite with species of the genus Ladiella.

Genus 13. Lasrexya (Pfr.).

Labiella, Pfeiff. Mon. Blatt. 1854, p. 142; Mon. Hel. Viv. 1859,

vol. iv. p. 530.

T. oblonga, solida ; plica columellari torta; perist. obtuso, labiato,

margine dextro incrassato.

Labiella callosa (Pfr.). Labiella pachystoma (Pse.).

labiata (Newe.).

Sec. 2.

—- corneola (Pfr.). succincta (Newe.).

— crassilabrum (Newc.). — subrostrata (Pfr.).

—— ellipsoidea (Gld.). turgidula (Pse.).

alholabris (Newe.). vitrea (Newe.).

—— fumosa (Newe.).

This genus was founded by Dr. Pfeiffer on two species, of which

the outer lip is unusually thickened.

Mature specimens of these species not more thickened than seve-

ral other species closely allied to them in their other characters, are

common. I have censequently added several to this genus. They

approach through their varieties certain species of Leptachatina.

Both this and the previous genus will require revision as more

specimens and species are collected.

652 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE [ Dee. 9,

Synonymy.

H. deshayesii (Morelet). This species appears to have been over-

looked by all writers on the genus. I learn, however, from its

author that it is identical with H. biplicata (Newc.).

H. luteola (Fér.). This is the only one of the early described

species. which remains unidentified. It was described by Fé-

russac from the specimens collected at our islands by M. Quoy.

It will be observed that all the species collected by him are from

the island of Oahu. A variety of H. turritella (Fér.) agrees,

as to colour and other characters, with the description of M.

Deshayes especially ; and we have placed it consequently as a

synonym of this species.

H. meesta (Newe.) inhabits the island of Lanai, in company with

H. obscura (Newe.), of which it is a small variety.

H. citrina (Migh.) varies from H. venusta, Migh., only in being of

a plain uniform yellowish colour. This’ species also occurs of

a uniform slate- or occasionally olive-colour. Most of the

specimens are ornamented with black reticulated lines, more

usually confined to the spire; occasionally, however, the whole

shell is densely covered with black markings.

H. bacea (Rve.) is a variety of H. abbreviata (Rve.), of smaller size,

and of uniform colour.

H. polita (Newe.) inhabits the island of Molokai, in company with

H. bella (Rve.), from which it varies only in the disposition

of its colours. This species passes through more variations of

colour and shape than have been noted heretofore. It may be

always distinguished by its purple-tinted columella.

13. On the Cervine Animals of the Island of Hainan (China).

. By Rosert Swinnoe, F.Z.S.

I have brought with me from Hainan the horns and skins of

three species of Deer (a Cervulus, a Panolia, and a Rusa), which,

with Mr. Gerrard’s kind assistance, I have compared with specimens

in the British Museum.

1. The Cervulus I have identified with the C. vaginalis of India.

But, of the seven flat skins I procured, only one has the head skin

remaining. ~ From the frontal markings on this no doubt is left as

to the Hainan species being the Indian, and not C. reevesi of China

as one would rather have expected it to be. The forehead of this

specimen is rich chestnut, with two tufts of black hair, about 2 inch

in diameter each, set between the eyes but in rear of their line. Its

upper parts are bright chestnut, deeper along the back, and yellower

on the sides; under parts brighter-coloured, whitish on the throat

and.under neck. Its short tail is rich chestnut above, pure white

below. In one or two of the skins the fore leg from the shoulder

to the knee is strongly tinged with black. a3

1869.} CERVINE ANIMALS OF HAINAN. 653

Judging from my own skins and the specimens in the Museum,

Cervulus vaginalis attains a much larger size (say one-third) than

C. reevesi. It is of a darker and richer colour, and is at once dis-

tinguished by the two round black tufts on the forehead. In C.

reevesi these tuits are replaced by black lines, with a longer black

line starting between the ears and running along the back of the

neck to the shoulder. ;

I have two pairs of horns of the Cervulus from Hainan. The one

I take to have belonged to a two-year-old. In this the brow-antler

is a tine set inwards of the front of the beam. Total length of horn

37 inches, cleft from base 1, brow-tine from cleft 3. The horn

bends inwards at its tip; it is mounted on a long bony pedicle

23 inches long. Breadth between bases of bony pedicles 2} inches,

between horns at base 32, between horns at tips 43.

The second pair belonged to an older animal, I should say a 3-4-

year-old. In this the brow-antler is set more inwards still. The

horn measures 43 inches, its bony pedicle 14; breadth between the

latter at bases 27, between horns at bases 34, between horns at tips

335 circumference of horn at base 23. As the animal grows older

the bony pedicle shortens and thickens, and, as shown by these two

cases, the horns grow more parallel.

Mr. Blyth agrees with me in my identification of the Hainan

Muntjac. He writes, ‘“ Your Hainan Cervulus is of the species in-

habiting all India, with Ceylon, Indo-China, Malacca, and Sumatra,

as distinguished from that of Java.”

In a native work, containing some notes on the natural produc-

tions of Hainan, no difference-is recognized between this and the

ordinary Chinese species, C. reevesi. The work alludes to. it as

“the Chang, like a small deer, but: more elegant. The male is

the Keun, the female the Yu. Delights in a display of colours. The

hunters flourish before it rags of brilliant colours, and it stops to

stare at them.” The C. vaginalis is known to the Hainanese as

the Hwangkia, and wnder that name is spoken of as distinct from

the Chang in the above Chinese work. The note on the Hwangkia

is as follows :—‘ Large as a dog, has horns, and is in form a good

deal like a Deer. Its flesh, when sliced and dried, is in taste some-

what similar to that of the Deer.’ The ery of this species is very

like the short bark-like grunt uttered by C. reevesi.

2. The Hainan Panolia agrees with the.Cervus eldi of Burmah

and Siam. I have five pairs of horns and two. odd ones, and the

skin of a female in summer coat, and one of a fawn. The skin of

the fawn is of a rich chestnut, deeper, with black hairs intermingled,

on the back.. A line of indistinct yellowish spots runs along either

side of the dorsal centre from the shoulders to the tail, and a few

more of similar spots occur in rear of shoulder-blade and about the

hip-joint. The breast-girdle is brown. Between the fore legs and

hind legs is pure white, the white running down the inner centre.

of the hind legs to below the shank ; the under part of the tail and

between the buttocks are also pure white ; a dark brown line passes

down the front of the fore legs. The female skin answers well to the

skin of the buck, in summer dress, that died in the Society’s Gardens

654 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE [Dec. 9,

and is now in the British Museum, except that its hair is shorter

and white spots are disposed in two lines, one on either side of the

dorsal ridge, from the shoulders to the tail. The skin from the

Gardens has no white spots; but Cervus dimorphe of Hodgson, also

in the Museum, and without doubt a male Punolia, shows a few

scattered spots.

Fig. 1.

Cervus eldi.

a,b, Second year. c. Third year. d. Fourth year.

Two pairs of my antlers (fig. 1, a & 4) are of animals of about the

same age; I think, the second year. Both of these have the brow-

antler, but a postlateral snag only on the left horn. The brow-

antlers appear to acquire their full proportionate growth at this

stage, but the growth of the postlateral snag is irregular, The

beams of the horns lean backwards from their base, and at first

approach one another, and then, widening their distance apart, they

curve well forward, the points falling short of the vertical line from

the long brow-antler tips. ‘The brow-antlers start forward, down-

wards, and outwards from the base, and curve upwards from the

middle of their length, their tips inclining inwards ; on a side view

they form, with the shaft, two-thirds of a circle.

In a five-year old (fig. 2, p. 655) the postlaterals have lengthened

and become lateral, and a diminutive snag or two show themselves

near the points. In a three-year old (fig. 1, c) the beams are spread

out much more laterally; on the left horn the postlateral occurs

as a diminutive snag; on the right horn two together, and on the

right brow-antler, near its base, is also a small snag.

In another, somewhat larger and probably a year older (fig. 1, 2),

the postlateral snags are well determined; each brow-antler has a

small snag near its base, and the points have—the right one two

snags and the left one one. Then in order comes the five-year old,

on which I have before remarked.

Next I have two odd horns of still older animals, differing greatly

in their curve. The smaller one is thicker, has one good-sized snag

1869.] CERVINE ANIMALS OF HAINAN. 6;

Fig. 2.

Cervus eldi. (Fifth year.)

Fig. 3.

Cervus eldi.

at base of brow-antler; the postlateral snag fully developed, with

two diminutive tines together in rear of it. The point is greatly

flattened and forked on giving off a snag from above with a pimple-

like tine lower on the same surface. In the larger of the old horns

the snag at the base of the brow-antler is diminutive ; the postlateral

snag small, the point somewhat flattened, with two small tines on

its upper edge, near the postlateral, and a larger tine higher up,

making a fork with the tip. I exhibit two somewhat similar horns

(fig. 3, a, 6), perhaps of animals still more aged.

I conclude that the typical horn is free from all snags except the

postlateral, which itself is of uncertain growth.

A pair of antlers in the British Museum tally with my five-

year old; but most of the horns there are large and of more adult

656 MR; R. SWINHOE ON THE : [ Dec. 9,

animals. They have none so young as my first four; but the same

irregularity of the growth of tines and snags and the variability of

the horn obtains among them.

My old single horns, with flattened tips, afford connecting-links

between those of Panolia acuticornis, Gray, from Pegu, and of P.

platyceros, Gray, from Siam.

Mr. Blyth is of opinion that ‘the Hainan Panolia is identical

with that of Siam (P. platyceros of Gray), the distinction from the

other, or western form, being apparent as the horns increase in size.”’

The Chinese do not value the hide of the Panolia, as they con-

sider it too thin for useful purposes. They are therefore rarely

brought from the mountains, and I had much difficulty in procuring

the skins above referred to. The Chinese destroy this Deer, as

they do all others, for the young horn. The native work on Hainan

makes no distinction between this and other spotted Deer. It

simply gives, “ Deer (spotted). The male is the Ava, the female the

Yew, the fawn the Me. Its young horns are like pink brinjals,

three or four inches in length, and lovely fresh red; but in a very

short time their tops decay and their bases get dry. If you break

one it is like hard wood inside. These horns are called ‘ pink

horns,’ and are not equal to the product of Szechuen.” This Deer

is called Liak in the Hainan dialect.

3. Of the Hainan Sambur I have three pairs of horns, and the

skins of a male and female, both adult, in winter coat. The skin of

the male has coarse and stiffish hair, which is softer in the female.

The former has blackish-brown on the forehead and between the

horns, fading into a brown line along the back of the neck, which

broadens and blends away along the back. In the female the neck-

hair is shorter and the line more distinct. General colour of the male

skin umber-brown, deeper on the back. Fore legs deeper-coloured

on the outer surface, buff-white on the under and between the legs.

Breast with softer and more woolly hair, of a blackish umber-brown.

Belly, under hind legs, and buttocks white. The upper hair termi-

nates at the buttocks and thighs with chestnut, which is followed by

the white of the under sides. Hind legs deep umber, white on their

inner sides. Hair of the hind neck and back with light brown basal

halves; that of the sides with white bases, which gives a grizzly

appearance in some lights. : ;

The female fur is softer and of a more uniform colour, with a

wash of chestnut, which is rather darker and richer on the rump.

The white on the under parts is disposed as in the male.

The male skin measures, from behind the horns to the root of the

tail, 43 feet, the female skin 3 feet 8 inches. The grizzled appear-

ance of the fur struck me at once as peculiar, and I felt sure that I

had got a Sambur different from the dark Formosan race. In this

respect it is very similar to the skins of the Indian Sambur, but ap-

proaches the C. rusa of Java in the whiteness of the under parts.

My three pairs of antlers, which are of different ages, are all cha-

racterized by having the hind prong of the apical fork short. The

youngest pair (fig. 4, 2) I take to have belonged to an animal of two

years, the second pair (fig. 4, 6) to an animal of three years, and the

1869. ] CERVINE ANIMALS OF HAINAN. 657

third pair (fig. 5) to an animal of, say, five years.. They all have

brow-antlers and a postlateral snag below the point of the main beam.

The youngest pair incline away from one another at a very slight

angle, being 37 inches apart at the base and 7 inches between the

upper forks; the points stand 8 inches apart. The right horn mea-

sures 133 inches in length, the left horn 123. Their circumference

Fig. 4.

Sambur from Hainan.

a. Two years old. 4. Three years old.

Fig. 5.

Sambur from Hainan: (Five years old.)

at base of beam is 5}, at middle of beam 33, he brow-antler

inclines outwards, and measures from the cleft 13 inch; the post-

lateral snag a little inwards, and measures from its cleft 1 q3. the

point from upper cleft 33. From the brow-cleft to base of horn is

33, and the bony pedestal below is high, and inclines. forwards and

658 MR. RK, SWINHOE ON THE [ Dee. 9,

then backwards. The beam inclines backwards and upwards, and

then curves gradually forwards and sidewards.

In the three-year pair the bony pedicle sinks in height, and the

brow-antler lengthens greatly, making a deeper cleft; the horns

incline from each other at a much greater angle; the hind snags

lengthen and become more lateral, and the points are much larger ;

the beam the while remains much the same in length and thickness.

The measurements are—

inches.

Total Jeneeh et norm: 325.24 ni. as 050 a ease

Length of brow-antler from‘cleft ............ 63

— of cleft to base of horn....... a

——— of upper cleft to point ......... 63

-—_—— of postlateral snag ................. Qf

Distance apart at base of horn .............. 32

below mapper cleft <2... ........-... + amalOZ

——— of brow-antlers.................... 11

5 SA ARI oo asco, wig aay eto ge ae Ll

+= -— of hind snags... 9: ... Seen: an done. 10%

In the five-year old the horns are in every way larger and longer ;

the brow-antlers and the points are much lengthened, and curve

inwards. The postlateral snags become still more lateral, and a rudi-

mentary tine shows itself on the inner side of the right brow-antler,

near the cleft.

Measurements.

: inches

Total length of horn .. Pe ee 18

Length of brow-antler from cleft ..... ...... 8

——— of cleft to base of horn......... 24

——— of upper cleft to point .......... «aaa

—— of postlateral nae. . vn: 2 <ddintestn. ovement

Distance apart at base of horns.... .....-..- dt

below upper cleft ............. 122

——— of brow-pntlers: 5.0). « .,./.is eb sc oes > 114

——=—=at POIs Ge... £455)... suwk Seg ecdee, eh dZ

-——— of hind snags.............. 9

Circumference at base of beam.............- 52

(ONE Gn OIGODS 6.0 Uso meas oe 4

The horn of the typical Sambur (C. aristotelis), of which there

is a large series in the British Museum, is well marked by having

the hind snag of the apical fork prolonged into the main prong, while

the fore snag is reduced into a secondary position; this character

seems to hold good throughout the series. But the Museum has

also horns from unknown localities, which resemble our Hainan spe-

cimens in the shortness of the hind snag and the prolongation of the

fore snag; and in Mr. Flower’s possession I have seen horns which

agree closely with mine. Mr. Flower’s specimens were received from

Mr. Blyth, but, unfortunately, it is not known in what part of India

they were collected. The horns of the Formosan Sambur (C.

swinhoii) are-of much the same form as those of the Hainan race,

1869.] CERVINE ANIMALS OF HAINAN. 659

but are stouter in the beam, while those of C. rusa of Java approxi-

mate to those of the typical Sambur. I am led to the conclusion that

the Hainan race is distinguishable from the Sambur of India proper

(C. aristotelis) by the shape of its horns at their apical bifurcation

and by its smaller size, and from the Cervus swinhoii, Sclater, of

Formosa, by the longer and less robust beam of horn, and by the

different coloration of the fur; and I believe it to be identical with

the Cervus equinus, Cuv., of Sumatra and Borneo, a good figure and

description of which are given by S. Miiller in the ‘ Verhandelingen,’

Zool. p. 213, pl. 42.

Mr. Blyth was so good as to inspect my horns from Hainan, and

has written to me the following :—‘* As for the Sambur horns, I

consider Cervi equinus, aristotelis, and hippelaphus to be one and the

same, though showing some local differences, as is equally the case

with horns of C’. elaphus. Eastwards of the Bay of Bengal the animal

seems to be smaller, and more or less nigrescent in Borneo, less so

in Malacca and Sumatra than in Borneo, but always different from

C. rusa of Java, of which C. moluccensis is a diminutive, and C.

timoriensis a further diminutive. C. swinhoii of Formosa holds the

same relation to C. hippelaphus as C. taivanus to C. mantchuricus,

and C. moluccensis to C. rusa.”’

The Sambur is an abundant species on the jungly mountains of

the southern half of Hainan; and large numbers are yearly slaugh-

tered by the independent Le tribes, and the skins and horns bartered

to the Chinese. The skins are carried to the capital city, where the

hair is planed off, and are then exported as raw hides to Canton.

The only time I saw the Hainan Sambur in its live state was on the

19th March, at Nychow (S. Hainan). We had scrambled through

the jungle near the shore on to an open hill. Beyond us and the

mountain was a deep ravine, with a stream trickling through it. We

stopped to rest on the hill-top overlooking the ravine, when, on the

opposite side, passing up from the streamlet, we noticed a fine horn-

less buck and two doe Sambur. They did not observe us, but con-

tinued lazily upwards, nibbling off the leaves of bushes as they went.

We crossed the ravine and ascended to the edge of an open green-

sward, which the deer had already gained. At the further corner of

the sward, about 60 yards off, with jungle in rear of them, they

stood staring at our intrusion. My comrade bustled up behind

with his gun, and they took alarm. The buck stamped his foot and

uttered a loud half grunt, half scream, and they all charged into the

thicket. After they had attained a height on the hill, the noise of

the crushing and cracking of the brush before them ceased, as if they

had stopped tu have another look at us; but the noise was soon re-

sumed, until they were too far off to be heard.

This Deer is called by the Hainanese Twabé, or Mountain Horse.

The Chinese work has the following remarks on the species :—“ The

ancients say it is like a Deer, but larger, and assembles in herds of a

hundred or more. Its horns bend backward, and are without tines.

Its hair is like that of the Mountain-Cow. Below its eyes are two

other eyes, which close in the day and open at night. It delights

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XLIII.

660 ON THE CERVINE ANIMALS OF HAINAN. [Dec. 9.

to enter thorny thickets. The Le people procure them, and barter

their hides for cloth. The hides are good for sleeping upon, as they

protect against the damp ground.”

4. This allusion to the ‘‘ Mountain-Cow”’ induces me to extract the

observations in the same Chinese work on that animal. After men-

tioning domestic cattle which have run wild, the book says :—‘ There

is another race, like cattle, but with red eyes. They walk about

among the hills in herds, and are not pressed at the sight of men.

They are called ‘Mountain Cows.’ In the hills of the Le terri-

tory they are particularly abundant.’’ ‘The ‘‘ Mountain Horse,” or

Sambur, has similar hair, we are told. Can the “ Mountain Cow”

be the Budorcas taxicolor of Hodgson, or some species allied to it ?

This must for the present remain a question, as I learned nothing

of this animal from the natives, and got no samples of it.

5. The Kiung shan Heen che (or Gazetteer of the Kiungshan

District of Hainan), the Chinese work referred to above, also men-

tions the King, an animal “like the Spotted Deer, but smaller,

and of a black colour.” The character King (pronounced Kiu-ng

in Amoy) is the local name in Fokien for the Cervulus reevesi ;

and the same character is read Kia in the Hainan dialect; but in

this work another character is given for the Kia of Hwangkia, the

Hainan name for the Cervulus vaginalis. I should have thought

that the King of the Chinese work might apply to some species of

Capricornis, perhaps to C. sumatrensis, which occurs in Malacca and

Tenasserim, but for the following remarks made in the same list of

Hainan animals. ‘The Choo or Me drops its horns in the fifth

moon (July). The velvety horns are of use, and as good as those

of the Spotted Deer.” A work of the former Han dynasty says

that the hills of Tanurh and Choogai (districts into which Hainan

was divided in the last century B.c.) abound in Choos and Kings.

Yen Shekoo, in a commentary on the above, explains that the Choo

is like a spotted deer, but larger. The ‘Ming Yuen,’ or “clear illus-

trations,” ‘‘ affirms that a full-grown Luh, or spotted deer, is called

a Choo. The herd follow it, observing its tail as their guide. Its

tail is used for brushing off dust. Flap carpets with it, and they

will not breed moths. Placed between crimson silks, the colour of

the silks will not fade for years.”” It will thus be seen that Choo

(which is written with the radical for deer, and the character for

lord) is simply the monarch or leader of a herd of spotted deer,

which in Hainan would be Panolia. In the same way, with refer-

ence to the Formosan Deer, I have discovered that Me applies to a

large buck of the Sambur group. The character King is here

adopted, apparently, for the Panolia in its dark winter dress.

6. Under the head of Hare another and the last Cervine animal

is spoken of as ‘a large species (vf Hare), called Pé, of a grey

colour, with feet like a deer. The Kiungchow people often keep it

alive.’ This must be a species of Tragulus, and probably, I think,

T. meminna, of which the British Museum has a specimen from

Cambodia. I did not have the good fortune to fall across this little

animal on my visit to Hainan.

LIST

Jan.

14.

19;

20.

661

APPENDIX.

OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1869.

. 1 Black Ape Cynopithecus nger), 2. Purchased.

. 1 Macaque

onkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Miss Elmhirst.

real ee Hyena (Hyena crocuta), 3. Born inthe Menagerie.

armoset Monkey (Hapale jaechus), 2. Presented by Miss

F, Hill.

. 1 Black Swan (Cygnus atratus). Presented by H. R. Cox, Esq.

. 1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis), g. Received in

exchange.

. 1 Two-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius bicarunculatus), 9. Pur-

chased.

1 Cinnamon Bear (Ursus americanus, var. cinnamomea), ¢.

Purchased.

1 Javan Civet (Viverra tangalunga). Purchased.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata), $. Presented by

Vero K. Shaw, Esq.

1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétos), 2. Presented by Alfred

Dixon, Esq.

2 pairs Impeyan Pheasants (Lopophorus tmpeyanus). Received

in exchange.

1 King Vulture (Gyparchus papa). Purchased.

2 Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Purchased.

4 Orange-headed Conures (Conus yendaya). Purchased.

1 White Peafowl (Pavo cristatus), ¢. Received in exchange.

500 Salmon Ova (Salmo salar). Presented by F. T. Buckland,

sq., F.Z.S.

200 Groat-Trout Ova (Salmo lacustris), Presented by F. T.

Buckland, Esq., F.Z.S.

200 Salmon-Trout Ova (Salmo trutia). Presented by F. T.

Buckland, Esq., F.Z.S.

100 Charr Ova (Salmo umbla). Presented by F. T. Buckland,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Crowned Eagle (Sprzaétus coronatus), 2. Purchased,

662

APPENDIX.

Jan. 20. 1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis), g. Presented

22.

23,

by Mrs. Hutton.

. 2 Rhesus Monkeys (Macacus erythreus), $. Presented by F.

Luck, Esq.

5 Bass (Labrax lupus). Presented by H. Lee, Esq.

2 Soles (Solea vulgaris). Presented by H. Lee, Esq.

3 Flounders (Platessa flesus). Presented by H. Lee, Esq.

1 Turbot (Psetta maxima). Presented by H. Lee, Esq.

1 Armed Bullhead (Aspedophorus cataphractus). Presented by

Hi. Lee, Esq.

1 Unctuous Sucker (Ziparis vulgaris). Presented by H. Lee,

Esq.

1 Arabind Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), Presented by

Com. W.G. Aldrich, R.N.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), 3. Deposited.

1 Mandarin Duck (Azx galericulata), 3. Purchased.

4 Red-bellied Waxbills (Estrelda rubriventris). Presented - by

W. G. Dowling, Esq.

2 Nutmeg Birds (Mina undulata), 3. Presented by W. G.

Dowling, Esq.

1 Red-headed Weaverbird (Euplectes madagascariensis), Pre-

sented by W. G. Dowling, Esq.

1 American Badger ( Zaxidea americana). Purchased.

» 1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by F. Petford, Esq.

1 Pallas’s Eared Pheasant (Crossoptilon auritum), 3. Received

in exchange,

. 1 Crested Ground-Parrakeet (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Pre-

sented by A. M. Speer, Esq.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

G. B. Train, Esq.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus). Presented by T. W.

Newman, Esq.

1 Dusky Parrot (Pionus violaceus). Purchased.

- 1 Large Swiss Trout (Salmo lacustris). Presented by Mr. Groves.

. 1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierax monogrammicus). Purchased.

Feb, 2. 1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptis caudivolvulus), 3. Fyrom Buenos Ayres.

Presented by Dr. John Palin, C.M.Z.S.

2 Capybaras (Hydrocherus capybara). From Buenos Ayres.

Presented by George Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Psesented by

Charles James, Esq.

. 1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Caretta imbricata). Presented by

Messrs Gilson and Quelch.

1 American Brown Crane (Grus canadensis). Purchased.

1 Carolina Conure (Conwrus carolinensis). Presented by F. G.

Streatfield, Esq.

. 2 Globose Curassows (Crax globicera). Received in exchange.

3 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Received in exchange.

4 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps chrysochlora). Received

in exchange,

4 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Received in ex-

change.

I Talegalla ( Talegalla latham’). Received in exchange.

1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Received in exchange.

11 King Parrakeets (Aprosmictus scapulatus). Received in ex-

change.

Feb, 5.

16.

16,

17.

18.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 663

7 River-Lampreys (Petromyzon Jiuviatilis). Presented by F, T.

Buckland, Esq., F.Z.S, :

. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Purchased.

1 Common Wild Cat (Felis catus), Presented by Capt. the

Hon. H. T. Fraser.

ek Ding? (Canis dingo), 3. Presented by J.C. Macdonald, Esq.,

F.ZS.

. 1 Vieillot’s Fire-backed Pheasant (Explocamus vielloti), 3d. De-

posited.

1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Ceriornis temminckit). Deposited.

1 West-African Crocodile ( Crocodilus vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Capt. Pain.

2 Bengalese Leopard Cats (Felis bengalensis). Presented by

Major J. Pearse, Madras Staff Corps.

1 European Lynx (Felis lynx). Purchased.

1 Mallee Bird (Letpoa ocellata), Presented by the Directors of

the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, South Australia.

3 Australian Monitors (Monitor gouldii). Presented by the

Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, S. Australia.

4 Stump-tailed Lizards ( Trachydosaurus rugosus). Presented by

the Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, S. Australia.

3 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus maug@i). Presented by the

Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, S. Australia.

1 Golden-bellied Beaver Rat (Hydromys chrysogaster), 3. Pre-

sented by the Directors of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, S.

Australia.

1 White Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by W. A. F orbes, Esq.

1Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt.

Melville Clarke,

1 Grey Ichneumon (Heryestes griseus). Presented by Capt. R.

O. B. Crowther.

. 1 Syrian Fennec (Canis famelicus), $. Presented by the Sinai

Survey Expedition.

1 American Brown Crane (Grus canadensis). Purchased.

1 Emu (Dromeus nove hollandie). Presented by H.R.H. the

Prince of Wales.

2 Brazilian Tortoises ( Testudo tabulata). Purchased.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalungista vulpina), 2. Presented by

Capt. Jas. N. Smart.

. 1 Jelerang Squirrel (Seiwus bicolor),2. Purchased.

» 2 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroos (Petrogale xanthopus), ¢.

Presented by Capt. Bolton, Edinburgh.

. 4 Indian Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.

» 1 Green Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius chalybeus). Presented

by Mr. Edward Hawkins.

1 Teguexin Lizard (Teius teguexin). Purchased.

.» 1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus), g. Born in the Gardens.

. 2Red-winged Parrakeets (Aprosmictus erythropterus). Deposited.

- 2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), § and 9. Pre-

sented by J. W. Tyas, Esq.

1 Sooty Phalanger (Phalangista Juliginosa), 3. Presented by J.

W. Tyas, Esq.

1 Cereopsis Goose (Cereopsis nove hollandie). Presented by J.

W. Tyas, Esq.

- 1 Pike (Zsox luctus). Presented by Mr. P. W. Madsen.

1 Senegal Touracou (Corythaix persa). Purchased,

664

Mar. 5.

15.

16.

24,

APPENDIX.

2 Leopards (Felis leopardus), and 9. From Sierra Leone.

Presented by Mrs. Thos. Brassey.

1 Stump-tailed Lizard (Trachydosawus rugosus. Presented by

Capt. Clarke.

. 2 Golden Agoutis (Dasyprocta agouti), and 2. Presented by

H. M. Ridley, Esq.

1 Restless Cavy (Cavia aperea). Presented by H. M. Ridley, Esq.

1 Senegal Coucal ( Centropus senegalensis). Purchased.

1 Red and Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.

2 Red-breasted Pigeons (Phlogenas cruentata). Purchased.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Presented by

James Boorne, Esq.

1 Eland (Oreas canna),2. Born in the Gardens,

3 Menopomas (Menopoma alleghaniense), _ Presented by the

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, U.S.A.

2 Florida Land-Tortoises ( Testudo polyphemus). Presented by

the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, U.S.A

. 2 Cuvier’s Podargus (Podargus euviert). Purchased.

. 1 Coati (Nasua nasica), 9. Purchased.

. 3 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesit), 1 ¢ and2Q. De-

posited.

1 Cape-Bunting (Lringillaria capensis). Presented by Miss C.

oyle.

4 edie pede Whydah Birds (Vidua macroura). Presented

by Miss C. Boyle.

3 Amaduvade Finches (£styelda amadava). Purchased.

4 Orange-cheeked Waxbills (Zstrelda melpoda). Purchased.

4 Crimson-eared Waxbills (Zstrelda phenicotis). Purchased.

4 Common Waxbills (£strelda cinerea) Purchased.

4 African Silver-bills (Mania cantans). Purchased.

2 Yellow-rumped Seed-eaters( Crthagrachrysopyga). Purchased.

2 Occidental Finches ( Quelea occidentalis). Purchased.

4 Hooded Finches (Amadina cucullata). Received in exchange.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De-

osited.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Capt.

G. Ei. Bird.

1 Yaguarundi Cat (Felis jaguarundi). Presented by Capt. G.

E. Bird

. Bird.

1 Dorsal Squirrel (Seruus dorsalis). Presented by Capt. G.E. Bird.

. 1 Egyptian Monitor (JZonitor niloticus). Purchased.

3 Crested Ground-Parrakeets (Calopsitta nove hollandie),1 3,

22. Presented by John Lacey, Esq.

18 Rutfe or Pope (Acerina cernua). Presented by F. Jonas, Esq.

27. 1 Coati (Nasua nasica), 3. Purchased.

. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), 2. Presented

by Capt. J. Cracknell.

. 1 Musk-Deer (Moschus moschiferus),2. Presented by Colonel

F. R. Pollock, C.S.I. Commissioner, Peshawur, Punjaub, India.

. 1 Brown Bear ( Ursus arctos),3. Deposited.

1 Domestie Dog (Canis familiaris), 3. Deposited.

. 2 Maguari Storks (Ciconia maguari). Presented by George

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Great Eagle-owl (Bubo maximus). From Gibraltar. Deposited.

1 Cape Eared Owl (Otus capensis). From Spain. Deposited.

2 Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Purchased.

Apr. 6.

va]

10.

1k,

12,

13.

14.

16.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 665

2 Black-tailed Water-hens (Zribonyx ventralis), Hatched in

the Gardens.

1 Lion (Felis leo),3. From Babylonia. Deposited.

1 Aoudad (Ovis tragelaphus), $. Born in the Menagerie,

2 African Tantalus (Tantalus ibis). Purchased.

. | Hybrid Kangaroo (between Halmaturus bennettii, 3, and Hal-

maturus ruficollis, 2). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus),?. Born in the Mena-

erie.

2 Cretan Goats (Cupra beden), $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Red and Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by the

Earl Nelson.

. 1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by Francis Halsey, Esq.

1 Blue-crowned Conure (Conurus hemorrhous). Presented by

Mrs. Wright.

1 Cretan Goat (Capra beden), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Ibex (Capra tbex), $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Adder (Pelias berus). Presented by W. R. Tate, Esq.

1 Tasmanian Piping Crow (Gymnorhina organica). Deposited.

1 Equine Deer (Cervus equinus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

3 Black-tailed Water-hens (Zribonyx ventralis). Hatched in

the Gardens.

2 Pied Rats (Mus rattus), Sand 2. Presented by J. Mason, Esq.

1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin), $. Presented by

John Gould, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Blackheaded Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by John

Gould, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Common Peafowls (Pavo cristatus),j and 2. Presented by

Maj.-Gen. J. K. Whistler.

1 Mangabey Monkey (Cercocebus ethiops),Q. Presented by

Col. Addison.

2 Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna vulpanser), Sand. Received

in exchange.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

1 Crimson-crowned Weaverbird (Euplectes flammiceps), 3.

Presented by Miss C. Boyle.

1 Obscure Finch (Serius, sp. ign.), 9. Presented by Miss C.

Boyle.

L Teckea Falcon (Falco islandicus), 9. Presented by Capt. J.

A. Martyn.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchellii), 3. Deposited.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Purchased.

. 1 Secretary Vulture (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Presented by

J. S. Mackenzie, Esq.

1 ASlian’s Wart-hog (Phacocherus eliani), 2. From Zoula,

Abyssinia. Purchased.

1 Smew (Mergus albellus),?. Purchased.

5 Golden Plovers (Charadrius pluvialis). Purchased.

12 Lumpfish ( Cyclopterus lumpus). Purchased.

1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanicus), 2. Presented by J.

Deacon, Esq.

1 Polecat (Mustela putorius). Presented by F. H. Salvin, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolyus), $. Presented by

John Ferris, Esq.

1 Marsh Harrier (Cireus erugimosus), 3. Purchased.

1 Common Bittern (Botaurus stellaris). Presented by the Hon.

T.-de Grey, M.P., F.Z.S.

666

Apr. 16.

ive

19.

20,

21.

22.

23.

26.

27.

29.

30.

APPENDIX.

1 African Tantalus (Zantalus ibis). Purchased.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Callithrix sciureus), 3. Purchased.

1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by George W. Arnott,

Esq.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica),?. Presented by Chas. Denneley, Esq.

1 Se ae Adder (Pelias berus). Presented by F. D. Drewitt,

1 Nilotic Trionyx (Trionyx niloticus). Presented by Alexander

Baird, Esq.

2 Bower-birds (Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus). Purchased.

2 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrots (Loriculus galgulus). Pur-

chased.

1 Viscacha (Lagostomus trichodactylus). Bornin the Menagerie.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), g. Presented by D. M.

Eder, Esq.

1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Presented by Dr. Somer-

shield.

5 Cuming’s Octodons (Octodon cumingit). Born in the Mena-

erie,

1 Entellus Monkey (Semmnopithecus entellus), $. Purchased.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet, yellow var. (Paleornis torquata). Pre-

sented by Lieutenant C. H. T. Marshall.

2 pairs Virginian Colins (Ortyx virginianus). Purchased.

2 pairs Californian Quails (Callipepla californica). Purchased.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

2 Common Boas (Boa constrictor). Presented by Capt. Perry.

1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Presented by the Lord

Willoughby d’Eresby.

2 Tibetan Wolves (Canis laniger). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Temminck’s Snapper (Macroclemmys temminckii). Deposited.

1 Arabian Bustard ( Otzs arabs). Received in exchange.

6 Bourke’s Parrakeets (Zuphema bourkii). Purchased.

2 Blue-Bonnet Parrakeets (Psephotus hematogaster).

1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Caretta imbricata). Presented by Capt.

Miles.

2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Deposited.

4 Mountain Witch Doves (Geotrygon sylvatica). Deposited.

1 Goss’s Owl (Otus grammicus). Deposited.

4 Zenaida Doves (Zenaida amabilis). Deposited.

4 White-fronted Doves (Leptoptila jamaicensis). Deposited.

1 White-crowned Pigeon (Columba leucocephala). Deposited.

1 Moustache-Pigeon (Geotrygon mystacea). Purchased.

2 Zenaida Doves (Zenaida amabilis). Purchased.

2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Stevens.

. 1 Red and Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by Mrs.

Bancroft.

1 Chequered Elaps (Zlaps lemniscatus). Purchased.

2 Virginian Colins (Ortyx virginianus), g and 9. Presented

by P. L. Simon, Esq.

1 Diai Bird (Copsychus saularis), Purchased.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), 3. Deposited.

4 Common Adders (Pelias berus). Presented by W. B. Hume,

Esq.

1 Markhoor ( Capra megaceros), §. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Masked Paradoxures (Paguma larvata). Born in the Me-

nagerie.

May 1.

ve)

10.

11.

12.

13.

te f

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 667

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 2. Presented by George

Felstead, Esq.

1 Ostrich (Strathio camelus), g. Purchased.

. 2 Mouflons (Ovis musimon), g and $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), g. Presented

by Miss Cook.

- 1 Bay Cow-bird (Molothrus badius). Presented by George

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Southern Cow-birds (Molothrus bonariensis). Presented by

George Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Azara’s Opossum (Didelphys azare), $. Presented by George

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). Purchased.

. 1 Lumpfish (Cyclopterus lumpus). Purchased.

1 Armed Bullhead (Aspidophorus cataphractus). Purchased.

1 Sordid Dragonet (Callionymus dracunculus). Purchased.

4 Greenland Seals (Phoca grenlandica), §. Purchased.

» 1 Common Sturgeon (Acipenser sturio). Presented by Messrs.

Grove and Co.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus), $. Presented by Ro-

bert G. Moger, Esq.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), g. Purchased.

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristata). Purchased.

1 King Vulture (Gyparchus papa). Purchased.

2 St.-Helena Seed-eaters (Crithagra butyracea). Purchased.

1 Brush-tailed Porcupine (Atherura africana). Purchased.

2 Yellow-rumped Seed-eaters (Crithagra chrysopyga). Pur-

chased.

1 Crimson-faced Waxbill (Pytelia elegans). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 3. Purchased.

2 Weasel-headed Armadillos (Dasypus encoubert). Purchased.

2 Vieillot’s Pheasants (Euplocamus vieilloti), G and 9. Pre-

sented by Col. A. S. Greenlaw.

. | Alexandrine Parrakeet (Paleornis alexandri). Deposited.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 2. Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Bronze-winged Pigeon (Phaps chalcoptera). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Greenland Seal (Phoca grenlandica), 9. Purchased.

2 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina lathami). Purchased.

1 Cashmere Shawl-Goat (Capra hircus), 9. Born in the Me-

nagerie.

2 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Presented by

Capt. S. Babot.

6 Variegated Sheldrakes (Zadorna variegata). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Syrian Wild Ass (Equus hemippus), ¢. Born in the Mena-

erie.

1 Geceanne Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla). From the Island of

Saghalin. Presented by Captain Blaliston.

1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), ¢. From Jesso, Japan. Pre-

sented by Captain Blakiston.

1 Red and Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by Mrs, Ford

North.

1 Ursine Colobus ( Colobus wrsinus), 2. Deposited.

668

May 18.

14,

18.

19.

20.

21.

30.

31,

APPENDIX.

2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

3 Young Water-Ousels (Cinclus aquaticus). Presented by W.

Dunbar, Esq.

1 Pallas’s Eared Pheasant (Crossoptilon auritum), 3. Purchased.

1 Golden-headed Marmoset (Hapale chrysomelas). Purchased.

2 Alpine Choughs (Pyrrhocorax alpinus). Purchased.

2 pea lS Parrakeets (Brotogerys pyrrhopterus). Pur-

chased.

4 Olive Weaverbirds (Hyphantornis capensis). Purchased.

2 White-fronted Olive Weaverbirds (Pyrenestes albifrons), Pur-

chased.

1 Rock-Thrush (Petrocincla savatilis). Presented by Sir S.

Lakeman.

1 Eastern Nightingale (Luscinia major). Presented by Sir 8.

Lakeman.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes awropunctatus). Presented by

C. Emery, Esq.

2 Greenland Seals (Phoca granlandica). Presented by Sir C.

M. Lampson, Bart., F.Z.S.

1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by Mr. Alderman

and Sheriff Cotton.

8 Ruddy Sheldrakes (Tadorna rutila). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by F.

Egerton Hine, Esq.

1 Stanley Crane ( Tetrapteryx paradiseus). Purchased.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Purchased.

2 Aard-Wolves (Prote/es lalandii). Purchased,

1 Common Otter (Zatra vulgaris). Presented by H.J. Rope, Esq.

1 Vulturine ei (Aquila vulturina). Presented by E. L. Layard,

Esq., F.Z.8. "

1 Wasiti Dasyure (Dasyurus ursinus). Presented by Dr. Geo.

Bennett, F.Z.S.

1 Grey Spider Monkey (Ateles hybridus). Purchased.

4 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica). Hatched in the

Gardens.

. 1 Panda (Arlurus fulgens). Presented by Dr. Simpson.

. 2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 9. Presented by A. M.

Campbell, Esq.

6 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris), Purchased.

1 Red-billed Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna autumnalis), Purchased.

1 Grey-cheeked Monkey (Cercocebus albigena), 9. Purchased.

2 Sulphur-breasted Toucans (Ramphastos carmatus). Purchased.

. 2 Spotted Hyzenas (Hyena crocuta). Born in the Menagerie.

29:

1 White-whiskered Capuchin Monkey ( Cebus fatuellus), 3. De-

osited.

2 (roy tenesaed Conures (Conwrus monachus). Purchased.

2 Red-bellied Conures (Conurus vittatus). Purchased.

4 Temminck’s Tragopans (Ceriornis temminckii). Hatched in

the Gardens.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchellii). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Sulphur-breasted Toucan (Ramphastos carinatus). Presented

by J. C. Shircore, Esq.

1 Brown Pelican (Pelecanus fuscus). Presented by Capt. Dow.

1 Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by H. Clark, Esq.

June 1,

Co bo

10.

il.

12,

14.

15.

16,

Wie

18,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 669

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger). Deposited.

2 Ursine Dasyures (Dasywrus wrsinus). Presented by R. Fire-

brace, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Australian Quail (Synaeus australis). Presented by Dr. F.

von Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

1 Ashy-headed Goose (Chloéphaga poliocephala). Hatched in

the Gardens.

. 2 Macqueen’s Bustards (Otis macqueent.) Deposited.

. 2 Double-striped Thicknees (Gdicnemus bistriatus). Presented

by G. D. Rowley, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 Getulian Squirrels (Xerus getulus). Purchased.

» 1 Dorsal Squirrel (Secwrus dorsalis). Presented by J. L. Guy, Esq.

. 8 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiaea). Hatched.

4 Ruddy-headed Geese ( Chloéphaga rubidiceps). Hatched.

. 1 Anaconda (Eunectes murinus). Purchased.

1 Egyptian Monitor (Monitor niloticus). Purchased.

1 Common Hare (Lepus ewopeus). Purchased.

. 1 Red-bellied Monkey (Cercopithecus erythrogaster), 3. Pur-

chased.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 2. Presented by Mrs.

M. Round.

. 1 Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittatus). Purchased.

1 Black-tailed Parrakeet (Platycercus melanurus). Presented

by Dr. John Cooper.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), Q. Presented by Capt. Glyn, H.M.S.

‘ Doris.’

1 Eye-browed Guan:(Penelope superciliaris). Purchased.

1 New-Caledonian Rail (Ocydromus lafresnayanus). Presented

by Dr. Geo. Bennett, F.Z.S.

1 Blue-shouldered Tanager (Tanagra cyanoptera), $. Pur-

chased.

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), Presented by Mr.

Sercombe.

1 Common Kestrel ( Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Miss

Lucy Royle.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Petz’s Conures (Conurus petzi). Purchased.

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes). Hatched.

9 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Capt. Thos. Waite.

2 Getulian Squirrels (Xerus getulus). Presented by Capt. Thos.

Waite.

4 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus),3. Presented by Capt.

Thos. Waite.

1 Ocellated Skink (Gongylus ocellatus). Presented by Henry

Denny, Esq.

1 Turquoisine Parrakeet (Zuphema pulchella),2. Purchased.

1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by

Mr. J. Stanton.

2 Red-shouldered Weaverbirds (Euplectes avillaris), g. Pur-

chased.

1 Bengalese Ichneumon (Herpestes malaccensis), ¢. Presented

by W. Ingram, Esq.

2 pairs of Common Wild Ducks (Anas boschas). Presented by

D. B. Bullen, Esq.

1 Cape Ant-Bear (Orycteropus capensis), ¢. Purchased.

3 Summer-Ducks (Acer sponsa). Hatched in the Gardens.

670

June 18.

19.

20.

21.

22,

23.

29.

30.

July 1.

APPENDIX.

3 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor). Hatched.

13 Bamboo Partridges (Bambusicola thoracia). Hatched.

1 Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aguila audax). Presented by H.R.H.

the “hike of Edinburgh, F.Z.S,

1 Honey-Buzzard (Pernis apivorus). Presented by J. Watkins

Drew, Esq.

3 Black-tailed Water-hens (Tribonyx ventralis). Hatched in

the Gardens.

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Presented by Charles

H. Cox, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Re-

ceived in exchange.

1 Sly Silurus (Stdwrus glanis). Presented by Messrs. Gilson and

Gaaee

1 Sun-bird (Zurypyga helias), Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Common Bluebird (Siaka wilson). Hatched in the Gardens.

2 Mexican Deer (Cervus mexicanus), 6 and 9. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus), $. Purchased.

1 Common Hare (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased.

14 Chestnut-breasted Finches (Donacola castaneothorax). Pre-

sented by the Acclimatization Society of Queensland.

1 Banded Grass-Finch (Poéphila cincta). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society of Queensland.

1 Temminck’s Snapper (Macroclemmys temminckit). Deposited.

. 4 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Luplocamus swinhoei). Hatched in the

Gardens.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie.

. 4 Bahama Ducks (Pecilonetta bahamensis). Hatched.

. TUndulated Grass Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Hatched.

3 Common Adders (Pelias berus). Presented by Mr. Davy.

2 Wild Boars (Sus scrofa). Purchased.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by Mrs.

Haynes.

1 Guschaso or Oil-bird (Steatornis caripensis). From Trinidad.

Presented by the Hon. A. Gordon, C.M.Z.S.

4 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa). Hatched in the

Gardens.

2 Tigers (Felis tigris). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by J. J.

Habisch, Esq.

2 Black-headed Parrots (Catea melanocephala). Deposited.

2 Yellow-shouldered Amazons (Chrysotis ochroptera). Deposited

by the Hon, A. Gordon, C.M.Z.S.

1 Virginian Deer (Cervus virginianus). Born in the Mena-

erie.

1 Gruen Bunting (Emberiza hortulana). Presented by Mr.

J. W. Smart.

2 Black-headed Buntings (Emberiza melanocephala). Presented

by Mr. J. W. Smart.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger). Deposited.

1 Red-footed Falcon (Erythropus vespertinus). Deposited.

1 New-Zealand Hawk (Hieracidea nove hollandie). Presented

by J. M. Quade, Esq.

. 2 Barbary Turtledoves (Twtur risorius). Presented by Capt.

James Tough.

July 2.

14,

16,

1%,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 671

2 Moustache-Monkeys (Cercopithecus cephus). Received in

exchange.

. 2 Temminck’s Tragopans (Ceriornis temminckii). Hatched.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus, sp.). Presented by Mr. Ridgway.

1 Red-throated Amazon (Chrysotis collaria). Presented by

J. W. Malcolm, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Yellow-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Purchased.

. 1 Eland (Oreas canna), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Jays (Garrulus glandarius). Received in exchange.

2 Common Magpies (Pica caudata). Received in exchange.

. 1 Boobook Owl (Athene boobook), Purchased.

1 Roebuck (Cervus capreolus), 2. Presented by Benjamin F.

Turner, Esq.

. 1 Andaman Monkey (Macacus andamanensis), 9. Presented

by Capt. R. A. Brown, R.N.

1 Kusimanse (Crossarchus obscurus), 2. Purchased.

. 6 Mandarin Ducks (Atr galericulata). Hatched in the Gardens.

2 Hartebeests (Boselaphus caama), § and 9. Purchased.

1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanicus), 2. Presented by

B. C. Nicholson, Esq.

4 Common Foxes (Canis vulpes), 3 g and19. Presented by

H.R.H. the Prince of Wales, F.Z.S. &e. &e.

. 1 Gazelle (Gazella dorcas), 2. Purchased.

. 1 Coati (Nasua nasica), 2. Presented by W. M. Rose, Esq.

1 Brazilian Mocking bird (Minus saturninus). Purchased.

1 Black Bulbul (Pyecnonotus pyg@us). Purchased.

1 Cat bird (Galeoscoptes carolinensis). Purchased.

2 Brown-necked Parrots (Peocephalus fuscicollis). Purchased.

1 Pied Crow Shrike (Strepera graculina). Purchased.

4 Black-backed Porphyrios (Porphyrio melanotus). Hatched in

the Gardens.

1 Short-eared Owl (Otus brachyotus). Deposited.

1 Common Hare (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased.

1 Black Bear (Ursus americanus). Presented by G. Stanley

Orred, Esq.

1 Bless-bok Antelope (Damalis albifrons). Born in the Mena-

gerie,

6 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), 5 2 and 1 ¢.

Deposited.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus maugei), 3. Presented by Wm.

H. Holmes, Esq.

. 1 Four-spotted Opossum (Didelphys opossum). Purchased.

2 Barred-shouldered Ground-Doves (Geopelia humeralis),

Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Cornish Chough (Fregilus graculus). Presented by J. Ash-

mead, Esq.

1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierar monogrammicus). Purchased.

. 11 Japanese Pheasants (Phastanus versicolor). Hatched.

. 1 Yellow-faced Amazon (Chrysotis xanthops). Purchased.

1 Wild Boar (Sus serofa). Presented by L. Levinsohn, Esq.

. 1 Crested Ground-Parrakeet (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Pre-

sented by Miss C. Boyle.

1 Pair Hybrid Cats (between Felis catus and F. domestica).

Presented by S. E. B. Pusey, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Coati, black variety (Naswa nasica),$. Presented by Peter

Campbell, Esq.

2 European Tortoises (Testudo greca). Presented by Mrs. Lee.

G72 APPENDIX.

July 22. 2 African Tantalus (Tantalus ibis). Purchased.

2 Saddle-billed Storks (Xenorhynchus senegalensis). Purchased.

26. 3 Glass Snakes (Pseudopus pallasii). Purchased.

27. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi), 9. Purchased.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 3. Presented by

Dr. Owen Owen.

28. 1 Pennant’s Parrakeet (Platycercus pennantii). Deposited.

2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Watched in the

Gardens.

1 Common Viper (Pelas berus). Presented by E. P. R. Curzon,

3q.

1 Gieuts Apteryx (Apteryx owen). Presented by the Accli-

matization Society of Otago.

29. 2 Blue Jays (Cyanocitta cristata). Purchased.

2 Pied Tanagers ( Cissopis leveriana). Purchased.

2 Spotted Crakes (Crexv porzana). Purchased.

2 Tiger Bitterns (Tigrisoma brasiliense), Purchased.

1 Vociferous Eagle (Haliaétus vocifer). Purchased.

1 White-bellied Stork (Ciconia abdimii). Purchased.

2 Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Presented by C. Messiter, Esq.

1 Red Fox (Canis fulvus). Presented by C. Messiter, Esq.

1 Prairie-Marmot (Arctumys ludovicianus). Presented by C.

Messiter, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by Miss

Geikie.

30. 2 American Tapirs (Zapirus terrestris), S and 2. Purchased.

1 Grey-cheeked Monkey (Cercocebus albigena), 2. Purchased.

1 Blue Grosbeak (Gwiraca cyanea). Purchased.

1 Harlequin Quail (Coturnix histrionica), Purchased.

1 Slender Loris (Loris gracilis), 2. Purchased.

31. 3 Common Wild Ducks (Anas boschas), Presented by D. B.

Buller, Esq.

Aug. 2. 2 Chinese Tailed Deer (Elaphurus davidianus), g and 9. Pre-

sented by H.E. Sir R. Alcock, K.C.B., C.M.Z.S.

1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). De-

osited.

1 White-billed Parrot ( Tanygnathus albirostris). Purchased.

1 Mueller’s Great-billed Parrakeet (Zanygnathus muellert). Pur-

chased.

2 Hider Ducks (Somateria mollissima), ¢ and 2. Purchased.

2 Alpine Choughs (Pyrrhocorax alpinus). Purchased.

1 Pileated Vulture (Neophron pileatus). Purchased.

1 Wild Cat (Felis catus), 9, from Hungary. Purchased.

3. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina), 3. Purchased.

1 Kit Fox (Canis velor), J. Presented by G. Peacock, Esq.

1 Hawk-headed Parrot (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Presented by

G. Peacock, Esq.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella), 3. Presented by

G. Peacock, Esq.

. 1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus felinus). Purchased.

. 3 Common Hares (Lepus europeus). Purchased.

. 1 Puma, red variety (Felis concolor), 9, from Demerara. Pre-

sented by the late W. D. Stewart, Esq.

. 2 Snowy Owls (Wyctea nivea). Presented by Lord Ruthven.

1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina), 2. Purchased.

1 Wheatear (Saxicola enanthe). Purchased,

NI QP

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 673

Aug. 10, 1 Great Eagle Owl (Bubo maximus), Returned.

1 Common Barn-Owl (Sériv flammea). Presented by H. B.

Harrison, Esq.

1 pair Passerine Parrakeets (Psittacula passerina). Purchased.

1 Musky Parrakeet (Zrichoglossus concinnus). Purchased.

11. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii), 9. Deposited.

4 Common Turtles (Chelonia viridis). Presented by Lieut. C. B.

Clark, R.N.

. 5 Wonga-wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata). Presented by

the Acclimatization Society of Victoria.

1 Amherst’s Pheasant (Thauwmalea amherstie), 3. Deposited.

3. 3 Common Bluebirds (Stadia wilson’). Hatched in the Gardens.

2 Weasel-headed Armadillos (Dasypus encoubert), 2. Pur-

chased,

1 Pleurodele Newt (Plewrodeles waltit), From Spain. Presented

by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 2 Crested Curassows (Crav alector). Presented by Col. May.

. L Huanaco (Awuchenia huanaco), 2. Presented by H. T. Balfour,

Esq.

Fil Whee on (Saxicola ananthe), 9. Purchased.

6 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets(Melopsittacus undulatus). Hatched.

1 Rufous-necked Weayerbird (Hyphantornis textor). Hatched.

. 2 Javan Pea-fowls (Pavo muticus), g and 2. Purchased.

2 Marabou Storks (Leptoptilus crumeniferus), ¢ and 2. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Brush-Turkey (Talegalla lathami). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 St.-Helena Seed-eater (Crithagra butyracea). Presented by

Miss Moss.

8 Australian Quails (Synacus australis). Purchased.

. 1 Chimpanzee ( Troglodytes niger), 2. Deposited.

. 1 Garnett’s Galago (Galago garnettii), ¢. Purchased.

2 Yellow Baboons ( Cynocephalus babouin), § and 2. Purchased.

. 2 Sun-birds (Lurypyga helias). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by Charles

Bamford, Esq.

26. 7 Garter-Snakes (Tropidonotus ordinatus). Presented by A.

28.

Downs, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

- 1 Blue and_Yellow Maccaw (Ara ararauna). Presented by

Samuel Linder, Esq.

13 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesii). Deposited.

2 Temminck’s Tragopans (Ceriornis temminchii), g and 2. De-

osited.

i Coan Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris), Q. Presented by James

Hartley, Esq.

3 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps), 2 g andl 9.

Presented by Robert G. Batten, Esq.

1 Black Bear (Ursus americanus), 3. Presented by Rees

Davies, Esq.

4 Heyptian Mastigures (Uromastiv spinipes). Received in ex-

change.

4 Egyptian Sand-Lizards (Psammosaurus griseus). Received

in exchange.

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). Purchased.

. 2 Glossy Ibises (Ibis faleinellus). Purchased.

1 Puma (Felis concolor), 3. Presented by Capt. Dow, F.Z.S.

2 Sparrow-Hawks (Accipiter nisus), ¢ and 9. Presented by

Mr. R. B. Sharpe.

13.

APPENDIX.

. 1 Cashmere Monkey (Macacus pelops), 2. Presented by Rey.

T. P. Methuen.

. 2 Black-eared Marmosets (Hapale penicillata), § and 2. Pre-

sented by Mr. H. Ball.

. 2Common Kestrels (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by

Mr. W. Lake.

. 1 Potto (Perodicticus potto), $. Purchased.

1 Spanish Ibex (Capra pyrenaica), §. Presented by Major

Howard Irby (74th Highlanders).

23 Edible Sea-Urchins (Echinus esculentus). Presented by Mr.

A. D. Bartlett.

3 Shore-Crabs (Carcinus menas). Presented by Mr. A. D.

Bartlett.

. 2 Black-tailed Water-Hens (Tribonyx ventralis). Hatched in

the Gardens.

. | Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus), §. Preseuted by Capt.

A. A. Davidson.

2 Marmoset Monkeys (Hapale jacchus), § and 9. Presented

by H. M. Wainwright, Esq.

2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Hatched in the

Gardens,

. 1 Sooty Monkey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), 2. Purchased.

4 Cuming’s Octodons ( Octodon cumingi). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Wood-Pigeon (Columba palumbus). Presented by Hi. P.

Hensman, Esq.

3 Island Hen Gallinules (Gallinula nesiotis). Presented by E. L.

Layard, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by Higford Burr, Esq.

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by Mr. A. Fair-

rieve.

1 Fey tian Cobra (Nata haje). Purchased.

9 Putf-Adders (Clotho artetans). Purchased.

1 Greek Tortoise (Testudo greca). Presented by Mr. W. A.

Jepson.

2Greey’s Guans (Penelope greeyi). Presented by Robert

Gardner, Esq.

15. 1 Grys-bok (Calotragus melanotis), ¢. Purchased.

16. 1 Leadhbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbealeri). Presented by

George M‘Leay, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Roseate Cockatoo oe roseicapilla). Presented by George

M‘Leay, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Grey Crow Shrike (Strepera anaphoneusis). Presented by John

Flexman, Esq.

. 1 Marsh Harrier (Circus eruginosus). Purchased.

. 1 Zebu (Bos indicus), 9. Born in the Menagerie.

. 2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), $. Born in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Hatched in the Gardens,

1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Blue-winged Parrakeet (Brotogerys tiriacula). Presented by

Mrs. M‘Mullen.

2 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Presented by Mrs. Thomas

Brassey, F'.Z.8.

1 gels (Melursus labiatus). Presented by Capt. A Mor-

rel, R.N.

Sept. 24.

25. 1 Black-crested Eagle (Spizaétus occipitalis). Purchased.

26.

27.

28.

29,

12,

13.

14,

15.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 675

1 Sun-Bird (Lurypyga helias). Deposited.

1 Common Peafowl (Pavo cristatus). Presented by Lady

Cranstoun.

1 Common Camel (Camelus dromedarius), 9. Purchased.

1 Korin (Gazella rufifrons), 2. Purchased.

2 Servals (Felis serval), S and 2. Presented by J. J. Monteiro,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Persian Gazelles (Gazella subgutturosa), 9. Presented by T.

Kerr Lynch, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Lion (Felis leo). Presented by T. Kerr Lynch, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Superb Crested Eagle (Spizaétus ornatus), 9. From Costa Rica,

Presented by Capt. Dow, F.Z.S.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber). Presented by Clement

P. Penny, Esq.

1 Two-toed Sloth (Cholapus hoffmanni?), from Panama. Pur-

chased.

. 1 Bengalese Leopard Cat (Felis bengalensis). Presented by

Charles J. Sturt, Esq.

. 1 Pair Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Zuplocamus swinhoit). Deposited.

2 Pallas’s Eared Pheasants (Crossoptilon auritum). Deposited.

2 Rough-legged Buzzards (Archibuteo lagopus). Presented by

Capt. Stuart. .

. 1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Presented by Mr. C.

Czarnikow, F.Z

. 1 Cape Ant-Bear (Orycteropus capensis), 9. Purchased.

1 Aard Wolf (Proteles cristatus). Purchased.

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. G. Bashford.

. 1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwellii). Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Mooruk (Casuarius bennetti’). Purchased.

. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by Miss Paget.

. 1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris), Presented by John

Susini, Esq.

2 pajacs Vipers (Cerastes hasselquistit). Received in ex-

change.

4 gakd-Anps (Vipera ammodytes). Received in exchange.

1 Grizzled Spider Monkey (Ateles grisescens), §. Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

the Rev. F. E. Durnford.

1 Cinereous Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla). Presented by R.

Albay, Esq.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Cullithriz sciureus), 2. Presented by

F. G. H. Price, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), §. Presented by Mr.

Lucas.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited.

2 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), g and 9. Presented by Mrs.

Morison.

3 Crested Ground-Parrakeets (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Pre-

sented by Dr. J. S. Tulloch, F.Z.8.

1 Chimpanzee (Troglodytes niger), 9. Deposited.

2 Caspian Emys (Emys caspica). Purchased.

2 Mocassin Snakes (TZropidonotus fasciatus). Purchased.

1 Say’s Snake (Coronella sayi). Purchased.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XLIV.

676

Oct.

Noy.

APPENDIX.

. 2 Eye-browed Guans (Penelope superciliaris). Presented by

Edward Harris, Esq.

1 Bay Antelope (Cephalophus dorsalis), 2 , from the Gold Coast.

Presented by C. B. Mosse, Esq.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata), from the Gold

Coast. Presented by C. B. Mosse, Esq.

1 Brush-tailed Porcupine (Atherwra africana), from the Gold

Coast. Presented by C. B. Mosse, Esq.

. 1 Spotted Cavy (Calogenys paca). Presented by Mrs. Hairby.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by the

Rey. H. H. Woods.

19. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt.

10.

Spencer.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Presented by Mr. J.

Hutchinson.

. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by W.

Worsfold, Esq.

2. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by HE. H.

Denison, Esq.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by Mrs.

Goodall.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Deposited.

1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin). Deposited.

2 Ring-necked Parrakeets (Paleornis, torquata), Presented by

Mr. J. Keene.

. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Thomas

Johnson, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Kit Fox (Canis velox), Presented by A. Shoobridge, Esq.

30. 1 Green Glossy Starling (Lamprocolius chalybeus), Presented

by N. L. Austen, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Black Bear (Ursus americanus). Deposited.

. 1 Clapperton’s Francolin (#'rancolinus clappertonit). Purchased

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Purchased.

1 Quebec Marmot (Arctomys empetra). Presented by Norman

Kerr, Esq., M.D

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 3. Presented by J.

Stillwell, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Wonga-wonga Pigeon (Leucosarcia picata). Presented by

C. H. Wigram, Esq.

. 1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Received in exchange.

2 Canadian Beavers (Castor canadensis). Deposited.

2 Canada Geese (Bernicla canadensis). Deposited.

1 Duck-Falcon (Falco anatum). Deposited.

. 1 Common Jackal (Canis aureus), $. Presented by Captain

Gallicher.

1 Coati, brown variety (Vasua nasica), 9. Presented by Capt.

J. Thwaites.

. 1 Indian Leopard (Felis leopardus), 2. Presented by Capt.

Arthur Hazlerigg.

1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). Presented

by Mr. Hounslow.

1 Brazilian Hang-nest (Icterus jamatcat). Purchased.

1 Great Eagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). From China. Presented

by Dr. Somerville.

11. 1 Red and Blue Macaw (Ara macao). Presented by J. P.

Wilson, Esq., F.Z.S.

Nov. 11

18.

19.

20.

“I

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 677

. 1 Blackbird (Turdus merula). Presented by the Hon. H. M.

Best.

3 Chinese Silk Fowls (Gallus domesticus). Presented by Lady

Alcock.

. 2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by the

Acclimatization Society of Queensland.

2 Indian Leopards (Felis leopardus), ¢ and 2. Presented by

Henry Bayley, Esq.

. 1 Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida), Presented by Mr. J. W. Harrison.

. 2 Common Hares (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased.

1 Barraband’s Parrakeet (Polytelis barrabandii). Presented by

George Cooke, Esq.

. 1 Cape-Crowned Crane (Balearica regulorum). Presented by

R. R. Juler, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 9. Presented by

R. R. Juler, Esq.

1 Chaema Baboon (Cynocephalus porearius), §. Presented by

Alexander Sinclair, Esq.

1 White-tailed Gnu (Catoblepas gnu), $. Deposited.

2 White-handed Gibbons (Hylobates lar), and 2. Presented

by G. 8S. Rodon, Esq.

1 Emu (Dromeus nove hollandie). Presented by the Viscount

Hill, F.Z.S.

1 Crested Ground-Parrakeet (Calopsitta nove hollandie).

Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Grison (Grisonia vittata), 2. Purchased.

1 Palm-Squirrel (Scirus palmarum). Presented by J. Hill,

Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3, from Sumatra.

Presented by L. T. Hyde Martin, Esq.

. 1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Purchased.

1 Mountain-Finch (Fringilla montifringilla). Purchased.

. 2 Nylghaies (Portax picta). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Variable Skunk (Mephitis varians). Purchased.

1 Pennsylvanian Buzzard (Buteo pennsylvanicus). Purchased.

. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), $. Presented by

C. 8. Robinson, Esq.

. 1 Japanese Dove (Turtur chinensis). Received.

. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii), 9. Presented by

R. C. Ross, Esq.

. 1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey (Cebus albifrons), 2. De-

posited.

4 Yellow-footed Water Tortoises (Zmys flavipes). Presented

by the Rev. Basil Wilberforce.

2 Laniarian Water-Tortoises (Emys luniaria). Presented by

the Rey. Basil Wilberforce.

- 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 9. Presented by J.

Norris, Esq.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Deposited.

yl ee (Columba nas). Presented by John Attlee,

Isq.

1 Rock-Pigeon (Colwnba livia). Presented by John Gould,

Esq., F.Z.8.

. 2 Clapperton’s Francolins (Francolinus clappertonii). Presented

by Capt. W. H. Strachan.

13.

APPENDIX.

. 1 Honey-Buzzard (Pernis apivorus). Presented by James D.

Nicol, Esq.

. 2 Wigeons (Mareca penelope). Purchased.

Ake

1 Eland (Oreas canna). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Presented by G. A. Wilde,

sq.

1 Black-billed Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna arborea). Purchased.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Globose Curassow (Cras globicera), 2. Purchased.

1 Ocelot aed pardalis), $. Purchased.

1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey (Cebus albifrons), §. Pur-

chased.

3 Tigers (Felis tigris). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Ouakari Monkey (Pithecia owakari), 2. Deposited.

. 1 Common Paradoxure (Paradoxurus typus). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Mrs. W. Goslett.

. 1 Hybrid Gayal (Bos indicus, 3, and Bos frontalis, 9). Born

in the Menagerie.

. 2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by

Mr. R. Low.

3 Water-Rats (Arvicola amphibius). Presented by Mr. T. C.

White.

. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Dr.

Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

1 Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio melanotus). Presented

by Dr. Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mr. J. W.

Batten.

3 Slaty Egrets (Egretta gularis). Purchased.

. 1 Common Badger (Meles taxus). Deposited.

Ablabes

humberti, 501.

Acanthiza

chrysorrhoa, 279.

lineata, 279, 360.

nana, 279, 360.

pusilla, 360.

Acanthogenys

rufogularis, 279,

Acanthopsis

berdmorei, 550.

choirorrhynchus, 549.

Acanthorhynchus

tenuirostris, 279.

Acanthurus

chirurgus, 238.

Accipiter

bicolor, 252.

torquatus, 279,

Achatina

cassiaca, 449,

Sfulica, 62, 64.

panthera, 62.

(Glessula) obtwsa, 449.

( ) subfusiformis,

449.

Achatinellastrum

adustum, 646.

bilineatum, 646.

buddi, 646.

castaneum, 646.

cucumis, 646.

dubium, 646.

formosum, 646.

Sulgens, 646.

grayanum, 646.

johnsoni, 646.

liltaceum, 646.

olivaceum, 646.

productum, 646.

pulcherrimum, 646.

radiatum, 646.

trilineatum, 646.

versipilis, 646.

vulpinum, 646.

Acicula

mauritiana, 62, 64.

INDEX.

Actinia

crassicornis, 248,

Actitis

empusa, 124.

hypoleucos, 571.

Actiturus

bartramius, 598.

Agialites

collaris, 252.

Aégotheles

nove-hollandie, 279.

/®salon

ardesiacus, 437.

Agelaius

chrysopterus, 159.

thilius, 159.

xanthocarpus, 158, 159.

Agelasticus

chrysopterus, 159.

thilius, 158, 159.

Agonostoma

plicatile, 38.

Agriornis

andicola, 1538.

insolens, 151, 153.

pollens, 153.

Solitaria, 153.

bengaliensis, 307.

lurus

Sulgens, 408, 507.

Aix

galericulata, 629.

Sponsa, 629.

Alzemon

Jessiz, 430.

amboinensis cristata,

568.

australis, 356.

azurea, 355.

chloris, 121.

chlorocephala, 121.

cristata, 568.

eyanipectus, 353.

grandis, 550.

pusilla, 357.

Alcedo

tribrachys, 356.

Alcippe

brucei, 432.

Alcithoé

thatcheri, 561.

Aleyoncellum

speciosum, 67, 77, 326,

344, 345, 347, 348,

351.

Alcyone

affinis, 852, 354.

azurea, 279, 352, 3538,

354, 355.

cincta, 353.

eyanopectus, 352, 353.

diemensis, 352, 355, 356.

lessoni, 352, 353, 354.

pulchra, 352, 356, 357.

pusilla, 352, 357.

Alligator

lucius, 400.

Alopex

europeus, 247,

adina

lathami, 279, 627.

astra

affinis, 650.

anthonii, 649,

assimilis, 650.

biplicata, 649.

cylindrica, 650.

deshayesii, 649,

elongata, 650.

farcimen, 649.

Slavescens, 650.

humilis, 650.

inflata, 649.

intermedia, 650.

irregularis, 649.

lineolata, 650.

luctuosa, 650.

luteola, 650.

mastersiz, 650.

melanosis, 650.

micans, 650.

modesta, 650.

680

Amastra

mucronata, 650.

nigra, 649.

nubilosa, 650.

nucleola, 649.

obesa, 649, 650.

petricola, 650.

porphyrea, 650.

porphyrostoma, 649.

pusilla, 650.

reticulata, 649.

rubens, 650.

rugulosa, 649.

sericea, 650.

similaris, 649.

solida, 649.

soror, 650.

spherica, 649, 650.

spirizona, 650.

textilis, 649.

tristis, 649.

turritella, 650.

variegata, 650.

ventulus, 649.

Ambassis

alta, 297.

baculis, 515.

dussumieri, 298.

lala, 298.

nama, 298.

notatus, 515.

phula, 298.

Amblycetis

cecutiens, 524,

mangois, 524.

tenuipinnis, 524.

Amblyopus

ceculus, 304, 518.

cirrhatus, 518.

Ambly pharyngodon

atkinsonii, 371.

mola, 370.

pellucidus, 371.

Amblyrhamphus

holosericeus, 161, 632.

ruber, 161.

Ammodramus

longicaudatus, 161.

Amnemopsyche

charmione, 44.

expandens, 44, 45,

Amphiprionichthys

zeylonensis, 515.

Amyda

mutica, 212.

Anabas

oligolepis, 521.

scandens, 304.

Anarhynchus

Frontalis, 360, 434, 435.

brasiliensis, 635.

INDEX.

Anas

chiloénsis, 635.

fulva, 635.

leucogenys, 157.

leucophrys, 635.

nevosa, 280.

obscura, 629.

puna, 157.

punctata, 280.

spinicauda, 157.

strepera, 629.

superciliosa, 280, 629.

torquata, 635.

virgata, 635.

aanthorhyncha, 629.

Andamia

expansa, 518.

Anoa

depressicornis, 527.

Anser

andicola, 156.

cygnoides, 629.

erus, 629.

melanopterus, 156.

montanus, 156.

Anseranas

melanoleuca, 280.

Antennarius

multiocellatus, 238.

nigromaculatus, 239.

pinniceps, 238.

Anthias

orientalis, 240.

rasor, 429,

richardsonit, 429.

Anthochzra

lunulata, 279.

mellivora, 279.

Anthus

aquaticus, 249.

australis, 279.

obscurus, 249.

Antilocapra

americana, 528.

Antilope

bubalis, 51.

capreolus, 528.

lichtensteini, 52.

unctuosa, 528.

Anumbius

striaticeps, 599.

Aphelocoma

floridana, 362.

Aphrocallistes

eatria,75, 325,327,330. |

Aplonis

metallica, 120.

tabuensis, 547.

Apocryptes

bato, 303.

lanceolatus, 303.

Apoeryptes

punctatus, 303.

Aprosmictus

scapulatus, 279.

Apteryx

owennt, 468.

Apua

fusca, 549,

Aquila

vulturina, 407.

Aramus

scolopaceus, 160.

Arctictis

binturong, 30.

Arctocephalus

nivosus, 108.

Arctonyx

collaris, 278.

Ardea

atricapilla, 570.

cerulea, 252.

cocot, 634.

egretta, 156.

involucris, 634.

leuce, 156.

sacra, 128, 125.

sibilatria, 634.

Ardeola

erythromelas, 634, 635.

exilis, 635.

Ardetta

involucris, 634.

Argyrope

gyropes

aurelia, 531, 5387, 548.

Ariadne

mellissit, 531, 534, 543,

544.

Arius

burmanicus, 618.

sona, 523.

thalassinus, 308.

Aromochelys

odorata, 181.

Artamus

sordidus, 279.

superciliosus, 279.

Arundinicola

citreola, 160.

leucocephala, 252.

Aspastus

miltocheilus, 162.

Aspidonectes

aspilus, 220.

Aspidoparia

morar, 377.

sardina, 377..

Aspilus

carinatus, 501.

cariniferus, 213.

Astur

approximans, 279.

Astur

leucorrhous, 134.

macrorhynchus, 181,

magnirostris, 132, 133,

134

mirandollit, 365, 366.

nitidus, 130.

nove-hollandia, 279.

Asturina

albifrons, 600.

cinerea, 129, 130.

gularis, 134.

leucorrhoa, 130, 134.

magnirostris, 129, 131,

132, 1338.

natterert, 132, 133,

598.

nitida, 129, 130, 1381,

133.

plagiata, 129, 130, 131.

pucherani, 133, 134,

634.

ruficauda, 133, 134.

Athene

boobook, 279.

strenua, 279.

teniata, 118, 124.

variegata, 123, 124,

Atticora

cinerea, 599.

cyanoleuca, 159.

leucosternon, 279.

murina, 599.

tibialis, 598.

Attus

nigro-fuscus, 543.

Aulastoma

eximio-striatum, 314.

planum, 313.

Aulica

norrisiz, 560.

rueckeri, 560.

Auriculella

ambusta, 649.

auricula, 649.

cerea, 649.

chamissoi, 649.

expansa, 649.

lurida, 649.

obeliscus, 649.

petitiana, 649.

pulchra, 649.

pumicata, 649.

triplicata, 649.

uniplicata, 649.

Auxis

roche, 238.

Badis

buchanani, 304.

INDEX,

Bagarius

yarrellii, 309.

Bagrus

ariotdes, 523,

exodon, 617.

Baikiea

elegans, 215, 222, 225.

Balena

rostrata,var.major,605.

suleata arctica, 605.

Balznoptera

arctica, 605.

musculus, 604, 605.

Balitora

anisura, 558,

Barbatula

formosa, 437.

Barbus

beavani, 378.

chrysopoma, 374.

euming?, 375,

m‘clellandi, 619.

malabaricus, 619.

mosal, 557.

nigrofasciatus, 375.

sophore, 512.

sophoroides, 374.

russelliz, 374.

ticto, 620.

(Barbodes) dlythit, 555.

(——) chagunio, 373.

( ) compressus, 555.

(——) «nnominatus,

556

(254) macrocephalus,

556.

( ) sarana, 374.

( ) sophore, 376,

( ) tor, 374.

(Capoéta) chola, 374.

(Puntius) ambassis,374.

( ) cosuatis, 376.

(——) gelius, 374.

(——) macularius, 557.

(——) phutunio, 375.

(——) stigma, 375.

( ) terio, 376.

(——) ticto, 375.

(—— unimaculatus,

(——) vittatus, 376.

Barilius

interrupta, 559.

nigrofasciatus, 620.

rerio, 620.

(Barilius) barna, 378.

(——) papillatus, 378.

(Bendilisis) barila, 378.

(Pachystomus) cosea,

377.

( ) lineatus, 378.

681

Bassaris

astuta, 10, 31, 527.

Basta

marina, 51.

crassicollis, 197, 198.

Belone

cancila, 309.

Bernicla

Jubata, 280.

leucopsis, 629.

melanoptera, 156.

Bessonornis

semirufa, 436.

Bithynia

cerameopoma, 446.

ceranospatana, 446.

goniomphalus, 446.

zravadica, 446.

nassa, 446.

turrita, 446.

Biziura

lobata, 280.

Blauneria

gracilis, 60.

pellucida, 60.

Bogota

infuscata, 515.

Bola

pama, 301, 516.

Bolborhynchus

orbignesius, 154,

Boleophthalmus

boddaertii, 303.

inornatus, 516.

pectinirostris, 516.

Bombinator

oxycephalus, 289.

caffer, 111.

sondaicus, 527.

Boselaphus

bubalis, 51, 52, 53, 528,

caama, 51, 53, 528.

major, 52, 53.

Botaurus

australis, 280.

Botia

berdmorei, 549.

histrionica, 550.

nebulosa, 549,

Brachygalba

albigularis, 258.

goeringi, 252, 253.

inornata, 253.

meanlosterna, 253.

Branchellion

intybifolium, 310.

682

Branchellion

lineare, 811.

pinnatum, 312.

punctatum, 311.

Branchiobdella

menziesi, 312.

Bregmaceros

atripinnis, 522,

Bubo

maximus, 627.

virginianus, 155.

Buccanodon

anchiete, 436.

duchaillui, 437.

Buceros

cavatus, 145.

corrugatus, 142, 150.

ruficollis, 122, 124, 125.

Bucorax

abyssinicus, 116.

Budorcas

taxicolor, 470, 660.

Bulimella

abbreviata, 647.

bacca, 647.

bulimoides, 646.

byronit, 646.

colorata, 647.

decipiens, 646.

elegans, 646

faba, 646.

germana, 647.

glabra, 646.

hanleyana, 646.

multicolor, 647.

ovata, 646.

rosea, 646.

rugosa, 646, 647.

rutila, 646.

solitaria, 647.

sordida, 647.

sowerbyana, 646.

subvirens, 646.

swainsoni, 646.

teniolata, 646.

viridans, 646,

Bulimus

fulvicans, 65.

miltocheilus, 162.

ornatus, 62.

Bungarus

ceruleus, 502.

Buteo

albicaudatus, 634.

albifrons, 600.

brachyurus, 130, 600.

elegans, 364.

erythronotus, 155.

pennsylvanicus, 129,

plagiatus, 131.

pterocles, 634.

INDEX.

Buthraupis

arcei, 439.

cucullata, 439.

edwardsi, 439.

Butorides

atricapilla, 570.

virescens, 252.

Cacatua

ducorpsii, 118, 124.

goffint, 122, 124.

Caccabis

rufa, 628.

Cacophis

blackmanit, 320.

fordei, 318, 319.

harriette, 319.

Calamanthus

fuliginosus, 279.

Calandria

mielera, 362.

nogalera, 362.

Callianassa

turnerana, 530.

Callichrous

bimaculatus, 613.

checkra, 306.

macrophthalmus, 613.

nigrescens, 616.

notatus, 616.

Callinia

microcephala, 222.

spicifera, 214, 222,

Calliopra

bellula, 110.

Callipepla

californica, 628.

Callirhynchus

masesus, 147,

nasesus, 147.

Calliste

cyaneicollis, 252, 597.

dowii, 417.

florida, 416.

Francesce, 417,

guttata, 417.

gyroloides, 417.

hannahie, 252.

icterocephala, 417.

schranki, 417.

Callomystax

gagata, 309.

Callula

natatria, 284, 285.

Calcenas

nicobarica, 628.

Calopsitta

nove-hollandie, 627.

Calornis

fulvipennis, 124.

metallica, 120, 124.

Calotes

nemoricola, 507.

roust, 501.

versicolor, 501.

Calyptorhynchus

Naso,

Campethera

chrysura, 570,

Campylorhynchus

balteatus, 146.

megalopterus, 147.

pallescens, 146, 147.

zonatoides, 146, 147.

Cancellaria

pusilla, 274.

Canis

alopex, 247.

anthus, 113.

cerdo, 149.

Famelicus, 149.

lupus, 25.

vulpes, 247.

Capra

hispanica, 469.

megaceros, 5d.

sinaitica, 530.

Capreolus

leucotis, 497.

Capricornis

sumatrensis, 660.

Caranx

armatus, 302.

crumenophthalmus,238.

hippos, 238.

Carassius

auratus, 557.

Cardinalis

pheniceus, 251.

virginialis, 147.

virginiana, 627.

Carnifex

naso, 36d.

Carpodacus

cassinii, 362.

purpureus, 362.

Carpophaga

lepida, 123.

pistrinaria, 119, 124.

rubracera, 119,123,124.

Carychium

mauritianum, 62, 65.

Caryophyllia

smithit, 92.

Cassidix

oryzivora, 252.

Casuarius

bennettiz, 126, 628.

bicarunculatus, 149.

galeatus, 628.

Catamenia

analis, 152, 599.

683

INDEX.

Catla Ceyx Chelydra

buchanani, 370. cyanea, 356, serpentina, 180.

Catoblepas cyanopectus, 353. Chenalopex

gnu, 528. dillwynni, 508, 509, egyptiaca, 629.

gorgon, 528, 510, 511. Chersina

Catopra europygialis, 509, 510. angulata, 174.

nandioides, 615. innominata, 509, 510, | Chiamela

Catoptropelicanus 511. lineata, 501.

conspicillatus, 590, lepida, 509, 510. Chirocentrus

Cavia melanura, 508, 509, dorab, 386.

cobaya, 423, 510, 511. Chirodon

Centrites philippinensis, 352, 353, alburnus, 424.

niger, 154. 509, 510. Chiromys

oreas, 151, 154. pusilla, 357. madagascariensis, 249.

Centropus rufidorsa, 508, 509, | Chitra

ateralbus, 122, 124. 510, 511. indica, 215.

milo, 118, 124. sharpii, 509, 510, 511. | Chloéphaga

solitaria, 352, 509. magellanica, 629.

senegalensis, 276.

Centurus tribrachys, 356. poliocephala, 629.

albifrons, 364. tridactyla, 508, 509, rubidiceps, 629.

santacruzi, 364. 510, 511. sandvicensis, 629.

Chlorospingus

ophthalmicus, 440.

pileatus, 440.

punctulatus, 440.

Cholcepus

didactylus, 602.

hoffmanni, 602.

Cephalophus

badius, 594, 595.

breviceps, 594, 595.

dorsalis, 594, 595,

596.

maxwellii, 595, 596.

rufilatus, 595,

uropygialis, 509.

wallacii, 509.

Chezetodon

dichrous, 238, 239.

vittatus, 613.

Cheetops

aurantius, 163, 164.

Cercopithecus burchelli, 163. Chondrostoma

erythrogaster, 430, 527. frenatus, 163, 164. boggut, 372.

Cereopsis gray, 163, 164. Chorinemus

nove-hollandig, 280, | Chetostomus lysan, 302.

heteracanthus, 425. Chrysemys

Ceriornis latifrons, 426. picta, 191.

satyra, 628. Chetura Chrysococcyx

Certhilauda rutila, 363. celaasit, 570.

tenuirostris, 153. Chalcites lucidus, 280.

Cervulus lucidus, 359. Chrysomitris

reevesi, 652, 658, 660. Chalcophaps atrata, 597.

vaginalis, 652, 653, 660. chrysochlora, 471. capitalis, 597.

Cervus Chamepelia macroptera, 362.

aristotelis, 658, 659. erythrothorax, 155. pinus, 362.

chilensis, 496, 497. Charadrius Chrysomus

dimorphe, 654. frontalis, 435. frontalis, 159.

elaphus, 659. Fulvus, 548. Chrysopicus

eldi, 653, 654, 655. hiaticula, 237. atricollis, 148.

equinus, 659, virginicus, 598. Chrysoptilus

hippelaphus, 416, 659. Chasmorhynchus atricollis, 148.

mantchuricus, 659, variegatus, 251. Chthonicola

moluccensis, 659. Chatoéssus minima, 360,

rusa, 656, 659. manmina, 385. Ciconia

swinhoit, 658, 659. modestus, 622. abdimii, 468,

taivanus, 659. Chela Cinclodes

timoriensis, 659. bacaila, 382. fuscus, 153.

Ceryle gora, 381. Cincloramphus

amazona, 252. novacula, 382. rufescens, 279.

americana, 160. untrahi, 381. Cinclus :

cabanisi, 148. phulo, 381. leucocephalus, 599.

Ceyx sladoni, 622. leuconotus, 599.

azurea, 354, 355. Chelodina Cinosternon

cajeli, 509. colliei, 209. | sconpoides, 181.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869, No. XLV.

684

Circus

assimilis, 279.

cinereus, 155.

macropterus, 252.

Cirrhina

chinensis, 371.

leschenaultti, 371.

mrigala, 371.

Cirrhinus

affinis, 372.

Cistothorus

fasciolatus, 158.

platensis, 158.

Cistudo

blondinsia, 175.

clausa, 175, 176.

Clarias

magur, 306, 613.

Clathurella

robillardi, 272.

Clemmys

caspica, 190.

sprengleri, 198.

Climacocercus

brachypterus, 365.

concentricus, 368.

zanthothorax, 366.

zonothorax, 254,

366.

Climacteris

scandens, 279.

Clubiona

deinognatha, 532.

dubia, 532, 5438,

544.

Clupanodon

chapra, 385.

cortius, 385.

alisha, 385.

Clupea

chapra, 385.

indica, 385.

palasah, 385.

variegata, 623.

Cobitis

berdmoret, 550.

cincticauda, 552.

guntea, 383.

phoxocheila, 551.

zonalternans, 551.

Coccyzus

cinereus, 633.

melanocoryphus, 633.

pumilus, 633.

seniculus, 633.

Coilia

ramearati, 384.

Coius

gudgutia, 613.

Colaptes

rupicola, 154.

INDEX.

Colluricincla

harmonica, 279.

Colopterus

pilaris, 252.

Coluber

natriz, 400.

Columba

guinea, 627.

gymnophthalma, 600,

627.

leucocephala, 627.

muculipennis, 600.

maculosa, 600.

picazuro, 600.

peciloptera, 600.

vinacea, 598.

Conger

vulgaris, var. nigra,

239. °

Congromurzna

mellissiz, 239.

Contopus

lugubris, 419.

ochraceus, 419.

virens, 419.

Conus

anemone, 561.

aplustre, 562.

grayt, 562.

Jukesi, 562.

maculatus, 561,

562.

rutilus, 562.

(Coronaxis) cernicus,

272.

Coracias

caudata, 569.

pilosa, 569.

Coralliophila

coronata, 272.

Corcorax

leucopterus, 279.

Cordylophora

lacustris, 110,

Corica

soborna, 386.

Coronella

anomala, 135.

sayi, 602.

Corvina

albida, 300.

coitor, 300, 301.

ewja, 516.

miles, 800.

neilli, 300.

Corvus

coronoides, 279.

morio, 363.

splendens, 603.

Coryphospingus

pileatus, 252.

| Corythaix

livingstonit, 437.

Corythornis

cristata, 568.

cyanostigma, 568.

Coscinospongia

heteroformis, 85, 99.

Cossypha

subrufescens, 436.

Coturniculus

peruanus, 597.

Coturnix

histrionica, 564.

pectoralis, 237.

Crateropus

affinis, 436.

plebejus, 436.

Crax

yarrelli, 528.

Crithagra

chloropsis, 161.

Crocodilus

biporcatus, 394, 395.

Crocuta

maculata, 245.

Crossarchus

obscurus, 468.

Crossocheilus

bata, 371.

gohama, 371.

mosario, 554,

reba, 372.

rostratus, 371.

Crossoptilon

auritum, 628.

Crotophaga

ani, 598.

casasiz, 148.

sulcirostris, 148.

Cryptobranchus

japonicus, 256.

Cryptopelicanus

trachyrhynchus, 588.

Cryptoprocta

ferox, 23.

Crypturus

striqulosus, 252, 254.

Ctenops

nobilis, 519.

Cuculus

cineraceus, 360.

cinerascens, 279.

tnornatus, 360.

Cuora

amboinensis, 177.

Cursorius

senegalensis, 570.

Cyanocitta

californica, 362.

floridana, 362.

woodhousii, 362.

Cyanocorax

violaceus, 598.

Cyanotis

azare, 158, 159.

Cyathopoma

blanfordi, 65.

Cybium

guttatum, 301.

Cyclanosteus

senegalensis, 214,

222.

Cyclemys

orbiculata, 178.

Cyclophis

nasalis, 501.

Cyclophorus

excellens, 447.

pearsoni, 447.

sublevigatus, 446.

theobaidianus, 447.

Cyclorhis

flavipectus, 159.

ochrocephala, 159.

viridis, 159.

Cyclostomus

pulcher, 65.

(Tropidophora) pul-

cher, 65.

Cygnus

atratus, 280, 629.

nigricollis, 629.

Cynoglossus

buchanani, 522.

Cynonycteris

Ae 602.

Cynophis

malabaricus, 501,

505.

Cynopithecus

niger, 149.

Cyprea

T atehor: 358.

Cyprinus

abramioides, 370.

dancena, 381.

mosal, 374.

mosarto, 5D4.

musiha, 373.

rerio, 378.

Cypseloides

fumigatus, 598.

Cyrtopelicanus

erythrorhynchus, 575.

Daboia

russellii, 502.

Dacelo

affinis, 602.

cervina, 612.

gigantea, 279.

occidentalis, 602.

TNDEX.

Dactylocalyx

bowerbankii, 94, 95,

100.

heteroformis, 69, 85,

87.

macandrewia, 69, 86,

94, 95, 99.

masoni, 69, 71, 82, 91,

100, 346.

polydiscus, 96, 100.

prattu, 69, 71, 72, 82,

87, 89, 99, 346, 389,

390.

pumicea, 78, 331, 341.

pumiceus, 68, 74, 76,

77, 78, 82, 83, 85,

98, 99, 331, 38833,

334.

subglobosa, 329.

Dafila

spinicauda, 157.

Damalis

albifrons, 528.

kudu, 52.

pygargus, 528.

Damonia

hamiltonii, 195.

macrocephala, 193,

194.

migricans, 195.

reevesti, 194, 195.

Dangila

berdmorei, 554.

Danio

micronema, 560.

sptnosus, 621.

stoliczke, 621.

(Paradanio) devario,

377.

Dasornis

londinensis, 59.

Deirochelys

reticulata, 191.

Delphinus

sinensis, 430.

Dendrocygna

arborea, 528.

fulva, 635.

viduata, 160.

virgata, 635.

Dendreeca

estiva, 251.

Dendrohyrax

dorsalis, 641.

Dendrophis

caudolineata, 506.

picta, 502, 506.

Dendropicus

hartlaubi, 569.

Dendromus

chrysurus, 570.

685

| Dendrornis

susurrans, 252.

Denisonia

ornata, 321.

Diagramma

alta, 514.

orientale, 240.

sibbaldii, 240.

Diceum

eneum, 118, 124.

hirundinacewm, 279.

Dichelaspis

lowe?t, 443.

Dicotyles

torquatus, 420.

Dicrurus

megarhynchus, 119,

124.

Didus

ineptus, 473.

Diglossa

brunneiventris, 151.

Diplommatina

martensi, 560.

paradoxa, 560.

wisemanni, 560.

(Diancta) martensi,

560.

Diplopelma

ornatum, 502.

Dipsas

bernesii, 506.

ceylonensis, 502.

forsteni, 502.

trigonata, 502.

Discognathus

lamta, 5d4.

Dogania

subplana, 214.

Dolichonyx

ruficapillus, 159.

Domicella

atra, 127.

cardinalis, 122, 128,

129.

chlorocerca, 122, 127.

hypoinochroa, 122,

127.

rubiginosa, 127, 128,

rubra, 127.

scintillata, 127.

Donacobius

atricapillus, 251.

Donacospiza

albifrons, 161, 632.

Drillia

barkliensis, 272.

Dromzus

nove-hollundie, 628.

Dromas

ardeola, 112.

686

Dryocopus

Pach ennss, 598.

Dyodera

erythrina, 532.

rubicunda, 531, 532,

543.

Eburnella

casta, 647.

curta, 647.

livida, 647.

porcellana, 647.

recta, 647.

saccata, 647.

semicarinata, 647.

undulata, 647.

variabilis, 647.

Echidna

setosa, 404.

Kchis

arenicola, 502.

carinata, 502.

Eclectus

cornelia, 128.

Edolius

megarhynchus, 119.

Elainea

albescens, 633.

pagana, 439, 598.

Elanus

leucurus, 158, 160,

52.

melanopterus, 570.

Elaphurus

davidianus, 468.

Eleotris

amboinensis, 303.

cantoris, 518.

cavifrons, 517.

fusca, 308, 517.

feliceps, 517.

incerta, 517.

ophiocephalus, 518.

scintillans, 517.

Embletonia

grayi, 109, 110, 111.

minuta, 109.

pallida, 109, 110.

pulchra, 109.

Empidagra

suiriri, 633.

Emyda

granosa, 501.

punctata, 215.

Emydocephalus

annulatus, 322.

tuberculatus, 322.

mys

crassicollis, 197.

cumberlandensis, 207.

decussata, 207.

INDEX.

Emys

Jlavipes, 643, 644.

Fraseri, 648.

fuliginosus, 499, 500.

gray, 501, 504,

644

Japonica, 190.

nigricans, 195.

nomadicus, 204.

picta, 191.

reevesiz, 194.

subtrijuga, 187.

thurgi, 501.

trijuga, 187, 194,

501.

tristramt, 190.

Engraulis

belama, 384.

purava, 384.

rhinorhynchus, 384.

taty, 384.

telara, 884.

Ennea

bicolor, 62, 64.

ceylanica, 64, 65.

(Elma) zevilli, 63.

Eolis

nana, 110.

Eos

cardinalis, 122, 124,

129.

unicolor, 129.

Epeira

solers, 531, 5387, 543.

Ephthianura

albifrons, 279.

Equula

interrupta, 302.

ruconius, 302.

splendens, 302.

Erismatura

leucogenys, 157.

Erycina

charmione, 44.

SD init, 502.

Esomus

malabaricus, 559.

Estrelda

bella, 279

temporalis, 279.

Etroplus

suratensis, 305.

Eublepharis

hardwickii, 501.

Eubranchella

branchiata, 812.

Euctenogobius

striatus, 303.

Euhydrina

bengaliensis, 297.

Euhyrax

abyssinicus, 640, 641,

642.

Eumeces

hardwickii, 501.

punctatus, 501.

Euophrys

modestus, 432.

Euphema

elegans, 279, 627.

pulchella, 627.

Euphonia

chalybea, 438.

chrysopasta, 438.

aanthogastra, 438.

Euplectella

aspergillum, 67, 344.

cucumer, 340, 344.

Euplectes

xanthomelas, 437.

Euplocamus

albicristatus, 628.

horsfieldi, 628.

lineatus, 628.

melanotus, 628.

nycthemerus, 149,

628.

prelatus, 628.

swinhoii, 628.

Eupodotis

melanogastra, 570.

Euprepes

rufescens, 501.

Eupsychortyx

sonnini, 252.

Eurypyga

helias, 628.

Eurystomus

afer, 569.

crassirostris, 121,

pacificus, 121.

Euscarthmus

impiger, 252, 253.

Eutropias

macrophthalmus, 617.

Eutropichthys

vacha, 306.

Eutropius

murino, 306.

Exoceetus

cyanopterus, 239.

Exostoma

andersonit, 524.

berdmoret, 526.

blythii, 525.

labiatum, 5205.

Fairbankia

bombayana, 446.

turrita, 446.

Falco

brachypterus, 365.

columbarius, 252.

concentricus, 368.

gularis, 133.

insectivorus, 131.

isabellinus, 254.

leucauchen, 367.

leucomelas, 365.

leucorrhous, 134.

"a Reha 131,

132.

melanogenys, 279.

nitidus, 130.

percontator, 365.

striolatus, 130.

sxanthothorax, 366,

367.

Falcunculus

frontalis, 279.

Farrea

occa, 76, 339, 351.

Felis

cervaria, 432.

maniculata, 117.

tigris, 15, 16.

uncia, 58.

yaguarundi, 276.

Flabellum

marinwm, 50.

Fluvicola

albiventris, 633.

azare, 633.

Fordia

africana, 212, 219.

Formicarius

crissalis, 252.

Francolinus

capensis, 628.

Frickella

amena, 648.

lica

ardesiaca, 156.

australis, 280.

cristata, 628.

gigantea, 600.

Fuligula

cristata, 629.

Furcifer

antisiensis, 498.

huamel, 497.

Gagata

iti 309.

Galictis

vittata, 482.

Gallinago

equinoctialis, 437.

frenata, 156.

imperialis, 419.

jamesoni, 420.

INDEX.

Gallinago

stricklandi, 420.

Gallinula

nesiotis, 469.

tenebrosa, 280.

Gallirallus

lafresnayanus, 431.

llus

bankiva, 628.

sonneratii, 628.

Gambetta

melanoleuca, 156.

Gampsonyx

swainsont, 252.

Gavialis

gangeticus, 501.

Gazella

dama, 528.

subgutturosa, 602.

Geobasileus

reguloides, 360.

Geoclemmys

callocephalus, 188.

guttata, 188.

hamiltonii, 195.

muhlenbergii, 188.

pulchella, 196.

reevesit, 194.

sebe, 188.

Geodia

barrettii, '72.

Geoemyda

grandis, 186.

Geoffroius

heteroclitus, 122,

124

Geopelia

striata, 627.

Geositta

tenuirostris, 153.

Geothlypis

equinoctialis, 252.

Geotrygon

montana, 628.

sylvatica, 628.

Geranoaétus

melanoleucus, 155.

Gibbus

mauritianus, 62.

moreleti, 64.

Glareola

nordmanni, 571.

pratincola, 571.

Globicera

rubricera, 123.

Glossiphonia

cimiciformis, 317.

rudis, 317.

sce 317.

Glyciphi

a 279.

Glyciphila

Sulvifrons, 279.

subfasciata, 149.

G@lyphidodon

notatus, 521.

Glyptemys

pulchella, 196.

Glyptosternon

labiatus, 525.

Glyptosternum

telchitta, 524.

trilineatus, 524.

Gobius

687

albopunctatus, 512.

breviceps, 512.

giuris, 303.

gobiodon, 516.

Gongylophis

conica, 502.

Gonostomyxus

loa-loa, 40.

Gouldia

modesta, 275.

Goura

coronata, 628.

victorie, 628.

Gracula

anais, 126.

dumonti 120, 121,

126.

ae 120, 124,

Prete

brasilianus, 601.

Grallaria

guatemalensis, 418,

419,

imperator, 418.

mexicana, 419.

princeps, 418, 419.

regulus, 418.

rex, 418,

Grantia

compressa, 332.

Graucalus

melanopsis, 279.

Grus

australis, 280.

cinerea, 628.

montignesia, 628.

Gubernatrix

cristatella, 627,

Gymnocichla

chiroleuca, 417.

nudiceps, 417, 418.

Gymnodactylus

pa 501.

Gymnorhina

leuconota, 279.

tibicen, 279.

688

Gyropus

dicotylis, 420, 421, 422,

423

gracilis, 420, 422,

423.

hispidus, 421, 422,

423.

longicollis, 421, 423.

ovalis, 420, 421, 423.

Hematopinus

eurysternus, 422,

suis, 422, 423.

urius, 423.

Halcyon

chelicutensis, 569.

cinnamomina, 119.

eyanoleuca, 568,

569.

damarensts, 569.

leucopygia, 119.

sacra, 545.

sancta, 119, 279.

senegalensis, 568.

Halichondria

panicea, 75, '76, 345.

Haliotis

hargravesi, 49, 359.

(Padollus) brazieré,

45.

Haminea

subpellucida, 275.

Hapale

argentata, 593, 594.

chrysomelas, 407.

chrysoleucos, 593,

594.

melanura, 593, 594.

Hapalocercus

flaviventris, 160.

Haplocheilus

melastiqma, 310.

panchax, 310.

Hara

buchanani, 369, 524.

Silamentosa, 614.

Jilamentosus, 524.

malabarica, 524.

Hatteria

punctata, 227.

Heliastes

marginatus, 238.

Helicter

abbreviata, 652.

aptycha, 645.

ee 652.

bella, 652.

bicolor, 645.

biplicata, 652.

cestus, 645.

cinerosa, 645,

INDEX.

Helicter

citrina, 652.

decora, 645.

deshayesit, 652.

lorata, 645.

lugubris, 645, 646.

luteola, 652.

mesta, 652.

morbida, 645.

multilineata, 645.

mustelina, 645.

obscura, 652.

ovum, 645.

perversa, 645.

polita, 652.

pulchella, 645.

swifti, 645.

turgida, 645.

turritella, 652.

venusta, 652.

vittata, 645.

Helix

acmella, 625.

aphrodite, 624.

castra, 448.

clery?, 163.

gaertneriana, 624.

laomontana, 448,

meta, 624, 626.

meleagris, 46.

merziana, 46, 163.

militaris, 62.

nilagarica, 448.

oldhami, 448.

purchasi, 47, 624.

sanis, 448.

similaris, 62.

tricolor, 47,

(Conulus) ?, 63.

(Corasia) psyche,

624.

( ) rossitter?, 46.

(Discus) serratus, 63.

(Dorcasia) similaris,

(Geotrochus) adonis,

624.

(——) dblanfordi, 275.

(——-) dlanfordiana,

275.

( ) cerulescens,

624.

(——) dampieri, 47.

(——) detdamia, 625.

(——) donna-isabeila,

47.

(——) hargreavesi,

(as hermione, 625.

(Plectopylis)andersonz,

448.

Helix

(Plectotropis) howardi,

(Rhytida) boydi, 626.

(Sivella) percompressa,

448

(Stylodonta) studeri-

ana, 63.

( ) unidentata, 68.

(Trachia) catostoma,

(Trochomorpha) deio-

peia, 46.

(——) eudora, 47.

(——) fessonia, 626.

Hemidactylus

cocte@i, 501.

leschenaultti, 501.

maculatus, 501.

sykesii, 501.

Hemiphractus

scutatus, 284.

Hemipimelodus

cenia, 808.

Hemirhamphus

brachynotopterus,

buffonis, 526.

commersonii, 526.

ectuntio, 310, 526,

527.

neglectus, 526.

notatus, 526.

plumatus, 526.

striga, 526.

Hemitragus

jemlaicus, 135.

Henicocichla

noveboracensis, 251.

Heptathyra

Srenata, 215.

Herodias

syrmatophorus, 280.

Herpestes

ichneumon, 21.

Heterobdella

mexicana, 317,

Heterocercus

Jflavivertex, 438.

linteatus, 438.

Heterodon

d orbignyt, 432.

Heteropelma

rufum, 438.

Hippocampus

annulosus, 432.

brevirostris, 432.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 1.

Hirudo

assimilis, 315.

Hirudo

belcheri, 315.

branchiata, 312.

granulosa, 315.

inconcinna, 314.

levis, 316.

lowet, 314.

maculata, 315.

quinquestriata, 316.

semicarinata, 316.

sinica, 316.

Hirundo

andicola, 151.

angolensis, 567.

domestica, 159.

erythrogastra, 597.

leucorrhoa, 597.

lucida, 567.

neoxena, 279.

rustica, 567.

Homaloptera

maculata, 559.

Homonota

fasciata, 505.

Homopsis —~

sanguisorba, 314.

Hyena

erocuta, 498, 495.

striata, 27, 245, 484,

485, 488, 495.

Hydrophis

cerulescens, 502.

fasciata, 502.

Hylobates

lar, 608.

Hylophilus

acuticaudus, 252.

Hylorana

malabarica, 502.

Hyphantornis

collaris, 564.

grandis, 564.

textor, 627.

Hypnale

ae 502.

Hypotriorchis

femoralis, 155, 252.

rufigularis, 252.

Hyrax

abyssinicus, 639, 642.

alpini, 638, 640, 642.

brucei, 603, 638, 640,

641, 642.

burtoni, 641, 642.

capensis, 640, 641,

642,

dongolanus, 641,

642

dorsalis, 641.

Sergginett 638, 639.

642.

INDEX.

Hyrax

habessinicus, 642.

trrorata, 6388, 639.

luteogaster, 638, 642.

rujiceps, 641, 642.

sinaiticus, 642.

syriacus, 642.

Tanthella

basta, 51.

flabelliformis, 50.

homet, 51.

This

alba, 629.

cerulescens, 635.

falcinellus, 156.

melanopis, 600.

ordit, 156.

plumbea, 635.

rubra, 629.

Icterus

abeillei, 362.

bullockii, 362.

cayanensis, 159.

Icticyon

venaticus, 26.

Teracidea

berigora, 279.

occidentalis, 279.

Totreron

eugeni@, 118.

Tphiteon

beatriz, 75, 325, 346,

349, 350.

callocyathes, 75, 388,

335, 344, 350.

ingalli, 72,74, 78, 331,

332, 338, 350.

panicea, 83, 84, 98,

98, 99, 323, 324,

327, 329, 330, 349,

350.

subglobosa, 329, 350.

Irrisor

eyanomelas, 567.

Ispida

philippensis cristata,

568.

Ispidina

picta, 568.

Jacare

ocellata, 135.

Kachuga

affinis, 203.

berdmooret, 204,

hardwickii, 202.

oldhami, 200, 203.

peguensis, 200,

201.

689

Kachuga

trilineata, 200, 202.

Kaliapsis

cidaris, 76, 338, 351.

Kinixys

belliana, 174.

Kinosternon

hippocrepis, 182.

pennsylvanicum, 183.

scorpoides, 181.

Labeo

boga, 373.

calbasu, 372.

cursa, 372.

dussumieri, 372.

Jimbriatus, 372.

gonius, 372.

leschenaultit, 372.

microlepidotus, 372.

morala, 373.

ricnorhynchus, 373.

rohita, 373.

Labiella

albolabris, 651.

callosa, 651.

corneola, 651.

crasstlabrum, 651.

ellipsoidea, 651.

fumosa, 651.

labiata, 651.

pachystoma, 651.

subrostrata, 651.

succincta, 651.

turgidula, 651.

vitrea, 651.

Labrichthys

cyanotenia, 241.

Lalage

terat, 545, 546.

Laminella

baldwini, 648.

bella, 648.

citrina, 648.

concavospira, 648.

concinna, 648.

erecta, 648.

Ffusoidea, 648.

gigantea, 648.

gravida, 648.

magna, 648.

mighelsiana, 648.

physa, 648.

picta, 648.

polita, 648.

remyt, 648.

sanguinea, 648,

straminea, 648.

terebra, 648.

tetrao, 648.

venusta, 648.

690

Laminella

violacea, 648.

zebra, 648.

Lamprococeyx

basalis, 359, 360.

plagosus, 399, 360.

Lamprotornis

fulvipennis, 118.

metallica, 120.

purpureus, 437,

Landemania

érrorata, 212, 215,

216.

perocellata, 216.

Lanius

argentatus, 629.

minutus, 530, 531.

personatus, 158.

serranus, 158.

Lates

calcarifer, 297.

Leistes

guianensis, 252.

pas

anatifera, 441.

Lepidocephalichthys

bulgara, 383

Leptachatina

accincta, 650.

acuminata, 650.

antiqua, 651.

balteata, 651.

brevicula, 651.

cerealis, 651.

chrysalis, 650.

cingula, 651.

clausina, 650.

compacta, 651,

cornea, 651.

costulosa, 651.

cylindrata, 650.

dimidiata, 651.

exilis, 651.

eaxtensa, 651.

extincta, 651.

fusca, 651.

fuscula, 651.

glutinosa, 651.

gracilis, 651.

grana, 651.

guttula, 651.

kanaiensis, 650.

levis, 651.

lucida, 650.

margarita, 651.

nitida, 651.

obclavata, 651.

obsoleta, 650.

obtusa, 651.

INDEX.

Leptachatina

oryza, 651.

pyramis, 651,

resinula, 651.

sandwichensis, 650.

saxatilis, 650.

semicostata, 651.

sculpta, 650.

scutilus, 650.

simplex, 6591.

striatula, 651.

tenebrosa, 651.

tenuicostata, 651.

terebralis, 651.

teres, 651.

Leptasthenura

agithaloides, 632.

andicola, 636.

Leptopelecanus

Ffuscus, 586.

Leptoptila

brasiliensis, 633.

chalcauchenia, 633.

rufaxilla, 598.

Leptoxyura

cinnamomea, 252.

Lepus

americanus, 228, 229,

230, 235.

campestris, 228.

glacialis, 228, 236.

nanus, 228.

timidus, 236.

variabilis, 228, 229,

236.

Leuciscus

binotatus, 556.

harengula, 370.

melettinus, 370.

novacula, 382.

salmonoides, 379.

Leucosarcia

picata, 628.

Lichenops

erythropterus, 433.

perspicillatus, 452,

433.

Limnocharis

?, 294.

Limosa

hudsonica, 252.

Lobivanellus

lateralis, 437.

lobatus, 280.

Lobotes

surinamensis, 299.

Lophophorus

impeyanus, 628.

Loricaria

macromystax, 426, 427,

428.

Lorius

cardinalis, 118, 122,

127, 128.

chlorocercus, 118, 122,

124.

hypenochrous, 122,124.

hypoinochrous, 122.

Lumbricus

fetidus, 43.

Lutra

brasiliensis, 58.

solitaria, 57.

Lychas

americanus, 543,

maculatus, 543.

Lycodon

aulicus, 502.

Lycosa

agretyca, 542.

inexorabilis, 541, 548,

544.

ligata, 540, 543, 544.

picta, 541.

trucidatoria, 542.

Macacus

andamanensis, 467,468.

nemestrinus, 468.

rhesus, 278.

MacAndrewia

azorica, 86, 87, 94, 99,

390.

Macrones

aor, 307, 619.

cavasius, 307.

corsula, 307.

tengara, 307.

Macropygia

crassirostris, 124.

Malaclemmys

concentrica, 191.

Malacorhynchus

membranaceus, 280.

Malurus

cyaneus, 279.

frenatus, 163.

melanotus, 279.

Manouria

fusca, 171, 174.

Mareca

chiloensis, 635.

Marginella

(Glabella) mirabilis,

273.

Mastacembelus

armatus, 305, 521.

pancalus, 305.

zebrinus, 521.

Mauremys

fuliginosa, 500, 644.

laniaria, 499, 500.

Mauritia

barclayi, 273.

Mayoa

modesta, 553.

- Megalobrycon

cephalus, 423, 424.

Megalops

cyprinoides, 386.

Megapodius

brazieri, 529.

burnabyi, 545.

pritchardi, 529..

Megascolex

ceruleus, 41, 42

diffringens, 40, 42, 387.

Melampus

bridgesii, 66.

caffer, 66.

fasciatus, 66.

lividus, 65.

parvulus, 61.

pusillus, 61,

(Tralia) seméplicata, 60.

Melania

travadica, 445.

variabilis, 446,

tuberculata, 66.

Melanochelys

trijuga, 187.

Meleagris

ocellata, 628,

Meliphaga

australasiana, 279.

longirostris, 279.

Melithreptes

lunulatus, 279.

Melopsittacus

undulatus, 279, 627.

Meniceros

bicornis, 241.

Menobranchus

lateralis, 450.

Menopoma

alleghaniense, 254, 276.

Merganetta

armata, 158, 601.

chilensis, 157.

columbiana, 157, 601.

leucogenys, 157, 600.

turneri, 600.

Merops

moluccensis, 120.

Merula

vinitineta, 471.

Mesoprion

annularis, 297.

chirtah, 297.

sillaoo, 297.

therapon, 514.

Metriopelia

melanoptera, 155.

INDEX,

Mico

sericeus, 592, 593, 594.

Micrastur

brachypterus, 365.

concentricus, 367, 368.

gilvicollis, 365, 367,

368, 369.

guerilla, 365, 367, 368.

leucauchen, 365, 366,

367, 369.

macrorhynchus, 365,

366.

mirandollti, 365, 366.

ruficollis, 254, 365,

366.

semitorquatus, 365.

xanthothorax, 254, 366,

367.

zonothorax, 252, 254,

365, 366.

Microphis

cunculys, 387.

Midas

argentatus, 593, 594.

ursulus, 593.

Milvago

chimango, 252.

megalopterus, 155.

Milvulus

tyrannus, 252.

Milvus

niger, 627.

Minolia

bellula, 48.

pulcherrima, 48.

Molothrus

purpurascens, 148.

orunga

elephantina, 106, 109.

Moschus

moschiferus, 276.

Motacilla

capensis, 567.

vidua, 567.

yarrelli, 627,

Mugil

axillaris, 300.

borneensis, 300.

cascasia, 614, 615.

corsula, 299.

hamiltonii, 614.

parsia, 300.

Murena

Alavopicta, 239.

moringa, 239.

sancte helene, 239.

unicolor, 239.

Muria

albolineata, 558.

Muscipeta

melaleuca, 119.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1869,-No, XLVI.

691

Muscisaxicola

Sluviatilis, 598.

maculirostris, 154.

rufivertex, 154.

Mustela

putorius, 13.

Myiarchus

cantans, 161, 162.

ferox, 161, 162.

swainsoni, 161.

Myiolestes

heinei, 546.

Myiozetetes

cayennensis, 598.

granadensis, 598.

Myletes

asterias, 423.

Myliusia

callocyathes, 76, 333,

339.

grayti, 335, 350, 351.

Myripristis

jacobus, 238.

Myrmecocichla

formicivora, 637.

Myrmecophaga

Jubata, 432.

Myrmotherula

menetriesi, 252.

Myroconger

compressus, 239.

Myzomela

lafargei, 118, 124.

solitaria, 118, 124.

Nacella

(Cellana) cernica, 273.

Nandinia

binotata, 20.

Nandus

marmoratus, 304.

Nanina

climacterica, 449.

(Rotala) arata, 448.

(——) conulus, 275.

(——) turritella, 275.

Nasiterna

pusto, 124, 126.

pygmea, 119.

Natica :

marmorata, 274,

Nectarinia

cruentata, 566.

gutturalis, 566.

Jardinii, 566.

natalensis, 566.

senegalensis, 566.

Nemacheilus

bilturio, 382.

blythti, 552.

botia, 382.

692

Nemacheilus

cincticauda, 552.

mugah, 382.

phoxocheila, 551,

serpentarius, 551.

zonalternans, 551.

Neochelidon

tibialis, 597, 598.

Neopipo

cinnamomea, 439.

rubicunda, 438.

Neorhynchus

nasesus, 147.

Neptomenus

brama, 429.

dobula, 429.

Neptunus

pelagicus, 440, 444.

Neritina ae

agates, 66.

PEs

cinnamomea, 649.

cumingi, 649.

hutchinsonii, 649.

muesta, 649.

newcombiana, 649.

obscura, 649.

philippiana, 649.

plicata, 649.

suleata, 649.

Nicoria

spengleri, 189.

Nisus

concentricus, 368,

leucorrhous, 134.

magnirostris, 131, 132.

sphenurus, 115,

Noctua

wariegata, 123.

Notopterus

chitala, 387.

kapirat, 387.

Numenius

arquatus, 571.

madagascariensis, 571.

major, 571.

Numida

mitrata, 437.

vulturina, 527.

Nuria

alta, 558.

danrica, 377.

malabarica, 5d9.

Nyctemera

expandens, 44, 45,

Nycticorax

caledonicus, 280.

manillensis, 119.

obscurus, 156.

Nyctidromus

albicollis, 252, 598.

INDEX.

N hicus

Des tL 279.

Nyroca

australis, 280.

leucophthalma, 629.

Ochthoeca

fumicolor, 600.

leucophrys, 154.

enanthoides, 600.

polionota, 599.

Oculina

rosea, 338.

Ocydromus

australis, 472, 473.

earlei, 472.

lafresnayanus, 431,472.

nove-zeclandia, 431.

sylvestris, 472.

Ocyphaps

lophotes, 628.

CEdicnemus

bistriatus, 480.

Oligodon

fasciatus, 501,

subgriseus, 501.

lios

tridentiger, 538, 544.

Onocrotalus

albus, 572, 579.

americanus, 572.

Suscus, 572, 586.

hernandezit, 574, 588.

minor, 575.

philippensis, 572, 584.

thagus, 588.

Onychocephalus

acutus, 501.

Ophichthys

regius, 239.

Ophiocephalus

barca, 521.

gachua, 305, 520.

marulius, 305.

punctatus, 297, 305.

striatus, 305.

Opsarius

goha, 379.

guttatus, 620.

Orchesticus

ater, 597.

Oreas

derbianus, 52.

Oreocincla

lunulata, 279.

Oreoica

gutturalis, 279.

Oreonympha

nobilis, 295, 600.

Oriolus

viridis, 279.

Ornismya

fanny, 148.

Ortalida

guttata, 598.

maccalli, 364.

poliocephala, 364.

vetula, 364.

Orthonyx

spalding?, 149.

Orycteropus

capensis, 431, 602.

ryx

besa, 117.

leucoryx, 528.

Oryzoborus

melas, 252, 253.

Osphromenus

nobilis, 519.

Osteobrama

rapax, 379.

Ostinops

atrovirens, 598.

Otaria

byronia, 108.

godeffroyi, 108.

hookeri, 108.

Jubata, 101, 103, 104,

106, 107, 108, 109.

leonina, 108.

nigrescens, 101, 106,

109

philippii, 108.

stelleri, 108.

ulloe, 108.

Otis

australis, 140.

kori, 140, 141,

tarda, 140.

Otocyon

delalandit, 527.

Otolithus

maculatus, 300.

ruber, 516.

submaculatus, 516.

Otostomus

miltocheilus, 162.

Otus

americanus, 634.

capensis, 276.

mexicanus, 634.

Oxyopes

littoralis, 531.

Pachybatrachus

robustus, 227, 228.

Pachycephala

gutturalis, 471.

jacquinoti, 545,

melanura, 279.

orioloides, 118, 124.

pectoralis, 279.

Pachyrhamphus

sp. ine., 252.

Palaina

coat, 560,

Paludina

balteata, 445.

bengalensis, 445.

crassa, 445,

decussatula, 445,

digona, 445,

dissimilis, 445,

doliaris, 445.

microgramma, 445.

oxytropis, 445.

premorsa, 445.

sumatrensis, 445,

Paludomus

aanensis, 66.

Panchax

cyanophthalmus, 310.

Pangasius

buchanan, 307.

Pangshura

dura, 205.

smithii, 501.

tecta, 204, 501.

tentorium, 205.

Panolia

acuticornis, 656.

platyceros, 656.

Papilio

charmione, 43, 44.

Paradoxurus

bondar, 19.

Pardalotus

punctatus, 279.

Parodolepas

neptunt, 442, 443.

Parra

Jacana, 252.

Partulina

compta, 647.

crassa, 647, 648.

dolium, 647.

dwighti, 647.

gouldi, 647.

grisea, 647.

marmorata, 647.

proxima, 647.

rufa, 647.

splendida, 647.

tappaniana, 647.

tessellata, 647.

virgulata, 647.

Parula

pitiaywmi, 631.

Pasithea

pulchra, 531, 540, 543.

viridis, 531.

Passerita

mycterizans, 502.

INDEX.

Patagicenas

maculosa, 600.

Patagona

igas, 154,

muticus, 628.

nigripennis, 628.

Pectinator

spekit, 113.

Pedionomus

torquatus, 236, 237.

Pelamis

bicolor, 297, 502.

Pelecanus

americanus, 589.

australis, 573, 578,

90,

brachydactylus, 589.

calorhynchus, 584.

carolinensis, 573, 586.

conspicillatus, 280, 573,

574, 576, 578, 590.

crispus, 573, 574, 575,

576, 578, 581, 582.

cri:tatus, 573, 583,

585

erythrorhynchus, 573,

574, 576, 578, 588,

589, 590.

Ffuscus, 408, 5738, 574,

575, 576, 578, 586,

590.

gangeticus, 584.

javanicus, 572, 573,

574, 575, 576, 578,

579, 580, 581, 584,

586.

manillensis, 573, 584.

megalophus, 580.

minor, 574, 575, 576,

578, 580, 581, 586.

mitratus, 574, 575,

580, 581.

moline, 572, 573, 574,

575, 576, 578, 588.

onocrotalus, 572, 573,

574, 575, 576, 578,

579, 580, 581, 582,

586, 589.

patagiatus, 582.

pheospilus, 574, 583,

585,

philippensis, 573, 574,

575, 583, 584, 585,

586.

roseus, 573, 574, 579,

583.

rufescens, 572, 573,

574, 575, 576, 578,

581, 583, 585, 586.

thagus, 573, 575, 588.

693

Pelecanus

trachyrhynchus, 573,

574, 588, 589, 590.

Pelecus

flavipinnis, 382.

Pellona

dussumieri, 386.

motius, 386.

sladeni, 623.

Pelochelys

cantorit, 215.

Peltastes

elongatus, 171, 172

geographicus, 173.

grecus, 173.

marginatus, 173.

sulcatus, 173.

Penelope

cumanensis, 598.

Perdicella

alexandri, 648.

helena, 648.

manoensis, 648.

minuscula, 648.

ornata, 648.

sandwichensis, 648.

zebrina, 648.

Perichxta

cingulata, 40.

Perilampus

atpar, 380.

Sulvescens, 381, 559,

614.

laubuca, 380, 614.

macropodus, 380.

osteographus, 560.

Periophthalmus

fuscatus, 512.

koélreuteri, 516.

papilio, 512.

scintillans, 516.

Peristera

elegans, 280.

frontalis, 633.

Jamaicensis, 639.

Perodicticus

potto, 1, 469.

Petrochelidon

cinerea, 599.

tibialis, 598.

Petroica

multicolor, 279.

phenicea, 279.

Pezophaps

solitaria, 473.

Phacellodomus

frontalis, 599.

striaticeps, 599.

Phacochceerus

eliani, 276, 432.

ethiopicus, 276, 277.

694

Phaéton

phenicurus, 472.

Phalacrocorax

brasilianus, 601.

carboides, 280.

leucogaster, 280.

sulcirostris, 280.

Phaps

chalcoptera, 280, 628.

histrionica, 628.

Phasianus

reevesii, 628.

semmerringi, 628.

torquatus, 628.

versicolor, 628.

wallichii, 628.

Pheucticus

aureiventris, 147.

chrysogaster, 147.

Philemon

moluccensis, 120.

vulturinus, 120, 124.

Philodromus

aureolus, 538.

cespiticolis, 538.

signatus, 537, 543.

Philonopus

eugeni@, 124,

Philydor

columbianus, 252.

Phleoeryptes

striaticeps, 633.

Phlogeenas

erinigera, 628.

Phoca

Setida, 407.

grenlandica, 407.

vitulina, 107, 407.

Pheenicopterus

antiquorum, 432.

Pholeus

opilionides, 533.

phalangioides, 581,

533, 534, 543,

Pholeoptynx

cunicularia, 155.

Phractocephalus

itchkeea, 613.

Phrygilus

Sfruticeti, 152.

plebeius, 152.

Phyllopneuste

trochilus, 565.

Physalus

antiquorum, 604, 611.

duguidit, 605.

Phytotoma

rutila, 162.

Pica

fuliginosa, 363.

morio, 3863.

INDEX.

Picoiaptes |

angustirostris, 161.

bivittatus, 161.

Picus

albifrons, 364.

Podilymbus

podiceps, 252.

Pimelodes

nibriundus, 524.

Pimelodus

cenia, 613.

conta, 614.

sona, 523.

Pionias

heteroclitus, 122, 127.

Pionus

cyaniceps, 118, 122.

heteroclitus, 118, 122.

Pipilo

arcticus, 361.

crissalis, 362.

fusca, 361, 362.

macronyx, 361.

maculatus, 361.

megalonyx, 361.

mesoleucus, 361, 362.

oregonus, 361.

virescens, 361.

Pipra

chloromeros, 598.

cinnamomea, 439.

Pipreola

formosa, 252.

Planorbis

septemvolvis, 275,

Platalea

chlororhyncha, 527.

regia, 280.

Platycara

notata, 554.

Platycercus

eximius, 279.

pennantit, 279,

tabuensis, 545,

Platypeltis

ferox, 214.

Platyrhynchus

albogularis, 252.

Platysteira

melanoptera, 566.

Plecotrema

striata, 59.

Pleurodeles

walti, 468.

Plictolophus

ducorpsi, 127.

goffint, 122, 124.

Ploceus

baya, 243.

collaris, 564.

grandis, 564.

Podiceps

australis, 280.

calipareus, 158.

gularis, 280.

rollandi, 158.

Peecilonetta

bahamensis, 629.

erythrorhyncha,

629.

Polotus

nitidus, 6138.

Polyborus

tharus, 252, 634,

vulgaris, 634,

Polydora

testudinum, 312.

Polymixia

nobilis, 238.

Polynemus

indicus, 301.

paradiseus, 301.

sextarius, 301.

Polypedates

maculatus, 502.

Polyplectron

chinquis, 628.

Pontobdella

afra, 312.

planodiscus, 312.

raynert, 313.

variegata, 313.

Poospiza

albifrons, 161.

cesar, 151, 152.

oxyrhyncha, 161.

thoraciea, 152,

Porcula

salvania, 470.

Porcus

guineensis, 56,

Porphyrio

melanotus, 280.

Porphyriops

melanops, 634.

Porzana

carolina, 252.

erythrops, 148.

Potamochelys

Srenatus, 220.

microcephalus, 222,

stellatus, 213,

Potamocherus

porcus, 56.

Premnas

biaculeatus, 248,

Prinia

adamsi, 432.

Pristipoma

hasta, 618.

Proenias

occidentalis, 597.

Procyon

lotor, 10.

Progne

domestica, 159.

elegans, 159.

leucogastra, 159.

purpurea, 159.

Prosopodasys

leucogaster, 240.

Prostheacanthus

spectabilis, 549.

Proteles

cristatus, 474.

lalandit, 28, 407, 475.

Psammophis

condanarus, 502.

leithit, 502, 505.

Psephotus

hematonotus, 627.

Pseudemys

decussata, 206.

serrata, 205, 206.

Pseudeutropius

acutirostris, 618.

atherinoides, 306.

garua, 307.

goongwaree, 617.

longimanus, 617.

murius, 306.

taakree, 617.

Pseudorhombus

arsius, 523.

Pseudosilurus

macrophthalmus, 613.

Psilorhinus

mexicanus, 363.

morio, 363.

Psittacula

sclateri, 598.

Psittacus

macao, 128.

unicolor, 128.

Pternistes

sclateri, 437.

Pterocles

alchata, 628.

Pteronura

sandbachit, 57, 58.

Ptilinopus

fasciatus, 547, 548.

perousii, 545, 548.

porphyraceus, 545,

547, 548.

Ptilotis

auricomis, 360.

carunculata, 545.

penicillata, 279.

Ptyas

mucosa, 501.

Puntius

modestus, 375.

INDEX,

Pupina

pfeifferiana, 275.

Purisiphonia

celarkei, 76, 342, 351.

Pyrazus

palustris, 66.

Pyrocephalus

rubineus, 252.

Pyroderus

orenocensis, 252.

Pyxidia

Tae 177.

‘yxis

arachnoidea, 173.

Querquedula

brasiliensis, 635,

circia, 629.

erecca, 629.

cyanoptera, 160.

discors, 252.

oxyptera, 157.

puna, 157.

torquata, 635.

versicolor, 157.

Racoma

labiatus, 558.

Raconda

russelliana, 386.

Rafetus

euphraticus, 213.

Rallus

forsteri, 544, 548.

hypoleucus, 545.

intactus, 123, 124.

pectoralis, 280, 544,548.

plumbeiventris, 123.

Ramphastos

ambiguus, 252,

cuvieri, 598.

Ramphocelus

Jacapa, 597.

Rana

cyanophlyctis, 502.

Rasbora

daniconius, 376.

hea

americana, 628.

Rhinaster

keitloa, 225.

Rhinoceros

bicornis, 412.

etruscus, 413, 414, 416.

floweri, 413.

indicus, 412.

keitloa, 432.

nasalis, 413.

simus, 412. :

sondaicus, 409, 412,

413, 414, 415, 416.

695

Rhinoceros

stenorhynchus, 413.

sumatranus, 412, 413,

414, 415.

Rhinoclemmys

annulata, 189.

scabra, 189.

Rhipidura

albiscapa, 279.

atripennis, 119.

melanoleuca, 119.

motacilloides, 279.

rufifrons, 279.

Rhodopis

vespera, 148.

Rhombus

levis, 474.

maximus, 474.

Rhyacophilus

solitarius, 598.

Rhynchea

australis, 280.

Rhynchobdella

aculeata, 297, 305.

Rhynchops

nigra, 634.

Rhynchotus

rufescens, 628,

Rhytiodus

microlepis, 423.

Rhyzena

zentk, 20.

Rita

buchanani, 308.

kuturnee, 308.

Rohtee

alfrediana, 380.

vigorsit, 379.

(Cyprinus) cofio, 379.

Rostrhamus

hamatus, 160.

sociabilis, 160.

Rupicola

peruviana, 598.

Rupornis

gularis, 134.

magnirostris, 131,

Saccobranchus

fossilis, 612, 613.

singio, 306, 612, 613.

Salarias

andamensis, 611.

dussumieri, 518.

leopardus, 518.

lineatus, 512, 518.

olivaceus, 512, 518.

Salmo

trutta, 473.

Saltator

auranttirostris, 151,

696

Saltator

azare, 597.

laticlavius, 151.

Salticus

adansont, 531, 543.

illigert, 531, 543.

nigro-limbatus, 542,

548, 544.

Sarbieria

frenata, 212, 220.

Sauloprocta

melalewca, 119, 124.

melanoleuca, 119.

Saurus

atlanticus, 238.

myops, 238.

Scala

delicatula, 274.

Scaphella

ellioti, 560.

reticulata, 560.

volva, 560.

Scatophagus

eee 300.

Schiffornis

major, 438,

Schizothorax

labiatus, 558.

Scheniclus

australis, 280.

subarquatus, 280.

Scizenoides

~ asper, 516.

hardwicki, 516.

Sciurus

palmarum, 244,

Scolopax

australis, 280.

Frenata, 156.

rusticula, 473.

saturata, 419.

sumatrana, 436.

Scomber

kanagurta, 801.

Segestria

cellaria, 532.

florentina, 532.

perfida, 531, 532, 543.

Seissura

inquieta, 279,

Sericornis

osculans, 279.

Serranus

bontor, 518, 514,

coides, 512, 518.

cyanostigmatoides, 514.

hexagonatus, 514,

horridus, 512, 5138.

lanceolatus, 512-514,

orientalis, 240.

serillus, 512, 513, 514.

INDEX.

Serranus

sonnerati, 514.

Sillago

domina, 299,

sihama, 299.

Silundia

gangetica, 307.

Silurichthys

berdmorei, 523.

Silurus

cochinchinensis, 523.

Silybura

elliotti, 501.

macrolepis, 501.

Simia

argentata, 593.

Simotes

russellii, 501.

Sittasomus

olivaceus, 363.

sylvioides, 363.

Sittella

chrysoptera, 279.

Smicrornis

brevirostris, 360.

Somateria

mollissima, 629.

Sorubim

lima, 423.

Sparvius

gilvicollis, 368.

melanoleucus, 365.

ruficollis, 366.

semitorquatus, 365.

Spatula

clypeata, 629.

Speirops

lugubris, 564.

Spermophila

castaneiventris, 597.

lineola, 252.

luctuosa, 597.

ocellata, 252, : 53.

ornata, 632.

telasco, 147.

Sphargis

mercurialis, 224.

Sphenodon

punctatum, 227, 395,

396, 397.

Sphenceacus

gramineus, 279.

Spilotes

variabilis, 603.

Spiraculum

andersoni, 447.

avanum, 447.

Spizaétus

nipalensis, 1,

orientalis, 1.

ornatus, 469.

Spongia

ade ol.

flabelliformis, 49,50,51.

Squilla

stylifera, 3.

Staurotypus

salvinit, 179, 180.

Steatornis

cartpensis, 467.

Stegophilus

nemurus, 429.

Stenostoma

macrorhynchum, 501.

Stephanophorus

leucocephalus, 161, 682.

Sterna

arctica, 581.

lunata, 124, 125.

Sternula

nereis, 280,

Stipiturus

malacurus, 279, 360.

Strepera

anaphonensis, 279.”

graculina, 279, 471.

Strepsiceros

imberbis, 54, 55, 58.

kudu, 54, 55, 118, 527.

Streptaxis

souleyetiana, 68.

Strix

delicatula, 545.

perlata, 155.

tenebricosus, 279,

Stromateus

argenteus, 301.

cinereus, 301.

niger, 302,

Strymon

titus, 44.

Sturnella

bellicosa, 147.

defilippit, 161.

militaris, 161.

Stylodonta

cepoides, 62.

rufocincta, 275.

rufozonata, 275.

studeriana, 63, 65.

unidentata, 62, 65.

Subulina

clavulina, 64.

clavulus, 62, 64.

gracilis, 64.

mauritiana, 64.

Succinea

acuminata, 449.

indica, 449.

striata, 62, 64.

Sycalis

brasiliensis, 161.

Sycalis

chloris, 153.

chloropsis, 161, 632.

luteiventris, 599.

Sylvia

atricapilla, 128.

chivi, 160

pitiayumi, 631,

platensis, 158.

Sylvicola

venusta, 631.

Symbranchus

cuchia, 387.

Synallaxis

egithaloides, 632, 636,

637

albescens, 632.

albigularis, 252, 598.

anthoides, 637.

arequipe, 417, 682.

curtata, 636.

erythrops, 636.

flammulata, 636.

fuliginiceps, 636.

humicola, 632,637, 417.

multostriata, 636.

orbignii, 417, 632, 637.

ruficapilla, 632, 636.

ivi, 632.

sulphurifera, 632.

Syncrossus

berdmorei, 549.

Syncecus

australis, 280, 628.

diemenensis, 280.

Syrnola

minuta, 274.

Systomus

macularius, 557.

sophore, 375.

unimaculatus, 557.

Swanka

fasciata, 183.

maculata, 182.

scorpoides, 181.

Tachyphonus

chrysomelas, 440.

luctuosus, 440.

surinamus, 440.

Tadorna

cana, 629.

rutila, 629.

variegata, 629.

vulpanser, 629.

Tenioptera

albogrisea, 633.

dominicana, 633.

suiriri, 633.

Talegalla

lathami, 628.

INDEX.

Tanagra

celestis, 597.

darwint, 151.

leucocephalus, 161.

striata, 597.

Tanysiptera

acts, 631.

doris, 631.

ellioti, 630, 631.

galatea, 631.

hydrocharis, 631.

margarethe, 631.

nais, 631.

nympha, 631.

riedeli, 631.

sabrina, 631.

sylvia, 631.

Taphroderes

distortus, 429.

Tapirus

indicus, 527.

Taxidea

americana, 149.

Tegenaria

atrica, 531, 538, 348.

Telephonus

trivirgatus, 437,

Teratolepis

fasciata, 501, 505.

Terekia

cinerea, 436.

Terias

charmione, 45.

Testudo

angulata, 174.

boiei, 168.

daudint, 171.

denticulata, 168.

elegans, 501.

elephantina, 171.

elephantopus, 168, 171.

elongata, 171.

falconeri, 170,171.

geographica, 173.

indica, 167, 168, 170,

171, 173.

leithit, 501, 502, 503.

nigrita, 171.

peltastes, 171.

perraultii, 171.

planiceps, 167, 168,

radiata, 167, 169.

stellata, 174.

sulcata, 173.

tabulata, 167, 168.

(Scapia) falconeri, 167,

169, 171.

Tetragnatha

digna, 535, 537, 544.

indigna, 536, 543, 544,

697

Tetrao

urogallus, 628.

Tetraonyx

baska, 199, 200.

Junior, 203.

Tetrodon

gularis, 387.

potoca, 387.

Textor

alecto, 566.

Thaumalea

amherstie, 111, 278,

468.

picta, 149, 468, 628.

Thaumastura

cora, 148.

francesce, 148.

Therapon

trivittatus, 299,

Theridion

Sulvo-lunulatum, 531,

535, 543.

punicum, 531, 535,

543,

Thinocorus

rumicivorus, 148,

Thinornis

frontalis, 435.

nove zealandie, 360.

rossit, 360.

Thracia

speciosa, 48.

Thryothorus

nisorius, 592.

polyglottus, 158.

Thysanochilus

ornatus, 241,

Tiliqua

zeelandica, 227.

Tinamus

strigulosus, 254.

inca

vulgaris, 250.

Tinnunculus

rupicola, 570.

sparverius, 155, 252,

254.

Todirhamphus

chloris, 121, 124.

leucopygius, 124.

sordidus, 121.

Trachemys

holbrookii, 207.

Tragulus

kanchii, 226.

meminna, 660,

napu, 226.

Treron

calva, 570.

Trichiurus

savala, 301.

698

Trichogaster

cerulescens, 520.

chuna, 520.

cotra, 520.

fasciatus, 305, 520.

Fuscus, 520.

lalius, 520.

ruber, 520.

sota, 520.

vittatus, 520.

Trichoglossus

massen@, 119, 123, 124.

pusillus, 279.

rubritorques, 279.

Trichopodus

beje, 520.

colisa, 520.

Trimeresurus

gramineus, 502.

Tringa

maculata, 598.

Tringoides

hypoleucus, 124.

Trionyx

Fferus, 222. ‘

formosus, 217, 225.

frenatus, 220.

gangeticus, 212, 217,

219, 220, 221.

hurum, 219.

Jjeudi, 217, 218.

ocellatus, 219.

ornatus, 219.

perocellatus, 216.

peroculatus, 216.

phayrei, 219.

spiciferus, 222.

Triton

bass, 45.

brazieri, 46.

Trochalopteron

fairbanki, 482.

Troglodytes

Survus, 158.

nisorius, 592.

platensis, 158.

pleurostictus, 592.

Trogon

heliothria, 598.

melanurus, 598.

Tropidonotus

plumbicolor, 502.

quincunciatus, 501,

stolatus, 502.

INDEX.

Tropidorhynchus

bouruensis, 120.

corniculatus, 279.

diemenensis, 120.

vulturinus, 120.

Trupialis

militaris, 161.

Trygon

uarnak, 387.

Turaccena

crassirostris, 118.

Turbonilla

speciosa, 274.

Turdus

atrogularis, 4.

merula, 627.

musicus, 627.

pacificus, 546,

simensis, 437.

Turnix

varius, 628.

Turtur

humilis, 627.

risorius, 627.

senegalensis, 627.

vinaceus, 627.

Typhlops

ae 501.

exiguus, 501,

Tyranniscus

sp. ine., 252.

Tyrannulus

elata, 439.

Tyrannus

albogriseus, 633.

melancholicus, 598.

Tyrse

argus, 222.

nilotica, 214, 220.

Unio

burmanus, 449, 450.

pellis lacerti, 450.

Urobrachya

axillaris, 566.

Urolectes

cissoides, 437.

Ursus

ferox, 6, 7, 8.

tsabellinus, 58.

labiatus, 58.

syriacus, 58.

Urubitinga

meridionalis, 252, 634.

THE END.

Vanellus

cayanensis, 162.

cayennensis, 252.

resplendens, 156.

Varanus

dracena, 501.

Varicorhinus

bobree, 372.

Vermicella

annulata, 321.

lunulata, 320.

Vireosylvia

ae 160.

chivi, 160.

olivacea, 160.

virescens, 160.

Viverra

civetta, 18, 19.

cristata, 474.

malaccensis, 18,

Volatinia

jacarina, 597.

Voluta

braziert, 561.

harfordi, 358.

rueckeri, 560.

selateri, 358.

thatcheri, 561.

tissotiana, 561.

Volutella

tissotiana, 561.

Vulpes

melanogaster, 247.

vulgaris, 247,

Wallago

attu, 306.

Xanthosomus

flavus, 632.

Frontalis, 159.

icterocephalus, 252.

ruficapillus, 159.

Xenelaphus

huamel, 497, 498.

Zamenis

diadema, 501.

ventrimaculatus, 501.

Zenaida

anabilis, 627.

Zosterops

lugubris, 564.

strenuus, 471.

& ‘a>

) »

"PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

LASi

HISv

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tux scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two

kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and

“Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-

lication. From forty to fifty coloured plates and engravings

are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to

illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals

described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the

new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s

Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in three parts,

in the months of May, October, and March, the part pub-

lished in March completing the volume for the preceding year.

They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

The numerous papers of Professor Owen on the Anthropoid

Apes, and on the various species of Dinornis, all form part of

this series.

Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,

upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the

Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled

to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less

than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-

duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications

issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s

Office (11, Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ the

Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any

bookseller :—

[March 1870.]

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-

SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 2 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

Part) b) 1850-3). “WvolaSvorestenscceesens ceca Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

oe Pll = 1832. PR es bicco dae ee eee By SASMGd:, Sars OSs

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)

Priceto Price to the Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. | Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

95 II. 1834. xs 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 53 X. 1842. “3 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

ee 00 Get eSsie 55 4s. 6d. ... 6s. % \-X0S.1843: be 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

» IV. 1836. Ss 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » AII. 1844. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

53 V. 1837. ae 4s. 6d. ... 6s. », XIII. 1845. ei 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

» VI. 1838, 55 4s. 6d. ... 6s. | >» AILV. 1846. a 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

3, NIERI839) es 4s. 6d. ... 6s. XV. 1847. 55 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

» VIIL 1840.~ ,, 48.6d....6s. | Index 1830-47. inn, tose Bilge. Bias

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Without Illustrations. With Illustrations.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

or iSe tide TS. ds

Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s.6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 O haz. <6

» AVI. 1849. as Ass Od wines SUNOS. ect. 5, eh la Al EO Ue 16

>» AVIII. 1850. es ASHOU:.n ee) (OSs Ses. fray eal, 16 118 0

3 XIX. 1851. sf ASNOMey ws. (OS) tee ee OD GeO 1 Taso as 0)

5 XX. 1852. a 45560: isis GS RS UES NOTMGCHO Leak 0

Hs XXI. 1853. a AssGdoiuea (Gs. Lesin ake 080 L4 0

>» XXII. 1854. Ss ASJOGs: Grist MOSS . Fede yee peel OO, Isi6: 0

>» XXIII. 1855. a AS Goes coe OSS, hotel sf O 118 0

Pe Ve ale bG. 55 ASS Odin yscs OST tate, Siena essO) 1 in ale

35 eV B07. a AS Gdigeyes:| OSivee. | ae le AO IF 6

> XAXVI. 1858. = As Gui @ esa 866.0 eee oO 2 22. 0

>» XXVIII. 1859. 55 AgkGds§ “Yec<iy MOS2 ests Ms el, APO 2.5 2x0)

5 XXVIII. 1860. “ ASNOd Mee Seni OSs acs) apa cediele aU Ore) 10)

Index 1848-60. ae AsiOG.: Oics) MGS.) cos, 18, 2 Ora ao 0 60

ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

o assed: £ s. a.

Mammalia ............ 1 vol., containing 83 Plates ... Price 2 8 0 .. 3 3 0

AVES Wenscis sonundaesee 2 vols., a 7 Sis ae 55, 40 15 20} ccs eOgeGnnO

Reptilia et Pisces ... 1 vol., ae AS re, es s UL oe ORS 110 6

Mollusca..........see0e 1 vol., e Ds, Jes ae Panmee lomes te, P06

Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol., i; S055; cee ye D2 SEO 3 350

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo.

Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.

i) To the To To the To To the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

1861, cloth 39s....,.... AY staeches ES” Odcos ee sesOSeacecoss. DT s\OGdses case al Ss

SOQ), 55) OAS: cccce- SA fi Soe mere As. Geis sence CR CUnePe DTS. Odsscseeeee 4ls.

LEST 35 ie Nes 22 pe AGE ie wae ASG es saccse GSiesnence OTs Gis serees 4ls.

Heapae os) MOOS). ccctees ATS. Foseces AST OU. --t shes GSsosceseee Di shOdks.terere 4ls.

WSO fogs me Senatsasee ALS) ccanteett Si Oboe tia cca [keer eae DT SAGO less scces 41s.

WISOO; Gp GoSecsveneos AT Sas cvsers tGs Ol sccveaes OSs acasseve DT SO scecwess 41s.

With Iilustrations, With Illustrations,

Uncoloured. Coloured.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

NSO7. Cloth ‘sccccaccacaceesaes DNs. 6d... 14s: Gd. J 32s) 60-2. 4/s3 6d.

ESDEae 55, aaaeeancemacseesee Vilis. Gd. d4stibdiw .. ovssGd. <.. 47s. 6d.

WEGOe <5. - poctauseteeaenenes Ils. Gis. V4snGd. 22. d2sy 0d. uc 4/82 OG.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 4to. 6 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

#& s. d. £s. d.

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates... ee EtiCeses: Lo On 25 4p Lo O

Vol. IL., Fe Alea ss are << yedaette Oe Ogrcer Oe ObnO

Vol. TIL., fp Gig ass Ss pS AS OG ee

Vol. IV., ce 7k ES eer ern MON Oita Sel ie

Wol-aiVi-s re Oke icttes oe oe peg PEP Oe eh COM

Vol. VI., Ep ot “ea Seo (gg UD DY eS

Vol. VII., Part J. Clar xe Seyi ene, sOnereclT LOMO

Wol Vil. ,,Part 1. cal 2c: ai oe REN ess, LA

The following are the contents of the most recently published

Parts of the ‘ Transactions ” :—

Vol. VII. Part 1. Price 30s. ‘‘ On the Anatomy of the Lemuroidea,”

by James Murie, M.D., and St. George Mivart.

Vol. VII. Part 2. Price 30s. “ On Dinornis (Part XIII.): containing

a Description of the Sternum in Dinornis elephantopus and D. rheides,

with Notes on that Bone in D. crassus and D. casuarinus,”’ by Professor

Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.; “ On Dinornis (Part XIV.): containing Con-

tributions to the Craniology of the Genus, with a description of the Fossil

Cranium of Dasornis londinensis, Ow., from the London Clay of Sheppey,”

by Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &c.; “ Description of the Skeleton of

the Chinese White Dolphin (Delphinus sinensis, Osbeck),” by William

Henry Flower, F.R.S., F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., Conservator of the Museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons of England.

A LIST OF VERTEBRATED ANIMALS LIVING IN

THE GARDENS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON (Fourth Edition), 1866.

This List contains the scientific and vernacular names of all the species

of Vertebrates im the Society’s Collection arranged in systematic order,

and forms a complete record of all the specimens that have been exhibited

alive in the Society’s Gardens in the years 1863, 1864, 1865, and 1866.

The total number of the species is as follows: —Mammals 339, Birds 721,

Reptiles 73, Batrachians 25, Fishes 54; total 1212. Price 1s. 6d.

Now ready, price £25, in two volumes, bound in half-morocco,

containing 100 coloured plates,

ZOOLOGICAL SKETCHES

By JOSEPH WOLF.

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY GF LONDON,

FROM ANIMALS IN THEIR VIVARIUM.

EDITED, WITH NOTES,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO TILE SOCIETY.

Tuts series of Drawings was undertaken with the object of preserving a

faithful record of the living characters of the most rare and interesting

Animals in the Vivarium of the Zoological Society of London.

In selecting the subjects, particular regard has been paid to those species

which exhibit aptitude for acclimatization, either as objects of economic

value, or simply as additions to the Exotie Animals which are now so

frequently seen in the parks and on the ornamental waters of Europe.

The Drawings have been executed in Water Colours, after most careful

study, by Mr. Wo.r, who may be fairly said to stand alone in minute

knowledge of the habits and forms of Mammalia as well as of Birds; and

the Lithographic copies, partly printed in colour and then finished by hand,

are in such exact fac-simile as to be scarcely distinguishable from the ori-

inals.

‘; The Letterpress, prepared by the Editor, embraces all particulars of in-

terest relating to the general history, habits, distribution, and use of the

Animals illustrated in the Plates.

London: GRAVES AND Co., Pall Mall.

Price 6d., Sewed,

A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS

OF THE

ZCOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Twenty-first Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-

ment of the Gardens,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

London: Brapsury AnD Evans, 11, Bouverie Street; and at the Society’s

Gardens in the Regent’s Park.